layout: narrative title: HATIM’S TALES author: VARIOUS
All rights reserved.
INDIAN TEXTS SERIES
RECORDED WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF
PANDIT GOVIND KAUL by SIR AUREL STEIN, K.C.I.E.
AND EDITED WITH A TRANSLATION, LINGUISTIC ANALYSIS, VOCABULARY, INDEXES, ETC.
by SIR GEORGE A. GRIERSON, K.C.I.E.
WITH A NOTE ON THE FOLKLORE OF THE TALES BY W. CROOKE, CLE.
itlj a Jroittt spiere
LONDON JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET, W.
PUBLISHED FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA 1928
Printed in Great Britain by Stephen Austin and Sons, Ltd., Hertford, England.
TO THE MEMORY OF PANDIT GOVIND KAUL
WHOSE SCHOLARSHIP AND FRIENDLY DEVOTION EVER FURTHERED KASHMIRIAN RESEARCHES
DEDICATED IN SINCERE AFFECTION AND GRATITUDE.
CONTENTS
Preface . . …
On the Folklore in the Stories .
Mahmud of Ghazni and the Fisherman
The Tale of a Parrot .
The Tale of a Merchant .
The Tale of the Goldsmith .
The Story of Yusuf and Zulaikha .
The Tale of the Reed-Flute .
On the Language used in the Tales . On the Metres of Hatim’s Songs
Sir Aurel Stein’s Transcription, with Translation
Mahmud of Ghazni and the Fisherman
The Tale of a Parrot .
The Tale of a Merchant
A Song of Lai Malik
The Tale of the Goldsmith .
The Story of Yusuf and Zulaikha .
The Tale of the Reed-Flute .
The Tale of a King
The Tale of the Farmer’s Wife and the Honey -Bee
The Tale of Raja Vikramaditya
The Song of Forsyth Sahib, when he went to
conquer Yarkand
PAGE
ix xxvii
XXX XXX
xxxi xxxii xxxiii xxxiv xxxvi xxxvi xxxix xl
xlvii lxxxv
2
4 12 18 20 32 38 44 58
78 84
viii CONTENTS
PAGE
Thb Text of the Tales as Transcribed by Pandit
G6VINDA KAULA
1 . Mal;mud of Ghazni and the Fisherman . . . 107
The Tale of a Parrot 110
The Tale of a Merchant 120
A Song of Lai Malik 131
The Tale of the Goldsmith 134
The Story of Yusuf and Zulaikha . . . . 163
The Tale of the Reed-Flute 161
The Tale of a King 171
The Tale of the Farmer’s Wife and the Honey-Bee 194
The Tale of Raja Vikramaditya …. 200
The Song of Forsyth Sahib, when he went to
conquer Yarkand 226
Vocabulary 273
Appendix I. Index of Words in Sir Aurel Stein’s Text . 423
Appendix II. Index in Order of Final Letters … 485
Addenda et Corrigenda 527
PBEFACE
rpHESE pages have to be written many years after the Kashmiri texts here presented were collected, and amidst urgent tasks concerning the results gathered in a wholly different field of work, that of my Central- Asian explorations. These conditions make me feel particularly grateful for the fact that Sir George Grierson in his Introduction has dealt so exhaustively with the manner in which those texts were originally recorded, and with all aspects of the linguistic interest which may be claimed for them. It has thus become possible for me to confine the preface he has asked for to a brief account of the circumstances which enabled me to gather these materials, and to some personal notes concerning that cherished Indian scholar friend, the late Pandit Govind Kaul, whose devoted assistance was largely instrumental in rendering them of value for linguistic research, and whose memory this volume is intended to honour.
My interest in the language and folklore of Kashmir directly arose from the labours which, during the years 1888-98, I devoted, mainly in the country itself, to the preparation of my critical edition of Kalhana’s Chronicle of the Kings of Kashmir and of my commentated translation of it. 1 The elucidation of the manifold antiquarian questions which these tasks implied, and which in various ways constituted their chief attraction for me, was possible only in close touch with Kashmir scholars, and needed constant reference to the traditional lore of their alpine land. In addition it was necessary for me to effect extensive archaeo- logical researches on the spot. What leisure I could spare from onerous and exacting official duties at Lahore for the purely philological portion of those tasks was far too scanty to permit
1 See Kalhana’s Rdjatararigini, or Chronicle of the Kings of Kashmir, edited by M. A. Stein, Bombay, 1892, fol. ; Kalhana’s Rajatarangi?il, a Chronicle of the Kings of Kasmlr, translated with an Introduction, Commentary, etc., by M. A. Stein, Westminster, 1900, 2 vols., 4to.
b
x KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
of any serious study of Kashmiri. But during the eight summer vacations which I was privileged to devote in Kashmir to my
hed labours, and particularly during those between 1891 and 1894, which I spent mostly on archaeological tours elucidating the historical topography of the country and tracing its ancient remains, I had opportunities for acquiring some colloquial familiarity with the language. I should probably have been able to make more systematic use of these opportunities had not convenience and conservative attachment to the classical medium of Kashmir scholarship made me prefer the use of Sanskrit conversation with my Pandit friends and assistants at Srlnagar and wherever they shared my tours and campings.
Meanwhile, Sir George Grierson had commenced his expert linguistic researches concerning Kashmiri. They were, for the first time, to demonstrate the full interest of the tongue and the true character of its relationship on the one hand to the Indo- Aryan vernaculars and on the other to the language group, called by him “ Dardic “ or “ Pisaca “, the separate existence of which, within the Aryan branch, he has the merit of having clearly established. His Kashmiri studies were at the start directed mainly towards the publication of the remarkable works by which the late Pandit Isvara Kaul had endeavoured to fix the phonetic, grammatical, and lexicographical standards for what he conceived to be the literary form of Kashmiri. There was every prospect that these standards, through the exhaustive labours bestowed by Sir George Grierson upon their record and interpretation, would establish themselves for a language which so far I. a 1 remained free from the systematizing influence of Pandit grammarians. Pandit Govind Kaul, though a close personal friend of Pandit Isvara Kaul, and fully appreciative of his scholarly zeal and ingenuity, was inclined to doubt at times the thoroughgoing regularity in the application of all the •tic distinctions, inflectional rules, etc., laid down by this Kashrairian epiphany of Panini,
PREFACE xi
I should in no way have felt qualified to decide between the conflicting authorities, even if I could have spared time for the close investigation of the differences of detail concerned. But I realized the value which might attach to an unbiassed phonetic record of specimens of the language taken down at this stage from the mouth of speakers wholly unaffected by quasi -literary influences and grammatical theories. In the course of my Kashmir tours I had been more than once impressed by the clearness of utterance to be met with in the speech of intelligent villagers, very different from the Protean inconstancy which certain phonetic features of Kashmiri seemed to present in the mouth of the townsfolk of Srlnagar, whether Brahmans or Muhammadans. In addition, my interest had been aroused from the first by the rich store of popular lore which Kashmiri presents in its folk tales, songs, proverbs, and the like.
So in the course of the second summer season, that of 1896, which I was enabled through a kind dispensation to devote to my Rdjatarangini labours in the alpine seclusion of my cherished mountain camp, Mohand Marg, high up on a spur of the great Haramukh peaks, I endeavoured to use the chance which had opportunely offered itself for securing specimens both of the language spoken in the Sind Valley below me (the important Laliara tract of old Kashmir) and of folklore texts. Ilatim Til a won u had been mentioned to me as a professional story-teller in particular esteem throughout that fertile tract. He was a cultivator settled in the little hamlet of Panzil, at the con- fluence of the Sind River and the stream draining the eastern Haramukh glaciers, and owed his surname to the possession of an oil press. When he had been induced to climb up to my mountain height and had favoured Pandit Govind Kaul and myself with his first recitation, we were both much struck by his intelligence, remarkable memory, and clear enunciation. His repertoire of stories and songs was a large one. Though wholly illiterate, he was able to recite them all at any desired rate of
XII
KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
speed which might suit our ears or pens; to articulate each word separate from the context, and to repeat it, if necessary, without any change in pronunciation. Nor did the order of his words or phrases ever vary after however long an interval he might he called upon to recite a certain passage again. The indication of two or three initial words repeated from my written record would he quite sufficient to set the disk moving in this living phonographic machine.
It did not take me long to appreciate fully Hatim’s value for the purpose I had in view. He did not at first take kindly to the cold of our airy camping-place nor to its loneliness, heing himself of a very sociable disposition, such as befitted his pro- fessional calling exercised mostly at weddings and other festive village gatherings. But it was the cultivators’ busy season in the rice fields, some 5,000 feet below us, and his ministrations were not needed by them for the time being. So I managed, with appropriate treatment and adequate douceurs, to retain him for over six weeks. Owing to the.pressure of my work on Kalhana’s Chronicle it was impossible to spare for Hatim more than an hour in the evening, after a climb, usually in his company, had refreshed me from the strain of labours which had begun by daybreak.
Progress was necessarily made slow by the care which I endeavoured to bestow upon the exact phonetic record of irntim’s recitation and the consequent need of having each word where I did not feel sure of it, repeated, eventually several times. Whenever a story was completed I used to read it out to Hatim, who never failed to notice and correct whatever deviation from his text might have crept in through inadvertence Ql defective hearing. Though able to follow the context in general, I purposely avoided troubling Hatim with queries about particular words or sentences which I could not readily under- stand. I felt that the object in view would be best served by concentrating my attention upon the functions of a phonographic
PEE FACE xiii
recorder and discharging them as accurately as the limitations of my ear and phonetic training would permit.
I could not have adopted this safe restriction of my own task, and might well have hesitated about attempting the record of these materials at all, if I had not been assured from the start of Pandit Govind Kaul’s most competent and painstaking collaboration. The intimate knowledge which long years of scholarly work carried on in constant close contact had given me of his methods and standards, enabled me to leave certain essential portions of the work entirely to his share and with fullest confidence in the result. I could feel completely assured that with that rare thoroughness and conscientious precision which distinguished all his work on the lines of the traditional Sanskrit scholar, his record of Hatim’s text written down in Devanagarl characters simultaneously with my own would be as exact as the system, or want of system, of Kashmiri spelling current among Srlnagar Pandits would permit. I was equally certain that he would spare no trouble to make his interpretation of it, both in the form of an interlinear word-for- word version and of an idiomatic Sanskrit translation, as accurate as possible.
Sir George Grierson’s remarks upon the advantages which he derived from Pandit Govind KauFs labours make it unnecessary for me to explain here the special value attaching to them. It will suffice to state that Pandit Govind Kaul’s text as written down at the time of dictation was always revised simultaneously with my own. The interlinear translation was then added in the course of the following day, after reference to Hatim wherever doubts arose about the meaning of particular words or phrases. The preparation of the fair copy of both, with the idiomatic Sanskrit rendering added, was a task which helped to keep Pandit Govind Kaul occupied during my absence in Europe for part of 1897. During the summer of the next year I enjoyed once more the benefit of his devoted assistance in labours dear to
XIV
KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
us
both, and in the peaceful seclusion of my alpine camp. But my big Rdjatarangini task, then nearing completion, claimed all my energy and time. Thus the lacuna left in Pandit Govind Kaul’s record of Hatim’s last tale, due to the accidental loss of the concluding few pages of his original manuscript, escaped attention at the time.
When it was brought to my notice by Sir George Grierson fully fourteen years later, I was encamped once more at the very spot where we had recorded those stories. But, alas, Pandit Govind Kaul was no longer among the living to give aid ; and, what with years of Central- Asian exploration and long labours on their results intervening, those records seemed to me as if gathered in a former birth. Fortunately, Hatim was still alive and quite equal to the stiff climb which his renewed visit demanded — the photograph reproduced here shows him as he looked then. His recollection of the story was as fresh as ever, though increasing years and prosperity had made him give up his peregrinations as a public story-teller. So it was easy for another old retainer, Pandit KasI Earn, to take down from Hatim’s dictation the missing end of the story ; it ran exactly as my own record showed it.
During the years which followed the completion of my main Kashmir labours the efforts needed to carry out successive Central-Asian expeditions and to assure the elaboration of their abundant results, kept me from making definite arrangements for the publication of those linguistic materials. They had meanwhile, together with my collection of Sanskrit manuscripts ironi Kashmir, found a safe place of deposit in the Indian Institute’s Library at Oxford. But it filled me with grateful relief when my old friend Sir George Grierson, after a pre- liminary examination, kindly agreed in the autumn of 1910 to publish these texts, and thus enabled me , to leave them in the hands most competent for the task.
It was the solution I had hoped for all along, and realizing
PREFACE xv
how much more difficult this task was than the original collection of the materials, I feel deep gratification at the fact that a kindly Fate has allowed him to complete it amidst all his great labours. In view of all the progress which Indian linguistic research for more than a generation past owes to Sir George Grierson’s exceptional qualifications and powers of critical work, it would be presumption on my part to appraise how much of the value which may be claimed for this publication is derived solely from the wide range and precision of the scholarly knowledge he has brought to bear upon it.
It is the greatness of his own share in the work which makes me feel particularly grateful to Sir George Grierson for his ready consent to its dedication to the memory of Pandit Govind Kaul. It affords me an appropriate opportunity for recording some data about the life of a cherished friend and helpmate whose memory deserves to be honoured for the nobility of his character quite as much as for his scholarly gifts and labours. The association of Pandit Govind Kaul during close on ten years with my own efforts bearing on the history and antiquities of Kashmir has always been appreciated by me as a special favour of Fortune, or — to name the goddess under her own Kashmirian form — of Silrada, who is the protectress of learning as well as of the alpine land which claims to be her home ; for he seemed to embody in his person all the best characteristics of that small but important class among the Brahmans of Kashmir to which the far-off and secluded mountain territory owes its pre-eminent position in the history of Indian learning and literature.
I cannot attempt to indicate here the evidence to be gathered both from the Sanskrit literary products of Kashmir and from surviving local tradition, which makes me believe that high scholarly attainments and a special facility of elegant rhetorical or poetic expression were to be found among the truly learned in Kashmir more frequently combined than elsewhere in India with a keen eye for the realities of life, power of humorous
XVI
KASHMIBI STOBIES AND SONGS
observation, and distinct interest in the practical affairs of the country. Kalhana himself, the author of the Rdja- farahf/im, with whose personality, I felt, I was becoming so familiar across the gap of long centuries, seemed aptly to illustrate this typical combination of features. 1 In Pandit Govind Kaul I found them all again and united with a high sense of honour, a bearing of true innate nobility, and a capacity for faithful attachment which from the first made me cherish him greatly as a friend, not merely as an accomplished mentor in most things appertaining to Kashmir and its traditional past. A brief account of his descent and early associations will best explain the growth of these strongly-marked characteristics. 2
Pandit Govind Kaul was born in 1846 as the eldest son of Pandit Balabhadra Kaul (1819-96), who, by reason of his personal qualities, great scholarly attainments, and social position, was universally respected among the Brahman community of Srlnagar. Pandit Balabhadra’s own father, Pandit Taba Haul, had been a Sanskrit scholar of great reputation in the closing period of Afghan rule in Kashmir. Being connected as hereditary ‘ Guru ‘ with the important Brahman family of the Dars he had enjoyed a substantial Jaglr, and this was allowed to continue when Maharaja Eanjit Singh’s conquest in 1819 established Sikh dominion over Kashmir. Pandit Blrbal Dar y his patron, had held an influential administrative position already under the Afghan regime. But he incurred tlje suspicion of ‘Azlm Khan, the last governor from Kabul, and persecuted by him, he was obliged to flee from Kashmir to the Pan jab. Of the adventurous escape which he made with
1 Cf. the sketch I have given of the information to be gathered from the irafigini about the personal character of its author in the Introduction to ray translation, i, pp. 21 sqq.
PEE FACE xvii
his young son Pandit Raj akak, in mid-winter 1818-19, across the snow -covered mountains, and of the cruel treatment endured by those of his family he was obliged to leave behind, Pandit Govind Kaul told me interesting traditions. The experienced advice which Pandit Blrbal supplied to Maharaja Ran jit Singh is believed to have contributed greatly to the success of the campaign, which, in the following summer, placed Kashmir in the power of the great Sikh ruler. 1
The high administrative posts which Pandit Blrbal, and after his death his equally capable son Pandit Raj akak, held during the period of Sikh rule in Kashmir (1819-46), necessarily assured a prominent social position and relative affluence also for Pandit Taba Kaul and his son Pandit Balabhadra Kaul. The latter was thus enabled to devote himself during his youth solety to Sanskrit studies, and to lay the foundations of a scholarly renown which made him, from an early date, a prominent figure among the Pandits of Kashmir. But the far-reaching political changes which followed the accession of Maharaja Gulab Singh of Jammu to the rule of Kashmir at the close of the First Sikh War, in 1846, led to the loss of the family’s Jaglr and threw a heavy strain upon Pandit Balabhadra’s resources. Though restricted to what income his functions as hereditary Guru and as a teacher of Sastras could secure, and maintaining throughout his long life a dignified retirement, 2 Pandit Balabhadra succeeded not only in giving his
1 Pandit Blrbal is said to have been personally present at the fight on the Div a sar Karewa in which the Afghans were finally defeated by Diwan Chand Misar and Sardar Hari Singh, Ranjit Singh’s generals, and to have decided the issue by pointing out Jabar Khan, ‘Azim Khan’s brother and ablest commander, as the chief objective for the attack. I may mention as an interesting relic connected with this event that in the palace-like mansion of the Dar family, a monument of departed glory, I found a number of fine Persian carpets and elaborate felt rugs which according to family tradition Pandit Blrbal had been allowed to appropriate from the defeated Afghan governor’s camp in recognition of the help he had rendered towards the Sikh success on that field of battle.
2 During the latter half of his life he never left the house he occupied within the precincts of the Dar family mansion, though receiving frequent visitors from among those whom office or intellectual attainments placed high in the social world of Srinagar.
XV111
KASHMIBI STOEIES AND SONGS
three sons an excellent education, but in accumulating also an important collection of Sanskrit manuscripts.
His tasks were, no doubt, facilitated by the support he derived from his close connexion with the remarkably able men who succeeded Pandit Blrbal as heads of the Dar family. Pandit Rajakiik, the latter’s son (1805-66), had distinguished himself as an administrator already during the troubled times of the closing Sikh regime, and quelled a rebellion in the hill tract of Drava. When conditions had become more settled under the Dogra rule he rose high in Maharaja Ghilab Singh’s favour by greatly developing the shawl industry of Kashmir, then a monopoly and financial mainstay of the State. Endowed with a genuine love of knowledge and with that intellectual adaptability which has distinguished the best brains of Kashmir through successive historical periods, he had taken care to secure for his son, Pandit Ramjlv Dar (circ. 1850-83), not only a sound training in Persian and Sanskrit, but also some familiarity with English and with Western ways. It was no easy departure in days when close relations with Europeans were apt to be looked at askance as infringing upon the traditional policy of seclusion and the security it was meant to assure.
It was in intimate association with Pandit Ramjlv Dar that Pandit Govind Kaul spent most of his early manhood. The experience he thus gained of the world of affairs, of rulers and ruled alike, did much to widen the horizon of his thoughts and interests beyond that of the traditional student of Siistras. Pandit Ramjlv seems to have been a man of an unusually active mind and of considerable practical energy. During his short but fruitful life he had the good fortune to serve a ruler so well qualified as the late Maharaja Ranblr Singh to appreciate his varied mental gifts and activities. It was the cherished aim of the late Maharaja to combine the preservation of inherited systems of Indian thought and knowledge with the development of his country’s economic resources along the lines of modern
PREFACE
xix
Western progress. Having proved his ability as an administrator of Kashmir districts, Pandit Eamjlv gradually became the Maharaja’s trusted adviser in a variety of departments which were created to further that policy, including those of education, agriculture, sericulture, etc. The manifold administrative duties entrusted to Pandit Eamjlv did not divert his attention from scholarly interests, and consequently he kept Pandit Govind Kaul as much as possible by his side wherever his tours of inspection, etc., took him. Thus, Pandit Govind Kaul was able to acquire a great deal of first-hand knowledge of Kashmir and the neighbouring territories in all their varied aspects.
Pandit Govind Kaul had, from his earliest youth, received a very thorough literary training in Sanskrit under his father’s direct guidance. In accordance with the traditions of Kashmir learning he had devoted particular efforts to the study of the Alamkara-sastra and the poetic literature which is bound up with it. His stock of quotations from the latter seemed in- exhaustible. He was thoroughly at home also in Yyakarana, Nyaya and the Saiva-sastra, and he read widely in the Epics and Purilnas. As far as Sanskrit literary qualifications were concerned, he was well equipped for the charge of the “Translation Department “, to which he was appointed in 1874. By creating it together with a State Press it was the Maharaja’s intention to diffuse a knowledge of Sanskrit works on law, philosophy, etc., among wider classes of his subjects through the medium of Hindi. Other branches of the same department were intended to secure the same object with regard to selected works in English and Persian. It is needless to discuss here the practical utility of the scheme or the causes which, owing to the lingering illness of the Maharaja, hampered its execution during the closing years of his reign. It is enough to remember that it provided suitable employments for such highly deserving scholars as Pandit Govind Kaul and the late Pandit Sahajabhatta, who was to become another of my Kashmir assistants, and that
XX
KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
among the works undertaken, but never finished, there was also a Hindi translation of the Sanskrit Chronicles of Kashmir.
In 1883 Pandit Ramjiv Dar was carried off by a premature death. Soon after, the Translation Department ceased to exist, together with several other institutions which had owed their creation to his stimulating influence. The last years preceding Maharaja Ranbir Singh’s death in 1886 and the first of the reign of his son and successor were for Kashmir a period of transition. Traditional methods of administration and economic conditions bequeathed by long centuries of practical seclusion were giving way without there being the machinery as yet available to effect needful reforms on the lines developed in British India. It was in various ways a trying time for all those representing the intellectual inheritance of the valley, and after a short spell of work as a teacher in the Sanskrit Pathasala, maintained by the Darbar at Srlnagar, on scant pay — and that often in arrears — Pandit Grovind Kaul found himself without official employment.
His learning and sound methods of scholarly work had already, in 1875, attracted the attention of Professor Greorge Biihler, when that great Indologist had paid his memorable visit to Kashmir in search of Sanskrit MSS. The very commendatory mention which Professor Buhler’s report made of Pandit Govind Kaul’s attainments and of the help he had rendered, 1 directed my attention to him from the start. The personal impression gained within the first few days of my arrival at Srlnagar at the close of August, 1888, was quite sufficient to convince me how amply deserved that praise was. I was quick to notice Pandit Govind Kaul’s special interest in antiquarian subjects, such as made me then already form the plan of a critical edition
1 Cf. Biihler, “Detailed Report of a Tour in search of Sanskrit MSS. made in KaHinir, Rajputana, and Central India,” Extra Number of the Journal Bombay Branch, R.A.S., 1877, pp. 7, 17, 27. In the last-quoted passage Professor Buhler mentions Pandit Govind Kaul’s shrewd identification of the old local name of Leh ( Loh in the Rajat. ), and rightly states : “His proceeding showed that he was possessed of a truly scientific spirit of enquiry.”
PREFACE xxi
and commentary of Kalhana’s Chronicle of Kashmir. I was equally impressed by his dignified personality, which combined the best qualities of the Indian scholar and gentleman. A short archaeological tour which we made in company to sites round the Dal Lake helped to draw us together in mutual sympathy and regard. So it was to me a great source of satisfaction when, before my departure for the plains, Pandit Govind Kaul, with his revered father’s full approval, accepted my offer of personal employment and agreed to follow me to Lahore for the cold weather season.
It was the beginning of a long period of close association between us in scholarly interests and work. It continued practically unbroken for nearly eleven years, throughout my official employment in the Pan jab University at Lahore, and down to Pandit Govind Kaul’s lamented death in June, 1899. Neither my visits on leave to Europe nor an interval in 1892-3, when he was tempted to accept employment at the Court of Jammu on H.H. the Maharaja’s private staff, implied any real interruption. It was, in the first place, my labours concerning the critical publication and elucidation of Kalhana’s Chronicle of Kashmir, for which Pandit Govind Kaul’s multifarious and ever devoted assistance proved of the greatest value. As to the character and extent of this help it is unnecessary here to give details. They have been recorded at length, and with due expression of my gratitude, both in the Introduction to my text edition of the Rajatarahginl, published in 1892, and in the Preface to the commentated translation of it, with which, in 1900, on the eve of departure for my first Central- Asian expedition, I completed my labours bearing on the early history and antiquities of Kashmir. 1
Nor need I give here details regarding the large share taken by Pandit Govind Kaul in another impdrtant if not equally
1 Cf. Kalhana’s Rdjataranginl, ed. Stein, p. xvii ; Kalhana’s Rdjataranyiiri, transl. Stein, i, pp. xvii, xxii sq.
XX11
KASHMIRI STOBIES AND SONGS
attractive task. I mean the preparation of a classified catalogue of the great collection of Sanskrit MSS., over 5,000 in number, which, through Maharaja Ranblr Singh’s enlightened care, had been formed at the Raghunath Temple Library at Jammu. The support I received from successive British residents in Kashmir, including the late Colonels E. Parry Nisbet and N. F. Prideaux, and from my old friend the late Raja Pandit Suraj Kaul, then Member of the Kashmir State Council, furnished me with the means for organizing the labours by which, in the course of 1889-94, this very valuable collection was saved from the risk of dispersion and rendered accessible to research. They were effected mainly through Pandit Govind Kaul and our common friend the late Pandit Sahajabhatta. A full acknowledgment of their devoted services will be found in the Introduction to the volume which contains the descriptive catalogue, together with the plentiful and accurate extracts prepared by them from previously unknown or otherwise interesting Sanskrit texts. 1
It would have been quite impossible for me, burdened as I was all through my years at Lahore with heavy and exacting official duties, to undertake the big tasks referred to, had not a kindly Fortune provided me in Pandit Govind Kaul with a coadjutor of exceptional qualities. With a wide range of thorough traditional knowledge of the Sastras and a keen sense of literary form he combined a standard of accuracy and a capacity for taking pains over details which would have done high credit to any European scholar trained on modern philo- logical lines. Though he was no longer young when he joined me, he adapted himself with instinctive comprehension to the needs of Western critical methods, such as I was bound to apply to all my tasks. With infinite and never-failing care he would record and collate the readings of the manuscripts upon which I depended for the critical constitution of the Rdjatarangini ] See Stein, Catalogue of the Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Raghundtha Temple Jjtorary of 11. H. the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir, Bombay, 1894, pp. vi sq., xi. J ‘
PREFACE xxiii
text, and also those of other Kashmir ian works, almost all unpublished, reference to which was constantly needed for its interpretation. Yet I knew that scrupulously careful as he was about the formal correctness of his Sanskrit writing and speech, the exact reproduction of all the blunders, etc., to be met in the work of often ignorant copyists caused him a kind of physical pain.
It was the same with the labours he had to devote to the collection and sifting of all the multifarious materials needed for the elucidation of antiquarian problems. However much wanting in style and other literary attractions the Kashmirian texts such as Mahatmyas, later Chronicles, etc., might be which had to be searched, I could always feel sure that none of their contents which might be of interest by their bearing on the realities of ancient Kashmir would be allowed by Pandit Govind Kaul to escape his Index slips. The value of the help he could give me in regard to the latter labours was greatly increased by the familiarity he had gained with most parts of the country and its varied population during the years spent by the side of his old patron Pandit Ramjlv Dar. Though for various practical reasons I had but little occasion to use Pandit Govind Kaul in that role of travelling camp literatus which made his worthy Chinese epiphany, excellent Chiang Ssu-yeh, so invaluable to me during my Central- Asian explorations of 1906-8, he was yet exceptionally well able to visualize topographical and other practical facts bearing on archaeological questions.
But, perhaps, the greatest advantage I derived from his long association with my labours was the chance it gave me to study in close contact those peculiarities of traditional Indian thought, belief, and conduct which separate Hindu civilization so deeply both from the West and the East, and which no amount of book knowledge could ever fully reveal to a Mleccha ‘. Pandit Govind Kaul’s personality seemed to embody in a particularly clear fashion some of the most characteristic and
XXIV
KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
puzzling features which constitute the inherited mentality of India, traceable through all changes of the ages. Attached with unquestioning faith to the principles and practices of his Brahman caste, he would make no concessions whatsoever in his own person to altered conditions of life. Yet he was- ever ready to explain to me how the slow adaptation in others was reconcilable with traditional tenets. His meticulous observance of religious rites shrank from no personal hardship or sacrifice; he would, e.g., keep the fast days enjoined by the three different systems of worship traditional in his family, even when the chance of the calendar would bring them together in most embarrassing succession. Yet, in the privacy of my study or in the solitude of my mountain camp he was fully prepared to brush aside in my case most of the outward restrictions to which the profanum rnlgus might attach importance.
His strongly conservative notions were the clearest reflex of those which have governed the administration of Kashmir throughout its historical past. Their instinctive application by Pandit Govind Kaul to the modern conditions of his country helped me greatly in comprehending how limited in reality were the changes undergone by its social fabric in the course of long centuries, notwithstanding all foreign conquests from the north and south. In his unfailing grave politeness and courtly dignity I could recognize, as it were, the patina which generations of influential employment and social distinction have deposited on the best representatives of the true ruling class of Kashmir. Whenever Pandit Govind Kaul was by my side, whether in the alpine peace of my beloved Kashmir mountains or in the dusty toil of our Lahore exile, I always felt in living touch with past ages full of interest for the historical student of India.
A kindly Fate had allowed me, notwithstanding constant struggles for leisure, to carry my labours on the oldest historical records of Kashmir close to their completion by the time when in the spring of 1899 my appointment to the charge of the Calcutta
PEE FACE xxv
Madrasa and the far more encouraging prospect of freedom for my first Central-Asian journey necessitated what seemed merely a temporary change in our personal association. In view of the new field of work which was soon to call me to the * Sea of Sand’ and its ruins far away in the north, I felt anxious to assure to Pandit Govind Kaul scholarly employment in his own home, worthy of his learning and likely to benefit research. By what appeared at the time a special piece of good fortune, my friend Sir George Grierson was then anxious to avail himself of Pandit Govind Kaul’s methodical help for completing and editing Pandit Isvara Haul’s great dictionary of Kashmiri. It was a philological task of considerable importance, and for more than one reason I rejoiced when, before my departure from Lahore, this collaboration of the best Kashmirian scholar of his time with the leading authority in the field of Indian linguistic research had been satisfactorily arranged for.
But Fate, with that inscrutable irony on which Pandit Govind Kaul, like another Kalhana, 1 loved to expatiate with appropriate poetic quotations, had decreed otherwise. The farewell I took at Lahore from my ever devoted helpmate was destined to be the last. From a rapid visit to Simla to see Sir George Grierson he brought back an attack of fever which, after his return to Kashmir, proved to be of a serious type and ultimately was recognized as typhoid. For weeks his strong constitution held out, supported by the loving care of his family and such proper medical attendance as I endeavoured to assure from afar. But in the end he succumbed, and separated by thousands of miles at the time in the strange mountains of Sikkim, I learned early in June, 1899, the grievous m news that my best Indian friend had departed beyond all hope of reunion in this janman.
Pandit Govind Kaul left behind a widow, who, after years of pious devotion to his memory, has since followed him, and a young son, Pandit Nilakanth Kaul, who, while prevented by
1 Cf. Kalhana’ 8 Rdjatarahgini , transl. Stein, i, Introduction, p. 36.
c
xxvi KASHM1BI STOBIES AND SONGS
indifferent health in early youth from following a scholar’s career, has grown up worthily to maintain the family’s reputation for high character and unswerving devotion to duty.
The prolonged stays I was subsequently able to make in Kashmir before and after my successive Central-Asian expeditions had to be spent on work relating to regions far away, and wholly different in character, from what I have come to look upon as my Indian alpine home. But my love for Kashmir has remained unchanged, and so also my gratitude for the great boon it had given me in Pandit Govind Kaul’s friendship and help. That I was enabled to prefix a record of his life to this volume and thus to do something to preserve his memory, is a privilege I appreciate greatly. I owe it solely to the scholarly zeal of Sir George Grierson, who has rescued and elaborated the materials which we had collected, in a previous common birth, as it were. For the personal service thus rendered the expression of my warmest thanks is due here in conclusion.
Aurel Stein. 23, Merton Street,
Oxford.
September SI, 1917.
INTRODUCTION
THE stories and songs in the following pages were recited to Sir Aurel Stein in June and July, 1896, at Mohand Marg, in Kashmir, by Hatim Tilawoii u , of Panzil, in the Sind Valley, a cultivator and professional story- teller. They were taken down at his dictation by Sir Aurel Stein himself, and, simultaneously, by Pandit Govinda Kaula, and were read again by Sir Aurel with Hatim in August, 1912. Sir Aurel Stein wrote the text phonetically in the Roman character, as he heard it, and Govinda Kaula recorded it in the Nagarl character, not phonetically, but spelling the words in the manner customary among Kashmir Pandits of Srlnagar. While there are necessarily considerable differences in the representation of Hatim’s words, the two texts are in verbatim agreement. Only in very rare instances are unimportant words found in one omitted in the other. To the copy made by him from Hatim’s dictation Govinda Kaula added an inter- linear, word for word, translation into Sanskrit, and, from this, he subsequently made a fair copy of the greater part of the text with a translation into idiomatic Sanskrit.
All these materials were handed over to me by Sir Aurel Stein in November, 1910, and a perusal of them at once showed their great importance. They were a first-hand record of a collection of folklore taken straight from the mouth of one to whom they had been handed down with verbal accuracy from generation to generation of professional Rawls or reciters, and, in addition, they formed an invaluable example of a little- known language recorded in two ways, viz. : (1) as it sounded to an experienced scholar, and (2) as it was written down in the literary style of spelling. Moreover, Hatim’s language was not the literary language of Kashmiri Pandits, but was in a village dialect, and Sir Aurel Stein’s phonetic record of the patois, placed alongside of the standard spelling of Kashmiri Pandits, gives what is perhaps the only opportunity in existence
XXV111
KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
for comparing the literary form of an Oriental speech with the actual pronunciation of a fairly educated villager. I, therefore, gratefully undertook the task of editing these tales with a view to their publication.
As I progressed, various difficulties asserted themselves, and Sir Aurel Stein took advantage of a stay in Kashmir in August, 1912, to interview Hatim once more, to read through the text with him again, and, by inquiry from the fount of inspiration, to obtain a solution of the puzzles. The result was a remarkable proof of the accuracy of Hatim’s memory. As already intimated, he belonged to a family of Kawis, and delivered the stories as he had received them. After sixteen years, the text that he recited in 1912 was the same as that which had been copied down in 1896. It even contained one or two words or phrases of which he did not know the meaning. They were “old words” no longer in use, but he still recited them as he had received them from his predecessor.
In the course of my examination of the papers, I found that Govinda Kaula’s transcript was not quite complete. It extended only to the middle of paragraph 18 of Story xii. In the interval between 1896 and 1912 had occurred the lamented death of that excellent scholar, and his help was no longer available to supply the missing portion. This was, therefore, written down in August, 1912, from Hatim’s dictation, and supplied with a Hindi translation by Pandit Kail Rama.
The method employed by me in editing the text is as follows : Sir Aurel Stein’s phonetic text is first printed with a free English translation. This is followed by a careful transliteration of Govinda Kaula’s text, with an interlinear, word for word, translation into English. As this latter text is based on the Pandit’s system of spelling, every word is spelt the same way every time that it occurs, and I was able to compile from it a very full vocabulary, which also served as an Index Verborum. As Hatim’s pronunciation, like the pronunciation of all spoken words in any language, varied slightly almost every time that the same word was uttered, Sir Aurel Stein’s phonetic transcript has necessarily no fixed system of spelling any particular word,
INTRODUCTION
XXIX
each word being recorded as it sounded on the particular occasion of its being uttered, without reference to its pro- nunciation on other occasions. 1 Each word, therefore, appears under varying forms, all of which are, of course, of inestimable value for the study of the growth of dialect, but which render the text unsuitable as the basis of a vocabulary. For this reason, as stated above, my vocabulary is based on Govinda Kaula’s text ; but, to make comparison easy, two further indexes have been added. The first is an index of all the words in Sir Aurel’s phonetic text, showing in each case the corresponding word in Govinda Kaula’s text. The second index takes the words in the latter text, but arranges them in the order of their final letters, it being the letters towards the end of a word that are most liable to change in the processes of declension or conjugation. For each word in this text the corresponding word or words in Sir Aurel’s text are also given.
The tales and songs are recorded in the order in which they were taken down by Sir Aurel Stein. They include six excellent folk-tales, three songs, and three tales partly in prose and partly in verse. The folk-tales speak for themselves. Of the songs, one (No. i) is a poetical account of an adventure of the famous Sultan Mahmud of Ghaznl with a fisherman ; another (No. iv) purports to give a resume of the origins of the Musalman religion ; and the third (No. xi) is an amusing account of the turmoil created in Kashmir by Sir Douglas Forsyth’s mission to Yarkand in 1873-4. The tales partly in prose and partly in verse are, first, the well-known story of Yusuf and Zulaikha, told by Wahab Khar 2 (No. vi). The
1 In regard to this point we may compare Noldeke’s words in a review of Prym & Socin’s account of the Dialect of Tur ‘Abdln (ZDMG. xxxv, 221): “Die ungemeine Genauigkeit in der Wiedergabe der Laute zeigt iibrigens wieder besonders deutlich, wie verschieden oft ein und dasselbe Wort sogar im selben Zusammenhange, ja im selben Satze gesprochen wird : ein auch durch sonstige Niederschrift aus dem Volksmunde bestatigtes Resultat, durch welches allein schon das jetzt so beliebte Dogma von der ‘ unbedingten Wirkung der Lautgesetze ‘ als eine arge UebertreibuUg erwiesen wird. Man bedenke, dass diese Texte sammtlich aus dem Munde eines einzigen, vollig illiteraten Mannes aufgezeichnet sind.”
2 It is, of course, quite different from the long Kashmiri Yusvf Zulaikha, of Mahmud Garni, published by K. P. Burkhard in ZDMG. xlix, liii.
XXX
KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
second is the lamentation of a reed, torn from its forest, and tortured by a carpenter till it becomes a flute (No. vii). The author is one Subhan. The third, which is anonymous, is a curious conversation between a bee and a farmer’s wife (No. ix), in which the former complains of tyranny done to it by a bear and by a farmer who robbed it of its honey, while the latter complains of the tyranny done to her by grasping revenue officials.
Three notes are appended to this Introduction. For the first we are indebted to the kindness of Mr. Crooke. In this note he has placed at the disposal of the readers of the following pages his great experience in the science of comparative folklore, and has discussed the relationships of Hatim’s tales to similar stories current in other parts of the world. In the second note I have dealt with the natures of the two texts and with the philological lessons that may be drawn from them. In the third, Sir Aurel Stein discusses the metre of the songs.
I
ON THE FOLKLORE IN THE STORIES
By Mb. W. CROOKE
This collection of folk-tales and ballads from Kashmir presents many features of interest. In the following notes I have not attempted to discuss the general question of their value and of the sources from which they may have been derived. I have confined myself to collecting a series of parallels to the motifs and incidents of the stories, largely drawn from oriental sources. For several of these parallels I am indebted to notes prepared by Sir G. Grierson, Dr. E. Sidney Hartland, and Canon J. A. MacCulloch. These have been specially acknowledged.
I. MAHMUD OF GHAZNI AND THE FISHERMAN
In this story the Sultan Mahmud, famous for his series of
raids in Northern India, like the Khallfah Harun-al-Rashid,
is described as wandering through the city in the disguise of
a Faqir in search of information. The tale, in fact, is possibly
INTBODUCTION xxxi
a reminiscence of one of the most interesting stories in “ The Arabian Nights “, “ Khalifah, the Fisherman of Baghdad,” * where the Caliph becomes the partner of Khalifah, the fisherman. In the same collection there is a similar incident in the tale of ‘* Nur al-Din ‘All and the Damsel Anis al-Jalis “, where the Caliph becomes partner of Karim, the fisherman. 2
II. THE TALE OF A PARROT Sir G. Grierson compares with the tale the well-known story of Vikramaditya in the Pancatantra, of which numerous variants have been collected by M. E. Cosquin. 3 Dr. E. Sidney Hartland writes : “ In addition to the variants cited by M. E. Cosquin at the reference given, see The History of the Forty Vezirs, translated by Mr. E. J. W. Gibb, 4 in which a king learns a charm from a Darvesh and communicates it to his Wazir, who practises it upon him at the first opportunity. The king is forced to enter and re-animate a dead parrot, which persuades the gardener to sell it to a courtesan. She claims a thousand sequins as her fee for a visit which she alleges she had paid to a merchant. She had, however, seen this incident only in a dream. The parrot judges between the parties, and is then sold to the king’s chief wife. The Wazir, who has meanwhile succeeded in occupying the vacant body of the king, boasts to the queen of his knowledge of the charm. She persuades him to try it. The parrot, who is present, watching his opportunity, gets possession of his own body and kills the Wazir.” The tale is an illustration of the folk-tale«cycle, “ The Separable Soul.” In a tale from the Panjab, while a man was asleep, his soul went wandering about. By and by the soul felt thirsty and went into a pitcher of water to get a drink. While it was inside the pitcher someone put on the lid and imprisoned the soul. When the soul of the man did not return he was believed to be dead, and his corpse was
1 Sir R. Burton, The Book of a Thousand Nights and a Night, ed. 1893, vi, 296 ff.
2 Ibid., i, 356 ff.
3 Les Mongols, pp. 25-6 ; cf. C. H. Tawney, Kathd-Sarit-Sdgara of Somadeva, i, 21.
4 London, 1886, p. 313.
XXX11
KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
carried out for cremation. By chance someone took the lid off’ the pitcher and released the soul, which at once returned to its proper owner’s body. He revived amidst general rejoicings. 1 The parrot in the tale under consideration is what has been called “ The Life-Index “ of the king. 2
III. THE TALE . OP A MERCHANT The plot turns on the intrigue of a dissolute woman with a beggarman. Sir G. Grierson quotes a variant from the Linguistic Survey of India. 2 In the JoHaha* the Queen Kinnara falls in love with “a loathsome, misshapen cripple”. The king, when she is detected in this intrigue, orders that her hand should be chopped off. But his chaplain dissuades him : “ Sire ! be not angry with the queen ; all women are just the same.” In the collection of Somadeva, “ The Story of the Wife of Sasin,” the lady, in the absence of her husband, visits a man whose hands and feet are eaten away by leprosy ; and in another tale from the same collection, “The Story of the Wife of King Simhaksa, and the Wives of his Principal Courtiers,” the ladies fall in love with the hump-backed, the blind, and the lame. 5 The stock example of this form of tale, the tragedy of which’ is admirably enhanced by the contrast between a beautiful woman and her loathsome paramour, is the tale from “ The Arabian Nights”, “The Tale of the Ensorcelled Prince.” 6 Here the vicious wife visits a hideous negro slave, a person who, in oriental tales, is often selected as a paramour by dissolute women. He lives in a hole amidst the rubbish-heaps of the city. “ Uncover this basin,” he says in a grumbling tone, “ and thou shalt find at the bottom the boiled bones of some rats we dined on ; pick at these, and then go to
1 Punjab Notes and Queries, iii, 166. On the question generally, see W. Crooke, Popular Religion and Folklore of Northern India, 2nd ed., i, 231 ff.
I ?r’ r , R ‘ Tem P le and Mrs - F - A - Steel, Wideawake Stories, ed. 1884, 404. Vol. ix, pt. in (“Bhil Languages and KhandesI “), pp. 304 ff. (specimen of Labani from Kangra).
4 Cambridge translation, v, 234.
8 Kathd-Sarit-Sagara, ii, 97, 116 ff.
• Sir R. Burton, op. cit., i, 66 ff.
INTRODUCTION
XXXlll
the slop-pot, where thou shalt find some leavings of beer which thou mayest drink.”
The tale then diverges into the common motif of the love of a mortal for fairies, who live in a world of their own to which there is access by a spring, the moral being that the merchant is no better than his erring wife. In the story of “ The Queen of the Fairies “, the hero in this way finds Ratnamanjari, daughter of the king of the Vidhya- dharas, marries her by the Gandharva rite, and loses her in consequence of the violation of a taboo, a common incident in this cycle of stories. 1 With this may be compared Somadeva’s stories : “ The King who married his dependent to the Nereid,” and “ Yasah Ketu, the Vidhyadhaii Wife, and his Faithful Minister “ ; and in “ The Arabian Nights “, “ The Second Kalandar’s Tale “, and “ Julnar the Seaborn and her Son. King Badr Basim of Persia”. 2
V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH This is based on a familiar folk-tale incident — the Language of Signs. In the tale of “ The Prince and the Vizier’s Son”, 3 the princess “ pointed to her breast, then to her head, and, lastly, she laid her hand upon a vessel which stood beside her “. This is interpreted to mean : When she put her hand on her forehead she showed that she was Cashma Rani, or “ Eye Queen “ ; when she touched her breast, “ my heart shall be thine “ ; when she touched the bowl, “ my home is Lota, or the bowl.” The closest analogy to the present tale will, however, be found in the tale in “ The Arabian Nights “ of “ ‘Aziz and ‘Azizah “, 4 in which, like the wife in this story, the love-lorn cousin of the contemptible hero interprets for her husband the signs of her rival. In the present tale, when the hero goes to the assignation and falls asleep while he is waiting for the girl, he
1 W. A. Clouston, The Book of Sindibad, 309 ff.
2 Kathd-Sarit-Sdgara, ii, 267, 292, and cf. ii, 288 ff. ; i, 220 ff. ; Burton, op. cit., i, 106 f. ; vi, 54 ff.
3 C. Swynnerton, Indian Nights Entertainment, 167 ff.
4 Burton, op. cit., ii, 196 ff.
XXXIV
KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
is advised, when he goes a second time, to cut his finger, so that the pain may keep him. awake. A good parallel to this incident occurs in “ Gul-i-Bakawali “, when the prince, who is determined to keep awake in order that he may not fail to meet Bakawall, cuts his finger and rubs ‘ salt into the wound. 1
The final test of the faithful wife is that she is ready to risk her honour in order to save that of her faithless husband and his paramour. Sir G. Grierson remarks that another version of the episodes in the garden, of the arrest of the lovers, and of the defeat of the Chief Constable, will be found in J. Hertel, Der Kluge Vizier, ein Kaschmirischen Volksroman. 2 This episode assumes various forms. In Somadeva’s “Story of Saktimati”, 3 Samudradatta is arrested with another man’s wife in the temple of the Yaksa, Manibhadra, and both are placed in confinement. The wife of Samudragupta, Saktimati, exchanges clothes with the paramour of her husband, and allows them to escape. Similar to this is the tale of “Mohammad the Shalabi, and his Minister, and his Wife “ in “ The Arabian Nights “, in which Mohammad takes the Qazl’s daughter to a place outside the city, where they are caught and imprisoned. Mohammad’s wife dresses herself as a youth, enters the prison, and gives her clothes to the girl, who effects her escape. When Mohammad and his wife protest that they have been wrong- fully arrested, the king orders that the unfortunate Chief of the Police shall be executed, his house plundered, and his women enslaved. 4
VI. THE STORY OF YUSUF AND ZULAIKHA This is the famous tale of Joseph and Potiphar’s wife, one of the cycles of great oriental love stories, represented by
1 W. A. Clouston, A Group of Eastern Romances and Stories, 318.
2 Zeitschrift des Vereinsfiir Volkskunde, Berlin, 1908, pp. 169 ff., 379 ff. Kathd-Sarit-Sdgara, i, 90 ff. In his note to this tale Mr. Tawnev compares
a story in the Bahar Danish, Nov. vii, pt. iv of Bandello, Novelle; H. H. Wilson, Essays, i, 224 ; and Miss R. H. Busk, Sagas from the Far East, 320. 4 Burton, op. cit., xi, 384.
INTRODUCTION xxxv
” Yusuf and Zulaikha “ by Abu’r- Rahman Jam! ; “ Khusrau and Shirin” by Nizamu’d-Dln, who was the author also of “ Majnun and Laila “. In the Qur’an 1 Zulaikha is wife of Qitfir, or Potiphar, the ultimate source whence this tale and that of the dream of Pharaoh are derived. 2 In the story under consideration we have the familiar incident of the Selection of a New King by an Elephant, for which, as Sir G. Grierson points out, we have several parallels from Kashmir. 3 In some of the Kashmir tales the hawk shares the power of selection with the elephant. The fullest discussion of the widespread incident is that by Dr. E. Sidney Hartland. 4 Dr. Hartland adds : “ I have also given examples showing that in various places the choice of a king actually depended on omens from animals. Thus, Bapa, the hero of the Guhilots of Mewar, was selected as heir to the throne by an elephant which put a garland round his neck, not once, but thrice.” 5 Selection of the heir by a cobra, which shields the child from the sun by its extended hood, is common. Colonel Tod gives several instances from Rajput traditions. 6 The Nagasias and Kharias of the Central Provinces tell similar legends. 7 A legend from the French colony of Senegal-Niger tells of a bird, a metamorphosed hero, who decides the succession to the post of Chief Griot by taking up his abode with the Griot who is to obtain promotion. 8 In a Nubian story a blackbird decides the choice of a queen by settling on her head. 9 We have a good example in Somadeva : “ In that country there was an immemorial custom that an auspicious elephant was driven about by the citizens, and anyone that he took up with his trunk and placed on his back was anointed king.” 10
1 Surah xii, 23-5.
2 Genesis xli.
3 J. H. Knowles, Folk-tales of Kashmir, 17, 159, 169 f, 309.
4 Ritual and Belief, 1914, 30 ff.
5 R. V. Russell, Tribes and Castes of the Central Provinces, 1916, iv, 462 : quoting D. R. Bhandarkar, Journal Asiatic Society of Bengal, v, p. 167, 1909.
7 Russell, op. cit., iv, 258 ; iii, 445.
8 De Zeltner, Contes du Senegal et du Niger, Paris, 1913, p. 36.
9 Journal Royal Asiatic Society, xliv, 410. 10 Katha-Sarit-Sdgara, ii, 102.
xxxvi KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
VII. THE TALE OF THE REED-FLUTE There is a close resemblance, which we may suppose can hardly be accidental, between this personification of the flute and one of the most poetical passages in the “ Arabian Nights “ in the tale of “ ‘AH Nur-al-Din and Miriam, the Girdle Girl “? “The girl took the bag from him and opening it shook it, whereupon there fell thereout two-and-thirty pieces of wood, which she fitted one into another, male into female and female into male, till they became a polished lute of Indian workman- ship. Then she uncovered her wrists, and laying the lute on her lap bent over it with the bending of mother over babe and swept the strings with her finger-tips, whereupon it moaned and resounded, and after its old home yearned, and it remembered the water that gave it drink, and the earth whence it sprang, and wherein it grew, and it minded the carpenter who cut it and the polisher who polished it, and the merchants who made it their merchandise, and the ship that shipped it ; and it cried and called aloud, and moaned and groaned ; and it was as if she asked it of all these things, and it answered her with the tongue of the case, reciting these couplets “ — for which reference must be made to Sir R. Burton’s version, which, though it may be accurate, can retain little of the music of the original poetry.
VIII. THE TALE OF A KING For the main story Sir G. Grierson refers to the Kashmir stories of “The Two Brothers” and “The Four Princes”. 2 The basis of the story is a moral apologue, enforcing the need of caution, which is a commonplace in folk-tales, as in the cycle of “The Seven Wazirs”, “Haste in killing is a vile thing, for ‘tis a grave matter : the quick we can kill, but the killed we cannot quicken, and needs must we look to the end of affairs”. 3 “Often procrastination serves to avert an inauspicious measure,” says Somadeva. 4
1 Burton, op. cit., vii, 16 f. ; cf. xi, 267.
2 Knowles, op. cit., 166, 423.
3 Burton, op. cit., ix, 54.
4 Kathd-Sarit-Sdgara, i, 279.
INTRODUCTION xxxvii
The tale diverges in various ways.
First, we have the “ Potiphar’s Wife “ cycle, and that of Phaedra and Hippolytus, with their numberless variants, in which a vicious woman fabricates a false charge against her continent stepson, or some other equally innocent person who has the ill-luck to come into contact with her. In Buddhist literature this appears in the tale of the love of Asoka’s queen for Kunala, son of her co-queen, Padmavatl. On his refusal to accept her advances, the queen, to whom her husband, the emperor, had offered any boon she chose, asked to be allowed to assume roj^al power for seven days. During this time she sent officers to Taksasila and had Kunala blinded. He appeared before his father in the guise of a lute-player, was recognized, and the queen was burnt to death. 1 The same authority refers to the tale of Sarangdhara, who rejected the advances of his stepmother, and when she complained to the king, it was ordered that his limbs should be cut off, and that he should be exposed to wild beasts, a fate from which he was saved only by a miraculous Voice from Heaven. 2
Then comes the incident of the king who slays his favourite falcon who dashes the cup out of his hand as he is about to drink the poisoned water. Canon J. A. MacCulloch kindly informs me that there is a version in the Persian Bidpai literature, in the Anwar-i-Suheli, 3 the reference to which has been traced by Sir G. Grierson.
Sir G. Grierson also refers to two similar tales from Bengal, one of the tale of a snake in the room of a wedded couple ; the other, a full story, with tales of the three guardians, in one of which a horse is substituted for the hawk. 4
Next, we have the well-known tale of the “ Faithful Dog “, best known in the story of Beddgelert. Sir G. Grierson notes
1 W. A. Clouston, The Book of Sindibdd, Intro., xxix f. ; quoting Orient and Occident, iii, 177.
2 Ibid., xxx f. ; quoting H. H. Wilson, Catalogue of the MacKenzit Manuscripts.
s vi, 3, Jarrett’s edition (Calcutta, 1880), 402-5 ; Eastwick’s translation (Hertford, 1854), 413-16 ; Wollaston’s translation (London, 1904), 320-2. 4 Lai Bihari Day, Folk-tales of Bengal, ed. 1912, pp. 43, 141, 146.
xxxvm
KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
that it occurs in the Kashmir tale, “A Lach of Rupees for a Bit of Advice “ 1 ; and he quotes the following parallel from Baluchistan : 2 “ A shrine dedicated to a dog would be a bit of an oddity anywhere, and something more than an oddity in a Musalman country. Yet such a shrine is to be found in the Kirthar hills. And this is the pious legend that clings to it. Once upon a time there was a dog that changed masters in a pledge for a loan. Now he had not spent many days with his new master before thieves came at dead of night and took off ever so much treasure. But he slunk after the rogues and never let them out of his sight till he had marked down the spot where they had buried the spoil. And, on the morrow, he barked and he barked and made such a to-do, there was nothing for it but for the master of his house to follow him till he came to the spot where the treasure was buried. Well, the owner was pleased enough to get his goods back, as you may guess. And round the dog’s neck he tied a label whereon was writ in plain large letters that the debt was discharged, and with that he sent him packing to his old master. So the dog bounded off home, as pleased as pleased could be. But his master was mighty angry to see him, for he was an honest fellow, and much as he loved his dog, he set more store on being a man of his word. And as a warning to all breakers of pledges he hacked him limb from limb. But when in the end he saw the label round his neck, and heard all that he had done, he was exceedingly sorry. So he gathered up the limbs and buried them in a grave. Had the limbs been the limbs of a true believer, and not the limbs of an unclean beast, he could not have made more pother over the burial. And to the grave of the faithful dog Jhalawan folk resort to this day. And there they sacrifice sheep, and distribute the flesh in alms, in the certain belief that whatsoever they seek, that they will surely find.”
In Western folklore the tale assumes various forms, the
1 Knowles, op. cit., 36 ff.
2 Baluchistan Census Report, 1911, p. 63, § 107.
INTRODUCTION xxxix
earliest version appearing in Pausanias. 1 It appears in the Gesta Romanorum, No. 26 (Herrtage, p. 98). In the Book of Sindibdd it appears as the story of “ The Snake and the Cat “, the faithful cat killing the snake in the baby’s cradle. 2 In the Pancatantra 3 and Hitopadesa 4 it is a mungoose which attacks the snake, and in Kalilah and Dimna a weasel. Somadeva tells it in the form of the “ Story of the Brahman and the Mungoose “. 5
The account of the shrine erected to the faithful dog in Baluchistan already quoted is not the only instance of worship of this kind in India. In the Central Provinces the tale is told of a Banjara who, after he killed his dog, “built a temple to the dog’s memory, which is called the Kukurra Mandhl. And in this temple is the image of a dog. This temple is in the Drug District, four miles from Balod. A similar story is told of the temple of Kukurra Math in Mandla.” 6 A similar tale has been localized at Rohisa in Kathiawar. When his master learned how basely he had treated the faithful animal, “ he wept bitterly and caused the Chitrasar lake to be excavated, and built round at the spot where the dog fell dead, and on the little island in the lake he built a temple in which he placed his dog’s image, which is there to this day.” 7 The tale has migrated as far west as Ireland and as far east as China. 8
X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA The episode of the princess beset by a serpent is, in a slightly different form, found in the tale in the Book
1 Pausanias, x, 33, 9, with the note of Sir J. G. Frazer, v, 421 f. See the references in Clouston, The Book of Sindibdd, 236-41, 329, 359. But there is a much fuller account in Clouston, Popular Tales and Fictions, ii, 166 ff., 177, n. A complete bibliography of the tale and its analogues will be found in The Seven Sages of Borne, edited by K. Campbell, New York, 1907, pp. lxviii-lxxxii. In the Welsh Fables of Cattwg the Wise the story is given and located at Abergarwan (Iolo MSS., 154, 561). There must, therefore, have apparently been more than one version current in Wales.
2 Clouston, 56 f. 3 Book v, Fab. 2.
4 Book iv, Fab. 13. 5 Kathd-Sarit-Sdgara, ii, 90 f .
6 R. V. Russell, Tribes and Castes of the Central Provinces, ii, 189 f.
7 Bombay Gazetteer, viii, 641.
8 W. C. Borlase, The Dolmens of Ireland, iii, 881 f. ; H. A. Giles, Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio, ii, 261.
xl KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
of Tobit, 1 in which, by the advice of Raphael, the devil is scared by the stench of the burnt heart and liver of a fish. Sir G. Grierson quotes a story from Bengal in which we have a princess from whose body a snake issues. 2 It is unnecessary to discuss this tale at length, because, as Dr. E. Sidney Hartland reminds me, it has been examined, with a full collection of parallels, by Mr. F. H. Groome. 3
XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN Sir G. Grierson remarks that there is a somewhat similar story in the Linguistic Survey of India, 4 of which the following is a copy : “ There was a Thakur who had nothing to eat in his house, so he said to himself, ‘ Brother, I’m going to look for service.’ There was also a bird of omen, but though he went every day she never gave him one. One day she went out to pick up some food, and before she started she told her children on no account to give an omen to anyone. While she was away the Thakur came as usual, and the chicks gave him the looked-for indication ; so he saddled his camel, mounted, and set off.
Back came the omen-bird, and overtook the Thakur on his way. She assumed the form of a woman. ‘ Who are you ? ‘ said he. ‘ I’m your wife.’ ‘ Come along ; one has become two.’ So he took her up on his camel. They came to a tank full of water, and he was compelled to descend for a certain purpose. ‘ I’ll be back in a moment,’ said he. * All right,’ said she. On the bank of the tank he saw a snake pursuing a frog. ‘ It’s a shame to let the poor thing be killed,’ said he. So he took out his pen-knife and cut bits of flesh out of his thigh with which he fed the snake till it could eat no more. Then he got up and went back to his camel. His thigh was all bloody. What’s happened ? ‘ said the omen-bird. ‘ A snake was going to eat a frog, so I threw it lumps of flesh from my thigh instead.’ 5 Straightway, the omen-bird passed her hand
1 Chaps, vi-viii. 2 La l Behari Day, op. cib., 96.
Folk-lore, ix, 226. * Vol. ix, pt. i, 351.
6 Obviously a reminiscence of the well-known tale of Buddha giving his flesh to the tiger-cubs.
INTRODUCTION xli
over the wound, and it healed as it was before. Then they got up on the camel and went on their way.”
Sir G. Grierson remarks : “ This is the end of the extract. The entire story, a long one, will be found on pp. 82 If. of Mr. Macalister’s Specimens} The frog takes the form of a barber and overtakes the Thakur. The three then &o on. The snake, out of gratitude for his good meal, also joins the company as a Brahman. The four settle in a city, where the omen-bird gets the Thakur service under the king, on a salary of a lakh of rupees. The king’s barber persuades the king to set the Thakur three apparently impossible tasks (to get a snake’s jewel, to find a ring thrown into a well, and to get news of his dead and gone ancestors), all of which the Thakur performs with the aid of the snake, the frog, and the omen-bird. To carry out the third task, the omen-bird assumes the form of the Thakur, and gets the king to make a huge funeral pyre, on which she sits. It is lighted, and she flies away in the smoke. She then sends the Thakur to the king with the news that he has come back from the king’s ancestors .and that they are all well, but want a barber. So the king makes another pyre, and sets his barber on it to go off to his ancestors. The pyre is lighted, and the barber is, of course, burned to death, and the king and the Thakur live happy ever afterwards.” The tale belongs to the cycle of Friendly Animals represented in the West by Perraults’ famous version of “ Puss in Boots “. In this cycle the performance of seemingly impossible tasks by the aid of helping animals is common. 2
The tasks set in the tale now under consideration deserve fuller treatment.
The incident of the ruby with a worm inside it appears in three forms in the “ Arabian Nights “. In the story of “ Ma’aruf the Cobbler and his wife Fatimah “, Ma’aruf , when called on to examine a jewel, squeezes it between his thumb
1 G. Macalister, Specimens of the Dialects spoken in the State of Jet/pore, Allahabad, 1898.
2 J. A. AlacCulloch, The Childhood of Fiction, 225 ff., and other references in the Index.
d
xlii KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
and forefinger, and shows that it is “ only a bittock of mineral worth a thousand dinars. ‘ Why dost thou style it a jewel ? ‘ “ 1 Again, in the “ Tale of the King who kenned the Quintessence of Things “, the old man examines the jewels brought for sale. He decides that one of them is of small value, and the merchant asks : “ How can this, which is bigger of bulk and worthier for water and righter in rondure, be of less value than that ? “ The Shaikh decides that “ in its interior is a teredo, a boring worm ; but the other jewel is sound and secure against breakage “. 2 Lastly, in the “ Story of Three Sharpers “, the sharper says, “ An thou determine upon the killing of yonder man, first break the gem, and if thou find therein a worm, thou wilt know the wight’s word to have been veridical.” The king smashes the gem with his mace and finds a worm within it. 3
Further on, in the episode when the jeweller seizes the garment of one of the girls as she is bathing, we have a version of the Swan Maiden cycle, of which an early form appears in the legend of Krishna when he takes the garments of the Gopis as they are bathing in the Jumna. In many cases of tales of this cycle the Swan Maiden is captured to- be eventually married to the hero. Sometimes, as in the present case, she is held to ransom. It is unnecessary to discuss at length a cycle of tales which has been fully investigated by Dr. E. Sidney Hartland and by others. 4 Again, we have the incident of the ruby emitting a brilliant light, a lieu commun in Eastern and Western folk-tales. In one of Somadeva’s stories, “ The Brave King Vikramaditya,” the King Hemaprabha gives his daughter, Ratnaprabha, to Naravahanadatta, with “ glittering heaps of jewels, gleaming like innumerable wedding fires “. 5
1 Burton, op. cit., viii, 16.
2 Ibid., ix, 139.
3 Ibid., x, 364.
4 The Science of Fairy Tales, 255 ff. Cf. in the “Arabian Nights”, “The Story of Janshah”, and “Hassan of Bassorah” (Burton, op. cit., iv, 291 ff. ;. vi, 188 ff.), and •■ The Swan Children “ in “ Dolopathos and the Seven Sages (Clouston, The Book of Sindibdd, 372 ff.).
6 Kalhd-Sarit-Stlgara, i, 327.
INTRODUCTION xliii
At every word the fairy Lalmal speaks a ruby drops, or seven rubies fall daily from her mouth. In one of Somadeva’s tales Marubhuti eats two grains of rice from food in which a child had been cooked, and thus gains the power of spitting gold. On this Mr. Tawney remarks : “ In ‘ Sagas from the Far East’ there is a story of a gold-spitting prince. In Gonzenbach’s ‘ Sicilianische Marchen ‘ Quaddaruni’s sister drops pearls and precious stones from her hair when she combs it — Dr. Kohler in his note on this tale gives many European parallels. In a Swedish story a gold ring falls from the heroine’s mouth whenever she speaks, and in a Norwegian story gold coins. I may add to the parallels quoted by Dr. Kohler, No. 36 in Coelho’s ‘ Contos Portuguezes ‘, in which tale pearls drop from the heroine’s mouth.” l
Lalmal, the fairy, gave the Lapidary her ring and said : “ Go thou again into the spring. Close by the side of it thou wilt find a great rock. Show thou my ring unto that rock, and it will arise and stand upright.” We are reminded of the wonder-working ring of Aladdin in the “ Arabian Nights”. In a Kashmir tale, “The Charmed Ring,” the merchant’s son speaks to the ring, and immediately a beautiful house and a lovely woman with golden hair appeared. 2 Sulaiman, or Solomon, entrusts his seal ring, on which his kingdom depends, to his concubine, Aminah. Sakhr, the JinnI, transformed into the king’s likeness, takes it, after which Sulaiman is reduced to beggary. But after forty days the JinnI fled, throwing the ring into the sea, where it was swallowed by a fish, and eventually restored to its owner. The tale is Talmudic, and there is a hint of it in the Qur’an. 3
In the tale of “ Vinltamati who became a Holy Man “, in Somadeva’s Collection, the Yaksa gives the hero a ring which averts all calamities known as iti, that is to say, excessive rain, drought, locusts, birds, and injury by foreign invaders; 4
1 Ibid., ii, 453.
2 Knowles, op. cit., 23.
3 Surah xxxviii ; cf. the ring of Polycrates, Herodotus, iii, 41, 2.
4 Kathd-Sarit-Sdgara, ii, 173.
xliv KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
and in another tale, “ &rldatta and Mrgankavatl,” we have a magic ring which counteracts the effects of poison. 1
The Lady of the Rock turns the Lapidary into a pebble. Then her mother says : “ Aha ! my girl, I smell the smell of a mortal man “ — the “ Fee faw f urn “ of “ Jack, the Giant Killer “, common in Marchen. The Italian demon, the Oreo, has “ a demonic acuteness of scent ; he can tell, like a sea-monster, the approach of human flesh “. 2 The technical phrase in folk- tales from the Indian plains is manush-gandha, “ the smell of man’s flesh.” In a Panjab story, the tale of “ Lai Badshah, the Red King “, the ogre cries, “ I smell man’s flesh, I smell man’s blood.” 3 In a Bengal story the Raksasas cry : “ How, mow, khow ! A human being I smell,” or “ Hye, mye, khye ! “ with the same meaning. 4
This tale, it may be remarked, contains a version of the Letter of Death. I have discussed this incident in connexion with the story of Bellerophon. In the Homeric version : 5 “ To Bellerophon the gods granted beauty and lovely man- hood ; but Proitos, in his heart, devised evil for him, and being mightier far drove him from the land of the Argives, whom Z,eus had made subject to his sceptre. Now Proitos’ wife, goodly Anteia, lusted after him, to have converse in secret love, but no whit prevailed she, for the uprightness of his heart, on wise Bellerophon. Then spake she lyingly to King Proitos: ‘Die, Proitos, or else slay Bellerophon, that would have converse in love with me against my will.’ So spake she, and anger got hold upon the king at that he heard. To slay him he forbare, for his soul had shame at that ; but he sent him to Lykia, and gave him tokens of woe, graving in a folded tablet many deadly things, and bade him show these to Anteia’s father, that he might be slain.” So the king of Lykia imposed tasks upon him, and when he accomplished
1 Ibid., i, 61.
2 J. Grimm, Teutonic Mythology, ii, 486.
5 Swynnerton, op. cit., 335.
< Lai Bihari Day, op. cib., 72, 79; for other examples see MacCulloch, op. cit., 305, n.
INTRODUCTION xlv
them the king gave him his daughter in marriage and half of all the honour of his kingdom. Dr. Sidney Hartland writes : w Thucydides gives a similar story of Pausanias, Regent of Sparta. The episode of Uriah the Hittite (2 Samuel xi, 14) is another case. Shakespeare, drawing from Saxo Grammaticus (lib. iii), employs it in ‘Hamlet’. Walter Map {Be Nugis Curialium, v, 4) recounts it of Count and Earl Godwin, but leaves the tale half told. It may almost be said to be a commonplace of folk-tales. It generally makes its appearance in tales belonging to the cycle of ‘ The Man born to be a King ‘.” To this some oriental examples may be added. In Somadeva’s “ Story of Sivavarman “ the king writes a letter to a neigh- bouring chief, asking him to slay his minister, Sivavarman. He escapes by announcing that God will not send rain for twelve years on that land in which he is slain. 1 In the Kashmir story of “ The Ogress Queen “ the queen writes a letter to her grandmother, a RaksasI, telling her to kill the lad, but a faqir reads it and tears it up. 2 In the Panjab story of “ The Son of Seven Mothers “ the queen gives the lad a piece of a broken potsherd, with these words inscribed on it : “ Kill the bearer at once, and sprinkle his blood like water.” It is read and altered by the hero’s wife. 3 In the Bengal story of “ The Boy whom Seven Mothers suckled “, the RaksasI queen sends the boy to her mother with a letter requesting her to devour him the moment he delivers the letter. 4 We have the same incident in “ Brave Hiralalbase “ and in “ The Demon and the King’s Son “ in the collection of Miss Maive Stokes. 5 Similar to this is the action of the Sultan in the story of “ Ahmed the Orphan”. 6 In Arabic folklore such letters are so common that they are known as “ the letters of Mutalammis “, one of the intended victims of the trick. 7
Sir G. Grierson reminds me that there is a good version of
1 Kathd-Sarit-Sdgara, i, 27 f. ; cf. the tale of Parityagasena (ibid., i, 353).
2 Knowles, op. cit., 48.
3 Temple- Steel, Wideawake Stories, 103.
4 Lai Bihari Day, op. cit., 116.
5 Indian Fairy Tales, 53, 184.
6 Clouston, The Book of Sindibdd, 138.
7 Burton, op. cit., xii, 68.
xlvi KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
the “ Letter of Death “ tale in the Bkakta-mala, 1 in which Dhrstabuddhi gives a letter to Candrahasa, saying, “ Take thou this to my house and give this letter into the hands of my son Madana, and say unto him, ‘ Prithee carry out what is written therein.’ “ But Candrahasa falls asleep in a garden where comes to sport with her damsels and her fellow-maidens the daughter of Dhrstabuddhi. “ By chance she saw Candrahasa as he slept, and love for him entered her heart. So she led her companions away, and then leaving them she returned by another path and gazed enraptured at his beauty. In her yearning she saw by him a letter, with her brother’s name upon it. She took it up and read it, and therein was written, At once give thou poison (visa) to the one that beareth this letter. Delay thou not in this, or dread my anger.’ When she read these words, wroth was she with her father, and filled with pity was she for the youth. Now the damsel’s name was Visaya. Ink made she with the collyrium of her eyes, and after the word visa, poison, added she but one little syllable yd, so that visa became visaya.” So Visaya was married to Candrahasa, and the plot laid by the vile Dhrstabuddhi came to naught.
We have here also a version of “ Jack and the Beanstalk “, fully discussed by Canon J. A. MacCulloch, who points out the connexion between mythology and folklore, where “a primitive mythological way of regarding the universe has suggested and given rise to the chief incident of one of our well-known nursery tales”. 2
On the question of eating the leathern peas ; Dr. Sidney
Hartland writes : “ It may be suspected that the real reason
why the hero is forbidden to eat the leathern peas is, not that
they are indigestible, but that to do so would be to eat the
food of supernatural beings, and so unite himself with them
permanently ; he might not be able to return ; he would become
one of them. I have considered elsewhere similar incidents. 3
o^ 6 his arfcicle > “Cleanings from the Bhakta- mala “ : JRAS. April, 1910, p. 295. ^
The Childhood of Fiction, 432 ff.
INTRODUCTION xlvii
A full discussion of the matter would be very lengthy, and would lead to inquiries into the rights of hospitality, magical belief, and so forth.”
When the hero marries the lady, she directs him to ask only for the skin mat, known as the Flying Couch. We may compare this with the flying horses of the “ Arabian Nights “. 1 In the Bengali tales the heroine is carried through the air by two birds, and a club and rope carry people across the ocean. 2
Brahma, in the Hindu mythology, gives Kuvera the great self-moving car, called Puspaka. 3 We met with flying chariots and similar magical vehicles in the tales of Somadeva. 4 The closest parallel to the incident under consideration is the Flying Carpet of the tale of “ Prince Ahmad and the Fairy Peri-Banou “ of the “ Arabian Nights “. 5
W. Crooke.
II ON THE LANGUAGE USED IN THE TALES
As regards the text of these tales recorded by Govinda Kaula, it is, so far as its contents and wording go, in every way worthy of the reputation of that excellent scholar. But the spelling of the words is that customary among Kashmiri Pandits, and is based on no fixed system. These persons have no certain rules for representing the broken vowel sounds that form a prominent feature of the language, and Govinda Kaula, each time that a word containing one of these sounds recurred, spelt it as the spirit moved him at the time. A few examples will suffice. The word poda, manifest, is written t^ in ii, 1, and TfT^r in iii, 8 ; korun, he made, is written W^ in iv, 6, but ^J^«^ in vii, 4, although he writes efi^t m the vei T nex ^ ^ me ‘> ^ u * ne was > * s written “^m in ii, 4, but ITR^ and tSTPEJ in ii, 5. It is evident that to reproduce such spelling would render this work of little
1 Burton, op. cit., i, 147 ; iii, 415 ff.
2 Lai Bihari Day, op. cit., 130, 116.
3 J. Dowson, Classical Dictionary, 174.
4 Kathd-Sarit-Sagara, i, 259, 392 ; ii, 258, 553.
5 Burton, op. cit., x, 249, who gives parallels.
xlviii KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
use to any person not perfectly familiar with the language, and would greatly complicate the preparation of any index or vocabulary.
A uniform system of spelling Kashmiri in the Nagarl character was devised by the late Pandit Isvara Kaula, and was used by him in his KaSmlrasabddmrta, or Kashmiri Grammar in the Sanskrit language, which has been published by the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Although not perfect, this system has the merit of being an attempt to represent each sound in the language by one character, and by one character only. With a few minor alterations, it has been followed by me in various works on Kashmiri, such as my Essays on Kdgmlri Grammar, my Manual of the Kashmiri Language, and the Kiishmlrl- English Dictionary in course of publication by the Asiatic Society of Bengal, and it is now, I believe, generally accepted by European scholars.
In preparing the transliterated version of Govinda Kaula’s text I have therefore first copied the latter, spelling the words according to Isvara Kaula’s system, and have then rigidly transliterated that into the Eoman character. It must be clearly understood that this process has in no way altered the real text in any way. If Isvara Kaula were to read out the text written according to his system, and if Govinda Kaula were to read out what he himself had written, the resultant sounds would in every case be identical. The change has been one of spelling, and of nothing else ; in other words, it has been merely a change from unsystematic to systematic spelling.
My text in the Eoman character can at once be mechanically converted into the Nilgarl character according to Isvara Kaula’s system of spelling by the aid of the following table and appended instructions : —
^ a, ^IT a, ^ i, t h ^ w, ^M^ ai , *ft o, ^sft au.
^ ha, T§ kha, l\ ga, ^ na.
^ ca, q£ cha, Kja, ^ ne.
^ fea, ^ tsha, 3f za.
“Z ta, *Z tha, m da, Uf na.
7f ta, Yf t/ta, ^ da, *[ na.
INTRODUCTION xlix
T(pa, mp/ia, ^ ba, ?? ma, H ye, X ra t *T la, ^ ra, tea, ^ she, *T 8a, f ha. It will be observed that the above agrees with the ordinary system of transliterating Nagarl, with the following exceptions : —
(1) Kashmiri possesses no sonant aspirates.
(2) The letters \g: and HJ” are each used only as a member of a conjunct consonant before a letter of its own class, as in ^ nka, ^ nkha, ^ nga, “C^T nta, TQ ntha, T^J ncla. Under these circumstances I have not thought it necessary to add in either case a diacritical mark to the n, more especially because, in the Persian character, if, xjf, and «^ are all represented by ^.
(3) After the letters “5J, ^, and If, the letter a is always pronounced e. Hence, I have transliterated them tie, ye, and she respectively. For IJ” I use she instead of se ; as in Kashmiri the sound of this letter is the same as that of the Persian *. The letter not only represents a Persian *, but also the Indian 1[ and Xf, the sound of all three having been conflated into one sound, that of the English sh in “ shell “. Kashmiri possesses no cerebral sibilant, although in Kashmiri MSS. we sometimes find the letter isf. This, however, is only Pandits’ affectation, who pretend that they ought to write TJVs , not xftlj, a flower, because there is a tf in the Sanskrit J^l^.
(4) Attention may be called to the affricative letters ^ tsa, T£ tsha, and 5f za. The letter tsha is the aspirate of tsa, i.e. it is pronounced as in “ cat’s head” and not as in “ cat-shark “.
(5) The short vowels e (except in the cases of fie, ye, and slit) and 6 are represented by Jf and ^ respectively. They never commence a syllable. In other words, when ^ and ^ follow a consonant they are pronounced e and o respectively. Thus ^ is he, not Jcye, and g? is Jed, not kica. Some Kashmiris, especially Hindus, always sound e and e as if there were a half- pronounced y before them, so that in their mouths ^5f sounds as k v e and % as k v e. The vowel e is generally sounded like the e in “ met “ and the vowel 6 like the o in “ hot “.
The various matra-vowels are represented as follows. For particulars in regard to them the reader is referred to the present writer’s Essays and Manual
KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
3F^»
k a k.
-^ ^
fr
k\
g?
k u .
v»
**
*•.
The vowels a and « can never end a syllable.
The various modified, or aprasiddha, vowels are represented and sounded as follows : —
a written as in gjcR k a k, and sounded like a very short a.
a.
hW 9
4m
k°k u , k u k u , ak a k,
^fa
ak\
ok*,
i
^T^?
uk u , ok a k,
^rr^
ok\
6k u ,
ftlf
kyuk u ,
^f
kyuk u ,
^I^SaR j($jP% f
^fti
k8k\
^f
kyok u ,
kek u
8RpJ
kok a k,
sM*
kdk 1 ,
if
m u ,
*?
kok u ,
»> » 0’
)> tf )» “•
a „ ^J3j«R ak a k, „ something between a and o.
a „ Ufa dk, „ like a 1 in a&.
o ,, ^I3fi ok u , ,, „ the first o in
” promote “,
u „ “^cR #&*, ,, ,, a German u.
o „ ^rN(3R ok a k, „ ,, prolonged German o.
2^
e ,, ^Tfi fce#* ,, something like y ii.
o „ W&m kqk a k, „ nearly the same as o.
o ,, W^G kok 1 , „ like an ordinary o.
8 ,, Iflcfi kgk u , ,, nearly the same as o.
6 „ ^fi<K kok* 1 , „ nearly the same as u.
6 m ^tg> kok u (for ^TTcr), sounded like the aw in
“awful”. u u ^ ku, sounded something like a much pro-
longed German ii, approaching a long I.
j
as
written in character
the Roman
as
written in character
the Roman
like e.
as
written.
INTRODUCTION li
As explained in the Kashmiri Manual, the sounds of e and 6 are not affected by i-mafra, and hence, in this case, no diacritical marks are given to them in the Roman character, although they are marked as aprasiddha in the Nilgarl character.
As regards Sir Aurel Stein’s system of presenting the sounds uttered by Hatim, it is, of course, consistent with itself. Each letter employed by him represents one sound and one sound only, and each sound is represented by one letter and by one letter only. His system, however, is not the same as mine, and he authorized me, in preparing his materials for the press, to alter it to agree with mine, so long as the alteration was consistent. For instance, I was authorized to alter his & to my 6, provided that this was always done, that a was never altered to any other letter, and that no other of his letters was also altered to 6.
His system of arranging consonants presented no difficulty. It is practically the same as mine, and only one or two changes were necessary. These are as follows. The fricative sound resembling that of an English ts is represented in my system by ts and in his by ts. The sound which corresponds to that of the
Persian <£, and which in Nagarl is written ^J, is written s by
Sir Aurel Stein and sh by me. I have throughout altered his ts to ts and s to sh. Similarly, the sound represented by the Persian * is written z by Sir Aurel Stein, and, for the sake of
uniformity, I have altered it to zh, although the sound is not heard in Srlnagar Kashmiri or, consequently, found in Govinda Kaula’s transcript.
The labial semi- vowel in Kashmiri is a pure bi-labial, and not a dento -labial. Its sound is neither that of v or that of iv, but something between both, sometimes, especially before palatal vowels, tending towards a ^-sound, and sometimes, especially before a and before labial vowels, tending towards a w-sound. In my system I use both v and w for its representation, endeavouring so far as was possible to indicate the shade of sound to which, in my experience, it approximates. Sir Aurel Stein represents the labial semi-vowel uniformly by v, without regard to its exact shade of sound. I have not ventured to interfere with this, and have left his v’s unchanged throughout.
lii KASHMIBI STORIES AND SONGS
Possibly his i and u are also semi-vowels, but the matter is doubtful, and will be referred to again under the head of vowels.
It thus follows that, so far as the representation of con- sonants is concerned, the systems of transcription employed in the printed version of Sir Aurel Stein’s copy of Hatim’s text and in my copy of Govinda Kaula’s text are, with the exception of the representation of the labial semi-vowel, identical.
Turning to the representation of vowel-sounds, it might appear that the matter is equally simple. I thought so myself at first, and commenced transcribing his text with the altera- tions necessary to make it agree with my system. But before long I found that this was an impossible task. The range of vowel-sounds used by Hatim is not the same as that used in the Srinagar Kashmiri, w r ith which alone I am familiar. Hatim has sounds, such as the a in “ cancelled “ (Sir Aurel’s a, my a), which so far as I am aware occurs only rarely in Srinagar Kashmiri, and then only in monosyllables ending in an aspirated surd — e.g. in the Hindu pronunciation of krakh, a noise, but not in the plural JcraJca. Again, on the other hand, Srinagar Kashmiri has two short o’s — one, the first o in the English word “ promote “, which I represent by o, and the other the o in “ hot “, which I represent by 6. Sir Aurel Stein’s system knows only the latter of these, which he represents by o. There are numerous other differences and cross divisions in the two systems, and a thorough examination of the whole of Hatim’s text gives the following results : —
On the one hand, some of Hatim’s sounds have their exact equivalent in the Srinagar Kashmiri known to me. These are the a in “ America “, the a in “ father “, the ai in “ aisle “, the e in “ met “, the e like the a in “ vale “, the o in “ open “, the u in “put”, the u in “rule”, the 11 in the German “Kiirze”, and the peculiar Kashmiri d, for which, so far as I am aware, there is no equivalent in any European language. In all these our transcriptions agree, except that Sir Aurel represents the e in “ met “ by e, while I use e. On the other hand, there is the greatest confusion between the two systems in their repre- sentation of the broken vowels, which play so important a role
INTRODUCTION liii
in Kashmiri pronunciation. One example will suffice. There is a modified a, which Sir Aurel Stein represents by a, and which he says is sounded like the u in “ rut “ prolonged. In Srlnagar Kashmiri the sound strikes my ear rather as a pro- longed German 6, although many Pandits, in certain words, sound it almost like the o in “ note “,* and I represent it by 6. So far the matter is comparatively simple, and it might be possible to solve the problem of the two competing tran- scriptions ; but the case is complicated by the fact that this same modified a almost equally often has an altogether different sound — that of the aw in “ awful “ — which Sir Aurel represents by a, and which I represent by 6. This may occur in the same word when it occurs more than once. For instance, the word which I always transliterate as poda, and which means “ manifest “, was sounded by Hatim as pada in ii, 1, and as pada in iii, 8. At other times it was sounded as 6, here following the example of the Pandits to which I have just alluded. Thus my moj^, a mother, is Hatim’s moj in viii, 3, but maj in viii, 1. It is evident that it would be impossible to arrange any system of transcription such as mine, which is based on the Nagarl spelling of Kashmiri Pandits, so as to agree with a pronunciation varying so greatly as in the above examples. I have therefore decided to leavf Sir Aurel Stein’s representation of the vowel-sounds untouched, and to print it exactly as it stands. This will give rise to inconvenience in comparing the two texts, but it is better that this inconvenience should occur than that any attempted alterations of mine should obscure the niceties of Hatim’s pronunciation.
The following is the system employed by Sir Aurel Stein in representing the vowel-sounds used by Hatim : —
List of Vowel-sounds, as used by Sir Aurel Stein in his
Transcription a as in “America “. a a very short a, but quite audible. a as in “ l<7rge “.
1 e.g. most Pandits pronounce the word kdm a , work, as if it rhymed with “home”.
liv KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
a as in “ cancelled “.
? a very short a, having the quality of the u in “hut”.
a has the sound of the u in “ hut “, but long.
d as the aw in “<wful “.
at as in “ aisle “.
du practically equal to the diphthong au t like the on in
” sound “, but sometimes heard as a with a semiliquid v.
e as in “ m^t “.
e as the a in “ w/le”.
i as in “pm “.
1 a very short i, but quite audible,
z as the i in “ p?’que “.
o as in “hot “.
o as the o in “ open “.
u as in “ p«t “.
u a very short n, but quite audible,
w as the u in “r?de”.
u as in German “ Kiirze “, Hungarian “ wres “.
ii a peculiar long vowel difficult to pronounce. See Kashmiri
Manual, p. 17 (e).
A few remarks may be made upon the above.
The so-called ma^ra- vowels are, as in my system, represented by small letters a£>ove the line. Thus a , *, u . Sir Aurel Stein remarks about each of them that it is “ very short, but quite audible “. As a rule, in Srlnagar Kashmiri, this is true of a and *, but to my ear a final u is hardly audible, if audible at all. Pandits tell me that they can hear it, but I have only occasionally been able to do so. This seems also to have been Sir Aurel Stein’s experience. It is evident that what is meant by his statement that u is quite audible is that he has written it when it was audible and has not written it when it was not audible. A reference to the index of words arranged according to their final letters will show that there are hundreds of words ending in u in which he did not hear that letter, and consequently did not write it. ( The cases in which he did hear it are comparatively few. Such are bdguk u (iii, 9) and vot u mot (vii, 29). The inaudibility of this letter is well illustrated by
INTRODUCTION lv
words such as my amyuk u , which becomes in Hatim’s mouth am v uk or amyuk in iii, 4, and atrnPuk in xii, 17 ; and my dop u , which is represented not only by dop u (ii, 4; xi, 12), but also by dop (v, 9; viii, 1, 13; etc.), dup (xi, 2, 14; xii, 4), and even dup? (xi, 11). It is unnecessary to multiply examples. Many more will be found in the indexes, and it is sufficient to state here that, like me, Sir Aurel Stein has found that u-matra is very rarely audible.
Regarding the sound represented by du, Sir Aurel Stein says that it is practically a diphthong au, like the ou in “ sound “, but is sometimes heard as a with a semi-liquid v. As it struck me that possibly this u might be the equivalent of my w, I referred the point to Sir Aurel, and he wrote as follows in reply : —
” As regards gaii, I am now certain that I do not mean w by the special u, but merely wished to indicate that the sound was not a usual diphthong. Hatim always keeps the pre- ceding long a [in du] quite clear of the u. This is all I wish to indicate by the marks I employed. It may be the semi- vowel v, but, in that case, it is exceedingly liquid.” It will be observed that, as in gau above quoted, the u does not necessarily follow a long a. Sir Aurel also occasionally writes an i, to which the same remarks apply.
The Kashmiri of these tales, as recorded by Pandit Govinda Kaula, is practically the same as that described by Pandit Isvara Kaula in his Kashmiri grammar entitled the Kasmira- sabddmrta, 1 and by the present writer in his Essays on Kdgmiri Grammar and in his Kashmiri Manual. There are, however, a few instances in which there occur forms not authorized by any of these works. Some of these are described as “ village forms “, i.e. as not used in the city of Srinagar, and hence by purists banned from literary Kashmiri. Others are idioms peculiar to the Musalman dialect, Hatim, the narrator, being, of course, a follower of Islam ; while a few
1 Published by the Asiatic Society of Bengal in the Bibliotheca Indica.
lvi KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
others are additional forms allowed in Srinagar, but not recorded by Isvara Kaula.
As regards vocabulary, there are two unusual words which I have not met elsewhere. One of these is ration, to cause to seize, which is not in Isvara Kaula’s very full Dhatupatha. It is the causal of the verb ratun, which is of frequent occurrence. The other is the word givdsh, instead of gash, the light of dawn, which occurs three times, and is therefore not a slip of the transcriber. The usual negative particle is the standard na, not ; but nu occurs once, and a poetical equivalent is nan.
In Persian the words shah and padsliah, a king, sometimes appear with the a of the final syllable shortened, so that we also find shah and padsliah. The same is the case when these words are borrowed in the language of these tales, though, under the ordinary Kashmiri rule, a short a after sh becomes e, so that we get both shah and sheh (in shahmar or shehmar, a python) and patashah and patasheh. In the second word it will be observed that, as is frequent in borrowed words, the Paisaci Prakrit rule of hardening the sonant d to t is followed. On the other hand, Sir Aurel Stein always writes the word padshah or padshah with a d. From this we gather that while Hatim, like a good Musalman, adhered to the original borrowed form of the word, Govinda Kaula wrote the word as he was accustomed to hear it in the standard Hindu Kashmiri of Srinagar.
As regards the vowel-sounds, Govinda Kaula almost always indicates the same sounds as those recorded by Isvara Kaula. According to the latter there is an important group of nouns ending in a r which indicate professions (iv, 99), such as rang a r, a dyer; son a r, a goldsmith; man a r, a lapidary, and so on. The only noun of this group occurring in the Tales is son a r, a goldsmith, and this G.K. persistently writes sonar, with a full a. In Kashmiri, when the vowel of a monosyllable is a followed by an aspirated surd consonant, the a takes the sound of the a in the English word “hat” (Essays, p. 6). Govinda Kaula attempts to represent this sound in the word
INTRODUCTION lvii
krakh, outcry, by e, and writes krekh. Possibly this represents a real variation of pronunciation. In villages d followed by i-matra is often pronounced i. G.K. has reproduced this in one instance in the word pandn i (iv, 7), which he here writes panin, and which Sir Aurel Stein represents by pan v en. Another instance of village pronunciation recorded by G.K. is the substitution of a for u in tshanandwun for tshunandwun, to cause to cast (x, 13).
In the Kashmiri of Isvara Kaula the sound represented by o is changed to il before i-matra, i, or y. Thus from hod, imprisonment, we have Jcild i , a prisoner, with a dative singular kildis. G.K. never indicates this last change. Thus he writes kod 1 , kodis ; soty or sotin for silty or siltin, with ; pontsyum u for piintsyum u , fifth.
As regards consonants we may first note that in the villages the letters d and r are frequently interchanged. This r is a dental letter, as elsewhere on the North-West Frontier. We see this clearly in words like khdlun or khdrun, to mount ; wdlun or wdrun, to bring down, in which r is in standard Kashmiri interchangeable with a dental I. We thus find that in the villages there is free interchange between a cerebral d and a dental r, which could not take place were it not that, as in all Dardic languages, in the common village talk of Kashmir there is a weak feeling of the difference between cerebrals and dentals. We shall see that in Hatim’s pro- nunciation this want of differentiation between these two classes of sounds is remarkably evident. Govinda Kaula’s spelling is more influenced by his literary training and familiarity with Sanskrit, but even he reproduces the inter- change of d and r in several instances, such as larun or ladun, to pursue ; kur u or kud u , a daughter ; mor u or mod u , the body ; thilr il -kani or thudP-kani, backwards ; tshddun or tshdrun, to seek. In all these the standard form sanctioned by Isvara Kaula is the first of each pair. The examples l mor u and mod u are very instructive. G.K. gives both forms, and so does Sir Aurel Stein in his transcription, but the two do not always agree. Where G.K. has d Sir Aurel often has r, and
lviii KASHMIRI’ STORIES AND SONGS
vice versa. This illustrates how nearly akin these two letters were as they issued from Hatim’s mouth.
The pronunciation of the Persian letter j zdl in borrowed words varies. Sometimes we have z as kdkaz, paper, and sometimes d as in Jcdlcad, paper, and gudarun, to happen.
There are two occurrences of the aspiration of a non-final consonant, viz. hatha for bdta, words (xii, 25), and thoth u for toth u , beloved (vii, 4). There are no other instances of such aspiration or disaspiration, although Sir Aurel’s transcription teems with both. We have a solitary instance of the insertion of w in the word gwdsh for gash, already mentioned. It is probably connected with the Sanskrit Jcdsa-.
In the declension of nouns there are a few examples of departure from the rules laid down by Isvara Kaula. According to him the suffix of the indefinite article is ah, as in kdldh, a time. Musalmans drop the h and write kdld. G.K. writes the article in each way with about equal frequency. A list of occurrences will be found in the vocabulary under the article ah, a. This is, however, rather a matter of spelling than one of pronunciation, as the h of ah is hd-e mukhtafi.
The singular agent of the first declension ends in -an, as in tsiiran, by a thief. The word sonar (for son a r), a goldsmith, belongs to this declension, but in the one instance in which the agent of this word occurs (v, 4) it is sonar, i.e. the same as the nominative. Sir Aurel Stein’s transcription shows that this is not a slip on the part of Govinda Kaula, and there can be no doubt that the mistake (if mistake it be and not a dialectic form) was made by Hatim.
According to the rule laid down by I.K. the suffix un u of the genitive can be used only with nouns that are masculine proper names. But in poetry its use is more extended, and hence in xi, 13 we have sapharun u , of a journey. More directly contrary to the rule is the phrase as\i e hun u tab, the fever of love, in v, 10, a prose passage.
According to I.K. the plural agent of the first and fourth declensions ends in -an, and of the second and third de- clensions in -yau. G.K. very often writes these -av and -iv
INTRODUCTION lix
respectively. In my opinion these are merely two different ways of recording the same sound, one that it is difficult to represent in the Nagari character. Elsewhere in Kashmiri the diphthong au is at the present day pronounced exactly like o, and is, in fact, a superfluous letter. But in the plural agent the u of au is almost consonantal. Perhaps w would represent its sound better than u, but aw could not represent the sound of the au. Sir Aurel Stein generally writes this diphthong au, and this is probably the best way of repre- senting the sound. In Kashmiri the sound of ^ is something between a labial (not a dento-labial) v and a labial w, some- times tending more to one and sometimes tending more to the other, and accordingly I myself sometimes transliterate it v and sometimes w, a confessedly inaccurate, if convenient, method. The following are examples of the use of -av by G.K. : asmdnav, doyav, khabarddrav, malakav, nawav, nazar- bdzav, phakirav, pirav, satav, tsorav, tsurav, yimav, zaminav. These all belong to the first or fourth declension. For the third declension we have modariv, zaniv. In one instance (x, 1) G.K. gives, in a conversation in the colloquial style, yimov for what I.K. would write as yimau, and this probably represents the pronunciation as nearly as the Nagari character (fsjjft”^) will permit. The above list is not complete, but on the other hand it must be understood that there are numerous examples of the more usual spelling with au and yau.
The postpositions used are those commonly employed. Reference has already been made to the use of soty and sotin for sUty and siltin. The word peth means “ on “, and petha “from on”, but in x, 3 and x, 10 petha is exceptionally employed with the meaning of peth.
As regards pronouns, the proximate demonstrative pronoun yih, this, has a masculine form in the nominative singular, yuh (xii, 5) or yuh (ii, 9, 11 ; x, 12). In xii, 5 yuh, as masculine, is opposed to yih as feminine. Yih, of course, is also used in the masculine. These masculine forms yuh and yuh are not mentioned by I.K. There are a number of emphatic forms, viz. yihoy, yihuy, yuhuy, yohay, yuhay (all masc.) ; yihay
lx KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
(fern.) ; and various inanimate emphatic forms such as yiy, yiy, and yi. None of these are mentioned by I.K.
The defective pronoun noth, nomis, appears under the form nemis for the animate dative singular (v, 9 ; xii, 15). The other forms used (nom, noman, nomav) all have 6. The relative pronoun has its nom. sing. fern, yesa instead of I.K.’s yossa. Similarly the interrogative pronoun has its nom. sing, fern, kusa instead of kossa. Its inanimate dative singular is the regular form hath, with a colloquial form katho (xi, 11).
The indefinite pronoun keh, anything, is pronounced keh by Musalmans, and this is followed by Hatim. Similarly we have the Musalman kentshdh for kentshdh, anything. There is a nom. plur. masc. keh* which is not given by I.K.
The verb substantive is conjugated regularly. In two cases, apparently under the influence of a neighbouring y, u has been changed to e, so that a masculine form appears under a feminine guise. These are cheyey for chuyey, if there is to thee (ix, 6), and chey for chuy, he is verily (xii, 6). In one case os i , they were, is changed to osi, metri gratia.
In the standard dialect the 2nd person singular of the imperative is the same in form as the root. Thus kar, make thou. But if a pronominal suffix is added, u is inserted as a junction-vowel, as in karu-n, make thou him. The explana- tion of this is that the 2nd singular imperative originally ended in u (as in *karu), and that this u has been dropped in the modern language. We have a survival of the old form in gatshu, go thou (xi, 11). To this also must be referred the forms khyuh (x, 5) and khyo (x, 12), eat thou. These represent the modern kheh and an older *khehu. The 2nd person plural imperative of trdwun, to let go, is troviv. In x, 5 we have a variant trovyuv. This is hardly more than a variation of spelling.
In the past conditional the Hindu &rlnagar dialect makes the 1st person singular end in ho (e.g. karaho) and the 3rd person singular in he (karihe). Musalmans shorten these final syllables to ha and he respectively. G.K.’s transcription generally, but not always, follows the Musalman idiom. Thus,
INTRODUCTION lxi
while we have karaho (viii, 11), we have also wuchaha (viii, 10), I should have seen ; mdraha-th (ii, 11), I should kill thee ; wuchaha-n (ii, 5), I would see it. So, for the 3rd person, we have tsdrihe (vi, 14), he might pick out ; and shubiheh (xii, 5), she would have been beautiful. The final h in the last is hd-8 m ukhtafl.
In the past tenses we have, for the first past, the irregular piirun, he put on (clothes), from pairun. For the second past and other pasts in ov there is a strong tendency to weaken the ov by the substitution of a short vowel. Thus gudariv (v, 9), it happened, for guzaryov ; gav (iii, 1), he went, for gauv ; khev (ii, 2), eaten, for khyauv ; pev (viii, 9), he fell, for pyauv. Similarly, for the plural, we have khey (x, 2), they were eaten, for khyey ; niy (v. 9), they were taken, for niy. In h a reyekh (x, 5), for h a ryeyekh, it (fern.) remained over and above for them, the omission of the first y is merely a matter of spelling, as a long e is commonly pronounced as if a y preceded it.
There is a similar shortening in the perfect participle, as in gamot u (viii, 1, etc.), gone, for go r mot u \ mumot u (ii, 4, etc.), dead, for miimot u ; pemot u (viii, 9), fallen, for pyb~mot u .
In the extremely village style of story xi we find the suffix of the k u genitive, instead of the usual suffix mot u , added to the past participle in order to convert it into an adjective. This is quite common in the Western Pahari language spoken immediately to the south-east. The examples are thov^k*, stationed, and nyov 1 !^, dispatched (both nom. plur. masc.) (xi, 6), for thov i -mdt i and nybvt-mat 1 respectively.
There is an irregular form of the conjunctive participle in the same poem. It is kdrHhan (xi, 10), having made, in place of the standard karith.
There are several variations in the forms of the pronominal suffixes added to verbs. Thus we have mokalawahun (x, 1) for mokaldwon {mokaldwaw -f ri), we shall complete it. The suffix wa of the 2nd person plural very often drops the final a, as in kheyev for kheyewa, it (fern.) was -eaten by you (x, 12) ; karemav for karem a wa, they (fern.) were made by me for you
lxii KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
(x, 6). This suffix is sometimes used in a very idiomatic sense, like the corresponding Panjabi singular suffix je. It adds no meaning directly to the verb, but, as it were, adds the idea of “ I say to you “ to the whole sentence. Thus bani, it will become, bani-v, (I say to you) it will become (ii, 7); dima-v, (I say to you) I will give (ii, 8) ; tsali-v, (I say to you) he will escape (ii, 8). Village forms using the suffix of this person in its full form are wanamowa for wana-wa, I will say to you (x, 1,2), and wanemowa for wanem a wa, they (fem.) were said by me to you (x, 1). I am informed that an alternative village form for wanamowa (wanawa) is wanowa.
Instead of karukh, make thou them, we have (xii, 19) karuhulch.
Before discussing the details of Hatim’s pronunciation as illustrated by Sir Aurel Stein’s transcription, it will be well to mention a few general facts.
Words are frequently wrongly divided. Thus the word amis u y — which is amis, to him, combined with the emphatic suffix y, to which u-matra has been added as a junction-vowel — is invariably divided before the s, so that we get am 1 say, «m* sily, or some such form. So anehas, they brought (anekh) to him (as), is written anye has ; the corrupt Arabic aslama- laikum, may the peace be upon you, is written asld malaikum ; bbg a remay, I divided (bog a rem) verily (ay), is written bage remai ; and so on for hundreds of examples. On the other hand, two words are sometimes contracted into one, as in boh<sa for boh hasa, I, Sir ; bebindqir 1 for bebi andar u y, within the breastcloth; and chetal for cheh tal, she is below. In reproducing Sir Aurel Steins text I have carefully allowed these seeming irregularities to stand. The frequency with which they occur, and the systematic way in which they are, recorded, show that they are not slips of the pen, but represent the actual manner in which Hatim, who, of course, knew nothing of Kashmiri grammar, pronounced the words. To him amis^y was two words — ami and sy — and so on for the others. We thus have a valuable illustration of how languages
INTRODUCTION lxiii
change in the mouths of their speakers, and how dialectic variations and different stages of language take their rise.
Reference may also be made to one particular word — that for “ king “, which Sir Aurel Stein invariably records as pddsJidJi, with a d, while Govinda Kaula equally invariably records it as pdtashdh, with a t. Hatim was a follower of Islam, and apparently pronounced this borrowed Persian word in the form in which it was delivered to his language, while Govinda Kaula, a Brahman affected by no Musalman prejudices, wrote the word as it is pronounced in Srlnagar, with the typical Pisaca change of d to t.
Turning to the vowel a, we find that it is occasionally interchanged with a-matra in an unaccented syllable. Thus we have both be bahd and beb a ha, priceless, and mahala Jean and maJiHaJcJidn, for G.K.’s mahalakhdn, the harem of a palace. Much more common is the interchange of a and a, as in bdgas and bdgas, G.K. bdgas, to a garden ; dalila and dalUa, G.K. dalild, sl story ; dar and dar, G.K. dar, in ; sauddgar and sauddgar, G.K. -gar, a merchant ; zandna and zandna, G.K. zandna, a woman ; and many others. Very similarly we have the interchange of a or a with a-matra, as in jdnavdr and jan^vdr, G.K. jdndwdr, a bird ; Jchabar and Jchabar, G.K. Jchabar, news ; Jcdvandas, Jcdvandas, Jcdvandas, khdv^ndas, and JcJidvandas, G.K. Jchdivandas, to a husband ; halamas and Jtal^mas, G.K. Jialamas, to a skirt ; and nidre- vdtalan and mdravdttlan, to executioners.
The sounds a and e seem to be absolutely convertible. Thus we have ad?, ada, ad e , and ade for G.K.’s ada, then ; ana and dne for G.K.’s ona, a mirror ; cJia and cJie for G.K.’s cJieJi, she is ; cJias and ches for G.K.’s cJies, I (fern.) am ; daJdie ndvdn for G.K.’s daJcJiandwdn, leaning upon ; gud a , gud?, guda, and gude for G.K.’s goda, at first ; Jiasa and hase for G.K.’s Jiasa, Sir ; Jidv^nam (G.K. hawanam), they will show to me, and vale nam (G.K. wdlanam), they will cause me to descend, both in the same line ; Jiazrat, Jiazrat 1 , JiazraH 1 , Iidzret, and hazret*, all for G.K.’s Jiazrat-i, a certain title ; jdya and jdye, G.K. jdye, in a place, in two consecutive lines, also jai and jay e ; kata, JcatJia,
lxiv KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
and kathe, G.K. hatha, words ; 1st persons singular future, such as para, I shall recite ; but behe, I shall sit, hare, I shall do ; kal*, kala, and kale, G.K. kola, a head ; Icartg and karte, G.K. karta, please do ; mar?vatalan, mar^vatelan, maravdtrtan, mare- vatHan, marevatalan, etc., G.K. mdrawdtalan, to executioners ; peta, pyete, etc., G.K. petha, from on ; yil?, yela, and yele, G.K. yela, from restraint ; and hundreds of others.
When a precedes i it is usually written a, as in ralit, G.K. ratith, having seized. Sometimes it is written a, as in am 1 or gtm, G.K. dm, by him. It becomes a in Wr 1 , G.K. iaW, at the side, and in one instance we have o, in maris or modis, to a body. The change of a to o, but without a following i, occurs in doh, doha, doha, doh°, or doho, G.K. doha, on a day.
Other less common changes are the following. We have in one case a lengthened to a, in khabardarau, by the watchmen (elsewhere kha-). Cf. la l r l above. We have unaccented a- matra becoming i-matra in asanas or asanas, G.K. asanas, for being. In the word tulari, for G.K. t a l a ri, by a bee, a-matra appears as u.
In standard Kashmiri, after sh, a is pronounced as e, and I have in such a case transliterated it by that letter. Thus the Persian shahr, a city, is in my transliteration of G.K.’s text shown as shehar. As a rule Hatim preserves the a, but there are also several instances of the change to e. Thus —
Sir Aurel Stein’s transcription My transliteration of G.K. of Hatim.
sheh, six, she,
shehara, from a city, shahtra and shehera,
sheharah, a city, shehra,
sherikh, a partner, sherik,
and others. The number would be increased if we included several words that Hatim pronounced with a (it being remembered that a and e are with him interchangeable), as in shahan for G.K. stehan, to the six ; shahmaras, G.K. sheh- mdras, to the python.
A final short a is sometimes dropped, as in gar, gar?, and
INTRODUCTION lxv
gara, G.K. gara, a house ; doh, doha, etc., G.K. ddha, on a day ; 8ar, sar?, save, and sera, G.K. sam, investigation.
In standard Kashmiri a borrowed word ending in a con- sonant preceded by a long a often adds a final short a. Thus jahaz, a ship, becomes jahdza ; nishdn, a sign, becomes nishdna, and so on. Sir Aurel Stein gives three words of this kind to which G.K. does not add a final a. These are chdldna, G.K. cdldn, an invoice ; Idl and Idl?, G.K. Idl, a ruby ; mal?, G.K. mai, property. We have also a added in dopusa, G.K. dopus, said to him, and chuka, G.K. chukh, thou art.
In the standard dialect, when a is followed by u-matra it becomes il. Sir Aurel Stein usually represents this sound by a. A good example is the feminine genitive postposition which G.K. writes silnz u , and which Sir Aurel usually writes sanz. Occasionally he represents it by u. Thus we have also sunz ; dsus, G.K. os u s, she was to him. For G.K.’s thud u or thilr u , on the back, we have tad, tor, tar, and tilr. The syllable u y is represented by uy, ily, and ai. Thus G.K.’s tamis il y, to him verily, becomes tarn 1 suy or tarn 1 sily, while timan u y, to them verily, becomes tim?nai. Another example of the representation of ii by u is G.K.’s wutsh u , she descended, which becomes vuts (iii, 2), and the same word also represents G.K.’s wdtsh u , she went up (iii, 1, 3).
The letter a or dh, when final and representing the indefinite article, is usually shortened to a or a, as in doha, G.K. dohd, a day ; dalila and dalila, G.K. dalildh, a story ; zdla and zdld, G.K. zdldh, a net. Similarly, although there is no suffix of the indefinite article, shora ga and shoragd, G.K. shora-gdh, an outcry. Often, however, as, for instance, in some of the above examples, the long d is retained.
When d is followed in G.K.’s dialect by u-matra, by i-matra, or by i it becomes 6, and this same 6 also usually represents the pronunciation of the diphthong ai. Sir Aurel Stein some- times represents this 6 by a, which according to his phonetic system represents approximately the same sound. Thus —
lxvi
KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
G.K.
Hatim.
boy*, brothers,
bay,
dodHaday, suffering,
dd l d ye ladai,
don il , a pomegranate,
dan,
dor 1 , holding,
dar,
goj^nas, he caused me
to waste away,
gdj a nas,
khoris, for a khar wei
g ht,
kharis,
kotydh, how many ?
lc&Hra,
mbj u , a mother,
maj, moj,
and others.
For original ai we have-
poda, manifest,
pada, pada,
gob, hidden,
g$b,
hod, imprisonment,
had,’
gov, different,
gqtri, gar.
About equally often this 6 is represented by a, corresponding to my 6, and therefore sounded something like the aw in “ awful “. Thus—
oils, to a nest, dlis,
or u , a shoemaker’s awl, dr,
oziz, poor, dzlz,
os u 8, she was to him,
bdlbosh a , chirping,
gum-royi, losing one’s way,
ash^ndv, relations,
asus, bolbdsh, gurnard yiy, dshndii, ash 1 ndv, as if for bsh i ndv,
and others. For original ai we have-
bna, a mirror, pbda, manifest, and others.
arte, ana, pada, pada,
Very often this 6 is represented by a simple a, as in —
bod^hdl, a prison, bdnd l hdl,
dazbn*, verily burning, dazdn 1 ,
gos, they went for him, gas,
judbyi, separation, zhuddi,
INTRODUCTION lxvii
G.K. Hatim.
kbshir 1 , Kashmiris, kdshir*,
zolith, having burnt, zdlit,
and others. For original ai we have —
gov, different, gar, g&ri,
Jchordth, alms, khdrdt,
solas, for an excursion, sdlas,
and others.
The word myon u , mine (fern.), appears in various forms, viz. meny, mye, m y en, myen, and m v eny, in all of which the 6 is represented by e; whereas for the corresponding cybn u , thy (fern.), we have ch^dn, clV^an 1 , and ch v an v .
We have seen that G.K. usually represents u by 6, as in hod 1 for kud, sbty for silty. Sir Aurel Stein writes for these words k&d, ka^d, and hud 1 , and sait, saP, etc., respectively.
When a is followed in G.K.’s dialect by u-matra it becomes 6, and Sir Aurel Stein almost always gives for it his sign a, which represents the same sound. Thus —
G.K. Hatim.
okhun, a teacher, dkhun, dJchun,
6l u , a nest, at,
6s u , he was, as, ds u , as, os,
6y, he came to thee, ay, ay,
bdwun, he explained, bdvun,
and many others. It will be seen from the above that a, a, and o are also used to represent this sound. So, for khotuni, to the lady, we have khdtuni and khditini ; for Idyun, he struck, Idyun and Idyun ; for soruy, all, sdruy, saruy, soWi, and soira ; for bow u , manifested, bou. There are many other similar examples, and from the above it will be seen that G.K.’s o and 6 are represented indiscriminately by a, a, and a.
The vowel e is, we have seen, interchangeable with a. It is also liable to be shortened to e-matra when final, as in bdye, bay 6 , or even bai, for G.K.’s bdye, to a wife.
We have already noticed that in Kashmiri a after sh becomes e (i.e. Sir Aurel Stein’s e). In one instance Hatim
lxviii KASHMIBI STOBIES AND SONGS
has o for this e, G.K.’s shekh, hesitation, being represented by shah or shok.
It is well known that the average Kashmiri is unable to distinguish between the letters e and i, whether long or short. In this way Hatim gives e instead of G.K.’s I in the
following—
G.K. Hatim.
bUh\ seated (m. pi.), bmh\ beth?, and bat\
gristf-bay, a farmer’s wife, grist bay, phirith, having returned, pherith, pherith, or phirit, and others. It will be observed that, in the case of bat 1 , I has become a. Similarly, G.K.’s rinz*, balls, is represented by rinz, renz, or ranz ; and his tresh, thirst, by tresh or tras. Owing to the confusion of a and e and of i and e (Stein’s e), we sometimes have a for i. Thus G.K.’s gristf-baye, to a farmer’s wife, becomes grist? baye, gresta baye, or grest baye. Similarly, G.K.’s ddp^ziheJch, thou must say to them, is repre- sented by dabzi hek or dabza hek ; G.K.’s wds { zi, you should descend, by vaz l za ; and yith, to this, by yet, yath, yat, and yat. As regards u, we occasionally observe hesitation as to quantity. Thus G.K.’s dop u nas, he said to him, is represented by both dop u nas and dopunas ; and his yuswph, Joseph, by yusuf, yusuf, and yusuf.
Just as in the case of e and i, so ordinary Kashmiris are unable to distinguish between o and u. There are numerous examples of this in Hatim’s language. A few will suffice here — G.K. Hatim.
borun, he filled, borun and burun,
Jcodun, he brought out, Icodun, kudun,
kut a walan, by the policeman, hotvalan, kutvalen, not u , a pitcher, nut,
byuth u , he sat, bydth, byuth,
purun, he put on, porun, purun.
The Persian khubsurat, beautiful, becomes khobsurath in G.K., for which Hatim has Ichob surat and hhab surat.
Once or twice we find u interchanged with other vowels. Thus we have che for chuh, he is ; and (once each) chiy or chi v
INTRODUCTION lxix
for chuy, he is verily. The imperative tshun, cast thou, is represented by tsiln, but elsewhere the u of this word is preserved. After y, u or o has a tendency to become ii, as in d v utuk, dyutuk, d y utuk, or d y ilthuk, for dyutukh, they gave ; h y utun or hyiitun, for kyotun, he began.
An initial u in Kashmiri is always pronounced wu. This is not usually the case with an initial 6, but G.K.’s ora, thence, is represented not only by dra and similar forms, but also by voda.
It is well known that e and e are usually pronounced in Kashmiri with a short y before them. Thus y e, y e. This y is not usually written in G.K.’s transcription, but it is everywhere to be presumed. Sir Aurel Stein as a rule writes this y either as a small letter above the line or as a full y. Examples will be found on every page of his text. A few are given here —
O.K. Stein.
khekh, thou wilt eat, kyek,
khewdn, eating, khyavdn, khyevdn, k y avdn,
keth, in, kh y ath, khyath, k y et, kyet,
petha, from, peta, pyete, p y eth, p y etha.
It will be observed that ya is sometimes used instead of e. Other similar cases are —
ketha, how ? kyataj&etaj&etaj&itajclivatha
khoni, on the haunch, kun y a }
neza, railings, n y dza,
zeni, he will conquer, za if ni, z y dni.
Turning to consonants, we first draw attention to the well-known fact that, as in all Dardic languages, Kashmiri possesses no sonant aspirates. Original sonant aspirates are always disaspirated. This is fully borne out by Hatim’s pronunciation. There is only one occurrence of an aspirated sonant consonant in the whole of Sir Aurel Stein’s transcription. This is in the word ghdsh (viii, 9), for gwdsh or gash, light, which Sir Aurel writes elsewhere as gash (five times).
But Hatim’s pronunciation goes further. The aspiration of surd consonants is most irregular, many such sounds that are
lxx KASHMIBI S TOBIES AND SONGS
written by G.K. and elsewhere as aspirated surds are dis- aspirated, and many unaspirated surds are aspirated. In some cases this runs uniformly through every occurrence of a word or letter. Thus the verb gatshun, to go, is always written gatsun, and the letter c is almost invariably written ch. In other cases the aspiration or disaspiration is more capricious.
In the Kashmiri of Isvara Kaula and other Hindus a final surd is always, with a few specified exceptions, aspirated, while Musalmans retain the unaspirated sound. Thus we have —
Musalman. Hindu.
krak, outcry, krakh.
thap, seizing, thaph.
rat, blood, rath,
not, palsy, nath.
kats, glass, katsh.
The transcript of these tales by Govinda Kaula follows the Hindu custom and aspirates final surds. With Hatim it is, curiously enough, almost a question of date. The recording of Sir Aurel Stein’s transcription commenced on June 16, and continued, with intervals, till July 31, 1896. In the earlier parts of this transcription final surds were not aspirated, but in recording the recitation of July 24, Sir Aurel wrote the word thaph (xii, 11), seizing, previously recorded as thap or tap, and makes a special note on the margin that in this instance the ph is a true aspirate. An examination of the rest of the text recorded on that day and on the following and final recitation of July 31, shows that the final surds are here much more consistently aspirated than had been the case previously. It is out of the question to assume that the non- recording of this aspiration in the earlier tales was due to faulty audition on the part of Sir Aurel Stein. He was, I know, perfectly aware at the time of this distinction between Musalman and Hindu pronunciation, and had previously corre- sponded with me on the subject.
The following are examples of Hatim’s disaspiration : — For the letter b we may take the Arabic borrowed word 8ub a han, at dawn, for which H. has suban ; but how
INTRODUCTION lxxi
inconsistent he is in this is shown by the following cognate forms : subu for subuh ; subahanas for sub a hanas ; and subhas for sub a has.
We have said that the letter c is almost always aspirated to ch. Similarly, the aspiration of ch (very common in the auxiliary verb chuh, he is) is generally retained. But, in one instance (i, 13), city is written for chuy, he is indeed. Another similar case is that of the verb wuchun, to see. In this the ch is usually retained ; but we have vucehan (ii, 5) for wuchahan, vucuk (ii, 4) for tvuchukh, and vucun (ii, 8) for wuchun.
Of more frequent occurrence is the aspirate kh, and of this disaspiration is frequent. Thus —
Initial. — While the borrowed Persian word khub, well, always preserves its aspiration, khdb, a dream, becomes kab and kdv ; khabar, news, is spelt kabar, etc., in the first five stories, and khabar, etc., afterw r ards ; and Khbdd, God, becomes Kudd, etc., in i-vi, and Khudd, etc., afterwards. Similarly —
khalat-e-shdhi, a royal robe, becomes kalHi shdhi.
khdm, unripe, „ khdm and kdm.
khumdr, languishment, „ kumdr.
khan, N.P., „ khan (ii,l) and kdn(ii, 12).
khoni, on the haunch, „ kun y a.
khar, an ass, „ khar (iii) and kar (v).
khoran, to the feet, „ kuran.
khash, a cut, „ kash.
The verb khasun, to ascend, retains the aspirate, except in forms derived from the past participle khot u , in which the aspiration sometimes persists and is sometimes lost, giving forms such as khot u , khut, and kut ; khat 1 and kaHy ; katis ; khats and kats.
khota, than, becomes khota, khuta, and kuta.
khotHna, a lady, „ kotuna (v) and khdtun (x, xii).
khatith, secretly, „ kaHith.
khdwand, a husband, „ kdvand (i-viii) and khdvand (x-xii).
Ixxii KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
The verb khyon u , to eat, as a rule has 7c in the earlier tales and lch in the later, but this is not universal. Thus we have Jchyau for khev, eaten, in ii, 2. Occasionally also the cognate Shina language disaspirates in this word.
Khazmath or Icliizmatli, service, becomes Ichismat (ii, 3) and kismat (xii, 3), and so many others.
It will be observed that the disaspiration occurs ‘whether the lch represents the Indian aspirate or whether it represents a Persian ~.. It will also be noticed that, generally speaking, but not universally, when there are two forms, one with and the other without the aspiration, the disaspirated forms occur in the earlier stories and the aspirated forms in the later stories. The same is true for the other instances of disaspira- tion, and I shall not trouble to refer to it again. It will, however, be understood that numerous, though not so numerous, instances of disaspiration occur also in the later stories.
Medial lch is not so common, but we can quote palca for palcha, wings ; tdkhit (x, 12) and taJcit (xi, 13) for tdhkhith, certainly ; vutamalc 1 for wotamukh i , upside down.
Final lch occurs in akh, one, which is represented both by ah and akh in all parts of the tales, though alch occurs only in i, 4, and four times in xii. For phakh, a stink, we have only phak. Initial ph is preserved in the phak just quoted. For phamb, cotton wool, we have phamb and pamb, both in viii. For phardd, on the morrow, we have parda ; while the verb pherun, to regret, loses its aspiration twice and preserves it once in viii.
Medial ph occurs in naphtsas, for the belly, which H. pro- nounced naptsas (x, 3).
Final ph occurs in the word thaph, grasping. It appears under the forms thaph, thap, and tap.
Although not strictly an aspirate, we may here quote the shh in the borrowed Arabic word mashhur, celebrated, which H. (xi, 3) pronounced maushur:
Initial th occurs in the following : in thud (thod u ), erect, it is preserved. For thur iL , a shrub, we have tier, and for thur u or thud u , on the back, we have tad, tar, and tor ; thiln^a, butter,
INTBODUCTION lxxiii
preserves the th ; but for thaph, grasping, we have thaph, thap, and tap. The common verb tltdwun, to place, generally preserves the th, but we have thdvum and tdvum, and, for thavHaw, taivtau.
Medial th occurs in the following : atha, a hand, becomes both atha, etc., and ata, etc., the aspirated forms occurring most frequently in the later tales ; buth u , a face, is always but ; so, for ath u r il , the woodworm, atar ; for hatha, stories, hatha, etc., and kata ; neth a r, a wedding, neth/Jr (xii) and n v etar (viii) ; pathar, downward, pathar and patar, etc. ; woth u , descended, vut and vuth, and similarly in derived forms ; and similarly woth u , ascended, also becomes vut or vuth. Other examples are vatqtrith for watharith, having spread out, but this verb fluctuates as regards the aspirate in other forms ; wothus, arose to him, becomes vothus, etc., or votus ; and wdthith, having arisen, vuthit and vutit. Sdthdh, a moment, becomes sdtha or sdta.
For final th the pronoun ath generally becomes at, except that we have both at and ath in xii. Conjunctive participles, such as wdthith just cited, almost always end in t, the th- termination being frequent only in xii ; the postposition keth, in, becomes k v et, etc., except in xii, where we have kh v ath, etc., with exceptional aspiration of the k. The distributive particle prath always becomes prat. Pronominal datives, such as tath, kath, etc., follow ath in sometimes dropping the aspiration and sometimes (in the later stories) keeping it.
For initial th the only real example is thahardn, awaiting, for which H. has tah?rdn.
There are more examples of medial th, such as bontha, in front, which always has the dental t, as in bont?, etc. ; byuth u , seated, and its derivatives also generally disaspirate the th, except in xii, which also retains the aspiration. Kuth u ,& room, also disaspirates except once in x, 7, where we have the dative kuthis, while in x, 8 we have kutis and kutis ; the ablative postposition petha occurs in several forms, peta, pyete, p v etha, p v eth, and p v etha, the aspirated forms occurring chiefly in the later stories. Similar is the treatment of poth 1 or pothin, like,
/
lxxiv KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
for which we have paH 1 , etc., and pqHht, etc., and patin and pdthin. The common word sethdh, very, much, appears as seta, etc., and setha, etc., it being noted that both forms occur in xii ; toth u or thoth u , beloved, is always tot, and zith 1 , long (m.pl.), becomes zU\
Initial tsh is always disaspirated by H. Thus the word bhunun, to throw, is always bunun, and so for all others.
As for medial tsh, in the verb gabhnn, to go, to be proper, it is always disaspirated by H. The same applies to the indefinite pronoun kenbhdh, something, which appears under many forms, in none of which does an aspirated tsh appear. Similarly, we have matsa and mats v e for matshi, on the shoulder; rabeh^na for rabhi-hand, a little; vub for wobh il , she went up, and also for wubh u , she went down, and others.
Turning now to aspiration, we may commence with the general statement that every c is aspirated by H. The solitary exception is the word ceshma, an eye (i, 3), w T hich appears as ceshma. Thus we have —
G.K. H.
cenda, a pocket, chanda.
cith 1 , a letter, chit,
bace, young ones, bache.
bacdwiin 12 , to be released (fern.), bachdviny.
7iayistdnihc ii , of the canebrake, nayis tan nach.
racen, she took them (fern.), rachen.
zace, rags, zache.
Reference has already been made to the aspiration of g in* ghdsh, for gash, light.
Examples of the aspiration of k are : —
G-K. Hatim.
kur u , a daughter, kud, khud.
kombakas, for help, khumba khas.
ketha, how ? l&eta, kh v atha.
kenbhdh, something, kye ba, etc., or khye ba.
kdsun, to shave (xii), khdsun. kot u , a son (xii), khuth.
INTRODUCTION lxxv
For the aspiration of p, we have put, puth, phot, or phut, for pot u , back again. Shina has phot for this word.
For the aspiration of initial t, we have tal or thai, for tal below ; tot, tut, or tltuth y for tot u , thither ; and than for tdv, exhaustion.
Medial t is also sometimes aspirated. The termination ta of the polite imperative often becomes thq, etc., as in karta or kar the, for karta, please to do ; tsuntha for tshunta, please to throw. So also the termination mot u of the perfect participle becomes muth in on muth, for on u mot u , brought ; vot u mut or vot u muth, for wdt u mot u , arrived. The t in dyut u , given, is aspirated in dyut or dyuth, for dyut u ; d v iltuk or d v ilthuk, for dyutukh, they gave ; dithin, for ditin, he gave them. Similarly — G.K. Hatim.
kyut u , for, kh v ut, k v ut, kyut, khyuth, kyuth.
rat a na, a jewel (in rotund, rothuna, rothuna.
composition),
sdta, at a moment, sa^, sdtha.
soty, with, sa/i£, sg-^/t, sgtthv, etc.
fo£ w , thither, fo£, £u£, thuth.
wot u , arrived, vot, etc., or voth.
The above is in no way a complete list of all the instances of disaspiration and aspiration. It is merely a selection of typical examples.
The Dardic languages as a rule have no cerebral letters. Literary Kashmiri, however, preserves the distinction between cerebral and dental almost as carefully as is the case in India. There are, nevertheless, a few striking examples to the contrary, as in dutakh or dutakh, cutting in two ; dot or dal, a leaf ; and wothun, to arise, as compared with the Hindi uthnd. But even in the literary language the pronunciation of cerebral letters cannot be so definitely cerebral as in India, for in Kashmiri poetry cerebral consonants are permitted to rhyme with dentals, a thing which is impossible in Indian verse. Thus, in the Rdmdvatdracarita, the proper name Yindrazith, Indrajita, rhymes with dith il , seen, in verse 699, and with bith u , seated, in verse 872.
lxxvi KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
In the village Kashmiri of Hatim, the state of affairs is altogether different. Here the utmost confusion exists, dentals being used for cerebrals, and cerebrals for dentals, almost at random. From the numerous examples that follow it is evident that Hatim used an intermediate sound that at one time struck Sir Aurel Stein’s ears as cerebral and at another as dental. If Hatim had pronounced real cerebral sounds, it is impossible to suppose that Sir Aurel, with his long familiarity with Indian languages, could have failed to notice them, more especially as some of the words written with dental letters, such as dak, a stage, are words that are in everyday use in India both in colloquial speech and in literature. It might be thought that here and there Sir Aurel may have omitted a subscript dot by a slip of the pen ; but the omissions are too frequent and too regular to permit this assumption to be taken as a general explanation, and, moreover, it will not account for those cases in which he has marked as cerebrals, letters which in the corresponding Hindi or Sanskrit are always dental. The following are examples of this confusion. The list is in no way complete : —
A. Dentals where we should expect cerebrals —
Literary Dialect.
Hatim.
t for t.
gaff, skilful (f. sg.),
gatij.
gatH\ skilful (m. pi.),
gatily.
hatis, to the throat,
hatis.
khaiith, secretly,
kaHith.
not u , a jar,
nut.
phatun, to be broken.
phut u
phut.
phut u wa
phutu.
phut a run, to break,
phut°r u has
phuttrhas.
phut°rukh
phuttruk.
but phut a ryun
phuta r v un
ratun, to seize.
rat*
rat 1 .
INTRODUCTION
lxxvii
Literary Dialect.
Hatim.
rot u
rot, rut.
rut u
rat.
rot u mot u
rutmut.
but (causal) rot u mot u
rot?mut.
rotun
rotun, rutun.
rut u nalch
rut^nak.
ratith
ratit, ratit.
rot u wa
rutu.
tahal 1 , servants,
tahal, tahal*, tahal v .
trop 1 , a necklace,
trut.
but tratis (sg. dat.)
tratis.
tsatahdl, a school,
tsatahdl.
tsatun, to cut.
bot u
tsot.
isatdw 1
tsaten*.
tsatun u
tsatun.
tsapnam
tsethiam.
tsatanas
tsatanas.
but tsatanasa
tsatan a sa.
.tsatith
tsaHith.
th or t for th.
6th, eight,
dth.
behun, to sit down.
bith 1
bap, bethy, teeth 1 .
byuth u
byut, byut, byoth, byoth
byuth.
byuthus
b v uthus.
bontha, before,
bont a , bont?, bonta.
but bonth
bont.
deshun, to see.
dyuth u
dyut, dyut.
dyuthum
dyuthum.
dyuth u may
dyot mai.
dyuth u mot u
dyutmut.
dyuthuth
dyuthut.
KASHMIRI STORIES
AND SONGS
Literary Dialect.
Hatim.
kuth u , a room.
lentil*
kuti.
kuth u
kid.
kuth u dh
kuthd.
kuthis
kuthis, kwtis, kwtis.
myuth u , sweet,
myut.
peth, on,
pyet, p y et, pyet, pyet,
pyeth.
petha, from on,
peta, pyete, p y eth, p y etha,
p v etha.
poth 1 , like,
pqH\ pdHh\ paHh 1 ,
pdHhv, pdHhy, pdH y ,
paHy.
pothin, like,
pathin, patin.
rafun, to seize.
rath
rat.
rathta
rath ta.
sethdh, very,
seta, seta, sethd, setha.
thahardn, stopping,
tah^ran.
d for d.
dakhandwan, leaning on,
dakhe ndvdn.
dakas, for a stage,
dakas.
deshwn, to see.
deshan
deshan.
deshun u
deshun.
dishith
deshit.
gandun, to tie.
gand
gand.
gand*
gand*, gandi.
gdndtmat 1
gand^maty 1 .
gdndin
gandin.
gondun
gundun.
gond u nas
gund^nas.
gandith
gandit.
gdndtzes
gaud* zyes.
INTRODUCTION
lxxix
This last change occurs only when d is initial or protected by a preceding n. A medial d is interchangeable with a dental r. See below.
B. Cerebrals where we should expect dentals —
Hatim.
Literary Dialect. t for t bata, boiled rice, me ti, me also, rat a na, a jewel (in
composition) tati, there, yetat 1 , where,
th for th. hatha, words, Jieth, having taken,
bat :, bata, batta. m v eti, map. rothuna, rothuna,
rotun*, rutun?, etc. tat\ taHi, taH\ taV>. ye taH\
batha.
het, hit, hvet, hveth, teeth.
Compare rothuna and rothuna, for rat a na, a jewel, above. d for d. ad a la, from justice, adal.
mud 11 , he died, mod, mud.
In Kashmiri the letter r is a dental letter, not a cerebral as in the Indian Madhyadesa. We see this in the frequent interchange with a dental I, as in Hatim’s mol or mor, for literary mol u , father. The same is the case in the North- Western languages, Sindhl and Lahnda. The village con- fusion between cerebrals and dentals hence explains the frequent interchange in Hatim’s dialect, between medial d and medial r. Thus we have —
A. d where we should expect r—
Literary. Hatim.
ora, thence, ar,etc.,foc?a,andevenac?a.
garun (G.K. gadun), to make. garan gorun kor u , a bracelet, h&r* (G.K. also kud u ), a daughter,
garan.
gudun.
Jcar, Jcur, hur 1 , hud.
had, hhud, hur.
lxxx
KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
kore
kdd 1 , kdd y e, kodye, kod v i t kud y e, kor y e, korH.
kori
kodye, kod ye , kdd y i, kor y e.
kur 1
kud 1 .
larun (G.K., also ladun),
to
pursue.
laran
Idrdn, ladan.
ldryomot u
ldd v 6mut.
larydv
ld l ryau, Wdyau.
laryeyes
ladeyes.
mor u , he was killed,
mor, mod.
parun, to read, recite.
porukh
paduk.
paran
pardn, paddn.
porun
padun.
thar (G.K. also thad), the back.
thilr u
tar, tor, tier, tad.
tora, thence,
tor?, tora, tore, tod?.
B. r where we should expect
<!-
Literary.
Hatim.
kadun (G.K. also karun),
to extract.
kdd 1
ka l r y .
kod w
kur.
kddikh
kgtdik, karik, ka l rik.
kodukh
kuruk.
kud u kh
kaduk.
kadan
karan.
kaddn
kaddn, karan.
kaddn
koron y .
kadun
karun.
kadun u
kadun.
kodun
kodun, kudun, korun, kurun.
kud u n
kadin.
kadtnas
kar y inas.
kod u nas
kuranas.
kadith
kq}rit, ka l rith.
INTRODUCTION
lxxxi
ishadun (G.K. also tshdrun), to search. tshddan tsdrdn.
tshddav tsdrau.
yeddh, a belly, yerd.
While Dardic languages show a general tendency to harden sonant consonants, Hatim shows occasional instances of the softening of surds. In every case except one the softened consonant is immediately followed by z. In the one exception, it is s that is softened to z. The examples are —
G.K.
Hatim.
dabza hek. dabzi heJc.
dabzilc.
dap^zim. vqz l za. va^s* zina
p v ez.
ddphihekh, thou shouldst have
said to them, ddptzekh, thou shouldst say to them, but ddp^hiiythou shouldst say to me,
wds i zi, thou shouldst descend, but was i zi-na, thou shouldst not descend, pes, they fell on him, On the other hand, Hatim gives occasional instances of the Dardic hardening of sonants. Such are —
G.K. Hatim.
tab, fever, tap.
rasad, assembly, rasat.
mov lag, do not fix, maidalc.
khazmath, service, Jcismat.
khizmath, service, khismat.
In this connexion we may again refer to G.K.’s pdtashdh H.’s pddshah, a king.
Turning to individual consonants, we note —
(1) We have prothesis of h before y in —
G.K. Hatim.
yun u , to come, 2/#», h y iln.
yuthuy, as verily, yilthuy, h v ilthuy.
(2) kh becomes h in —
shekhtsd, a certain person, shahisa.
lxxxii KASHMIBI STORIES AND SONGS
Possibly shahtsa is a slip of the pen, for elsewhere Hatim has shakhtsan, shakhtsas, and so on.,
(3) The affricative ts sometimes becomes s, as in —
G.K. Hatim.
tsoce, loaves, suche, su cho, buche.
(sopor, in four directions, so pa { ri, tso patr.
It becomes z in —
pants, five, points, panz.
The representation of G.K.’s adalilts^-peth, in court, by addlat-p v eth, is probably a slip of the pen.
With these changes of ts we may compare the interchange of ch and sh in Hatim’s mach-tular, a bee, with the mash-tulari of the title of Story IX. Similarly, we have zh for j in zhama for jama, a coat.
(4) ny and ny are interchangeable, as in Hatim’s kanye- phul and kailye phul, a pebble. This is hardly more than a variation of spelling.
(5) Hatim usually preserves a Persian /, while G.K. has ph instead. Thus, Hatim fakir, G.K. phaklr, a mendicant. For “ thought “ Hatim has both fikftr and phikir.
(6) The letter sh is sometimes represented by s. Sir Aurel Stein’s MS. represents the sound of sh by s, and the occasional apparent change of sh to s is probably due to the accidental omission of the subscript dot. An example is the word shemsher, a sword, for which we have sJtamsher, shamser, and samsher.
(7) Vocalization of the semi-vowels y and v is frequent, as in gai for gay, they went ; gau or gaxi for gav, he went ; m&ryw for mariwa, (he who) may kill ; tsalau for tsaliv, flee ye ; dimau for dimav, we shall give ; and many others.
(8) An example of metathesis is tsorasta for tsoratsh, a leather-cutter.
(9) H. uses initial v for b in Vikarmajit- for G.K.’s Bikarmdjit-, Vikramaditya. Cf. kab or kav, for khab, a dream.
INTRODUCTION lxxxiii
(10) Three miscellaneous words are —
G.K. Hatim.
bakh a cbyish, a present, bakcayish, bakhsltayish.
jalwa, glory, jafcva.
but jelby, even glory, yala vai.
sakHh, hard, sale, sakh.
The processes of declension and conjugation employed by Hatim are on the whole the same as those employed by Govinda Kaula. The principal differences relate to the pronunciation of the forms, and to the representation of that pronunciation by Sir Aurel Stein’s transcription. A few additional points may here be noticed.
In the declension of nouns, Govinda Kaula, like Isvara Kaula, makes the dative singular of nouns of the first declension end in as, as in bagas, to a garden. Hatim sometimes has the termination as, and sometimes as. Examples of both will be found on almost every page. As a specimen, it will suffice to quote the two forms bagas and bagas both occurring close together in ii, 1. Similarly, in the genitive of the same declension, H. has sunasand 1 (v. 3) and sanasand 1 (v. 4), both for G.K.’s sona-sdnd 1 , of gold (m. pi.). In these genitives, also, H. sometimes drops the final a of the stem, as in sunar sanz, for G.K.’s sonara-silnz 11 , of the goldsmith (fern, sing.) (v. 1); iJddshah sund, for G.K.’s patashaha-sond u , of the king (vi. 11). There is a curious example of a feminine noun declined as if it were masculine in Jcudis-saHh (possibly a slip for kudi saHh), for G.K.’s kore-suty, with the girl (v. 10) ; and in xii, 15, we have the masculine form kuhiiy, used instead of the feminine kuh u y, only one. Instances like rlnz, rqnz, and renz, for rlnz 1 , balls ; soira, so^i, saruy, and sdruy for soruy, all ; za, ze, and z y i, for z a h, two, belong rather to phonetics than to declension.
Similarly, the variations in pronominal forms are really matters of spelling or pronunciation. Boh, I, is represented by bo, bu ; for rayon 1 , my (m. pi. masc), we have men v , mye, and m v en, and for the fern. sing. mybn il we have meny, mye, m v en, myen, and m v efiy. For ts a h, thou, we have su, tsa, tsa, tsi, and
lxxxiv KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
isu, and for cyon u , thy, chun, ch y un, chon, chon y , chony, and ch v on, all with the aspirated ch.
The proximate demonstrative pronoun yih, this, and the relative yih, what, appear under the forms yi and yu, and the emphatic forms yihuy, etc., appear under quite a number of variant spellings. The relative m. sg. nom. yus appears as yis, yus, and yds, and its fem. yesa as yesa (x, 1) and yasi (x, 6). In viii, 1, for yihunz™, of these (fem. sg. nom.), we have yihas. As for the remote demonstrative pronoun, its emphatic fem. sg. nom. say or soy, she verily, appears as sai, sai, say, and say. The indefinite pronoun Jceh, with its various case-forms, appears under a great variety of spellings. The principal of these have been dealt with under the head of phonetics.
The representation of the various forms of the verb substantive is very irregular. A few examples will suffice.
For chuh, he is, we have che (v. 4) ; for chuy, he is verily, chi, chi, chi v , chiy, and cuy (sic) ; for chivd, is he ?, cha ; for cheh, she is, cha, che, chu ; for chey, she is to thee, che and chay ; for chiwa, ye are, chu ; for chiway, if ye are, chu vol and chu vai ; and for chili, they are, che, chi, chu, and ch v a.
As regards the conjugation of the active verb, there are
numerous departures from G.K.’s spelling, nearly all of which
fall under the head of phonetics. Here we may mention the
following, which really appear to indicate difference of form : —
O.K. Habim.
sholan, burning, sholan. This form of
the present participle is old, and nowadays appears only in poetry and dialects. yilch-na, wilt thou not come, yihna. dis, give to her, disa.
hadon, we shall pass over it, karon v .
INTRODUCTION lxxxv
III
ON THE METRES OF HATIM’S SONGS
By SIR AUREL STEIN
On my return to Kashmir at the close of 1917 Sir George Grierson asked me to inquire into the system of metrification followed in certain old Kashmiri poems of the Bhakti type in which he is interested. I have tried to comply with his request as far as it lay in me, i.e. in full consciousness of the fact that my philological training had never comprised any special study of metrics. After examining portions from a number of these compositions as recited by professional cyat-gar 1 , I arrived at the conclusion that the metre of these poems is based solely on the number of stress accent syllables counted in each line or pdda. No regard is paid to quantity, even where the structure of the verses is apparently modelled on the pattern of Hindi metres dependent on quantity. Pandit Nityananda Sastrl, of the SrI-Pratap College, Srinagar, a very competent Kashmiri scholar, to whom I submitted this view, has endorsed it.
In order to test this conclusion with reference to the metres of Hatim’s songs I secured a visit of the old storyteller, now in his 62nd year, in June, 1918, when my summer camp was once more pitched on Mohand Marg. I had him recite again the metrified story of Sultam Mahmud Ghaznavl, the one which of those heard from his lips in 1896 I had best in my recollection. He also gave me the benefit of several songs of lyrical contents (ghazal), some of his own composition, which used to be favourite numbers in his repertoire, showing more elaborate versification.
In recording these with special regard to their metre I convinced myself that their verses, whether simple couplets, as in the case of the metrified story just referred to, or built up in more intricate stanzas, have for their constructive principle solely the number of syllables bearing the stress accent of the present colloquial speech. The system is based mainly on the counting of the primary stress accent of each word, but
lxxxvi KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS
permits also the counting of secondary stress accents for the sake of metrical convenience. This latitude, which reference to the last words in verses 1, 11, 12, 13 of Mahmud Ghaznavi’s story may help to illustrate, has its parallel in the rudeness of the rhyme. In this, as verses 3 and 8 show, the vowel sounds of the closing syllables need not agree, as long as the final consonant is the same.
The general rule is that throughout a song the lines, usually rhymed, composing a couplet or stanza, should have a certain fixed number of stress-accented syllables, in conformity with the scheme determining the length of each line. But this simple rule is on occasion ignored through “ poetical license “, i.e. whenever the rustic poet’s skill would be taxed too severely by strict adherence to his metrical scheme. The second line of verse 4 in Mahmud Ghaznavi’s story with its seven accented syllables instead of the regular six is an illustration.
The lilt of the musical air which, as in the case of Indian poetical compositions generally, is an essential concomitant of the recital, helps, no doubt, to smooth over such irregularities for the not very fastidious ears of the village audience. I regret that my total want of musical knowledge has precluded my ever noting down any of these popular Kashmir airs, often far more attractive to the untrained European ear than the melodies of India proper.
In order to illustrate Hatim’s metrical system, the stress- accents in the Mahmud Ghaznavl story have been indicated by appropriate marks.
SIR AUREL STEIN’S TRANSCRIPTION
WITH
SIR GEORGE GRIERSON’S TRANSLATION
i
2 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES
I
[The marks of accentuation, acute and grave, indicate the stress-accents on which the metre is based.]
SMhanshah Sultan 1 Mahmud 1 Gaznavi I
as u karan pane mulken paravi 11 1
fakir lagit as u pheran van a van i
myani ah a dai asi ma kah not u van h 2
jaye akis as 1 karan dv°y u kar I
adal tarn 1 sandi sat^ asak ceshma ser h 3
jaya akis vucun a hanza akh alii i
muhimma saitin as gommut suy zalil h 4
muhimma saitin as travan ah tavosh i
r r r_ f r
muhimma saitin tasna rud a mut kahti hosh h 5 yora zala as layan gata san i tora zalas asus na kya khasan ii 6
dopusa shahan karme saitin baj a vat i
L L Z r ‘ ‘
lay zala yadi Alia dilas rat ii 7
layun zala tor a khutas gada hat I
pad^hahas bont kun suy au hit ii 8
gada hatas badal dyutanas mohra dyar i
lal a nigin mal a muht a y vunta biir n 9
rat barit pad^hahan dyutus nad i
feiiy chuka my on sherik na murad ii 10
muhim kas u vun hekamati Parvardigar i
tap shuhul sarde garm nou bahar ii 11
vana yey zan bande manzur zas a nuy I
kafe a hekamafe muhim tagi kas a nuy ii 12
at 1 andar cuy vustada vanan zar i
jumala alam bande Ahmad vumedvar n 13
I. MAIIMUD OF GHAZNl AND THE FISHERMAN
Sultan Mahmiid of Ghaznl, the king of kings, used himself to watch over the protection of his kingdom.
Disguised as a Faqlr, he used to wander from bazaar to bazaar, to see if any of his subjects were in distress.
In one place were the people making prayers for his welfare, and their eyes were satisfied by his justice.
In another place, he saw a wretched fisherman, brought low by poverty.
Even where he skilfully cast his net, even there naught came into it.
Said the King to him, “ Make me thy partner, and fling one more cast of the net, keeping firm within thy heart the memory of God.” • So he flung one more cast and, behold, within his net he caught a hundred fish, and brought them all before the King.
In exchange for the hundred fish the King gave him wealth of money, rubies and jewels, possessions and pearls in camel-loads. 1
” It is the power of Providence alone that removeth poverty, (and giveth) sunshine and shade, heat and cold, and the new spring.
” Verily I would say to thee, ‘ Know this, slave — accept thou (these as coming from the Almighty), for by how much power wouldst thou thyself have been able to remove thy poverty ? ‘ “
Concerning this hath a certain teacher uttered this prayer, “ The hope of this slave, Ahmad, is (on Him from whom pro- ceedeth) all the universe.”
1 The King rewarded him because instead of bringing him the worst fifty fish, he brought the whole hundred from which the King might choose his share. As a reward the King bought also the fisherman’s share of the hundred for a very high price.
4 HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES fi-
ll. TOTAS UNZ KAT
Dapan ustad shahar ak gau shehri Iran tat 1 as padshah tam^suy chu nav Bahadur Khan, tarn 1 as kurmut bag zananan kyut tat as na vat garzanas tat? bagas manz gau pada fakira nazar bazau kar nazar kabardarau niy kabar amis padshahas dopuk fakira teau bagas manz bozun padshahan hyiitun sait vazir gai tat bagas manz vucun a*ti fakir
lache nan chiy har va^t 1 bina I boz vupha da^i anka ii ha fakiro yor kor feakhu I kati kochuk katye peta akhu n
fakir dapan
kurme sala tuhund khyau me kya I boz vupha dairi anka ii
ha fakira khismat kare^ I dud* harik khasiho bare? ii khas^ pulau macama kyek na I boz vupha dairi anka ii
II. THE TALE OF A PARROT
There was a certain country, the land of Persia, and it was ruled by a king named Bahadur Khan. He had made a garden for his womenfolk, into which no stranger was allowed to enter ; but once there came into it a Faqir. The discerners then discerned him, and the newsmen gave the news to the King. Said they, “ A Faqir has come into the garden.” The King heard, and took with him his Vizier. To the garden they went, and there he saw the Faqir.
over every path. Hark ye, loyalty is monstrous rare. 1 “ Faqir, how didst thou enter ?
Where dost thou belong ? whence art thou come ? “
Quoth the Faqir : —
I came but for a stroll. What of yours have I eaten ? “ Hark ye, loyalty is monstrous rare.
” Faqir, let me be thy servant !
Cups of the cream of milk will I fill for thee. Special pilaos and dainties wilt thou not eat ‘? “ Hark ye, loyalty is monstrous rare.
1 Literally a phoenix, a vara avis, the Arabic ‘anqd. In the original, the imperative “hark ye” is in the singular; I have put it into the plural, as more consonant with English idiom.
6 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [5-
kar tara byat padshahan vaziras i sut 1 mah a ram kurun at 1 siras 11 gai salas shikaras yeg ja I boz vupha dairi anka n
tot u momut vucuk dar biya ban i ha vaziro asi he shuban 11 zu amis manz thav u tan satha I boz vupha dairi anka n
dop u vaziran padshaham yife? kol momut I phak chus yivan kabar kar chu gomut. 11 chus na tah^ran vanta sa kare kya I boz vupha dairi anka 11
pyau pitarun padshahas panas I bor ludun vaziras na danas ii asus dagaye zagan dad kha I boz vupha da^i anka n
khut guris khal a kan manz gau I
dopu nak vazir mud gur 1 pyete vasit pyau ii
kabar darau niy e say kabara i
boz vupha da^i anka ii
-6] II. THE TALE OF A PARROT 7
The King gave instructions to the Vizier, And he thus became proficient in the secret.
They went out hunting together. Hark ye, loyalty is monstrous rare.
In the forest they saw a parrot lying dead. “ Vizier, how beautiful this must have been. Put thou, I beseech thee, thy life into it for but a moment.” Hark ye, loyalty is monstrous rare.
Said the Vizier :— “ My King, for long hath it been dead.
A stink cometh from it ; who knoweth when it died ? Stay here I cannot ; Sir, what am I to do ? “
And, further, my Master told me : —
Tn his heart there was treachery. At length the King himself abandoned his own body and entered into the parrot. Up rose the parrot, and flew about. Then the Vizier did a deed : he himself entered into the King’s body. That was what had all along been in his heart.
The burden which had been the King’s to bear, That became laid upon the foolish Vizier.
Treachery was watching in him like a petitioner. Hark ye, loyalty is monstrous rare.
He mounted the (King’s) horse and went irto the army.
He said to them : —
” The Vizier fell from his horse and is dead.” That was the news that the newsman brought. Hark ye, loyalty is monstrous rare.
/
\s
8 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES [7-
hukum dyutanay tiran dazan i kan taivtau myanen nazan ii tota maranas dyutanak photu va I boz vupha da^i anka ii
yus asal as padshah su chu totas manz fakiras nisan su tota ka f si mor na doho aki drau yi padshah salas shikaras vot jaye akis at 1 vucum suna sanz ming e mar am 1 siiy karuk lar anyik lashkar 1 manz dopunak am 1 padshahan yas kan 1 yi fealau tas dimau gardan.
dopan vustad am 1 mingy e mari tuj vut pad- shahasandi kala pyet teinyen vut fea^’y laris pata yus su tota as fakir as sahib 1 aga dopun amis totas yas manz yi padshah as dopunas gate 1 sa ner az labak panun mud yim che amis mingy® mari pata laran nakh* rozan chek na.
dopan vustad at 1 as momut haput padshah teau amis hapatas manz la^yau yus yi padshah a sund mud as yi travun at 1 .
shod bozun totan la^ryau I kul 1 dad^ri manz ho pra^ryau ii mud lobun kar 1 tos marhaba I boz vupha dato anka ii
-10] XL THE TALE OF A P ABBOT 9
He gave the order to the archers, “ Pay ye heed, I pray, to my coaxing.” He gave an order that the parrot should be killed. Hark ye, loyalty is monstrous rare.
Now, as for the real king, he was in the parrot, and had taken refuge with the Faqir ; so that parrot was not killed by anyone. One day the Vizier-King sallied forth to hunt ; and when he had reached a certain place he descried a hind. After it they made pursuit. They brought it into the army, and he said to them, “ T will cut oft the head of him who letteth her escape.”
And, further, my Master told me : —
But the hind gave a sudden spring and leaped over the head of the Vizier-King himself. They pursued her. Now the parrot- King was with the Faqir, 1 and that Faqir was a magician clairvoyant. Quoth he to the parrot-King, “ Go forth, your Majesty, to-day wilt thou regain thine own body.” Meanwhile the hind had far outdistanced her pursuers.
There there lay a dead bear. The Vizier-King entered into the bear and pursued the hind, leaving the real King’s body lying on the ground.
The news of the Vizier-King’s coming was heard by the parrot. Thither did he run. He waited, watching from a tree-hole. He again entered into his own body ; wish ye him all good luck ! Hark ye, loyalty is monstrous rare.
1 A few words are here missing in Sir Aurel Stein’s text.
10 HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES [11-
tota pyau at 1 patar yi teau padshah pananis maris manz yus yi vazir as su chu hap at as manz khut pad a shah asal yus as su khut guris pyet dopun yiman lokan ma^ryun haput 16y a has banduk phut a rhas zang anuk ratit padshahas nish dopunas padshahan feik a r tarn dagay bo mar^hat na kya kare ha 16k dapanam haput chus vazir feye chi? panun mud galmut vuma thavat tea haput vazir boha se marat.
dapan vustad anuk zyun zaluk haput.
hat va^nsi gau kam ya zhaday i au Bah a dur Kanas pyaday n kar Vahab Kare Allah Allah i boz vuph da 1 ! 4 anka ii
-12] II. THE TALE OF A PARROT 11
Down fell the parrot dead, and the King entered his own body, but he who had been the Vizier was now in the bear. The real King mounted his horse, and said to his men, “ Shoot ye that bear.” They fired with their guns at him, and brake his leg. They seized him and brought him before the King. Said the King, “ Treachery was done by thee to me. What can I do but kill thee ? Otherwise people will say of me, ‘ He hath a bear for a Vizier/ Thou hast destroyed thine own body. Now no longer can I keep a bear like thee as a Vizier. Sir, I am about to kill thee.”
And my Master further said : —
They brought firewood, and they burnt the Vizier to ashes. A hundred years passed, less or more.
And then came the messenger of Death to Bahadur Khan. Wahb, the blacksmith, 1 cry “ Allah, Allah ! “ Hark ye, loyalty is monstrous rare.
1 The name of the author of the story.
12 HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES [1-
III. SAUDAGARASUNZ KAT
Saudagar gau sodahas gari asus zanana say gaye mushtak fakiras akis varyahas kalas doh° aki au saudagar gar panun mal het padshahas gay e kabar saudagar vot padshah drau salas rat kyut vot saudagara sund chu at 1 vud a nye pahar chu gomut rate hund yi saudagar bai vufe vodye pyet hyeten bata trom padshah chu vuchan feuri patin saudagar bai draye bro-bro padshah chu pakan pata pata vat 1 maidanas akis manz at 1 as fakir nar a han zalit karis am 1 salam bata thounas bont a kan 1 dopunas k?e ami tul feot a layun amis saudagar baye dop u nas feir? kyazi ayak dop u nas aW phirit az asum amut panun kavand tarn 1 gom feer k^e tarn vuny bata dop u nas am 1 fakiran bo k^emay na guda^ny dim anit amis saudagarasund kal a ad e k^emai bat a padshah as vuchan yi k^enfea yimau doyau kata kari ti boz padshahan saruy.
dapan vustad draye saudagar bai vafe panun gar* khafe hyur padshah chu bun* kan 1 am 1 feot amis saudagaras kale vufe h^et rumali k^et che pakan bro-bro padshah chu pata pata vats amis fakiras nish tulun feot a layun amis saudagar bay e dop u nas fea sap a zak na amis pananis kavandasunz vuny sap a dak a mehy.
padshah drau vot panun gar a travun aram gash phul vufe krak dopan che saudagar vafeau panun gar a suy mor feurau vafe atuy saudagar bai dapan che padshahas kavand ay am suy morham feurau padshahas che kabar yi saudagar kam* mor
-3] 13
III. THE TALE OF A MERCHANT
A Merchant once went forth to trade, leaving his wife at home, and she for long became filled with love for a beggarman — a Faqlr. One day the Merchant came home with the chattels he had bought, and to the King came the news that “ the Merchant hath returned “. At night the King went forth to wander through the city, and he reached the Merchant’s house. While he was standing there, at the end of the first watch of the night, the Merchant’s wife got up and went forth carrying a dish of cooked rice upon her head. The King watched her in secret. On ahead went she, and along after her followed the King. They arrived at a certain open space where the beggarman was seated over a little fire. She made salutation to him, and laid the dish of rice before him. Quoth she : “ Eat ! “ But straightway he raised a cudgel and with it struck the Merchant’s wife. He said unto her, “ Why hast thou come so late ? “ She made reply to him, “ My husband came home to-day, and hence was I delayed. Eat now, prithee, this dish of rice.” But the beggarman said to her, “ I will not eat. First bring me that Merchant’s head. Then, and not till then, will 1 sup.” Now all this time the King was watching, and he heard all this talk that passed between them.
Furthermore, my Master told me : —
The Merchant’s wife went off, and came to her own home. She went upstairs, while the King stayed down below. She cut off her husband’s head, and came down with it wrapped in a handkerchief. On ahead went she, and along after her went the King. She came to the beggarman. He raised his stick and struck the Merchant’s wife. Said he to her, “ Thou wast not true to thine own husband. Now wilt thou be true to me ? “
14 BATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [4-
fearan che pai saudagar kam 1 mor ka^i chu na khasan zima.
dapan vustad kuruk yi saudagar zaluk atuy drau padshah bay 1 saM chu vuchan aya amisanz kulai yi che karan gat dapan che bot ye zala pan aye hifean vut feanehy naras manz padshah gos kar^nas tap dapan chus padshah yey ta ti kya ? t^ey ta yi kya dopunas m^e trau vil^ bo zala pan dopunas nagas akis p^et chai m^en dod* banye sai vane amyuk ma^nye travun yile zol am 1 pan pananis kavandas salt gay e khalas pag* drau padshah vot at nagas p^et vuchin at 1 zanana am 1 say zanana chu dapan padshah t^ey ta yi kya yey ta ti kya dop u nas am 1 zanana ath 1 dun? dapai bo amyuk javab.
dapan vustad ath doh gai pat* kun padshahas pyau yad laMyau padshah tat nagas p^et vuchin sa zanana dop u nas vanum tarn 1 kat^ehund ma^ni dopunas gals an feavul beye nut anun feavul ta nut dop u nas vasyat nagas manz nut feun phirit dop u nas beye anun feavul kana ratit thavus natis p^et kalf dop u nas layus shamseri hanz feund.
dapan la^yinas samsheri hanz feund am 1 sat* gafean padshah gab hangat* manga gab.
dapan vustad yi che vatan bagas akis manz at 1 chu vuchan palang pa^it at 1 p^et padshah travun aram at 1 asa pa^iye yim* vuy nyu tulit padshah feanuk akis jaye manz sapud bedar vuchan
i
-7] ///. THE TALE OF A MERCHANT 15
the people are seeking for a clue to find the murderers. But on no one can they fix the guilt.
They brought out the Merchant’s body and burnt it. The King went forth to the place of cremation and watched everything that should come to pass. There came up the widow, on her way to burn herself upon her husband’s pyre. She was saying : “ I also will burn my body.” She came and prepared to leap into the flames ; but the King went near unto her, and caught her by the hand. He said unto her, “ If this, then why that ? If that, then why this ? “ Said she to him, “ Let me go free, I will burn my body.” Again said she to him, “ By such and such a spring dwelleth my milk- sister. She will tell thee the meaning of this.” So he let her go, and she was burnt beside her husband, and became released from the sorrows of the world. Next day went forth the King, and came to that spring. There saw he a certain woman, and to her he said, “ If that, then why this ? If this, then why that ? “ The woman made reply, “ After eight days will I give to thee the answer.”
Eight days passed, and then the King called to mind the woman’s words. He ran to the spring. There saw he her and again asked he of her the meaning of those words. Quoth she, “ Go thou, and bring hither a goat and a jar.” He brought the goat and the jar, and then said she, “ Descend thou into this spring and therein set thou the jar upside-down.” And further said she to him, “ Lead thou down the goat by the ear, and put its head upon the jar.” (He did so), and she cried, “ Strike thou it a blow with the sword.”
He struck it a blow with his sword, and on the instant did the King of a sudden disappear.
He found himself in a garden, and there was there spread a bed. On the bed he climbed and lay down and fell asleep. Now there were fairies there. They lifted him up and carried him off into a certain place. There he awoke, and seeth all round him
16 HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES fe-
cial janatach jay e at 1 lagimaty nagma padshah chu mushtak at 1 tamashas kun.
dapan gay e yima pa^iye panas amis diteuk kunz dop u has yet kutis thau kulup vut ate andar teau andar at 1 vuchun gur zin ka^it kodun nebar tap ka^it nebar yeli korun chu vud a hye tap ka^it dop u has khas yemis guris khot u amis guris yi chu vuchan satau zemmau tsWti navau asmanau p^eti yi kefea Kuda saban pada kurmut ti vuch padshahan tat sa^hy gau mushtak gos pada Shetan dop u nas kya chuk vuchan dop u nas padshahan yi ken^fea Kuda saban pada kur ti chus vuchan dop u nas Shetanan phirit am 1 kuta havai bo yi chay meny kunz yat kutis thau kulup vut ate andar teau padshah andar vuch u n at 1 khar gandit dop u nas karun nebar khas am 1 say yi kehyfea Kuda saban pada kur tarn 1 p^eth kan 1 vuchak beye kye kut padshah amis kharas.
dapan vustad barabar vatanavun panun gar kut hyiir phirit vut vuchun at 1 na khar padshahas au arman tarn 1 baguk u voh k^eta pa^thy vat^ e tut dapan gau at 1 nagas p^eth dopun tamis zanana m^e vante yey ta ti kya t?ey ta yi kya dop u nas ami zanana anun panun n^echu beye an nut beye an shamsher dop u nas vasyat nagas manz valun panun n?echu pavun pathar thavus natis p^eth kale kanas kar a nas thap am 1 padshahan tuh jin shamsher laye amis nyech a vis karis am 1 zanana thap at shamsher 1 dop u nas yih gau ti ti gau yi tea gak mushtak bagas behye meny gaye mushtak fakiras.
-9] III. THE TALE OF A MERCHANT 17
a region of paradise. Fair women were dancing there, and smitten with love for the entrancing spectacle did the King become.
Departed these fairies and left him all alone, but before they went gave they him a key. Said they to him, “ Unlock thou this room. Arise, and go within.” He went within, and there he saw . a horse ready saddled. He led it without, and stood there holding it by the bridle. Said they to him, “ Mount this horse.” He mounted it, and, lo ! at once he seeth everything that God, the Master, hath made both below the seven earths and above the seven heavens. All that did the King see, and for it did he become smitten with love. Then before him appeared Satan ; and Satan asked him saying, “ What is it thou dost see ? “ Quoth the King, “ Whatever God, the Master, hath created, that do I see.” And Satan said to him in answer, “ More than this will I show thee. Behold, here is my key. With it unlock thou this door. Arise and go within.” The King went within and there saw he an ass tied. Said Satan to him, “ Bring thou it forth, and mount it, and thou shalt see something more even than all that God, the Master, hath created.” Thereupon did the King mount that ass.
Straightway the ass carried the King back unto his palace. He dismounted and went upstairs, and when he came down again, behold, he saw no ass there. Great longing for that garden of paradise came unto the King, but how was he to reach it ? They tell me that he went at once unto the spring and asked the woman, “ Tell me, prithee, ‘If that, then why this ? If this, then why that ? ‘ “ And that woman said unto him, “ Bring thou thine own son, and bring also a pitcher, and also bring thy sword.” Said she to him, “ Descend thou into this spring, and take down with thee thy son. Cast him down, and upon the pitcher lay thou his head.” So the King took the lad by the ear, and drew his sword. With it would he have struck his son had not the woman seized it. Cried she, “ This it is that is that ; and that it is that is this. Thou becamest smitten with love for the garden, and my sister became smitten with love for the beggarman.”
18 HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
IV.— LALA MAL T KUN UNMUT G Y AVUN
Dapan chu : — Daye zar van u mai Kudaye boz tarn tai i
samsar bazi gar n hazrat 1 Adam gude lud a nam tay i
ma^kau kur hai taiyar n phurtas Yib*lis tat 1 kur u nam tai i
samsar bazi gar 11 hazrat 1 Nu chi vuladi Adam tai i
phirit gas kuphar 11 ah tarn 1 kur nay 1 sar^gau alam tai i
samsar bazi gar n hazrat 1 Isa k?e chu na kam tai I
Sahib^sund tot yar 11 feun asfmanan p^eth tarn 1 sabak dopu nam tai \
samsar bazi gar 11 hazrat 1 Musai travuy kadam tai i
Sahib^sund kare didar n Koh^e Tura p^etha tarn 1 kathe ka*ri nam tai i
samsar bazi gar 11 hazrat 1 Ibrahim k?e chu na kam tai i
putalin kurun nakar 11 tarn 1 kur din 1 Mahamad mahkam tai i
samsar bazi gar 11 marit kab*ra yeli vale nam tai i
pan?en bai kya yar 11 tat 1 Lala Ma^kas kya hav^nam tai i
samsar bazi gar h
19
IV. A SONG OF LAL MALIK
God, supplication make I unto thee. Ah ! hear Thou me ! For this world is a deluder.
First sent He the holy Adam ; yea, by the Angels was he made complete. Then Iblis ruined him, and thence (i.e. from Paradise) was he thrust forth. This world is a deluder.
From Adam was sprung the holy Noah, and from him the infidels became estranged. A sigh he uttered, and the whole universe was flooded in his tears. This world is a deluder.
In no way less than him was the holy Jesus. He was the beloved friend of God, the Master. Seated upon the four heavens did He utter His teaching. This world is a deluder.
The holy Moses stepped forward, crying, “ I would see the Master with mine own eyes.” He gave forth (the ten) words from Mount Sinai. This world is a deluder.
In no way less than him was the holy Abraham, who forbad the worship of idols. He it was who established the faith of Muhammad. This world is a deluder.
When I shall die, and my brethren and friends will lower me into the grave, then what can they show to me, Lai Malik, but that this world is a deluder.
20 HATIMS SONGS AND STOBIES [1-
V. SUNERASUNZ KAT
Vustad dapan Shehra ak chu asmut tat 1 chu sunar suy as featas bahan hatan hund zyut yiihay as garan vast padshahas sanzi kodye kit 1 tot as gatean sunar sanz zanana h^et ak 1 doho dopus am 1 padshah kodr 6 sozun gafee panun kavand doho aki drau sunar sunasanz vajy h^et padshah sanzi kod^i kite am 1 pasand karus na dop u nas yat chi vad au put phirit vot panun gar* pyau bimar.
amis as padshahasanzi kod 1 hund ashik gomut padshah kod^i as gomut amis sunarsund ashik dodfmaj 1 kun vanan padshah kud : —
zargar nichuva pur kumar I
deshit logsmai dod^maj muthai amar n dodfmaj ches vanan phirit: —
mai kar kudye shiiri bashe i
lagak ashkanye vale vashe n a u re kane dithai kud 1 kane da^i I ar ma lag^ham vu hf&ll h
sunar chu bimar amis chu askun tap amis sunarsanz kulai che gatij amis tug bozun amisund dod dapan ches tea hech layin rinz beye gar sunasand 1 ranz ze.
dapan vustad gar 1 am 1 sunasandi ranz ze drau atas k?et hitean ranz layan che apsta 1 ta yipaV layan kahyev 1 ta shastrev 1 vot ot padshahasanzi da^ri tal layin at 1 sunasand 1 renz ze padshahasanzi kod? 6 halamas manz ami havus are phirit tad kan 1 ana beye travun daM kan 1 ab beye travun poshe gund beye travun kih beye tujen shastero salai
-4]
21
V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH
In days of yore there was a certain city, wherein there lived a goldsmith. He was head of his guild with twelve hundred guilds- men under him. He used to make articles for the King’s daughter, and these his wife would take to her. One day the princess told the goldsmith’s wife that in future her husband must himself bring the things, so one day he set out to her with a ring. When the princess saw it she took exception to it. “ It is crooked,” said she. So he took it back and went home, and there fell sick.
” Full of sweet languishment is that son of a goldsmith. I have seen him, nurse, and mad is my longing for him.”
But the foster-mother replied : —
” Utter not, daughter, childish talk, Or thou wilt be caught within the net of love. Close thine ear, daughter, to such words, Or else thou wilt find thyself a mark for blame.”
The goldsmith lay sick of the fever of love, and his wife was a clever woman. She understood the cause of his pain, and said to him, “ Practise thou pitching balls, and make two balls of gold.”
Saith my Master : —
So he made two balls of gold and went out holding (them and other) balls in his hand. Hither and thither he pitched balls of stone and balls of iron as he went along, till he came below the princess’s window, and through it he flung into her lap-cloth the two balls of gold. On this she turned her back towards him and showed him a mirror. Then she threw some water out of the window. Then she threw out a posy of flowers, and again a hair.
22 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [5-
drutun at 1 da^i handis dasas kash am 1 sunar vuch au phirit vot panun gara dop u nas paneiiye zanana dop u nas kyaho karut am 1 vununas phirit renz hai lay&mas tim hai gas hai? mas manz tore hai haunam phirit tor kan 1 ane beye hai traunam da^i kan 1 ab beye traunam poshe gund beye traunam kih beye dyutun shiteravi salaya sa^th dasas pash dop u nas am 1 phirit tar kan 1 hau haunai ana kustany asmut chus vupar ab hau trau nai ab dava kan 1 gafee afeun poshe gund traunai bagas manz salaya sa^th haunai anun gafee pahre vav tat chiy poladevy nyaza tim gafean featen 1 kih traunai ches valan kangany.
dapan vustad drau ye sunar shaman ba^g 1 teavat bagas manz vuchun at 1 palang kut at 1 palangas p^eth shikasta sa^th p^eyes nindar ayes yi padshah kud shanda ches karan khur khurachas karan shand yi k^e hushar gas na yutany gash lug phulen 1 padshah kud feaj gar? panun patkun gau hushar sunar yivan chu yit 1 panun gar* vanan ches panen kulai kyaho karut yichus dapan phirit sanai IsJe ayem dopunas am 1 zanana talau yiir 1 hund vula gau vuchus ami paneiiye zanana vuchus chandas vuchan at 1 renz ze sunasand 1 timai yim tarn 1 doho layanas hatemas manz dop u nas sa chai amufe su chuk na gomut hushar vo beye yeli gafeak kal^chen teli dapai bo sabak.
dapan vustad nam da tulinas athan hand 1 akis as nas dyutmut sun kash dop u nas mor thas am 1 dop u nas phirit ma 1 ! maji che sa feuhye mute nayid
-6] V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH 23
Finally she lifted up an iron stiletto and with it scratched the sill of the window. When the goldsmith had seen all this he returned home, and his wife said to him, “ Well, dear, what did you do ? “ Said he to her, “ I flung, my dear, the balls to her, and they fell, my dear, into her lap-cloth. Then, my dear, she turned her back to me and showed me a mirror. Then, my dear, she threw some water out of the window. Then she threw out a posy of flowers, and then a hair. Then she made a scratch upon the window-sill with an iron stiletto.” Replied she, “ When she turned her back and showed the mirror, she meant that someone else was there ; when she threw out water, she meant that you must come in by the water- drain ; when she threw the posy of flowers, she meant that it was the garden into which you must come ; when she showed the stiletto, she meant that you must bring a file, as there are iron railings to be cut through ; and when she threw a hair, she meant that she was combing her locks.”
At eventide the goldsmith went forth, and entered the garden. There he found a bed and got up on to it. He was weak from illness, and fell asleep. While he so slept, there came the princess. From the pillow she walked to the foot of the bed, and from the foot back again to the pillow, but he never awoke to welcome her. By that time the dawn began to blossom forth, and the princess ran off home. Thereafter the goldsmith awoke, and returned to his house. Says his wife to him, “ What, dear, did you do ? “ Says he in reply, “ She never came to me.” Says she to him, “ Come here, my dear.” He went up to her, and she looked into his pocket, and found there the two golden balls that on the day before he had thrown into the princess’s lap-cloth. Says she to him, “ She did come to you, but you never stayed awake. Now, when you go again this evening, I will tell you what to do.”
She set to work paring the ten nails of his hands, and as she did so, she gave to one of them a deep gash. Cried he, “ You’ve been and killed me!” But she replied. “ I was never taught barber’s
24 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [7
sabakas vu yeli gafeak teli dimai davahan am 1 dyut a nas marfeevangan rafeeh a na beye nuna raise h a na dop u nas beye yeli tat palahgas p^eth khasak teli yeyiy nindar yi dava rafea han gand 1 zyes ada p y eyiy nindar shahij drau at 1 yi sunar dava rafe a han hifeun sa^th vot at bagas manz kut at palahgas pyeth chu praran feer tany yi kuni yivan ches na hiteanas yiny nindar atas chus dod at chu karit tap dopun vuny ayina yefeana ha bo daMis dava shahij karaha nindar yiithuy at daMis feunun dava tithuy pyos valinj 1 v^e chu lalavan thud vuthit.
padshahas kar pyau kuhg a varye I
pakan dil gom tat 1 tare ii vir het vatun gote sulli gar^e i
natatas padshah tat 1 mare it
boz sunarsanza zanana draye bazar hifean feuche lazan kranj e draye hyet.
shen kad kanan su cho bage remai i satyamis afeayo Bar Kodayu hay ii
7] V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH 25
work by my father and mother. When you go to-day, I’ll give you a little remedy.” So she gave him some red-pepper and salt, saying, “ Next time you get up on to that bed and you feel sleepy, apply a little of this medicine to your cut finger and your sleep will become cool.” l
So the goldsmith went out, taking with him the medicine, and came to the garden, and got up on to the bed. He waited a long time, yet no one ever came. At length he began to feel sleepy, but his hand was too sore, and he caught hold of it (to relieve the pain). He said to himself, “ She hasn’t come. If I had only put some of that medicine on my sore finger I should have had a cool and refreshing sleep.” So he put some of the medicine on the cut, and the smart was like a fiery poison in his heart. He jumped up, nursing his aching hand.
Just then came the princess, and all his pain was forgotten. He did with her what was proper to the occasion, and they fell asleep in each other’s arms. Meantime the dawn began to blossom forth. The chief constable came by on his rounds of inspection, and found there the princess and the goldsmith. He arrested them, making them over to his henchmen, and put them into jail. Just then a man happened to be passing along the road, and they called out to him, “ Please, sir, make an outcry in the goldsmiths’ market. You must say, ‘ The King’s ass has trespassed in the saffron field, and who knows whether they will cut off its tail or cut its throat.’ ‘ “ The King’s ass was caught in the saffron field, And as I went there, my heart became all full of anxiety. Thou must come at dawn with money to pay the fine, Otherwise the King will kill.it there and then.” The goldsmith’s wife heard this outcry. She went out into the market and bought some loaves. She put these into a deep basket, and went off (to the jail), crying : —
” In six prisons have I distributed loaves. Now, God, would I enter a seventh.”
1 She means that the desire for sleep would become cool, and he would remain awake. But the silly fellow misunderstands her, and imagines that the medicine would bring him cool and refreshing sleep.
26 HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES [8-
dapan vustad bag a ren yima suche dopunak kavand chum bimar atfkya dop ham pirau fakirau suche gafean bag a ranye satan kadkhanen yi kyefea dapun chu ti dap a zim yora afe a vunuy ara neravun k^e dap a zim na me gafee shak dop u nak beye ma chu kaM 1 yeti dop has yimau pat^ami pahara ani mot 1 kutvalen ze kaM 1 tim che patkun vate yiman nish dopun amis pananis kavandas vony k^ita pa 1 ^ mokli yeti padshah kud tag?e mokalavany yi padshah kud dop u nas am 1 phirit ti yeli tagyeham ade kyazi lagaha kad.
dapan vustad kudun nala panun poshak tsunun padshah kod^e padshah kodye hund kudun feunun panes k a rand difeanas vutamak 1 draye nebar padshah kud gaye panun gar kutvalen d^ut rapat padshahas dop u nas padshah kud beye as sunar bagas manz timai kya karim kad padshah drau adalat p^eth anik yim ratik kud 1 ze vuchuk yim bate ze sunar sanzi kulaye gand 1 gul 1 ze padshahas dop u nas padshaham as^ya as 1 gamat 1 salas tore kya ai ta vat 1 yat ch^anis sheharas manz gau feer ada feai ch^anis bagas manz at 1 vuch palang khat 1 at 1 pyeth kur aram are au chon kut a val am 1 kya niy ratit karin kad vut kutval dopun padshahas padshaham ch^an kud karnam kasam vignya nage pyetha dapan yus at 1 apuz kasam karehe su vutehena tat 1 thud su as tat 1 maran dop am 1 sunar sanzi zanana amis sunaras tag^e yi padshah kud bachaviny dop u nas
-9] V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH 27
She went about distributing these loaves, saying, “ My husband is sick. And what did holy men and medicants say to me but to distribute loaves in seven jails. If ye have ought to say to me, say it to me as I go in ; but say not ought to me as I go out, for that will risk the fulfilment of my vow.” And then she continued, “ I wonder if ye’ have any prisoners herein.” They replied, “ At the last watch of the night the chief constable brought hither two prisoners. They are in there at the back.” So she came up to them, and said to her husband, “ How can we now get the princess free ? Have you any plan for releasing her ? “ Said he, “ If I had any plan, would I now be in prison ? “
She took off her clothes and put them on the princess, and took off the princess’s clothes and put them on herself. Then she turned the basket upside down (over the princess’s head, so as to conceal it) and the princess went straight out of the jail, and came home. In the meantime the chief constable reported to the King that the princess and goldsmith had been found in the garden, and, of course, had been put in prison. The King went forth into the judgment hall. They brought the two prisoners before him, and, lo and behold, they were the husband and wife ! The goldsmith’s wife respectfully folded her arms and said to the King, “ Your Majesty, we had gone to a marriage feast, and on our way back happened to pass through this city of yours. It was then late, so we went into your garden. There we chanced to see a bed, and got on to it and went to sleep. Well, your chief constable came along, and, as you see, arrested us and put us into prison.” Then the chief constable got up and said to the King, “ Your Majesty, let your Majesty’s daughter make oath at the Vigifiah Nag. 1 People say that if anyone make a false oath there, he never rises up again, but falls down dead on the spot.”
Said the goldsmith’s wife to the goldsmith, “ Have you any plan for saving the princess ? “ Said he to her, “ Please tell me how ? “
1 Vigifiah or Vigin u is the name of the tutelary goddess of the Kashmir forests. In the good old times she was often seen as she roamed over the mountains, but nowadays she is always invisible. A Vigifiah Nag is a Nag, or spring, sacred to her.
28 HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES [10-
havtam vat dop u nas ak trau saruy poshak kuran feiin krau beye mat sur lag gosony yeli ut vatenavan amis padshah kud^e chon gafee gafeun amis padshah kud y e gafee karin^ tap damanas dopun gafees ma ditta gude kharat sa kya haivi ada kasam chonuy mokratit dapi yahaz 1 vigiiya nage namis matis siva kya karum na kasi damanas tap.
vigiiya nagas vafeayas sranas I kuv^ zana matfma ludnam ra n
mat 1 tap layinam doili damanas I kuteval ganas gud^ryau kya 11
sa^ri yar* goi panas panas i
kut*val ganas gudfryau kya 11
padshah kud gaye gar kuteval dyutuk phahi sunarsandi bate ze che gar 1 panan 1 yi gau sunar bimar kurnas yahoi ashkun tap yi as sunarsanz zanana gatij gudun moh^ra hathas akis rush yi gundun pananis kavandas pana logun sannyas amis paran gupal 1 vatanavun padshaha sund gara dopun amis padshahas yi cham bay kakiny yi chai fee havala mye chiy gafeun bayis nish su chum gomus (sic) sodahas yi chai mye gupal 1 havala yu tany as 1 yimoy yi chai pak yi thaivzin pananye kudis sa^th aye phirit panen gar£ kye kala gau au yi sunar beye gar* punun.
dapan vustad logun sodagar am 1 zanana vat 1 at 1 padshaha sandis sheharas manz log ami beye sanyas kavand thavun deras pyeth saudagar lagit
-11] V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH 29
Said she, “ In the first place, pull off all your clothes, and put wooden pattens on your feet. In the second place, rub ashes over your whole body, and pretend to be a mendicant devotee. As soon as they shall bring the princess to the Nag, you must go up to her and catch hold of her skirt, saying, “ First of all, pray give me alms.” She can then safely take oath and say, “ holy Viginah Nag, save and except this mad fellow no one hath ever seized my skirt.” 1
She went down to bathe in the Viginah Nag. “ I know not why this charge was brought against me. Only this mad one hath caught the skirt of my garment.” Then what happened to the vile chief constable ? All the folk took their several ways to their homes. Then what happened to the vile chief constable ?
So the princess went home in peace, and they took the chief constable and impaled him. The goldsmith and his wife also returned to their own house, and there he fell sick. He was sick with the fever of love for the princess. But the goldsmith’s wife was very clever. She made a necklace worth a hundred dinars and put it on her husband. She dressed herself as a mendicant ascetic, and him as a dancing girl, and brought him to the King’s palace. Said she to the King, “ Here is my brother’s wife, and I am putting her in thy charge. I must be off to my brother who has gone away on a trading expedition. So here is my dancing girl placed in thy charge until I return. She is yet a virgin and thou must keep her with thine own daughter.” Saying this she (left the goldsmith there disguised as the girl and) returned to her own house. Shortly afterwards the goldsmith himself slipped away, and also went home.
And again my Master said : —
The goldsmith’s wife dresses her husband up as a merchant, and arrives as if from a journey at the King’s city. She herself is again made up as the mendicant ascetic. She leaves the pretended
1 “To seize the skirt” has also a metaphorical meaning, which can be imagined. Hence, the princess was quite safe in saying it.
30 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES [12
pane gaye padshahis gund^nas dava dim gupal 1 divan achan dii dapan ches dim gupal 1 .
praran doh gau me bal^e I sanyas amut gupal^e 11
yi chus dapan padshah phirit.
sanyas? maulak jande lolo I
kotuna ak dimai danda 1616 ii
sanyas chus dapan chus phirit.
sanyas chusai be vastu 1616 I
dand himai dukhtare khas 1616 ii
tannana tannana tana nai i
yim kar che karan zananai ii
niyanta karan havale pananis kavandas dop u nas feu zan ta yi zan.
12] V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH 81
merchant in the tent, and herself goes to the King. She makes her petition to him. “ Give me,” said she, “ my dancing girl.” The King replies with abuse, and throws curses at her eyes, but she reiterates, “ Give me my dancing girl “ : —
” Longing have I been for my girl as the days went by. The mendicant has come for his dancing girl.” And the King replies to her : —
” mendicant, fix not the banner of thy claim, tol-lol-lay. I will give thee another lady in compensation, tol-lol-lay.”
But the mendicant answers : —
” An ascetic I am without worldly ties, tol-lol-lay. In compensation I’ll take thine own daughter, tol-lol-lay.”
He made a necklace worth a hundred dinars, and putting it on his own daughter, made her over to the mendicant ascetic. Taradiddle, taradiddle, tol-lol-lay, It is only womenfolk who can act this way. She took the princess and made her over to her husband. And she said to them, “ You must learn, and she must learn.” x
1 i.e. learn the truth of the verse jusb quoted. They two must learn and know the power of women’s wiles. There is perhaps an indication that the wiles would continue, and that the life of the husband and of the second wife might not be happy as they expected.
82 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES [1-
VI SHAHI YUSUF ZALIKHA
Z. 2. Salas yihna polau krekna i
Yitam gah bega yar* bozak na ii
Beh tarn satha yar* bozak na ii
Kurnak parda yar* bozak na n
Y. 5. At 1 kya thavut as 1 kona havut I
Z. Dop u nas chum Kuda yar^ bozak na ii
Y. 6. Kuda gau suy mane panenye kas duy I Shdlan chu shama yar* bozak na n
Kanye manz cha muda yar^ bozak na ii
Dop u nas yi pazya yar^ bozak na ii
Gai peshe padshah yar* bozak na ii
i
-9] 33
VI. THE STORY OF YUSUF AND ZULAIKHA 1
Zulaikha ?
wilt thou not eat ? In season or out of season, come thou to me. Wilt thou not hear, beloved ?
have I prepared them. Sit thou, I pray, for but a moment. Wilt thou not hear, beloved ? “
Covereth (each idol) with a veil. 2 Wilt thou not hear, beloved ?
displayed to us ? “ (Zulaikha) “ It is my god (that I have veiled). Wilt thou not hear, beloved ? “
belief in dualism. 3 He is burning bright as a lamp. Wilt thou not hear, beloved ?
beloved ? “
Yusuf fleeing, Zulaikha pursuing. Cried she, “ Is it thus that thou shouldest act ? Wilt thou not hear, beloved ? “
against him. They went before the King. Wilt thou not hear, beloved ?
1 Yasuf is Joseph, and Zulaikha is Potiphar’s wife.
2 When Zulaikha tempts Joseph she puts a veil before the image of her household idol, that it may not become aware of her unchastity. This arouses Joseph’s suspicions.
3 D8y, duality, is a technical term of Kashmiri Saiva monotheism, and is here borrowed by Musalman theology.
34 HATIMS SONGS AND STORIES [10-
Yusuf kad khan kahchus na bozan I Mukli az Kuda yar* bozak na h
KsMyau kav dyut ta^blr drak myut I Moklai parda yar^ bozak na ii
Aziza Misar kab^nish abtar gau bedar i Vut shora ga yar* bozak na n
Banina hakima yar* bozak na ii
Kabuk t^bir Yusufas chu vaphir I
Daden chiy dava yar* bozak na ii
-15] VI. THE STORY OF YUSUF AND ZULAIKHA 35
But he will be released by the power of God. Wilt thou not hear, beloved ?
The prisoners saw a dream. The interpretation turned out
true * for them. On the morrow they were released from jail. Wilt thou not
hear, beloved ?
He awoke, and there was made proclamation. Wilt thou not hear, beloved ?
Among the priests, among the calendars, among the saints,
among the mendicants. Can there not be found one learned man ? Wilt thou not hear,
beloved ?
” Mighty is Yiisuf in interpretation of dreams. Verily he is the remedy of all pains. Wilt thou not hear, beloved ? “
1 Literally, “sweet.”
36 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [16-
sat yivan barren nagan satan chyavan beye dyuthum kam sat hil vuchun pukhtan satan helen ning a lan beye vuchun lagar gau sat yivan mast satan gavun ning a lan am 1 kuy vanum tatylr dop u nas Yusufan drag vuthi.
Yala vai havun host u mange navun I Yusuf padshah yar a bozak na ii
Gate paran la illah yar a bozak na ii
-17] VI. THE STORY OF YUSUF AND ZULAIKIIA 37
up seven full water-springs. In the second place saw I seven unripe ears of corn swallowing up seven ripe ears. Again I saw coming seven lean kine, and they were swallowing up seven fat kine. Tell thou me the interpretation of this.” And Yiisuf said unto him, “ A famine will arise.”
Yiisuf finished telling the interpretation, and as he did so the power of the famine seized the King. He felt hunger, and cried out, “ Give me food,” although that was not his time for eating. Through the power of the famine he cried to them, “ Speedily bring ye it to me.” And people say that they hastened forth and brought him food. He ate it, and cried, “ Bring ye more ! “ They hauled it to him in cauldrons, and he ate it but could not be satisfied. And people say that (for all he ate) he died of starvation. They say that next day the Viziers gave forth this command, “ Let all ye citizens descend to-morrow to the ‘Id-plain, and he to whom the royal elephant will bow, and on whose thumb-ring the royal hawk will alight, shall become King. They say that they went down to the ‘Id-plain. The elephant came and bowed to Yiisuf, and the hawk came and alighted on his thumb-ring. So Yiisuf became King.
Majesty he displayed, he sent for the elephant.
Yusuf became King. Wilt thou not hear, beloved ?
beloved ?
38 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES CI-
VIL NAYE HANZ KAT
Naye hund dod nay che panai ti vanan 11
Diya ta feakh^e nishi panai chi bytinuy ii
Pane suy kun chi mushtak dokht a rat ii
Paxte kurun tot Muhammad mez^man ii
Tsor yar chas sa^th sa^h shoban ii
Adfmas sa^h pada kurun idam ii
As mashiyat Wr l tala drayas Hava ii
| Yam 1 sathai pad* karun zur yat |
DaM? 6 ladai cn^uta sata roz 1 tuy h
Shak* burgau sa^h 1 asus shoban ii
Sune kananuy graye duran ches divan ii
Pyom 1 gutfla la^ni feur vatit azal ii
-12] 39
VII. THE TALE OF THE REED-FLUTE
woe himself. The reed-flute herself is telling the reed-flute’s woe.
Quoth the reed-flute, “ The Almighty is one and only one. God alone is of His own will devoid of wrath.”
Quoth the reed-flute, “ Pure is the Almighty ;
(As He alone is free from imperfection) only towards Himself can he yearn day and night.
In that He created Muhammad, the Beloved Guest.
Four friends 1 are illustrious as his companions.
And with Adam was created this world.” 2
all alone, And at his wish Eve issued from his side.”
Quoth the reed-flute, “ How excellent was that moment, In which the world with all its offspring was created ! “
Quoth the reed-flute, “ Hear ye, I pray, the tale of my woe. If ye suffer pain, remain, I pray, a moment by me.”
Quoth the reed-flute, “ At the back of the forest was I hidden, Beautiful with my branches and my leaves.”
Quoth the reed-flute, “ Upright was my youthful form,
As (in the breeze) I waved the pendants of my golden ears.
A woodcutter chanced upon me, a doom, a thief of my destiny.”
1 Muhammad’s four friends were Abu Bakr, ‘Umar, ‘Uthman, and ‘All. The last two were his sons-in-law, and the first two his dearest friends.
The word yldam is a corruption of the Sanskrit idam, and comes curiously in a Musalman poem.
40 HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES [13-
Naz a ri tarn 1 sanzi sa^th 1 sapanum tok* sur h
Phal? b^iin b^iin chale mazas chum tulan ii
Bah panas vale nai kafe chum karan ii
As vadan al vida as suy karan ii
Vale vunuy turke ch^anas chum u kanan ii
Duri roz 1 roz toto dab sak chum divan ii
Atar peyem yeli char kas khaj^nas n
Yeli charkas kafe amis turke ch?anas nishi amis pyevan panen ham nishin yad yim^nuy kun che vanan k^efea ta kya vane.
Nai che dapan ham nishin meny rod 1 katye I Vany bo dim^ hak turi ma rod 1 ad vatye ii
Sin* mutoit dod panunuy hav^ ha ii
DaMe panane nab pharyad ches divan ii
-22]
VII. THE TALE OF THE REED-FLUTE
41
that befel me. At once on his seeing me, I became crushed to dust.”
with his axe, Bits of my flesh in splinters is he raising.
limit (of beauty), And how much humiliation doth he cast upon my fair young form ! “
she tells. Lamenting was she, as she made her last farewell.
me with the long, long road. And when he is come down, he selleth me to a carpenter.” l
sideways and inspecteth me. He standeth apart and giveth me terrible blows with an axe.”
had attacked me.”
Quoth the reed-flute, “ Where stayed my friends and
companions ? Messages would I send them. Would that I knew if they
stayed half way.
I would open my bosom, and display my grief.”
much do I lament ! In my woe, I pour forth cries and calls for help.”
1 A torka-chdn is a carpenter who works on his own account in his own workshop, and who is not a village servant.
42 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [23-
Banana rustoiau kah ti rozan marda zan ii
Naram kar kar baram panas chum karan i Vare vuch torn maz kota chum haran ii
Kham p&san zit 1 ata kat 1 dato nam ii
Nai che dapan nayis tanuk chum tama I Gar ze panane tsan>’ jam arzo sama ii
Zane kyah tat mane bozit gsfri zan ii
Zane kyah tat mane bozit be khabar n
Zana suyyus as 1 vot u mut La Makan ii
Zane suyyas as 1 p^imafe ashka chi ii
Sudar balai naye Subhan chiy vanan ii
-31] VII. THE TALE OF THE REED-FLUTE 43
forth. No man or woman ever liveth free from his fated sorrow.”
What would she have said to her friends and companions ? To them verily would she have said this : —
” He planed me and he made me smooth, and with an auger bored he my body. Prithee, behold me well. How much of my flesh is dropping from me !
For a petty farthing how often hath he stretched his arms upon me.”
When she had been sold for petty farthings there came to her the memory of the canebrake where she was born. She addresses some words to it. What is it she would say ?
Quoth the reed-flute, “ Yearning have I for my canebrake, For this purpose searched I earth and heaven.”
Can one who knoweth it not, understand its meaning, if he hear thereof ? “
thereof % “
canebrake Who hath arrived at the true knowledge of God the Omni- present.”
love.”
44 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES [l-
VIII. PADSHAH SUNZ KAT
Dapan vustad suy padshah as neran prat doho at 1 zun* dabi pyeth at 1 as pyeth kani al j ana varan hund yim as 1 prat doho yihas bolbash bozan yim as 1 padshah* sand seta khush gafean doho aki as na bolbash k7e gafean dop am 1 padshah baye, padshahas az kone che gafean bolbash dapan vuchuk at 1 alis at 1 manz bache ze momuty valik bun seta pyur yiman padshahas sandyan don bafean anik vazir gatily gatily. dophak noman vuch tuy kya chu gomut vuch hak yiman rot^mut kund hatis dana vaziran ak 1 dop u nak yi che yiman paneny maj momute am 1 naran kurmute byek vurudz am 1 chu nak dyutmut ampa kane dyut^mut kund ami chi yim momuty padshah vanan padshah baye buy marai tea kar^zana kun 1 padshah bai vanan padshahas buy marai tea kar^zana kun 1 kur yimau driy kasm pane vany yi kya ze kuruk driy kasm dopuk as 1 che gabar ze timan kya ka^e vur maj ya mol yiy.
kye kala gau padshah bai moye padshah kun 1 karan chu na ti kya zi pane vany asuk doyau bafeau driy kasm kurmut varya kala gau ay vazir dopuk padshahas padshaham nyetar gafee karun varya kal bozan chuk na kur has zor vazirau kurun nyetar.
yim padshah zade ze as tim 1 as padan sabak doh ak 1 kar yimau pane vany barnyau doyau muslahat maji gafeau salam hyet bark tramy lalau niginau gai hyet salami maje tramy rutenak vuchuna
-3] 45
VIII. THE TALE OF A KING
Once upon a time there was a certain King, and my Master tells me that every day he used to go out to take the air in the roof summer-house of his palace. Now some birds had built their nests in its thatch, and each day the King and Queen used to listen to the chirping of the chicks, and much joy did the two derive therefrom. One day they heard none, and said the Queen to the King, “ Why is there to-day no chirping?” And my Master tells me that they looked into the nest, and that they found therein only two dead chicks. They took them out and full of grief brought them down into the palace. There they summoned all their wise Viziers, and commanded them to inspect the dead chicks, and to say what had happened to them. So the Viziers inspected them, and found that a thorn had been stuck into the throat of each. Then said a very sage among the Viziers, “It is evident that the mother of these chicks died, and that the cock sought another mate and wedded her. She has been giving each of them a thorn to eat for food, and that is why they are dead.” Said the King to the Queen, “ If I die, thou must not wed again,” and said the Queen to the King, “ If / die, thou must not wed again.” And so they mutually made vow and oath. Now, why was it that they made this vow and oath ? • “ Because,” said they, “ we have two sons, and who knoweth but a stepmother or a stepfather may do this very thing to them.”
In the course of time the Queen died, and the King wedded not again, because of the mutual vow and oath that the Queen and he had made. A long time passed, and at length his Viziers came to him and said, “ Verily, your Majesty should once more make espousal,” but for a long time he paid no heed to them. Then at last his Viziers became urgent, and he took to himself a new Queen.
Now, as we have heard, there were two young princes, and they were occupied in their lessons. One day the two brethren took advice of each other and decided to bring a complimentary present to their stepmother. So they filled a tray with rubies and other jewels and offered it to her. She accepted the tray, and as she did so her glance fell upon them. The princes then went off
46 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES [4-
kurnak gai yim padshah zade ze sabakas yim che doha doha ithai pathin karan doha aki gau amis padshah baye khatir yiman vura nyech a vin hund yiman dopun tuh ths^vyu ma saHh 1 sala yimau dop u has fea chak moj as 1 chi gabar tea ta as 1 vat 1 na gai panas sabakas au padshah panun mah a lakhan padshah baye trop u nas kut dop u nas bar kyaV kurut band yi ches dapan padshah bai bu chasa cl^any kulai k^in na ch^anyen nech a vin hunz padshah chus dapan ti kya gau dop u nas tim am lekan gud a dim ti hanza valinje ze ada mufe a rai bar.
5, yim bai baran ze vat 1 biyas padshahas akis nish dop u nak padshahan tuh chu sh a hzada me yivan boz a ne tuh van 1 toy tuh k^eta pa 1 ^ chu yor lag^mat 1 kya sabab chu yimau dop u has yi panun gud a run dop u nak bihu myenish nok a ri dapan beth? hazuri naukar amis as padshahas pran^ gulam ze yim zyi ti gai tsor feun zanen karin zima rateas feor pahar
-5] VIII. THE TALE OF A KING 47
to their lessons, and after that, day by day, they brought her a similar offering. One day, there arose in the heart of the Queen a passionate desire for the two youths, and she made proposals to them for an unlawful intrigue ; but they replied, “ Thou art our mother ! We are thy children ! Between thee and us such may not be,” and went off again to their lessons. In the evening the King came to the harem, but the Queen locked the door of her room and refused to allow him to enter. Said he, “ Why hast thou shut the door ? “ and she replied to him, “Is it of thee that I am the wife, or am I the wife of thy two sons ? “ Said the King, “ What is it that hath happened ? “ Replied she, “ They came to me and asked of me indecent things. Nor will I open the door to thee till thou give me their two hearts.”
He gave an order to his Viziers while the boys were studying their lessons in the school. Said he to the Viziers, “ Make the princes over to the executioners, and let the executioners kill them.” And my Master tells me that a Vizier went to the princes, and became filled with pity for them. Said he to them, “ Come ye down from the school.” Then he said, “ Flee ye from this city.” So they fled, and then the Vizier did a deed. He told the executioners to kill two dogs. So they killed two dogs, and tore out their hearts. These they put upon a charger and took to the Queen. Said they to her, “ Here are the two hearts of those princes. Open thou the door and take them.” So she opened the door and took the two hearts, as they said to her, “Here are they for thee straight from the bodies of the two princes.” And thereafter the King lived on with her to sway the sceptre.
48 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [6-
gud nyukuy pahar chu lagan amis padshah zadas zyithis hihis dapan pad^shaha sandyau doyau bateau travuk aram.
dapan gulam chu vudnye nazar ches padshaha sandin don bafeen kun yim vuy syud log vasani shahmar tal* va kane. gulam chu vuchan yeli yi shahmar log vatane amis padshah baye handis badanas n^ezik au laran gulam layin shamsher amis shah maras hani hani karinas tukra teunun palangas thai shamsher 1 handis t^egas vulun phamb log amis padshah baye handis badanas vutherani dopun amis as 1 shahmar? sund zehar ladydmut ami mojub as yi vutheran padshah gau bedar vuchun gulam amut nezik shamsher h^et nanyi am^sund pahar mublyau au duyamis gulamasund pahar au n^ezik dop u nas padshahan ai gulam yus akha agas pyeth bevophai ka ! re tas kya vat 1 karun yi vuthus gulam phirit padshahan tas gafei kale featun beye basta valany padshaham bo vanai dalila tea thav tarn tat kan.
dop u nas gulaman su as padshaha ak suy gau doha aki salas shikaras kunuy zun sa^th asus paz vot jaya akis lajis tras banan ches na kuni vuchun jaye akis ab? sreha hyu at 1 dyutun barsha sa^th dob^hana kurun bag^la manza pyala lodun at pyalas ab hyiitun chun as paz teununas traVit beye borun yi ab? pyala hyiitun chyun as beye yi paz teununas tra^vit doye lat 1 teununas traMt padshahas khut zahar treyimi lat 1 burun dach^a atha chu at pyalas tap kaMt khavur atha thavun nebar yiithuy hyiitun chun tyuthuy au paz teununas traVit dithas am 1 tap
-7] VIII. THE TALE OF A KING 49
night. Now the first watch of the night fell to the elder of the two princes, and my Master tells me that at this time the King and Queen went to their bed.
The guard stood by, watching and warding the royal pair, and straight in front of them he saw a great python begin to lower itself from the ceiling. He fixed his eyes upon it, and as it approached the body of the Queen he ran up and struck at it with his sword. He hacked it into little pieces and thrust them under the bed. He then wrapped the blade of his sword in cotton-wool, and some of this he used to wipe the body of the Queen, “ For,” said he to himself, “ haply some of the python’s poison may have touched her.” This, you must understand, was his sole and only reason for wiping her. But just then the King awoke, and he saw that his guard had come near him with a naked sword in his hand. By this time the period of his watch had passed, and the watch of the second guard was due. He approached, and the King said to him, “ guard, what should be done to the man who is traitor to his lord ? “ Replied the guard, “ Sire, his head should be cut off, and he should be flayed alive. But, your Majesty, I would tell to thee a story. Prithee, lend thou me thine ear.”
” Once upon a time there was a King. One day he went a-hunting all alone. He took with him his falcon, and when he had come to a certain spot he fell athirst, but could find no means of alleviation. A length he saw in one place a little moisture (on the face of a cliff). He thrust in his spear to make a hole, and pulled forth a cup from his pocket, which he filled with the water as it trickled forth. As he began to take it up to drink his falcon flew at him and upset it. So he filled the cup again, and was about to drink when again the falcon upset it. Poisonous anger rose in the heart of the King. The third time he filled the cup, holding it with his right hand, leaving his left arm free. Just as he began to drink, again came the falcon
50 HATIMS SONGS AND STORIES [8-
padshahan rutun latan thai hiteanas paka ze karyinas tan yi yeli mdrun pat? pyurus atat* vuny tresh chayen na gau vuch 1 ne at abas asi na kuna agur pakan chu padshah vot 1 jai akis vuchun at 1 shah mara ak shungit am 1 suy neran as u kan 1 lal yi ab as zahar yi chus vanan amis padshahas har ga kyey su padshah sa tresh ch^aye hye su marihye vunyai sargeh kari hye su padshah tas pazus ma marihe padshaham say che dalil sargi gatse karihy.
muMyau amisund pahar tye au treyimi sund pahar ze gai panas byeth 1 padshah chu bedar dapan chu amis treyimis pah^ra valis dapan chus ai gulam yus akha agas pyeth dagai kato tas kya vaty e karun dop u nas phirit am 1 gulaman su gafee padshaham sang sar karun padshaham sargi gatee kariny bu vanai dalila fea thavum padshaham kan.
dapan chus su as sodagar? ak su sodagar as seta bakhtavar tarn 1 siiy pyau muhyim tarn 1 siiy as hun byak sodagar a as dop u nas yi hun ma kan^han dop u nas kanan dop u nas karus mul kuranas mul rupia hat nyu sodagaran yi hun drau soda hyet vot jaye akis lajis rat rateli pyez feur nyu has yi mal hun chu vuchan am 1 kur 1 na kye ti sadau phul ghash sodagar gau bedar vuchun ta mal na kuni dapan chu yat kya gom au yi hun am 1 kar nas tap pushakas chus laman hun drau bro-bro pata-pata chus sodagar vate no vun maidanas akis manz vuchun at 1 feurau thau mut am 1 sund mal parze au vun anun panun mal yi asus ta ti beye as yimau Isurau bey en sodagaran hund nyumut titi anun vat^navun pananas deras gau seta khush dopun
-9] VIII. THE TALE OF A KING 51
and upset it. The King grasped the bird, and holding it under his feet tore off both its wings. As soon as he had killed it he was rilled with regret, and could not drink the water. He went to look for the source of the spring, and when he had found it he saw there a huge python lying asleep, and from its mouth spittle was dripping into the streamlet. The water was poisonous.” And, added the guard to His Majesty, “If that King had drunk that water he would have died, and if he had only inquired into the matter beforehand he would not have killed the falcon. Sire, that is my story. Thou shouldst scrutinize before deciding.”
His watch also came to an end, and there came the third watch. The first two sat down to rest themselves, but the King was still wakeful, and he spoke to his third guard, saying, “ guard, what should be done to him who showeth faithlessness to his lord ? “ Said he in answer, “ He should be stoned to death, but first, sire, investigation should be made. I would tell to thee a story. Lend thou me, sire, thine ear.”
Said the third guardsman : —
” There was once upon a time a merchant blessed with all prosperity. But evil times befell him, so that he had naught left of his possessions but a dog. Another merchant asked him if he would sell it, and thereto did he agree. ‘ What is the price ? ‘ and they fixed it at a hundred rupees. So the second merchant paid the price and took away the dog. Shortly afterwards he went on a journey with some goods to do merchanting, and halted for the night at a certain place. In the night-time there came thieves and took away all his property. The dog watched them, but made no sound. When the morn blossomed forth the merchant awoke, and could not find his goods. While he was wondering what had befallen him, the dog came up and caught hold of his coat and pulled it. The dog led him out, going in front, while the merchant followed along behind. He brought him to a certain plain, and there he saw the spot where the thieves had stored his goods. He recognized them, and brought back to his lodging not only what had been taken from him, but all that these thieves had stolen from other merchants. He was filled with joy, and said to himself, ‘ That
E
52 HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES [10-
tamis saudagaras tog u na amis hunis mul karun tamis as pyiimut muhim tami mukhe togus na.
dapan vustad amis hunis kurun mul rupias panz hat lichin chit yi hay tinman amis hunis nal dop u nas fea gafe pananis kavandas nishin yi chit h?et gau hun vot nazdik amis sodagaras sodagaran vuch parze na vun yi hun dopun panenen bafeen dop u nak hun au phirit am 1 kur 1 k^a tany tahsir ami feunuk ka ! rit balki chus chalana nal sodagar gau phikri dopun vun kya kare rupia hat gom kharj kodun banduk lay^nas ta marun yeli marun ta ada phyurus gos nazdik bo vuch? ha amis kya kakad chu nal 1 yohay kuranas nala mufe^run ta vuchun at 1 lyukhmut rupias panz hat ad? phyurus seta padshaham say che dalil sargi gafee kariny harga hay su sodagar gudenyi vuch?he amis hunis kyah chu nal su hun ma marine gau amisund pahar.
au feurimis gulamasanz dalil feurimis gulamas vanan padshah ai gulam yiis akha agas pyeth be vuphai ka^i tas kya vat 1 karun dop u nas gulaman padshaham tas gafei sar tsatun shehera manza dur kadun padshaham bu vanai dalila tsa tavum kan dopan chus gulam su as padshaha ak amis suy as nechiv za timanai moye panen 1 moj padshahan kar vurudz zanana sa gaye padshah zadan don vurfmoj padshah zada za as 1 sabakas tora ay amis vura maj 1 niyak salam lalau niginau tram thavuk amis bont? kan 1 yim gai beye sabakas doha doha che karan padshah baye daj paneny ray kya dajis bo karaha yiman padshah zadan sa^h guna doha aki vunun yiman padshahzadan don me sa^h ka^u guna
-11] VIII. THE TALE OF A KING 53
merchant was not able to put the true value on his dog. Hard times had fallen on him, and he had to take what he could get.”
” He put the value of the dog at five hundred rupees, and wrote a note of hand to that amount. This he tied to the dog’s neck, and told him to go home with it to his old master. The dog set forth and arrived at his old master’s house. The latter saw him and recognized him. He said to his people, ‘ Here is this dog come back. No doubt he hath done some fault. Moreover, there is an invoice to that effect tied to his neck.’ So he became filled with anxiety. ‘ What,’ cried he, * am I to do ? For I have spent the hundred rupees.’ So he went and got a gun, fired it at the dog, and killed it. When he had killed it, he felt sorry and went up to look at the paper that was tied to its neck. When he took it off and opened it he saw written on it an order for five hundred rupees. Then, indeed, he felt very sorry. Your Majesty, that is my story. One should always scrutinize. If that merchant had first looked to see what was tied to the dog’s neck he would not have killed it.”
With that the term of his watch expired.
And the fourth guardsman said : —
” Once upon a time there was a King who had two sons. Their mother died, and the King made a second marriage, and thus gave the two princes a stepmother. While they were still at their lessons they brought her a tray filled with rubies and other jewels as a complimentary present. They laid it before her, and then went back to their lessons. They passed each day in this manner, and at length a design was aroused in the Queen. And this was her design. She said to herself, ‘ I would do sin with these young princes.’ One day she said to them, ‘ Come ye and do sin with
54 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES [12-
yimau duphas tea chak san? moj feyeta asi vat 1 na padshah zada gai sabakas padshah au darbar murkhas kaArit vot mahala kan padshah baya trupSnas darvaza darvaza ches na thavan dop u nas yi kyazi vufeus padshah bay dop u nas bu chasa chyan 1 kulai kina chanyen nechevin hanz dopunas padshahan ti kya gau dop u nas tim am lyekan padshah chus dapan vuny kya chu sala padshah bay ches dapan me gafee ta hanza valinja za tima khyema bo ada kya thavai darvaza padshahan dyut hukm vaziras dopunas yim shahzada za dik maravat^lan at 1 yiman karan valinja za gau vazir vot feat^hal yet 1 yim shahzada za as yiman kun karan nazar seta gas yim padshah zada za khush dilas pyos insaf dop u nak fealyu yami shah^ra dur fealy.
dapan vustad marevatalan dyut hukam vaziran maryuk hun za maravat^lau mfc hun za ka ! rik yiman valinja za lazak takis manz gai hyet padshah baye thau darvaza padshah chu karan padshahi tat 1 .
shahzada za ay fealan biyis padshahas nish padshahan ra 1 ^ yim gulam gudeiiyuk pahar au amis badis hihis shahzadas chu shama dazan pad^shaha sand 1 za bafe che palangas pyeth aramas yimaniy syud vasan chu shahmar yi gulam chu kadan shamsher amis shahmar as chu karan tukra ami pata chu shamsher 1 handis tyegas valan pamb amis padshah baye handis badanas as vutheran yi zahar amis shahmara sund dopun amis ma asim shahmara sund zahar as vutharany ta padshah gau bedar
-13] VIII. THE TALE OF A KING 55
me ‘ ; but they replied, ‘ Thou art our mother, between thee and us such may not be,’ and then went off to their lessons. After this the King came home, when he had dismissed his court, and went to the harem ; but the Queen locked the door against him and refused to open it. Said he, * What meaneth this ? ‘ Then up and answered she, ‘ Is it of thee that I am the wife, or am I the wife of thy two sons ? ‘ Said the King, ‘ What is it that hath happened ? ‘ Said she, ‘ They came to me and asked of me indecent things.’ Said he, ‘ What wouldest thou have me to do ? ‘ and she replied, ‘ I must have their two hearts, that I may eat them. Then, and then only, will I open for thee the door.’ So the King gave the command to his Vizier, and said to him, ‘ Make these two princes over to the executioners, that they may tear out both their hearts.’ So the Vizier took his leave and came to the school where the princes were doing their lessons. He took one look at them and saw that they were both exceeding fair to behold, and pity filled his soul. He said to them, * Flee ye far from this city.’ So they fled.”
” The Vizier told the executioners to kill two dogs. They did so, and tore out their hearts, which they placed upon a charger and carried to the Queen. Then she opened the door, and the King went in, and there did he sway his sceptre.
56 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES [14-
dop padshahan yi am marani padshaham say che dalil har^gakyey su padshah sar ka^rihe panenyen nechevin p^eth ma diyehe hukm mar&vatalan tuhy maryuk ada gai tim huna za mara padshaham agar bavar karak na su padfshah as sonuy mor yi padshah gak fea yi kya che shamsher at 1 kya chiy palangas thai shahmar ganyi ka^rit.
-14] VIII. THE TALE OF A KING 57
come to kill me.’ Sire, that is my story. If that King had made inquiry he would not have ordered the executioners to kill his own sons, nor would those dogs have gone to death. Sire, if you believe not my story, then know that that King was our father, and this King wast thou. So, here is the sword, and there under the bed is the python cut to pieces.”
58 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [1-
IX. GREST BAYE HANZ TA MASH TULARI-
HANZ KAT
yi tai vesi paran pyimos karos zar^par i budai che sai mach tular vanuk janavar ii
balai pyiyen hapat ganas vanan teany nam lar n
potyen tasanden a^nash kurun sahibo ayna ar I budai che sai mach tular vanuk janavar ii
dapan amis gresta baye yi mach tular dop u nas yi hal kur nam vana manza hapatan vuny feajes vafeas gresta garas dapyam kare rahat vuch ta vuny kya kairim yi grost thau ta kan bu kya vanai.
thanya matit kutha thaunam moteny chem
band^nal I bagen* ayas grest garas sai mye gayem gal ii
mar i budai che sai mach tular vanuk janavar it
-5] 59
IX. THE TALE OF THE FARMER’S WIFE AND THE
HONEY-BEE
Here was a farmer’s wife who had fled from her home. And why had she done this ? It was because the village overseer and the headman had shown her tyranny, and so she had fled. She reached a forest, and there there came a honey-bee. Behold, speech came to the honey-bee, and she saith to the farmer’s wife, “ Why hast thou fled ? “ And she replied that tyranny had been shown to her. Then answered her the honey-bee, “ I also have suffered tyranny, and therefore do I lament. Prithee, lend thou me thine ear.” And thus speaketh the honey-bee to the farmer’s wife : —
Prithee hither come, my friend. Let us fall at God’s feet, and
make our prayers to Him. Lo, I am thy honey-bee, a poor winged creature of the forest.
possessed of manifold progeny. May ruin seize that ruthless bear, for he it was that drove me to the forests.
no pity to Thee ? Lo, I am thy honey-bee, a poor winged creature of the forest.
fresh butter. It became a prison of death for me. It was my fate that brought me to the farmer’s house, and, of a truth, that fate was humiliation.
60 HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES [6-
azal chavun chu samsaras chetal vasan 1 jai i budai chesai grest* bay yor nai rozan 1 ay ii
sonta yeli mut^sa^h 1 grestren dilasa dina hai ay i mudr^au kathau yera barak zalas valena ay H
harde vize dard motuk layine tim hai ay i budai chesai grest* bay yor nai rozan 1 ay ii
yim phal vavim maje zemini tim hai papit ay i sumbrit sa^it kalas ka^rim hata bud 1 kharis dray ii
chakla chakla mukadam ta patevar 1 tolani tim
hai ay i budai chesai grest? bay yor nai rozan 1 ay ii
aziz ta miskin kai t y a visyai halam dar dar ay I halam dit^mak mebar bari suy chu muklan pay ii
kalama sa^in savab likhan yit^nai lagik gray i budai chesai greste bay yor nai rozan 1 ay ii
-12]
IX. FARMERS WIFE AND HONEY-BEE
61
Each soul must dree its weird, and there is a place below to
which it must descend. Lo, I am thy farmer’s wife. We came not to this world as an
abiding place.
encouragement. With sweet words did they fill their bellies, and enclosed them as in a net.
came to beat us. Lo, I am thy farmer’s wife. We came not to this world as an abiding place.
and ripened. I collected and piled them on the threshing-floor, hundreds of kharwdrs l in weight.
came the headman and the accountant. Lo, I am thy farmer’s wife. We came not to this world as an abiding place.
holding out their lap-cloths ! Their skirts I filled and filled, for that giveth an assurance of salvation.
of these good actions, so that they may ne’er be shaken. Lo, I am thy farmer’s wife. We came not to this world as an abiding place.
1 A kharwdr weighs about a hundredweisrht and a half.
62 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [1-
X. RAJA VIKARMAJITENY KAT
dyar hase chu safrras i
yar hase chu na asanas ii ash^nav hasa chu asanas i
gaye tre kathe beye ze kathe hasa chyau
sa zanana chyauvna paneny i yesa na asi panes sa^h ii beye hasa
yus ratas bedar rozi I
suy hasa za ! ni raje Vikarmajitehy kur n
vanye nak yima kathe panfe yim chus dapan van sa dalil yi chuk dapan me hasa vaiiye mov kathe panfe mil e vuk ladai yim chus dapan rupias feor hat nyit dalil kye vanyit na ma £ dan chu vuiiye pakenai amis layuk yimau feorau za*nyau am 1 dop u nak pakyu sa yeti kis padshahas nish yisu dapi ti karau.
■1] 63
A
X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA l
Four men were once going along the road, and they came to a wide open plain. As they entered it they began to say to each other, “ Come, let us tell a story to while away the journey across the plain.” After a time they were joined by another man, and they asked him to tell a story to help the journey along. Said he, “ Sirs, I will tell you a story. Moreover, sirs, as a story I will tell you five things, 2 but for the five things you must pay me five hundred rupees.” Replied they, “ We are four, and will give thee four hundred. The fifth hundred must be paid by thee as the fifth of us. So tell us, prithee, sir, the five things.” Said he to them : — V Money, sirs, is for a journey.
A friend, sirs, is for when there is no money.
A near relation, sirs, is for when there is money. That makes three things, and, sirs, there are two others : —
Thou canst only call thy wife thine own so long as she be with thee. And, again, sirs : —
He only will win Raja Vikramaditya’s daughter
Who keepeth awake by night.” When he told them these five things, they say to him, “ Now, sir, tell a story.” But he replies, “ I have told you, sirs, the five things.” At this they began to quarrel. Cry they, “ You have taken our four hundred rupees ; but, sir. you have not told us any story. We have not yet got across the plain.” So the four gave him a drubbing. Then he made this proposal, “ Come, sirs, to the King of this country, and let us abide by what he says.”
1 The Indian monarch of glorious, pious, and immortal memory. He is throughout entitled “Raja”, as opposed to the Musalman word “ Padshah “ used for the real hero of the stor\ In translating I retain “Raja” unchanged, and translate “Padshah” by “King”.
2 The whole of the subsequent quarrel depends on the double meaning of the word kath, which like the Hindi bat means not only “story” but also “ statement” and “ thing “. The four thought they were buying five stories, but the fifth was only selling five statements. I translate kath by “ thing “, as the nearest English word with a similar indefinite meaning. On the other hand I translate dalll by “ story “. Its meaning is not indefinite.
64 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [2-
dapan vustad vat 1 padshahas nish d?ut pheryad feorau zatoyau dop u has padshaham yim shakhfean khyaiy asi rupias feor hat dopun vanemo u kathe panfe padshahan dop amis shakhtsas van^sa kya vunthak yi votus pherit padshaham bo vanai kathe panfe rupias panfe hat gafee nam din? ada vanai bo kathe panfe padshahan ka 1 ^ rupias panfe hat dithin amis shakhfeas yim katon yim band pane katon kama am 1 padshahan padshahihund poshak travun gadoi yiye hund poshak porun beye gandin lalsat gandin mafe y e drau yima kathe panfe sar karni.
dapan vustad gudehy drau behye handis shah^ras kun gur chus khasun vot 1 yeli n^azik at benye handis shahfras lazun sheen? amis behye me kya chu pyftmut mohim bo kya yimaha tor 1 ami lazanas benye phut pherit sheen? me kya rozan pama var?vis manz phut pherit lazanas beye sheen? me yeli na bani tor 1 yun toUi gaferem ladun napfeas k^efea lade hamai tat gafee gand karun p^etha gafe^es mohar kareny paneiiy ami kar behye kama lodun panenye kyenzi bata hana ya fe^ut ya shufe p^etha kar^nas paneiiy mohar korun revana amis bayis tarn 1 yeli vuch benye hanz mohar rotun at 1 thavun dabavit.
drau yarisanzi vat 1 yeli vot nyazik sozun amis mahhyu yar hasa ay padshahi chesna so hasa chiy mohim zad yaran yeli boz drau vot amis yaras nish dapan chus ha yara katfi goham yor paMa pakan chi dunuvai. amis as miskini hund poshak nal? dapan chus yar yi kaMi shahi ditta m^e yi myon
-4] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 65
They went to the King and the four laid their complaint before him. “ This fellow,” said they, “ hath cheated us to the tune of four hundred rupees, for he promised to tell us five things.” The King asked him, “ What was it that thou saidst to them ? “ And he up and replied, “ Sire, I will tell thee the five things, but thou must pay me for them rupees five hundred. Then, and only then, can I tell these five things to thee.” So the King sent for five hundred rupees, and gave them to him. (After he had told them) he tied up the money in his pouch, and the King did a deed. He doffed his royal garments, and donned those of beggary. Then he tied seven rubies under his arm and went forth to test these five things.
First of all he went to the city where dwelt his sister. He mounted his horse, and when he arrived there he sent her this message, “ I am fallen into poverty ; so what else could I do but come to thee.” And this was the word which she sent back, “ Verily, I shall be put to shame in my father-in-law’s house (if thou come to me).” Again he sent her these words in answer, “If it be not possible for me to come to thee, thou shouldst at least send me somewhat wherewith to fill my belly ; and if thou send it, fasten thou it up carefully, and set thine own seal upon it.” So this sister did a deed. She sent him a little rice in her bowl — it may have been orts, or it may have been fresh food. Upon it she set her own seal, and despatched it to her brother. As soon as he saw his sister’s seal he accepted it, and there and then he buried it and hid it in the ground.
66 HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES [5-
poshak feuntha fea yi asna boz&na yi chu amis miskinl hund poshak yi as bozna kalti shahl kami mukha mahabat sa^h gau va^t 1 yarasund gara yaran kiirnas ziafat lay^ka padshah sap^nyes ottany za katha sar.
-5] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 67
friend, prithee present me with this royal robe that thou dost wear, and put on my poor garment instead thereof.” For he looked upon the King’s garb not as the garb of beggary, but thought of it as a royal robe. And wherefore that ? It was because of the love he bare him. They went on and reached the friend’s house, and there the friend made him a feast — such a feast as one should lay before a King.
In this way the King had tested two of the things.
68 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [6-
Khuda sabas kun korun zara par ata p^os yiman lalan satan p^eth yim taU asis gand^maty 1 mafea yiman dopun maravaMan feun hata sa mye travyu yela nom chu lal sat 1sor chu tohyi feun zan^eri tre chu myen tohi nish.
yar chu na asanas titi puzuy ii zanana sa chena paneny yasina panas sa^h che titi puzuy I
dyar che bakar safaras titi puzuy ii yima tedr kathe karimau sar vuny van^um panfeyum kath dop u nas am 1 shakhfean phut pherit rupiya hat gafeyem dyun dyutanas padshahan dop u nas.
yus ratas bedar rozi I
suy zyani raje Vikarmajiteny kur n
-7] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 69
found a little water, wherein he washed his hands and face, and made his prayers to God, the Master. As he thus did his hands fell upon the seven rubies that he had tied beneath his arm when setting forth upon his journey. Then said he to the executioners, “ sirs, let ye me go free. Here be these seven rubies. Keep ye four of them, one for each of you four, and keep the remaining three for me.”
” True is it — a near relation is for when there is money. True also is it — a friend is for when there is no money. True also is it — thou canst only call thy wife thine own so long
as she be with thee. True also is it — money is useful on a journey.
These four things that ye told me have I tested. Now tell ye me the fifth.” Replied that man to him, “ A hundred rupees must thou give me.” The King gave it, and he said : —
” He only will win Raja Vikramaditya’s daughter Who keepeth awake by night.”
70 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES [8-
ka^in amis sa^th kathe kathe katot karun kam at poshakas korun shakal insan hish pane drau dur pahan byut naz^ri shama chu dazan amis khatuni handi shik^ma manza drau azhda teau at poshakas manz yat yi am 1 fakiran yinsan h^u kurmut as yiy chu donan teapy h^evan at 1 yelina insan as beye teau yi azhda amis khatuni shikmas manz am 1 fakiran kar sargi balai che amis khatuni handis shikmas manz nebar k^e che na au fakir vot beye at palangas nishi khatuni difean zer kathe ka^rin amis sa^h at poshakas korun beye insan h^u gau beye fakir byut duri pahan. shama chu dazan 1 athas k?et kadin shamsher amis khatuni handi shikma manza log na^ini yi azhda log at poshakas manz ateani tujen shamsher chu amis azhdahas kat e ran morun ka^inas ganye teunun at 1 palangas tal khut pane at palangas p^eth shamsher difean shand ta shung.
-8] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 71
when they had finished conversing he did a deed. He folded his garments into the shape of a man, and went a short way off and sat down to watch. A lamp was burning, and by its light he saw a python issue from the lady’s mouth. 1 It entered the garments which he had folded into the shape of a man. It shook them, and bit them over and over again, but when it found that there was no man within them, it retreated and again entered the lady’s mouth. In this way did the faqir satisfy himself by his perscrutation that it was within the lady that there was an evil calamity dwelling, and that there was nought else outside her. Up came the faqir to the bed. He gave the lady a push, and held converse with her. He made his garments again into the shape of a man, and again went away a short distance to sit and watch. A lamp was burning, and in his hand he held his drawn sword. The python issued from the lady’s mouth, and began to enter the garments. He raised his sword and smote it to pieces and slew it. He cut it into gobbets and thrust them under the bed. Then he climbed himself upon the bed, laid the sword beneath the pillow, and fell asleep.
1 Literally, “belly,” but as the python certainly came out via the mouth I use a word more suitable for Western ears when dealing with a lady.
72 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES [9-
chus dapan yi hasa chay at 1 paneny kur ma disa panun nishana difeanas vaj amis fakiras fakirasanz vaj rat am 1 raj an.
drau fakir vot panun shahar fakiri hund zhama feunun ka ! rit padshah! hund poshak purun dyiitun hukum lashka^i neru sa m^e sa^h.
dapan vustad gudeiiyi gau at benye handis shaharas yi padshah ti as baja taran ami suy padshahas anyin beiiye paniny thaunas bont^ ka ! ni sa tami dohuch ziafat yat tami benye mohar asus pyetha karmufe dapan chus yi ch^a mohur chany dop u nas pherit myenyiy che dapan chus yi padshah buy kya gas tami dohuk miskin paz pa^y chu ashnau asanas.
hifean amis padshahas ti lashkar dyiitun kadam yarasund kun vot yaras nish yaran kar ziafat yiman don padshahiyan kite. rat kaduk at^ suban dray.
dyiitun kadam at h7ahara sandis shaharas kun anan nad dit amis padshahas dapan chus anuk sa tahaly timau chu ch^anye rakh^e manza feur rutmut su kati chuk thaumut anik tahal 1 dop hak yus tohi feur rutu rakhi manza su kati chu thaumut yimau vun padshaham asi chu kurmut havale panenis afsaras mejaras anuk mejar dop has nomau tahaly au kuruy havala feur su kati thavut yi chuk dapan mye dyut na tahal chus karan gavai padshaham asi kur takhit amis havala dop u nak am 1 padshahan yus tami doho fakir lagit as suy chuk dapan anyuk maravatal feor tim vanan panai anik tim dapan
-12] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 73
said the faqlr to him, “ Here, sire, is this thy daughter. Sire, give thou me the token (that I may claim her as my wife).” Then gave the Raja his ring to the faqir, and took in exchange the faqlr’s ring from him.
Then departed the faqlr and came to his own city. He put off his mendicant’s weeds and clothed himself in royal robes. He gave the command to his army to set forth with him.
And my Master said : —
First of all went he to his sister’s city. The king, her husband, was one of those that paid him tribute. He had his sister brought to him, and put before her the bowl of food that she had sent to him on that day, and on which she had set her seal. Quoth he to her, “ Is this thy seal ? “ Replied she, “ Mine it is.” Then said to her the King, “It is I who was the beggar-man of that day. True it is that a near relation is for when there is money.”
He took the army of that king also with him, and turned his footsteps towards his friend. And the friend made a feast in honour of the royalty of both these kings. The night they passed there, and at dawn they again set forth.
He turned his footsteps towards the city of his father-in- law. He sent for that king and said to him, “ Prithee, send thou for thy grooms. They have caught a thief in the mead of thy home farm. Where have they put him ? “ They brought the grooms. Quoth he to them, “ Where did ye put that thief whom ye seized in the mead of the home farm ? “ Said they, “ Sire, we made him over into the hands of our officer, the Master of the Horse.” They brought before him the Master of the Horse. They said to him, “ These grooms made over to thy custody a certain thief. Where hast thou put him ? “ But he denied that he had seen him. Then the grooms gave testimony, “ Sire, of a surety, we did make him over to this man’s custody.” Then quoth the King — the one who formerly had been dressed as a faqlr — “ bring ye the four executioners. They themselves will say what hamoened.”
74 HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES [13-
chuk yi padshah tohi nish chu amanat tas fakirasund su diyu yury yimau maravatalau kar kam kaMik yim lal sat thavik padshahas bont? kani satau manza tulin teor ka^inak havala dop u nak yim kam 1 asyu dyitamaty dop u has fakiran ak 1 tarn 1 kami bapat su as dyut^mut yem 1 mejaran marana bapat dapan chu padshah amis mejaras kun me chuk na parzenavan buy kya gos su fakir yus ka^d ostan kurmut gudeny ayi sa khatun ziafat h^et kheyau yek ja h^r^au fe^ut kuru me alau dopum volo ksMyau yi kh?au son teut tarn 1 pata as bo rot m^e khyau tarn 1 pata karu murde maza^ry phutu palangas tar kuru me alau tea ma zanak yat palangas vat ka^it me dop u mau any zanena ham saye chum ch^an palangas dyiit u mau vat kaMt am 1 panen^e zanana parzanavus dop u nai feye yii chu myon khavand yi chu amut fakir lagit yi gafee ratas rat marun kur thas havala noman marevatelan yiman au ar myon yimau trau has yele yiman ditim lal sat teor ditim feun zanen tre thaymak amanat yaty kya chyum tim lal tre teor chim dyiitmat noman feuan zanen yety kya chiiy tim ti kolnas zima tahsir.
shrak sarp makhri zan bevopha i
-14] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 75
They brought them, and the King said to them, “ Ye have in trust a deposit made by that faqir, give ye it here and now.” Then those executioners dioVa deed. They brought forth those seven rubies and laid them before the King. He took up four of them, and gave them to them, as he said, “ Who gave you these ? “ Quoth they, “ A certain faqir.” “ And for what purpose ? “ “ This Master of the Horse had made him over to us to be slain.” Then said the King to the Master of the Horse, “ Dost thou not recognize me ? It is I who am that faqir whom thou didst imprison. At first came that lady to thee with a dish of dainty meats. Ye ate together, and some scraps and orts remained over and above. You gave a shout and called to me, ‘ Come, thou prisoner, eat thou these scraps and orts of ours.’ So I came and took and ate. After that you clipped and toyed together, till the joint of the bed became broken. You gave a shout and called to me, ‘ Haply, dost thou know how to mend this bed ? ‘ and I replied to you,
He gave the order to his army. He dragged forth the Master of the Horse and his own wife. He had dug a pit and had them both cast into it, and had them stoned with stones until they died. On this subject verily a master of books hath written : —
Treacherous are a knife, a serpent, and the coquetry of a woman.
76 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES [14-
fakirasunz padshahasunz che ne padshah chus dapan buy gos su fakir m^e nish chu ch^on nishana fe^e nishi chu my on nishana dapan chus raja tarn 1 dohuch fakiri kya gaye azich padshahi kyah gaye dapan chus padshah me asa hefeamafea kathe pante timai asus sar karan tarn 1 asum lag u mut fakir raj an kar kam ditinas sa^th paneiiy bate drau vot panenis sheh*ras manz chu karan raj. — vu salama vu ikram.
-14] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKBAMADITYA 11
” Of a faqlr she is the wife, not of a king.” Quoth the King to him, “ Verily, I am no other than that faqir. I have with me thy token, and thou hast with thee mine.” Quoth the Raja to him, “ What meant the faqirhood of those days, and what meaneth the royalty of to-day ? “ Said the King to him, “ I had bought five things, and them was I testing, and therefore dressed I myself as a faqlr.” Then the Raja did a deed. He gave the King his wife to be with him. The King went forth and came to his own city, and there he swayed the sceptre of his rule. This is the end, and may peace and honour attend ye all.
78 BATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES [1-
XI. FORSYTH SAHIBAN SHAR YELI YARKAND ZENENI GAU
Yi m^e dyot mai tih gate ta bozan i
Yarkand anon zenan 11 1
gudeny dup malkanye kus ka ! ri yohoi kar
Forsat chu zoravar i raje be Yarkand baj> gate taran
Yarkand anon zenan ii &
Landana p^etha Yarkand yimau kur tai
maushur ha feopor gai i gudeny Son* marga chavan posha madan
Yarkand h 3
huk u ma mah a raj Buttanis bro drau
Balti turn age jao i piche jao Kashmir nale chalan
Yarkand n 4
rasat sai feopor karhai tarfan
guda lug Maraj pargan I tim vadan as 1 kot lag 1 gar zan
Yarkand ii 5
timan Butta garan Kashir 1 thavik
Butta bay broh n^avik I gur bat 1 dakas zumba che gasa saran
Yarkand ii &
-6]
79
XI. THE SONG OF FORSYTH SAHIB WHEN HE WENT TO CONQUER YARKAND.
The Mission of Sir Douglas Forsyth across the Hindukush to Kashgar took place in 1873-4. It passed through Kashmir, where people were collected to serve in the camp. Sdbir, the author of this poem, describes the events attending the impressment of these camp- followers. He evidently believes that it was a military expedition to conquer Yarkand.
What I have seen, to that attend and thou shalt hear. “ Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves.”
First, said the Queen of England, “ Who can do this work ? A mighty man is Forsyth.” To him she gave the order, “ Seat thyself upon the throne of Yarkand as its king, and from it levy thou tribute. Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves.”
They who wielded the sceptre of authority from London unto Yarkand became famous over all the world. First halted they in Sonamarg 1 to enjoy the delight of the flower-meads. “ Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves.”
Ahead went the order of the Maharaj of Kashmir to Tibet. 2 “ Ye Baltis, advance ye and then hasten ye to Kashmir bringing passports with ye. Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves.”
The order for their assembling issued forth on all sides, and at first the people were collected in Maraz. 3 Lamenting were they and crying “ Poor ignorant souls, whither are we come ? “ “ Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves.”
In houses of these Tibetans were Kashmiris quartered, and the brothers of Tibet were sent forward in advance. Horses were stationed for the post, and yaks for collecting and piling grass. “ Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves.”
1 A celebrated upland in the Sindh Valley of Kashmir, famous for the beauty of its wild flowers.
2 i.e. Little Tibet or Baltistan. The people of this country are excellent carriers. They are represented as being despatched in droves to the rendezvous in Kashmir. They are furnished with passports or certificates of dispatch.
3 One of the two divisions — Maraz and Kamraz — of the Valley of Kashmir. Maraz is the southern part of the valley, on both sides of the River V6th above Srlnagar.
80 HATIMS SONGS AND STORIES [7-
ba rai khumba khas zananan clie sumb^ran
zyiinte gase vartavan i aja ase pyav^la kye ase dujan
Yarkand 11 7
gur 1 manga nav^ai kukar gaman
chuh karun yimna zanan i hari hari karan asi timan pakfuavan
Yarkand n 8
kal? kan 1 dumbij ches lati kan? lakam
gasa raz kanyek mah kam i gasa gandi ta zache zin pa^it soira saman
Yarkand ii * 9
rasat kaftan anyhai nan gar
mat 1 chuk pan paneny kar I gyaja ka*rik kralan gudeny l^eja saran
Yarkand ii 10
kraje dup* khavandas na dana kralau
kathu kit konda valau i kam hau che pak*vany a^mi gafeu travan
Yarkand ii 11
gur dop u gur baye donovai nerau
gau kite jay sherau I vudye pyeth hye gasu lau gau gatean laran
Yarkand ii 12
kunya kyet duda nut vari hyet ba^i drau
lokan chu safarun thau 1 takit duda gur janHuk bagvan
Yarkand ii 13
-13] XL THE SONG OF FORSYTH SAHIB 81
Women were collected to help in distributing straw and fire- wood. Some of them were fresh from childbed, and others were heavy with child. “ Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves.”
Horses were demanded from villages that had naught but fowls. Their drivers knew not how to say “tchk”, and could say only “har 1 har 1 ‘,” l as they urged them along. “Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves. “
When they harnessed a horse they turned the crupper towards its head, and hung the bridle by its tail. Grass ropes did they use for strong binding-straps. 2 All the appliances that they had were pack-saddles 3 of straw and saddles made of rags. “ Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves.”
Menial cultivators were impressed in proportion to the size of each village, and on the shoulder of each was laid the burden of some special duty. Like bundles of grass were they crowded together, as they carried cooking pots for the potters. “ Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves.”
Said the potter’s wife to the potter, “ potter, thou art a fool. What need have we to put pots into the kiln ? The business, dear, is a travelling one, and we must leave all uncooked food behind us (and bring with us our food ready cooked).” “ Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves.”
Said the cow-herd to his wife, “ Let us both go forth and arrange a place for the cows. If we carry a wisp of grass upon our heads, the cows will follow at a run.” “ Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves.”
He went forth, milk-pail on haunch, and carrying his load of pots. The people all were exhausted by their march, and to them the kindly milkman seemed as blessed as a garden-watcher of Paradise. “ Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves.”
1 “Tchk “ is the click made to encourage a horse, “har 1 har 1 “ is what is said for the same purpose to a cow. The impressed drivers were unaccustomed to horses, and knew only the bovine expletive.
1 The kaiiMkh is the term used for the two straps or ropes attached at the back of a Kashmiri saddle to secure blankets, etc. (Stein).
3 The gand 1 is the term used for the Turkistan pack-saddle, which consists of two straw-filled pommels joined in front (Stein).
82 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [14-
vatal 1 dup vatiija bunai sera za
chim mangan dale muy ta ka I feorasta ar h^et myeti hai pak*navan
Yarkand 11 14
(vatij vanan pherit) pherit dabza hek vatal ganau
dabzi hek as^au zanau i dapyamak vataj k^e nai chum bozan
Yarkand ii 15
shumar boz hai tatfadaran
mang*laj ahengaran i vodye p^eth yiran h^et shranz dakhe navan
Yarkand ii 16
karau ditti barau yingar kat 1 fearau
van kat 1 jan sherau i hai kya kur hak nal gara navan
Yarkand ii 17
khush kya gosai amob gau jan
pata nyuk nayid chan I batta daje at 1 h7et pata chuk laran
Yarkand u 18
musla hat karan tim?’ asa panevany
kusuy kaM nayiz ta chany i kata vany ka^it hai karau guzran
Yarkand ii 19
Sabir tilavanye tamat yiituy van
yamat khabar bozan I tany e au sahib ba sb { ri saman
Yarkand ii 20
-20] XL THE SONG OF FORSYTH SAHIB 83
The sweeper said to the sweeper’s wife, “ I shall never remember what I have to do. They expect me to provide leather and a cobbler’s laces. They are sending me off, my dear, with a leather-cutter and a cobbler’s awl.” “ Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves.”
And she replied, “ Thou shouldst have answered them, pimp of a sweeper. 1 Thou shouldst have said, ‘ I know not how to use them.’ ‘ “I did, my sweeperess, say that to them, but they heard me not at all.” “ Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves.”
The roll-call was cried for the artisans, and a demand was made for workers in iron. Each came bearing his anvil on his head, and leaning on his tongs as if they were a stick. “ Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves.”
The blacksmiths grumbled and complained, “ Where are we to look for coals ? How can we aright arrange our smithy ? “ But somehow or other the officials made a makeshift for them, and set them a -forging horseshoes. “Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves.”
Very pleased did I become, and mighty good it seemed to me that last of all they impressed the barber and the carpenter (of my village), and that I saw them running after the others each with a kerchief of food in his hand. 2 “ Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves.”
Their wives are holding a conference with each other. Say they, “ Who is, then, now to support the barber’s wife and the carpenter’s wife ? We shall have to earn our livelihood by hiring ourselves out for spinning thread.” “ Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves.”
Sabir Oilman 3 only so much say, so long as they shall pay heed unto the news. At length came the Sahib with all his retinue, saying, “ Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves.”
1 This is really a term of affection, much as we sometimes use abusive words in an affectionate sense, or talk of a “poor devil “ in the language of pity.
2 A thoroughly Kashmiri sentiment, quite in keeping, with the villager’s indifference to the troubles of others. The author was evidently on bad terms with the barber and carpenter of his village (Stein).
3 The name of the poet.
G
84 HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES [1-
XII. AKHUNASANZ DALIL
Tarn 1 siiy as nechiv feor tim* nai priifeun bo bud 1 as tuh 1 vanyu kyah kar ka^u ak 1 dopus bo kare yimamat bey dopus bo para bang bey dopus bo para vaz lokat hi feorim dopus bo kare feur doha ak banyau gau padshahas feuri vot yeli padshaha sund gara rtid vudanye tany neran tora vazir beye padshahasanz kur yi vuchuk at 1 vudanye dop u nak toh 1 kam chu yimau dop has feu kus chuk dop u nak bu chus feur yimau dop u has as 1 ti che feur ka^ik gur 1 za sapud savar ak yi akhun beye yi padshah kur dop u nas vazlran neryu toh 1 nasiyat hasa karai ak kat yina sa padshah koM sa^h kat kuni karak bo hasa yimau pata ta toh 1 neryu.
yim chu pakan padshah koryi che na khabar yi chu na m^e sa^h akhun zada tas cha khabar yi chu vazir gash lug phuleni vat^ gur^au p^etha bun gaye yi padshah kur kul^e akis p^eth ata but chulun vuchun at kul e manz lal yi lal tulun ayi h^et amis akhun zadas nish tas che khabar yi chu vazir vazir kye as na yut gash chu pholan tytit chu yi lal gah travan parza nau am 1 padshah kor^e vazir na lal tuluk sa^h vat 1 shahras akis manz at 1 vuchuk paryehna at 1 manz byeth 1 .
yi chu yivan amis padshahas nish am 1 sheharakis dapan chus bo behe naukar yi chus dapan kya naukri karak dapan chus bo kare guryen hanz kismat yim che yimai kathe karan sakhfea ak au lal pharosh amis padshahas kanani lal chis
-8] 85
XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN.
There was once upon a time an Akhun, 1 who had four sons. One day he said to them. “ I am now grown old, tell me therefore what professions you intend to follow.” Said one, “I’ll be a prayer-leader in a mosque.” Said another, “I’ll call the people to prayer.” Said another, “ I’ll preach sermons.” But the fourth and youngest said, “ I’ll be a thief.” So one day he went or! to the King’s palace to steal something. As he stood outside it there came forth the Vizier and the King’s daughter. When they saw him standing there he asked them who they were. “ And who art thou ? “ said they. “ I’m a thief,” said he. “ So are we,” said they. Now they had brought out with them two horses, and he straightway mounted on one of them, while the princess got on the other. Then the Vizier said to him, “Go ye two in advance, and, sir, pay thou heed to this one piece of instruction — thou shalt not hold any love-talk with the princess. I will join you later on, but go ye two in advance.”
So they went on, the princess thinking all the time that it was the Vizier, not the young Akhun, who was with her. By and by dawn began to blossom forth, and they dismounted by a stream, and to this went the princess and washed her face and hands. Her eye fell on a ruby lying in the stream. She picked it up and took it to the young Akhun, whom all the time she thought to be the Vizier, though it was not him at all. Then, as the dawn blossomed forth, the ruby emitted a brilliant light, and she saw for the first time that it was not the Vizier. So she kept the ruby to herself, and went on with him till they came to a certain city. There they found a small hut in which they made their lodging.
The young Akhun went to the King of that city, and asked him for employment. “ What canst thou do ? “ asked the King. “ I know how to look after horses,” answered he. Now, even while they were yet speaking, there came a certain jeweller to sell precious stones to the King. He had two rubies with him. Then
1 A Musalman religious teacher.
86 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [4-
za yi vot 1 sayist yi chus dapan padshaham ak lal chu beb a ha byek chu khut at manz chu kyum dapan chus padshah ti kyata pa^hy ay fee bozana dapan chus yi phirit padshaham takit chus manz kyum phuta ryun harga kyum dras na ada yi padshahas khush ka*ri ti gafe y em karun har ga kyum dras tela gafeyem bakhshayish diny.
-4] XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN 87
the young Akhun, who now called himself a groom, up and said, “ Your Majesty, one of these rubies is beyond price, but the other hath a flaw in it in the shape of a worm.” The King asked him how he knew this. Said he in answer, “ Sire, of a surety there is a worm inside it. Break it and see. If no worm then come forth from it, do unto me whatsoever your Majesty may please. But if a worm do come forth, I shall deserve a present.”
They broke the ruby into pieces, and sure enough a worm issued forth from it ; and from that time they gave him the title of “ Royal Lapidary “ instead of that of “ Groom “. So the Lapidary returned home, and the days passed. By night he stayed at home, and each day he attended court to examine rubies. The King’s barber came one day to shave him, and there he saw the princess, who passed as the Lapidary’s wife. Now she was very fair to look upon, and the barber went off on his rounds to shave the King’s Vizier. “ Said he, Vizier, that Lapidary hath a wife, and she would verily adorn the mansion of a Vizier. Thou shouldst find him guilty of some failure in his duty.” Quoth the Vizier, “ Willingly, and why not ? “ and went off to the King’s daughter. He told her to tell the King that she wanted another ruby just like the one that the Lapidary had first of all approved as beyond price. So she went to her father and quoth she, “ Fain would I have another ruby beyond price, like unto the first.” When the Lapidary came that day to the presence the King said to him, “ Bring thou me another ruby like unto that one.” The Lapidary returned home, and sat down there in silent consternation. Said the woman to him, “ Why art thou so anxious ? “ Replied he, “ The King demandeth from me a ruby beyond price, and where am I to find it ? “ Said she, “ Go thou and say to the King, ‘ If thou wilt give me a month’s expenses, I will bring thee the ruby.’ “ Well, the King gave him expenses sufficient for a month, and he brought the money home. There he stayed eating his food, not going to
88 HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES [5-
beye kun rit gau ada divan ches yi su lal yus tarn 1 kulye manza tu jan gau h^et padshahas kar&nas salam lal thau nas bonta kani.
drau pherit lal shinak vot panun gara ratha kadun paneni ga^i subhas au nayid mast khasani amis lal shinakas mast muklau nas khasit ta drau nayid panas vot 1 beye amis vaziras nish dopun vaziras kye tea karta amis lal shinakas amis che zanana khob surat sa shuybihe vazirasandi gato vazir au beye amis padshaha sanzi korye dop u nas tea mang padshahas lalan hund trnt dop am 1 padshaha sanzi kod y e pananis ma^is me gateiy asun lalan hund trut lal shinak au padshahas nish karnas salam padshah chus dapan lal hasa gate^nai asan setha tratis sumb au lal shinak vot panun gara yi chas dapan zanana haft 1 paW kya zi chuk bihith yi chus dapan pherith padshah chum mangan az lalan hund trut su ka*ti ana bo dop u nas am 1 zanana k?e chana phikir gate padshahas gafee h y un tren ritan kyut kharj dyut u nas padshahan kharj au panun gara hyet.
yi chu khyevan ta chyavan yuttany yim tre rit gai vu chas dapan yi zanana amis lal shinakas dapan ches ye ta^t 1 mye tami kulye manza lal tu jau tami kulye kulye gatee khasun hyur pahan ta 1 ^ chiy nag ta^t 1 nagas gatee andas kun dob khanun ta ! ty dobas manz bih zi kartith tath nagas pyeth yinai gudeny she zaWe sran kara^m timan kye ka^r 1 zina pata yiyiy timan shen zanyen hunz zith sa vasiy tat nagas sran kara^ni poshak traviy ka^ith
-6] XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN 89
court or anywhere else. When a month had passed the woman gave him the ruby she had picked up out of the stream, and, taking it to the King, he laid it before him with a bow.
The Lapidary then left the court and returned home, where he passed the night. Next morning the barber came to shave him. When he had finished he went off to the Vizier. Said he, “ Prithee, do somewhat unto that Lapidary. His wife is very beautiful. She would verily adorn the mansion of a Vizier.” So the Vizier went again to the King’s daughter and told her to ask the King for a ruby necklace. Quoth she to her father, “ Fain would I have a ruby necklace.” In due course the Lapidary came to the presence and made his bow. Said the King, “ Sir, thou must bring unto me a number of rubies sufficient for a necklace.” He went home, and the woman whispered to him, “ Why art thou sitting here ? “ Replied he, “ To-day the King demandeth from me a ruby necklace. Whence can I bring one 1 “ Quoth she to him, “ Thou needst not be anxious in the least. Go and take three months’ expenses from the King.” The King gave him the money and he returned to his house.
So there he stayed eating and drinking till the three months were passed. Then the woman said to him. “ Thou knowest the stream from whence I picked up that ruby. Go thou up it a little way, and thou wilt come to a spring. Thou must dig a pit close to the source of the spring, and hide thyself therein. At first six females will come to bathe in the spring. Do thou nothing unto them ; but afterwards thou wilt see coming the eldest sister of these six. She also will go down into the spring to bathe.
90 HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES [7-
Wthis pyeth chon gafee gafeun feu^r 1 patth 1 gafee ti poshak tulun.
aye she zanye kur timau sran timan kye vunun na yiman pata ayi satimy zaW trov am 1 poshak ka^rith ba^his pyeth pane vufe nagas manz au yi lal shinak feu^ 1 pa ! thy au ta tulun yi a^mi sund poshak gau ta byuth ath dobas manz am 1 kur sran kafe ba^his pyeth vuchun at 1 na poshak difeun krekh dapan che dyau chuka yinsan chuka tas khudayesund chi khasam yim p^da kuruk mye ma kar siras phash yi fea gafeiy ti dimai ami kurus alau am 1 dob^ manza dop u nas dim vadai Khuda yi bo mangai ti gafeyem bozun at 1 pyeth dyut u nas vadai Khuda dyut u nas poshak poshak feun am 1 na^y dop u nas kyah chum hukum dop u nas am 1 lal shinakan fee gafee hytin mye satthy pakan chu lal shinak broh broh yi che pakan pata pata.
dapan vustad amis chu nav lal mal pato vaV amis lal shinakasund gar.
dapan vustad ya a^mis kathen haran lal ya chis ashis haran lal doho sath sath rath gaye ada subu au lal sath tu*ly lal shinakan gau hyeth padshahas k arenas salam lal sath thau nas bonta ka^i padshah gau setha khush.
lal shinakan hyiitus rukhsat vot panun gara patai votus yi nayid am 1 khosus mast mast khasit drau vot yi nayid vaziras nish amis ti khosun mast dapan chus ha vazir* amis lal shinakas gamuts az paMa byek zanana sa che setha khobsurat tamis gude nyechi handi khota setha khobsurat kyifea karta
t -10] XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN 91
She will doff her clothes and leave them on the bank. Thou must then go secretly and carry off her garments.”
The six females came and did their bathing, but to them said he nothing. Afterwards there came the seventh female. She doffed her clothes, and leaving them on the bank descended into the spring. He came secretly and carried off her garments and hid himself again in the pit. When she had finished her bath she went up again on to the bank, and saw that her garments were no longer there. She uttered a loud cry, saying, “ Be thou demon or be thou human being, I make to thee an oath by the God who created thee. Put not thou my secret parts to shame, and whate’er thou ask will I give to thee.” He then called to her from the pit, “Swear thou to me by God that thou wilt hear and agree to whatsoe’er I shall demand from thee.” When she had sworn by God he gave her her garments, and she put them on. Then quoth she, “ What is thy command ? “ and the Lapidary replied, “ Thou must come with me.” So they went along, the Lapidary in front, and the fairy following behind.
Saith my Master :—
Her name was Lalmal, the Fairy, and they came to the Lapidary’s house.
I know not which it was, but either at every word she spoke a ruby dropped, or else seven rubies fell each day from her mouth. The night came to an end and dawn appeared. The Lapidary picked up seven rubies and carried them off to the King. Making his bow he laid the seven rubies before him, and mighty pleased became the King.
t 92 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [11-
amis lal shinakas akh che la^ki vazir b?ek che m^e layak dop u nas pyom hasa beye vanun padshah kod^i gau yi vazir dapan chu amis padshah kod^i tea mang ma^lis m^e gatee asun rutuna kud gaye padshah kud pananis ma^lis dapan ches m^e gafee asun rutun* kud paga au lal shinak dapan chus padshah ansa rutun* kud.
drau lal shinak vot panun gara dapan chu yiman zananan don padshah chum mangan rutun* kud su kati ana bo pherith vuteus lal mal paM dop u nas gate padshahas mang tren ritan k?ut kharj dyut u nas padshahan au h^eth panun gara doha doha chu kadan tre r^eth gai ada lekhan che lal mal paM kakad dapan che a^mis lal shinakas gate tath nagas p^eth ye^rni manza bo aiiythas tatt 1 manz gatea yi kakad travun tod khasi atho taV manz asi kud tart 1 ka ! rzi thaph pan* manz va^s 1 zina.
gau h^eth yi kakad vot ath nagas p^eth travun yi kakad ath nagas manz h^iithuy yi kakad travun tyutuy khut ada atha a 1 ^ athas manz rutuna kud diteun ath thaph am 1 tha^i sa^hi av a^mis hofe neWth hols h^eth ti kud h^eth ti au panas vot panun gara rat gaye ada subahanas gau padshahas karun salam ka^hen thau nas bont* ka^ni padshah gos setha khush.
h^iitus rukhsat lal shinakan au panun gara au beye yi nayid khasun mast a^mis lal shinakas mast kha^sith drau vot a^mis vaziras nish beye chus dapan yiy vazira a^mis lal shinakas chuk na tea vatan kunikaW a^mis karta kyefea gau yi vazir a^mis
-13] XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN 93
is fit for a Vizier, and the other would suit me.” Replied the Vizier, “ I must, sir, again speak to the King’s daughter.” So he went and said to her, “ Thou shouldst ask of thy father a jewelled bracelet.” So the princess went to her father and quoth she to him, “ Fain would I have a jewelled bracelet.” On the morrow came the Lapidary to the presence, and to him said the King, “ Bring me, sir, a jewelled bracelet.”
The Lapidary went forth and came to his home. Said he to the two women, “ The King demandeth of me a jewelled bracelet. Whence am I to bring it ? “ Then up and said to him Lalmal, the fairy, Go thou and ask the King for three months’ expenses.” The King gave the money to him, and he returned with it to his house. Each day passed day by day, and the three months became completed. Then Lalmal the Fairy took a paper and wrote upon it. Quoth she to the Lapidary, “ Go thou to the spring from which thou hast brought me, and therein cast this paper. Then from the spring a hand will rise, and on it will be a jewelled bracelet. Take hold of it, but descend thou not into the spring.”
So he went off, taking the paper with him. He flung it into the spring, and even as he did so a hand wearing a jewelled bracelet rose from the water. He grasped hold of the hand, but did so with such force that he pulled the forearm off, and went off home with it and with the bracelet. The night came to an end and at dawn he went to the King. Making his bow he laid the bracelet before him, and mighty pleased became the King.
The Lapidary took his leave from the presence and returned home. Again came the barber and shaved him. When he had finished his job he went straight to the Vizier, and again addressed him, “ Vizier, thou dost not in any way get at that Lapidary. Prithee, do thou something to him.” The Vizier went to the King’s
94 HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES [14-
padshah kooM dapan chus tea chak padshah khud tea gafeiye asun akoy kud padshahas gatee mangun byak gaye yi padshah kud dopun pananis ma^is mye gatee asun byak kud au beye lal shinak karun salam dapan chus padshah byak kud gatee asun.
au lal shinak vot panun gara dapan chu yiman zananan don az chum padshah mangan byak rotund kud divan ches lal mal pa^i paneiiy vaj dapan ches gate tath nagas p^eth ta^t 1 nagas ^kith kun chiy pal bud taV hau my en vaj su pal vu^hi thud ta^mi ta 1 ! 1 chai vath taW vati vaz^za bun tati chai m^en vis say diyiy rutuna kur.
drau yi lal shinak voth tath jaye havun tath palas vaj pal vuth thud vuth tatoi vati bun bun vuchin khatuna akh ku^niy zany a^i dop u nas kati osuk aW dop u nas lal mal pa^riye dopuy rutuna kur a^mis khatuni pyau yad ta^misanzuy maj as sa yas rutuna karris sa^h 1 hufe gayau ne’rith tas che akay nur tas chu dod pananis dilas ray kar a^i khatuni yany myehy moj va 1 ^ nyeinis manoshas kheye yi as setha khobsurat a^is gau shok dilas bo kare a^mis saHh* nether vony yeli maje hund par tav? pyau ath jaye gau bunyul a^mis dyiitun shap kur^nas kanye phul thavun chandas vafeus maj uth dop u nas hatai kud^i m^e che yivan mantea buy yi chas na h^evan zima kye aW yeli zor kurnas dop u nas chu manosh tea dim gud* vadai Khuda bo kya karas na kye vadai Khuda dyiit u nas aW kur chanda manza kaiiye phul shap tul u nas manosh yuthuy as t? tiithuy rud
-15] XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN 95
daughter, and quoth he, “ Thou art a King’s daughter, shouldst thou have but one bracelet ? Yet another shouldst thou ask of the King ? “ So she departed. Quoth she to her father, “ Fain would I have yet another bracelet.” Again came the Lapidary to the presence, and to him said the King, “ Thou must bring unto me another bracelet.”
The Lapidary took his leave and came to his own house. Said he to these two women, “ To-day doth the King demand of me another jewelled bracelet.” Then Lalmal the Fairy gave him her own ring. Quoth she, “ Go thou again unto the spring. Close by one side of it thou wilt find a great rock. Show thou my ring unto that rock, and it will arise and stand upright. Thou wilt find a pathway opening at its foot. Descend thou underground by the path and thou wilt find my crony-girl. She will give to thee a jewelled bracelet.”
The Lapidary went forth and reached the spot. He showed the ring to the rock and it arose and stood upright. Down the path he went beneath the ground, and, deep down below, he saw a certain lady sitting all alone. Quoth she to him, “ Whence comest thou ? “ Saith he, “ Lalmal the Fairy asketh of thee a jewelled bracelet.” Then memory came to the lady. It was her mother whose forearm had been pulled off together with the former jewelled bracelet, and who now had but one arm. For that cause cherished the mother wrath within her heart. So the lady thought to herself, “ So soon as my mother cometh she will devour this man.” Now he was a mighty personable fellow, and her heart was filled with anxiety on his account, for she had determined to herself to marry him. Just then her mother’s footsteps became audible, and the place was shaken by an earthquake. Thereupon the lady uttered a spell over him. She turned him into a pebble, and put it into her pocket. Then came to her her mother, “ Aha ! my girl,” cried she, “ I smell the smell of a mortal man.” But the lady refused to admit that he had been there. When at last her mother pressed her sore, she said, “ There is indeed a man. But first swear thou to me by God that naught wilt thou do unto him.” So the mother swore to her by God, and she drew forth the pebble from her pocket, and uttered a spell over it, so that it became a man exactly as he
96 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES [16-
dop u nas yi chu myon ha^hi Khudai bo asan yiihoi tearan yiihoi ludnam ma^’i Khudayen yi ches dapan moj zab?r gau bayen don lad kakad a^mi suy a^th 1 dop u nas ma^iy lekh fetiy lyiikh a^i kakad dyiitun a^mis lal shinakas a^hi a^mi kur^nas alau khatuni dop u nas yi an kakad yury vuch a^mi khatuni ath lyiikhmut a^misanzi m^ji chu voi m^en gab?r yi gafee vat?- vunuy marun a^mis 6s a^i satha panun dod pyamut yad su hafe^uk yi kakad feunnas fea^ith a^mi khatuni panun lyukhnas kakad ath manz lyiikhnas chu vai mye bay tuhund gafee jated yiin m^e kya chu yenyi val.
lyiikhunas kakadas zabany kurnas naVyat dop u nas tut yeli vatak kar hak salam salam pa^ith diz> T ek kakad tim ananai khyen team ru kare ti chyon khyun gafe^na badal dyiit u nas sa^th 1 asl kare dop u nas yi khyezi ta*ti tihund fean^zi bebinda^r 1 tra^vith panun khyezi ta^mi pata dap^nai tim kash na hana kareny tat khyuth dyiit u nas shast?ro panje dop u nas tim chi dyav^zath timan yiye tas^li shastervi panje sa^hi.
drau ati nasiyat yad hyet voth thuth kariin timan salam dyiit u nak yi kakad a^is dyiituk khyen feam^ru kare aWuk tulan chu bus fe^nan bebindsr tra^vith panun chu kadan ti chu khyavan a^ii pata dop u has yimau khash^na h^na kar aW kur yi fet^ri pa^h 1 shast^ro panje chuk a^mi sa^h 1 divan zilla zilla yimau lyiikhas javab at kakadas lyiikhas asi chyena fursath hazra 1 ^ sulaiman chu divan nad hal* bismilla ka^u yenyivol.
-17]
XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN
97
had been before. Quoth she to her mother, “ This is he who is unto me as God. For him, and only for him, have I been seeking. It is he, and he alone, mother, whom God hath sent unto me.” Then said her mother, “ Good. So let it be. Send thou a letter by his hand unto thy two brethren.” Quoth she, “ My mother, let it be thou that writest.” So the mother wrote a letter, and gave it into the hand of the Lapidary. But the lady called him to her, and asked him to give her the paper. She looked at it, and on it by her mother were written these words, “If ye be indeed my sons, on the instant that he cometh to you, must ye kill this man.” The mother had written this because she still bore in her heart the memory of the pain of her lost forearm. But the lady tore the paper into little pieces, and wrote herself another, “ If ye be indeed my brethren, quickly must ye come. And for why ? Because it is my wedding festival.”
She wrote for him the paper, and by word of mouth gave she him this instruction, saying, “ When thou shalt arrive thither, make thou first a bow, and having louted low, give thou to them this paper. They will offer thee dinner made of leathern pease, but these thou must not eat.” As a substitute she gave him real pease to take with him, and said, “ These be what thou must eat. Drop thou their leathern pease into the fold of thy breast-cloth and eat thine own pease in their stead. Thereafter they will ask thee to give them a little scratching.” For that purpose she gave him a set of iron claws, “ For,” said she, “ they are of a demon race, and these iron claws will give them but a pleasant titillation.”
Bearing these instructions in his memory he set forth, and reached their abode. He made his bow to them and gave to them the paper. They offered him a dinner of leathern pease. He raised a gobbet of it to his mouth, but let it fall into the fold of his breast- cloth, while at the same time he took out his own pease and kept eating them. Thereafter they asked him to give them a little scratching. So he secretly donned the iron claws and with them scraped and scratched them. Then wrote they an answer to the letter after this manner. “ We have no time to come unto thee, for we have been summoned by the holy Solomon. Haste ye, in the name of God, and make ye the wedding festival.”
98 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES [18-
vat ath hau nak yi kakad kakad paduk karuk a^is sa^th 1 yenyivol vu che yi khatun dapan a^is khav^ndas pananis yet 1 roz ka kina du^has manz gafeak bu chas tea ta^bya aW dop u nas duny^as manz gateau dop u nas a^mi khatuni vuiiy yeli nerau myen moj da^y khye tea mangum chony gateas mangun vatfranuk musla beye khye maWg^zas na vuiiy yeli yim sakhr^ai dopuk a^mi maje mangun khye tea dop u nas dim vatoanuk musHa tath chu nau vute^prang drau a*ti va^i panun gara gara va^ith karun taiyar rothuna kur gau h^eth padshahas yi lal shinak.
naydan boz lal shinak vot gafean chus nayid gar mast kas^ni ati vuchan chu triyim khatuna drau ati nayid puth phe^ith vot vaziras nish dapan chu a^mis vaziras ha vazira a^is lal shinakas che az triyim khatuna yiman don handi khuta khob-surath sa che layiki padshah akh che layiki vazir b y ek che m^e layak a^mis lal shinakas kar the khye tea dapan chus vazir az vane bo padshahas suy padshah ka^ri a^mis khye tea vary dath su m^ri zanana tre nyemau a^s dop vazir an padshahas padshaham a^mis lal shinakas che zanana tre tifea chena padshahi manz padshaham ta^mis lal shinakas rath ta khye tea nukhta su gute galun tim* zanana tre kar u huk dakWi mahala khan padshahan kar fik^ra dopun manga has khyefea chiz ti chu anan saruy vuny dapas bo m^enis ma^isunz khabar galse anehy su cha jan? tas kina dozakas.
-19] XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN 99
He returned to the lady and her mother, and showed them the reply. They read it and carried out the wedding between him and her. Then said the lady to him who was now her husband, “ Here wilt thou stay, or wilt thou return unto the world of men ? Behold I am thy humble slave.” So he said that he would return to the world of men, and quoth the lady to him, “ Now, when we shall set forth, my mother will tell thee to ask of her a gift. And thou must ask for but one thing, a certain skin mat. Ask thou for it alone, and for naught else.” So, as they were preparing for their journey her mother said to him, “ Ask thou of me some gift,” and he said to her “ Give me the skin mat that is called the wutsha prang, or ‘ flying-couch ‘.” Well, they went forth from there and reached his home. As soon as they arrived she made ready for him a jewelled bracelet, and the Lapidary took it to the King.
The barber heard that the Lapidary had come home, and goes to his house to shave him. There sees he the third lady, and straight returns he to the Vizier. Said he to him, “ Vizier, to-day that Lapidary hath a third lady, more fair to look upon than the other two. She is fit for the King. Another is fit for a Vizier, and yet another would suit me. Prithee, do thou somewhat to this Lapidary.” Quoth the Vizier to him, “ To-day will I tell the King, and His Majesty himself will lay some trap for him. Then he will die, and the three women will be ours.” So the Vizier said to the King, “ Your Majesty, that Lapidary hath women three, and women like unto them are not in the whole kingdom. Sire, prithee, seize thou upon some fault of this Lapidary, and destroy him. Then will the three women become inmates of thy harem.” The King considered a while and said, “ No matter what thou mayst ask of him, that all and sundry doth he bring. Now will I say unto him, “ Thou must bring me news of my father, whether he be in heaven or whether he be in hell.”
100 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES [20-
dapan vustad au lal shinak padshahas karun salam padshah chus dapan az tany yi m^e vunmai ti bozuth fere az gatee m^nis ma^isunz khabar aneny su cha janatas manz kina dozakas drau lal shinak vot panun gara dapan chu ati yiman zananan tren az chum dapan padshah me^nis m^l 1 sunz khabfr aneny bo kya kare ath su che khabar ka^a va^i gamuty tas momHis yi vuteas khatun yi hoi yi yasa rothuna ka 1 ^ as karan sa as paM ba Khuda a^i dop u nas kh^e cha na fikr gals has kharfj beye dapus padshahas chony gatee ziin somb^run maManas manz ziin gatee somb?run be shumar.
somb^rau padshahan ziin beshumar a^t 1 pyeth khut yi lal shinak yi musl^han vata^ith a 1 ! 1 pyeth byoth pane a^mis dopun padshahas tea kya gateiy anun ma^sund nishana yi vothus padshah dop u nas akh gateiy anun jan* tukh myeva beye gateiy anun mye^nis ma^sandi daskata khath dopun yiman diyu yath zinis nar so pato.
dapan vustad yimau yeli ath zinis nar dyuth yivan chu na kuni boz^na yi lal shinak lal shinakan dyuth ath musslas kasm dop u nas mye gatee vatun panun gar kah lagimna deshun dapan tuv*y a^ 1 lal shinakan ach mute?rin ta vot u muth gara panun a^mi kha tuni kar kama habjoshi karun myeva janf tukh dan taiyar beye likhun khath ath karun a^mis padshah^sandis ma^sund daskath beye mohur a^t 1 manz likhun padshahas chony gafea mye nish vatun vazir hyeth beye nayid hyeth tithai paW yitha
-22] XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN 101
The Lapidary came to the King and made his bow. Quoth the King to him, “ Hitherto hast thou hearkened unto whatsoever command I gave to thee. To-day must thou bring unto me news of my father, whether he be in heaven or whether he be in hell.” The Lapidary departed and came to his own house. Quoth he to these three women, “ To-day the King telleth me to bring news of his father. What am I to do ? How know I even how many years have passed since he hath died ? “ Then up and spake the lady who had made the jewelled bracelet (now she was a fairy who was obedient unto God), “ Let nothing prey upon thy mind. Go thou, and ask of him expenses. Then say thou to the King, ‘ Thou must gather together for me firewood. In the plain let there be gathered together bundles of fuel beyond count.’ “
The King assembled and piled firewood beyond count, and the Lapidary ascended thereon. He spread upon it the skin mat, and thereon he took his seat. Quoth he to the King, “ What token from thy father shall I bring ? “ and up and said the King, “ First must thou bring unto me a fruit from the garden of paradise, and secondly must thou bring unto me a letter signed by my father. “ Said the Lapidary to the people standing round, “ Set ye the fire- wood alight on all four sides.”
And moreover saith my Master : —
When they had set the pyre alight, the Lapidary could no longer be seen for fire and smoke. He uttered a charm to the skin mat, saying, “ I would arrive at mine own house, but have a care that no one see it.” He closed his eyes, and when he opened them he found himself at home. Then that lady did a deed. Of the seven metals l she prepared a fruit, a pomegranate of the Garden of Heaven, and moreover she wrote a letter to which she put the signature of the King’s father, and sealed it with his seal. And this was what she wrote to the King : “ Thou must come unto me
1 The haft-josh is an amalgam of iron, antimony, lead, gold, tin, copper,
and silver.
102 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES [23-
pa^thy lal shinak m7e nish vot kakad karun havala a^mis lal shinakas beye dyuth u nas athas khyath yi dan.
atany gai feor do yi nar gamut feeta path rodfmut sur yi lal shinak drau longu^h 1 ka^ith sula voth ath suras manz divan chu duleny nazfr bazau ka^r 1 nazr khabardarau niye khab^r dop u has padshaham a^mi sura manza gatean che sus? rarai yi ma a^s 1 lal shinak amut yim che yimai katha karan nazar chak okun au voda lal shinak athas khyath hyeth dan beyes athas khyath hyeth khath kafrin padshahas salam dan thaunas bont ka^ii khath thaunas bont* kani yi khath muferun padun ath lyiikhmut bo kya chus jan* tas manz chony gafea vatun yury vazir hyeth beye nayid hyeth jal^d.
padshah chu karan fikra mye dapyau yi lal shinak gali yi au ma^isanz mye khabar hyeth dapan padshah a^mis lal shinakas bu khyatha pa^thy vate tat janHas manz dop u nas lal shinakan yuth zyiin mye kyuth somb^ravuth tith* tre gafeun somb^rava 1 ^ jabd vatak jan* tas manz somb* rau padshahan zyiin beshumar a 1 ^ pyeth karanavun vatfrun aH 1 pyeth khuth pane beye vazir beye nayid dyUthuk zinas nar teo paV.
dapan vustad dud yi padshah beye vazir beye nayid trim vai ga^l 1 vot ath lal shinakas nish su vazir yus vazir padshah kur hyeth as fealan ta sam* kukh akhun khuth suy vot a^mis lal shinakasund gara pane va^n* ka^ikh kathe batha vonus aW lal
-25] XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN 103
with thy Vizier and with thy barber, just in the same manner as the Lapidary hath come unto me.” This paper she made over to the Lapidary, and in his hand she laid the pomegranate.
By this time four days had passed and the fire became extinct, leaving naught but ashes. The Lapidary went forth wearing only his loin-cloth, and rolled himself in these ashes. The discerners then discerned, and the newsmen brought the news. Cried they, “ Your Majesty, there cometh a sound as of rustling from the ashes. Can it be that the Lapidary is returned ? “ And while they were yet speaking these words and gazing towards the pyre, there came forth from it the Lapidary, in the one hand holding a pome- granate, and in the other the letter. Having made his bow to the King, he laid the pomegranate and the letter before him. The King opened the letter and read it, and this was its contents, “I, of a truth, am in heaven. Thou must come hither speedily, with thy Vizier and with thy barber.”
The King considered awhile, “ I said unto myself that this Lapidary would come to destruction, and, lo, he hath come to me with news from my father.” Quoth he to the Lapidary, “ How can I convey myself to that abode of bliss ? “ Replied the Lapidary, “ Thou must gather together three times so much firewood as thou didst gather for me, and then speedily wilt thou arrive in heaven.” The King gathered together fuel beyond count. Upon it he made them spread a mat, and upon it he ascended and sat, himself with the Vizier and the barber. They set the pyre alight on all four sides.
And my Master saith : —
Burnt up was the King, burnt up was the Vizier, and burnt up was the barber. The three became utterly destroyed. And from his home came to the Lapidary’s house that first Vizier, the one who had been eloping with the princess when he met the young Akhun. Together held they mutual converse, and the Lapidary told him of his journey, and of all the villainy that the Vizier and the barber
104 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES [26-
shinakan yi panun safar yus aW nayidan ta vaziran a^mis as pesh on muth dop u nas paneiiy khatun ninsa panas yesa yi lal mal pa^r 1 as tas dyiithun rukhsath yesa yi pata any en zenith sa thavun panas,
-26] XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN 105
had done unto him. Said he to him, “Take, sir, thine own lady to thyself.” But as for Lalmal the Fairy, he gave her leave to return to her home, while she whom last of all he had won for himself, her he kept with him as his wife.
The Vizier ascended the vacant throne and ruled right royally, and the Lapidary was appointed by him to the Viziership. And may the peace be upon you, and on you be peace.
THE TEXT OF TPIE TALES
AS TRANSCRIBED BY PANDIT GOVINDA KAULA
With interlinear translation into English
I
The-king-of -kings Sultan-of-Mahmud-of-Gbaznl
6s u karan pana mulkan pbravi.
was making himself (of-his-)lands protection.
Faqir having-taking-the- he-was wandering from-shop- appearance-of to-shop
” myani-ah a day asi ma klh n6tuwan. ,r
” (In-)my-time may- I-wonder- anyone feeble.” there-be if
(In-)place-a-certain they-were making prayer-of-welfare
ad^a-tam^sandi-sbty asakh ceshma ser.
justice-his-by were-of-them the-eyes satisfied.
(In-)place-a-certain was-seen-by- a-certain- one wretched
him fisherman
muhima-sbtin 6s u gamot u suy zalil.
poverty-by was gone he-verily brought-low.
Poverty-by (he-)was emitting sighs and groans,
muhima-sbtin tas na rud u mot u klh-ti hosh.
poverty-by to-him not remained any-even sense.
108 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [6-
Whence a-certain-net (he-)was casting skill with
tora zalas 6sus-na keh khasan.
thence to-the-net was-for-him-not anything rising.
It-was-said- by-the- “ make me with sharing
to-him king,
“lay zalah, yad-i-Alah dilas rath.”
“cast a-single-net, memory-of-God to-the-heart seize.”
Was-cast- a-single- thence arose for-him fish-a-
by-him net hundred
patashehas bonth-kun av suy heth.
the-king before came he-verily having-
taken(-them).
For-the-fish- in-exchange was-given-by- coin-wealth hundred him-to-him
lal nigin mal moktay wfitha-bar.
rubies jewels - property pearls-verily camel-loads.
Night having-passed by-the-king was-given- a-summons
to-him
“fe a y chukh myon u sherikh namurad. 1
” thou- verily art my sharer without-hope.
Poverty expeller (is-)the-skill-of-Providence,
u taph shehul u sarda garam now u bahar.
” sunshine cold coolness warmth new spring.
1 Namurad is the word given by Hatim. A version of the poem current in Srinagar has bd-murdd, with hope. In Kashmiri, nd-murad means “ without hope or expectation “.
-18] I. MAHMUD OF GHAZNl AND THE FISHERMAN 109
” i kafca-hekmuts* muhim tagiy kasunuy.’ H
by-how-much-skill poverty will-be-possible- to -be -expelled -
for- thee verily.’ “
This-verily-in is-verily a-certain-teacher saying prayer,
“jumala alam banda Ahmad wumedwar.”
” (on-Him-from- world the-slave Ahmad (is-) hopeful.” whom-is-)the-entire
1 The meaning of the line is unknown. Hatim gives it as what he has learnt by tradition. As regard zasanuy, informants in Srlnagar tell me that it is not a Kashmiri word. Hatim says that it is an “ old “ word which is unintelligible to him. The Srlnagar version is : —
“Wanay, *yiy zan, banda, monzur tee asunuy,’
” I-would-say- ‘ this know, slave, accepted by- it-is-to-be,’
to-thee thee
which is intelligible.
110 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES [l-
II.— TOTA-SUNZ* KATH
PARROT-OF THE-STORY
, Dapan wustad, —
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
Shehar akh gav, Shehar-e-Yiran. Tat 1
Country one went (i.e. is), the-country-of-Iran. There
6s u patashehah; tamis ti y chuh » nav
there-was a-certain-king ; to-him-verily is the-name
Bah a dur Khan. Tarn 1 6s u kor u mot u bag
Bahadur Khan. By-him was made a-garden
zananan-kyut u . Tath bs ti -na wath gbrzanas.
women-for. For-it was-not a-path for-a-stranger.
Tath bagas-manz gav pbda phakirah.
That garden-in went (i.e. became) manifest a-certain-faqir.
Nazar-bazav kiir ti nazar. Khabar-darav
By -the- watchers was-made sight. By-the-informers
niye khabar amis-patashehas. Dopukh,
was-brought information to-that-king. It-was-said-by-them,
** phakirah feav bagas-manz.’ ‘ Buzun
” a-certain-faqlr entered the-garden-in.” Was-heard-by-him
patashehan, hyotun sbty wazir.
by-the-king, was-taken-by-him in-company the-vizier.
Gay tath-bagas-manz, wuchun ati phakir.
They-went that-garden-in, was-seen-by-him there the-faqlr.
Lache-now u chuy har-wati binah*
He-who-has-a-hundred is-verily on-every-path seeing,
thousand-names (i.e. God)
Boz, wophadbri ankah.
Hear, loyalty (is) a-rara-avis.
-3] II. THE TALE OF A P ABBOT 111
11 Ha Phakiro, yor kor feakho ?
” Ho Faqlr-O, here where didst-thou-enter-0 ?
“Katiko chukh? Kati-petha akho?”
” Of-where art-thou? Where-from didst-thou-come-0 ? “
Phakir dapan, —
The-faqir (is) saying, —
” Kor u me sblah. Tuhond u khev me kyall? ,,
“Was- by- a-stroll. Your was- by- what?”
made me eaten me
Boz, wophadbri ankah.
Hear, loyalty (is) a-rara-avis.
To-the-king front- towards (was) a-flower-shrub.
Ath^tal mumot u bulbulah. Yeli
It-verily-below (was) dead a-certain-nightingale. When
yimau amis-phakiras khashem kor u , teli pev
by-them to-that-faqir wrath was-made, then fell
phakir pathar wasith, mumot u bulbul
the-faqir downwards having-tumbled, the-dead nightingale
gav thod u wothith. Patashehas howun
became erect having-arisen. To-the-king was-shown-by-him
yih vi^d. Gav nirith; phirith
this magic-power. He-went having-emerged ; having-returned
biye av, bulbul mud u biye, phakir
again he-came, the-nightingale died again, the-faqir
gav biye zinda. Hyotun nerun, yim
became again alive. It-was-begun-by-him to-go-forth, they
112
HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES
[4-
chis karan
zara-para.
Dapan
are-to-him making
entreaties.
Saying
chis, —
they-are-to-him, —
“Ha phakira, khizmath karay,
” Ho Faqlr-O, service will-I-do-to-thee,
“Doda-harak 1
” Milk-cream-of
khbs 1 ho baray.
cups will-I-fill-for-thee.
“Khasa polav macama khekh-na?”
” Special pilaos (and) macdmas wilt- thou -not-eat ?
Boz, wophadbri ankah.
Hear, loyalty (is) a-rara-avis.
What magic-power to-the-faqir
bowun amis-patashehas.
was-confided-by-him to-that-king.
bow u
it-was-confided.
waziras.
to-the-vizier.
Kor u tarbyeth
Was-made instruction
Suti
He-also
mah a ram
intimately- acquainted
patashehan
by-the-king
korun
was-made- by-him
0S U ,
was,
suy
that-verily
Am^patashehan
By-that-king
Gay solas shikaras
They-went for-excursion for-hunting
Boz, wophadbri ankah.
Hear, loyalty (is) a-rara-avis.
waziras,
to-the-vizier,
ath-slras.
for-this-secret.
yeg-jah.
together.
-5] II. THE TALE OF A P ABBOT 113
Tota mumot u wuchukh dar biyaban,
A-parrot dead was-seen-by-them in the-forest,
“Ha waziro, asihe shuban.
” Ho Vizier-O, it-\vould-have-been beautiful.
“Zuv amis-manz thavtan sathah.”
“(Thy-) soul this-one-in place-please-it for-a-certain-time.”
Boz, wophadbri ankah.
Hear, loyalty (is) a-rara-avis.
Dop u waziran,
It-was-said by-the-vizier,
” Patasheham, yii1s ti -k6l u mumot u ,
“King-my, for-a-long-time (it-is-) dead,
w Phakh chus yiwan, khabar
” Stink is-from-it coming, news (i.e. who knows ?)
kar chuh gamot u .
when it-is gone (dead).
” Chusna thaharan ; wanta-sa kara kyah.’’
” I-am-not waiting (i.e. able to say-please-sir I-shall-do what.” stay here) ;
Boz, wophadbri ankah.
Hear, loyalty (is) a-rara-avis.
ami-bapath. 4< B6h wuchahan tota kyuth u
this-for. “ I would-see-it the-parrot how
asihe shuban.” Am 1 buz u nas-na
it-would-be beautiful.” By-this-one was-heard-by-him-for-
him-not
waziran keh.
by-the-vizier anything.
114 HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES [6-
Dapan wustad, —
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
Amis 6s u dilas-manz dagay. Wun feav
To-him was the-heart-in disloyalty. Now entered
patasheh amis-totas-manz, panun u mod u fehunun-
the-king this-parrot-in, his-own body was-dashed-
trbvith. Tota woth u thod u , chuh
down-by-him. The-parrot arose erect, it-is
pheran. Waziran kiir u kbm a , feav
moving-round. By-the-vizier was-done a-deed, he-entered
ath-patasheha-sandis-madis-manz. Yiy 6s u amis
that-king-of-body-in. This-verily was to-him
dar dil.
in heart.
Pev petarun patashehas panas,
(That-load- which) fell to-carry-out to-the-king himself,
B6r u lodun waziras nadanas.
(That-) load was-laid-by-him to-the-vizier the-fool.
A _
Osus dagay zagan dadkhah.
There-was-to-him disloyalty watching a-petitioner.
Boz, wophadbri, ankah.
Hear, loyalty (is) a-rara-avis.
The-parrot is (in) the-air-of-heaven, the-vizier
chuh patasheha-sandis-maris-manz. Woth u thod u .
is the-king-of-body-in. He-»arose erect,
khoth u guris lashkari-manz gav.
mounted to-the-horse the-army-in went.
-7] //. THE TALE OF A PARROT 115
Dop u nakh, “mud u wazir, guri-petha
It-was-said-by-him-to-them, M died the vizier, horse-from
wasith-pev.”
having-tumbled-he-fell.”
Khabardarav niye say
khabarah.
By-the-informers was-brought that-very
one-piece-of-news.
Boz, wophadbri ankah.
Hear, loyalty (is) a-rara-avis.
By-that-vizier when was-done the-deed, he-entered
patasheha-sandis-maris-manz, tuj ti n athas-keth
the-king-of-body-in, was-raised-by-him the-hand-in
shemsher, ath-pananis-maris korun reza.
a-sword, to-that-his-own-body was-made-by-him piece(s).
Ath-lashkari dopun, “niriv tirandaz biye
To-that-army it-was-said-by-him, “ go-forth archers also
bandukbaz. Yus mariwa tota, tamis
gunners. Who will-kill-of-you a-parrot, to-him
baniv bakh a cbyish.” AnV-totan yeli
there-will-become a-present.” By-that-parrot when
buz u , ta feol u . Gav tas phakiras-
it-was-heard, then he-fled. He-went that faklr-
nishe, yus tath-bagas-manz 6s u tami-doha.
near, who that-garden- in was (on-) that-day.
Hukum dyutun ti y tirandazan,
Order was-given-by-him-verily to-the-archers,
” Kan thav^av myanen-nazan.”
” Ear place-ye-please to-my-blandishments.”
116
HATIMS SONGS AND STORIES
[8-
Tota
The-parrot
Hear,
maranas
for-killing
dyut u nakh
was-given-by- him-to-them
Boz wophadon ankah.
loyalty
(is) a-rara-avis.
photuwah.
a-certain-decision.
Who real was king,
totas-manz phakiras-nishin. Suh
the-parrot-in the-fakir-near. That
Doha-aki drav
On-day-one issued
shikaras.
for-hunting.
mor u -na.
was-killed-not
solas
for-excursion
suh chuh
he is
tota kaisi
parrot by-any-one
yih
this
patasheh
king
Wot u jaye-akis. Ati
He-arrived at-place-one. There
wuch% mine-mur*. Amis ti y kur%h
was-seen-by-him a-hind. To-this-one-verily was-made-by-them
lar, Un^kh lashkari-manz. Dop u nakh
pursuit, She-was-brought-by-them the-army-in. It-was-said-by-
him-to-them
yih fealiv,
she may-escape,
am^-patashehan,
by-this-king,
tas dimav
to-him I-will-give
” yes-kan 1
” whom-from-near
gardan.”
the-neck.”
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
Ami-mihe-mari tuj ti woth, patasheha-sandi-
By-this-hind was-raised a-leap, the-king-of-
kala-peth 1 fehuh ti n woth, feirp. Lbris
head-over was-thrown-by-her a-leap, she-fled. They-ran-for-her
-10] II. THE TALE OF A PARROT 117
pata. Yus suh tota 6s u , yiih 6s u phakiras-
after. Who that parrot was, he was the-fakir-
nishe, Phakir 6s u sohib-e-agah. Dopun
near. The-fakir was a-master-intelligent. It-was-said-by-
him
amis-totas, yes-manz yih patasheh 6s u ,
to-this-parrot, whom-in this king was,
dop u nas, “ gafeh, sa, ner. Az labakh
it-was-said-by- “ go, sir, go-forth. To-day wilt-thou-take him-to-him,
panun u mod u . ,, Yim chih amis-mine-mare-pata
thine-own body.” Who are this-hind-after
laran, nakha rozan chekhna.
running, near remaining she-is-to-them-not.
10, Dapan wustad, —
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
Ati 6s u mumot u haputh. Patashah feav
Here was a-dead bear. p The-king entered
amis-hapatas-manz. Laryav. Yus yih
that-bear-in. He-ran. Which this
patashaha-sond u mor u 6s u yih trowun
king-of body was this was-abandoned
by-him
atiy.
there-verily.
Shod u buzun totan. Laryav.
News was-heard-by-him by-the-parrot. He-ran.
Kuli-dadari-manz-hau praryav.
Tree-hole-in he-waited.
118
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
[11-
Mor u
The-body
Boz,
Hear,
lobun.
was-taken-by-him.
Karros
Make-please- ye-for-him
wophadbri ankah.
loyalty (is) a-rara-avis.
marhabah.
a-wish-of-good- luck.
The-parrot fell there-verily down. He entered
patashah pananis maris-manz. Yus yuh wazir
the-king. his-own body-in. Who this vizier
hapatas-manz. Patashah as a l
the-bear-in. The-king real
suh khot u guris-peth. Dopun
mounted horse-upon. It-was-said-by-him
6s u ,
suh
chuh
was,
he
is
yus
6s u ,
suh
who
was,
he
yiman lokan,
to-these people,
1 moryun
kill-ye-him
bandukh,
a-gun,
phut°r u has
was-broken-by-them- for-him
ratith patashahas-nish,
having-seized the-king-near.
haputh.”
the-bear.”
zang.
the-leg.
Dop u nas
It-was-said-by him-to-him
L6y u has
Fired-by-them- at-him
Onukh
He-was-brought- by-them
patashahan,
by-the-king,
” fee kurHhain
. by-thee was-done-by- thee-to-me
kyah karahb ?
what should-I-do ?
chus
is-to-him
wazir.’
vizier.’
dagay.
disloyalty.
Lokh
People
Tse
By-thee
Boh marahath-na,
I should-kill-thee- not,
dapanam,
will-say-to-me,
chuy
is-by-thee
’ haputh
1 a-bear
panun u
thine-own
-12]
II. THE TALE OF A PARROT
119
mor u
body
gol u mot u .
destroyed.
Wumah
Now-not
thawath. T_s a h
I-may-keep-tbee. Thou
haputh
a-bear
wazir.
vizier.
Boh,
I,
has a, marath.”
sir, will-kill-thee.”
12.
Dapan wustad,—
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
Onukh
There-was-brought-
zyun u .
firewood.
Zolukh haputh.
He-was-burnt- the-bear.
by-them
by-them
Hath waisi gav, kam
A-hundred (years) in-age, went, less
Av Bah a dur-Khanas
Came to-Bahadur-Khan
Kar, Wahab-Khara, “Alah, Alah.”
Make, Wahb-the-blacksmith-O, “ Allah, Allah.”
ya jyaday,
or more,
pyaday.
the-messenger (of Death).
Boz, wophadbri ankah.
Hear, loyalty (is) a-rara-avis.
120
HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES
[1-
III— SODAGABA-SUNZ* KATH
MEECHANT-OF STORY
A-merchant
gav
went
sodahas.
for- trade.
Gari
At-home
z an an a.
the-wife.
Say
She-verily
gaye
went (i.e. was)
mushtakh
enamoured
os u s
was-to-him
phakiras-
for-mendicant-
akis warayahas-kalas. Doha-aki
one
gara
house
gaye
went
for-a-long-time
av
came
panun u
his-own
khabar
news
On-day-one mal heth.
goods having-brought.
“sodagar wot u .”
” the-merchant arrived.”
drav
issued-forth
solas
for-an-excursion
rath-kyut u ,
night-by,
sodagar
the-merchant
Patashehas
To-the-king
Patashah
The-king
wot u
he-arrived
sodagara-sond u . Chuh
(at) the-merchant’s (house). He-is
atiy
there-verily
wodaiie,
standing,
pahar chuh gamot u rbfe ii -hond u , yih sodagar-
a-watch is gone the-night-of, this merchant’s-
bay wofeh ti , wddi-peth hefe ti n bata-trom”.
wife arose, crown-of-head-on was-taken- a-cooked-rice-
by-her copper-dish.
Patashah chuh wuchan feuri-pbthin.
The-king is watching theft-like (i.e. secretly).
draye bruh-bruh, patashah
went-forth in-front-in-front, the-king
chuh pakan pata-pata. Wot 1 mbdanas-
is walking after-after. They-arrived a-plain-
Sodagar-bay
The-merchant’s-wife
-1]
III. THE TALE OF A MERCHANT
121
akis-manz.
one-in.
zblith.
having-kindled.
thow u nas
was-placed-by-her- for-him
Ati
There
OS 1
was
phakir
the-mendicant
Kiir ti s
Was-made- to-him
ami
by-her
salam, a-bow,
bontha-kani, dop u nas,
front-in, it-was-said-by-her-
to-him,
nara-han fire-a-small
bat a
cooked-rice
” kheh.”
eat.
Am 1 tul u fehota, loyun amis-sodagar-baye,
By-him was-raised a-stick, it-was- to-that-to-the-merchant’s-
struck-by-him wife,
dop u nas u feir 1
it-was-said-by- “ late him-to-her
kyazi ayekh?” Dop u nas
why didst-thou-come ? “ It-was-said-
by-her-to-him
ami
by-her
phirith,
in-answer,
az
to-day
khawand,
husband,
tamiy
by-that-verily
osum
was-to-me
gom
went-for-me
wiin
now
bata.”
the-cooked-rice.
Dop u nas
It-was-said-by- him-to-her
amot u panun u
come my-own
feer, khetam
delay, eat-for-me
am^phakiran,
by-this-mendicant,
” boh khemay-na. Godan dim anith
u I will-eat-for-thee-not. First give-to-me having-brought
amis-sodagara-sond u kala. Ada
this-merchant-of head. Then
bata.” Patashah
cooked-rice.” The-king
yimav-doyav katha
by-these-two words were-made,
patashehan soruy.
by-the-king all.
khemay
I-will-eat-for-thee
wuchan, yih-kenfehah
whatever
os u
was watching,
kare, tih
that
buz u
was-heard
122 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES [2-
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
Draye sodagar-bay, wofe* panun u
Went-forth the-merchant’s-wife, she-arrived her-own
gara, khiife ti hyor u . Patashah chuh bona-
house, she-mounted above. The-king is below-
kani. Ami feot u amis-sodagaras kala,
in. By-her was-cut for-that-merchant the-head,
wiifeh 11 heth rumali-keth. Cheh
she-descended having-taken (it) a-kerchief-in. She-is
pakan bruh-bruh, patashah chuh pata-
walking in-front-in-front, the-king is after-
pata. Wofe u amis-phaklras-nish. Tulun
after. She-arrived that-mendicant-near. Was-raised-by-him
fehota, loyun amis-sodagar-baye. Dop u nas,
the-stick, it-was-struck- to-that-the-merchant’s It-was-said- by-him wife. by-him-to-her,
“fe a h sapiiz%h-na amis-pananis-khawanda-
” thou becamest-not (the wife) this-thine - own-husband-
siinz 11 , wun sapadakha mybn ii ? ,,
of, now will-thou-become mine ? “
The-king went-forth, arrived his-own house.
Trowun aram. Gash phol u , wofeh ti
Was-released- repose (i.e. he Dawn burst-forth, there-
by-him took repose). arose
krekh. Dapan chih, “ sodagar wafeav
an-outcry. Saying they-are, “ the-merchant arrived
“4]
123
panun u
his-own
gara,
house,
suy
he-verily
mor u
was-killed
feurav.”
by-thieves.*’
dapan cheh saying
Wofe ti otuy sodagar-bay,
Arrived there-verily the-merchant’s-wife, saying she-is
patashehas, “khawand ay am, suy
to-the-king, “ the-husband came-to-me, he-verily
mor u ham feurav.” Patashahas cheh khabar,
was-killed-by- by-thieves.” To-the-king is information, them-for-me
«yih
” this
chih
they-are
kaisi
to-anyone
sodagar
merchant
pay,
a-clue,
chuna
is-not
kam*
by-whom
sodagar
the-merchant
khasan
rising
mor u V ‘
was-killed ? “
kam 1
by-whom
zima.
responsibility.
Tsharan
Seeking
mor u ,
was-killed,
(Is) saying the-teacher,-
Kodukh yih
Was-brought-forth- this
by-them
Otuy drav
There-verily went-forth
wuchan. Aye am^sunz 11
seeing. She-came him-of
gath. Dapan cheh,
the-suttee-procedure. Saying she-is,
hefe ti n
was-begun-by-her
Fatashah gos,
The-king went-to-her
karan
doing
zala
will-burn
woth-fehuniin 11
a-leap-to-be-taken
pan/ 7
(my) body.”
sodagar,
merchant,
patashah biye
• the-king and-also
kolay,
the-wife,
Aye,
She-came,
zolukh.
he-was-burnt- by-them.
sbriy chuh
all is
cheh
is
“bdti
’ I-also
yih
she
naras-manz.
the-fire-in.
124
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
[4-
kiir ti nas
was-made-by- him-to-her
thaph. Dapan
hand-grasping. Saying
“yiy,
1 this-if,
kyah?”
what ? “
ta
then
tih
that
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by- her-to-him,
kyah?
what?
“me
” for-me
chus
is-to-her
Tiy,
That-if,
patashah,
the-king,
ta
then
yih
this
trav
let-go
Boh zala pan.”
I will-burn (my) body.”
Dop u nas,
It-was-said- by-her-to-him,
yela.
from-restraint.
14 nagas-akis- “ spring-one-
peth
on
chey
is-verily
mybn 1
my
doda-bene. Say waniy
milk-sister. She-verily will-tell-
to-thee
amyuk u
of-this
zol u
was-burnt
gaye
she-went
mane.”
the-meaning.”
Trbv ti n
She-was-let-go- by-him
yela,
from-restraint,
ami pan pananis-khawandas-sbty,
by-her (her) body her-own-husband-with,
khalas. Pagah drav patashah,
(to) freedom Tomorrow went-forth the-king,
(from existence).
wot u ath-nagas-peth.
he-arrived that-spring-upon.
zananah, amis ti y zanani
a-certain- woman, to-that-very woman
patashah, “tiy, ta yih
the-king, “ that-if, then this
ta tih kyah?” Dop u nas
then that what ? “ Was-said-by-
her-to-him
Wuch%
Was-seen-by-him
chuy
is-verily
kyah?
what?
ami
by-that
ati
there
dapan
saying
yiy>
this-if,
zanani,
woman,
-5]
III. THE TALE OF A MERCHANT
12*
11 bthi-ddh 1 dapay boh amyuk u jewa^”
'’after-eight-days I-will-tell- I of-this the-answer.”
to-thee
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
6th doh gay,
Eight days went,
pev yad.
fell memory.
peth. Wuch%
upon. Was-seen-by-him
Ladyav
Ran
path-kun
afterwards
patashah
the-king
soh
that
M wanum
” tell-to-me
” gafeh,
go,
fehawul
a-goat
tami-kathi-hond u
that-word-of
an
bring
ta
and
nagas-manz,
spring-in,
fehawul
a-goat
not u .
a-jar.
not u
the-jar
biye
and-also
zanana,
woman,
mane.”
meaning.”
not u .”
a-jar.”
patashehas
to-the-king
tath-nagas-
that-spring-
dop u nas,
was-said-by- him-to-her,
Dop u nas,
Was-said-by- her-to-him,
Onun
Was-brought- by-him
Dop u nas,
Was-said-by- her-to-him,
fehun-phirith. ,,
put-having-reversed (it).”
4 was yith-
descend this-
biye, “ anun fehawul kana
also, “ bring-it the-goat by-the-ear
thawus natis-peth kala.” Dop u nas,
place-of-it the-jar-upon the-head.” Was-said-by
her-to-him,
shemsheri-hunz* feraid-V
a-sword-of stroke.”
Dop u nas
Was-said-by- her-to-him
ratith,
having-seized,
” lay us
11 strike- to-it
126
HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES
[6-
patashah
the-king
6, Dapan,—
(Is) saying (the- teacher), —
Lby ti nas shemsheri-hunz u
Was-struck-by- the-sword-of
him-to-it
sata gafehan
moment (is) becoming
hanga-ta-manga.
unexpectedly.
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
Yih chuh
He (i.e. the king) is
Ati chuh
There he-is
feund*.
blow.
Ami-
At-that-
gbb
invisible
watan
arriving
wuchan
seeing
Athi-peth khot u
It-verily-upon mounted
aram. Ati asa
repose. There were
nev tulith
was-conducted having-raised
(him)
patashah, the-king,
pa^ye.
fairies.
patashah.
the-king.
akis-jaye-manz
a-place-in.
chuh
he-is
nagma.
dances-of- women.
jenatace
heaven-of
Sapod u
He-became
jaye.
place.
bagas-akis-manz. garden-one-in.
palang pbrith.
a-bed prepared.
trowun
was-released-by-him
Yimav^y
By-them-verily
Tsonukh
He-was-caused-to- enter-by-them
Wuchan
bedar.
awake.
Ati
There
Patashah
The-king
chuh
is
Seeing
lbg^at 1
were-being- carried-on
mushtakh
enamoured
ath^tamashes-kun.
this-very-spectacle-towards.
■8]
///. THE TALE OF A MERCHANT
127
(Is) saying (the-teacher), —
Gaye
Went
dife%h
was-given- by-them
yima
these
kunz. a-key.
par*ye panas. Amis
fairies for-themselves (i.e. To-him away on their own business).
Dop u has,
It-was-said-by- them-to-him,
” yith
” to-this
thav
apply (i.e. open)
Tsav andar.
He-entered within.
zin karith.
saddle having-made.
kuluph. Woth, afeh
the-lock. Arise, enter
Ati wuchun
There was-seen-by-him
Kodun nebar
It-was-brought- outside forth-by-him
karith.
having-done.
wodane
standing-still
u khas
1 mount
Nebar
Outside
yeli
when
kodun,
it-was-brought- forth-by-him,
kuthis to-room
andar.”
within.”
gur u
a-horse
thaph
hand- grasping
chuh
he-is
thaph
hand-grasping
karith.
having-done.
yimis-guris.
to-this-to-horse.
Khot u
He-mounted
Dop u has,
It-was-said-by- them-to-him,
amis-guris.
to-that-to-horse.
Yih chuh
He (i.e. the king) is
ti nawav-asmanav-peth 1
both the-nine-heavens-above
Khoda-Sbban
by-God-the-Master
patashehan.
by-the-king.
pbda
created
wuchan,
seeing,
ti,
also,
kor u mot u
(was) made
satav-zaminav-tal 1
the-seven-worlds-below
yih-kenfehah
what-ever
tih
that
Tath^sbty
That-verily-with
gav
he-became
wuch u
was -seen
mushtakh.
entranced.
128
HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES
[8-
Gos
Became-to-him chukh
art-thou
pbda
visible
wuchan ? “
Shetan. Dop u nas, “kyah
Satan. It-was-said-by- “ what him (Satan)-to-him,
seeing
9 “
Dop u nas
It-was-said-by- him-to-him
patashehan,
by-the-king,
” yih-kenfehah
” what-ever
tih
that
chus
I-am
Khoda-Soban poda
by-God-the-Master created
wuchan.”
seeing.”
Dop u nas
It-was-said-by- him-to-him
kor u ,
was-made,
Shetanan
by- Satan
phirith,
in-reply,
“ami-khota
11 that-than
haway boh. Yih
(more) will-show- I. This
to-thee
chey
is-verily
kuluph.
the-lock.
patashah the-king
gandith.
bound.
mybn ti
my
kunz.
key.
Woth,
Arise,
andar.
within.
afeh
enter
Yith-kuthis
To-this-room
andar.”
within.”
Wuchun
Was-seen-by-him
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by- him (Satan)-to-him,
“kadun
” bring-it- forth
ati
there
nebar,
outside,
amis ti y. Yih-kenfehah Khoda-Soban
to-that-very-one. What-ever by-God-the-Master
kor u ,
was-made,
klh.”
something.”
tami-peth^kani
that-in-addition-to
wuchakh
thou-shalt-see
thav
apply
Tsav
Entered
khar
an-ass
khas
mount
poda
created
biye
more
Khot*
Mounted
patashah
the-king
amis-kharas.
to-that-ass.
•9]
III. THE TALE OF A MERCHANT
129
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
Barabar watanowun panun u
At-once he-was-caused-to-arrive- his-own by-him (the-ass)
Khot u
He -ascended
hyor u .
up.
Phirith
Returning
woth u .
he-descended.
ati
there
na
not
tami-baguk u ,
of-that-garden.
Tot u , dapan,
From-there, (they-are-)saying,
khar. Patashehas
the-ass. To-the-king
Wdh ketha-pbth 1
how
gav
he-went
av
came
gara.
house.
Wuchun
Was-seen- by-him
arman
longing
Now
wati?
will-he-arrive (there) ?
ath^nagas-peth.
that-very-spring-on.
Dopun
It-was-said-by-him
tamis-zanani, to-that-to-woman,
‘me
to-me
wanta
please- tell
this-if,
kyah ? “
what ? “
panun u
thine-own
ta
then
tih
that
kyah?
what?
tiy,
that-if,
ta
then
Dop u nas
It-was-said-by- her-to-him
necyuv u ,
son,
ami zanani, by -that by -woman,
yih
this
” anun
bring-him
biye
also
an
bring
an shemsher.”
bring a-sword.”
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by- her-to-him,
not u ,
a-jar,
M was
descend
nagas-manz,
spring-in,
pawun
cause-him-to-fall
walun
bring-down-him
pathar,
down,
panun u
thine-own
thawus
place-of-him
biye
also
yith-
this-
necynv u ,
son,
natis-peth
the-jar-upon
130
HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES
[9-
kala.” Kanas kur ti nas thaph
tbe-head.” To-his-ear was-done-by- hand-
him-to-him grasping
patashehan, tuj% shemsher,
by-king, was-raised-by-him tbe-sword,
kur ti s ami-zanani
by-tbat-by- woman
amis-necivis,
to-that-to-son,
was-made- for-bim
am 1
by-tbat
layi
be-will-strike
thaph
band-grasping
ath-shemsheri,
to-tbat-to-sword.
tih;
that ;
tiy,
tbat-verily,
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by- her-to-him,
gav
became (i.e. is)
yih.
this.
” yiy>
this-verily,
Ts a h
Tbou
mushtakh
enamoured
mushtakh
enamoured
bagas ;
for-tbe-garden ;
phakiras.”
for-tbe-mendicant.
bene
tbe-sister
mybn a
mine
gav
became (i.e. is)
gokh
becamest
gaye
became
■8]
IV. A SONG OF LAL MALIK
131
IV.-LALA-MALIKUN U WON u MOT u GEWUN
LAL-MALLIK-OF Dapan-chuh, —
Saying-he-is, —
Daye,
O-God,
boztam
please-to-hear-me
Samsar
The-world
zar
petitions
tay,
SPOKP]N
wairmay,
are-said-by-me-to- Thee,
bbz^gar.
(is) a-deceiver.
Saint Adam first
lod u nam
was-sent-by-Him- for-me
Malakav
By-angels
Phor u
Was-a-plunderer (i.e. ruined)
tay,
kor u hay
he-was-made-by- them -verily
tas Yiblis,
for-him Satan,
tayar,
complete.
tati
SONG
Khodaye,
O-God,
tay,
kor u nam
from-there he-was-expelled- by-him-for-me
Samsar
The-world
bbz^ar.
(is) a-deceiver.
Hazrat-i-Noh
Saint Noah
Phlrith
Having-become- hostile
chuy
is-verily
wolad-i-Adam tay,
a-descendant-of-Adam . . . ,
gos
went-for-him
kuphar.
the-infidels.
1 Hatim pronounces this word kWnam, but Snnagar pandits kii(f u nam or kodunam.
132
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
[4-
Ah tarn 1
A-sigh by-him
tay,
kor u nay,
sar*
gav
alam
was-made-
flooded (in
went
the-universe
by-him-verily,
his tears)
Samsar bbz^gar.
The-world (is) a-deceiver.
Saint Jesus
kih
anything
chuna kam tay,
is-not less . . . ,
Sbhiba-sond u
The-Master-of
toth u
beloved
yar.
friend.
Tson asmanan-peth tarn 1 sabakh dop u nam
Four heavens-upon by-Him lecture was-said-by-
Him-for-me.
tay,
Samsar
The-world
bbz^gar.
(is) a-deceiver.
Saint by-Moses
Sbhiba-sond u
The-Master-of
Koh-i-Tora-petha
Mount-of-Sinai-from-on
tay,
trowuy
was-put-forth- verily
kadam
a-step
tay,
kara
I-will-do
tarn 1
by-him
didar.
seeing.
katha
words
karenam
were-made-by- him-for-me
Samsar
The-world
bbz^ar.
(is) a-deceiver.
-7]
IV. A SONG OF LAL MALIK
138
Saint Abraham anything
Putalen korun
(Of-) idols was-made-by-him
Tarn 1 kor u dm-i-Mahmad
By-him was-made the-faith-of-
chuna
is-not
kam
less
nakar. prohibition.
mahkam
established
Muhammad
Samsar
The-world
boz^ar.
(is) a-deceiver.
Marith kabari yeli
Having-died in-the-grave when
walanam
they-will-cause- me-to-descend
Panin boy 1 kyah
My -own brethren or
Tati Lala-Malikas kyah
There to-Lal-Mallik what
yar.
friends.
hawanam
will-they-show- to-me
Samsar
The-world
boz^ar.
(is) a-deceiver.
tay,
tay,
tay,
tay,
134
HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES
[1-
V.— SONARA-SUNZ* KATH
THE-GOLDSMITH-OF STORY
Dapan wustad,—
(Is) saying the teacher,-
Shehara
A-city
akh
one
chuh-6s u mot u .
has-been.
Tat 1
There
chuh
is
sonar. Suy 6s u featas bahan-hatan-hond u
goldsmith. He-verily was (of-) pupil twelve-hundred-of
zyuth u .
the-superior.
Yuhuy
He
6s u -gadan
was-making
wasth
articles
patasheha-sanze-kore-kit 1 .
the-king’s-daughter-for.
Tot u
There
bs ti -gafehan
was-going
sonara-siinz* zanana heth.
the-goldsmith-of wife carrying (them).
Aki-doha
On-one-day
dopus
it-was-said- to-her
ami-patashah-kori, “ sozun u
by-that-king’s-daughter, “ is-to-be-
sent
gafehi
it-is-proper
panun u
thine-own
khawand.”
husband.”
Doha-aki
On-day-one
drav
went-forth
sonar,
the-goldsmith,
sona-sunz*
gold-of
wbj*
ring
heth,
having-taken,
patashaha-sanze-kore-kife*.
king’s-daughter-for.
Ami
By-her
pasand
approval
kiir ti sna.
was-made-for- it-not.
Dop u nas,
It - was -said- by - her-to-him,
” yith
M to-this
chey
is-verily
wad.”
crookedness.”
Av pot u phirith.
He-came (home) back returning.
W6t u
He -arrived
V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH
185
panun u
his-own
2.
ash g kh
love
gara.
house.
Pev
He-fell
bemar,
sick.
Amis
To-him
osus patashaha-sanze-kore-hond u
was-to-him the-king’s-daughter-of
gdmot u ,
become.
Patashah-kore
To-the-king’s-daughter
6s u -gomot u
was-become
amis-sonara-sond u
this -goldsmith -of
ash g kh. Doda-maje-kun
love. The-foster-mother-to
wanan
(is) saying
patashah-kur”,-
the-king’s-daughter,-
” Zargar-necyuvah
M A-goldsmith-son
“Dlshith
pur u -khumar.
(is) full-of-languishment.
” Having- seen-him
hay
0!
Doda-moj*
The-foster-mother
“May
” Do-not
” Lagakh
” Thou-wilt- be-caught
” Ora-kani
M In-that- direction
“Ora
” (So that) from-there
doda-maji,
O-foster-mother,
log u m*y,
is-attached- to-me-verily,
amar.”
desire.”
ches-wanan phirith,—
is-to-her-saying answering, —
kar, kui^yey, shur^bashe,
make, O-daughter, child-talk.
ash g kane walawashi.
love-of (in-) the-net.
mot u
mad
ditay,
give-verily,
kur 1 ,
daughter,
ma
not
lagaham
mayst-thou-find- thyself-not
kana-dbli.
ear-closing.
wdbali.”
in-blameworthiness.’
136
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
[8-
The-goldsmith
chuh
is
bemar.
sick.
Amis
To-him
ash s kun u
love-of
gafj*.
clever.
dod u .
the-pain.
rinz 1 ,
balls,
tab.
fever.
Amis
To-her
Dapan
Saying
Amis-sdnara-sUnz^-kolay
That-goldsmith’s-wife
chuh
is
cheh
is
tog u bozun am^-sond 11
it-was-possible to-understand him-of
biye
also
ches,
she-is-to- him,
gar
make
“fe a h
” thou
sona-sand 1
gold-of
hech
learn
layan 1
to-be-thrown
rinz 1
balls
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
Gar 1
Were-made
Drav
He-went-forth
am 1
by-him
athas-keth
the-hand-in
sona-sand 1
gold-of
rinz 1 balls
z a h.”
two.”
z a h.
two.
heth
taking
rinz 1 .
balls.
chuh
is
ta
and
apor 1
in-that-direction
ta
and
yipbr 1
in-this-direction
Layan-
Throwing-he-
kaniv 1
stone-of
shestrav 1 .
iron-of (balls).
W6t u ot u
He-arrived there
patashaha-sanze-
the-king’s-
dare-tal.
window-under.
Lbyin
Were-thrown- from-there by-him
ati sona-sand 1 rinz 1
gold-of
z a h
two
howus
was- shown to-him
patashaha-sanzi-kori-halamas-manz.
the-king’s-daughter’s-lap-cloth-into.
balls
Ami
By-her
ora phirith thiid ti -kani bna,
there-from turning- backwards (a) mirror,
herself
■4]
V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH
137
biye
again
trowun
was-cast-by-her
dari-kan*
the-window- through
ab,
water,
biye
again
trowun
was-cast-by-her
kih,
hair,
biye
again
poshe-gond u ,
(a) flower-bunch,
tuj ti n
was-lifted-up-by-her
dyutun
was-given-by- her
sonar l
goldsmith
wot u
he-arrived
biye trowun
again was-cast-by-her
shestruv ti salay,
a-made-of-iron spike,
ath-dare-handis-dasas khash,
to-that-window’s-sill a-cut.
Am ‘ By-that
wuch 1 ,
they-were-seen,
av
he-came
panun u
his-own
gara. Dop u nas
house. It-was-told- by-him-to-her
phirith,
(home) returning,
panaiie-zanani.
to-his-own-wife.
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by-her- to-him,
won u nas
it-was-said-by-him- to-her
11 ke-ho
. what-Sir
phirith,
answering,
koruth ? “
was-done-by-thee ?
Am 1
By-him
“rinz 1 hay loy^as.
’ the-balls were-thrown-by- me-to-her.
Tim hay gbs halamas-manz.
They went-for-her the-lap-cloth-
into.
how u nam phirith thiid u -kani
was-shown-by- turning-herself backwards her-to-me
Tora
Therefrom
bna, (a) mirror,
hay
trow u nam
was-cast-by-her- to-me
dari-kan 1
the-window- through
ab,
water,
hay
o
biye
again
biye
again
1 Sdnar is here the case of the agent ; the more usual form would be
sdnaran.
138
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
[5-
trow u nam
was-cast-by-her- to-me
kih, biye
hair, again
poshe-gdnd u ,
(a) flower-bunch,
dyutun
was-given-by-her
biye
again
trow u nam
was-cast-by-her- to-me
shestravi-salayi-sbty
a-made-of-iron-spike-with
dasas khash.” Dop u nas ami
to-the- (window) a-cut.” It-was-said-by- by-her sill
her-to-him
thur ti -kani hav how u nay
” backwards was-shown-by- her-to-thee
bna,
(a) mirror,
phirith,
answering,
kus-tan
somebody
6s u mot u -chus
was- (there) - for - her
ab-dawa-kaii
water-drain-by- means-of
wopar ;
other ;
gafehi
it-is-proper
ab
water.
hav
afeun u ;
to-enter ;
trow u nay,
was-cast-by-her- to-thee
poshe-gond u
flower-bunch
trow u nay,
was-cast-by-her-to-thee,
bagas-manz
the-garden-in
salayi-sbty how u nay,
spike-by it-was-shown-by-her- to-thee,
phaharawav, tath chiy
(a) file, to-it are-verily
tim gafehan featan 1 ; kih
they are-proper to-be-cut ; hair
galshi
it-is-proper
anun u
to-be-brought
poladav 1
made-of-steel
afeun ; to-enter ;
gafehi
is-proper
neza,
railings,
trow u nay,
was-cast-by-her- to-thee,
” ches I-am
walan causing- to-descend
kangan. ,,
a-comb.”
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
•5]
V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH
139
Drav yih sonar shaman-bog*, feav
Went-off this goldsmith at-evening-about, he-entered
Wuchun ati palang,
Was-seen-by-him there a-bed,
ath-bagas-manz.
that-garden-in.
khot u
he-mounted
peyes
there-fell-to- him
ath^palangas-peth.
that-very-bed-upon.
nend a r.
sleep.
Ayes
She-came- to-him
Shikasta-sbty
His-weakness-owing-to
yih patashah-kud u .
this king’s-daughter.
“Shanda
From-the-pillow
ches-karan
she-is-for-him- making
khor,
the-feet,
khdra
from-the-foot
ches-karan shand.” Yih
she-is-for-him-making the-pillow.” He
Yutan gash
In-the-meantime dawn
keh hushyar
at-all awake
gos-na.
became-for her-not.
Patashah-kur 11 feuj ti
The-king’s-daughter fled
panun u
her-own
log u
began
gara,
house,
gav hushyar
became awake
panun u
his-own
” ke-ho
’ what-Sir
sonar. Yiwan-chuh
the-goldsmith. Coming-he-is
“Wanan-ches panun ti
Saying-she-is-to-him his-own
koruth ? “ Yih chus-dapan
was-done-by- He is-to-her-saying thee?”
gara.
house.
44 sa
’ she
zanani,
woman,
nay
not-even
keh
at-all
” talau
“0
ay em.
came-to- me.”
yur^hond 11
hither
Dop u nas
Was-said-by- her-to-him
wola.”
come.”
pholani.
to-flower.
path-kun
afterwards
yiti
from-here
kolay,
wife,
phirith,
answering,
ami-
by-that-
Gav.
He- went.
140
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
[6
Wuchus ami-panaiii-zanani cendas. Wuchin
Was-looked- by-this-his-own-woman to-the-pocket. Were-seen-
by-her
for-him
ati rinz 1 z a h
there the-balls two
sona-sand 1 ,
gold-of,
timay yim
those-very which
tami-doha layanas halamas-manz. Dop u nas,
on-that-day had-been-thrown- lap-cloth-in. It-was-said-by-
by-him-to-her
“sa
” she
chey
is-to-thee
amute ti ,
come,
te a h
thou
hushyar.
awake.
kalacen,
at-eventide,
Wun,
Now,
teli
then
yeli
when
dapay
I-will-say-to-thee
her-to-him,
chukhna gdmot u
art-not become
biye
again
boh
I
gatehakh
thou-shalt-go
sabakh.”
a-lesson.”
(Is) saying the-teacher,-
Nam
Nails
dah
ten
tul^nas
were-raised-by her-for-him
athan-hand 1 ,
the-hands-of,
akis
to-one
6s u nas dyut u mot u son u
was-by-her-to-it given a-deep
khash.
cut.
” mor u thas.” Ami dop u nas
’ killed (i.e. wounded)- By-her it-was-said-by-
by-thee-am-I.” her-to-him
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by- him-to-her,
phirith,
answering,
“mbl 1
” by-father
sabakas.
to-lesson.
maji chesna fehur^mufe* nbyid
by-mother I-am-not put barber’s
Won
Now
yeli
when
gatshakh,
thou-wilt-go,
teli
then
-6]
THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH
HI
dimay dawahan.”
I-will-give-to-thee a-little-medicine.
marfea-wlgan
of-red-pepper
ratehi-hana,
a-very-little,
liana.
little.
peth
on
Yih
This
Dop u nas, “ biye
It-was-said-by- “ again her-to-him,
khasakh, teli
thou-wilt-mount, then
Ami
By-her
biye
also
yeli
when
dyut u nas
was-given-by- her-to-him
nuna rafehi- of-salt a-very-
tath-palangas-
that-bed-
dawah
medicine
rafehi-han
a-little-amount
yiyiy, nend a r.
will-come-to-thee, sleep.
gand’zes, ada
(thou) must-bind-it, then
will-come-to-thee sonar,
the-goldsmith,
nend a r sheh u j ti .” Drav ati
sleep cool.” Went-forth from-there
dawah
the-medicine
rafehi-han
a-little-amount
heVn
was-taken-by- him
sbty,
with,
wot u
he-arrived
ath-bagas-manz,
•that-garden-in,
palangas-peth,
bed-on,
chuh
he-is
praran
waiting
yih
she
yin*
to-come
chuh
he-is
kuni
at-all
nend a r,
sleep,
karith
having-made
yiwan-ches-na.
coming-is-to-him-not.
khot u ath-
he-mounted that-
feer tan,
long-time during,
Heb u nas
There-began-for-him
athas
to-the-hand
thaph.
holding.
chus
is-for-him
Dopun,
It-was-said- by-him,
dod u ,
pain,
ath
to- it
wun
aye-na,
she-came-not,
yith
(if) to-this
tshunahb I-had-applied
b6h
I
” now-indeed
dodis
to-the-pain
142
HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES
’ [7-
dawah,
the-medicine,
ath-dbdis
to-that-pain
pyos
there-fell-to-him
sheh*j a
(then) cool
karahb
I-should- have-made
nend a r.” Yuthuy
sleep.” As-verily
fehunun
was-applied-by-him
wolinje
to-the-heart
dawah,
the-medicine,
vih,
poison,
chuh
he-is
tyuthuy
so-verily
lalawan
caressing (it)
thod u
upright
wothith.
having- arisen.
(Is) saying the-teacheiy
Aye
Came
moth u
was-forgotten
yih
this
soruy
all
p atashaha-sUnz 11
king’s
kur ti . Amis
daughter. To-him
yih
what
karun u
to-be-done
YutMan
Here-up-to (by- this-time)
gash
dawn
dod u .
pain.
gofeh u .
was-proper,
log u
Koran amis-sbty
Was-done-by-him her-with
Peyekh nend a r.
There-fell-to-them sleep.
chuh
is
wasan
coming- down
apbr^kin
on-that-side- from
pholani.
to-flower.
agayi.
for-inspection.
Kut a wal
The-chief-of- police
Wuchun
Was-seen- by-him
ati patashaha-siinz* kur ti biye sonar.
there the-king’s daughter and the-goldsmith.
Rat 1 am^ku^walan, nin ratith,
They-were- by-that-chief- they-were-taken- having-
arrested
karin
they-were-made- by-him
of-police, by-him
hawala feralen,
in-custody to-the-constables
arrested,
karikh
they-were-made- by-them
-7!
V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH
148
kod.
imprisoned.
akhah. a-certain-one.
doyav,
two,
Ati
There
OS u
there-was
pakan
going
wati
on-the-road
Amis ti y dopukh yimav-kbdyau-
To-him-verily it-was-said- by- these- prisoners- by-them
M te a h,
” thou,
sonar-ata-petha.
the-goldsmiths’-market- from.
hasa,
Sir,
Dap^ekh,
Thou-must-say- to-them,
dizi
must-give
krekh an-outcry
1 patashehas
’ for-the-king (the- king’s)
khar
ass
lot u
tail
pev kong-wari.
fell in-the-saffron-field.
teatanasa
will-they-cut- for-him ?
kina
or
Khabar chya
News is-there? (there- is-not)
tsatanas.
they-will-cut-for- him.
hot u
throat
Patashehas
The-king’s
Pakan
Going
Vir heth
Fine- having
khar
ass
dil
the-heart
pev kong-ware.
fell in-the-saffron-field.
gom
became -to -me
tat 1
there
money
Nata
Other- wise
Buz u
Was-heard
bazar,
(to) the-market,
taken
tas
him
watun u
to-arrive
patashah
the-king
goteh u
was-proper
tati
there
tare.
confused.
soli-gare.
at-dawn- time.
mare/ n
will-kill.’ “
ami-sonara-sanzi-zanani. Draye
by-that-goldsmith’s-wife. She-went-forth
hefean feoce, lazan kranje,
were-bought- loaves, were-placed to-a-basket, by-her by-her
144 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [8-
draye heth.
she-went-forth having-taken (them).
4*
Shen-kbd-khanan tsoce bbg a remay.
” For-six-prisons loaves were-divided-by-me-O.
Satimis afeayo, bar-Khodayo hay.”
To-the- I-will-enter-O, Great-God-0 alas.”
seventh
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
Bbg a ren yima-feoce. Dop u nakh, “khawand
Were-divided- these-loaves. It-was-said-by- “ husband by-her her-to-them,
chum bemar. Ath 1 kyah dop u ham
is-to-me sick. Therefore verily It-was-said-by-them-
to-me
pirav phakirav, ‘fedce gatehan bbg a rane
by-saints (and) by-faqirs, ‘ loaves are-proper to-be-divided
satan-kbd-khana^’ Yih-kenfehah dapun chuwa,
to-seven-prisons.’ Whatever to-be-said is-by-you,
tih dap^em yora afeawunuy. Ora
that you-must-say- from-here even-as-I-enter. From-there to-me
nerawun 11 klh dap^em-na, me gafehi
as-I-go-forth anything you-must-say-to- to-me will-occur
me-not,
shekh.” Dop u nakh biye, “ma chuh
anxiety.” It-was-said-by-her- also, “ I-wonder-if there-is to-them
klh kbd 1 yiti?” Dop u has yimav,
any prisoner here ? “ It-was-said-by-them- by -them,
to-her
-9]
THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH
145
” patimi-pahara
” at-the-last-watch (of the night)
an^mat*
(were) brought
kut a walan z a h
by-the-chief-of- two
police
kbd 1 .
prisoners.
Tim
They
chih are
path-kiin.’
at-the-back.”
Wbte u
She-arrived
yiman-nish. Dopun
these-near. It-was-said-by-her
amis-pananis-khawandas, to-that-her-own-to-husband,
u wun ketha-pbth 1
now
kur*?
daughter ?
kur* ? M
daughter ? ‘
yeli
when (if)
how
Tagiye
Is-she-possible- for-thee
mokali
will-escape
yiti
from-here
patashah- the-king’s-
mokalawun 11 yih patashah-
to-be-released this king’s-
Dop u nas
It-was-said-to- her-by-him
tagihem,
it-had-been-known- how-for-me,
am 1
by-him
ada
then
kbd ? “
imprisonment ?
phirith,
answering,
“tih
” that
kyazi
why
lagahb
should-I-have- remained (in)
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
Kodun nala panun u poshakh, fehunun
Was-taken-off- from-the- her-own garment, it-was-put-
by-her neck
patashah-kore ;
to-the-king’s-daughter
tehunun panas.
was-put-on-by-her to-herself.
on-by-her
patashah-kore-hond u kodun,
the-king’s-daughter-of was-taken-off-
by-her,
Kriind*
The -basket
dife%as
was-given-by-her- to-her
146 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES [9-
wotamukh 1 , draye nebar patashah-kur u ,
upside-down, issued forth the-king’s-daughter,
gaye panun u gar a. Kut a walan dyut u
she-went her-own house. By-the-chief-of- was-given
police
rapat patashehas. Dop u nas, “ patashah-kur*
report to-the-king. It-was-said-by- c the-king’s-daughter
him-to-him, (was)
biye 6s u sonar bagas-manz. Timay
and was a-goldsmith the-garden-in. They-verily
kya karim kbd. ,, Patashah drav
of-course were-made- (in) prison.” The-king went-forth by-me
adaliife ti -peth. Anikh yim-ratak^kbd 1 z a h.
the-court-of- Were-brought-by- these-of-the-night- two. justice-on. them prisoners
Wuchikh yim bote 11 z a h. Sonara-sanzi-
Were-seen- these husband-and- two. By-the-goldsmith’s-
by-them wife
kolayi gand 1 gul 1 z a h patashehas.
wife were-fastened- the-fore-arms two to-the-king.
together
Dop u nas, “ patasheham, as 1 kyah
It-was-said-by-her- \ my-king, we of-a-truth
to-him,
bs 1 gamat 1 salas. Tora kyah
were gone to-a-marriage-feast. From-there of-a-truth
ay ta wot 1 yith-cybnis-sheharas-manz.
(we) came and arrived this-thy-city-in.
Gav feer. Ada 1say cybnis-bagas-manz.
It-became late. Then (we) entered thy-garden-in.
91
THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH
147
Ati wuch u
There was-seen
kor u aram,
was-made repose,
Amiy kyah
palang, khat* ath-peth,
a-bed, (we) mounted it-upon,
ora av cyon u kut a wal.
from-there came thy chief-of-police.
niy ratith karin
By-hiin verily
of-a-truth were-taken having-arrested (we) were-made-
by-him
kbd.” Woth u kut a wal, dopun
(in) imprisonment.” Arose the-chief -of -police, it-was-said-by-him
” patasheham, cybn a kur*
” my-king, thy daughter
kasam Vig^ah naga-petha.
oath the-Vig’nah Nag-from-on.
’ yus ati apoz u kasam karihe,
(People are) saying, ‘ he-who there untrue oath might-have-made,
patashehas,
to-the-king,
karinam
let-her-make-for-me
Dapan,
suh wothihe-na
he would-have-arisen-not
tatiy mar an/”
there-verily dying.’ “
zanani amis-sonaras,
to-that-goldsmith.
tat 1
there
thod u ,
upright,
suh
he
6s u
was
wife
Dop u
It-was-said [* tagiye
’ is-she-possible- this for- thee
kur ti bacawuii* ? “ Dop u nas,
daughter to-be-caused-to- It-was-said-by- escape ? “ him-to-her,
wath.” Dop u nas, M akh,
a-way.” It-was-said- by-her-to-him, ‘ (for) one (thing), put-off all
poshakh, khoran fehun khrav, biye
(thy) garments, to-the-feet put-on clogs, and
math sur, lag guson u . Yeli ot u
rub ashes, appear-like a-mendicant-monk. When there
watanawan amis-patashah-kore, cyon u
they-shall-cause-to-arrive this-king’s-daughter, for-thee
ami-sonara-sanzi- by-that-goldsmith’s-
yih patashah-
king’s-
” havtam
” show- please - to-me
trav soruy
148
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
[10-
gafehi gafehun u ,
it-is-proper to-go,
gatehi thaph
is-proper seizing
to-me give-please
havi ada
will-show then
ratith dapi,
having-seized she-will-say,
nemis-matis siwah
to-this-mad-one except
amis-patashah-kore kariin^
to-this-king’s-daughter to-be-made
damanas, dapun u gafehes,
to-the-skirt, to-say it-is-proper-to-her,
goda khbrath.’ Sa kyah
first alms.’ She of-course
damanas
to-the-skirt
thaph.’”
seizing.’ “ nagas
kasam,
the- oath,
’ ha ‘0
kyah
certainly
wufeh ti y
cyonuy mokh
thine-only face
haz 1 Vig^ah-naga,
holy O-Vig^ah-Nag,
kur ti m-na kbsi
was-made-to- by-anyone me-not
sranas.
“How
Mat 1
By-the-mad- one
do-I- on-the- I-wonder- know, shoulder how
Vig^ah
To-the-Vig’fiah Nag she-descended- verily for -bathing.
” Kuwa zana mati mah lod u nam rah ?
was-loaded- the-fault ? for-me
doli-damanas.”
to-the-skirt-of-the-gusset- of-(my) garment.”
kyah?
what?
thaph
seizing
lby%am
was -struck
gudariv
happened
Kut a wal-ganas
To-the-chief -of -police the-pimp
Sbriy yar gay panas
All friends went voluntarily
Kut a wal-ganas gudariv
To-the-chief-of-police-the-pimp happened
The-king’s-daughter went
panas.
voluntarily.
kyah?
what?
kut a wal
home, the-chief-of- police
-10]
V. THE TALE OF THE OOLDSMITH
149
dyutukh phahi,
was-given- on-the-empalement- by-them stake,
sonara-sand 1
the-goldsmith-of
bbfe*
the-husband- and-wife
z a h
two
bemar.
ill.
Yih
This
chih gari-panani.
are in-the-house-their-own.
Yihoy
This-veriiy
kor u nas
was-made-by- him-for-her
S6nar
The-goldsmith
ash g kun u
of-love
OS 1
was
Godun
Was-made-by-her
gondun
was-tied-by-her
logun
was-made-to-appear- like-by-her
sonara-siinz*
the-goldsmith-of
mohara-hatas-akis
zanana
wife
rosh u .
gav
became
tab.
the-fever.
gat*j ti .
clever.
Yih
(of) mohars-a-hundred-one a-necklace. This
pananis-khawandas.
to-her-own-husband.
samyas.
an-ascetic.
Amis
As-for-him
Pana
She-herself
por ti n
she (he)-was- dressed-by-her
gopbl 1 .
(as) a-dancing-girl
gara.
at-the-house.
chem
is-to-me
Watanbw ti n
She (he)-was-caused to-arrive-by-her
Dopun
It-was-said-by-her
bby^kakan,
elder-brother’s-wife,
patashaha-sond u
the-king-of
amis-patashehas, “ yih
to-that-king, ‘ this (girl)
| yih | chey fee |
she is-to-thee to-thee
hawala.
a-deposit.
Suh
He
chey
is-to-thee
Me
To-me
chum
is-for-me
chuy
is-verily
gamot u
gone
gatshun u
to-be-gone
sodahas.
for-merchanting.
bbyis-nish.
to-the-brother- near.
Yih
This (girl)
mybn u
my
gopbl 1
dancing-girl
hawala,
a-deposit,
yotah
until
150 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [li- as 1 yimoy. Yih chey pakh, yih
we shall-come-to- She is-verily pure, her
thee.
thbv^zen panaiie-kore-sbty.” Aye phirith
you-must-keep- thine-own-daughter-with.” She-came returning her
panun u gara. Keh kala gav, av
(to) her-own house. Some a-time went, came
yih sonar biye gara pamm u .
this goldsmith again (to) home his-own.
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
Logun sodagar ami zanani.
He-was-made-to-appear- a-merchant by-that woman, like-by-her
Wot 1 ath-patasheha-sandis-sheharas-manz .
They-arrived that-king’s-city-in.
Logu ami biye saniyas.
He (she)-was-made-to- by-her again an-ascetic.
appear-like
Khawand thdwun deras-peth sodagar
Her-husband was-placed-by-her a-tent-on a-merchant
lbgith, pana gaye patashehas.
being-made-to-appear- she-herself went to-the-king.
like,
Gond u nas dawah, “ dim gopbl 1 .”
Was-bound-by- a-claim, u give-to-me the-dancing-girl.”
her-to-him
Diwan chuh achen d ti h. Dapan
Giving he-is to-the-eyes smoke. Saying
ches, “ dim gopbl 1 .
she-is-to-him, “ give-to-me the-dancing-girl.
•12]
V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH
151
Praran
Waiting
Saniyas
The-ascetic
Yih chus
This is-to-her
ddli the-day
amot u
(is) come
dap an
saying
gav me bale.
went for-me for (-my) -girl.
gopale.”
for-the-dancing-girl.”
patashah the-king
phirith, —
answering, —
“Saniyasu,
’ O-ascetic,
Khotuna
A-certain- lady
inov
do-not
lag
fix
akh dimay
a I-will-give- to-thee
jenda,
the-flag (of your claim),
luh-luh.
luh-luh.
danda, luh-luh. J ‘
in-exchange, luh-luh.”
saying
is-to-him
answering, —
Saniyas dapan chus phirith, —
The-ascetic
” Saniyas
, An-ascetic
Danda
chusay bewasta, luh-luh.
I-am-verily without-worldly-ties, luh-luh.
An-exchange I-will-take- from-thee
hemay dukhtar-e-khasa, luh-luh.”
the-daughter-of- luh-luh.”
thee-thyself,
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
Mohara-hatas godun rosh u , gondun
Of-mohars-a- was-made-by-him a-necklace, it-was-tied- hundred by-him
panane kode. Kur ti n hawala amis
to-his-own daughter. She-was-made- to-the- to-this
by-him charge
saniyasas.
to-ascetic.
152
HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES
[12-
Tanana
Tanana
Yim
These
tan a nana
tananana
kar
actions
cheh
are
tananay.
tananay.
karan
doing
zananay.
women-only.
• Niyen
Was -taken - by-her
khawandas.
husband.
yih
(thou) this-woman
ta
and
kiir ti n
was-made- by-her
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by-her- to-him,
zan. ,,
know.”
hawala pananis-
to-the- to-her-own-
charge
“fe a h
1 thou
zan, know,
ta
and
-4] Vi. STORY OF YUSUF AND ZULAIKHA 153
VI. YUSUPH-ZALIKHA KATH.
YUSUF-ZULAIKHA STORY.
King-Yusuf Zulaikha, Friend, wilt-thou-not-
hear?
Zulaikha is saying, —
“Salas
” To-the-feast
yikh-na ?
wilt-thou-not- come ?
polav khekh-na ?
puldo wilt-thou-not-eat ?
Yitam
Come-thou- please-to-me
gah
in-season
begah ;
out-of-season ;
yara,
Friend,
bozakh-na ?
wilt-thou-not-hear ?
Seven rooms
lare
in-the-house
chim, cyane-
are-to-me, for-thy-
ldhlari
longing
chim.
they-are-to-me.
Behtam satha ;
Sit-please-for-me a-moment ;
yara,
Friend,
bozakh-na ? “
wilt-thou-not- hear?”
Of-the-idol-house
byon u byon u panas
separately separately of-her-own-
accord
Kor u nakh parda ; “ yara,
Was-made-by-her- a-veil ; Friend,
for-them
bozakh-na ? n
wilt-thou-not- hear ? “
154
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
[5-
” Here
kya thowuth,
what was-placed-by-thee,
ase-kun
us-before
howuth?”
-shown-by-thee ? “
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by-her- to-him,
” chum Khoda;
” it-is-to-me a-God ;
yara ?”
Friend, etc. ? “
“God
gav suy, mani-panane
is He-alone, from-the-mind-thine-
own
kas doy.
expel the-belief-in-two.
Sholan chuh shemah ;
Shining is the-lamp-flame ;
God is one-only,
drav nonuy.
He-issued manifest.
yara° ?
Friend, etc. ?
jalwa dith
glory having-given
Kane-manz chya
moda? yara ?”
Stone-in is-there
meaning ? Friend, etc. ? “
tsol u . Pata ladyeyes
Saint Yusuf
fled. After ran-to-him
Zalikha.
Zulaikha.
Yusuph Isalan,
Zalikha laran.
Yusuf fleeing,
Zulaikha running.
Dop u nas, “yi
pazya ? yara ? “
It-was-said-by- “ this-
is-it-proper ? Friend, etc. ? “
her-to-him, indeed
-11] VI. STORY OF YUSUF AND ZULAIKHA 155
To-the-neck seizing having-done, he-was-taken-
by-her
hatha
an-accusation
karith.
having-made.
Gay
They-went
pesh-e-patashah
before-of-the-king,
Yara° ?
Friend, etc. ?
Azlz
i-Misar 6s u
■i-Misar was
patashah. Amis
the-king. To-him
6s u zid
was hatred
Hazrat-i Yusupha-sond u .
Saint Yusuf-of.
Yusuph kbd-khan, kah chus-na bozan.
Yusuf (in) the-prison, anyone is-to-him- listening.
not
Mokali
He-will-be- released
az-Khoda. from-God.
Yara D ?
Friend, etc. ?
11.
OS 1
were
khab.
a-dream.
Yeli
When
prbn 1
old
Yusuph
Yusuf
log u
became
Akis
To-one
kgh 1 .
certain-people.
korun
was-rnade-by-
many
will-kill-certainly
Biyis
To-another
him
patashah.”
the-king.”
korun
was-made-by-him
kbd,
imprisoned,
Timau
By -them
tbbir.
interpretation.
ati
there
dyuth u
was- seen
“Tse
M Thee
M6r tt
He-was-killed
patashahan.
by-the-king.
tbbir.
interpretation.
u Ts a h 11 Thou
156
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
[12-
sapadakh patashaha-sond 11 peshkar. Me-ti,
wilt-become the-king-of head-official. Me-also
hasa, pbVzi yad.”
Sir, please-cause-to-fall memory.”
Kbdyau khab dyuth u ,
By-the- dream was-seen,
prisoners
myuth u .
sweet.
Mokaliy
They-were-released- verily
tbbir
drakh
interpretation issued - for-them
pharda ;
on-the-morrow ;
yara ?
Friend, etc. ?
The-king Aziz-i-Misar (is) seeing a-dream.
Aziz-i-Misar
Aziz-i-Misar
khaba-nishe the-dream-from
abtar,
terrified,
Gav bedar, woth u shora-gah. Yara° ?
Became awake, there- arose an-outcry. Friend, etc. ?
’
Of-what
woth u shora-gah?
arose the-outcry ?
Malan,
Of-priests,
Bani-na Will-there-not-be
baban,
of-calendars,
piran,
of-saints,
hakima ?
a-single-wise-man ?
phakiran,
of-mendicants,
Yara° ?
Friend, etc. ?
Of-what wise-man, to-this-dream he-who
-15] VI. STORY OF YUSUF AND ZULAIKHA 157 mane tearihe, yus am^Aziz-i-Misaran
the-meaning might-bring- which by-this-AzIz-i-Misar
out,
khab
dream
OS 1
was
dyuth u mot u ? Dop u nas
seen ? It-was-said-to-him
golaman, “ khabuk u tbbir zani
by-the-servant, “ of-the-dream the-interpretation will-know
Hazrat-i Ynsuph.
Saint Yusuf.
Khabuk u tbbir Yusuphas chuh wbphir.
Of-dream interpretation to- Yusuf is plentiful.
Daden chuy
Of-pains he-is-verily
dawa.
the-remedy.
Yara ?”
Friend, etc. ?”
Was-brought- by-them
Hazrat-i Yusuph,
Saint Yusuf.
patashehan,
by-the-king,
“me dyuth u
” by-me , was-seen
Dop u nas
It-was-said-by- him-to-him
Ath 1
wanum
say -to -me
” kyah
” what
“akh
“One
bariten
full
khab.
a-dream. For-it-
verily
tbbir.”
the-interpretation.”
dyuthuth?”
was-seen-by-thee ? “
Dop u nas
It-was-said-by- him-to-him
Yusuphan,
by-Yusuf,
Dop u nas patashehan,
It-was-said-by- by-the-king,
him-to-him
dyuthum, hokh 1 nag sath
was-seen-by-me, dry springs seven
nagan satan cewan. Biye
springs seven (were) drinking. Again
158
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
[16-
dyuthum,
was-seen-by-me,
kham
unripe
sath seven
hel 1
ears-of-corn
wuchim
were-seen- by-me
pokhtan satan helen
ripe seven ears
wuchem lagar gov*
were-seen-by-me lean cows
mastan satan
plump
ningalan. Biye
(were) swallowing. Again
sath
seven
yiwan,
(were) coming,
seven
gov u n
cows
wanum tell-to-me
M drag
11 a-famine
tbblr.”
the-interpretation.”
w6thi. ,,
will-arise.”
ningalan. Amyuk u
(were) swallowing. Of-it
Dop u nas
It-was-said-by- him-to-him
Yusuphan,
by-Yusuf,
(Is) saying the teacher,-
Yusuphan
By-Yusuf
mokalow u
was-finished
patashehas gav asar.
to-the-king happened a-result.
tbbir
the-interpretation
Liifs
There- was- joined- to-him
wanith,
having - spoken,
boche.
hunger.
Dop u nakh,
It-was-said-by-him- to-them,
” diyum
give-ye-to-me
bata. ,J Ami-wakta
food.” At-that-time
patashah
the-king
khewan
eating
6s u na. Ami-asara-sbty
was-not. That-result-owing-to
dop u nakh, “ jel
it-was-said-by-him- “ quickly to-them,
anyum.
bring-ye-to-me.”
Dapan,
(People are) saying,
-16] VI. STORY OF YUSUF AND ZULAIKHA
159
gay ta onukh bat a. Yih khyon.
they-went and was-brought- food. This \ms-eaten- by-them by-him.
“biye anyum.” Anehas
” again bring-ye-to-me.” Were-brought-by-
them-to-him
Dop a nakh,
It-was-said-by-him- to-them,
dega
cauldrons
khyon,
it-was-eaten- by-him,
wokavith.
having-drawn-forth.
tasali
satisfaction
keh
any
ath^bochi-sbtiy
that-very-hunger-owing- to-only
pagah dite*
next-day was -given
gav
he-went
On u has ta
It-was-brought-by- and
them-to-him
as-na.
came-to-him- not.
marith.
having-died.
wazirau
by-the-Viziers
wasiv
descend -ye
nami,
will-bow,
sapadi
shall-become
vidian,
to-the-‘Idgah,
Pbz
The-hawk
Yusuph
Yusuf
sbriy vidian.
all (to) the-‘Idgah.
poz
the-hawk
behi
will-sit
wurdi,
command,
Yes
To -whom
nechi,
(on) the-thumb- ring,
Dapan,
(People are) saying,
Dapan,
(People are) saying,
11 pagah
” to-morrow
host u
the-elephant
suy
he-verily
patashah.” Dapan, wath*
king.” (People are) saying, they-descended
av host u ,
came the-elephant,
av,
came,
byuthus
sat-for-him
namyov
bowed
nechi.
(on) the-thumb- ring.
Yusuphas.
to-Yusuf.
Banyov
Became
patashah.
king.
160 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [17-
Jaloy howun, host u manganowun,
Gk)ry was-shown-by-him, the-elephant was-sent-for-by-him,
bozakh-na ?
Yusuph patashah ; yara,
Yusuf king ; Friend,
wilt-thou-not- hear?
The-praise-of-Yusuf, recite, Wahb-the-blacksmith-O,
khub.
thoroughly.
Gatsh paran “layila”; yara, bozakh-na?
Go reciting “ the-creed “ ; Friend, wilt-thou-not-
hear?
-4] VII. THE TALE OF THE REED-FLUTE 161
VII.— NAYE-HUNZ* KATH
REED(-FLUTE)-OF TALE
Will-happen to-whom pain, to-him is
panas tiy nanan.
to-himself it-verily being-manifest.
Naye-hond u
The-reed-flute-of
dod u nay
pain the-reed-flute
cheh pan ay
is herself
tiy
that-verily
wanan.
telling.
The-flute
cheh dapan,
is saying,
” Bar-sbhib
° The- Almighty
chuy kunuy.
is-verily one-only.
Day 1 ta
God-only and
feakhi-nishe panas chuy
anger-from of-His-own- is-verily will
byonuy.”
distinct.”
The-flute is saying, M The-Almighty pure.
Panas ti y-kun chuy mushtakh ddh
Himself-only-towards He-is-verily yearning day
ta rath.
and night.
Praise go-ye that-God-towards reciting,
162 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES [5-
Pbda
korun
thoth u
Mahmad
mizman.
Created
was-made- by-Him
the-Beloved
Muhammad
the-Guest.
By-the-Almighty with (him) were-given-by- appliances.
Him
Tsor yar chis sbty sbty shuban.
Four friends are-of-him with with glorious.
By-the- Him-of created was-made- Adam,
glory by -Him
Adamas-sbty pbda korun yidam.”
Adam-with created was-made-by-Him this (world).”
The-flute is saying, “ was-sent-forth- Adam
by-him
benawah.
destitute.
6s ti mashiyeth lari-tala drayes
There-was a-wish, the-side-from- issued-for-
under him
Hawah.”
Eve.”
The-flute is saying, “ how excellent
6s u suy sath.
was that-very moment.
Yemi-satay pbda kur% zuryath.”
At-what-time-verily created was-made- (the world with
by-Him its) offspring.”
■12] VII. THE TALE OF THE REED-FLUTE 168
The-flute is saying,
buz^av.
hear-please-ye.
” hal myonuy
condition my-verily
DbdUaday chiv,
Pained-if ye-be,
ta
then
satha
a-moment
ruz^av.”
wait-please-
ye.”
The-flute is
dapan,
saying,
“path
” behind
wanan the-woods
bs ti s pinhan.
[-was concealed.
Shakha-bargau
Branch-leaves
sbty
with
bs ti s
I-was
shuban.”
beautiful.”
The-flute is
dapan,
saying,
“thod u me
” upright to-me
osum bala-pan.
was-to-me the-youthful-body.
Sona-kananay
Of-the-golden-ears- verily
diwan.
giving.
There-happened- to-me
graye duran ches
wavings to-the-ear-pendants I-am
gum-rbyi, ta tamyukuy
going-astray, and of-it-verily
gom badal.
there-happened-to-me exchange.
164
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
[13-
Pyom
me
gutfla
lbn^feur wbtith
There-fell-to- to-me a-woodcutter a-fate-thief having-
me
azal.”
doom.”
arrived
The-flute is saying, “severe to-me
gom suy kusur.
happened-to-me that-very fault.
Nazari-tam^sanzi-sbty sapodum toka-sur.”
Seeing-his-owing-to there -became -to -me crushing-to-
powder.”
The-flute is saying,
makh chum diwan.
an-axe he-is-to-me giving.
Phala byon u byon u
Splinters separate separate
chum tulan.
he-is-of-me raising.
” feakhi-hot u
” rage-struck
chela mazas
pieces (of my) flesh
Pride to-me was-to-me,
ches karan.”
I-am making.”
had panas
the-limit (of) myself
Bala-panas walanay kbfe 11 chum
(Of my) youthful-body humiliation how-much he-is-to- me
karan.
making.
■19] VII. THE TALE OF THE BEED-FLUTE
165
She-went apart (from that-very separation she-is- the forest), verily
wanan.
telling.
6s u wadan, alvidah bs u y karan.
She-was lamenting, last-farewell was-she-verily making.
” From-there having-brought- on-the-road on-the-road (me) down
tarn chum diwan.
weariness he-is-to-me giving.
Walawunuy torka-chanas
Immediately-on-bringing- to-a-private-carpenter (me) down (from the forest)
k a nan.”
selling.”
The-flute is saying,
phir 1 chum wuchan.
turning he-is-me inspecting.
Duri ruz 1
ruz 1
tori-dab
chum
he-is-me
” lari phir 1
on-the-side turning
sakHh
severe
At-a-distance remaining remaining adze-blows
chum diwan .”
he-is-to-me giving.”
The-flute is saying, “ a-saw-with when
gbj u nas,
was-caused-to-melt-by-him-I,
166 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES [20-
AthV 1 peyem yeli carkas khbj%as.”
A-wool-worm fell-on-me when to-the-lathe was-caused-to-
mount-I.”
When to-the-lathe she-mounted that-private-
chanas-nishe, amis pewan panan 1 hamnishin
carpenter-near, to-her (are) falling her-own companions
yad. Yiman ti y-kun cheh wanan kentsah.
(in) memory. Them-only-to she-is saying something.
Ta kyah wani ?
And what will-she-say ?
Nay cheh dapan, “hamnishin mybn 1
The-flute is saying, “companions my
rud 1 kati ?
remained where ?
Wan 1 boh dimahakh, tur 1 ma
Messages I would-have-given- there- I-wonder-
to-them, verily if
rud 1 ada-wati ?
they-remained on-midway ?
To-the-companions secret my-own- I-would-explain ;
verily
Sina mutsarith dod u panunuy hawahb.”
Bosom having-opened pain my-own- verily I-would-show.”
The-flute is saying, “what happened-
to-me ?
kut u ches riwan ?
how-much am-I lamenting ?
-24] VII. THE TALE OF THE REED-FLUTE 167 Dadi-panani nala pha^yad ches diwan.”
By-the-pain-my- cries calls-for-help I-am giving.”
own
The-flute is saying, “ cries I-would-have-
given
marakan ;
(in) the-assemblies ;
Banana-rost u nau klh ti rozan
Fated-sorrow-without not anyone even remaining
marda-zan.”
man- (or) woman.”
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
Kyah wanihe yiman hamnishinan ?
What would-she-have- to-these companions ?
said
Yiman wanihe yiy.
To-these she-would-have-said this-verily.
Narm kar 1 kar 1 bar a m panas
Smooth making making auger(-hole)s to-the-body
chum karan ;
he-is-to-me making ;
War a wuch^om, maz kotah chum
Thoroughly inspect-please- the-flesh how-much is-to-me ye-me,
haran.
dropping.
168
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
[25-
Shall-I-not-weep I,
tbVnam,
are-caused-to-pass- over-by-him-to-me,
Kham-p5san zith 1
For-cheap-pice long arms
zade panas
holes to- (my) body
atha kiit 1
do^nam.
how-many are-place-by- him-on-me.
(Is) saying the-teacher,-
Won
Now
chus
is-to-her
Ath 1
To-this-very
kentehah.
something.
Nay
The-flute
yeli kham-pbsan
when for-cheap-pice
pewan panun u
falling her-own
nay i stanas-kun
cane-brake- to
aye-k ft nana, won
she-was-sold, now
nayistan
cane-brake
cheh
she-is
yad.
(in) memory.
Kyah
What
wani?
will-she-say ?
cheh
is
dapan,
saying,
” nayistanuk u
” of-the-canebrake
wanan
saying
chum
is-to-me
tamah.
longing.
Garza-panani
For-the-purpose-
my-own
fehljyam
was-searched- by-me
arz-o-sama.
earth-and-heaven.”
The-flute is saying, “ the-canebrake my
kyah chuh jan ;
how it-is good ;
-30] VII. THE TALE OF THE REED-FLUTE
169
Zani kyah tath mane buzith
Will-know ? of-that the-meaning having-heard
gbr-zan ? “
an-ignorant-person ? “
The-flute is saying,
kyah zabar ;
how excellent ;
” nayistan myon u
the-canebrake my
kyah
9
Zani
Will-know
be-khabar?”
an-untaught-person ?
tath mane buzith
of-that the-meaning having-heard
The-flute is saying,
yes cheh zan ;
to-whom is knowledge ;
” nayistanuc tt
” of -the-canebrake
Zani suy
Will-know he-only
la-makan.”
at-Him-Who-has-no- abode-(i.e God).”
yus
who
asi
will -be
wot u mot u
arrived
The-flute is
dapan,
saying,
” kyah
” what
cheh
is
wun ii mufe ii masnavi ?
said the-rhymed-poem ?
Zani suy
Will-know he-alone
yes
to-whom
asi
will-be
pemufe ti
fallen
ash g ka chih. ,,
(of) love a-particle.”
170
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
[81-
The-flute is saying,
kbtyah cewan,
how-many (are) drinking,
” modur u
” sweet
mas
wine
Sodurabalay
In-Sodarabal-only
nay
the-(story-of- the) flute
Subhan Subhan
chuy
is
wanan.”
saying.
-1]
VIII. THE TALE OF A KING
171
VIIL-PATASHEHA-SUNZ* KATH
KING-OF
STORY
A-certain-king
Suy patashah
That-very king
ath^zunadabi-peth.
that-very-roof-bungalow-on
61°
the-nest birds-of
os u .
was.
6s u
was
Dapan
(Is) saying
neran
going-out
Ath’
Of-it-verily
janawaran-hond u .
os u
was
Yim
prath-doha
every -day
yihiinz^
of- these
They (king and queen) bolbbsh ti bozan.
wustad, —
the-teacher, —
prath-ddha
every-day
petha-kani
the-top-on
OS 1
were
OS 1
were
khosh
pleased
bs ti na
was -not
patashaha-sand 1
the-king-of
the-chirping
bbfe u
husband-and- wife
Yim
hearing. They
z a h sethah
two very-much
gafehan. becoming.
klh
Doha-aki
On-a-day-one gafehan.
any
patashehas,
to-the-king,
bolbbsh ti ? “
chirping? “
Ath^manz
It-verily-in
occurring.
“az
” to-day
Dapan
Saying
bace
young-ones
bolbbsh* ati
the-chirping there
Dop u ami-patashah-bayi
It-was-said by-that-queen
kona cheh gafehan
why-not is occurring
wnchukh ath blis.
it-was-seen-by- to-that nest,
them
z a h
two
mumat 1 .
(were)
Wblikh
They-were-brought- down-by-thein
bon. Sethah phyur u
down. Much regret-occurred
dead.
yiman-patasheha-sanden
to-these-king’s-two-
172
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOEIES
IV
don-bafean.
husband-and-wife.
Dop u hakh,
It-was-said-by-them-to- them,
Anikh
Were -summoned - by-them
wazir gat^l 1 gat^l 1 .
viziers skilful skilful.
noman
to-these
wuch^av,
please-look-ye,
kyah
what
chuh
is
gamot u ? “
happened ? “
Wuch^akh.
They- were -seen-by- them.
Yiman
To- them (was)
rot u mot u
caused-to-stick
kond u
a-thorn
hatis.
to-the-throat.
Danah-waziran-ak 1
By-a-wise-vizier-one
dop u nakh, “ yih cheh
it-was-said-by-him- “ this is
to -them,
yiman
to- them
moj ti mumuls. Am^naran kur^mute 1
mother dead. By-this-male (bird) (was) made
paniin 11
their-own
byekh
a-second
w6riiz u .
second-wife.
ampa-kani
mouth -to -mouth - feeding-during
mumat 1 .”
dead.”
Ami chunakh
By-her is-by-her-to-them
Amiy
By-this- verily
dyut u mot u
given
kond u .
a-thorn.
Patashah
The-king
chih
are
yim
they
wanan
(is) saying
patashah-baye,
to-the-queen,
“boy
” I-if
maray,
shall-die-if,
fe a h
thou
kar^i-na kuni. “
must-make-not at-all (a second marriage).”
Patashah-bay
The-queen
maray, fe a h
shall-die-if, thou
wanan
(is) saying
kai^zi-na
must-make-not
patashahas,
to-the-king,
kuni. ,,
at-all (a second marriage).”
“boy
” I-if ;
Kor u
Was-made
-2] VIII. THE TALE OF A KING 173
yimau driy kasam panawoii. Yih kyazi
by-them a- vow oath mutually. This why
korukh driy kasam ? Dopukh, “ ase
was-made-by- vow oath ? It-was-said-by- * to-us
them them,
chih gabar z a h; timan kyah kari
are sons two ; to- them perhaps will -do
wdramop ya mol u yiy?”
a-step-mother or (step-)father this-very-thing? “
Some a-certain-space-of- went, the-queen
time
moye. Patashah kuni karan chuna,
died. The-king at-all (a second making is-not,
marriage)
ti-kyazi panawoii osukh doyau batsau
because mutually was-by-them by-the-two husband-
and-wife
driy kasam kor u mot u . Warayah kalah
vow oath made. Very-long a-certain-space-
of-time
gav, ay wazir. Dopukh patashehas,
went, they-came the-viziers. It-was-said-by- to-the-king,
them
'’patasheham, neth a r gafehi karun u .”
” my-king, marriage-arrangement is-proper to-be-done.”
Warayah kal k§h bozan chukhna.
A-very-long space-of- anything hearing he-is-to-them-not. time
174
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
[8-
Kor u has
Was-made-by-them- to-him
neth a r.
marriage-arrangement.
zor
force
wazirau.
by -the -viziers.
Korun
Was-made-by- him
OS 1
were
These princes (king’s sons)
paran sabakh.
reading lesson(s).
z a h
two
Doha-aki
On-day-one
OS 1 .
were.
yimau-panawbn-baranyau-doyau maslahath,
by-these-mutually-brothers-two consultation,
gafehav salam
we-will-go a-complimentary- gift
heth.”
taking.”
Bur%h
Was-filled-by-
them
Tim
They
kiir ti
was-made
” maje
” to-the- mother
trbm 1
a-copper- dish
lalau
with-rubies
nigmau.
with-jewels.
Gay
They -went
heth
having -taken (it)
Trbm 1 riit^nakh,
The- copper- was-accepted-by’
dish
Gay
They-went
salami maje.
for-a-complimentary- to-the-mother present
wuchunah kor u nakh.
a-certain-look was-made-by-her-to-them.
patashah-zada z a h sabakas.
princes two to-their-lesson.
doha doha yithay-pbthin karan.
each-day each-day in- this- very-manner passing.
gav amis-patashah-baye khbtir
there-occurred to-this-queen carnal-desire
her-from-them,
yim
these
Yim
These
chih
are
Doha-aki
On-day-one
yiman-
these-
woraneciven-hond u . Yiman
stepsons-of. To-them
dopun, “ toh 1
it-was-said-by-her, “ ye
■4]
VIII. THE TALE OF A KING
175
thbviv
keep -ye
“fe a h
” thou
Tse
For-thee
me-sbty salah.” Yimau
me-with consultation.” By-them
dop u has,
it-was-said-by- them-to-her,
chekh
art
ta
and
■d
moj u , as
mother, we
ase wati-na.”
for-us it-will-not-be-
sabakas.
to-the-lesson
mahalakhan.
private-apartments.
kuth u .
the-room.
suitable.”
Kalacen av
In-the-evening came
Patashah-bayi
By-the-queen
“bar
” the-door
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by- him-to-her,
chiy gabar.
are-to-thee sons.
Gay panas
They-went of-their-own- accord
patashah panun u
the-king (to) his-own
trop u nas
was-shut-by-her-to-him
koruth
kyazi
why
is-made-by- thee
band ? “
shut ? “
“boh
” I
Yih
She
chesa
am-I
ches
is-to-him
neciven-hiinz 11 ? “
sons-of ? “
“tih kyah
” that . what
dapan
saying
kolay,
the-wife,
Patashah
The-king
cyon
of-thee
patashah-bay,
the-queen, kina
or
chus
is-to-her
gav?”
happened ? “
cyanen-
thy-
dapan,
saying,
“tim
u they
am lekan.
came-to-me for-(using-)indecent- language.
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by-her- to-him,
Goda dim tihanza
First give-to-me their
wblinje
hearts
z a h,
two,
ada mufearay
then I-will-open-to-thee
(Folk are) saying —
dyutun
was-given- by-him
hukum
the-order
bar.”
the-door.”
waziran.
to-the-viziers.
176
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
[4-
Tim bs 1
They were
Dop u nakh,
It-was-said-by-him- to-them,
paran
reading
sabakh
lessons
hawala.
in-custody.
wot u
arrived
Sethah
Very-much
Timay
They-verily
wazir
the-vizier
gos
occurred- to-him
“marawatalan
’* to-the-executioners
maranakh.”
will-kill-them.”
featahal.
(in) the-school.
karyukh
make-ye-them
Dapan, —
(Folk are) saying, —
yiman-patashahzadan-nishin.
to-these-princes-near.
yinsaph.
compassion.
Dop u nakh, * * wasiv
It-was-said-by- him-to-them,
bon featahala.”
down from-the-school.”
Dop u nakh,
It-was-said-by- him-to-them,
“tealiv “ flee-ye
come-ye- down
yimi
from-this
shehara.”
city.”
kbm*.
a-deed.
Tim
They
Dopun
It-was-said-by-
feal 1 , waziran
fled, by-the-vizier
marawatalan,
to-the-executioners,
him
kiir ti
was-done
“mbryukh
1 kill-ye-for- them
hun 1
dogs
yiman
of-them
z a h.” two.”
Mbrikh
Were-killed- by-them
hun 1
dogs
z a h,
two,
kadikh
were-extracted- by-them
wblinje
the-hearts
z a h,
two,
lazakh
they-were-put-by- them
tbkis,
to-a-tray,
gay heth patashah-baye. Dop u has,
they-went taking (them) to-the-queen. It-was-said-by-them-
to-her,
” aney noma
are-brought-to-thee these
patashahzadan-hanza
the-princes-of
-5]
VIII. THE TALE OF A KING
177
wblinje z a h. Thav darwaza
hearts two. Open the-door
Thow u nakh darwaza, racen
Was-open-by-her- the-door, were-seized- for-them by-her
z a h. Dop u has, “yima chey
two. It-was-said-by- “ these are-for-thee them-to-her,
ta
and*
rath.”
take-hold-of (them).”
yima wblinje
these hearts
patashahzadan-
the-princes-
ddn-hanza.”
two-of.”
karani.
for-doing.
Byuth u at 1 patashbhi
(The king) sat (i.e. remained) sovereignty
there
These brothers-brethren two arrived another-
patashehas-akis-nish. Dop u nakh
king-one-near.
It-was-said-by-him-to- them
“ton 1
ye
Toh 1
Ye
yor
here
chiwa shahzada
are princes
wai^tav toh 1
please-tell ye
la^mat 1 .
arrived.
Timau dop u has
By-them it-was-said-by-
Kyah
What
yih
this
them-to-him
Dop u nakh,
It-was-said-by-him- to-them,
M behiv M sit-ye
me
by-me
patashehan,
by-the-king,
yiwan-bozana.
being-thought.
ketha-pbth 1
in-what-manner
sabab
reason
panun u
their-own
me-nish
me-near
chiwa
are
chuwa ? “
is-to-you ? “
gudarun.
happening.
n6kari. ,,
in-service.”
178
HATIM’S SONGS AND STbRIES
[6-
Dapan, — bith 1
(Folk are) saying, — they-sat
patashehas
to-the-king
ti bith 1 ,
pron 1
old
gay
huzuri-nokar,
(as) personal- servants.
golam z a h.
Amis os 1
To-this were
also sat, They-became four.
zima
in-charge
pahar
watch
feor
four
Yim z a h
servants two. These two
feor. Tson-zanen karin
To-the-four- were-made- persons by-him
pahar. Godanukuy
watches. The-first-verily
amis-patashahzadas- to-this-prince-
patasheha-sandyau-
the-elder. (Folk are) saying, — by-the-king’s-
doyau-bafeau trowukh aram.
two-husband-and-wife was-made-by-them rest.
(Folk are) saying, — the-servant is standing (by),
nazar ches patasheha-sanden-don-bafean-kun.
sight is-of-him the-king-of-two-husband-and-wife-towards.
rates
by-night
chuh lagan
is being-allotted
zithis-hihis. Dapan, —
Yimav a y-syod u log u wasani
Them-verily-in-front began to-descend
talawa-kani. Golam chuh
the-ceiling-from. The-servant is
yih shehmar log u watani
this great-snake began to-arrive
baye-handis-badanas-nizikh, av
wife-of-body-near, he-came
shehmar
a-great-snake
wuchan. Yeli
watching. When
amis-patashah-
to-this-king’s-
laran golam,
running the-slave,
lby ti n shemsher amis-shehmaras, hani
was-struck-by- a-sword to-this-great-snake, in-fragment
him
-6]
VIII. THE TALE OF A KING
179
hani
in-fragment
palangas-tal,
the-bed-below,
phamb.
cotton-wool.
ka^nas tuk a ra,
were-made-by-him- pieces, of-it
shemsheri-handis-tegas
the-sword’s-to-the-blade
fehunun
was-placed-by-him
wolun
was-wrapped- by-him
Log”
He-began
amis-patashaha-baye-handis-
to-this-king’s-wife’s-
badanas
the-body
asi will-be
wotharani.
to-wipe.
shehmara-sond u
the-great-snake-of
Dopun,
It-was-said-by-him,
” amis
to-this-one
zahar ladyomot u . ,, l
poison brought-into-contract-
with.
Amiy mojub
For-this-very reason
bedar.
os u
was
yib
he
gav
became
nizikh
near
pahar
the-watch
pahar.
the-watch.
awake.
wotharan. Patashah
wiping. The-king
Wuchun golam amot u
Was-seen-by-him
the-servant
come
shemsher heth niin u . Am^sond 11
sword having-taken bare. This-one-of
mokalyav, av d6yimis-golama-sond u
was-finished, there-came the-second-servant-of nizikh.
Av
He-came
near.
Dop u nas
It-was-said-by- him-to-him
patashehan, by-the-king,
ay
ho
golam,
servant,
kari, tas
may-do, to-him
wothus
arose -for -him
yus-akhah agas-peth be-wophoyi
whoever the-master-on infidelity
kyah wati karun u ? “ Yih
what will-be-proper to-be-done?” This
golam phirith, 4I patasheham,
slave answering, my-king,
So Hatim. Gflvind Kaul writes laryomot*.
180
HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES
[7-
tas gafehi kala teatun u ,
to-him is-proper the-head to-be-cut-off,
waliin^. Patasheham, boh
(is) to-be-brought- My-king, I
down.
Ts a h
thavtam
tath
biye
moreover
wanay
will-tell- to-thee
kan.”
basta
his-skin
dalila.
a-certain- story.
Thou place-please-for-me for-that the-ear.”
It-was-said-by- by-the-servant, — “that a-certain-king
him-to-him
akh 6s u .
one was.
shikaras
for-hunting
wot u
he-arrived
Suy
He-verily
kunuy
only-one
gav
went
zon u .
person.
doha-aki on-day-one
solas
for-excursion
Sbty osus pbz,
With was-to-him a-falcon,
jaye-akis, luj u s tresh.
at-a-place-one, was-felt-to-him thirst.
chesna kuni.
is-for-him (alleviation anywhere, of thirst)-not
Wuchun
Was-seen-by- him
aba-sreha
water-moisture
hyuh u ,
a-little.
Atb 1
At-it-verily
dyutun
was-given-by- him
Banan
Becoming
jaye-akis
in-a-place-one
bai^shi-
his-spear-
sbty
with
pyala.
a-cup.
cyon u .
to-drink.
doba-hana. a-hole-small.
Lodun
Was-filled-by- him
As
Come-to-him
Kodim
Was-withdrawn-by- him
ath-pyalas
to-that-cup
bagala-manza
his-armpit-from-in
ab.
water.
Hyotun
He-began
poz,
the-falcon.
1sbun u nas-trbvith.
(the-cup) was-dashed-down- by-it-for-him.
-7] Biye
Again
cyon u .
to-drink.
VIII. THE TALE OF A KING
181
borun yih
was-filled-by-him this
As biye
Came-to-him again
aba-pyala, hyotun
water-cup, he-began
yih
this
poz,
falcon,
fehun u nas-trbvith. Ddyi-lati fehun u nas-trbvith.
(it) was-dashed-down-by- On-two-occasion(s) it-was-dashed-down-
by-it-for him.
it-for-him.
Patashehas
To-the-king
borun.
it-was-filled-by- him.
thaph-karith ;
having-held ;
khot u
arose
Dachini
With-the- right
zahar.
poison (i.e. anger).
atha
with-hand
Treyimi-lati
On-the-third-occasion
chuh
he-is
ath-pyalas
to-that-cup
nebar.
outside.
Yuthuy
Even-as
khowur u
the-left
hyotun
he-began
atha thowun
hand was-placed-by-him
cyon u ,
to-drink,
av poz,
came the-falcon.
fehun u nas-trbvith.
Dife ti s
it-was-dashed-down-by- Was-given- it-for-him. to-it
tyuthuy
even -so
am 1
by-him
thaph, rotun latan-tal, hefeanas pakha
seizing, was-held-by- the-feet-below, were-taken-by- the-wings
him
z a h, ka^nas tan.
two, were-torn-off-by- the-limb him-of-it
him-of-it
Yih yeli morun,
It when was-killed-by- him,
pata phyurus ataty. Won tresh
ifterwards regret-was-felt- in-that-very- Now (water to allay) to-him place. thirst
ceyenna. Gav wuchani
ras-drunk-by-him-not. He-went to-see
i ath-abas 1 to-this-water
182
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
[8-
asina
will-there-not- be
kuni
somewhere
agur f
source ?
Pakan
Going
chuh
is
patashah,
the-king,
ati
there
wot u
he-arrived shehmara
a-certain-great-snake
bsa-kani
the-mouth-from
lal.
spittle.
Yih
This
chus is-to-him
” hargah-kiy
“if
wanan golam
saying the-servant
suh
that
jaye-akis. Wuchun
at-a-place-one. Was-seen-by-him
shongith, amis ti y neran
asleep, to-it-verily issuing
Yih ab 6s u zahar.”
This water was poison.”
amis patashehas,
to-this to-king,
patashah
king
sa
that
ceyihe,
had-drunk,
suh
he
marihe.
would-have- died.
karihe, suh patashah
he-had-made, that king
Wiin^y
Now-verily
tas-pbzas
to -that- falcon
Patasheham, say cheh dalil.
My-king, that-verily is the-story.
gafehi kariin^.”
is-proper
tresh
(water-to-allay) thirst
saragi
investigation (if)
marihe-na.
would-not-have- killed.
Saragi
Investigation
to-be-made.’
Was-finished
am^sond 11
this-one-of
pahar
the-watch
ti.
also.
treyum u
the-third
Patashah
The-king
pahar.
watch.
chuh
is
Z a h gay panas
The-two became at-their-own- will
bedar.
awake.
Dapan
Saying
Av
Came
bith 1 .
seated.
chuh
he-is
-9]
VIII. THE TALE OF A KING
188
amis-treyimis-paharawblis. Dapan chus, “ ay
to-this-third-watchman. Saying he-is-to-him, “ ho
golam,
servant,
kari, may-do,
yus-akhah
whoever
agas-peth
to-the-master-on
dagay
faithlessness
tas kyah wati karun u ? ,,
to-him what will -be -proper to-be-done ? “
Dop u nas phirith am^golaman, u suh
It-was-said-by-him- answering by-that-servant, “ he to-him
gatehi sangsar karun u . Baki, patasheham,
is-proper stoning-to- to-be-done. But, my-king, death
Boh wanay
I will-tell-to-thee
saragi gatehi kariihA
investigation is-proper to-be-made.
dalila. Ts a h thawum, patasheham, kan.”
a-certain- Thou place-for-me, my-king, ear.’* story.
Saying
akh,
one. pev
fell
Suy
He-verily
muhim.
poverty.
sodagara
a-certain-merchant
chus,
he-is-to-him,
6s u
was
“suh
“that
sethah
very
OS 1
was
baktawar.
prosperous.
Tamis^y 6s u hun u .
To-him-verily was a-dog.
sodagara
a-certain- merchant
Tamis
To-him
Byakh
Another
6s u . Dop u nas,
was. It-was-said-by-him- to-him,
ma k a nahan ? ‘
•wonder-if wilt-thou-sell-it ?
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by- him-to-him,
’ this dog
1 k a nan.’
’ I-will-sell-it.*
184 HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES [9-
Dop u nas, * karus mol/ Kor u nas
It -was -said -by -him- ‘ make-of-it a-price.’ Was-made-by-
to-him, him-of-it
mol ropaye-hath. Dyut u nas mol,
the-price a-rupee-hundred. Was-given-by-him-to- the-price,
him
nyuv sodagaran yih hun u . Drav
was-taken by-the-merchant this dog. He-went-forth
soda heth, wot u jaye-akis. Lirps
merchandize taking, he-arrived at-place-one. Came-on-for-him
rath. Rat a li feas feur, nyuhas
night. By-night entered-for-him thieves, was-taken-by-them-
of-him
yih mal. Hun u chuh wuchan, am 1
this property. The-dog is seeing, by-him
kor u -na keh-ti sadah. Phpl u gwash.
was-made-not any-at-all sound-a. Broke the-dawn.
Sodagar gav bedar. Wuchun ta mal
The-merchant became awake. It-was-seen- verily property
by-him
na kuni. Dapan chuh, *yith kyah
not at-all. Saying he-is, ‘ to-this what
gbmV Av yih hun u . Am 1 kiir^nas
happened-to- Came this dog. By-it was-made-by-
me ? ‘ him-of-him
poshakas thaph. Chus laman. Hun u
to-the-coat seizing. He-is-to-him pulling. The-dog
drav bruh briih, pata pata chus
went-forth in-front in-front, behind behind is-of-him
sodagar. Watanowun mbdanas-akis-manz.
the-merchant. He-was-caused-to-arrive- to-a-plain-to-one-in.
by-him
-10]
VIII. THE TALE OF A KING
185
Wuchun ati feurau thow u mot u
Was-seen-by-him there by-the-thieves deposited
mal. Parzanowun.
property. It-was-recognized- by-him.
Onun
Was-brought- by-him
panun 1
his-own
yih osus
what was-of-him
ta tih, biye 6s u
both that, also there-was
feurau biyen-sodagaran-hond u nyumot u ,
thieves other-merchants-of taken,
onun,
was-brought- by-him,
sethah
very
watanowun
it-was-caused- to-arrive-by-him
khosh.
pananis-deras.
to-his-own-lodging.
asond u
his
mal,
property,
yimau-
by-these-
ti-ti
that-also
Gav
He-became
happy.
Dopun,
It-was-said-by- him,
’ to-that
tog u -na
knowledge-how- was- not
Tamis 6s u
To-him was
amis
to-this
pemot u
fallen
hun is dog
muhim,
poverty,
mol
a-price
sodagaras merchant
karun.
to-make.
tami-mokha
on-that-account
togus-na. ,,>
knowledge-how-to-him-was-not.’ “
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
“Amis-hunis korun mol
11 For-that-dog was-made-by-him price
ropayes
(of) rupee
)ants hath. Lichen cith 1 . Yihuy
five hundred. Was-written- a-document. This-verily by-him
fehun ti n amis-hunis nbl 1 . Dop u nas,
vas-put-by-him to-that-dog on-the-neck. It-was-said-by-him-
to-it,
186
HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES
[10-
< fe a h galsh
1 thou go
cith* heth.’ Gav
document having- taken.’ Went
pananis-khawandas-nishin
to-thine-own-master-near
hun u ,
the-dog,
wot u
arrived
yih
this
nazdikh near
amis-sodagaras. Sodagaran dyuth u . Parzanowun
to-that-merchant. By-the-merchant he-was- Was-recognized-
seen. by-him
yih hun u . Dopun
this dog. It-was-said-by-him
‘hun u
1 the-dog
pananen batean.
to-his-own family-members.
Dop u nakh,
It-was-said-by-him-to- them,
kor u
was-done
kyah-tan
some-or-other
av phirith. Am 1
came returning. By-it
takhsir. Amiy
fault. For-this-very (reason)
tehunukh-kadith. Bal £ ki
it-has-been-driven-out- Moreover
by-them.
nolV
on-the-neck.’
Sodagar
The-merchant
gav
became
chus
there-is-to- it
phikiri.
in-anxiety.
kyah kara? Ropaye-hath gom
what shall-I-do ? The-rupee-hundred went-for-me
calan
a-letter-of- dispatch
‘Wun
‘Now
khar a c.’
expended/
Kodun Was-taken-out-by-him
morun.
it-was-killed-by-him.
bandukh, loy u nas, ta
a-gun, was-aimed-by-him-at-it and
Yeli
When
phyurus.
grief -came-to-him.
amis kyah
to- it what
Gos
He-went- to-it
kakaz
paper
morun
it-was-killed- by-him
nizikh. near.
ta ada
then afterwards
‘Boh ‘I
chuh
is
nolV
on-the-neck.
wuchaha
would-see
Yihuy
This-verily
-11]
VIII. THE TALE OF A KING
187
kod u nas
nala
ta
mufeorun,
ta
was-taken-off-by- from-the-neck and it-was-opened-by-him, and him-of-it
wuchun ath lyukh u mot u r op ayes panfe
was-seen-by- on-it (was) written (of-)rupee five
him
hath. Ada phyurus sethah. Patasheham,
hundred. Then grief-came-to- exceedingly. My-king,
him
say cheh dalil. Saragi gafehi karun u .
that-verily is the-story. Investigation is-proper to-be-made.
Hargah-ay suh sodagar godaniy wuchihe
If
that merchant at-the-very-first- had-seen
even
amis-hunis kyah chuh nbl 1 , suh hun u
to-that-dog what is on-the-neck, that dog
ma marihe. ,, Gav am^sond 11 pahar.
not he-would-have-killed.” Went him-of the-watch.
Came the-fourth-person-of watch. The-fourth
golama-siinz 11 dalil.
servant-of story.
Tsurimis-golamas wanan
To-the-fourth-servant (is) saying
patashah,
the-king,
bewophbyi
infidelity
M ay golam,
” ho servant,
kari, tas kyah
may-do, to-him what
yus-akhah
whoever
agas-peth
the-master-on
wati karun u ?”
will-be- to-be-done ? “ proper
Dop u nas
It-was-said-by-him- to-him
golaman,
by-the-servant,
44 patasheham, tas
” my-king, to-him
188
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
[11-
gafehi sar featun u ,
is-proper the-head to-be-cut-off,
kadun u .
(he-is) to-be-expelled,
shehara-manza
the-city-from-in
Patasheham, boh
My-king,
I
dur
distant
wanay
will-tell-to-thee
dalila,
a-certain-story,
chus
is-to-him
fe»h
thou
golam.
the-servant.
OS 1
akh. Amis
one. To-him were
moye panun 1
died their-own
thawum
place-for-me
“suh
” that
neciv 1
sons !ii
OS
was
kan.” Dapan
the-ear.” Saying
patasheha
z a h.
two.
moj u . Patashehan
mother. By-the-king
a-certain-king
Timan^y
To-them-verily
kiir*
was-made
woruz u
second-wife
don
to-the-two
zanana.
woman.
wdramop
stepmother.
Sa
She
gaye
became
Yim
These
OS 1
were
z a h sabakas.
the-two at-a-lesson.
Tora ay,
Thence they-came,
patashahzadan to-the-princes
patashahzada
princes
amis-woramaje
to-this-stepmother
niyekh salam, lalau niginau
was-taken-by-them a-complimentary- (filled) with- with- jewels
gift, rubies
trbm 1 . Thbv ti kh amis bontha-kani.
a-copper-dish. It-was-placed-by-them to-her in-front.
Yim
These
chih
they-are
paniin*
her-own
gay
went
biye sabakas. Doha doha
again to-the-lesson. Each-day each-day
kadan. Patashah-baye wuz ti
(thus) passing. To-the-queen was-aroused
ray. Kyah wuz ti s? ‘Boh
intention. What was-aroused-in-her ? ‘ I
-11]
VIII. THE TALE OF A KING
189 gdnah.’
karahb yiman-patashahzadan-sbty
would-have-done these-princes-with sin.’
Doha-aki wonun yiman-patashahzadan-ddn,
On-a-day-one it-was-said-by-her to-these-princes-two,
‘me-soty kariv gona^’ Yimav dop u has,
do-ye sin.’ By-them was-said-by-them-
’ me- with
<fe a h
chekh art
son 1
our
mbj 1
fee
to-her,
ta
and
ase
for-us
mother ; for-thee
wati-na.’ Patashahzada gay sabakas.
it-will-not-be-suitable.’ The-princes went to-the-lesson.
Patashah av darbar murkhas karith.
The-king came the-court dismissed having-made.
W6t u mahalakhan. Patashah-bayi
He-arrived at-the-private-apartments. By-the-queen
trop u nas
was-shut-by-her-for- him
darwaza.
the-door.
Darwaza
The-door
ches-na
she-is-for-him- not
thawan. Dop u nas, ‘yih kyazi?’ Wofeh u s
opening. It-was-said-by- ‘ this why ? ‘ She-rose (in-
him-to-her,
reply) -to-hira
patashah-bay. Dop u nas, ‘boh chesa
the-queen. It-was-said-by-her-to-him, ‘ I am-I
cybn ti kolay, kina cyanen-neciven-hunz ti ? ‘
of-thee the-wife, or thy-sons-of ? ‘
Dop u nas patashehan,
It-was-said-by-him-to- by-the-king,
her
‘tih
‘that
gav
?>
Dop u nas,
happened ? ‘ It-was-said-by-her-to-him,
Him
1 they
kyah
what
am came-to-me
190
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
[11
lekan.’
for (-using) -indecent- language.’
’ wun kyah
’ now what
Patashah
The-king
chus
is-to-her
dap an, saying,
chuh salah ? p Patashah-bay
“is (your) advice ? ‘ The-queen
ches dapan, ( me gafehi tihanza
is-to-him saying, • for-me is-necessary their
wblinje z a h. Tima khema boh, Ada-kyah
hearts two. Them I-will-eat I. Then-of-course
Patashehan dyut u
By-the-king was-given
waziras. Dop u nas,
to-the-vizier. It-was-said-by-him-to-him,
z a h dikh marawatalan athi.
two give-them of-the-executioners in-the-hand.
thaway
I-will-open-for-thee
hukum
an-order
shahzada
princes
Yiman
Of-them
darwaza/
the-door.’
‘yim
1 these
wazir.
the- vizier.
kadan
they-will-extract
W6t u
He-arrived
wblinje
the-hearts
z a h.’
two.’
Gav
Went
yim
these
shahzada
princes
nazarah.
z a h
two
OS 1 .
were.
Sethah
a-single-glance. Exceedingly became-
to-him
featahal, yeti
at-the-school, where
Yiman-kun kur ti n
Them-towards was-made-by-him
patashahzada
princes
gbs
yim
these
z a h khosh.
two pleasing.
Dop u nakh,
It-was-said-by-him-to- them,
Tsal 1 .”
They-fled.”
Dilas
To-the-heart
< Isaliv
1 flee-ye
pyos yinsaph.
fell-of-him compassion.
yimi-shehar a dur. ‘
from-this-city far.’
-13]
VIII. THE TALE OF A KING
191
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
” Marawatalan
’ To-the-executioners
dyut u hukum waziran,
was-given an-order by-the-vizier,
‘mbryukh hun 1 z a h.’ Marawatalau mbr 1
hun 1 z a h, kadikh yiman wblinje
dogs two, were-extracted-by-them of-them the-hearts
z a h, lazakh tbkis-manz, gay heth
two, they-were-placed- a-tray-in, they-went taking
by-them
patashah-baye. Patashah-bayi thow u darwaza.
to-the-queen. By-the-queen was-opened the-door.
Patashah chuh karan patashbhi tat 1 .
The-king is doing ruling there.
The-princes two came
patashehas nish. Patashehan
king near. By-the-king
golam. G6danyuk u pahar
(as) servants. The-first watch
badis-hihis-shahzadas. Shemah
the-elder-the-prince. A-lamp-flame
Patashaha-sand 1 z a h bbts ti
The-king two husband-and-
tsalan fleeing
rat 1
were-taken
aramas.
in-rest.
wife
Yiman^y
To-them-verily
biyis
to-another
yim
they
av amis-
came to-this-
chuh dazan. is burning.
chih palangas-
are the-bed-
syod u
in-front
wasan
descending
192
HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES
[18-
chuh shehmar. Yih
is a-great-snake. This
shemsher. Amis- shehmar as
a-sword. To-this-great-snake
tuk a ra. Ami pata chuh
pieces. This after he-is
gdlam chuh kadan
servant is drawing
chuh karan
he-is making
shemsheri-handis
to-the-sword’s
tegas walan phamb. Amis-patashahbaye-handis-
blade wrapping cotton-wool. To-this-queen’s-
badanas os u
body he- was
shehmara-sond u .
great-snake-of.
asim
there-will-be-on-my (queen)
wotharan
wiping-off
Dopun,
It-was-said-by-him
yih
this
shehmara-sond u
the-great-snake-of
wotharan
wiping
ta
and
patashah
the-king
Dop u patashehan,
It-was-said by-the-king,
< yih
‘he
zahar
poison
‘amis
on -her
zahar. ‘
poison.’
gav
became
am
came-to-me
amis-
that-
ma
I-wonder-if
6s u
He -was bedar.
awake.
marani/
for-killing.’
Patasheham, say cheh
My-king, that-verily is
suh patashah sara
that king testing
neciven-peth ma diyihe
sons-on not would-he-
have-given
‘toh 1 mbryukh/ Ada gay tim
‘ye kill-ye-them.’ Afterwards went those
z a h mara. Patasheham, agar
two to-death. My-king, if
dalil.
the-story
karihe,
had-made,
hukum marawatalan,
the-order to-the-executioners,
Hargah-kiy
If
pananen-
to-his-own-
hun 1
dogs
bawar
believing
•14]
VIII. THE TALE OF A KING
198
karakh-na,
thou-wilt-not-make,
mol u . Yih
father. This
suh
that
patashah king
patashah
king
gokh
art
OS u
was
te a h.
thou.
cheh
is
shemsher, the-sword,
shehmar
the-great-snake
atf-kyah chuy
there-on-the- is-of-thee other-hand
gane karith.”
pieces having-made.”
sonuy
our-verily
Yit’-kyah
Here-on-the- one-hand
palangas-tal the-bed-below
14.
Akh
One
Sethah
Exceedingly
boy u
gokh
became -with- them
patashah
the-king
thowun
brother was-appointed- by-him
banowun
was-made-by-him
patashah.
a-king.
wazir,
vizier,
byakh
the-other
khosh.
pleased.
boy u
brother
194
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
[1-
IX. — GRIST 1 - B AYE - HUNZ* TA FARMER’ S- WIFE-OF AND
HUNZ* KATH OF STORY
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
MACH-T A LARE-
HONEY-BEE-
Yih
This
bapath ?
reason ?
kor u mot u
done
Wbfe 11 She-arrived
mach-t a l ti r ti .
a-honey-bee.
cheh
she-is
gnstf-bay
farmer’s-wife
had
Kardaran ta
By-the-overseer and
feuj u mute ti .
fled.
mukadaman
by-the-village- headman
zulm. Amiy-bapath cheh
tyranny. For-this-very- she-is
reason
wanas-akis-manz. Otuy
forest-one-in.
Kami-
For-what-
OSUS
had-been-to- her
feuj tt miife tt .
fled.
wbVs
Amis
To-it
amis-gristf-baye,
to-this-farmer’s-wife,
There-verily arrived-to-her
Dapan
Saying
chekh
aye zaban.
came speech.
” fe a h kyazi
” thou why
art
feuj u muts ti ? M Dop u nas
fled? chuh
is
phirith
answering
zulm.
tyranny.
Was-said-by-her-to- it
gristf-bayi,
by-the-farmer’s- wife,
a
me
to-me
gdmot u
happened
zulm.”
tyranny.”
Ami
By-that
dop u nas
was-said-by-it- to-her
mach-t a l a ri,
by-the-bee,
Boh
I
ches
am
” me-ti
wadan,
lamenting,
chuh gomot u
is happened
fe a h thavtam
thou please-place-for- me
-3] IX. FARMERS WIFE AND HONEY-BEE 195
kan.” Wanan mlch-t a l u r u gristf-bayi kun.
the-ear.” Saying (is) the-bee the-farmer’s-wife to.
” Yitay,
vesi,
paran
pemos,
” Come-
friend,
at-feet
we-will-fall-of-Him,
please,
karos zarapar.
we-will-make- ejaculations. to-Him
Buday chesay mich-t a l fl r ti , wanuk u
I-verily am-Thy honey-bee, of-the-forest
janawar.
a-winged-creature.
From-every- flower-nectar was-brought- I-became
mountain by-me,
ayalbar.
possessed-of-a-large-family.
Balay peyin hapath-ganas, wanan
Calamity may-fall to-the-bear-pimp, to-the-forests
febii ti nam lar.
was-brought-in- running-away. by-him-to-me
To-the-young- of-it nest-destruction was-made-
ones by-him ;
Sbhibo, ay-na ar ?
O-God, did-there-not-there- pity ? come-to- thee
196
HATIMS SONGS AND STORIES
[4-
Buday
I-verily
chesay
am-Thy
janawar.
a- winged-creature . ‘
mSch-t a l ti r*,
honey-bee,
wanuk u
of-the-forest
(Is) saying
m8ch-t a l a r ti ,
honey-bee,
amis
to-this
gristf-baye
farmer’s-wife
yih
this
“yih
” this
hal
condition
kor u nam
was-made-by-him- for-me
wana-manza
the-forest-from-in
hapatan.
by-the-bear.
wufeh ti s
I-descended
gristf-garas,
to-a-farmer’s-house,
rahath.’
ease.’
Wuchta wun
See-please now
yih gryust u , thavta
this the-farmer, place-please
wanay ?
shall-say-to-thee ?
Wun
Now
dapyam,
it-was-said-by- me (long ago),
kyah
what
feajyeyes,
I-fled,
‘kara
1 1- will-make
karem
will-do-to-me
kan.
the-ear.
Boh I
kyah
what
Thiin ti a
Fresh- butter
mathith
having-rubbed
kuth u ah
a -room
thow u nam,
was-placed-by-him- for-me,
motun*
of-death
Bagan^ayes
It-was-my-fate
gayem
became-to me
chem
it-is-to-me
bSdi-hal.
a-prison.
gristf-garas, say me
(in) the-farmer’s-house, that-verily to-me
gal.
shame.
■6]
IX. FARMER’S WIFE AND HONEY-BEE 197
A-sickle-with the-honeycombs when were-cut-by-him-
of-me,
kbtyah khatis mar.
how-many arose-for-him (guilt of) murders.
Buday chesay
I-verily am-Thy
janawar.”
a-winged-creature.”
mlch-t a l fl r tt ,
honey-bee,
wanuk u
of-the-forest
Was-finished
panun u dod u .
her-own pain.
ami-mach-t a l a ri wanith
by-this-honey-bee having-spoken
Wun cheh dapan amis-
Now she-is saying
gristf-baye, “cheyey klh gomot u ,
farmer’s-wife, “ if-there-is-to- anything happened, thee
to-this-
fe a -ti thou-also
wan. 77
speak.”
Dapan
Saying
chuh
is
Wanan
Saying
ches,
she-is-to-it,
gdmotV
happened.”
cheh
is
” Boz,
11 hear,
wun
now
me
to-me
gristf-bay.
the-farmer’s-wife.
kyah
what
Azal chawun chuh
Fate to-be-experienced is
tal wasun*
below to-be-descended
samsaras,
in-the-world,
jay.
a-place.
Buday
I-verily
chesay
am-Thy
gristf-bay,
farmer’s-wife,
yor
here
zulm
tyranny
cheh
there-is
nay
not-verily
rozani
to-abide
ay.
we-are-come.
198 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES ‘ [7-
In-spring when the-accountants to-farmers soothing
dini hay ay,
to-give ! came,
Modaryiv-kathau yedah btir%h, zalas
With-sweet-words a-belly was-filled-by-them, in-a-net
walana-ay.
we-were-surrounded.
In-autumn-time the-affection was-forgotten- for-beating
by-them,
tim-hay ay.
they-verily came.
Buday chesay grist^bay, yor nay
I-verily am-Thy farmer’s-wife, here not-verily
rozani ay.
to-abide we-came.
What fruits were-sown-by-me in-mother-earth,
tim-hay papith ay,
they-verily ripened came,
Somb a rith sbrith khalas karim,
Having-collected having-piled on-the-threshing- they-were-
floor made-by-me,
hatabod^khoris dray.
to-hundreds-of-kharwar- they -emerged, weight
-12] IX. FARMERS WIFE AND HONEY-BEE
199
In-each-village- circuit
tolani tim-hay
to-weigh they-verily
mukadam
the-village-head-
man
ay,
came,
ta
and
pathwbr*
the-village- accountant
Buday
I-verily
chesay
am-Tby
rozani ay.
to-abide we-came.
gristf-bay,
farmer’s-wife,
yor nay
here not-verily
The-poor and penniless
halam dor^dor 1 ay,
the-lap-cloth holding-out came,
kbtyah, vis^yiy,
how-many, O-friend,
Halam ditfmakh
The-skirts were-given-by- me-to-them
chuli mokalan
is for-salvation
me bar^bari, suy
by-me filling, that-verily
pay.
a-means.
12.
yith-nay
so-that-not
Kalama sbtin sawab likhan,
A-pen with the-reward-of-good- they-will-
actions write,
lagekh gray.
will-happen-to-them shaking.
Buday chesay gristf-bay,
I-verily am-Thy farmer’s-wife,
yor nay
here not-verily
rozani ay.
to-abide we-came.
200
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
X.— RAJE BIKARAMAJETUN* KATH
(In the original MSS. of this story, the Hindu word for “ king M is regularly written raj&, instead of the more familiar raja or raza. This spelling is followed in the transcription.)
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
Mahaniv*
Men
Akh
bor
four
There-came-to- them
bruha
in-front
yeli
when
panawiin,
mutually,
hyotukh
they-began
OS 1
were
mbdan.
a-plain.
pakun,
to-go,
pakan
going
Ath 1
(On) this
lag 1
they-began
wati.
by-road.
mbdanas plain
wanani
to-say
” talau,
” ho,
mbdan kadon.”
plain we-will-pass-over-
wan^av
tell-ye
Pata-kani
Afterwards
shekhba. person -a.
dalila,
story-a,
it.”
Amis
To-him
dopukh,
it-was-said-by- them,
dalila,
story-a,
akh
there-came- to-them
“b a h
1 thou
yih mbdan mdkalawahun.”
this plain we-will-complete-it.”
dop u nakh
it-was-said-by-him-to- them
wanamowa dalil.
will-tell-to-you a-story
katha panb.
tales five.
phlrith,
in-answer,
” boh,
“I,
yih
this
byakh
other
wanta
tell-please
Am 1
By-him
hasa,
sirs,
Dalil, hasa, wanamowa
Story, sirs, I-will-tell-to-you
Panban-kathan gabhanam
For-five-tales they-will-be-proper-to-
me
-1] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKBAMADITYA 201
din*
to-be-given
dop u has
it-was-said-by- them-to-him
r6payes
of-rupee
phirith,
in -answer,
pants five
“feor
” four
hath.”
hundred.”
hath
Yimov
By-them
dimoy
hundred we-will-give- to-thee
feor
four
zan*.
persons.
Ponfeyum u hath gay panunuy,
The-fifth hundred became thine-own-
only.
Wan-sa katha panfe.” Dop u nakh. —
Tell-sir the-tales five.” It-was-said-by-him-to-them. —
” Dyar,
” Monies,
Yar,
A-friend,
Ash g nav,
A-near- relation,
hasa, chih sapharas.
sirs, are for-a-journey.
hasa, chuh na-asanas.
sirs, is for-non-existence (of wealth).
hasa, chuh asanas.
sirs, is for-existence (of wealth).
Gaye
Went
trih
three
katha. Biye z a h katha, hasa,
tales. The-other two stories, sirs,
chewa,—
are-for-you,-
Sa
That
yesa
who
zanana
woman
na
not
chewana
is-for-you-not
panun u ,
your-own,
asi
will- be
panas-sbty.
oneself-with.
Biye, hasa, —
Also, sirs, —
Yus rat as
He-who by-night
hedar
awake
rozi,
will-remain,
202
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
[2-
suy,
he-only,
hasa,
sirs,
zeni Raje-Bikarmajetuii^
will-win King-Vikramaditya’s
kur ti .”
daughter.’
Wanenakh
Were-said-by-him-to-
yima
these
them
chis
are-to-him
chukh
is-to-them
katha
tales
dapan,
saying,
dapan,
saying,
11 me,
by-me,
katha
tales
wan-sa
M tell-sir
hasa,
sirs,
panfe.
five.
dalil.”
a-story.”
Yim
They
Yih
He
wanemowa were-told-by-me-to-you
pants.”
five.”
Miluv%h
Was-joined-in-by-them
chis
are-to-him
Yim
They
nith;
were-taken-by-thee ;
dapan,
saying,
dalil
story
“ropayes
” of-rupee
feor
four
ken
any
chuh
wune
still
pakanay.”
not-having-been- walked.”
wun ti th-na ;
was-told-by- thee-not ;
Amis
To-him
ladby 1 .
fighting.
hath
hundred
mbdan the-plain
loyukh
it-was-beaten
yimav-feorav-zanev. Am 1
by-these-four-persons. By-him
” pakiv-sa yitikis-patashehas-nish
walk-ye-sirs of-here-the-king-near.
suh dapi, tih karav.”
he will-say, that we- will-do.”
dop u nakh,
it-was-said-by-him-to-them,
Yih
What
(Is) saying the-teacher,-
-2] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKBAMADITYA 20&
Wot 1 patashehas-nish. Dyut u
They-arrived the-king-near. Was-given
pha^yad feorav-zanev. Dop u has,
a-complaint by-the-four-persons. It-was-said-by-them-to-him,
“patasheham, yim^shekhtean khey
” my-king, by-this-person were-eaten
ase ropayes tsor hath. Dopun,
for-us of-rupee four hundred. It-was-said-by-him,
’ wanamowa katha panfe.’ “ Patashehan
1 1-will-tell-you tales five.’ “ By-the-king
dop u amis-shekhfeas, “wan-sa kyah
it-was-said to-this-person, “ tell-sir what
won u thakh ? “ Yih wothus
was-told-by-thee-to-them ? “ He arose-to-him
phirith, “patasheham, boh wanay katha
in-answer, M my-king, I will-tell-to-thee tales
pants. Ropayes gafehanam din 1
five. Of-rupee they-are-proper-to-me to-be-given
pants hath. Ada wanay boh katha
five hundred. Then I-will-tell-to-thee I the-tales
panfe.” Patashehan kad* ropayes
five.” By-the-king were-produced of-rupee
pants hath, ditin amis-shekhfeas. Yim
five hundred, they-were-given- to-this-person. These
by-him
karin band, pana kur ti n kbm u ah
rere-made- tied-up, by-himself was-done-by- deed-a
by-him him
204
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
[3-
Patashbhi-hond u
Koyalty-of
poshakh
garment
am^patashehan.
by-that-king.
trowun, gadbyiye-hond u
was-put-off- beggary-of
by-him,
Biye gandin lal sath
Also were-tied-by-him rubies seven
drav yima katha pants sara
he-went-forth these tales five testing
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
poshakh
garment
purun.
was-put-on- by-him.
matshi, on-the-arm,
karani.
to-make.
Godaniy
At-the-very- first
drav bene-handis-sheharas-kun.
he- went- his-sister’s-city-towards.
forth
Gur u
A-horse
nizikh
near
shech 1
a-message
pemot u
fallen
tur i . ,,
there-even.
phirith
in -answer
pama
reproaches
chus
is-for-him
khasun u .
to-be-mounted.
W6t u
He-arrived
yeli
when
ath-bene-handis-sheharas
to-that-sister’s-city
amis-bene, “ me
to-that-sister, “ to-me
muhim.
luz ti n
was-sent-by-him
kyah chuh
verily is
poverty.
Ami
By-that
Boh
I
luz ti nas
was-sent-by- her-to-him
shech 1 , “ me
a-message, “ to-me
wbVvis-manz.”
my-father-in-law’s- house-in.”
kyah
of-course
beni
by-the- sister
kyah
of-course
Pot u
Back-again
yimahb
should-come
pot u
back-again
rozan
will-remain
phirith
in-answer
■8] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKBAMADITYA 205
liiz ti nas
was-sent-by- him-to-her
biye
again
shech*,
message,
‘me
to-me
yeli
when
bani tor yun u , to-ti gatehem
will-be- there to-come, nevertheless it-is-proper- possible to-me
naphfeas
for-the-belly
gatehi
it-is-proper
mohar
the -seal
beni
by-the-sister
kenfehah.
something.
Ladaham-ay,
Thou-wilt-send-
to-me-if,
gand
a-knot
kariin ti
to-be-made
karun u ,
is-to-be-made,
ii »
panun
thine-own.”
petha
upon (it)
Ami
By-that
na
not
ladun u
to-be- sent
tath
to-that
gafehes
it-is-proper- for-it
kur ti
was-done
kom^ah. Lodun
deed-a. Was-sent-by-her
panane-kenze
(in) her-own-dish-cup
bata-hana, ya fehyot u ya
a-little-boiled-rice, (not caring whether impure or it was) either (leavings)
Petha
Upon (it)
rawana
dispatching
bene-hiinz u
the-sister-of
thowun-dabbvith.
was-buried-by-him.
kur ti nas
was-made-by- her-for-it
amis-bbyis.
to-that-brother.
panun 1
her-own
Tarn 1
By-him
mohar,
seal,
ySli
when
mohar,
the-seal,
rotun,
was-taken- by-him,
shofeh.
purity.
korun
was -made by-her
wuch u
was-seen
atiy
in-that- very-place
206
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
[4-
He-went-forth on-a-friend’s-the-road.
Yeli wot u
“When he-arrived
nizikh
near
hasa,
sir,
hasa,
sir,
suzun
was-sent- by-him
amis
to-him
mahanyuv u ,
a-man (saying),
is-come-to-thee
chuy
is-verily
Patashbhi
Koyalty
muhimzad.”
struck-by-adversity.”
chesna.
is-to-him-not.
“yar,
” (thy) friend,
Suh,
He,
buz u ,
it-was-heard,
drav,
he-went-forth,
wot u
he-arrived
Yaran yeli
By-the-friend when
amis-yaras-nish.
that-friend-near.
Dapan chus,
Saying he-is-to- him,
<4 ha “0
yor
here
pbda ? “
manifest ? “
yara,
friend-0,
Pakan
Going
kati
whence
chih
they-are
goham
didst-thou- become-for-me
donaway.
both.
Amis 6s u miskini-hond u poshakh nbl 1 .
To-that-one was poverty-of garment on-the-neck.
Dapan chus,
Saying he-is-to-him,
dita
please-give
fehunta
please-put-on
me.
to-me.
fe a h.”
thou.”
11 yara,
” friend,
Yih
This
Yih
This
yih khal a t-e-shbhi
this robe-of-royalty
myon u poshakh
my garment
as-na-bozana, “ yih
was-not-considered- “ this
by-him,
chuh
is
amis
to-that-one
yih as-bozana
this was-considered
miskini-hond u
beggary-of
khal a t-e-shbhi ;
a-robe-of-royalty ;
poshakh “ ;
garment “ ;
kami-mokha ?
on-what-account ?
■5] X. THE TALE OF EAJA VIKRAMADITYA 207
Mahabata-sbty. Gav.
Affection-through. He-went.
gara.
house.
Yaran
By-the-friend
Wot 1
They-arrived
kur ti nas
was-made-by- him-for-him
yara-sond u
the-friend-of
ziyaphath
a-feast
lbyik-e-patashah.
worthy-of-a-king.
Sapanes
There-happened- to-him
ot u -tan z a h
there-up-to two
katha
statements
sara.
in-investigation.
He-went-forth
W6t u
He-arrived
bs ti bud u
w r as an -old
Dopun
It-was-said- by-him
wun zanani-handis-sheharas-kun.
now (his) wife’s-city-towards.
and-kun. Ati
ath-sheharas
of-that-city
zanana.
woman-a-certain.
amis-buje-zanani,
to-that-old- woman,
the-outskirt-towards.
There
Byuth u am^sandi-gari.
He-stayed in-her-house.
u ditam
” please-give- to-me
drot u .
a-sickle.
Boh ana yimis-guris-kyut u gasa.” Drav
I gasa
grass
will-bring
anani.
to-bring.
ath 1
to-it-verily
chuh
he-is
patasheha-sunz*.
the-king-of.
this-horse-for
Wuchun
Was -seen - by-him
lonan.
reaping.
ds 1
Were
ati
there
Yih
This
grass.” He-went-forth
gasa-mbdana,
grass- plain-a-cercain,
OS 1
was
laran
running-up
rakh
the-private- field
tahal 1 .
the-grooms.
208
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
[5-
Nyukh
He-was-taken- by-them
Korukh
He-was-made- by-them
cheh
is
ratith
having-seized
pananis-mejeras-nish.
their-own-master-of-the- horse-near.
kbd.
imprisoned.
Rath
Night
gafehan
becoming
amis-mejeras
to-that-master-of-the- horse
pbda
manifest
ziyaphatha
dish-of-food-a
aye.
came.
zanana
woman -a
Amis
To-him
akh,
one,
heth. Yih
having- brought. He
chuh
is
bihith
seated
carpayi-peth,
a-bedstead-on.
Ziyaphath
The-dish-of-food
thUv ti nas bontha-kani.
was-placed-by-her- front-in.
Ath 1 wath*
To-it-verily they-descended
for-him
kheni
to-eat
donaway,
both.
Hana A-little
dy utukh amis -kbdis.
was-given-by-them to-this-prisoner.
h a reyekh.
remained-over-for- them.
Kor u has
Was-made-by-them- to-him
” hato
“ho
kbdyau,
prisoner- 0,
yih
this
khyuh
eat
feheth-han.” Kbd 1 rot u , khyon.
waste-food- By-the-prisoner it-was-taken, it-was-eaten-
a-little.’
chuh
he-is
kiir*
was-made
by-him.
Yih
This
alav,
a-call,
sbh u
our
Atiy
There- verily
panane
in-his-own
jaye
in-place
bihith.
seated.
tamaskhuri ;
jesting ;
ath-palangas
to-that-bedstead
Yimav-doyav
By-these-two
phut ti
was-broken
•5]
X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 209
tiir ti . Korukh alav
the-tenon. Was-made-by-them a-call
amis-kbdis, “ fe a h
to-that-prisoner, “ thou
wuchta,
please-see,
ma
yith-palangas phut u tiir tt , fee
to-this-bedstead is-broken the-tenon, to-thee
tagiy.”
I-wonder-if it-will-within- thy-power.”
Am 1
By-him
tagem-na ?
will-it-not-be-within- my-power ?
Dop u has,
It-was-said-by-them- to-him,
Hamsaye
Neighbours
dop u nakh,
it-was-said-to- them,
chim
are-to-me
‘an,
yes,
chan. ,,
carpenters.’
” w61a. ,, « ii
come.
W6t u ot u . Ami-
He-arrived there. By-that-
zanani
woman
Am 1
By-him
bata-han
parzanow u
he-was-recognized (as)
bs^-parzanbv^mufe*
she-had-been -recognized
dife%as.
food-a-little was-given-by-them-to- him.
dapan amis-mejeras,
saying to-this-master-of-the- horse,
Yih chuh myon u
This is my
panun u
her-own
bronth,
before,
Yih
This
khawand.
husband.
yeli yih
when this
zanana
woman
cheh
is
wun
now
kyah karav ?
what shall-we-do ?
marun u
to-be-killed
ratas-rath. ,,
this- very-night.”
khawand.
husband.
Hukum
An-order
Yih
He
gafehi
is-proper
marawatalan.
to-the-executioners.
Dop u nakh,
It-was-said-by-him-to- them,
dyutun
was-given-by-him
’ niyun yih
take-him this
210 HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES [5-
kbd 1 , gatehi marun u ; wbliirp gafehes
prisoner, he-is-proper to-be-killed ; the-heart is-proper-of-
him
yur 1 aniiii*.” Nyukh yih kod 1
here-even to-be-brought.” Was-taken-by- this prisoner
them
sheharas-nebar. Am 1 dyut u nakh sawal,
the-city-outside. By-him was-given-by-him- a-petition,
to-them
“me trbv^tav yela, boh chalabb atha
.” me please-to-let-me- from-restraint, I would- the-hands
loose wash
buth u , Khodayes-kun karahb zarapar.”
face, God-towards I-would-make ejaculations.”
Trowukh yela. Wuch ti n aba-hana,
He-was-let-loose- from-restraint. Was-seen-by- water-a-little,
by-them him
cholun atiy atha buth u , Khdda-Sbbas-
was-washed- there-indeed the-hands face. God-the-Lord-
by-him
kun korun zarapar. Atha pyos
towards was-made-by-him ejaculation. The-hand fell-of-him
yiman-lalan-satan-peth, yim tati bsis
these-rubies-seven-on, which there were-of-him
gan^mat 1 matehi. Yiman dopun marawatalan-
tied on-the-arm. To-these it-was-said- to-executioners-
by-him
tsdn, “ hata-sa,
me trbvyuv yela.
Nom
four, ‘ O-sirs,
me let-ye-me from-restraint.
These
chiwa lal
sath. Tsor chiwa
tohe
are-for-you rubies
seven. Four are-for-you
for-you
-6] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 211
fedn zanen.
four persons.
nish.”
with.”
Trih
Three
chiwa
are -for -you
myon
mine
tdhe-
you-
There-up-to
karen
were-made-by- him
tor
four
katha statements
Ponton*
The-fifth
wot u
he-arrived
timan
to- those
kath
statement
panun u
his-own
pantsan
five
gayes
went-for-him
mashith. forgotten.
gara.
house.
zanen,
persons,
Biye
Again
wanan
saying
waiiewa tone panfe
were-said-by-you by-you five
wothus pot u phirith,
arose-to-him back-again in-answer,
” Patasheham, katea katha
” My-king, how- statements
many
Dop u nakh patashehan,
It-was-said-by-him-to- by-the-king, them
Yimav dop u has,
By-them it-was-said-by-them-to-him,
wamv-sa
say-ye-sirs
katha.”
statements.’
kareth
were- made-by-thee
sara.
tested.
Av,
He-came,
chuh he-is
kyah
what
Yih
He
sara ? “
tested ? “
“feor
” four
“kusa
” which
katha.”
statements.’
kusa ? “
which ? “
Dop u nakh
It-was-said-by-him-to-them
” Ash g nav
. Relations
chih
are
patashehan, by-the-king,
paz^pbth 1
really-truly
asanas.
for-existence (of
wealth).
p
212
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
[7-
Yar chuh
na-asanas.
Ti-ti
pozuy.
A-friend is
for-non-existence That-also (of wealth). (is)
true- verily.
Zanana sa
chena
panuii* 1 ,
yesa na
Woman that
is-not
one’s-own,
who not
panas-sbty
cheh.
Ti-ti
pozuy.
oneself-with
is.
That-also
true-verily.
Dyar chih
bakar
sapharas.
Ti-ti
Monies are
useful
for-a-journey
That-also
pozuy.
true-verily.
Yima feor
katha
karemav
These four
statements
were-made-by-me-for-you
sara. Wun
wanyum
pbnfeim ti
kath.”
tested. Now
tell-ye-me
the-fifth
statement.”
Dop u nas am 1
shekhtean
pot u
phirith,
It-was-said-by- by-this him-to-him
by-person
back-again
in-answer,
” ropaye hath
gatshem (
lyun 11 .”
Dyut u nas
’ rupees hundred
are-proper- to-be-given.” to-me
Was -given -by - him-to-him
patashehan.
Dop u nas, —
by-the-king. It-was-
said-by-him-to-him, —
” Yus ratas bedar
rozi,
” He-who by-n
ight awake
will-remain
suy zeni Raje-Bikarmajetiin ti
kur*.”
he-only will-win King-Vikramaditya’s
daughter.”
kiir 11
kbm ti .
Logun
By-the-king
was-done
a-deed.
Was-imitated- by-him
■7] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 213
phakir. Gav, wot u Raje-Bikarmajetun u
a-faqir. He-went, he-arrived King Vikramaditya’s
kiir ti
gara.
house.
Nazarbazav
By-the-watchers was-done
khabardarav niye khabar
by-the-newsmen was-brought news
nazar, watching,
amis-rajes.
to-this-king.
Dop u has,
It-was-said-by-them-to- him,
gamot u
(is) become
zenan
will-win-her
chukh
is-to-them
poda.
manifest.
raje-sunz*
the-king’s
pot u
back-again
“raje-sbba,
11 King-Sir,
Yihuy
He-verily
kurV »
daughter.’ ‘
phirith,
in-answer,
phakira
faqir-a
dapan,
(is) saying,
Raje
The-king
akh
one
‘boh
‘I
wanan
saying
“az-tan kbtyah
today-up-to how-many (are)
gamat 1
gone
yih
this
rajezada
princes
ati
here
mara !
to-death !
Wun gav
Now is-gone
phakir
faqlr
hawala-y-Khoda,
(in) the-care-of-God,
ada
then
either
lasi ya
he-will-survive or
kuthis-manz.”
the-room-in.”
man.
he-will-die.
Gatehiv, Go-ye,
khblyun
cause-ye-him-to- mount
Yeti
Where
yih
this
bs ti ,
was,
yih
this
palang
a-bed
phakir
faqlr
trow u has
was-put-by-them- for-him
raje-sunz 1
king’s
shirith.
having-made-
kur tt
daughter
Khoth u
Ascended
ready.
palangas-peth.
the-bed-on.
Amis-khotuni
To-this-lady
214 dife*n
was-given-by- him
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES Karen
zir
amis-sbty
a-push. Were-made-by- her-with him
[7-
katha.
speeches.
Katha karith
kur ti n kbm ti .
Speeches having-made was-done-by- a-deed.
him
Ath-pdshakas
(Of) that-garment
kur ti n
was-made-by-him
shekal
a-form
yinsan-hish ti .
a-human-being-like.
drav dur-pahan,
went-forth distance-a- little,
byuth u
he-sat
nazari.
in-watch.
Pana
He-himself
Shemah
A-lamp- flame
chuh
is
drav
issued
yeth
which
kor u mot u
made
hewan.
(he is) taking.
dazan.
burning.
aj a dah.
a-python.
yih
this
6s u .
was.
Ati
Here
Amis-khotuni-handi-shikama-manza
This-lady’s-belly-from-in
Tsav
It-entered
am^phakiran
by-this-faqir
ath-poshakas-manz,
that-garment-in,
yinsan-hyuh u
a-human-being-like
Yih
This
yeli
when
chuh
he-is
na
not
d a nan,
shaking,
feap 1
bites
biye
again
manz.
in.
cheh
is
klh
any
Isav
entered
yih
this
Am^phakiran
By-this-faqir
aj a dah
python
kur*
was-done
yinsan os u ,
human-being it-was,
khotuni-shikamas-
(of)-the-lady’s-belly-
saragi.
testing.
amis-khotuni-handis-shikamas-manz.
this-lady’s-belly-in.
chena.
is-not.
Av
Came
phakir,
the-faqlr,
wot u
he-arrived
Balay
The-evil- spirit
Nebar
External
biye
again
-7] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 215
ath-palangas-nishe. that-bed-near.
Khotuni
dife%
zir 1
To-the-lady was-given-by- a-push, him
katha karen amis-sbty.
speeches were-made-by-him her-with.
korun biye yinsan-hyuh u ,
it-was-made-by- again
Ath-poshakas
To-that-garment
a-human-being-like,
gav
went
biye
again
him
phakir,
the-faqlr,
byuth u
he-sat
duri-pahan. Shemah chuh
at-a-distance-a- A-lamp-flame is little.
dazon 1 . Athas-keth kud%
burning-verily. The-hand-in was-drawn-forth-by-
him
Amis-khotuni-handi-shikama-manza log u
This-lady’s-the-belly-from-in began
shemsher.
a-sword.
nerani
to-issue
yih
this
aj a dah,
python.
Log”
It-began
Tuj ti n shemsher,
Was-raised-by-. the-sword, him
ath-poshakas-manz afeani.
this-garment-in to-enter.
chuh amis-aj a dahas
he-is to-this-boa-constrictor
kataran,
cutting- to-pieces,
fehunun
it-was-put-by-him
palangas-peth,
the-bed-upon,
morun, karenas gane,
it-is-killed-by- were-made-by-him- lumps, him, of-it
Khot u pana
He-mounted himself
ath-palangas-tal,
that-bed-under.
shemsher dife% shand,
the-sword was-put-by-him (under) the-
pillow,
ta shong u .
and he-went-to-sleep.
216
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
8-
The-night went
ada,
(to) com- pletion,
subuh
morning
log”
began
ymi.
to-come.
Am^Raje-Bikarmajetan
By-this-King-Vikramaditya
dop u
it-was-said
marawatalan,
to-the-executioners,
” gafehiv. “ go-ye.
Yih
This
phakir
faqir
asi
will-be
Yohay
Him-verily
rajezada
princes (are)
asi
will-be
walyun.
bring-ye-down-him.
mara,
to-death,
ta
and
Az-tan
Today-up-to
gamat 1
gone
mumotV Khat 1
dead.” They -ascended
Wuchukh phakir wara-kara
Was-seen-by-them the-faqlr
Nazarabazav kur ti
By-the-watchers was-done
khabar
. news
mumot u .
dead.
kbtyah
how-many
yi-ti
this-one-also
ath-kuthis-manz.
this-room-in.
safe-sound nazar,
watching,
zinday.
living-verily.
khabar darav
by-the-newsmen
mye
was- brought
rajes.
to-the-king.
Dop u has,
It-was-said-by-them- to-him,
” Raje-sa,
” King-Sir,
phakir
the-faqir
chuh
is
zinday.”
living-verily.”
Raje-sbb
The-king-Sir
khot u
ascended
pana
himself
kuthis-manz. Karan chuh
the-room-in. Doing he-is
mobarakh amis-phakiras. Dapan chus,
congratulation to-this-faqir. Saying he-is-to-him,
“phakira, fe a h wanta ketha-pbth 1 bacyokh.”
faqir-O, thou tell-please in-what-manner thou-escapedst.”
Dapan chus phakir, “bedar rozana-sbty.
Saying is-to-him the-faqlr, “ awake remaining-by.
-9] X. THE TALE OF BAJA VIKRAMADITYA 217
Raje-sa,
King- Sir,
kiir*
was-done
balaya
evil-spirit-a
Dapan
Saying
kyah
what
dapan, saying,
kunuy.”
one-only.”
kar
do
nazar.
looking.
akh.
one.
chuh
is
chey
is-by-thee
w poz u
” true
nazar palangas-tal.” Rajen
looking the-bed-under.” By-the-king
Wuchun
Was-seen-by-him
palangas-tal
the-bed-under
Trbv ti mufe ti phakiran mbrith.
(It-was) put by-the-faqir having-
phakir
the-faqlr
amis-rajes,
to-this-king,
kur ti mufe ti ? “
made ? “
chuh,
is,
Phakir
The-faqlr
chus
is-to-him
Raje
The-king
Khoday
God-verily
dapan,
saying,
killed.
“zaban “ promise
chus
is-to-him chuh
is
“yih,
1 this,
hasa,
Sir,
di-sa
give- Sir
chey
at 1
panun 1
is-to-thee here-verily thine-own
kur*. Me
daughter. To-me
panun u
thine-own
nishana. ,, Dife u nas wbj*
token.” Was-given-by-him- a-ring
to-him
amis-phakiras.
to-this-faqir.
am^rajen.
by-this-king.
Phakira-siinz* wbj u rut*
The-faqir’s ring was-taken
Went-forth the-faqlr,
Phakiriye-hond u
Faqlrhood-of
wot u panun u shehar.
he-arrived his-own city.
jama fehunun-kadith.
coat was-doffed-by-him.
218 HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES [10-
Patashbhi-hond u poshakh purun. Dyutun
Royalty-of robe was-put-on- Was-given-
by-him. by-him
hukum lashkari, “ niriv-sa me sbty.”
order to-the-army, “ go-ye-forth-sirs me with.”
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
Godaniy gav ath-bene-handis-sheharas. Yih
At-the-very-first he-went to-that-sister’s-city. This
patashah-ti 6s u baj tar an amis^y-patashehas.
king-also was tribute paying to-this-very-king.
Un ti n bene panun”, thuv ti nas bontha-kani
Was-brought- the-sister his-own, was-placed- in-front
by-him by-him-to-her
sa tami-d6huc ti ziyaphath, yeth tami-
that of-that-day present-of-food, to-which by-that-
beni mohar bs u s petha kur^mufe 11 .
sister seal was-for-it on made.
Dapan chus, “yih chya mohar cybn ti ?”
Saying he-is- to-her, “this is seal thine?”
Dop u nas phirith, “mybn^y chen.” Dapan
It-was-said- in-answer, “mine-verily it-is.” Saying
by-her-to-him
chus yih patashah, “boy kyah gos
is-to-her this king, “ I- verily of-a-surety am
tami-dohuk u miskin. Paz^pbth 1 chuh ash g nav
of-that-day the-beggar. Truly is a-relation
asanas.”
for-existence (of wealth).”
-12] X. THE TALE OF BAJA VIKBAMADITYA 219
Was-taken-by-him of-that-king-also the-army,
dyutun kadam yara-sond u kun. W6t u
was-put-by-him footstep the-friend-of direction. He-arrived
yaras-nish.
the-friend-near.
Yaran
By-the-friend
kiir*
was-made
yiman-don patashbhiyen-kite*. Rath
these-two kingdoms-for. Night
at*,
sub a han
dray.
here,
at-dawn
they-went forth.
ziyaphath
a-feast
kud%h
was- passed - by-them
Was-put- footstep that-the-father-in-law’s-the-city-towards. by-him
A nan
Bringing
chuh
he-is
Dapan chus,
Saying he-is-to-him,
nad dith amis-patashehas.
call having-given to-this-king.
u anukh-sa tahal 1 . Timav
11 bring-them-Sir the-grooms. By-them
chuh
is
kati
where
cyahe-rakhi-manza Isur rot u mot u . Suh
thy-private-field-from-in a-thief seized. He
chukh
is-by-them
thow u mot u ? “ Anikh tahal 1 ,
put ? “ Were-brought- the-grooms,
by-them
dop u hakh, “ yus tohe
it-was-said-by- “ what by-you
them-to-them,
rakhi-manza, suh
the-private-field-from-in, he
feur
thief
kati
where
rot u wa
was-seized- by-you
chuwa
is-by-you
220 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [12-
th6w u mot u ? ,, Yimav won u , “patasheham,
put ? “ By-them it-was-said, “ my-king,
ase chuh kor u mot u hawala pananis-
by-us he-is made in-custody to-our-own-
apsaras-mejeras.” Onukh mejer. Dop u has,
officer-the-master-of- Was-brought- the-master-of- Was-said-by- the-horse.” by-them the-horse. them-to-him,
” nomav tahalyav koruy hawala feur,
“by-these grooms was-made- in-custody a-thief,
to- thee
suh kati th6wuth? ,, Yih chukh dapan,
he where was-put-by-thee ? “ He is-to-them saying,
“me dyuth u -na.” Tahal 1 chis karan
“by-me he-was-seen-not.” The-grooms are-to-him making
gawby 1 , “ patasheham, ase kor u tahkhlth
witnessing, “my-king, by-us was-made certainly
amis hawala.” Dop u nakh am^patashehan,
to-him in-custody.” Was-said-by- by-this-king,
him-to-them
yus tami-doha phakir logith 6s u ,
he-who on-that-day faqlr having-made-himself- was,
to-resemble
suy chukh dapan, “anyukh marawatal
he-verily is-to-them saying, “ bring-ye-them the-executioners
feor. Tim wanan panay.” Anikh tim.
four. They will-say themselves- Were-brought- they.
verily.” by-them
Dapan chukh yih patashah, “tdhe-nish
Saying is-to-them this king, “ you-near
■12] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 221
chuh
is
diyiv
give-ye
kbm*.
a-deed.
amanath a-deposit-in-trust
yur 1 .”
here-verily.”
Kadikh
Were-produced by-them
patashehas bontha-kani.
to-the-king in-front.
tas-phakira-sond u ,
of-that-faqlr,
Yimav-marawatalau
By-these-executioners
yim lal sath,
these rubies seven,
suh that
kur u
was-done
thbvikh
were-put- by-them
tulin
were-lifted- by-him
“yim
feor,
four, kam 1
kar^nakh
were-made-by-
hawala.
in-charge.
him-to-them
bsVa ditfmat 1 ? “
1 these by-whom “phakiran-ak 1 .”
” by-faqlr-one.”
were-to- you
given ?
“Suh
“He
os u
“Tarn 1
“By-him
dyut u mot u
given
kami
on-what
Satav-manza
The-seven-from-in
Dop u nakh,
It-was-said-by- him-to-them,
Dop u has;
Was-said-by- them-to-him,
bapath ? M account ? “
yim^mejeran
by-this-master-of- the-horse
marana-bapath.”
killing-for.”
amis-m e jeras-kun,
this-master-of-the-horse-to,
Dapan chuh patashah
Saying is the-king
“me chukhna parzanawan?
” me art-thou-not recognizing ?
Boy kyah gos suh phakir yus
I-verily certainly am that faqlr who
kbd 6s u than kor u mot u . Godan aye
imprisoned was-by-thee-he made. At-first came
sa
that
khotuna
lady
ziyaphath
a-dish-of-food
heth.
taking.
Kheyev
Was-eaten
222
HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES
[12-
yekh-jah.
in-one-place.
alav;
a-call ;
H a ryov
Remained- over
dop u wam,
it-was-said-by- you-to-me,
fehyot u .
waste-food.
wola
‘come
Kor u wa
Was-made- by-you
kbdyau,
prisoner-O,
khyo
eat
Rot u
Was-taken
kiir ti wa
was-made- by-you
tur*.
the-tenon.
son u
our
fehyotV
waste-food.
me
by-me
ta
and
murdamazbr 1 .
laughing-joking.
Kor u wa
Was-made- by-you
me
to-me
zanakh
thou-wilt-know
yith-palangas
to-this-bedstead
Me
By-me
chum
is-to-me
dopum a wa,
it-was-said-by- me-to-you,
chan.’
a-carpenter.’
‘an,
1 yes,
Tami-pata
That-after
khyauv.
was-eaten.
Phut ti wa
Was-broken- for-you
alav,
a-call,
wath
joining
zana-na ?
shall-I-not- know?
as
came
me
to-me
yih
this
boh. I.
Tami-pata
That-after
palangas
of-the-bedstead
«fe a h
’ thou
ma
I- wonder - if
Palangas
To-the-bedstead
karith ? ‘
having-made ? ‘
Hamsaye
A-neighbour
dyutum a wa
was-given-by- me-for-you
wath karith. Ami-panaiii-zanani parzanowus.
joining having-made. By-this-my-own-wife I-was-recognized.
Dop u nay fee, ‘yiih chuh myon u
It-was-said-by- to-thee, ‘ this is my
her-to-thee
khawand. Yih chuh amot u
husband. He is come
phakir
a-faqir
•18] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKBAMADITYA 228
lbgith. Yih gafehi
having-made- He is- proper himself-to-resemble.
ratas-rath marun u . ,
this-very-night to-be-killed.’
Kor u thas hawala
Was-made-by-thee-I in-charge
Yiman av ar
To-them came pity
yela. Yiman
from-restraint. To-them
noman-marawatalan.
to-these-executioners.
Yimav trow u has
By-them was-let-by-them-I
ditim lal sath. Tsor
were-given- rubies seven. Four
myon u
of-me.
ditim
were-given - by-me
Yitf-kyah
Here-in-fact
chim
are-by-me
chiy
are-verily
by-me feon-zanen, trih thbv^atf amanath.
to-four-persons, three
placed
chim
are-to-me
tim
those
lal
rubies
trih,
three,
as-deposit. feor
four
ditfmat 1
given
tim
those
ti^
also.”
noman-feon-zanen.
to-these-four-persons.
Kh61 u nas
Was-caused-to-mount- by-him-on-him
Yiti-kyah
Here-in-fact
zima
the- responsibility
takhsir. (for) the-crime.
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
Dyutun
Was-given- by-him
hukum panani-lashkari.
the-order to-his-own-army.
yih
this
mejer
master-of- the-horse
ti,
both,
yih
this
panun u
his-own
Kodun
Was -dragged - out-by-him
zanana wife
224
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
[14-
ti.
and.
donaway
both
Khananowun
Was-caused-to-be-dug- by-him
ath-khodas, (into) that-pit,
khod, fehananbvin
a-pit, were-caused-to-be-cast
karanbv ti n
was-caused-to-be- done-by-him
kane-kun ti .
lapidation.
Atiy
Here-verily
chuh
is
” Shrakh, 11 A-knife,
be-wopha.”
treacherous.”
likhan sbhib-i-kitab,—
writing a-master-of-books, —
sar a ph, makh a r-i-zan,
a-serpent, coquetry-of-a-woman,
Went- forth
ati
from- there
phlrith
returning
yih
this
patashah.
king.
W6t u
He-arrived
Ot u
there
gara.
house.
Diwan chih
Giving they-are
chuh amot u pananen-bafean. ,
is come for-his-own-people-of
Raje-Bikarmajetun u
King-Vikramaditya’s
rajes khabar, “ patashah
to-the-king news, “ a-king
Raje chukh
The-king is-to-them
the-house (i.e. wife)
»
dap an,
saying,
“sa
” she
cheh
is
phakira-sunz ti .
a-faqir-of.
Patashaha-siinz 11
A-king-of
chena.”
she-is-not.”
Patashah
The-king
chus
is-to-him
dapan,
saying,
“boy
” I-verily
gos suh
am that
phakir.
faqir.
Me-irishe Me-near
chuh
is
cyon u
thy
nishana,
token,
fee-nishe
thee-near
chuh
is
-14] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 225
myon u
my
nishana.”
token.”
” tami-dohuc ti
” of-that-day
patashbhi
royalty
patashah, the-king,
phakiri
faqlrhood
kyah
why
Dapan
Saying
kyah
why
gaye?”
me
by-me
became ?
asa were
chus
is-to-him
gaye?
was ?
Dapan
Saying
hefeamatsa taken
panls mol 1 .
five at-a-price.
Tamiy
Therefore
kur ti
was-done
osum
was-by- me
kbm ti .
a-deed.
Timay osus
Them-verily I-was
16g u mot u
taken-the- semblance-of
Dianas
Were-given-by-
sara
tested
phakir.”
a-faqir.”
raje,
the-king,
azic u
of-today
chus
is-to-him
katha
statements
karan.
making.
Rajen
By-the-king
sbty panan 1
in-company his-own
him-to-him
bbfe*.
people-of-the- house (i.e. wife).
Drav,
He-went- forth,
wot u pananis-sheharas-
he-arrived his-own-city-
manz.
in.
Chuh
He-is
karan
doing
rajy.
ruling.
Wa-salam,
And-the-peace,
wa-yikram.
and-respect.
226 HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES [1-
XI.— PHORSAT SOHIBUN u SHAR YELI
XI.— FORSYTH SAHIB-OF POEM WHEN
YARKAND ZENANI GAV YARKAND TO-CONQUER HE-WENT
Yiy me dyuth u may, ti gafehta
What- by-me was-seen-by-me-verily, that- please-go- verily verily thou
bozan.
hearing.
Yarkand anon zenan. 1
Yarkand we-shall-bring-it conquering. 1
Godaii dop u Ma^kani, “kus kari
First was-said by-the-Queen, “who will-do
yuhay kar ?
this -very work ?
Phorsat chuh zorawar.
Forsyth is powerful.
Raje, ben Yarkand, baj gafeh
O-king, sit-thou (in) Yarkand, tribute go
taran.
taking.
Yarkand anon zenan.” 2
Yarkand we-shall-bring-it conquering.” 2
Landana-petha Yarkand yimav kor u
London-from (up to) Yarkand by-whom was-done
tay.
authority.
-5]
XL THE SONG OF FORSYTH SAHIB
227
Mashhur,
Celebrated,
ha,
Ha,
Godan Sonamargi
First at-Sonamarg
fedpor u
on-all-sides
chawan
(they-were) enjoying
gay.
they -became.
poshe-mbdan.
(the-odours-of) the-
flower-meadows.
Yarkand anon zenan.
Yarkand we-shall-bring-it conquering.
Hukm-i-Mahraj Botanis brbh
The-order-of-the-Maharaja to-Tibet in-advance
M Balti, tnm age jav.
” O-Baltis, you ahead go-ye.
Piche jawo Kashmir nale
Afterwards go-ye to-Kashmlr with
3
3
drav,
issued,
Yarkand
Yarkand
anon
we-shall-bring-it
Rasad say tedpor u
Assembling that- on-all- very sides
zenan.
conquering.
kur%ay
was-made-by- them-for-you
calan.” 1
a-certificate- of-dispatch.”
4
4
taraphan.
in-(all) directions.
Goda
At-first
Tim
They
log u
was -reached
Maraz-i-Pargan.
Maraz-of-the-Pargana.
wadan
lamenting
OSi, were,
Yarkand
Yarkand
Timan
In-those
anon
we-shall-bring-it
Bota-garan
Tibetan-houses
” kot u lag 1
’ where (are we) arrived
zenan.
conquering.
Kbshir 1
Kashmiris (were)
gbr-zan?”
ignorant- ones ? “
5
5
thbVk 1 ,
stationed,
1 This speech of the Maharaja of Kashmir is meant to be in Hindi.
Q
228
HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES
[6-
Bota-bby* bruh
The -Tibetan -brothers in- advance (were)
Gur 1
Horses
bity
were-stationed
dakas, for-the-post,
nybVk*.
dispatched.
zomba chih
yaks are
gasa
grass
Yarkand
Yarkand
saran. conveying-and-piling.
anon
we-shall-bring-it
Baraye kombakas
In-the-way-of for-reinforcement
somb a ran,
collecting,
zenan.
conquering.
zananan
women
6
6
chih
they-are
Zyun u
Firewood
Aje
Half (i.e. some)
Yarkand
Yarkand
Gur 1
Horses
ta
and
gasa
grass
wartawan.
distributing.
asa pyawal, keh asa
were fresh-from- some were childbed,
anon
we-shall-bring-it
zenan.
conquering.
dujan.
pregnant.
7
7
manganbVhay
were-demanded-by-them
“Chuh”
” Tchk “ (is)
“Bar 1 bar*”
“Ha^har 1 “
karun u
to-be-made (by-those)
yim
who
kokar-gaman,
(in) -fowl-villages,
na zanan.
not know (how to make the sound).
karan
making
OS 1
they -were
timan
them
pakanawan.
causing-to-go.
■9]
XL THE SONG OF FORSYTH SAHIB
229
Yarkand
Yarkand
anon
we-shall-bring-it
Kala kan*
Head in-the-direction
kan 1 lakam,
in-the-direction bridle,
zenan.
conquering
ddmbij*
crupper
ches,
is-to-it,
8
8
lati
tail
Gasa-raz
A-grass-rope
(was)
kannekh
the-rear-binding-
mahkam. strong.
Gasa-gand 1
G rass-packsaddles 2
saman.
appliance.
rope
ta
and
zace-zm
rag-saddles
piirith
having- saddled
soruy
entire
Yarkand
Yarkand
anon
we-shall-bring-it
Rasad karthan
Proportionate- having-
division made
zenan.
conquering.
an^hay
were-brought- by-them
9
9
nan-gar,
menial- cultivators,
Mati
On-the- shoulder
Geje
Bundles-of- grass
chikh
are-to- them
karekh
were-made- by-them
panan^panan 1
each-his-own
kralan
for-the- potters
kar.
works.
godan leje
at-first cooking- pots
saran.
conveying-and-piling.
1 Karhlekh is the term used for the two ropes attached at the hack of a Kashmiri saddle, to secure blankets, etc. (Stein).
2 gamp is the term used for the Turkestan packsaddle, which consists of two straw-filled pommels joined in front (Stein).
230
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
[10-
Yarkand
Yarkand
anon
we-shall-bring-it
zenan.
conquering.
10
10
Kraji
By-the-potter’s- wife
kralau,
potter-O,
Katho-kit*
What-for (pots)
Kbm*,
The-business,
gafehu
go
dop u
it-was- said
khawandas, to-the-husband,
1 ‘ nadana
’ foolish
kondi
into-the- potter’s-oven
walav ?
shall-we-bring- down?
hav, 0,
cheh pakawUii*
IS
one-that- marches,
trawan.”
leaving-behind.”
bm 1
uncooked (things)
Yarkand
Yarkand
anon
we-shall-bring-it
zenan.
conquering.
11
11
Gur 1
By-the- cowherd
dop u
it-was-said
nerav,
let-us-go-forth,
Gov^-kite 11
Cow-for
Wodi
The-head
jay
a-place
gur^baye,
to-the-cowherd’s- wife,
sherav.
we- will-arrange.
” donaway
” both
peth
on
gatehan will-go
heh
carry
laran.”
running.”
gasa-low u ,
a-grass-handful,
gov u
the-cows
-14]
XL THE SONG OF FORSYTH SAHIB
231
Yarkand anon zenan. 12
Yarkand we-shall-bring-it conquering. 12
Khdni keth ddda-not u ware heth
The-haunch on a-milk-pail earthen-pots taking
drav.
he-went-forth.
chnh sapharun u tav.
is of -the- journey exhaustion.
bari
in-a-load
Lokan
To-the-people
Tahkhith
Of-a-certainty
Yarkand
Yarkand
doda-gur u Jenatuk u
the-milk-herd of-Paradise
bagwan.
[is) the-garden- watcher.
anon
we-shall-bring-it
zenan.
conquering.
Watal 1
By-the- Mihtar
zah.
ever.
Chim
They-are- from-me
Tsorafeh
Leather-cutter
hay,
0,
Yarkand
Yarkand
11 Phlrith
” In-answer
dop u wat a je, u b6-nay
it-was- to-the-Mihtar’s- “ I-not said wife,
mangan
asking
ta
and
dalomuy
leather-only
ta
and
or u
awl
heth,
having-taken,
13
18
sara
shall- remember
kah.
cobbler’s- lace.
me-ti,
me-also,
pakanawan.^
(they are) causing- to-go.”
anon
we-shall-bring-it
dap^ihekh,
you-should-have- said-to them,
zenan.
conquering.
14
14
watal-ganau,
Mihtar-pimp-O,
23.2
HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES
[15-
Dap^zihekh,
You-should-have- said-to-them,
” Dapyamakh,
” It-was-said (long ago) by-me-to-them,
chim
they-are-to-me
Yarkand
Yarkand
Shumar
Counting
Mang
A -request
as 1
’ we
nau
not
wat^j 1 ,
O-Mihtar’s- wife,
bozan.”
listening.”
zanav.
know (how-to- use-them.’ “)
kih
any-thing
zenan.
conquering.
tbyiphdaran.
of-the-artisans.
anon
we-shall-bring-it
buz ti , hay,
was-heard, 0,
lirp ahan-garan.
was-made for-iron-workers.
Wocji peth yiran heth
The-head on the-anvil having-taken
dakhanawan.
leaning-upon.
Yarkand anon zenan.
Yarkand we-shall-bring-it conquering.
dit 1 barav, “ yengar
were- grumblings, “ charcoals given
feharav ?
shall- we-search-for ?
Wan kati jan
A-shop where good
(i.e. smithy)
Hal
Arrangement
nay
not
15
15
Kharav
By-the-
blacksmiths
shranz
the -tongs
16
16
kati
from- where
sherav ? “
shall-we-arrange ?
kyah
somehow- or-other
garanawan.
getting-made.
kor u hakh,
was-made-by- them-for-them.
nal
horse-shoes
-18]
XL THE SONG OF FORSYTH SAHIB
233
Yarkand anon zenan.
Yarkand we-shall-bring-it conquering.
17
17
Khosh kyah gosay, amob u gav
Pleased certainly I-became-verily, very it-became
jan.
good.
Pata
Afterwards
nyukh
w r as-taken- by-them
nbyid
barber
ta
and
chan.
carpenter.
Bata-duj u
Food- kerchief
athi
in-the- hand
heth
taking (others)
pata
after
chikh
are-to-them
laran.
-
running.
Yarkand
Yarkand
anon^ zenan.
sve-shall-bring-it conquering.
18
18
Maslahath Consultation
karan
making
tima
they (fern.)
asa
were
panawbn.
amongst- themselves.
” Kusuy kari nayez u ta chbn tt ?
” Who will-do (i.e. the-barber’s- and the-carpenter’s- support) wife wife ?
Katawaii
The-wages- of-spinning
karith,
having-done,
hay,
0,
karav
we-shall-make
guzaran.
a-livelihood.”
234 HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
Yarkand anon zenan.
Yarkand we-shall-bring-it conquering.
Sbbir
O-Sabir
Yamath
As-long-as
Tan
At -length
Yarkand
Yarkand
Tilawani,
Oilseller,
khabar
the-news
tamath
so-long
yutuy
this-much
bozan.
they-will-hear.
[19-
19
19
wan,
say,
av Sbhib ba-soruy-saman.
came the-Sahib with-all-pomp.
anon
we-will-bring-it
zenan.
conquering.
20
20
1]
XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN
285
XII.-OKHUNA-StJNZ* DALIL.
XII.— RELIGIOUS-TEACHER-OP THE-STORY.
Okhuna akh
Religious-teacher- one a-certain
OS u “
was.
Tamis^y bs 1
To-him- were verily
neciv
sons
feor.
four.
budyos,
am-grown-old,
tdh 1
ye
Ak*
By-one
Biyi
By-the- second
Biy 1
By-another
Lok^-hih 1
By-the-youngest
dopus,
it-was-said- to-him,
Timan^y
To-them- verily
waniv
say-ye
“boh “I
pryutshun,
it-was-asked- by-him,
kyah
what
“boh “I
kariv.”
ye- will-do.”
kara
will-do
dopus,
it-was-said- to-him,
dopus,
it-was-said- to-him,
feurim 1
by-the- fourth
“boh
“I
“boh
“I
para
will -recite
yimamath.”
leading-prayers- in-a-mosque.”
big.”
the-call- to-prayers.”
para
will-recite
waz.
sermons.’
dopus,
it-was-said- to-him,
“boh
“I
tsurV
thieving.”
patashehas
to-the-king
Doha
Day-a-certain
akh
one
banyav,
happened,
kara
will-do
gav
he-went
feuri. W6t u
for- He-
thieving, arrived
gara,
house,
rud u
(while) he- remained
wddahe,
standing,
yeli patasheha-sond u
when the-king’s
tan neran tora
in-the- (was)-coming- from- meantime forth there
236
HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES
[1-
wazir
the-vizier
wuchukh
was-seen- by-them
kam
who
kus who
feur.”
a-thief.”
tmr.”
thieves.”
sawar
mounted
biye
and -also
ati
there
chiwa ? M
are?”
chukh?”
art?”
Yimau
By-them
Kadikh
Were-brought- out- by-them
patasheha-siinz^ kur ti .
the-king’s daughter.
wodane.
standing.
Yimau
By-them
Dop u nakh,
It-was-said-by- him-to-them f
dop u has,
it-was-said-by- them-to-him,
Yih
He
tohi
you
Dop u nakh,
It-was-said-by- him-to-them,
dop u has,
it-was-said-by- them-to-him,
gur 1
horses
“boh
« X
” as^ti
“we -also
“1s a h
11 thou
chus
am chih
are
akh
one
yih
this
okhun,
reli’gious- teacher,
z a h. Sapod u
two. He-became
biye yih
and-the- this
other
patashah-kur ti .
king’s-daughter.
Dop u nas
It-was-said-by- him-to-him
tdh 1 .
ye.
kath,
word,
kuni
in-any- respect
pat a,
after,
Nasiyeth,
Instruction,
yina-sa
that-not-Sir
karakh.
thou-wilt- make.
hasa, Sir,
waziran,
by-the-vizier,
karay
I-will-make-to-thee
” mriv
” go-forth
akh
one
patashah-kore sbty kath
the-king’s-daughter with conversation
Boh, I.
hasa,
Sir,
yimawa
will-come- to-you
ta
and
toh 1
ye
nirrvv
go-ye-forth.”
-2]
XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN
237
pakan.
going-along.
“yih
” this
Yim chih
They are
chena khabar,
is-not belief,
okhun-zada.” Tas cheh
the-teacher’s-son.” To-her is
chuh wazir.” Gwash
is the-vizier.” Dawn
Wath 1 guryau petha bon.
They- the-horses from down,
descended
patashah-kur ti koli akis
king’s-daughter to-a-stream one
Patashah-kore
To-the-king’s-daughter
chuna me sbty
is-not me with
khabar,
belief,
log”
began
“yih
” this
pholani.
to-break.
Gaye
She-went
yih
this
buth u
face
lal.
a-ruby.
cholun.
was-washed- by-her.
Wuchun
Was-seen- by-her
peth, atha
on, hands
ath-koli-manz
that-stream-in
Yih
This
lal
tulun, aye
ruby was-taken- she- up-by-her, came
heth
taking (it)
amis
that
okhun-zadas
teacher’s-son
chuh
is
“yih “ this
nish. Tas cheh khabar,
near. To-her is belief,
wazir. ,> Wazir keh 6s u na.
the-vizier.” The-vizier anyone he-was-not.
Yut u gwash chuh pholan, tyut u chuh
As-soon-as dawn is breaking, so-soon is
yih lal gah trawan. Parzanow u ami
this ruby light giving-forth. He-was-recognized by-that
patashah-kori wazir na. Lal tulukh
king’s-daughter the-vizier not. The-ruby was-carried-
by-them
238 HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES
wot 1
[8-
sbty,
with they-
(them), arrived
sheharas
to-city
wuch ti kh pari-hana.
was-seen-by-them a-small-hut.
akis
to-one
Ath 1
It-verily
manz. Ati
in. There
manz bith*.
in they-sat.
Yih
He
chuh
is
yiwan amis atikis
coming to-that of-that-place
patashehas nish
king near
ami
of-that
sheharakis.
city.
Dapan
Saying
chus,
he-is-to-him,
dapan,
saying,
chus,
he-is-to-him,
khazmath.”
service.”
“boh “I
” kyah
beha nokar. ,>
will-sit (as) servant.”
Yih chus
He is-to-him
nokari
service
karakh?”
wilt-thou-do ? “
Dapan
Saying
“boh “I
Yim
They
karan.
making.
amis
to-this
z a h.
two.
dapan,
saying,
bekh
the-other
Shekhfeah
Person -a-certain
patashehas
king
Yih
This
woth u
arose
kara
will-do
chih
are
akh
one
k a nani.
to-sell.
sbyisth.
groom.
guren-hiinz*
horses-of
yimay
these-verily
katha
words
av lal-pharosh
came ruby-seller
Lai
Rubies
Yih
He
chis
are-to-him
chus
is-to-him
” patasheham,
” my-king,
chuh
is
akh lal bebaha,
one ruby (is) priceless^
khot u . Ath manz chuh
flawed. To-it in is
-4]
XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN
239
kyomV
a- worm.”
Dapan
Saying
chus
is-to-him
patashah,
the-king,
ketha-pbth 1 6y fee bozana ? “
in-what-manner came-to-thee to-thee into-
(forming passive) knowledge ? “
“tih M that
Dapan
Saying
chus
he-is-to-him
tahkhith
certainly
Hargah
If
patashehas
to- the-king
karun u .
to-be-done.
gafehem
is-proper-to-me
yih
he
phirith,
in-reply,
chus manz kyom u ,
there-is-to-it inside a-worm.
” patasheham,
” my-king,
Phut a ryun.
Break-ye-it.
kyom u
a-worm
khosh
pleased
Hargah
If
dras-na,
issued-from-it-not,
kari,
will-make, kyom u
a-worm
ada
then
tih
that
yih
what
gafehem
it-is-proper- to-me
dras, teli
issued-from-it, then
bakh a cbyish
a-present
din ti .”
to-be-given.’
Dapan wustad, —
(Is) saying the- teacher, —
Phut°rukh
Was-broken-by-them
kyom u ,
a-worm.
Ami
At-that
yih
this
sata
time
lal. Ami
ruby. From-it
fehun u has
was -cast- by -
manza
from-in
drav
issued
” sbyisth “-nav
” groom “-name
nahith, having-cancelled,
Gav
Went
yih
this
them-to-him
< 4al-shenakh ,,
11 lapidary “
lal-shenakh lapidary
pyos nav.
fell-to-him name.
panun u
his-own
gara.
house.
240
HATIMS SONGS AND STOBIES
[4-
Doha
Day-a
behan
sitting-down
yiwan
coming
doha day-a
chuh
he-is
chuh
he-is
panani
in-his-own
chuh
he-is
lal pasand
rubies approved
kadan. passing.
gari,
house,
karani.
for-making.
patasheha-sond u
king-of
kasani amis
for-shaving to-this
wuchan *” ml
noyid gafehan chuh
barber going is
lal-shenakas. Tati
lapidary. There
Eatas
By-night
dohas
by-day
Amis
This
mast
hair
chuh
he-is
seeing
khobsurath
beautiful
waziras
of-the- vizier
anv-sunz”
him-of
sethah.
very.
mast
the-hair
yih
this
zanana. woman.
Yih
She
ds u
was
ay
wazira,
vizier,
lal-shenakas. Yih
lapidary. She
Av
Came
kos u nas.
was-shaved-by- him-6f-him.
zanana
woman -a
shubiheh
would-have- been-becoming
yih
this
noyid,
barber,
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by- him-to-him,
cheh
is
amis
to-this
gari. Amis karta kentshah
in-the-house. To-him please-make some
wazira-sandi
of-the-vizier
ndktah.”
fault-a.”
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by- him-to-him,
*‘ada-kyah. !
” certainly.”
Yih
This
wazir
vizier
gav
went
amis patasheha-sanze kore, dop u nas, “ fe a h
to-that king-of daughter, it-was-said-by- “ thou
him-to-her,
-4]
XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN
241
daph
say
patashehas,
to-the-king,
‘me
to-me
gafehi is-necessary
lal-shenakan g6daniy lal pasand
by-the-lapidary at-the-very-first ruby approved
yus
what
kor u ,
was-made,
tath 1
that-verily
Dop u
Was-said
mblis,
father,
hyuh u
like
byakh
another
patasheha-sanzi
by-the-king’s
lal
ruby
kori
daughter
asun
u » »
u me gatehi lalas-hyuh u
1 to-me is-necessary the-ruby-like
lal
ruby
asunV
to-be.”
Av
Came
lal-shenakh. the-lapidary.
to-be.’ “
pananis
to-her-own
bebaha
a-priceless
Dop u nas
It-was-said-by- him-to-him
patashehan,
by-the-king,
“dis lal anith, tath
give-to-her a-ruby having-brought, to-that
lalas hyuh u . ,, Av ora lal-shenakh, wot u
ruby like.” Came thence the-lapidary, he-arrived
panane
zanani nish.
Byuth u
fehdpa
to-his-own
woman near.
He-sat
silence
karith.
Yih ches dapan
z an ana,
“fe a h
making.
This is-to-him saying
woman,
11 thou
kyazi chukh phikiri
why art in-anxiety
gomot u ? “ Dop u nas
become ? “ It-was-said-by- him-to-her
phirith
in -answer
am 1
lal-shenakan,
lapidary,
by-this
chum lal mangan bebaha.
is-from-me a-ruby demanding priceless.
“patashah
M the-king
Suh kati
That from-where
U42
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
[5-
ana?”
shall-I-bring ?
Dop u nas
It-was-said-by-
ami
by-that
zanani, woman,
“gateh,
go,
her-to-him
daph
say
khar a j,
expenses,
Patashehan
By-the-king
patashehas,
to-the-king,
’ retas
for-a-month
boh
I
dimay
will-give-to-thee
kyut u dim
for give-to-me
lal anith.’ “
a-ruby having-brought.’ “
dyutus
was-given- to-him
Yih onun panun u
This was-brought- his-own *by-him
khewan. Nu
eating. Not-at-all
nu chuh
not-at-all he-is
khar a j
expenses
gara.
house.
retas
for-a- month
Chuh
He-is
sumb u .
adequate.
bihith
seated
gav
went
lal,
ruby,
Gav
He-went
ada.
completion. yus tami
which from-
that
chuh
he-is
gafehan
going
Diwan
Giving
koli
stream
gafehan patashehas,
going to-the-king,
biye-kun. Reth
other-where. The-month
ches
is-to-him
manza
from-in
yih
suh
that
tujyan.
was -taken -up- by-her.
heth
taking (it)
patashehas,
to-the-king,
lal
the-ruby
5.
kur ti nas
was-made-by- him-to-him
bontha-kani.
in-front.
salam,
a-bow,
panun u
his-own
thow u nas
was-placed-by-him-of-him
Drav phirith lal-shenakh, wot u
back-again the-lapidary, he-arrived
Rathah kiid ti n panani
Night-a was-passed-by-him in-his-own
gara.
house.
-5]
XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN
243
gari.
house.
amis
of-that
Sub a has
In-the-morning
lal-shenakas
lapidary.
av nbyid
came the-barber
mast
hair
kasani
to-shave
Mast
Hair
m6kalow u nas
was-completed-by- him-for-him
kbsith, ta
having-shaved, and
W6t u biye
He-arrived again
waziras,
to-the- vizier,
drav noyid ‘ panas.
went-forth the-barber of-his-own-accord.
amis waziras-nish. Dopun
to-that vizier-near. It-was-said-
by-him
” kenfehah karta amis
1 something please-to-do to-that
lal-shenakas. Amis
lapidary.
sethah.
very.
Soh
She
gari.”
in-the-house.
cheh zanana khobsurath
To-him is the-woman beautiful
shubiheh wazira-sandi
would-have-been-becoming of-the-vizier
Wazir av biye amis
The-vizier came again to-that
patasheha-sanze kore.
king’s daughter.
Dop u nas,
It-Avas-said-by- him-to-her,
mang
demand
Dop u
It-was-said
pananis
to-her-own
patashehas to-the-king
ami
by-that
mblis,
father,
lalan-hond u
rubies-of
patasheha-sanzi
king’s
to-me
lalan-hond u
rubies-of
trot u . ,,
a-necklace.
gafehiy
is-necessary- from-thee
Lal-shenakh
The-lapidary
’ thou
trot u .”
necklace.”
kori
daughter
asun u
to-be
av
came
244
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
[o-
patashehas
to-the-king
nish.
near.
chus
is-to-him
asan*
dapan,
saying,
setliah many
Kur ti nas
Was-made- by-him
“lal,
’ rubies,
salam.
a-bow.
hasa,
sir,
to-be
lal-shenakh, wot u
the-lapidary, he-arrived-
ches dapan
tratis
for-a-necklace
sumb 1 .”
adequate.”
panun u
his-own
gara.
house.
Patasheh
The-king
gafehanay
are-required- from-thee
Av
Came
Yih
She
is-to-him chukh
art-thou
phirith,
in-reply,
lalan-hond u
rubies-of
b6h? ,>
I? “
saying
bihith ? w
seated ? “
(< patasheh 11 the-king
trot u .
a-necklace.
Dop u nas
It-was-said-by- her-to-him
zanana
woman
Yuh
He
lotf-pbth 1 ,
gently,
chus
is-to-her
“kyazi “ why
dapan
saying
chum mangan az
is-from-me demanding today
Suh kati ana
That whence will-I-bring
ami
by-that
zanani, woman,
chena phikir 11 . Gafeh, patashehas
is-not anxiety. Go, of (i.e. from)-
the-king
hyon u tren retan-kyut u
to-take for-three months-for
Dyut u nas
Was-given-by- him-to-him
panun u
his-own
patashehan
by-the-king
khar a j,
expenses,
ta
and
^keh
any
gafehi
it-is- necessary
khar a j.”
expenses.”
av
he-came
gara heth.
house taking (the money).
-6]
XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN
245
Yih
He
YotMan
As-soon-as
chuh
is
yim
these
trih
three
khewan
eating
reth
months
ta
and
gay,
went,
ches dapan yih zanana
she-is-to-him saying this woman
lal-shenakas. Dapan ches,
lapidary. Saying she-is-to-him,
tami koli manza lal tujyav,
from-that stream from-in the-ruby was-taken
” yetat 1
1 where
cewan.
drinking.
wun
now
amis
to- that
me
by-me
up,
tamiy
along-that- very
koli koli gafehi khasun u
along- along- it-is-necessary to-ascend
stream stream
Tati chey nag. Tath 1
There is-verily a-spring. To-that-verily
andas-kun
the-end-at
dobas-manz
pit-in
nagas-peth
spring-on
dob
a-pit
khanun u .
to-be-dug.
hyor u -pahan.
up-stream-a-little.
nagas gafehi
spring is-necessary
Tath 1
To-that-very
beh^i khatith. Tath
you-must-sit having-concealed- To-that
yourself.
ymay
will-come- before-thee
godaiiiy
at- the- very - first
sheh
six
zane
females
sran karani. Timan kSh kar^i-na.
bathing to-do. To-them anything you-must-do-not.
Pata yiyiy timan shen zanen
Afterwards will-come- of-those six females
before-thee
246
HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES
[7-
zeth ti .
the-eldest- sister.
karani.
to-do.
peth.
on.
feuri-pbth 1 ,
thieving-like (i.e. secretly),
Aye
Came
Sa
She
wasiy
will-descend- before-thee
tath
to-that
nagas
spring
Poshakh
Garment
Cyon u
For-thee
gatshi
is-necessary
shell
six
traviy kadith
she-will-leave- having- before-thee taken-off
gafehi
it-is-necessary
tih
that
zane.
females.
poshakh
garment
Kor u
Was-done
sran.
bathing.
pata
after
Timan keh wonun-na.
T-o-them anything was-said-by-him-not.
sran
bathing
bathis
to-the-bank
gafehun u
to-be-gone
tulun u .”
to-be-taken- up.”
timau
by -them
Yiman
To-them
poshakh
the-garment
wtifeh*
descended
feuri-pbth 1 .
secretly.
am^sond 11
her-of
aye satim*
came a-seventh
kadith
having-taken-off
female,
trow u
was-left
bathis-peth,
the-bank-on,
ami
by -her
pana
she-herself
nagas-manz.
the-spring-in.
Av
He-came
poshakh,
the-garment,
ta
and
Yih lal-shenakh av
This lapidary came
tulun yih
was-taken-up-by-him this
gav
he-went
ta
and
ath dobas-manz,
to-that pit-in.
Khiife* bathis
She-ascended to-the-bank
Ami
By-her
peth.
on.
kor u
was-done
Wuchun
Was-seen-by-her
byuth u
sat
sran.
bathing.
ati
there
-7]
XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN
247
poshakh.
the-garment.
” dev
1 demon
na
not
cheh,
she-is,
tas
of-that
pbda
created
siras
of-my-secret disgracing.
Dife ti n krekh.
Was-given-by-her a-cry.
chukha ? yinsan
art-thou ? human-being
kasam
Khodaye-sond u chuy
God-of is-to-thee
korukh.
thou-was-made.
phash.
Yih
What
Me
For-me
fee
to-thee
an-oath
ma
do-not
Dap an
Saying
chukha ?
art-thou ?
yem 1
by -whom
kar
make
gafehiy,
is-necessary- to-thee,
tih
that
dimay.” Am 1
I-will-give-to-thee.” By-him
ami
from-that
doba-manza.
pit-from-in.
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by- him-to-her,
korus alav
was-made-to-her a-call
14 dim wada-y-Khoda,
give-to-me the-promise-of-God,
yih
what
boh
I
mangay, tih gafehem bozun u . ,,
shall-demand- that will-be-certainly- to-be- of-thee, for-me heard.”
Ath 1
That-verily
Dyut u nas
Was-given-by- him-to-her
peth
upon
dyut u nas
was-given-by- her-to-him
wada-y-Khoda.
the-promise-of-God.
poshakh.
the-garment.
ami nbl 1 . Dop u nas,
by-her on-the-neck. It-was-said-by-
her-to-him,
Poshakh
The-garment
“kyah
” what
fehon u
was-put-on
chum
is-to-me
hukum ? “
the-order ? “
Dop u nas
It-was-said-by- him-to-her
am
by-that
lal-shenakan,
lapidary,
248
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
[8-
“fee
” for-thee
Pakan
Going-along
yun u
to-come
gafehiy
it-is-necessary
chuh lal-shenakh
is the-lapidary
pari
fairy
pat a
after
yih cheh pakan
this is walking
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
Amis chuh nav Lalmal
To-her is name Lalmal
Wot 1 amis lal-shenaka-sond u
They-arrived to-that lapidary’s
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
me-sbty.”
me-with.”
bruh bruh,
in-front in-front,
pata.
after.
Pari.
Fairy.
gara.
house.
Ya
amis
kathan chih haran lal,
Either
for-her
of-the-words are dropping rubies,
ya
chis
bs^us 1 haran lal doha
or they-are- to-her
of-the- dropping rubies each- mouth day
sath
sath.
Rath gaye ada. Subuh
seven
seven.
Night went to-completion. Morning
av.
Lai
sath tul 1 lal-shenakan.
came.
Rubies
seven were-taken-up by-the-lapidary.
Gav
heth
patashehas. Eur%as salam.
He -went
taking (them)
to-the-king. Was-made-by- a-bow. him-to-him
Lai
sath
thav^as bontha-kani.
Rubies
seven
were-placed-by- in-front, him-of-him
Patashah gav
sethah khosh.
The-king
became
very -much pleased.
1 So GOvind Kaul.
Stein’s transcript has ashis, “for a tear.”
10]
XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN
249
By-the-lapidary
W6t u panun u
He-arrived his-own
yih
this
kbsith
having- shaved
nish.
near.
nbyid.
barber.
drav,
he-went- forth,
Amis
For-him
Am 1
By-him
wot u
arrived
hyotus rukhsath.
was-taken-from-him leave-to-depart.
gara. Patay wotus
house. Afterwards- arrived-
verily to-him
kosus mast. Mast
was-shaved- the-hair. Hair
for-him
yih
this
ti
also
chus,
he-is-to-him,
gamUfe ti
(is) become
“ha
“0
kosun
was-shaved- for-him
Wazira,
Vizier,
nbyid
barber
mast.
the-hair.
waziras-
the-vizier-
Dapan Saying
amis
to-that
lal-shenakas
lapidary
az
today
pbda
manifest
byakh
another
zanana.
a-certain-woman .
Sa
She
cheh sethah khobsurath.
is very beautiful.
khota sethah
than more
karta amis lal-shenakas.
please-to-do to-that lapidary.
cheh lbyik-i-wazir,
is worthy-of-the-vizier
godaiiice-handi
first-one
Kentshah
Something
byikh. ,, Dop u nas,
worthy.” It-was-said-by-
him-to-him,
wanun patasheh-k6re. ,,
to-speak to-the-king’s-daughter.”
bekh
the-other
“pyom,
it-is-fallen- to-me,
Gav
Went
Tamis
Of-that
khobsurath.
beautiful.
Akh
One
me
for-me
biye
again
wazir.
vizier.
cheh
is
hasa. sir,
yih
this
250
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
[11-
Dapan chuh amis patasheh-kore,
Saying he-is to-that king’s-daughter,
1 me gafehi
1 to-me is-necessary
patasheh-kur u
the-king’s-daughter
mang mblis,
demand to (-your) -father,
rat a na-korV “ Gaye
a-jewel-bracelet.’ “ Went
“fe a h “ thou
asun
to-be
pananis
to-her-own
mblis. Dapan
father. Saying
asun r at a na-kor u . “
to-be a-jewel-bracelet.”
ches,
she-is-to-him,
Pagah
Next-day
me
Dapan chus patasheh, <4 an,
Saying is-to-him the-king, “ bring,
gafehi
to-me is-necessary
av lal-shenakh.
the-lapidary.
sa, rat a na-kor u .”
sir, a-jewel-bracelet.”
came
Went-forth
gara. Dapan
house. Saying
lal-shenakh,
the-lapidary,
wot u
he-arrived
panun 1
his-own
chuh
he-is
“patasheh
11 the-king
Suh kati
That from- where
chum
is-from-me
ana
shall-I- bring
yiman
to-these
mangan
demanding
boh?”
I?”
zananan don,
women two,
rat a na-kor u .
a-jewel-bracelet.
Phlrith wofeh ti s
In-answer arose-tp-
him
Lalmal
Lalmal
mang
demand
Pari. Dop u nas,
Fairy. It-was-said-by- her-to-him,
tren retan-kyut u
for-three months-for
” gafeh,
go,
khar a j.”
expenses.”
patashehas
of (i.e. from)- the-king
Dyut u nas
Was-given-by- him-to-him
patashehan. Av heth panun u gara.
by-the-king. He-came taking (them) his-own house.
•12]
XII. THE TALE OF TEE AKHUN
251
Doha doha
Day-a day-a
gay ada.
went to-completion.
kakad.
a-paper.
” gafeh
go
Dapan
Saying
tath
to-that
chuh
he-is
Likhan
Writing
cheh
she-is
nagas
spring
kadan.
passing.
cheh
is
amis
to-that
peth,
on,
Trih
Three
reth
months
boh iin ti thas.
I was-brought-by-
thee-I.
Tath^manz
It-verily-in
Lalmal Pari
Lalmal Fairy
lal-shenakas,
lapidary,
yemi-manza
which-from-in
gafehi yih
is-necessary this
kakad
paper
Tath^manz
It-verily-on
trawun u .
to -be -thrown.
Tora khasiy atha.
Therefrom will-arise-to-thee a-hand.
asiy
will-be- for-thee
thaph.
seizing.
Pana
You-yourself
kor u .
a-bracelet.
manz
within
Tath 1
To-that- verily
kar^i
you-must- do
was x zi-na.
you-must-not-descend.”
He-went
heth
taking
ath
to-that
ath
to-that
nagas-peth.
spring-on.
nagas-manz, spring-in.
yih
this
kakad.
paper.
Trowun yih
Was- thrown -by-him this
Yuthuy
As-verily
yih
this
Wot u
He-arrived
kakad
paper
kakad
paper
trowun, tyuthuy khot u ora atha.
was- thro wn-by-him, so-verily there-rose from-there a-hand.
Ath 1 athas-manz rat a na-kor u . Dife%
To-that-very hand-on a- jewel- bracelet. Was-given-by-him
252
HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES
[13-
ath
to-it
amis
of-it
thaph.
seizing.
Ami
By-that
thapi
grasp
sotiy
by-means- of-only
hofe u nirith.
the-forearm coming-forth.
Hofe u
The-forearm
heth
taking
av
came
ti,
both,
kor u
the-bracelet
panun u
his-own
Sub a hanas
At-dawn
salam. a-bow.
Patasheh
The-king
heth ti,
taking and,
gara.
house.
gav
he-went
Kar^han
The-bracelet
av panas, wot u
he-came for-himself he-arrived
(home) (i.e. without opposition),
gos
became-to-him
Rath
The-night
patashehas.
to-the-king.
thuv ti nas
was-put-by- him-of-him
sethah
very-much
gaye ada.
went to-completion.
Kur ti n
Was-made-by-him
bontha-kani.
in-front.
kliosll.
pleased.
Was-taken- from-him
panun u gara.
his-own house.
kosun mast
was-shaved- the-hair by-him
kbsith drav,
having- he-went-
shaved forth,
Biye chus
Again he-is-to-him
rukhsath
leave- to- depart
Av
Came
amis
for-this
wot u
he -arrived
dapan,
saying,
lal-shenakan, by-the-lapidary,
biye
again
yih
this
lal-shenakas
lapidary.
av
he-came
nbyid,
barber,
Mast
Hair
amis
to-that
waziras-nish,
vizier-near.
i ‘ Wazira,
11 Vizier-O,
amis
to-that
-14]
XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN
253
lal-shenakas lapidary
kuni-kani.
in-any-way.
chukhna
thou-art-not
fe a h
thou
watan
getting-at
Gav
Went
yih
this
chus,
he-is-to-her,
wazir
vizier
“fe*h
thou
gafehiye asun u
is-proper-for-thee to-be
gafehi
is-necessary
Amis karta kenfehah.”
To-him please-to-do something.”
amis patasheh-kore. Dapan
to-that king’s-daughter. Saying
chekh patasheh-kur*. Tse
art the-king’s-daughter. To-thee
okuy kor u ? Patashehas
one-only bracelet ? To-the-king
byakh.” Gaye yih
another.” Went this
mangun u
to-be-demanded
patasheh-kur ti .
king’s-daughter.
Dopun
It-was-said-by-her
panams
to-her-own
me
gafehi
for-me is-necessary
biye lal-shenakh.
the-lapidary.
asun u
to-be
byakh
another
again chus
is-to-him
asunV
to-be.”
Kiir ti n
Was-made-by-him
kor u .”
bracelet.’
salam.
a-bow.
patasheh,
the-king,
“byakh
” another
kor u
bracelet
mblis, father,
Av
Came
Dapan
Saying
gafehiy
is-necessary- for-thee
14.
gar a.
house.
“Az
“today
Av
Came
Dapan
Saying
chum
is-from-me
lal-shenakh,
the-lapidary,
wot u
he-arrived
chuh
he-is
yiman
to-these
zananan
women
patasheh
the-king
mangan
demanding
panun u
his-own
don,
two,
byakh
another
254
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
[15-
rat a na-l
korV
Diwan ches
Lalmal
Pari
jewel-bracelet.”
Giving is-to-him
Lalmal
Fairy
panun*
her-own
wbj”
ring.
Dapan ches,
Saying she-is-to-him,
“gafeh
go
tath
to-that
nagas-peth. Tath 1 nagas akith-kun
spring-on. To-that-very spring on-one-side
chuy
is-verily
pal
a-rock
bod u . Tath 1
great. To-it-verily
hav
show
mybii 11
my
wbj ti .
ring.
Suh
That
pal wothiy
rock will-rise-for-thee
thod u .
erect.
Tami
From-it
tal 1
below
chey
is-for- thee
wath. Tamiy
a-path. By-that- very
wati
path
was ! zi
you-must- descend
bon.
beneath.
Tati
There
chey mybn ti
is-verily my
ves.
crony.
Say
She-verily
diyiy i
will-give-to-thee a
rat a na-kor u .”
i- jewel-bracelet.”
15.
Drav
yih lal-shenakh.
Wot”
Went-forth
this lapidary.
He- arrived
tath
to-that
jaye.
place.
Howun tath
Was-shown- to-that by-him
palas
rock
wbj tt .
the-ring.
Pal
woth u
thod*. Woth u
tamiy
wati
The-rock
arose
erect. He-descended
by-that-very path
bon.
Bon
wuch^n
khotuna
akh,
beneath.
Beneath
was-seen-by-him a
-certain-lady
one,
kun ti y
ziin 11 .
Ami dop
u nas,
” kati
a-single
woman.
By-her it-was-said-by- her-to-him,
” whence
■16]
XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN
255
osukh ? “ Am 1 dop u nas,
wast-thou ? “ By-him it-was-said by-
him-to-her,
” Lalmal Pa^yi
1 By-Lalmal Fairy
dopuy rat a na-kor u .”
Amis
khotuni
is-asked-from-thee a-jewel-bracelet.”
To-this
lady
pyauv yad. Tam^siinz”
mbj ti
bs ti sa,
fell remembrance. Her
mother
was she,
yes rat a na-karis-sbty
hofe u
gayav
of-whom the-jewel-bracelet-with
the-forearm
went
nirith. Tas cheh uk ti y niir
K Tas
going-away. Of-her is one
•only arm
Of-her
chuh dod u pananis
is pain to-her-own
dilas. Ray kur ti
heart. Consideration was-made
ami
by-that
wati,
will -arrive,
6s u
was
shekh
anxiety
neth a r.”
marriage.”
khotuni,
lady,
nemis
(to-)this
sethah
very
dilas,
to-the-heart,
Wun
Now
“yan
” as-soon-as
manoshes man
khobsurath.
beautiful.
mybn ti
my
kheyi.”
she- will-eat.”
Amis
To-her
map
mother
Yih
He
gav
became
“boh
“I
kara
will-make
amis-sbty
this-one-with
yeli maje-hond u partawa
when the-mother-of sound-of-approach
pyauv, ath jaye gav
bunul u .
Amis
fell,
to-that place there-became an-earthquake. To-him
dyutun shaph. Kor u nas kani-phol u ,
was-given-by-her a-charm- Was-made-by- a-pebble,
word.
her-of-him
256 thowun
it-was-put- by-her
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by- her-to-her,
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
cendas.
in-the- pocket.
” hat ay,
” hullo,
WWs
Arrived- to-her
koriy,
-daughter,
mbj*
the-mother
me
to-me
[15-
Ot u .
there.
cheh
is
Yih
She
zor
force
yiwan mofea-boy.”
coming man-stink.”
kSh. Ami yeli
anything. By-her when
dop u nas, “chuh
it-was-said-by-her- “ there-is to-her,
goda wada-y-Khoda ‘ boh
at-first a-promise-of-God ‘ I
Wada-y-Khoda
Promise-of-God
chesna hewan-zima
is-to-her-not admitting
kor u nas,
was-made-by-her-to-her,
manosh. Ts a h dim
a-man. Thou give-to-me
kyah karas-na
verily will-do-to-him-not
ken.’ “
anything.’
kod u
was-brought- forth
tul u nas,
was-raised-by-her- from-him,
cenda-manza
the-pocket-from-in
dyut u nas.
was-given-by-her- to-her.
kani-phol u ,
the-pebble,
Ami
By-her
shaph
the-charm
manosh yuthuy 6s u , ta
a-man as (-before) -exactly he- was, and
rud u ,
Dop u nas,
tyuthuy
so-exactly he-remained. It-was-said-by-her-
to-her,
“yih
” this
myon u
my
yihuy
this-very-one
hakh-i-Khoday.
duty-of-God (i.e. husband as sacred to me as God).
Boh
I
chuh
is
os ti san
was-him
fehadan.
seeking.
Yihuy
He-verily
lod u nam,
was-sent-by-Him-to-
me,
■15]
XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN
257
majiy,
O-mother, the-mother,
Khddayen.”
by-God.”
Yih
This
ches
is-to-her
” zabar
1 excellent
gav.
it-is.
Bayen
To-brothers
dapan
saying
don lad
two send
kakad
a -paper
amis^y
of-this-very-one
athi.”
by-the-hand.
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by-her-to- her,
” majiy,
” O-mother,
kakad
the-paper
athi.
in-the-hand.
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by- her-to-him,
Wuch u
It-was-inspected
am^sanzi
by-her
likh fe a y.” Lyukh* ami,
write thou-verily,” Was-written by-her,
dyutun amis lal-shenakas
was-given-by-her to-that lapidary
Ami
By-that
kor u nas
was-made-by- her-to-him
“yih “ this
ami
by-that
maji,
mother,
an
bring
khotuni,
lady.
“chiway
<( ..
ye-are-if
alav
a-call-of- summons
kakad
paper
khotuni.
by-the-lady.
.i »
yur
even-hither.”
Ath lyukh u mot u
(In)-to-it (was) written
mybn* gabar,
my sons,
yih
this-person
Amis
To-her
pemot u
fallen
kakad
paper
gafehi
is -necessary
os u
was
ami
at- that
watawunuy
immediately-on- arrival
sata panun u
time her-own
u »
yad suh
(in) memory (viz.) that (pain)
hafeyuk u .
of-the-forearm.
fehun u nas-featith ami
was-torn-to-pieces-by-her-for-him by-that
marun
to-be-killed.”
dod u
pain
Yih
This
khotuni.
lady.
258
HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES
16-
Panun u
Her-own
lyukh u nas
was-written-by-her- for-him
kakad. a-paper.
Ath manz
To-that in
lyukh u nas,
was-written-by- her-on-it,
gafehi
is-necessary
” chiway
” ye-are-if
myon 1
my
boy 1 ,
brothers,
jel a d yun u , me kyah
quickly the-coming, for-me verily
tuhond u
of-you
chuh
is
yenewolV’
a-marriage-f estival . ‘ ‘
Was-written-by- her-on-it
nas^eth.
instruction.
karahakh
thou-wilt-make- to-them
kur^nas
was-made-by- her-to-him
watakh,
thou-wilt- arrive,
dizikh
thou-must-give- to-them
feamruw u
leathern
gatehi-na.”
is-not-proper.”
kakad.
the-paper.
kara.
pease.
Badal Instead
kakadas, to- (on) -the-paper,
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by- her-to-him,
zabbn ti
by-word-of- mouth
“tot u
14 there
yeli
when
salam.
a-bow.
Tim
They
Salam
The-bow
ananay
will-bring- to- thee
Tih
That
cyon u
thy
pblith
having- fulfilled
khen
food
khyon u
eating
kara.
psase.
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by- her-to-him,
dyut u nas
were-given-by- her-to-him
« yih
” this
sbty as a l
with (him) real
khezi tati.
you-must-eat there.
•17]
XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN
259
Tihond u
Their (pease)
panun u
your-own
fehan^zi
you-must- let-fall
bebi-andar ti y
your-breast-pocket- within
khezi.
you-must- eat.
Tami
From-that
pata
after
tim, ‘ kashena-hana
they, ‘ scratching-a-little
dyut u nas shestruw u
was-given-by- an-of-iron her-to-him
karunV”
is-to-be-done.’ “
trbvith,
having- let-go,
dapanay
they-will-say- to-thee
Tath-kyut u
That-for
chih
are (of)
dewa-zath.
demon-race.
panja.
claw.
Timan
To-them
Dop u nas, “ tim
It-was-said-by- “ they her-to-him,
yiyi tasali
will-come a-pleasant- feeling
shestravi
from-the-of-iron
panja-sbtiy.”
claw-by-means-of-only.”
He-went- from- the-instruction (in) memory taking, forth there
W6t u
He-arrived
Dyut u nakh
Was-given-by- him-to-them
tot u , kiir u n
there, was-made-by-him
yih kakad.
this paper.
timan
to-them
khen
food
chuh
he-is
1samruw u
leathern
bus u ,
a-hand- mouthful,
kara.
pease.
Amis
To-him
Amyuk u
Of-it
salam.
a-bow.
dyutukh
was-given- by-them
tulan
raising
fehanan chuh bebi-andar
letting-it- he-is his-breast-pocket-
fall within
s
260
HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES
[18-
trovith.
having- let-go.
khewan.
eating.
Panun u
His-own
Ami
From-that
chuh
he-is
pata
after
kadan
taking- forth
ti
and
” kashena-hana
” scratching-a-little
teuri-pbth 1
secretly
kar.”
do.”
shestruw 11
of-iron
dop u has
it-was-said-by- them-to-him
kod u
chuh
is
yimau,
by-them,
Am 1 kod u yih
By-him was-brought-forth this
panja,
claw,
ami-sbty
from-this-by- means-of
jewab
an-answer
chena
is-not
diwan
giving
ath
to-that
phursath.
leisure.
z a la-z a la.
a-scraping- a-scraping.
Yimau
By-them
chukh
he-is-to-them
lyukhus
was-written- to-it
kakadas.
paper.
Lyukh u has,
It-was-written- by-them-on-it,
diwan
giving
nad.
summons.
Hazrat-i-Sulayman
His-Highness-Solomon
Hala ! bismilla,
Be-quick ! in-the-name-of-God,
ik ase 11 to-us
chuh
is
kariv
make-ye
yenewol u .”
the-marriage-festival.’
He-arrived there,
Kakad The-paper
how u nakh
was -shown -by - him-to-them
yih
this
porukh,
was-read-by-them,
korukh
was-made-by-them
yenewol u . Wun
a-marriage -festival. Now
cheh
is
yih
this
kakad.
paper.
amis-sbty
him-with
khotuna
lady
18]
XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN
261
dapan
saying
rozakha,
wilt-thou- remain,
Boh dies I am
amis
to-that
kina
or
fee
to-thee
u dun^ahas-manz
the-world-in
khotuni,
lady,
wun
now
map
mother
gafehes
is-proper- from-her
Biye
Other
yim
they
dapiy,
will-say - to-thee,
khawandas
husband
dun^ahas
to-the-world
tobiyah/’
an-humble- servant.”
gatehav.”
we-shall-go.’
yeli
when
kenfehah
something
panams, her-own,
yit*
here
manz gafehakh ? in wilt-thou-go ?
Am 1 dop u nas,
By-him it-was-said-by- him-to-her,
Dop u nas ami
It-was-said-by- by-that her-to-him
nerav
we-shall-go-forth
mangum/
ask-for-from- me.’
mangun u
to-be-demanded
watharanuk u
of-a-spreading-out (i.e. for a mat)
ken
anything
mang^zes-na.”
you-must-demand- from-her-not.”
sakharyey,
made-ready-to- set-out,
dopukh
it-was-said- to-them
Wun
Now
ami
by-that
“mangun u
is-to-be-demanded
watharanuk u
of-spreading-out (i.e. for a mat)
kentshah.’
something.”
musla.
the-skin.
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by- him-to-her,
Tath
To-it
chuh is
myon u
my
Cyon*
Of-thee
musla.
the-skin.
yeli
when
maji,
mother,
“dim
M give- to- me
nav the-name
262
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
[19-
1 wuteha-prang.
’ the-flying-couch.’
Drav
He-went- forth
ati,
from- there,
gara.
house.
Gara
The-house
rat a na-kor u . Gav
a-jewel-bracelet. Went
lal-shenakh.
lapidary.
By-the- barber
wbtith
having- arrived
heth
taking (it)
wot 1
they- ar rived
korun
was-made- by-her
patashehas
to-the-king
panun u
their-own
tayar
ready yih
this
buz u ,
it-was- heard,
” lal-shenakh wot u .”
’ the-lapidary (has) arrived.”
Gafehan
going
kasani. to-shave.
khotuna.
lady. phirith.
returning.
amis
to-that
lal-shenakas
lapidary
chus
is-for-him
At*
Here-verily
Drav
Went-forth
W6t u
He-arrived
noyid gara
the-barber (to) the-house
waziras,
vizier,
cheh
is
wuchan
seeing
ati
from-there
waziras-nish.
the-vizier-near.
“ha
“0
chuh
he-is
nbyid
the-barber
Dapan
Saying
wazira,
Vizier-O,
az
to-day
yiman don-handi-khota
these two- than
cheh lbyik-i-patashah,
is worthy-of-the-king,
treyim ti
a-third
khobsurath.
beautiful.
akh
one
mast
hair
treyim ti
the -third
pot u
back-again
chuh
he-is
amis
to-that
khotuna,
lady,
Sa
She
cheh
is
■19]
XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN
263
lbyik-i-wazir, byakh
worthy-of-the-vizier, another
Amis lal-shenakas
To-that lapidary
Dapan chus wazir,
Saying is-to-him the-vizier,
cheh
is
me
of-me
karta
please-do
lbyikh.
worthy.
kenfehah. M
something.”
” az wana
to-day I-will-speak
bdh
I
patashehas.
to-the-king.
Suy
That-very
patashah
king
kari amis
will-do to-him
kentshah woridath. Suh mari, zanana
some occurrence (i.e. device). He will-die, the- women
treh
three
nimav
we-shall-take
as 1 .”
we.
patashehas, “ patasheham,
to-the-king, “ my-king,
Dop u
It-was-said
amis
to-that
waziran
by-the- vizier
lal-shenakas
lapidary
cheh
are
zanana
women
treh,
three,
titeha chena
such (women) are-not
patashbhi-manz.
the-kingdom-in.
lal-shenakas
lapidary
rathta
please-seize
Patasheham,
My-king,
kenfehah
some
Suh gofeh u galun u . Tima
He was-proper to-be-destroyed. Those
karuhukh dbkhil-i-mahala-khana. ,J
make- thou- entered-of-the-private-apartments- them of-the-palace.”
kiir 11 phikirah. Dopun,
was-made a-thinking. It-was-said-by-him,
tamis
to-that
nokhta.
point (i.e. fault).
zanana treh
women three
Patashehan
By-the-king
u mangahas
M (If) thou-wilt- demand-from-him
264
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
[20-
kenfehah ciz, tih chuh anan soruy.
any thing, that he-is bringing all-even.
Wun dapas boh, ‘mybnis mbl^sunz 11
khabar
news
say-to-him
I, ‘my
father-of
gatehi
aniin a ,
suh
chwa
is-proper
to-be-brought,
he
is-he-?
jenatas kina dozakas.’ “
in-heaven or in-hell.’ “
(Is) saying the -teacher, —
Av
Came
salam.
a-bow.
yih
what
Az
Today
aniin u ,
to-be-brought,
lal-shenakh,
the-lapidary,
Patashah The-king
patashehas,
to-the-king,
chus
is-to-him
dapan,
saying,
kur%
was-made- by-him
” az-tan
today-up-to
me won u may,
by-me was-said-by-me- to-thee,
tih
that
buzuth
was-heard- by-thee
gatehi
is-proper
suh
he
myonis
my
chwa
is-he-?
mbl^stinz* 1
father-of
jenatas-manz
heaven-in
dozakas.” Drav lal-shenakh, wot u
hell-(in).” Went- forth the-lapidary, he-arrived
gara. Dapan
house. Saying
chuh
he-is
at 1
there
tren,
three,
az
” today
chum
is-to-me
yiman
to-these
dapan
saying
fee.
by-thee.
khabar
news
kina
or
panun u
his-own
zananan women
patashah,
the-king,
-21]
XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN
265
myonis
’ my
mbr-sunz u
father-of
kyah kara ? Ath
what shall-do? Of- that
kotyah
how- many
warihy
years (are)
Yih wbteh ti s
This arose (-in-reply)- to-him
yesa rat^na-kar 1
who jewel-bracelets
pari ba-Khoda.
a-fairy (who-obeyed-) ‘ God.
gamat 1
gone
khotuna.
lady.
bs a
was
khabar anunV B6h
news (is) to-be-brought.’ I
sdh chya khabar,
that is-there-? news,
tas mumatis?”
to-him dead ? “
Yihai
She-verily (was)
karan.
making.
Sa
She
yih,
she,
OS*
was
Ami dop u nas,
By-her it-was-said-by- her-to-him,
” kentshah
any
chena
is-not
biye
also
zyun u
firewood
galshi
is-proper
phikir ti ,
anxiety.
dapus
say-to-him
Gatsh,
Go,
patashehas,
to-the-king,
hes khar a j,
take-from-him expenses,
4 cyon u
’ of-thee
spmb a run u ;
to-be-collected ;
spmb a run u
to-be-collected
mbdanas-manz
the-plain-in
be-shumar. n
countless.’ “
gafehi
is-proper
zyun u
firewood
21.
be-shumar.
countless.
S6mb a row u
Was-collected
Ath-peth
It -on
yih
this
musla-han
the piece-of-skin
patashehan
by-the-king
khot u
mounted
yih
this
watharith.
spreading-out.
zyun u
firewood
lal-shenakh lapidary
Ath^peth
It-verily-on
266
byuth u
sat
“fee
11 to- thee
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
[22-
pana.
he-himself.
Amis dopun patashehas,
To-him was-said-by-him to-the-king,
kyah gatehiy anun u
what is-proper-to-thee to-be-brought
nishana ? M
token ? “
dop u nas
it-was-said-by- him-to-him
jenatuk u
of-heaven
myonis
my
Dopun
It-was-said- by-him
Yih
This
“akh
one
wothus
arose (in-reply) -to-him
gafehiy
is-proper-for- thee
mbl^sond 11
father-of
patasheh, king,
anun u
to-be-brought
mewa,
a-fruit,
biye
second
gafehiy anun u
is-proper-for- to-be-brought thee
mbl^sandi
father of
yiman,
to-them,
u diyiv
” give-ye
daskhata
with-signature
yith
to-this
khath.”
a-letter.”
zinis nar
firewood fire
fedpbr 1 .”
on-the-four-sides.”
(Is) saying the-teacher, —
Yimau
By-them
yeli ath zinis nar dyut u ,
when to-this firewood fire was-given,
yiwan
coming (passive)
chuna kuni
is-not at-all
bozana yih
in-possibility-of- this seeing (passive)
lal-shenakh. lapidary.
Lal-shenakan
By-the-lapidary
dyut u ath
was-given to-that
-22]
XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN
267
muslas
leather
watun u
to-arrive
deshunV
to-be-seen.”
ache.
the-eyes.
panun u .
his-own.
Hab-jushl
Of-the-seven- metals
tayar,
prepared,
korun
was-made- by-her
daskhath,
signature,
kas a m.
a-charm.
panun u
my- own
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by him-to-it.
M me
’* for-me
gatehi it-is-proper
gara. Klh gafehem-na
house. Anyone is-proper-for-me-not
Tuvyeye
Were-closed
Mulsaren, ta
They-were-opened- and by-him
am 1
by-that
lal-shenakan
lapidary
Ami
By-that
korun
was-made- by-her
khotuni
lady
wot u mot u
(he-was) arrived
kiir 11
was-done
gara
house
kbm u .
an-act.
mewa jenatuk u dbn ti
a-fruit of-heaven a -pomegranate
biye
also
amis
that
lyukhun khath, ath
was-written-by-her a-letter, to-it
patasheha-sandis
king’s
biye
also
mohar.
lyukhun patashehas,
was-written-by-her to-the-king,
cyon u
of-thee
mbr-sond u
father-of
Ath^manz
It-verily-in
gatehi
it-is-proper
me-nish
me-near
watun u ,
to-arrive,
wazir
vizier
heth,
having- taken j
biye
also
nbyid heth,
the-barber having- taken ,
tithay
in-that-very- kind-of
pbth 1 ,
manner,
yethay
in-what-very- kind-of
268
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
[28-
pbth 1 lal-shenakh
manner the-lapidary
korun
was-made- by-her
hawala
in-charge
dyut u nas
was-given-by-her-to-him
me-nish
me-near
amis
to-that
wot u .” Kakad
arrived.” The-paper
lal-shenakas, biye
lapidary, also
athas-keth
the-hand-in
yih
this
dbn»,
pomegranate.
There-verily went four
gomot u feheta, path
(was) become extinguished, behind
doh.
days.
Yih
This
rud u mot u
(was) remained
nar
fire
sur.
ash.
Yih lal-shenakh
This
Suli
At-dawn
chuh
he-is
lapidary
woth u ,
he-arose,
drav
came-forth
ath
that
langut 1 karith.
langoti haying-made (i.e. having-put-on).
suras-manz
ash-in
dulan 1 .
rollings.
khabardarav
by-the-informers
Nazarbazav kiir 11
By-the-inspectors was-made
niye khabar.
was-brought information.
diwan
giving
nazar,
inspection,
Dop u has,
It-was-said-by- them-to-him,
“patasheham,
” my-king,
ami
that
sura-manza
ash-from-in
susararay,
a-rustling.
amot u ? “
come ? “
nazar
sight
ma
I-wonder-if
Yih
This,
Yim chih
They are
chekh 6-kun,
is-to-them in-that-direction
yimay
these-very
galshan cheh
going is
asi lal-shenakh
will-be the-lapidary
katha karan,
words making,
av woda
came from-there
■24]
XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN
269
lal-shenakh, athas-keth heth dbn u ,
the-lapidary, the-hand-in taking the-pomegranate,
biyis
the-other
patashehas
to-the-king
athas-keth
hand-in
salam,
a-bow,
heth
taking
khath.
the-letter
bontha-kani,
in-front,
khath
the-letter
don*
the-pomegranate
thow u nas
was-placed-by- him-of-him
Kur ti n
Was-made by-him
thow u nas
was-placed-by- him-of-him
bontha-kani.
in-front.
Yih
This
khath
letter
mufeorun,
was-opened- by-him,
porun.
it-was-read- by-him.
Ath
(In-) it
lyukh u mot u , “ boh, kya,
(was) written, “ I, of-a-surety,
Cyon u gafehi watun u yur 1 ,
Of-thee is-proper to-arrive here-even,
biye nbyid heth, je^d.”
also the-barber taking, quickly.”
chus jenatas-manz.
am heaven-in.
wazir
the-vizier
heth,
taking,
24.
me
” by-me
Yih
He
Patashah chuh karan
The-king is making
dapyav, i yih lal-shenakh
it-was-long- ‘ this lapidary ago-said,
av mb^-sunz* me khabar
came the-father-of to-me news
phikirah,
a-thinking,
gali.’
will-be- destroyed.’
heth.”
taking.”
lal-shenakas,
lapidary,
Dapan patashah amis
(Is) saying the-king to-that
“boh ketha-pbth 1 wata tath jenatas-manz ?”
” I how shall-arrive to-that heaven-in ? “
270
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
[25-
Dop u nas
It-was-said-by- him-to-him
me-kyut u
me-for
gafehan
are-proper
lal-shenakan,
by-the-lapidary,
somb a r6wuth,
was-collected-by-thee,
somMrawan 1 ;
to-be-collected ;
“yuth u
tithiy
so-even
zyun u
firewood
treh
three (times)
jel a d
quickly
watakh
thou-wilt-arrive
jenatas-manz.”
heaven-in.”
S6mb a row u
Was-collected
patashehan
by-the-king
zyun u
firewood
be-shumar.
countless.
ath^peth
it-verily-on
nbyid.
the-barber.
Athi-peth
It-verily-on
khot u
he-mounted
Dyutukh
Was-given- by-them
karanowun watharun u ,
was-caused-to- a-mat,
be-made
pana biye wazir biye
himself also the-vizier also
zinis
to-the- firewood
nar
fire
feopbr 1 .
on-the- f our- sides.
(Is) saying the- teacher,-
Dod u
Was-burnt-up
biye nbyid,
also the-barber,
lal-shenakas-nish
the-lapidary-near
patasheh-kur*
the-king’s-daughter
samokhukh
was-met-by-them
yih
this
patashah,
king,
biye
also
wazir,
the-vizier,
trenaway gal 1 . W6t u ot u
the-three were-destroyed. Arrived there
suh
that
heth
taking
wazir,
vizier,
6s u
was
yus
which
fealan,
fleeing,
6khun-kot u ,
the-religious- teacher’s-son,
suy
he-verily
wazir
vizier
ta
and
wot u
arrived
-26]
XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN
271
amis
to-that
karekh
were-made-by- them
lal-shenakan
lapidary
lal-shenaka-sond u
lapidary’s
katha-batha.
conversations.
gara.
house.
Wonus
It-was-said- to-him
Panawbn
Mutually
am 1
by that
yih
this
panun u
his-own
saphar,
travelling (i.e. experiences of his journey),
yus
which
6s u
was
am 1
by-that
pesh
in-front
khotuna
lady
Lalmal
Lalmal
Yesa
Who
nbyidan
barber
on u mot u .
brought.
nin-sa
take-her-sir
ta waziran amis
and by-the-vizier to-him
Dop u nas,
It-was-said-by- him-to-him,
^paniin 11
’ thine-own
panas.
for thyself.’
yih
this
Pari
Fairy yih
this
OS 1
was,
tas
to-her
dyutun
was-given- by-him
Yesa
Who
rukhsath.
leave-to-depart
thowun
was-kept-by-him
pata
afterwards
panas.
for-him-self.
iin^n
was-brought- by-him
zinith,
having- conquered,
sa
she
(Is) saying the-teacher,-
Suh wazir
That vizier
Lal-shenakh
The-lapidary
Aslamalaikum,
The-peace-be-upon-you,
byuth u
sat
patashbhi
sovereignty
byuth u waziri
sat viziership
walaikum salam.
and-upon-you be-peace.
karani.
to-do.
karani.
to-do.
VOCABULARY OF ALL THE WORDS IN GOVINDA KAULAS TEXT
[Roman numerals refer to the number of the story, and Arabic numerals to the section. To save space, when several Arabic numerals come together, tens are generally not repeated. Thus, xii, 21, 6, means xii, 21, 26. The order of words is based on the alphabetical order of the consonants, without any regard to the vowels. The latter come into consideration only in cases in which the same consonant or consonants are followed or separated by different vowels. Thus, the different words containing the consonants kn will be found in the succession kan, kan 1 , kani, kina, kona, kun, kuni, and kun u . All words beginning with vowels are arranged together at the com- mencement of the Vocabulary, their mutual order being determined by their consonants. The letter n follows n, and ts follows t. For purposes of alphabetical order v and w are counted as the same letter. In other respects the alphabetical order is that of the English alphabet.’]
a,
e, interrog. sun*. ; gatshiye, is it proper ? xii, 13 ; sapadakha, wilt thou become ? iii, 2 ; iagiye, will it be possible for thee ? v, 8, 9 ; tsatanasa, will they cut off for him ? v, 7.
interrog. suff. ; chwa, is he ? xii, 21.
suff. of indef. art., see ah.
i, y, izafat ; dukhtar-e-khasa, (your) own daughter, v, 11 ; khalH- e-shbhi, robe of royalty, x, 4 (bis) ; loyik-e-patashah, worthy of a king, x, 4 ; pesh-e-patashdh, before the king, vi, 9 ; sbhib-e-agah, master intelligent, ii, 9 ; shehar-e- Yirdn, the country of Persia, ii, 1 ; toriph-e- Yusuph, praise of Yusuf , vi, 17 ; Aziz-i-Misar, N.P., vi, 10, 2 (bis), 4 ; dbkhil-i- mahalakhana, brought into the harem, xii, 19 ; din-i- Mahmad, the faith of Muhammad, iv, 6 ; hakh-i-Khdddy, duty due to God, xii, 15 ; hukm-i-Mahrdj , order of the Maharaja, xi, 4 ; hekmat-i-Parwardigar, the power of Providence, i, 11 ; koh-i-Tora, Mount Sinai, iv, 5 ; loyik-i,
I HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 274
worthy of, xii, 10, 19 (bis) ; makh a r-i-zan, coquetry of a woman, x, 13 ; sohib-i-kildb, a master of books, x, 13 ; woldd-i-Adam, a descendant of Adam, iv, 3 ; ydd-i-Aldh, memory of God, i, 7 ; dwd-yi-khor, a prayer for welfare, i, 3 ; hawd-yi-asindn. the air of heaven, ii, 6 ; hawdla-y-Khodd, in the care of God, x, 7 ; wdda-y-Khodd, an oath by God, xii, 7 (bis), 15 (bis) ; irregular use, hazrat-i-Adam, and so on, iv, 2, etc. ; hazrat-i-Sulaymdn, his highness Solomon, xii, 17 ; hazrat-i-Yusilph, etc., his highness Yiisuf. etc., vi, 8, etc. ; Shah-i-Yusuph, id. , vi, 1 ; Sultdn-i-Mahmod-i-Gaznavi, Sultan Mahmud of Ghazni, i, 1 ; Maraz-i-Pargan, the Pargana of Maraz, xi, 5.
1, interj . ; vest, female friend, ix, 1 ; cf. i yih.
6 1, and ; arz o samd, earth and heaven, vii, 26.
5 2, in 6-kun, in that direction, xii, 23.
db, m. water, v, 4 ; v, 4 (bis) ; vii, 7 (bis) ; -dawa-kan, (enter) through the water-drain, v, 4 ; aba-hand, f . a little water, x, 5 ; -pydla, water-cup, vii, 7 ; -srehd, water-moisture, viii, 7 ; abas, to the water, viii, 7.
abtar, terrified, vi, 12.
dch 1 , f . an eye ; pi. nom. tuvyeye ache, the eyes were closed, xii, 22 ; dat. achen, diwdn chuh achen d u h, he is putting smoke in her eyes, i.e. he is abusing her, v, 11.
ad, in ada-wati, midway, vii, 20.
ada, then, iii, 1 ; v, 6, 9 (bis) ; viii, 3, 10 ; x, 2, 7 ; xii, 3 ; after- wards, viii, 10, 13 ; introducing apodosis of a conditional sentence, v, 8 ; -kydh, then of course, of course, certainly, viii, 11 ; xii, 4.
add, m. completion ; — gatshun, (of a period of time) to be com- pleted, to come to an end, to elapse, pass, x, 8 ; xii, 4, 9, 11, 2.
od u , half ; f. pi. aje, half, i.e. some, xi, 7.
adal, m. justice ; adHa soty, by means of justice, i, 3.
addlaih, f. a court of justice ; addlilts^-peth, (went) to the court of justice, v, 9.
Adam, m. N.P., Adam, iv, 2, 3 ; vii, 6, 7 ; sg. dat. ddamas-soty, together with A., vii, 6.
275 VOCABULARY ah 1
dga, m. a master ; sg. dat. dgas-peth, (infidelity) to a master, viii, 6, 8, 11.
age (Hindi), ahead, in front, xi, 4.
dgdh, sohib-e-dgdh, an intelligent master, ii, 9.
agar, if, viii, 13.
dgur, m. source (of a stream), viii, 7.
dgay, 1. information ; dgayi, for inspection, v, 7.
ah 1, a, suff. of indefinite art. ; dohd dohd, each day, every day, viii, 3 ; dalild, a story, viii, 6, 8, 11 ; x, 1 (bis) ; hakimd, a single wise man, vi, 13 ; hdtshd, an accusation, vi, 9 ; keh kdld (v, 10), or keh kdldh (viii, 2), some short time (elapsed) ; moddnd, a plain, x, 5 ; pardd, a veil, vi, 4 ; pdtashdhd, a certain king, viii, 1 ; sdddgdra, a merchant, viii, 9 ; shehmdrd, a python, viii, 7 ; shehard, a city, v, 1 ; shekhtsd, a person, x, 1 ; dba-srehd, st, water moisture, a trickle of water, viii, 7 ; sdthd, (sit, wait) a moment, vi, 3 ; vii, 9 ; ihurfid, a (piece of) fresh butter, ix, 4 ; z a ld z a ld, a scratch a scratch, a continuous scratching, xii, 17; zarama,awoman,x,5; xii, 4, 10; ziydphathd, a dish of food, x, 5 ; akhdh, a certain person, v, 7 ; yus akhdh, whoever, viii, 6, 8, 11 ; ankah, a rara avis, ii, 2, etc., see ankd ; hdnzdh, a boatman, i, 4 ; ko?n u dh, a deed, x, 2, 3 ; kuth u dh, a room, ix, 4 ; kotydh, how many a ! ix, 5,11 J xii, 29 ; marhabdh, a wish of good luck, ii, 10 ; necyuvdh, a son, v, 2 ; nazardh, a glance, viii, 11 ; phakirdh, a faqlr, ii, 1 (bis) ; photawdh, a decree, ii, 7 ; patashehdh, a king, ii, 1 ; phikirdh, a thought, xii, 19, 24 ; rathdh, a night, xii, 5 ; sadah, a sound, viii, 9 ; soldh, an excursion, ii, 2 ; sdthdh, for a short time, ii, 4 ; totfyah, an humble servant (fern.), xii, 18 ; wuchundh, a look, viii, 3 ; wdrayah kdldh, a long time (elapsed), viii, 2 ; wdraydh kdl, for a long time, viii, 2 ; wustdddh, a teacher, i, 13 ; vyur u ah, a little nectar, ix, 2 ; yeddh, a belly, ix, 7 ; za/aA, a net, i, 6, 7, 8 ; zatidndh, a woman, iii, 4.
Followed by akh, dkhund akh, a certain religious teacher, xii, i ; baldyd akh, an evil thing, x, 8 ; dohd akh, one day, xii, 1 ; hdnzdh akh, a certain fisherman, i, 4 ; danah waziran ak 1 , by a certain wise vizier, viii, 1 ; khotund akh, a certain lady, v, 11 ; xii, 15 ; phakird akh, a certain faqlr, x, 7 ;
T
ah 2 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 21 Q
patashehd akh, a certain king, viii, 7, 11 ; soddgdrd akh, a certain merchant, viii, 9 ; shehard akh, a certain city, v, 1 ; shekhtsdh akh, a certain person, xii, 3 ; zandnd akh, a certain woman, x, 5.
ah 2, m. a sigh, iv, 3 ; pi. nom. ah, i, 5.
ah a d, m. lifetime, time ; abl. sg. with emph. y, ah a day, i, 2.
Ahmad, m. N.P., Ahmad.
ahan-gdr, m. a blacksmith ; pi. dat. ahan-gdrdn, m.c. for -gdran, xi, 16.
aj a ddh, m. a python, a boa-constrictor, x, 11 (ter) ; sg. dat. qj a ddhas (in sense of ace), x, 7.
ok u , one, a, a certain ; with emph. y, masc. okuy, one only, xii, 13 ; fern. ukP’y, one only, xii, 15 ; ag.sg.masc. subst. dk { , by one (sc. son) ; adj. phakiran dk { , by a certain faqir, x, 12 ; ddndh waziran dk { , by a certain wise Vizier, viii, 1 ; sg. abl. masc. aki ddha, on a certain day, one day, v, 1 ; doha aki, id. ii, 8 ; iii, 1 ; v, 1 ; viii, 1, 3 (bis), 7, 11 ; sing. dat. masc. subst. akis, v, 6 ; vi, 11 ; adj. bdgas akis manz, in a certain garden, iii, 7 ; mohara hatas akis rosh u , a necklace of one hundred mohars, v, 10 ; moddnas akis manz, in a certain plain, iii, 1 ; viii, 9 ; ndgas akis peth, on a certain spring, iii, 4 ; phakiras akis, for a certain faqir, iii, 1 ; pdtashehas akis nish, (arrived) near a certain king, viii, 5 ; sheharas akis manz, (arrived) at a certain city, xii, 2 ; ivanas akis manz, in a certain forest, ix, 1 ; fern, akis jdye manz, into a certain place, iii, 7 ; jdye akis, in (at) a certain place, ii, 8 ; viii, 7 (ter), 9 ; jdye akis . . . jdye akis, in one place … in another place, i, 3, 4 ; koli akis peth, (went) to the bank of a certain stream, xii, 2.
akh, one, a, a certain one, a certain. In these tales, when used as an indefinite article, it follows the noun with which it is in agreement, as in dkhund akh, a certain religious teacher, xii, 1 ; baldyd akh, an evil thing, x, 8 ; doha akh, one day, xii, 1 ; hdnzdh akh, a certain fisherman, i, 4 ; khdtund akh, a certain lady, v, 11 ; xii, 15 ; phakira akh, a certain faqir, x, 7 ; patashehd akh, a certain king, viii, 7, 11 ; sdgdddrd akh, a certain merchant, viii, 9 ; shehar akh, a certain city, ii, 1 ; shehard akh, a certain city, v, 1 ; shekhtsdh akh, a certain
277 VOCAB ULABY dna
person, xii, 3 ; zandnd akh, a certain woman, x, 5. It will
be observed that, except in one instance (ii, 1), the suffix
a or ah of the indefinite article is always added to
the noun.
When used as a definite numeral the word precedes the
noun in the one instance occurring in these tales, viz. akh kath,
one word, xii, 1. So also when opposed to “ other “ in the
following : akh . . . bekh (or bydkh), the one . . . the other,
viii, 14 ; xii, 3, 10, 19 ; akh . . . biye, in the first place . . .
in the second place, v, 9 ; vi, 15 ; xii, 1, 21.
With suffix of the indefinite article, akhdh, a certain person,
v, 1 ; yus akhah, whoever, viii, 6, 8, 11. akh, dkho, see yun u . dkhun, m. a religious teacher, a doctor of divinity, xii, 1 ; with sufT.
of indef. art., dkhund akh, a certain religious teacher, xii, 1 ;
6khun-kot u , the son of a r.t., xii, 25 ; -zdda, id., xii, 2 ; sg.
dat. -zddas nish, (came) to the r.t.’s son, xii, 2. akith, on one side ; ndgas akith kun, on one side of the spring,
xii, 14. 6l u , m. a bird’s nest, viii, 1 ; sg. dat. olis, viii, 1. Aldh, m. God, i, 7 ; ii, 12. alll, wretched, miserable, poverty-stricken, i, 4. alum, m. the world, the universe, i, 13 ; iv, 3. otf-ndsh, m. destruction of house and home, ix, 3. alav, m. a call, a cry ; — karun, to call out (to a person), x, 5 (bis),
12 (bis) ; xii, 7, 15. alvidah (= al-widd’), m. — karun, to make a last farewell, vii, 16. dm, etc., see yun u .
6m u , raw, uncooked ; masc. pi. nom., dm 1 , xi, 11. amdb u , very, excessively, xi, 18. amdnath, m., a deposit in trust, x, 12 ; — thdwun, to place as a
deposit, to put in deposit, x, 12. dmpa, f. pi., the feeding of one bird by another, beak to beak ;
-kani, by means of this method of feeding, viii, 1. amdr, m. desire, longing, v, 2. dmot u , dmuts”, see yun u . ona, aina, m. a mirror, v, 4 (ter).
un u HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 278
un u , sign of gen., generally used with persons, but used with ash e kh
(qsh*kun u ), love, v, 2, 3, 10. and, m., end, extremity ; andas-kun, at the end, at the extremity,
xii, 6 ; w6t u sheharas and-kun, he arrived at the outskirts of
the city. andar, adv. within, iii, 8 (ter) ; postpos. governing dat., within,
in, i, 13 ; xii, 17 ; andar u y, id., xii, 16. anka (= ‘anqa), m. a phoenix, a rara avis, something very rare ;
with suff. of indef. art. ankdh, ii, 2 (bis), 3, 4 (ter), 5, 6, 7,
10, 12.
anun, to bring, to fetch, ii, 8, 11, 12 ; iii, 1, 5, 9 ; v, 4, 8, 9 ; vi, 15, 16 ; viii, 4, 9 ; ix, 2 ; x, 5, 10, 12 ; xi, 10 ; xii, 4, 5, 10,
11, 15, 16, 19, 20, 21 ; to bring, to call, summon, viii, 1 ; anun nod diih, having called to bring, to summon, send for, x, 12 ; pesh anun, to bring before (a person) ; to cause (him) to experience, to subject (him) to, xii, 25 ; anun zlniih (xii, 25) or anun zenan (xi, 1, 2, etc.), to conquer and carry off, to conquer and appropriate to oneself ; aniih dyun u , to bring and give, to bring to a person, xii, 4 (bis).
inf. of purpose, anani, x, v ; fut. pass. part, with gatshun 1, anun, v, 4 ; anun u , xii, 21 (ter) ; fern, anun”, x, 5 ; xii, 19, 20 (bis) ; conj. part, aniih, iii, 1 ; xii, 4 (bis). .
pres. part., forming pres. anan chuh, x, 12 ; chuh anan, xii, 19.
1 past part, forming past, on u , fern. iln u ; m. sg. with suff. 3 sg. ag. onun, iii, 5 ; viii, 9 (bis) 12, 4 ; with suff. 3 pi. ag. onukh, ii, 11, 12 ; vi, 15, 16 ; x, 12 ; with ditto and suff. 3 sg. dat. on u has, vi, 16 ; m. pi. with suff. 3 pi. ag. dnikh, v, 9 ; viii, 1 ; x, 12 (bis) ; dn*hay (poet.), xi, 10 ; f. sg. with suff. 2 sg. ag. and 2 sg. nom. iinHh-as, xii, 11 ; with suff. 3 sg. ag. un u n, x, 10 ; xii, 25 ; with suff. 3 pi. ag. unP-kh, ii, 8 ; f . pi. with suff. 2 sg. dat. aney, viii, 4 ; with suff. 3 pi. ag. and 3 sg. dat. anehas, vi, 16 ; perf. part. on u mot u ; m. pi. drfrndt 1 , v, 8 (for plup.) ; m. sg. forming plup. m. sg. 3 6s u on u mot u , xii, 25 ; 2 past part, anav, forming 2 past, with suff. 1 sg. ag. andm, ix, 2.
fut. sg. 1 ana, x, 5 ; interrog. ana, xii, 4, 5, 11 ; pi. 1,
279
VOCABULARY
asun
with suff. 3 sg. ace. anon, xi, 1, etc. ; pi. 3, with suff. 2 sg. dat. ananay, xii, 16.
impve. sg. 2, an, iii, 5, 9 (bis) ; xii, 10, 15 ; with suff. 3 sg. ace. anun, iii, 5, 9 ; with suff. 3 pi. ace. anukh, x, 12 ;
2 pi. with suff. 1 sg. dat. anyum, vi, 16 (bis) ; with suff.
3 pi. ace. anyukh, x, 12. an, yes, x, 5, 12.
apor 1 , in that direction, v, 4 ; -kin 1 , from on that side, v, 7. Cf.
yipor*. apsar, m. an officer ; sg. dat. apsaras, x, 12. apoz u , untrue, v, 9. ar, m. pity ; dy-na ar, did not pity come to thee ? ix, 3 ; yiman
dv ar mydn u , pity for me came to them, x, 12. or, there ; ora, from there, thence, v, 2, 4 ; xii, 4, 12 ; from there,
equivalent to “ from some unnamed place “, v, 9 ; from there,
thereupon, then (opposed to yora), v, 8 ; ora-kani, in that
direction, v, 2. Cf. ivoda. or u , f. a shoemaker’s awl, xi, 14. aram, m. repose ; — kariin, to repose, v, 9 ; — trdwun, to repose,
go to bed, lie down (on a bed), take rest, iii, 3, 7 ; viii, 5 ;
sg. dat. aramas, at rest, sleeping, viii, 13. arman, m. longing ; — dv, longing came, iii, 9. arz-6-samd f . ( = arz o sama) earth and heaven, vii, 26. as, see yun u . os, m. the mouth ; osa-kani (issuing) from the mouth, viii, 7 ;
chis 6s a s haran (rubies) are dropping from her mouth, xii, 9. qshkh, m. lo ve, v, 2 (bis) ; qsh*ka chVi, a particle of love, vii, 30 ;
sg. gen. qsh*kun u (not qsh e kuk u ), v, 3, 10 ; do. f. dat. qsWkane,
v, 2. asWndv, m. a near relation, x, 1, 6, 10. as a l, real, ii, 8, 11 ; xii, 16. asldmalaikum ( = as-saldm ‘alaikum), the peace be upon you,
xii, 26. asmdn, m. heaven, ii, 6 ; pi. dat. asmdnan peth, on the heavens,
iv, 4 ; pi. abl. asmdnav peth*, above the heavens, iii, 8. asun, conj. 2, to be, to exist (as a verb subst.), i, 3 ; ix, 2 ; ii, 1, 4,
7, 8, 9, 10 ; iii, 7 ; v, 1, 9, 10 ; vi, 10, 11 ; vii, 7, 8, 10 i
asun HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES 280
viii, 1 (bis), 3, 5, 7 (bis), 9, 11 (ter), 13 (bis) ; x, 1, 5 (bis), 7 (bis) ; xi, 7 (bis) ; xii, 1, 2, 4, 11, 15 (ter), 20, 25 ; to become, i, 3 ; ix, 2 ; xii, 15. Often used with dat. of possession, phaklras 6s u , the faqir had, ii, 4 ; amis 6s u , he had, ii, 5 ; vi, 10 ; x, 4 ; 6s u amis, he had, ii, 5 ; os^s, he had (a wife), iii, 1 ; dsum, I had, vii, 11, 15 ; 6sus, he had, viii, 7, 9 ; abas asind, has not the water ? viii, 7 ; tamis 6s u , he had, viii, 9 ; amis os\ he had (sons), viii, 11 ; tamis^y ds% he had (sons), xii, 1.
inf. dsun u , xii, 4 ; sg. dat. asanas, for existence (of wealth), i.e. when wealth exists, x, 1 (bis), 6, 10 ; fut. pass. part. m. sg. asun, xii, 10 (bis) ; dsun u , xii, 4 (bis), 5, 13 (ter) ; with emph. y, dsunuy, i, 12 (v.l.) ; pi. dsdn { , xii, 5.
past sg. masc. 6s u , was, ii, 4, 5 (bis), 7, 8, 9, 10, 11; v, 1, 9 (2idtashdh-kiLr u biye 6s u sonar bagas-manz, the princess and also the goldsmith were in the garden) ; vi, 10 (bis) ; vii, 8 ; viii, 1 (bis), 7 (bis), 9 (bis), 11, 13 ; x, 4, 7 ; xii, 1, 15 (bis); 6s u -na, he was not, xii, 2 ; osnm, I had, vii, 11, 15; dsus, he had, viii, 7, 9; Jcati osukh, whence wast thou ? where have you come from ? xii, 15.
Forming impf . 6s u gaddn, he used to make, v, 1 ; 6s u Jcardn, he was making, i, 1 ; 6s u laydn, he was casting (a net), i, 6 ; 6s u mardn, he was dying, v, 9 ; 6s u neran, he used to go out, viii, 1 ; 6s u pherdn, he was wandering, i, 2 ; 6s u pahdn, he was going along, v, 7 ; 6s u taran, he was paying (tribute), x, 10 ; 6s u traivan, he was emitting, i, 5 ; 6s u tsaldn, he was absconding, xii, 25 ; 6s u wuchdn, he was watching, iii, 1 ; 6s u woihardn, he was wiping, viii, 6, 13 ; hhewan 6s u -na, he used not to eat, vi, 16 ; dsus kardn, I was making, x, 14 ; 6sus-na khasdn, was not rising for him, i, 6 ; dsus zdgdn, (disloyalty) was waking in him, ii, 5.
Forming plup. 6s u on u mot u , had been brought, xii, . 25 ; 6s u dyuth u mot u , had been seen, vi, 14 ; 6s u dyut u mot u , had been given, x, 12 ; 6s u gamot u , he had become, i, 4 ; 6s u gomot u , had befallen, v, 2 ; 6s u Jcor u mol u , had been made, ii, 1 (bis) : hor u mot u 6s u , had been made, x, 7 ; 6s u nyumot u , had been taken, viii, 9 ; 6s u pemot u , had fallen, viii, 9 ; xii,
281
VOCABULARY
asun
15 ; dsukh kor u mot u , had been made by them, viii, 2 ; dsum dmot u , (to-day) he came to me, iii, 1 ; phaklr dsum ldg u mot u , I dressed as a faqir, x, 14 ; 6s u nas dyut u mot u khash, she gave a cut (to one of) his (nails), v, 6 ; 6sus gemot”, (love) befel him, v, 2 ; dsus kor u mot u , had been done to her, ix, 1 ; 6s u than kor u mot u , he was made by thee, x, 12.
Forming plup. with conj. part. 6s u zolith, he had kindled,
in, 1 ;
<>s l
logith, he had dressed himself as (a faqir),
x, 12.
m. pi. ds\ they were, etc., vi, 11 ; viii, 3, 5, 11 (ter) ; xii, 1 ; forming impf. ds l bozdn, they were listening to, viii, 1 ; os { gatshdn, they were becoming, they used to be, viii, 1 ; dt* Jcardn, they were making, i, 3 ; Jcardn ds\ they were making, xi, 8 ; os { lardn, they were running, x, v ; os i pakdn, they were walking, x, 1 ; os* pardn, they were reading, viii, 3, 4 ; waddn osi (m.c), they were lamenting, xi, 5.
Forming plup. os* gamdt 1 , v, 9 ; bsis gan&mdV-, they had been tied (on) his (arm), x, 5 ; os { wa diVmdt 1 , they had been given to you, x, 12.
f. sg. os”, she was, etc., v, 10 ; vii, 7 ; x, 5 (bis), 7 ; xii, 4, 15, 20, 25 ; os u na, it (f.) was not, ii, 1 ; ds il s, I was, vii, 10 ; I became, ix, 2 ; ds u s, he had (a wife), iii. 1.
Forming impf. os u gatshdn, she used to go, v, 1 ; d$* Jcardn, she used to make, xii, 20 ; os” waddn, she was lamenting, vii, 16 ; os u na gatshdn, (chirping f.) was not occurring, viii, 1 ; os u s shubdn, I (f.) was beautiful, vii, 10 ; os ti san tshdddn, I was seeking for him, xii, 15 ; ds ti y kardn, she verily was making, vii, 16.
Forming plup. ds u parzandv u muts u , she had been recognized, x, 5 : os u tsiij u milts ii , she had absconded, ix, 1 ; os a s kur u miits ti ■, (a seal, f .) had been made on it, x, 10.
f. pi. dsa, they (f.) were, iii, 7 ; xi, 7 (bis) ; dsakh, the (eyes f.) of them were (satisfied), i, 3.
Forming impf. kardn dsa, they (f.) were making, xi, 19.
Forming plup. dsa hetsamatsa, they (f.) were taken, x, 14.
fut. sg. 3, dsi, he (etc.) will be, x, 1 ; dsind, will there not be ? i, 2 ; abas dsind, has not the water ? viii, 7 ; dsim (for
asar HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 282
dsem), there will be (on) my (queen), viii, 13 ; dsiy, there will
be for thee, xii, 11. Forming fut. perf. ma dsi dmot u , I wonder can he have
come, xii, 23 ; dsi ldryomot u , is probably polluted, viii, 6 ;
dsi mumot u , he is probably dead, x, 8 (bis).
Forming fut. subjunctive, dsi pemuts u , (on whom a particle
of love) will have fallen ; vii, 30 ; dsi w6t u mot u , (he who)
will have arrived, vii, 29. past cond. forming durative past cond. sg. 3, dsihe shubdn,
it would be excellent, ii, 4, 5.
perf. m. sg. 3, chuh 6s u mot u , has been, i.e. was, v, 1 ; 6s u mot u
chits, (someone) was (near) her, v, 4. asar, m. a result, vi, 16 ; asara-soty, owing to the result, vi, 16. dt\ here, there (near), viii, 4 ; x, 11 ; xii, 20 ; here verily, x, 8 ;
xii, 19 ; yitf-kydh . . . dV-kydh, here, on the one hand . . .
there on the other hand, viii, 13 ; dtiy, in that very place,
x, 3, 5. ati, here, there (near), ii, 1, 8, 10 ; iii, 1, 4, 7, (ter), 8 (bis), 9 ; v, 5,
7 (bis), 9 (bis) ; vi, 5, 11 ; viii, 1, 7, 9 ; x, 5 (bis), 7 (bis) ;
xii, 1, 2, 7 ; from there, v, 4, 6 ; x, 14 ; xii, 17, 18, 19 ;
atiy, there verily, ii, 10, 11 ; iii, 1, x, 5 ; in regard to this,
x, 13 ; sg. gen. atyuk u , of there ; m. sg. dat. atikis pdtashehas
nish, (came) to the king of that place. ot u , there, v, 4, 9 ; x, 5, 14 ; xii, 15, 18, 25 ; ot u tan, up to there,
by that time, x, 4, 6 ; otuy, there verily, iii, 4 ; ix, 1. [ath], this, that (near, or within sight).
subst. an. m. sg. ag. am 1 , ii, 5 ; iii, 1 ; v, 4 (bis), 8 ;
viii, 7, 9 (bis), 10 ; x, 1 (bis), 5 (ter) ; xii, 7, 10, 15, 17, 18 ;
dmiy, by him verily, v, 9 ; an. m. sg. dat. amis, ii, 4 (of
a dead parrot), 5 (bis) ; iii, 8 ; v, 2, 3, 7, 10 (dat. comm.) ;
vi, 10 ; viii, 6, 10 (amis kydh chuh nop), what is on his neck ?),
11; x, 1, 1 (amis Idyukh, they beat him, bhdve prayoga), 4 (ter),
5, 12 ; xii, 4, 5, 10 (amis kdsun mast, he shaved him), 12
(meaning of genitive), 13, 15 (bis), 18, 19, 21, 25 ; amis u y
to this one verily, ii, 8 ; v, 7 ; viii, 7 (amisuy osa-kani, from
its (an.) mouth) ; xii, 15 (amisuy athi, by the hand of this
very one) ; sg. m. gen. dm i -sond u , v, 3 ; viii, 6, 8, 10 ; dm*-
283
VOCABULARY
atha
sunz”, iii, 4 (bis) ; asond u , viii, 9 ; f. sg. ag. ami, iii, 1 (bis),
2, 4 ; v, 1, 4 (bis), 6 (bis), 11 ; viii, 1 ; xii, 7 (ter), 15 (quater), 20 ; f. sg. dat. amis, v, 3, 7 ; vii, 20 ; viii, 11 ; ix, 1 ; x, 7 ; xii, 8, 9 (amis kathan, on her words), 15 (bis) ; i. sg. gen. dm i -so7id u , xii, 7 ; dm-sandi, x, 5 ; dm-sanzi, xii, 15.
subst. inan. sg. abl. ami, ii, 5 ; iii, 8 ; viii, 13 ; xii, 4, 17 (bis) ; amiy (for this very reason, etc.), viii, 1, 10 ; ix, 1 ; viii, 6 ; sg. gen. amyuk u , iii, 4 ; vi, 15 ; xii, 17 ; sg. dat. ath, v, 6, 9 ; viii, 10 ; xii, 3, 12, 15 (bis), 20 (ath khabar, news about that), 21, 22, 23 ; ath* (emph. *), i, 13 ; ii, 3 ; iii, 7 ; vi, 15 ; viii, 1 (bis), 7 ; x, 5 (sense of ace.) : xii, 2, 7, 21, 22, 24 (bis).
adj. an. sg. m. ag. dm*, ii, 4, 7 (bis), 8 ; iii, 1, 9 ; v, 4, 7 ; vi, 14 ; viii, 1,8; x, 2, 6, 7 (bis), 8 (bis), 12 ; xii, 4, 7, 22, 25 (bis), dat. amis, ii, 1, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10 ; iii, 1, 2 (ter), 8 (bis), 9 ; v, 2 (agreeing with gen.), 3 (do.), 8, 9 (bis), 10, 12 ; vii, 20 ; viii, 5 (bis), 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 (quater), 13 (ter) ; x, 1, 2 (bis),
3, 4, 5, (quater) 7, 7 (for ace), 8 (ter), 11, 12 ; xii, 2, 3 (bis), 4 (ter), 4 (with gen.), 5 (bis), 5 (with gen.), 6, 8, 10 (bis), 11, 12, 13 (ter), 15, 18, 19 (quater), 22, 22 (with gen.), 24, 25 ; (with emph. y), amis u y, iii, 8 ; x, 10 ; f. ag. ami, ii, 9 ; iii, 4, 9 (bis) ; v, 1, 5 (bis), 7, 9, 11 ; viii, 1 ; ix, 1, 6 ; x, 3 (bis), 5, 12 ; xii, 2, 4, 5, (bis), 15 (quater), 18 (bis), 22 ; sg. dat. amis, ii, 9 ; iii, 1, 2 ; v, 9 (for ace.) ; viii, 3, 6, 6 (with gen.), 11, 13 ; ix, 1, 4, 6 ; x, 3, 5, 7 (quater), 7 (with gen.), 10, 13, 15 ; (with emph. y), amisuy, iii, 4.
adj. inan. sg. abl. ami, iii, 6 ; vi, 16 (bis) ; xii, 3 (with gen.), 4, 7, 12, 15, 23 ; sg. dat. ath, ii, 4, 5, 7 (bis) ; iii, 4, 9 ; v, 4, 5, 6 (ter), 11 ; vi, 14 ; viii, 1, 7 (ter) ; x, 3, 5 (bis), 7 (sexies), 8, 10, 12, 13 ; xii, 2, 7, 12 (bis), 15, 17, 22 (bis), 23 ; (with emph. ‘) ath*, iii, 7, 9 ; v, 5 ; vi, 16 ; vii, 26 ; viii, 9 ; xii, 12.
ath, m. a market ; sg. abl. ata-petha, v, 7.
atha, m. a hand, forearm, viii, 7 (bis) ; x, 5 ; xii, 11, 12 ; pi. nom. vii, 25 (ztth* atha ddrdn*, to stretch out the arms) ; x, 5 (bis), xii, 2 ; sg. abl. athi, viii, 11 (athi dyun u , to make over to so
oth HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 284
and so), xi, 18 ; xii, 15 (bis) ; pi. gen. athan-handi, v, 6 ;
sg. dat. athas, v, 6 ; athas-keth, in the hand, ii, 7 ; v, 4 ; x, 7 ;
xii, 22 ( — dyut u , put into the hand), 23 ; aihas-manz, (a
bracelet) on the hand, xii, 12. oth, eight, iii, 5 ; othi doh 1 , after eight days, iii, 4. aih^r”, f. a wool- worm ; a wood- worm, vii, 19. otdny, there verily, xii, 33. ataty, in that very place, viii, 7. atsun, to enter (manz, into).
impve. sg. 2, atsh, iii, 8 (bis) ; inf. and fut. part. pass.
atsun, v, 4 (bis) (with gatshun 1) ; fo# u atsani, began to enter,
x, 7 ; n. ag. atsawunuy, even as I enter, v, 8 ; fut. sg. 1,
atsayo, I will enter, 0! v, 7.
past m. sg. 2, tsdkho, didst thou enter, ! ii, 2 ; 3 tsdv, ii,
1, 5 (bis), 7, 10, 11 ; iii, 8 (bis) ; v, 5 ; x, 7 (bis) ; pi. 3, tsdy,
v, 9 ; tsds, they entered for him, viii, 9. dv, see yun u . ay 1, if ; yiy, if this, iii, 4 (bis), 9; tiy, if that, iii, 4 (bis), 9; dodHad-ay,
if (ye are) pained, vii, 9 ; hargdh-ay, if (he had done), viii, 10 ;
hargdh ki-y, if (he had done), viii, 7, 13 ; ladaham-ay, if thou
wilt send to me, x, 3 ; chiway, if ye are, xii, 15. ay 2,0 \ kuriyay (addressed by a nurse to a princess), daughter !
v, 2 ; ay ivazira (addressed by an inferior), vizier ! xii, 4. ay, ! ay golam, slave ! (addressed by a superior), viii, 6, 8, 11. ay, dye, see yun u . *yiy, in visHfiy, friend (ves, fern.), ix, 11. Cf. i and (in v, 2)
Jcu^yey. 6y, see yun u . ayekh, see yun u .
aydlbdr, possessed of a large family, ix, 2. ay am, ay em, dy-nd, dyes, see yun u . az 1, to-day, ii, 9 ; iii, 1 ; viii, 1 ; xii, 5, 10, 14, 19 (bis), 20 (bis) ;
az tan, up to to-day, till now, x, 7, 8 ; xii, 20. sg. gen. f. azic”,
x, 14. az 2, from ; az Khodd, from God, vi, 10. azal, m. fate, doom, vii, 12 ; ix, 6. oziz, poor ; m. pi. nom. oz’iz, ix, 11.
285
VOCABULARY
bagal
Aziz-i-Misar, N.P., vi, 10, 12 (bis) ; sg. ag. -misaran, vi, 14.
ba ; pari ba-Khoda, a fairy who obeys God, xii, 20 ; dv ba-sdruy-
saman, he came with all (his) paraphernalia, xi, 20. be, be, prefix of privation ; be-baha, priceless, xii, 3, 4 (bis) ; be-
shumdr, countless, xii, 20, 1, 4 ; be-khabar, untaught, ignorant,
vii, 28 ; be-wopha, treacherous, x, 13 ; be-wophoyi, treachery,
infidelity, viii, 6, 11 ; be-wdsta, without worldly ties, v, 11. baba, m. a holy man, a Calandar ; baban (among) Calandars,
vi, 13. beb, f. the breast-pocket ; sg. dat. bebi andar (xii, 17) or bebi-andar^y
(xii, 16), in the breast pocket. bace, m. the young of any animal ; pi. nom. bace, viii, 1. boche, f. hunger ; — lilj u s, he became hungry, vi, 16 ; bochi-sotiy,
merely owing to hunger, vi, 16. bacun ; 2 past, bacyokh, thou escapedst, x, 8. bacawun, to save ; inf. fern, tagiye bacawun u , do you know how to
save her ? v, 9. bod 1 , m. a prisoner ; b’dd^hal, f. a prison, ix, 4. bqd u ; hata-bod 1 , hundreds, ix, 9.
bod u , great, xii, 14 ; badis-hihis, to the elder (prince), viii, 13. bud u , old ; bud u zanana, an old woman, x, 5 ; buje zanani, to the
old woman, x, 5. badal, m. exchange, vii, 12 ; prep, governing dat. in exchange (for),
i, 9 ; adv. instead, xii, 16. badan, m. the body ; sg. dat. badanas, viii, 6 (bis), 13. budun, to be old ; 2 p. m. sg. 1 budyos, I am grown old, xii, 1. bedar, awake, iii, 7 ; viii, 8 ; — gatshun, to wake (from sleep),
vi, 12 ; viii, 6, 9, 13 ; — rozun, to keep awake, x, 1, 6, 8. bag, m. a garden, ii, 1 ; sg. gen. arman baguJc u , longing for the
garden, iii, 9 ; dat. mushtahh bagas, enamoured of the garden,
iii, 9 ; bagas-manz, in, or into, the garden, ii, 1 (ter), 7 (bis) ;
v, 4, 5, 6, 9 (bis). bag, m. the Musalman call to prayer ; — parun, to cry the call to
prayer, xii, 1. bog 1 , in shaman-bog 1 , at about evening, v, 5. began ; gah begah, in and out of season, vi, 2. bagal, m. : bagala-manza, from under his armpit, viii, 7.
bagan*
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
286
bdgdn 1 ; bagan* dyes, it was my fate, ix, 4.
bog a run ; fut. pass. part, f . pi. bog a rane, (loaves) must be divided, v, 8 ; 1 p. f. pi. bog a ren, she divided (the loaves), v, 8 ; 2 p. f. sg. bog a rem-ay, I divided it (f.), ! v, 7.
bdgivdn, m. a garden- watcher, a gardener, xi, 13.
boh, I, ii, 5, 11 (bis) ; iii, 1, 4 (bis), 8 ; v, 5, 6 ; vii, 20, 5 ; viii, 3, 6, 8, 10, 11 (quater) ; ix, 1,4; x, 1, 2 (bis), 3, 5 (bis), 7, 12 xii, 1, 4, 11,. 19, 23; bo-nay, I (shall) not, xi, 14 (poet.) bo ti, I also, iii, 4 ; boy, if I, viii, 1 (bis) ; I verily, x, 10, 2, 4 buday, I verily (poet.), ix, 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12.
ase, us, to us, etc., viii, 1, 3, 11 ; x, 2, 12 (bis) ; xii, 17 ase-kun hdwuth, thou showedst before us, vi, 5 ; ds { , we v, 9, 10 ; viii, 3 ; xi, 15 ; xii, 19 ; ds { -ti, we also, xii, 1.
me, me, to me, etc., iii, 4, 9 ; v, 8, 9, 10, 11 ; vii, 11, 2, 3 viii, 11 ; ix, 1, 4, 6 ; x, 3 (bis), 4, 5 (bis), 8, 12 (bis), 5 xii, 4 (bis), 5 (bis), 7, 10 (bis), 13, 22, 24 (bis) ; by me, ii, 2 (bis) ; vi, 15 ; viii, 5 ; ix, 11 ; x, 1, 12 (ter), 14 ; xi, 1 xii, 6, 20, 4 ; me-kyut u , xii, 24 ; me loyikh, fit for me, xii 10 (bis) ; me nish, near me, viii, 5 ; xii, 22 (bis) ; me nishe near me, in my possession, x, 14 ; me dsum, I had, vii, 15 me sotin, (share) with me, i, 7 ; me soty, together with me viii, 3, 11 ; x, 9 ; xii, 2, 7 ; me-ti, to me also, ix, 1 ; me also vi, 11 ; xi, 14.
bah, card., twelve ; tsdtas bahan-hatan-hond u zyuth u , the master of twelve hundred pupils, v, 1.
Bah a dur Khan, m. N.P., Bahadur Khan, ii, 1 ; sg. dat. — Jchdnas, ii, 12.
behun, to sit down, vi, 3, 16 (bis) ; x, 7 ; xii, 4 (bis), 6, 7, 21 ; to sit down in a place, take up a position, xi, 2 ; to be stationed, posted (at a particular place), xi, 6 ; to remain, stay (in a certain place), take up one’s abode, viii, 4 ; x, 5 ; xii, 2, 4 ; to sit down at a work, set to work, xii, 26 (bis) ; to be employed (in a certain business), viii, 5 (ter) ; to sit down (after finishing a work), to rest, viii, 8 ; byuth u nazari, he sat watching ; nokar behun, to sit down as a servant, take service, xii, 3.
conj. part, in sense of past part, bihith, seated, x, 5 (bis) ; xii, 4, 5 ; fut. sg. 1, beha, xii, 3 ; 3, behi, vi, 16 ; impve. sg. 2
287 VOCABULARY banduk-baz
beh, xi, 2 ; pi. 2, behiv, viii, 5 ; pol. impve. sg. 2, bihtam,
sit please for me, sit to please me, vi, 3 ; fut. impve. beWzi,
you must sit, xii, 6 ; pres. masc. sg. 3, beJidn chuh, xii, 4 ;
past masc. sg. 3, byuth u , viii, 4 ; x, 5, 7 (bis) ; xii, 4, 7, 21,
6 (bis) ; byuthus, sat (on) his (thumb-ring), vi, 16 ; m. pi. 3,
67$*, viii, 5 (bis), 8 ; xi, 6 ; xii, 2. bahdr, m. the season of spring, i, 11. bdj, m. tribute ; — tdrun, to collect tribute, x, 10 ; xi, 2. bdj u , m. in bojt-bath, sharing, partnership, i, 7. bdki, conj. but. fteM, see bydkh.
bakh a coyish, f. a present, a gift, ii, 7 ; xii, 3. bahdr, useful, x, 6. Bikarmdjeth, m. N.P., Vikramaditya ; sg. ag. bikarmdjetan, x, 8 ;
gen. m. — jetun u , x, 7, 14; f. — jetiln ii t x, 1, 6. baktdwdr, prosperous, viii, 9. bdl, m. a child ; bdla-pdn, a youthful body, the graceful body of
a child, vii, 11 ; sg. dat. -pdnas, vii, 15. bdl, f. a girl : sg. dat. bale, m.c. for bdli, v, 11. &o£, m. speech ; bol-bdsh’ a , the chirping of birds, viii, 1 (ter). bulbul, m. a nightingale, ii, 3 (bis) ; with sufL of indef. art. bulbuldh,
ii, 3. baPki, conj. moreover. Bald, m. a Baltl, an inhabitant of Baltistan ; voc. pi. balti, xi, 4
(Hindostani). baldy, f. a calamity, evil (ix, 2), an evil genius, evil spirit, devil,
fiend (x, 7, 8) ; with suff. of indef. art. baldyd akh, an
evil spirit, x, 8 ; baldy peyin, may calamity fall on
him, ix, 2. bemdr, adj. sick, ill, v, 1, 3 ; — gatshun, to become sick, v, 10 ;
— pyon u , to fall ill, v, 1. bon, adv. down, below, xii, 15 ; — wasun, to descend, viii, 4 ; xii,
2, 14, 15 ; bona-kani, below, down below, iii, 2. band, adj. shut, tied up ; bar band karun, to shut the door, viii, 3 ;
kdrin band, he tied up (rupees), x, 2. banda, m. a slave, i, 13 ; voc. banda, i, 13. banduk-baz, m. a gunner ; pi. nom. banduk-baz, ii, 7.
bandukh HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 288
bandukh, m. a gun, viii, 10 ; — Idyun, to fire a gun, ii, 11 ; cf.
viii, 10. bindh, m. one who sees, ii, 2. banun, to become, vi, 16 ; to be, vi, 13 ; to happen, ii, 7 ; vii, 22 ;
viii, 7 ; xii, 1 ; to become, turn out, viii, 7 ; to be possible,
x, 3 ; banun, inf., is used to mean “ fate “, especially “ evil
fate “, hence banana-rost u , free from fated sorrow, vii, 23. fut. sg. 3, bani, vi, 13 ; vii, 1 ; x, 3 ; with v added
(I say to you, “ there will happen “), baniv, ii, 7 ; pres. sg. f . 3
with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. bandn ches-na, viii, 7 ; II past,
banyov, vi, 16 ; with suff. 1 pers. sg. dat. banydm, vii, 22 ;
III past, banydv, xii, 1. bonth ; bontha-kani, in front (governing dat.), ii, 3 ; iii, 1 ; viii,
11 ; x, 5, 10, 2 ; xii, 4, 9, 12, 23 (bis) ; pdtashehas bonth-kun,
(laid) before the king, i, 8 ; cf. bronth. benawdh, adj. destitute, vii, 7. bandwun, to make ; I past with suff. 3 pers. sg. ag. bandivun,
viii, 14. bene, f. a sister, iii, 9 ; x, 3, 10 ; sg. ag. beni, x, 3 (bis), 10 ; gen.
bene-hond u , x, 3 (ter), 10 ; doda-bene, a milk-sister, a foster
sister, iii, 4. bunul u , m. an earthquake, xii, 15 (gav, took place). bdpath, postpos. for ; mdrana bdpath, he was made over for killing,
i.e. to be killed, x, 12 ; ami bdpath, for this reason, on this
account, ii, 5 ; amiy bdpath, for this very reason, ix, 1 ;
kami bdpath, for what reason ? why ? ix, 1 ; with what
purpose ? x, 12. bar, m. a door ; — band karun, to lock the door, viii, 3 ; — mutsarun,
to open the door, viii, 3. bar (1) ; Bar Khoddyo, O Great God ! v, 7 ; Bar-Sohib, the Almighty,
vii, 2, 3, 5. bar (2) ; m. a load ; wunta-bdr (pi. nom.), camel loads, i, 9. bdr u , m. a load, ii, 5 ; sg. abl. heth bdri, taking in a load, xi, 13. bardbar, adv. at once, iii, 9.
barg, m. a leaf ; pi. abl. bargau-soty, owing to leaves, vii, 10. broh, adv. (an order) in advance, beforehand, xi, 4. bruh, adv. in advance, in front, beforehand, xi, 6 ; bruh bruh,
289
VOCABULARY
bith*
(walking) in front, iii, 1,2; viii, 9 ; xii, 7 ; cf. pata pata, s.v.
pata ; dkh bruh, there came to them in front, there appeared
before them, x, 1. bar a m, m. an auger, a drill (poet, for barma) ; bar°m pdnas chum
kardn, he is making auger(-holes) in my body, vii, 24. bdrdri 1 , m. pi. a pair of uterine brothers, viii, 5 ; ag. bdranyau,
viii, 3. barun, to fill, ii, 3 ; viii, 3, 7 (bis) ; ix, 7, 11 ; rath barun u , to pass
the night, i, 10. freq. part, bar 1 bdrl (for bar 1 bar 1 , m.c.), ix, 11 ; conj.
part, barith, i, 10 ; fut. sg. 1, with suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat.
baray, ii, 3 ; past masc. sg. with suff. 3 sg. ag. borun, viii,
7 (bis) ; fern. sg. with suff. 3 pi. ag. biir u kh, viii, 3 ; ix, 7. bronth, adv. of time, before, previously, x, 5 ; cf. bonth. barish, f. a spear ; sg. abl. barishi soty, (dug) with his spear,
viii, 7. borut u , adj. full ; pi. dat. (for ace.) bariten, vi, 15. bdrav, m. pi. grumbling ; — din*, to grumble, xi, 17. bardye, prep, for the sake of ; on account of ; for the purpose of ;
by way of ; — kombakas, by way of reinforcement, in order
to give help, xi, 7. bus u , m. a gobbet or mouthful of food put into the mouth at one
time, xii, 17. bashe, f. babbling of a child ; shu^-bdshe, infantile talk, v, 2. be-shumdr, adj. countless, xii, 20, 1, 4. bismilld, interj., bi’smi’lldh, in the name of God ! xii, 17. basta, f. the skin ; — wdlun u , to flay, viii, 6. bata, m. cooked rice, iii, 1 (ter) ; food generally, vi, 16 (bis) ; -diij u ,
f. a cloth holding a quantity of boiled rice, xi, 18 ; -han,
a little boiled rice, x, 5 ; -hand, usually f., but m. in x, 3 ;
-tr6m u , a copper dish holding cooked rice, iii, 1. bath, m. boj^bath, sharing ; — karun, to divide into shares amongst
partners, to take one’s own share and give out the other
shares, i, 7. bath, f . word, speech, language ; katha-bdtha, nom. pi. conversations,
xii, 25 (we should expect -bata). bittf, see behun.
bdta HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 290
bdta, m. a Tibetan, esp. an inhabitant of Baltistan ; -boy 1 , m. pi. Tibetan brothers, xi, 6 ; -garan, in Tibetan houses, xi, 6.
both u , m. the bank of a river ; bathis-peth, on the bank, xii, 7 ; (ascended) on to the bank, xii, 6, 7.
bath u , m. the face, x, 5 (bis) ; xii, 2.
botun u , Tibet, esp. Baltistan or Little Tibet, or Ladakh ; sg. dat. botanis, xi, 4.
bots”, m. the members of a family, the people of a house, viii, 10 ; a husband and wife, v, 9, 10 ; viii, 1 (bis), 2, 5, 6, 13 ; a wife (politely), x, 14 (bis) ; sonara-sdnd* bots* z a h, the goldsmith and his wife, v, 10 ; pdtasheha-sdnd* (z a h) bots u , the king and queen, viii, 1 (bis), 5, 6, 13 ; pi. nom. bots ti , v, 9, 10 ; viii, 1, 13 ; x, 14 ; pi. dat. batsan, viii, 1, 6, 13 ; x, 14 ; ag. bdtsau, viii, 2, 5.
bdwun, to make manifest, explain a secret, confide a secret, ii, 4 (bis) ; vii, 21 ; past m. sg. bdw u , ii, 4 ; with suff. 3 sg. ag. bdwun. ii, 4 ; past cond. sg. 1, bdwaho, vii, 21.
be-wopha, adj. treacherous, x, 13.
be-wophoyi, f. infidelity, viii, 6, 11.
bdwar, m. belief, faith ; — karun, to believe, viii, 13.
be-wdsta, adj. without worldly ties, v, 11.
bay, f . a lady, a mistress ; used as a suffix to indicate the wife of a man of a certain trade or profession ; thus, gur l -bay, a cow- herd’s wife, xi, 12 ; grist i -bdy, a farmer’s wife, ix, 1, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 ; pdtashdh-bdy, a king’s wife, a queen, viii, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 11, 12, 13 ; soddgar-bdy, a merchant’s wife, iii, 1, 2, 3. sing. nom. iii, 1 (bis), 2, 3 ; viii, 1, 2, 3, 11 (bis) ; ix, 1,
6 (bis), 8, 10, 2 ; dat. bdije, iii, 1, 2 ; viii, 1, 3, 4, 11, 2 ; ix, 1, 4, 6 ; xi, 12 ; gen. bdye-hond u , viii, 6, 13 ; ag. bayi, viii, 1, 3, 11, 2 ; ix, 1 ; grist 1 -bay i(ioi -bdye)-lcun, (saying) to the farmer’s wife, ix, 1.
biye (properly abl. of bydlch, q.v.), adv. again, once more, iii, 3 (ter) ; v, 4, 5, 6, 10, 1 : vi, 15, 6 ; viii, 7 (bis), 11 ; x, 3, 6,
7 (quater) ; xii, 5 (bis), 10, 3 (ter) ; again, also, ii, 7 ; iii, 5, 9 (bis) ; v, 3, 4 (bis), 6, 8 ; x, 1, 2 ; xii, 20, 2 (quater), 3, 4 (bis), 5 (bis) ; biye Jceh, something more (iii, 8), anything else (xii, 18) ; biye Jam, anywhere else, xii, 4.
291 VOCABULARY bozun
conj. again, moreover, viii, 6 ; and, v, 7, 9 (bis) ; and
also, iii, 4, 5 ; akh . . . biye, in the first place … in the
second place, both . . . and, v, 9 ; vi, 15 ; xii, 21 ; ta . . .
biye, both . . . and, viii, 9. boy, f. a smell, scent, stink, xii, 15. bdy u , m. a brother, viii, 14 (bis) ; sing. dat. boyis, v, 10 ; x, 3 ;
pi. nom. boy 1 , iv, 7 ; xi, 6 ; xii, 15 ; dat. bdyen, xii, 15 ;
bdyt-bdrdn*, uterine brothers, viii, 5 ; boif-kdhan, an elder
brother’s wife, v, 10. biydbdn, m. a forest, ii, 4. bydkh, byekh, or bekh, pron. adj. another, the other, one more,
hence often, “ a second,” in the sense of “ one more “ ;
sing. nom. bydkh, viii, 9, 14 ; x, 1 ; xii, 4, 10 (fern.), 3 (ter),
4, 9 (fern.) ; byekh, viii, 1 (fern.) ; bekh, xii, 3, 10 (fern.) ; sg.
dat. biyis, viii, 5, 13 ; vi, 11 ; xii, 23 ; m. sg. ag. biy i , xii,
1 (bis) ; fern. pi. nom. biye, x, 1 ; m. pi. dat. biyen, viii, 9. The sing. abl. of this word biye or biyi is used as an adv. meaning “ again “, “ once more “, “ also “, and as a con- junction meaning “ moreover “, “ and “. See s.v. biye.
byon u , adj. separate, apart. byon u byon u , adv. separately, each apart, vi, 4 ; vii, 14 ; byunuy, He alone is apart from all things, or discrete (of God), vii, 2.
bozun, to hear, ii, 1, 2 (bis), 3, 4 (ter), 5, 6, 7 (bis), 10 (bis), 2 ; iii, 1 ; iv, 1 ; v, 7 ; vi, 1, etc. ; vii, 9, 27, 8 ; ix, 6 ; x, 4 ; xi, 20 ; xii, 7, 19 ; to listen to, ii, 5 ; vi, 10 ; viii, 1,2; xi, 1, 15 ; to obey, heed, xii, 20 ; shumdr buz u , the counting was heard, i.e. the roll-call was read out, xi, 16.
In the pass, this verb usually means “to be visible “ (xii, 22), or “ to be considered (as such and such) “, “ to seem “ (viii, 5 ; x, 4 (bis) ), or “ to be known or recognized (as such and such) “, xii, 3.
inf. bozun, abl. (forming pass.) bozana, viii, 5 ; x, 4 (bis) ; xii, 3, 22 ; fut. pass. part, gatshem bozun u , you must hear me, xii, 7 ; conj. part, buzith, vii, 27, 8 ; impve. sg. 2, boz, ii,
2 (bis), 3, 4 (ter), 5, 6, 7, 10, 2 ; ix, 6 ; pol. sg. 2, with suff. 1st pers. sg. ace. boztam, please to hear me ; pi. 2, buz { tav, please hear ye, vii, 9 ; fut. sg. 2 neg. interrog. bozakh-nd,
u
boz’gdr HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES 292
wilt thou not hear ? vi, 1 ff. ; plur. 3, bozan, xi, 20 ; pres. part, bozan, hearing, gatsh bozan, go attentively, xi, 1 ; pres. m. sg. 3 neg. with suff. 3 sg. ace. chus-na bozan, he is not listening to him, vi, 10; with suff. 3 pers. pi. ace. bozan chukh-na, he is not listening to them, viii, 2 ; m. pi. 3 with suff. 1 pers. sg. ace. chim bozan, they are listening to me, xi, 5 ; imperf. m. pi. 3, os l bozan, viii, 1 ; past m. sg. buz u , ii, 7 ; iii, 1 ; v, 7 ; x, 4 ; xii, 19 ; with suff. 2nd pers. sg. ag. buzuth, xii, 20 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. buzun, ii, 1, 10 ; also with suff. 3 pers. sg. ace. and neg. buz u nas-na, he did not listen to him, ii, 5 ; f. sg. buz u , xi, 16. boz i gdr, m. a deceiver, cheat, iv, 1, etc. bazar, m. a market, a bazaar, v, 7.
chih, f . a particle, a very small amount of anything, vii, 30. chuh 1, the cry used in urging on a horse, xi, 8. Cf. hdr* hdr\ chuh 2, verb substantive and auxiliary verb.
(a) Verb subst. 1 sg. masc. chus, I am, xii, 1, 23 ; fem. dies, xii, 18 ; 2 sg. masc. chukh, thou art, i, 10 ; ii, 2 ; xii, 1 ; fem. chekh, viii, 3, 11 ; xii, 13 ; sg. 3 masc. chuh, he is, ii, 6, 8, 11 ; iii, 1, 2, 7, 8 ; v, 1, 8 ; vi, 7, 14 ; vii, 27 ; viii, 6, 8, 10, 1 ; x, 1, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 2 ; xi, 2 ; xii, 2, 3, 15 ; fem. cheh, she is, v, 3 ; vii, 29 ; viii, 7, 10, 3 ; x, 6, 7, 10, 4 ; xi, 11 ; xii, 10, 9 ; 1 pi. masc. chih, we are, xii, 1 ; 2 pi. m. chiv, (if) ye be, vii, 9 (poet.) ; chiiva, ye are, xii, 1 ; 3 pi. m. chih, they are, v, 8, 10, 3 ; x, 1, 6 ; xii, 16.
neg. 3 sg. masc. chuna, he is not, iii, 3 ; iv, 4, 6 ; xii, 2 ; fem. chena, x, 6, 7, 14 ; xii, 2 (kore chena khabar, there is no news for the daughter, i.e. she does not know), 5, 20 ; 3 pi. fem. chena, xii, 19.
interrog. chesa, am I (fem.) 1 viii, 3, 11 ; chukha, art thou (masc.) ? xii, 7 ; chwa, is he ? xii, 19, 20 ; chyd, is she ? v, 7 ; vi, 7 ; x, 10 ; xii, 20.
emph. chusay, I (masc.) am verily, v, 11 ; 3 sg. masc. chuy, is verily, ii, 2 ; iv, 3 ; vi, 14 ; vii, 2, 3 ; x, 4 ; xii, 14 ; fem. chey, iii, 4, 8 ; v, 1, 10 ; xii, 6, 14 ; 3 pi. masc. chiy, v, 4 ; x, 12 ; fem. chey, viii, 4. Possibly, in some of these cases, the final y is not the emphatic particle, but is the suffix
293
VOCABULARY
chuh 2
of the 2nd pers. sg. dat., used as a sort of dativus commodi. Note that chey, xii, 6, is apparently masc. although fern, in form. The true subject is kol in the preceding sentence. Cf. cheyey, ix, 6.
Conditional. 2 pi. masc. chiway, if ye are, xii, 15.
Used in possessive phrases (tamis, etc.) chuh ndv, (his) name is (so and so), ii, 1 ; xii, 8, 18 ; amis chuh tab, he has fever, v, 3 ; lukan chuh tav, the people have exhaustion (i.e. are exhausted), xi, 13 ; tas chuh d6d u , she has pain, xii, 15 ; me-nishe chuh nishana, I have a token, x, 14 ; fee nishe chuh nishana, x, 14 ; patashehas cheh khabar, the king has news, iii, 3 ; so tas cheh khabar, xii, 2, she has news, she believes ; similarly cheh in xii, 4, 5 (he has a wife), 15 (tas cheh uk u y niir”, she has only one arm), 19 ; amis cheh zandna treh, he has three wives, xii, 19 ; ase chih gabar z a h, we have two sons, viii, 1 ; neg. ase chma phursath, we have no leisure, xii, 17.
With pronominal suffixes. 1st pers. sg. masc. chum, v, 8 (my (husband) is (sick)) ; vi, 5 (chum khoda, it is my god) ; vii, 26 (chum tamah, I have longing) ; x, 12 (I have) : xii, 7, kyah chum hukum, (what order (have you) for me) ; fern, chem, v, 10 (chem bmf-kakan, she is my sister-in-law) ; ix, 4 (mdtun u chem bod i -hal, it is to me a prison-house of death) ; 3 pi. masc, vi, 3 (sath kuth 1 lari chim, there are seven rooms in my house) ; vi, 3 (cyane lohlari chim, they are (to fulfil) my longing for you) ; x, 5 (hamsdye chim, I have neighbours).
2nd pers. sing., 1 fern, chesay, I (fern.) am thy, ix, 3, 5, etc. ; 3 sg. masc. chuy, is of thee, viii, 13 ; Khodaye-sond u chuy kasam, the oath of God is to thee, I adjure thee by God, xii, 7 ; fern, chey, she is of thee, v, 10 ; x, 8 (you have her) ; xii, 14 (there is a road (wath, fern.) for thee) ; conditional, cheyey, if there be to thee, ix, 6. N.B. — This last is masculine although feminine in form. Cf. chey in xii, 6. 1 pi. masc. chiy (as 1 chiy gabar, we are in the position of sons to thee).
3rd pers. sing., 3 masc. chus, is to him, he has something masculine, ii, 11 ; v, 6 (athas chus ddd u , his hand is sore) ;
chuh 2 HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 294
viii, 9 {fata chus, he is behind him) ; viii, 10 {chus cdldn nop, he has a letter of dispatch on his neck) ; xii, 3 {chus manz, there is in it) ; fern, ches, viii, 6 {nazar ches batsan-kun, he looks towards the husband and wife) ; xi, 9 {kala-kdn* dombij u ches, the crupper is close to its head) ; neg. patashohl chesna, he has no royal state, x, 4 ; 3 pi. masc. led chis z a h, he has two rubies, xii, 3.
2nd pers. plur., 3 sg. m. kydh sabab chuwa, what reason have you ? viii, 5 ; fern. neg. chewana paniln u , she is not your own, x, 1 ; 3 plur. masc. tsor chiwa tohe, trih chiwa mybn 1 tohe- nish, four are for you, and three are mine in your charge, x, 5 ; fern, chewa, they (fern.) are for you, x, 1.
3rd pers. pi., 3 sg. fern, chhekh, nazar chekh o-kun, their look is (directed) thither, xii, 23 ; 3 pi. masc. chikh kar, they have works, xi, 10.
(b) Auxiliary. (1) With present participle, sg. 1 masc. chus wuchdn, I see, iii, 8 ; fern, ches diwan, I give, vii, 22 ; ches kardn, I make, vii, 15 ; ches riwan, I lament, vii, 22 ; ches wadan, I lament, ix, 1 ; ches wdldn, I cause to descend, v, 4.
sg. 2 masc. chukh wuchan, thou seest, iii, 8.
sg. 3 masc. andn chuh, he brings, x, 12 ; chuh andn, xii, 19 ; behdn chuh, he sits down, xii, 4 ; chuh cewan, he drinks, xii, 6 ; dapdn chuh, he says, iv, 1 ; viii, 8, 9 ; x, 8, 12 ; xii, 10, 1, 4, 9, 20 ; diwan chuh, he gives, v, 11 ; xii, 23 ; chuh diwan, xii, 17 ; chuh dazdn, is burning, viii, 13 ; x, 7 ; gatshdn chuh, he goes, xii, 4 ; chuh gatshdn, xii, 4 ; chuh kaddn, he abstracts, he passes time, viii, 13 ; xii, 4, 11, 17 ; chuh khewan, he eats, xii, 6, 17 ; chuh kardn, he does, makes, viii, 12, 13 ; x, 8, 14 ; xii, 24 ; chuh katardn, he cuts, x, 7 chuh lagan, he is being attached, viii, 5 ; chuh lekhdn, he writes, x, 13 ; chuh lalawdn, he caresses, v, 6 ; chuh lonan he reaps, x, 5 ; chuh laydn, he throws, v, 4 ; chuh nandn it is manifest, vii, 1 ; gwash chuh jpholdn, dawn is breaking xii, 2 ; chuh pherdn, it moves about, ii, 5 ; chuh pakdn he goes forward, iii, 1 ; pakdn chuh, viii, 7 ; xii, 7 ; chuh prdrdn, he is waiting, v, 6 ; chuh sholan, is flaming, vi, 6
295 VOCABULARY chuh 2
chuh tiildn, he is raising, xii, 1 7 ; chuh gdh trdwdn, is emitting light, xii, 2 ; chuh tshundn, he is letting fall, xii, 17 ; chuh wuchhdn, he sees, iii, 1, 4, 7, 8 ; viii, 6, 9 ; xii, 4 ; wuchdn chuh, iii, 7 ; xii, 19 ; chuh waldn, he wraps, viii, 13 ; wandn chuh, he says, x, 6 ; chuh wasdn, he is coming down, v, 7 ; wasdn chuh, viii, 13 ; chuh wdtdn, he arrives, iii, 7 ; cAwA yiwdn, he comes, xii, 3 ; yiwdn chuh, v, 5 ; xii, 4.
sg. 3 fern, cheh dapdn, she says, vii, 2, 3, 7, 8 ; ix, 6 ; x, 5 ; xii, 18 ; dapdn cheh, iii. 3, 4 ; ix, 1 ; xii, 7, 11 ; cheh gatshdn, she goes, becomes, x, 5 ; gatshdn cheh, xii, 23 ; cheh kardn, she does, iii, 4 ; likhan cheh, she writes, xii, 11 ; cheh pakdn, she goes forward, iii, 2 ; xii, 7 ; cheh wandn, she says, vi, 2 ; vii, 1, 20, 6 ; wandn cheh, ix, 6 ; cheh yiwdn, she comes, xii, 15.
pi. 2 masc. chiwa yiwdn bozana, you appear to be, viii, 5.
pi. 3 masc. dajpdn chih, they say, iii, 3 (people say) ; diwdn chih, they give, x, 14 ; chih hardn, (rubies) are dropping, xii, 9 ; chih kadan, they pass the time, viii, 11 ; chih kardn, they do, make, viii, 3 ; xii, 3, 23 ; chih Idrdn, they run, ii, 9 ; chih pakdn, they go forward, xii, 2 ; pakdn chih, x, 4 ; chih somb a rdn, they collect, xi, 7 ; chih sdrdn, they collect, xi, 6 ; chih tshdrdn, they seek, iii, 3.
pi. 3 fern, cheh kardn, they do, v, 12 ; cheh gatshdn, they occur, viii, 1.
neg. sg. 1 masc. chusna thah a rdn, I am not standing, ii, 4 ; 2 masc. chukhna wdtdn, thou art not reaching, xii, 13 ; 3 masc. chuna kardn, he does not make, viii, 2 ; yiwdn chuna bozana, he cannot be seen, xii, 22.
neg. interrog. chukhna parzandwdn, dost thou not recognize, x, 12.
emph. sg. 3 masc. chuy dapdn, he verily says, iii, 4 ; chuy wandn, he verily says, i, 13 ; vii, 31 ; fern, chey wandn, she verily says, vii, 16.
With pronominal suffixes. 1st person ; sg. 3 masc. chum dapdn, he says to me, xii, 20 ; chum diwdn, he gives to me, vii, 14, 7, 8 ; chum hardn, my (flesh) is dropping, vii, 24 ; chum k a ndn, he sells me, vii, 17 ; chum kardn, he makes
chuh 2 HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 296
for me, vii, 15, 24 ; chum mangdn, he is asking from me, xii, 4, 5, 11, 4 ; mdzas chum tuldn, he is raising (bits of) my flesh, vii, 14 ; chum wuchdn, he is inspecting me, vii, 18.
pi. 3 masc. chim bozdn, they listen to me, xi, 15 ; chim mangdn, they are asking from me, xi, 14.
3rd person sing. ; sg. 3 masc. chus dapdn, he says to him or her, v, 5, 11 ; viii, 3, 11 (bis) ; x, 8 (bis), 14 ; xii, 3, 13, 20 ; dapdn chus, iii, 4 ; v, 11 ; viii, 9 ; x, 8, 10 (bis), 14 ; xii, 3, 5, 10 (bis), 13 (bis), 19; chus lamdn, he pulls him, viii, 9 ; chus pewdn, falls to her, vii, 26 ; chus ivandn, he says to him, viii, 7 ; chus yiwan, (stink) is coming from it, ii, 4.
3rd pers. plur. ; pi. 3 masc. pata chikh Idrdn, they are running after them, xi, 18.
neg. bozdn chukhna, he is not listening to them, viii, 2 ; fern. neg. rozdn chekhna, she is not remaining for them, ii, 9.
(2) With emph. pres. part, chuh dazon 1 , he is verily burning, x, 7.
(3) With perfect participle, sg. 1 fern. neg. chesna tshun u muts u , I have not been set (to learn), v, 6 ; sg. 2 masc. chukh gomot u , thou hast gone, xii, 4 ; neg. chukhna gomot u , thou didst not become, v, 5 ; fern, chekh tsu^muts* , thou hast fled, ix, 1.
sing. 3 masc. chuh dmot u , he has come, x, 12, 4 ; chuh 6s u mot u , he has been, v, 1 ; chuh gamot u , has gone, etc., ii, 4 ; iii, 1 ; viii, 1 ; chuh gomot u , ix, 1, 6 ; chuh kor u mot u , he has been made, x, 12 ; chuh pemot u , it has befallen, x, 3 ; chuh rot u mot u , he has been arrested, x, 12 ; fern, cheh mumuts”, she is dead, viii, 1 ; cheh tsuj^miits” , she has fled, ix, 1 ; cheh wun u muts u , it (fern.) has been said, vii, 30.
plur. 2 masc. chiwa ldg i mdt i , ye have arrived, viii, 5.
plur. 3 masc. chih mumdt 1 , they are dead, viii, 1.
With pronominal suffixes. 1st person ; sg. 3 masc. chum gamot u , he has gone for me (dativus commodi), v, 10 ; pi. 3 masc. chim diV-mat 1 , I have given them, x, 12.
2nd person sg. ; sg. 3 masc. chuy gol u mot u , thou hast destroyed, ii, 11 ; fern, chey dmuts^, she has come to thee, v, 5 ; chey kur^muts”, thou hast made it (fern.), x, 8.
297
VOCABULARY
cyon
3rd pers. sg. ag. and pi. dat. ; sg. 3 masc. chunakh dyut u mot u , she has given to them, viii, 1.
3rd pers. sg. dat. ; sg. 3 masc. kus-tdn 6s u mot u chus wdpar, somebody else was with her, v, 4.
2nd pers. pi. ; sg. 3 masc. chuwa thdw u mot u , you have deposited, x, 12.
3rd pers. pi. ; sg. 3 masc. chukh thdw u mot u , they have deposited, x, 12.
(4) With future passive participle ; sg. 3 masc. chuh chawun, (one’s fated lot) must be experienced, ix, 6 ; fern. cheh wasun”, it is to be descended (a place, fern.), ix, 6 ; emph. chuy gatshun, (I) must certainly go, v, 10 ; with surf . 3rd pers. sg. dat. chus khasun, he must mount, x, 3 ; with sufi°. 2nd pers. plur. dapun chuwa, (whatever) is to be said by you, v, 8.
(5) With conjunctive participle ; sg. 2 masc. chukh bihith, thou art seated, xii, 5 ; sg. 3 masc. chuh bihith, he is seated, x, 5 ; xii, 4 ; chuh karith thaph, he is holding (it), v, 6 ; viii, 7.
(6) With negative conjunctive participle ; chuh pakanay, it is not yet walked over, x, 1.
chel, f . a piece, fragment ; pi. nom. chela, vii, 14.
chalun, to wash ; past sg. m. with sufT. 3rd pers. sg. ag. cholun,
x, 5 ; xii, 2 ; past cond. sg. 1 chalaho, x, 5. chdn, m. a carpenter, x, 12 ; xi, 18 ; sg; dat. chanas, vii, 17, 20 ;
pi. nom. chdn, x, 5. chon u , f. a carpenter’s wife, xi, 19. chawun, to experience (ix, 6) ; to enjoy (xi, 3) ; fut. pass. part.
sg. m. chawun, ix, 6 ; pres. part, chawdn, xi, 3. cakla, m. a group of villages, a village circle, ix, 10. cdldn, m. a letter of dispatch, an invoice, viii, 10 ; xi, 4. cenda, m. a pocket ; sg. dat. cendas, v, 5 ; xii, 15 ; abl. ccnda,
xii, 15. carkh, m. a lathe ; sg. dat. carkas khalun, to put on to a lathe,
vii, 19 ; carkas khasun, to be put on to a lathe, vii, 20. carpay, f . a bedstead ; sg. dat. carpayi, x, 5. ceshma, m. an eye ; pi. nom. ceshma, i, 3. cith*, f. a document, viii, 10 (bis). cyon u , to drink ; inf. hyotun cyon u , he began to drink, viii, 7 (ter) ;
cyon u HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES 298
pres. part, cewdn, vi, 15 ; vii, 31 ; pres. m. sg. 3, chuh cewdn,
xii, 6 ; past. sg. f . neg. with suff. 3 pers. sg. ag. tresh ceyenna,
he did not drink water, viii, 7 ; past cond. sg. 3, tresh ceyihe,
(if) he had drunk water, viii, 7. cy6n u , poss. pron. thy ; sg. m. nom. cydn u , v, 9 ; x, 14 ; xii, 16, 8 ;
cy6n u gatshi, thou should st, v, 9 ; xii, 6, 20, 2, 3 ; emph.
cydnuy, thine verily, v, 9 ; dat. cydnis, v, 9 (bis) ; pi. m. dat.
cydnen, viii, 3, 11.
fern. sg. nom. cyon u , v, 9 ; viii, 3, 11 ; x, 10 ; dat. cydne,
vi, 3 ; x, 12. clz, m. a thing, xii, 19. dab, m. a fall from a height ; tori-dab, the fall, or blow, of an adze,
vii, 18. dab, f. (in zuna-dab), a covered wooden balcony on the roof of
a house ; sg. dat. dabi, viii, 1 . dob, m. a hole, or pit, in the ground, xii, 6 ; sg. dat. dobas, xii, 6, 7 ;
sg. abl. doba, xii, 7 ; doba-hand, a small hole in the ground,
viii, 7 (N.B. masc). dabdwun, to press, squeeze ; dabovith thdwun, to press into (the
ground), to conceal (in the ground), x, 3. dachyun u , adj. right (not left) ; m. sg. abl. dachini atha, with the
right hand, viii, 7. dod, m. milk ; doda-bene, f . a milk-sister, a foster sister, iii, 4 ;
doda-gur u , m. a milk cowherd, a milkman, xi, 13 ; doda-har,
m. cream of milk, ii, 3 ; ddda-moj u , f. a foster mother, v, 2
(ter) ; doda-not u , a milk-pail, xi, 3. dod u , see dazun. dod u , m. pain, agony, anguish (mental or physical), v, 3, 6, 7 ;
vii, 1 (bis), 21 ; ix, 6 ; xii, 15 ; sg. dat. dodis, v, 6 (bis) ;
abl. dddi, vii, 22 ; pi. dat. ddden, vi, 14 ; tas chuh dod u
pananis dilas, she has pain in her heart, xii, 15. dddkhdh, m. a petitioner ; dsus dagdy zdgdn dddkhdh, disloyalty
(to the king) was watching in him as a petitioner, ii, 5. dod i lad, adj. pained, afflicted ; with ay, if, suffixed, dodHad-ay, vii, 9. diddr, adj. seeing ; s6hiba-sond u hara diddr, I will do seeing of the
master, I will see the master, iv, 5. deg, f. a large metal pot, a cauldron ; pi. nom. dega, vi, 16.
299 VOCABULARY dalll
dagdy, f. disloyalty (cf. dadkhah), ii, 5 (bis), 11 ; dgas-peth dagay kariin u , to show faithlessness to one’s master, viii, 8.
d u h, m. smoke ; diwan chuh achen d u h, he puts smoke in (her) eyes, he abuses her, v, 11.
dah, card., ten, v, 6.
doh, a day ; doh gav, the day passed, v, 11 ; ddh (a rath, night and day (adverbially), vii, 3 ; with sufT. of indef. art. doha akh banyav, a certain day came, xii, 1 ; doha doha kadun, to pass each day, viii, 3, 11 ; xii, 4, 11 ; sg. dat. dohas, by day (cf. ratas, by night), xii, 4 ; abl. tami doha, on that day, ii, 7 ; v, 5 ; x, 12 ; doha, by day, on each day, xii, 9 ; aki doha (v, 1) or doha aki (ii, 8 ; iii, 1 ; v, 1 ; viii, 1, 3 (bis), 7, 11), on a certain day ; prath doha, every day (adv.), viii, 1 (bis) ; gen. dohuk u , x, 10 ; fern. dohuc u , x, 10, 14 ; pi. nom. doh gay, days elapsed, iii, 5 ; xii, 23. Note the adverbial form, othi doh 1 , after eight days, iii, 4.
diij u , f . a square piece of cloth, a napkin, a kerchief ; bata-diij u , a kerchief containing food, xi, 18.
dujan, adj. pregnant, xi, 7 (f. pi.).
ddkh, m. the post (for letters) ; sg. dat. dakas, xi, 6.
dokhil, adj. entered ; karuhukh dokhil-i-mahala-khana, bring them into your harem, xii, 19.
dakhanawun, to lean upon (a stick or the like) ; pres. part. dakhanawan, xi, 16.
dukhtar, f . a daughter ; dukhtar-e-khdsa, (your) own daughter, v, 11.
dil, m. the heart, mind, soul, v, 7 ; dar dil, in the heart, ii, 5 ; sg. dat. dilas, i, 7 ; ii, 5 ; xii, 15 ; dilas pyos yinsaph, his heart was filled with pity, viii, 11 ; dod u dilas, pain in the heart, xii, 5.
dbV, the gusset of a garment ; in doli-damanas, v, 9, to the skirt of the gusset of the garment, i.e. to the skirt of the garment. The sg. abl. ddli has been altered to doli m.c. See daman.
doll, f. in kana-doli, closing of the ear, refusal to hear, v, 2.
dalil, f. a story, tale, narrative, viii, 7, 10, 1, 3 ; x, 1 (quater) ; with suff. of indef. art. dalild, viii, 6, 8, 11 ; x, 1 (bis).
datom* HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 300
ddlom u , m. leather ; with emph. y ddlomuy, nothing but leather, xi, 14.
dulun u , m. the act of rolling ; pi. nom. duldri* diwdn chuh, he is rolling himself, xii, 23.
dildsa, m. soothing, consolation ; — dyun u , to soothe, ix, 7.
dombij”, f. a crupper, xi, 9.
daman, the skirt of a garment ; sg. dat. ddmdnas thaph karun u , to seize the skirt of a person in entreaty, begging, in making improper advances, or the like, v, 9 (bis) ; doli-damanas thaph ldyun u , id., v, 9 (see dot 1 ), with the double meaning.
ddndh, adj. wise ; ddndh waziran, by a wise vizier, viii, 1.
din, m. faith, religion ; dm-i-Mahmad, the religion of Muhammad, iv, 6.
ddn ti , m. a pomegranate, xii, 22 (bis), 23 (bis).
dand, m. punishment, fine ; sg. abl. danda dyun u , to give in com- pensation (for harm, etc., done), v, 11 ; danda hyon u , to take in compensation, v, 11.
d a nun, to shake out (clothes), to shake (clothes) ; pres. 3 m. sg. chuh d a ndn, x, 7.
donaway, card. both, x, 4, 5, 13 ; xi, 12.
duniyd, m. the world ; sg. dat. dun l ydhas, xii, 18 (bis).
dapun, to say (the person addressed is usually put in the dat., sometimes with kun added, as in dapdn chuh amis mejeras hun, he says to this master of the horse, x, 12) ; to send word asking for something, xii, 15.
inf. dapun gatshis, you must say to her, v, 9 ; fut. pass, part, dapun chuwa, (whatever) is to be said by you, (what- ever) you have to say, v, 8 ; pres. part, dapdn wuchukh, as they said (this), they looked, viii, 1.
impve. sg. 2, daph, xii, 4 ; say to him, dapus, xii, 20 ; fut. dap i zem, you must say to me, v, 8 ; ddphem-na, you must not say to me, v, 8 ; ddphekh, you must say to them, v, 7 ; past, ddphihekh, you should have said to them, xi, 15 (bis). .
fut. sg. 1, dapay, I will say to thee, iii, 4 ; v, 5 ; dapas, I will say to him, xii, 19 ; 3, dapi, he will say, x, 1 ; she will say, v, 9 ; dapiy, she will say to thee, xii, 18 ; pi. 3, dapanam,
301
VOCABULARY
dapun
they will say to me, ii, 11 ; dapanay, they will say to thee, xii, 16.
pres. (often used as historical pres.), dapdn (pres. part, alone used without auxiliary), say, (he or she) says, ii, 1, 2, 5, 9, 10, 12 ; iii, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 ; v, 1, etc ; vii, 3, etc. ; viii, 1, 10 ; ix, 4 ; x, 7 ; xii, 4, 24 ; they say, i.e. people say, iii, 9 : v, 9 ; vi, 16 (ter) ; viii, 4 ; sg. m. 3, dapdn chuh, he says, iv, 1 ; viii, 8, 9 ; x, 8, 12 ; xii, 10, 11, 14, 19, 20 ; chuy dapdn, he says verily, iii, 4 ; dapdn chum, he says to me, xii, 20 ; he says to him or her, chus dapdn, v, 5, 11 ; viii, 3, 11 (bis) ; x, 8 (bis), 14 ; xii, 3, 13, 20 ; dapdn chus, iii, 4 ; v, 11 ; viii, 9 ; x, 4, 8, 10 (bis), 14 ; xii, 3, 5, 10 (bis), 3 (bis), 9 ; he says to them, chukh dapdn, x, 1, 12 (ter), 4 ; f . she says, cheh dapdn, vii, 2, 7, 8 ; ix, 6 ; x, 5 ; dapdn cheh, iii, 3, 4 ; ix, 1 ; xii, 7, 11 ; she says to him or her, ches dapdn, viii, 3, 11 ; xii, 4, 15 ; dapdn ches, v, 3, 11 ; ix, 6 ; xii, 10, 4 ; pi. m. 3, dapdn chih, they say, i.e. people say, iii, 3 ; they say to him, chis dapdn, x, 1 (bis) ; dapdn chis, ii, 3.
past sg. 3 m. dop u , said, ii, 4 ; v, 9 ; viii, 1, 13 ; x, 2, 8 ; xi, 2, 11, 2, 4 ; xii, 4, 5, 9.
dopum, I said ; I said to you, dopum a iva, x, 12.
dopun, he or she said, ii, 7, 9, 11 ; iii, 9 ; v, 6, 8, 9, 10 ; viii, 3, 4, 6, 9, 10, 3 ; x, 2, 5 (bis) ; xii, 5, 13, 9, 21 (bis) ; asked from thee, dopuy, xii, 15 ; said to him, dopus, i, 7 ; v, 1 ; xii, 1 ; he said for me, dop u nam, iv, 4 ; she said to thee, dop u nay, x, 12 ; he or she said to him or her, dop u nas, ii, 9, 11 ; iii, 1 (quater), 2, 4 (ter), 5 (quinquies), 8 (quater), 9 (ter) ; v, 1, 4 (ter), 5 (bis), 6 (ter), 8, 9 (quater), 12 ; vi, 5, 8, 14, 5 (quater) ; viii, 3 (bis), 6, 7, . 8, 9 (ter), 10, 1 (sexies) ; ix, 1 (bis) ; x, 6 (bis), 10 ; xii, 1, 4 (sexies),
5 (bis), 7 (ter), 10, 1, 5 (septies), 6 (ter), 8 (ter), 20, 1, 2, 4, 5 ; he or she said to them, dop u nakh, ii, 6, 8 ; v, 8 (bis) ; vi, 16 (ter) ; viii, 1, 4 (ter), 5 (bis), 10, 1 ; x, 1 (ter), 5 (bis),
6 (bis), 12 (quater).
dop u iva, you said ; you said to me, dop u wam, x, 12. dopukh, they said, ii, 1 ; v, 7 ; viii, 1, 2 ; x, 1 ; xii, 18 ;
dar HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 302
they said to me, dop u kam, v, 8 ; they said to him, dop u has,
iii, 8 (bis) ; v, 8 ; viii, 3, 4 (bis), 5, 11 ; x, 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8,
12 (bis) ; xii, 1 (bis), 17, 23 ; they said to them, dop u hakh,
viii, 1 ; x, 12.
3 past, 3 sg. m. dhpyav, said long ago, xii, 24 ; I said long
ago, dapydm, ix, 4 ; I said long ago to them, dapydmakh,
xi, 15. dar, prep, in ; dar biyaban, in the forest, ii, 4 ; dar dil, in the
heart, ii, 5. dera, m. a lodging, a temporary residence, viii, 9 ; a tent, v, 11 ;
sg. dat. deras, viii, 9 ; deras-peth, in a tent, v, 11. dor u , f . a window ; sg. gen. dare-handis ddsas, to the sill of the
window, v, 4 ; abl. dari-kan*, (thrown) through the window,
v, 4 (bis) ; dat. dare-tal, under the window, v, 4. dur 1, an ear-pendant ; pi. dat. duran, vii, 11. dur 2, distant ; dur Jcadun, to expel, banish, viii, 11 ; shehara dur,
far from the city, viii, 11 ; abl. duri rozun, to remain at a
distance, vii, 18 ; note, drdv dur-pahan, he went a short way
off, x, 7 ; but byuth n duri-pahdn, he sat at . a little distance,
x, 7. darbdr, m. a court (a king’s), viii, 11. dard, m. affection, ix, 8. drag, m. a famine, vi, 15. ddrun, to place, etc. ; freq. part, halam dor 1 dor 1 , holding out the
lapcloth, i.e. begging for alms, ix, 11 ; past masc. pi. 3,
ztfh* atha dbYnam, long arms are stretched over me, vii, 25. drot u , m. a sickle, x, 5 ; sg. abl. drati-sotin, by means of a sickle,
ix, 5. drdv, etc., see nerun. darwaza, m. a doorway ; — ihawun, to open a door, viii, 4 (bis),
11 (bis), 2 ; — trop u nas, she shut the door against him,
viii, 11. dray, etc., see nerun.
driy, f. a vow ; driy kasam karun, to make a vow, viii, 1 (bis), 2. das, m. a window-sill ; sg. dat. ddsas, v, 4 (bis). deshun, to see ; fut. pass. part, hah gatshem-na deshun u , no one
may see me, xii, 22 ; conj. part, dishiih, having seen, v, 2 ;
303 VOCABULARY dyun*
pres. part, (for pres. tense), deshdn, (is) seeing, vi, 12 ; past m. sg. 3, dyuth u , was seen, vi, 11 (bis), 5 ; viii, 10 ; dyuth u -na, was not seen, x, 12 ; dyilthum, I saw, vi, 15 (bis) ; dyuth u m-ay, I verily saw, xi, 1 ; dyilthuth, thou sawest, vi. 15 ; plup. m. sg. 3, 6s u dyuth u mot u , (a dream) had been seen.
daskhath, m. a signature ; — Jearun, to make a signature, sign, xii, 21 ; abl. ath komn moV-sandi daskhata, she signed it with the father’s signature, xii, 22.
dwa, m. a prayer ; dwd-yi-khor, a prayer for welfare, i, 3.
dawd (vi, 14), dawdh (v, 6 (quater)), m. a medicine, a remedy ; dawd-han, f. a little medicine, v, 6.
dev, a demon, xii, 7 ; sg. abl. deva-zath, the demon-race, the tribe of demons, xii, 16.
dav, m. a channel, drain ; abl. db-dawa-kan, (enter) through the water drain, v, 4.
dawdh, see dawd.
dawdh, m. a claim ; — gandun, to make a claim, v, 11.
Bay, m. God ; day 1 , God only, vii, 2 ; voc. daye, God ! iv, 1.
doy, the belief in two, dualism, as opposed to monotheism, vi, 6.
doyum u , ord., second ; m. sg. dat. doyimis guldma-sond u , of the second servant, viii, 6.
dyun u , to give ; to make over a person to another’s charge, viii, 11. anith dyun u , to bring and give, xii, 4 ; dab dyun u , to give blows, vii, 18 ; dyutun bd^shi-soty doba-hand, he made a small hole in the ground with his spear, viii, 7 ; achen d u h diwdn chuh, he is giving smoke in the eyes, he abuses, v, 11 ; duldn 1 din 1 , to roll oneself about, xii, 23 ; dildsa dyun u , to comfort, ix, 7 ; danda dyun u , to give in compensation, v, 11 ; tas gardan din u , to behead him, ii, 8 ; graye ches diwdn, I am causing to wave, vii, 11 ; hukum dyun u , to give an order, x, 5, 9, 13 ; halam bar 1 bar 1 dyun u , to fill the lap-skirt (of a beggar), to give alms, ix, 11 ; jalwa dyun u , (of God) to give forth glory, to become manifest, vi, 7 ; kadam dyun u , to set forth (kun = to), x, 11, 2 ; khashdyuri”, to cut, v, 4, 6 ; krekh din u , to make an outcry, v, 7 ; xii, 7 ; karith dyun u , to do completely, x, 12 ; muslas dyut u kas a m, he pronounced a charm over the skin, xii, 22 ; makh dyun u , to hit with an
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 304
axe, vii, 14 ; anun ndd dith, to send for (a person), summon, x, 12 ; xii, 17 ; ndla dimaho, I would give cries, vii, 23 ; ndr dyun u , to set alight (to), to set on fire (dat. of obj.), xii, 21, 2, 4 ; phahi dyun u , to impale, v, 10 ; phanjdd dyun u , to lay a complaint, x, 2 ; phash dyun u , to rub, v, 4 ; rukhsath dyun u , to give leave to depart, xii, 25 ; rapat dyun u , to make a report, v, 9 ; shemsher dits u n shdnd, he put the sword under the pillow, x, 7 ; amis shdph dyun u , to pronounce a charm over him, xii, 15 ; sawdl dyun u , to present a petition, x, 5 ; tarn chum diwdn, he is causing me to be weary, vii, 17 ; thaph din”, to seize (dat. of obj.), viii, 7 ; xii, 12 ; wdday Khodd dyun u , to swear by God, xii, 7 ; wurdi din”, to give an order, vi, 16 ; wotamukh* dyun u , to put on upside down, v, 9 ; zir” din”, to give a push, x, 7 (bis).
inf. dyun” ; sg. obi. dini, in order to give, ix, 7 ; fut. pass, part. m. sg. ropaye hath gatshem dyun u , you must give me 100 rupees, x, 6 ; so, m. pi. gatshanam din*, you must give them to me, x, 1 ; f . sg. gatshem bakh a coyish din”, you must give me a present, xii, 3 ; conj. part, dith, vi, 7 ; x, 12.
impve. sg. 2, dih ; di-sa, give, sir, x, 8 ; dim, give to me, iii, 1 ; v, 11 (bis) ; viii, 3 ; xii, 4, 7, 15, 8 ; dis, give to her, xii, 4 ; dikh, give to them, viii, 11 ; pi. 2, diyiv, give ye, x, 12 ; xii, 21 ; give ye to me, diyum, vi, 16 ; pol. impve. sg. 2, dita, please give thou, v, 9 ; x, 4 ; with emph. y, ditay, v, 2 ; please give to me, ditam, x, 5 ; fut. dizikh, thou must give to them, xii, 16.
fut. sg. 1, dima ; I shall give to thee, dimay, v, 8, 11 ; xii, 4, 7 ; with irreg. suff. 2nd person pi. dimav, (I say to you) I shall give, ii, 8 ; 3, diyi ; she will give to thee, diyiy, xii, 14 ; pi. 1, dimaw ; we shall give to thee, dimoy, x, 1.
pres. m. sg. 3, chuh diwdn, he gives, v, 11 ; xii, 17 (bis), 22 ; he gives to me, chum diwdn, vii, 14, 7, 8 ; pi. 3, diwdn chih, they give, x, 14 ; f. sg. 1, ches diwdn, I give, vii, 11, 22 ; 3, cheh diwdn ; she gives to him, diwdn ches, xii, 4, 14.
past m. sg. dyut u , he was given, v, 9 ; viii, 11, 2 ; x, 2 ; xii, 22 (bis) ; I gave for you, dyutum a wa, x, 12 ; gave to him, dyutus, i, 10 ; xii, 4 ; he or she gave, dyutun, v, 4 (bis) ;
305 VOCABULARY gadun
viii, 4, 7 ; x, 5, 9, 11, 2, 3 ; xii, 15 (bis), 25 ; with emph. y, dyutun u y, li, 7 ; lie or she gave to him or her, dyut u nas, i, 9 ; v, 6 ; viii, 9 ; x, 6 ; xii, 5, 7 (bis), 11, 5, 6 (bis), 22 ; he or she gave to them, dyut u nakh, ii, 7 ; x, 5 ; xii, 17 ; dyutukh, they gave, v, 10 ; x, 5 ; xii, 17, 24 ; pi. dit 1 , they were given, xi, 17 ; I gave, ditim, x, 12 (bis) ; I gave to them, ditfmakh, ix, 11 ; he or she gave, ditin, vii, 5 ; x, 2 ; he gave to him, diVnas, x, 14.
f. sg. dits u , she was given, vi, 16 ; given to him, dits u s, viii, 7 ; he gave, dits^ti, x, 7 (ter) ; xii, 7, 12 ; he or she gave to him or her, dits u nas, v, 9 ; x, 8 ; they gave, dits u kh, iii, 8 ; they gave to him, dits u has, x, 5.
perf. m. sg. chunakh dyut u mot u , she has given to them, viii, 1 ; pi. chim diVmat 1 , I have given, x, 12.
plup. m. sg. 6s u dyut u mot u , had been given, x, 12 ; she had given to him, 6s u nas dyut u mot u , v, 6 ; pi. they had been given to you, oshva dit i mdt i ) x, 12.
past cond. sg. 1, dimaho, vii, 23 ; I would have given to them, dimahakh, vii, 20 ; 3, ma diyihe, he would not have given, viii, 13.
dydr, m. pi. coined money, wealth, x, 1, 6 ; mohara-dyar, coin- wealth, money in cash, i, 9.
dozakh, m. hell ; sg. dat. dozakhas (for dozakhas-manz), in hell, xii, 19, 20.
dazun, to burn ; pres. m. sg. 3, chuh dazdn, (a lamp) is burning, viii, 13 ; x, 7 ; with emph. *, chuh dazdn 1 , is verily burning, x, 7 ; past sg. m. 3, dod u , he was burnt up, xii, 25.
gob, adj. invisible ; — gaishun, to become invisible, iii, 6.
gobur, m. dial, for gpbur, s, son ; pi. nom. gabar, viii, 1, 3 ; xii, 15.
gad, f . a fish ; gada-hath, a hundred fish, i, 8, 9.
g*d u , a bunch or handful of grass or the like ; pi. nom. geje ; geje karane, to make bundles of grass, hence, met. to crowd together, xi, 10.
god, m. a beginning ; abl. goda, first, at first, iv, 2 ; v, 9 ; viii, 3 ; xi, 5 ; xii, 15.
gadun, i.q. garun, q.v.
gddan HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 306
godan, adv. first, at first, iii, 1 ; x, 12 ; xi, 2, 3, 10 ; emph. godaniy,
at the very first, viii, 10 ; x, 3, 10 ; xii, 4, 6. godanuk u , adj. first, the first, viii, 13 ; with emph. y, godanuhuy,
the very first, viii, 5 ; f. gen. godanice-handi khota, (more
beautiful) than the first, xii, 10. gudarun, conj. 3, to happen, occur ; inf. gudarun, a happening,
occurrence, viii, 5 ; 2 past m. sg. 3, gudariv, for gudaryov,
v, 9. gadoyi, f . begging, mendicity, the condition of a beggar ; sg. gen.
gadoyiye-hond u , x, 2. gdh, m. brightness, brilliancy, lustre ; — Irdwun, to emit light,
x, 2. gdh, m. a place, a time, a turn ; gdh begdh, in and out of season,
vi, 2 ; shora-gdh, a time or opportunity for outcry, a pro- clamation, vi, 13. geje, see ged u . goj u nas, see gdlun. gal, f. a feeling of shame caused by another’s action, mortification,
humiliation, ix, 4. gul u , m. the forearm ; gut 1 ganddri 1 , to stand in a reverent attitude,
with the arms folded in front, v, 9. goldm, m. a servant, a slave, viii, 6 (quinquies), 7, 11, 3 (bis) ; sg.
dat. goldmas, viii, 11 ; ag. goldman, vi, 14 ; viii, 7, 8, 11 ;
voc. ay goldm, viii, 6, 8, 11 ; pi. nom. goldm, viii, 5, 13. galun, to be destroyed ; fut. pass. part, suh gotsh u galun u , he must be
destroyed, xii, 10 ; fut. sg. 3, gali, xii, 24 ; past. m. pi. 3,
gal 1 , xii, 25. gdlun, to destroy ; to cause to waste away ; past f . sg. goj u nus,
he caused me (fern.) to waste away, he pared me down,
vii, 19 ; perf . m. sg. chuy gdl u mot u , thou hast destroyed,
ii, 11. gam, m. a village.; pi. dat. gdman, xi, 8. gumroyi, f . going astray ; gayem gumrbyl, I went astray (lit. going
astray happened to me), vii, 12. gamot u , gomot u , gdmot u , see gatshun. gdn, m. the keeper of a brothel, a prostitute’s bully ; used as a
term of contempt after another noun, as in hapath-gdn,
307 VOCABULARY gor
a wretch of a bear (ix, 2) ; kut a wdl-gan, the wretch of a police- captain (v, 9) ; wdtal-gdn, a wretch of a sweeper (xi, 15). sg. dat. gdnas, v, 9 (bis) ; ix, 2 ; voc. gdnau, xi, 15 (used by a wife to her husband).
gand, m. a knot ; taih gand karun, to tie it up (in a parcel), x, 3.
gpnd u , m. a posy, bunch ; poshe-gdnd u , a posy of flowers, v, 4 (ter).
gond u , m. the Turkestan pack-saddle, consisting of two straw-filled pommels joined in front ; pi. nom. gand 1 , xi, 9.
gandun, to tie, to bind, iii, 8 (an ass was tied up), v, 6 ; the thing to which the object is tied is put in the dat. (v, 10, 2 ; x, 2, 5). gut 1 ganddn 1 , to stand in a reverent attitude with the arms folded, v, 9 ; ddwdh gandun, to present a claim in court, v, 11. Conj. part, (in sense of past part, pass.) gandith, iii, 8 ; impve. fut. gdn&zes, you must tie it, v, 6 ; past m. sg. gondun, he or she tied, v, 10, 2 ; ddwdh gond u nas, she made a claim to him, v, 11 ; m. pi. gand 1 , were bound, v, 9 ; gdndin, he tied them, x, 2 ; plup. m. pi. osis gdndhndt 1 , he had tied them on it, x, 5.
gondii, m. sin ; — karun, to sin, viii, 11 (bis).
gun”, a piece or gobbet of flesh or the like ; pi. nom. gane karith, having cut up, viii, 13 ; chuh katardn gane, he cuts it into lumps, x, 7.
gopoP, f. a female dancer, a singing girl, v, 10 (bis), 11 (bis).
gar, see dhan-gdr and ndn-gdr. .
gara, m. a house ; — gatshun, to go to a house, to go home, v, 9, 10 ; xii, 4 (bis), 19 ; — tsalun, to run away home, v, 5 ; — wStun, to arrive at a house, to reach home, iii, 2, 3 (bis) ; v, 1, 4 ; x, 4, 6, 7, 14 ; ‘xii, 1, 5 (ter), 8, 10, 1, 2, 4, 8 (bis), 20, 2 (bis), 5 ; — wdtandwun, to cause to arrive at a house, to bring (a person) home, iii, 9 ; v, 10 ; — yun u , to go home, iii, 1 ; v, 5, 10 (bis) ; xii, 11, 3 ; sg. dat. garas, ix, 4 (bis) ; abl. gari, at home, iii, 1 ; v, 10 ; xii, 5 (bis) ; gari behun, to sit down in a house, to stay at home, x, 5 ; xii, 4 (bis) ; pi. dat. gar an (for garan-manz), xi, 6.
gdre, see gur u .
gor, in gor-zdn, adj . an ignorant person, hence, an unknown person, a stranger, vii, 27 ; xi, 5 ; sg. dat. gor-zdnas, ii, 1.
gur u HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 308
gur u ; m. a horse, iii, 8 ; x, 3 ; sg. dat. guris-kyut u , (grass) for the horse, x, 5 ; guris khasun, to mount a horse, ii, 11 ; iii, 8 (bis) ; guris wothun, to mount a horse, ii, 6 ; abl. guri-petha wasith pyon u , to fall from one’s horse, ii, 6 ; pi. nom. gur 1 , horses, xi, 6 > 8 ; xii, 1 ; gen. guren-hunz ti khazmath, service of horses, groom’s work, xii, 3 ; abl. wdth* guryau-petha bon, they dis- mounted, xii, 2.
gur u , m. a cowherd ; doda-gur u , a milk-seller, xi, 13 ; sg. ag. gur, xi, 12 ; gur-bdy, f. a cowherd’s wife, xi, 12.
gur u , f . a space of twenty minutes ; any particular moment of time ; abl. soli-gdre (m.c. for suli-gari), at dawn time, v, 7.
gardan, f . the neck ; tas gardan din u , to behead him, ii, 8.
garm, adj. warm ; used as subst., warmth, i, 11.
garun or gadun, conj. 1, to make, form, fashion, forge, work metals ; impve. sg. 2, gar, v, 3 ; imperf . m. sg. 3, 6s u gaddn, he used to make, v, 1 ; past m. sg. godun, he or she made, v, 10, 2 ; pi. gar 1 , were made, v, 4.
garandwun, conj. 1, to get made, to make (with help), prepare ; pres. part, garandwdn, xi, 17.
gray, f. shaking ; — lagun u , shaking to be experienced, to be unsteady, impermanent, ix, 12 ; pi. nom. grdye dine, to cause to wave, vii, 11.
gryust u , m. a farmer, ix, 4 ; sg. ag. grist 1 -bay, a farmer’s wife, ix, 1 (quater), 4, 6 (ter), 8, 10, 2 ; grisV-gara, a farmer’s house, ix, 4 (bis) ; pi. dat. grlsten, ix, 7.
gar a z, m. design, view, purpose ; abl. garza panani, for my own purpose, vii, 26.
gorzdn, see gor.
gdsa, grass, hay, x, 5 (bis) ; xi, 6, 7 ; gasa-gond u , a pack-saddle made of grass, xi, 9 ; gdsa-ldw u , a handful of grass, as much as is grasped by the hand near the root when cutting it, xi, 12 ; gasa-moddn, a grassy mead, a grass-field, x, 5 ; gdsa-raz, a hay or straw rope, xi, 9.
gash or (viii, 9 ; xii, 2 (bis)) gwash, brightness, dawn ; — pholun, dawn to break, iii, 3 ; v, 5, 7 ; viii, 9 ; xii, 2.
gusdn u , m. a mendicant monk, v, 9.
gdta, m. skill, cleverness ; sg. abl. gdta-san, with skill, i, 6.
309 VOCABULARY gaishun 1
gath, f. in gath karua”, (of a widow) to do the sail ceremony, to become sati, iii, 4.
gdt u j u , see gdtul u .
gdtul u , adj. skilful, clever; m. pi. nom. gatH 1 gdtH i i several skilful (viziers), viii, 1 ; f. sg. nom. gdt u j u , v, 3, 10.
gutyul u , a man who wields a gutil, or axe for splitting logs into planks, a woodcutter ; with suff. of indef. art. gutfld, a certain woodcutter, vii, 12.
gaishun 1, conj. 2, to be right, proper, advisable ; to be necessary, requisite. Constructed with the future passive participle, either actively or passively. It appears in these stories either in the future (sg. 3 gatshi, pi. 3 gatshan) or in the past tense (m. sg. 3 gotsh u ). In the future it has the sense of the present. The forms are all easily recognizable in the examples given below.
A . Actively, ktih gatshem-na deshun u , no one may see me, xii, 22.
B. Passively. Here the personal subject is either not expressed, or else is put in the dative or in the genitive.
(a) Personal subject not expressed, anun u gatshi phaharawdv, a file is necessary to be brought, i.e. you must bring a file, v, 4 ; so, khabar (f.) gatshi aniin”, you must bring news, xii, 19, 20 ; gatshi atsun u , you must enter, v, 4 ; g. hyon u khar a j, you must take expenses, xii, 5 ; dob g. khanuri”, you must dig a pit, iii, 6 ; g. khasun u , you must go up, xii, 6 ; karun u g. gand, you must tie up, x, 3 ; neth a r g. karun u , you must arrange a marriage, viii, 2 ; sah g. sangsar karufi”, lapidation is to be done (to) him, he is to be stoned, viii, 8 ; sargi g. kariin u , you must investigate, viii, 7, 8, 10 ; g. karun” thaph, you must seize, v, 9 ; g. mangun u bydkh, you must ask for another, xii, 13 ; yih g. marun u , you must kill him, x, 5 (bis), 12, 5 ; sozun u g. sonur, you must send the goldsmith, v, 1 ; g. poshakh tulun u , you must take up the garment, xii, 6 ; g. kdkad trdwun u , you must throw the paper, xii, 11 ; tas g. kala (sar) tsatun u , you must cut off his head, viii, 6, 11.
With pron. sufT. gatshem bakh a coish (f.) din u , you must give
gaishunl HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES 310
me a present, xii, 3 ; gatshem bozun u , you must hear me, xii, 7 ; ropaye-hath gatshem dyun u , you must give me a hundred rupees (sing.), x, 6 ; tih gatshem karun u , you must do that to me, xii, 3 ; kentshah gatshem ladun u , you must send me something, x, 3 ; wolinj u gatshes anun u , his heart must be brought (here), x, 5 ; dapun u gatshes, you must say to her, v, 9 ; gatshes mohar karun”*, you must seal it, x, 3 ; tse kyah gatshiy anun u , what must (I) bring to thee ? xii, 21 ; kor u gatshiy asun u , I want a bracelet from thee, xii, 13.
tsoce (f. pi.) gatshan bog a rane, loaves are to be distributed, you must distribute loaves, v, 8 ; tithiy treh gatshan sgmb a rdwdn i , you must collect three times as many, xii, 24 ; tim gatshan tsatdri 1 , they must be cut, v, 4.
With pron. sufi . gatshanam din 1 ropayes pants hath, you must give me five hundred rupees, x, 1, 2 ; lal gatshanay asan*, rubies are required to be from thee, I want rubies from thee, xii, 5.
suh gotsh u galun u , he was proper to be destroyed, you should have destroyed him, xii, 1 9 ; yih karun u gotsh u , (that) which was proper to be done, v. 7 ; watun u gotsh u , it was proper to arrive, I should have arrived, v, 7.
(b) Personal subject expressed in dative, me gatshi asun u (kor u ), to me (a bracelet) is proper to be, i.e. I want (a bracelet), xii, 4 (bis), 10 (bis), 13 ; me gatshiy asun u trot u , I want a necklace from thee, xii, 5 ; me gatshi watun, I must arrive, xii, 22 ; yih tse gatshiy, (that) which thou wantest, xii, 7 ; gatshiy anun u meiva (khath), thou must bring a fruit (a letter), xii, 21 ; tse gatshiy e asun u okuy kor u , oughtest thou to have only one bracelet ? xii, 13 ; tse gatshiy yun u , thou must come, xii, 7. Note me gatshi tihanza wolinje, I want their hearts, where the grammatical subject is plural, while the verb is singular, viii, 11.
(c) Personal subject expressed in genitive. cy6n u gatshi gatshun, thou must go, v, 9 ; xii, 6 ; tih cydn u khyon u gatshi-na, thou must not eat that, xii, 16 ; cyon u gatshes mangun u musla, thou must ask her for the skin, xii, 18 ; cydn u gatshi zyun u somb a run u , thou must collect firewood,
811
VOCABULARY
gatshun 2
xii, 20 ; cyon u gatshi wdtun u , thou must arrive, xii, 22, 3 ; tuhond u gatshi yun u , you must come, xii, 15. gatshun 2, conj. 3, to go, i, 4 ; ii, 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, et passim (the place or person to which one goes is usually in the dative, e.g. x, 10 ; xii, 4, 10, 2 ; cf. however, gaye kdli akis peth, she went to the bank of a stream, xii, 2) ; to go, disappear, die, ii, 4 ; to go, elapse (of a period of time), iii, 1, 5 ; v, 10, 1 ; viii, 2 (bis), 10 ; xii, 6, 20, 3 ; to become, iii, 4, 9 ; viii, 11 ; ix, 4 ; xi, 3, 18; to happen, occur, ii, 12 ; v, 8 ; vi, 16; vii, 12 (bis), 3 ; viii, 1 (ter), 3 (bis) ; ix, 1, 6 (bis) ; xii, 15, 23 (kyah gom, what happened to me ? viii, 9 ; kyah gav, what is the matter ? viii, 11 ; kyah gaye, what was (fern.) it ? x, 14 ; gaye trih katha, three stories happened, i.e. there, you have had your three stories, x, 1).
The past tense “ became “ is often used in the sense of “ am “, “ is “, etc. Thus, ii, 1 ; iii, 9 ; v, 7 ; vi, 6 (khoda gav suy, God is He alone, i.e. God is one, there is no duality about Him) ; viii, 13 ; x, 1, 10 (kyah gos, of course I am, I am no other than), 2 (id.), 4 ; xii, 15 (zab a r gav, it is all right).
Often in idiomatic phrases (mostly nominal compounds), as add gatshun, to be completed, come to an end (of night, a month, etc.), x, 8 ; xii, 4, 9, 11, 2 ; qsh s kh g., love to befall a person, v, 2 (bis) ; beddr g., to become awake, awake, wake up, vi, 12 ; viii, 6, 9, 13 ; g. bemdr, to fall sick, v, 10 ; gay panas bith 1 , they sat down at liberty from their turn of duty, viii, 8 ; gob g., to disappear, iii, 6 ; g. panun u gara, to go home, xii, 4 ; hushydr g., to become awake, to wake up, v, 5 (bis) ; khalds g., to go free, to be released from this mortal coil, to die, iii, 4 ; ropaye hath gom khar a c, expenditure of the hundred rupees happened to me, I have spent the hundred rupees, viii, 10 ; khosh g., to become pleased, happy, viii, 1, 9, 14 ; xi, 18 ; xii, 9, 12 ; gos yi:n z a h khosh, these two were pleasing to him, he felt affection for them, viii, 11 ; mdra gatshun, to suffer a violent death, viii, 13 ; x, 7, 8 ; mushtdkhg., to become entranced, enamoured, iii, 8, 9 ; g. poda, to become manifest, appear, become visible, turn up, ii, 1 ; iii, 8 ; x,
gatshun 2 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 312
4, 5, 7 ; xii, 10 ; phikiri g., to go into anxiety, to become anxious, viii, 10 ; xii, 4 ; amis gav shekh, she felt hesitation, xii, 15 ; sar 1 gatshun, to be drowned, iv, 3 ; g. thod u wothith, to stand up, ii, 3 ; tser gav, it has become late, it is too late, v, 9 ; nar gomot u tsheta, the fire had become extinguished, xii, 23 ; gos yinsaph, he felt pity, viii, 4 ; me-ti chuh gomot u zulm, I also have experienced tyranny, ix, 1.
With a present participle, gatshun indicates continuous action, as in gafshta bozdn, keep hearing, listen attentively to the whole, xi, 1 ; gatshiv paran, recite ye continually, vii, 4 ; similarly vi, 17 ; gatsh taran, take tribute, and go on doing so perpetually, xi v 2 ; gatshu trawan, go on leaving behind (at every stage), xi, 11.
With a conjunctive participle it forms frequent compounds, most of them the so-called “ Intensives “. Thus, heth gatshun, to take away (Hindi le jana), v, 1 ; viii, 3 (bis), 4, 10, 2 ; xii, 4, 9, 12, 8 ; marith gatshun (Hindi mar jana), to die, vi, 16 ; hath mashith gayes, he forgot the statement, x, 6 ; riirith gatshun, to go forth, ii, 3 ; xii, 15 ; phiriih gatshun, to become hostile, iv, 3.
fub. pass. part, me chuy gatshun u , it is verily to be gone by me, i.e. I must really go, v, 10 ; cy6n u gatshi gatshun u , thou must go, v, 9 ; xii, 6 ; pres. part, gatshan, see pres. and imperf . ; past part. gamot u or gomot u , see perf. and plup.
impve. sg. 2 gatsh, ii, 9 ; iii, 5. ; vi, 17 ; viii, 10 ; xi, 2 ; xii, 4, 5, 11 (bis), 4, 20 ; poetical, gatshu, xi, 11 ; pi. 2 gatshiv, vii, 4 ; x, 7, 8 ; pol. sg. 2 gatshta, xi, 1 .
fut. sg. 2 gatshakh, v, 5, 6 ; xii, 18 ; 3 gatshi, v, 8 ; pi. 1, gatshav, viii, 3 ; xii, 18 ; 3 gatshan, xi, 12.
pres. m. sg. 3 gatshan, iii, 6 ; chuh gatshan, xii, 4 ; gatshan chuh, xii, 4 ; with pron. sufi\ 3 pers. sg. dat. gatshan chus, he goes (to shave) him, xii, 19 ; f. sg. 3 cheh gatshan, x, 5 ; viii, 1 ; gatshan cheh, xii, 23 ; imperf. f . sg. 3 os ti gatshan, v, 1 ; neg. os u na gatshan, viii, 1 ; m. pi. 3 (two subjects, one masc, the other fern.), os l gatshan, viii. 1.
I past m. sg. 1 gos, x, 10, 2, 4 ; emphatic, gosay, I verily became (pleased), xi, 18 ; m. sg. 3 gav, viii, 10, 1 (bis), 3 ;
313
VOCABULARY
ha
x, 4, 7 (ter), 10 ; xi, 1, 18 ; xii, 1, 4 (quater), 7, 9 (bis),
10, 2 (bis), 3, 5 (ter), 8 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. gom, he
went to me, etc., iii, 1 ; v, 7 ; vii, 12, 3 ; viii, 9, 10 ; with
suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. gos, he went to him or her, etc., iii, 4,
8 ; viii, 4, 10, 1 ; xii, 12 ; neg. gos-na, went not for her,
v, 5 ; with sufL 3rd pers. pi. dat. gokh, he became (pleased)
with them, viii, 14 ; m. pi. 3 gay, ii, 1,4; iii, 5 ; v, 9 ; vi, 9
(he and she), 16 ; viii, 3 (ter), 4, 5, 8, 11 (bis), 2, 3 ; x, 1 ;
xi, 3 ; xii, 6, 11, 23 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. gos, they
went for him or her, etc., iv, 3 ; v, 4.
f. sg. 3 gaye, iii, 1 (bis), 4, 9 ; v, 9, 10, 1 ; x, 8, 14 (bis) ;
xii, 2, 9, 10, 2, 3 ; with sufL of 1st pers. sg. dat. gayem, ix, 4 ;
emph. gayemqy, it (fern.) verily happened to me, vii, 12 ;
with suff. of 3rd pers. sg. dat. hath gayes mashith (see above),
x, 6 ; f. pi. 3 gaye, iii, 8 ; x, 1. II past, went a long time ago, m. sg. 3 gayav, xii, 15 ;
f. sg. 3 gaye (for gayeye), vii, 16 ; viii, 11.
perf . m. sg. 2 chukh gomot”, xii, 4 ; neg. chukh-na gomot”,
v, 5 ; 3 gamot u , x, 7 ; gomot”, xii, 23 ; chuh gamot u , ii, 4 ;
iii, 1 ; v, 10 ; viii, 1 ; chuh goniot”, ix, 1 (bis), 6 ; with suff.
2nd pers. sg. dat. cheyey (not chuyey) gomot”, (cf. chey nag,
xii, 6), ix, 6 ; pi. 3 gamat 1 , x, 7, 8 ; xii, 20 ; f. sg. 3 gamuts”,
xii, 10. plup. m. sg. 3 6s u gamot u , i, 4 ; v, 2 ; with suff. 3rd pers.
sg. dat. 6sus gomot”, (love) had befallen him, v, 2 ; pi. 1
os { gamat 1 , v, 9. gav, f. a cow ; sg. dat. gov”, xi, 12 ; pi. nom. gov”, vi, 15 ; xi, 12
(bis) ; pi. dat. (in sense of ace.) gov”n, vi, 15. gewun, m. a song, iv (title). gwash, see gash, gaivby, f . evidence, testimony ; chis Jcaran gawdy, they give
evidence to him, x, 12. Gaznavi, of or belonging to the town of Ghazni, i, 1. guzaran, m. a livelihood ; — Icarun, to make a livelihood, xi, 19. ha, O ! (inferior addressing superior) ; ha, Wazir-a, O Vizier, xii,
hau HATUTS SONGS AND STOBIES 314
ha phakir-a, Faqir, ii, 3 ; ha Viginah nag-a, Viginah Nag,
v, 9 ; ha yar-a, friend, x, 4 ; ha Wazir-a (address by an
inferior), Vizier, xii, 10 ; with -o ; ha phakir-o, Faqir,
ii, 2 ; ha wazir-o, Vizier (address by a superior), ii, 4. hau, pleonastic sufL (poet.), ii, 10. ho, pleonastic sufL added to kyah, Mho, what ? (addressed by wife
to her husband), v, 4, 5. hab-jushi, composed of the seven metals (liaft-josh), i.e. iron,
antimony, lead, gold, tin, copper, and silver, xii, 22. hechun, to learn ; impve. sg. 2 hech laijdn 1 nnz\ learn to throw balls,
v, 3. had, a limit ; had panas karun, to make a limit for oneself, to
consider oneself perfect, vii, 15. hihur, a father-in-law ; sg. gen. hihara-sandis sheharas-kun, towards
the father-in-law’s city, x, 12. hakh, m. right, duty ; hakh-i Khoday, duty of God, i.e. (a husband),
sacred to me as God, xii, 15. hokh u , dry (of a river) ; pi. nom. hdkh*, vi, 15. hakim, m. a wise man, a sage, vi, 14 ; with suff. of indef . art.
hakimd, a single wise man, vi, 14. hukum, hukm, m. an order, command ; kyah chum hukum, what
order have you for me, xii, 7 ; hukm-i-Mahraj , the order of the
Maharaja, xi, 4 ; hukum dyun u , to give an order, ii, 7 ; viii,
4, 11, 2, 3 ; x, 5, 9, 13. hekmath, f . cleverness, skill, contrivance ; hekmat-i-Parwardigar,
the power of Providence, i, 11 ; sg. abl. hekmiits*, i, 12. hat, m. condition, state, vii, 9 ; ix, 4 ; hat kyah kor u hakh, an arrange- ment of affairs was somehow or other made by them,
xi, 17. hat, f . a house ; bod^-hal, a prison, ix, 4. hala, inter j. expressing urgency, look sharp ! be quick, xii, 17. halam, m. a skirt, a lap-cloth, apron, ix, 11 ; halam darun, to
hold out the lap-cloth for alms, to beg, ix, 11 ; sg. dat. halamas,
v, 4 (bis), 5. hamud, m. praise ; h. parun, to recite praises, vii, 4. hamnishln, m. a companion, a familiar friend ; pi. nom., id., vii,
20 <bis) ; dat. hamnishiTwn, vii, 21, 4.
315 VOCABULARY hond u
hamsaye, m. a neighbour, x, 12 ; pi. nom., id., x, 5.
han, dim. suff. f. bata-han, a little cooked rice, a little food, x, 5 ; dawd-han, a little medicine, v, 6 ; kdr’-han, a small bracelet, xii, 12 ; musla-han, a piece of skin, xii, 21 ; ndra-han, a small fire, iii, 1 ; ratshi-han, a very little (of something), v, 6 (bis) ; tsheth-han, a little waste food, x, 5.
hand, a small quantity, x, 5 ; dim. suff. (f. unless otherwise stated) aba-hand, a little water, x, 5 ; bata-hand, a little cooked rice, x, 3 (masc.) ; ddba-hand, a small hole or pit, viii, 7 (masc); kashena-hand, a little scratching, a small amount of scratching, xii, 16, 17 ; jpdri-hana, a small hut, xii, 2 ; ratshi-hand, a very little (of something), v, 6.
hani-hani, in small pieces, in fragments, viii, 6.
hun u , m. a dog, viii, 9 (sexies), 10 (quater) ; sg. dat. hunts, viii, 9, 10 (ter) ; pi. nom. hunt, viii, 4 (bis), 12 (bis).
hond u , postpos. of gen.
A. Added to fern. sg. nouns ; m. sg. nom. gaddyiye-hond u ; , of beggary, x, 2 ; kore-hond u , of the daughter, v, 2, 9 ; kathi-hond u , of a word, iii, 5 ; mdje-hond u , of a mother, xii, 15 ; miskirii-hond u ; , of beggary, x, 4 (bis) ; naye-hond u , of a reed flute, vii, 1 ; phakiriye-hond u , of faqirhood, x, 9 ; patashohi-hond u , of royalty, x, 2, 9 ; rots^-hondu, of night, iii, 1 ; dat. bene-handis, of the sister, x, 3 (bis), 10 ; bdye- handis, of the wife, viii, 6, 13 ; ddre-handis, of the window, v, 4 ; Jchotuni-handis, of the lady, x, 7 ; shemsheri-handis, of the sword, viii, 13 ; zandni-handis, of the wife, x, 5 ; abl. godanice-handi-khota, than the first, xii, 10 ; khotuni-handi, of the lady, x, 7 (bis) ; fern. sg. nom. bene-hunz u , of the sister, x, 3 ; naye-hunz u , of the reed flute, vii, 1 ; shemsheri-hunz”, of a sword, iii, 5, 6.
B. Added to plural nouns ; m. sg. nom. soddgdran-hond u , of merchants, viii, 9 ; uvraneciven-hond u , of step-sons, viii, 3 ; hatan-hond u , of hundreds, v, 1 ; jdndwdran-hond u , of birds, viii, 1 ; ldlan-hond u , of rubies, xii, 5 (ter) ; abl. don-handi- khota, than two, xii, 9 ; pi. nom. athan-hand 1 , of hands, v, 6 ; f. sg. nom. guren-hiinz”, of horses, xii, 3 ; neeiven-hiinz”, of sons, viii, 3, 11 ; yihiinz”, of these, viii, 1 ; pi. nom. don-
hangata manga HATIM’S , SONGS AND STOBIES 316
hanza, of two, viii, 4 ; pdtashdhzddan-hanza, of princes, viii,
4 ; tihanza, their, viii, 3.
C. Added to an adverb ; yuri-hond u , hither, v, 5. hanga ta manga, adv. unexpectedly, iii, 6. hdnz u , m. a boatman ; with suff. of indef . art. hdnzdh, i, 4. hdputh, m. a bear, ii, 10, 1 (ter), 2 ; hdpath-gdn, a bear pimp, a
bear referred to abusively, ix, 2 ; sg. dat. hdpatas, ii, 10, 1 ;
ag. hdpatan, ix, 4. Aar 1, every ; ^ar wata’, on every path (fem.), ii, 2. har 2, m. cream ; sg. gen. doda-hardk 1 , (cups) of milk-cream, ii, 3. hdr 1 hdr 1 , the cry used in driving a cow, xi, 8. Cf. chuh 1. harud, m. autumn ; har a da-vizi, in autumn time, ix, 8. hargdh, if ; hargdh drds-na, if it do not issue from it, xii, 3 (bis) ;
hargdh-ay wuchihe, if he had seen, viii, 10 ; hargdh kiy ceyihe,
if he had drunk, viii, 7 ; hargdh My karihe, if he had done,
viii, 13. h a run, to remain over and above ; 2 past m. sg. 3, h a ryov, x, 12 ;
f . sg. 3, with suff. 3 pers. pi. dat. h a ryeyekh, x, 5. harun, to drop ; pres. sg. 3 mdz chum hardn, my flesh is dropping,
vii, 24 ; pi. 3 lal chih hardn, rubies are dropping (from her
mouth), xii, 9 (bis). hasa, interj. sir! ii, 11 ; v, 7 ; vi, 11 ; x, 4 (bis), 8 ; xii, 1 (bis),
5, 10 ; sirs ! x, 1 (passim). hosh, m. sense, i, 5.
hushydr, awake ; — gatshun, to awake (intrans.), v, 5 (ter). host u , m. an elephant, vi, 16 (ter). hata, interj . ; Jiata-sa, sirs ! x, 5 ; hatay, hullo ! (a mother speaking
to her daughter), xii, 15. hato, interj . ; hato kddyau, ho prisoner ! x, 5. hot u , smitten ; tsakhi-hot u , smitten by rage, full of rage, vii, 14. hot u , m. the throat ; — tsatun, to cut the throat, v, 7 ; sg. dat.
hatis, viii, 1. hath, a hundred ; gdda-hath, a hundred fish, i, 8 ; hath waisi,
a hundred (years) in age, ii, 12 ; ropaye-hath, a hundred
rupees, viii, 9, 10 (with verb in sg.) ; x, 6 (ditto) ; ropayes
pants hath, five hundred rupees, viii, 10 (bis) ; x, 1, etc. ;
sg. dat. gdda-hatas, for the hundred fish, i, 9 ; mohara-hatas
317
VOCABULARY
hyuh*
(akis) rosh u , a necklace of one hundred mohars, v, 10, 12 ; pi. dat. tsdtas (sic) bdhan hatan-hond u , of twelve hundred pupils, v, 1 ; hata-bdd u , hundreds, ix, 9 ; hatabdtf-khdr”, weighing hundreds of kharwars, ix, 7.
hots u , m. the forearm, xii, 12 (bis), 15 ; sg. gen. hatsyuk u , xii, 15.
hdtsh, f. an accusation ; with suff. of indef. art. hdtshd, vi, 9.
hav, interj. (addressed by a woman to her husband), v, 4 ; xi, 11. Cf. hay.
hawd, m. air, atmosphere ; hatvd-yi-asmdn, the air of heaven, ii, 6.
hawdh, f. Eve, vii, 7.
hawdla, m. deposit, consignment, charge, v, 10 ; hawala-y-Khddd, in the care of God, x, 7 : hawdla karun, to put in so and so’s (dat.) charge, to make over (to) as a deposit, v, 7, 12 (bis) ; viii, 4 ; x, 12 (quinquies) ; xii, 22.
hawun, to show, make manifest ; kasam hdivun, to make oath, swear, v, 9 ; impve. sg. 2 hav, xii, 14 ; pol. with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. hdvtam, please show to me, v, 9 ; fut. sg. 1, with suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat. hdway, I will show to thee, iii, 8; 3, hdvi v, 9 ; pi. 3, with sufT. 1st pers. sg. dat. hdwanam, they will show to me, iv, 7 ; 1 past m. sg. with suff. 2nd pers. sg. ag. hdwuth, thou showedst, vi, 5 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. howun, vi, 16 ; xii, 15 ; ditto, with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. hdw u nam, she showed to me, v, 4 ; ditto, with suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat. hdw u nay, she showed to thee, v, 4 ; ditto, with suff. 3rd pers. pi. dat. hdw u nakh, he showed to them, xii, 18 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. hdwus, showed to him, v, 4 ; past cond. sg. 1 hawaho, vii, 21.
hay, interj. ! (addressed by a man to his wife), v, 4 (passim) ; xi, 14, 6, 9 ; (addressed by woman to woman), v, 2 ; ix, 7, 9.
hay, interj., as exclamation, 0! v, 7.
hyuh u , adj. like ; m. sg. nom. lalas hyuh u , like a ruby, xii, 4 (bis) ; tath 1 hyuh u , exactly like that, xii, 4 ; yinsdn hyuh u , like a human being, x, 7 (bis) ; dat. badis hihis, to the elder (prince), viii, 13 ; zithis hihis, to the elder (prince), viii, 5 ; ag. IdkH* hih\ by the youngest, xii, 1 ; f . sg. nom. yinsdn hish u , like a man, x, 7.
hyol u HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 318
hyol u , an ear (of corn, etc.) ; pi. nom. MP, vi, 15 ; pi. dat. helm,
vi, 15. hyon u , to take, ii, 1 ; iii, 1, 2 ; v, 1, 4, 6, 7 (bis) ; viii, 7 ; x, 5, 11 ; xi, 12, 3, 4, 6, 8 ; xii, 5, 12, 20, 22, 23 ; to begin, hjotun cyon u , he began to drink, viii, 7 (ter) ; hyotun nerun, he began to go forth, ii, 3 ; hyotukh palcun, they began to go, x, 1 ; hets ti n woth tshuniiri u , she began to leap, iii, 4 j hets^nas yiii u nend a r, sleep began to come to him, v, 6. The conj. part. heth, having taken, may often be translated “ with “, as in vir heth, with the fine, v, 7 ; drdv soda heth, he went off with merchandize, viii, 9 ; wazir heth, taking the Vizier, i.e. taking the Vizier along with you, xii, 23 ; pdtashdh-kiir* heth tsaldn, running away with the princess, xii, 25.
danda hyon u , to take in compensation, v, 11 ; Jchabar hen a , to bring new3, xii, 24 ; mol* hyon u , to buy, x, 14 ; rukhsath hyon u , to take leave, depart, xii, 10, 3 ; tsdp i hen 1 , to take bites, to bite, x, 7 ; ydd hyon u , to keep in memory, xii, 17 ; zima hyon u , to take responsibility (for), to admit, xii, 15.
heth gatshun (Hindi le jdnd), to take away, v, 1 ; viii, 3 (bis), 4, 10, 2 ; xii, 4, 9, 12, 8 ; heth yun u (Hindi le and), to bring, i, 8 ; iii, 1 ; viii, 6 ; x, 12 ; xii, 2, 5, 11.
fut. pass. part. m. sg. hyon u , xii, 5 ; conj. part, heth, i, 8 ; iii, 1,2; v, 1 (bis), 4, 7 (bis) ; viii, 3 (bis), 4, 6, 9, 10, 2 ; x, 5, 12 ; xi, 13, 4, 6, 8 ; xii, 2, 4, 5, 9, 11, 2 (bis), 7, 8, 22, 3 (bis), 4, 5 ; impve. sg. 2, heh, xi, 12 ; with sufL 3rd pers. abl. hes, take from him, xii, 20 ; fut. sg. 1, with sufL 2nd pers. sg. abl. hemay, I will take from thee, v, 11 ; pres. m. sg. 3, chuh hewdn, x, 7 ; f . sg. 3, with sufL 3rd pers. sg. dat. and neg. chesna hewdn zima, she does not admit to her, xii, 15 ; past m. sg. 3, with sufL 3rd pers. sg. ag. hyotun, ii, 1, 3 ; viii, 7 (ter) ; with sufL 3rd pers. sg. abl. hyotus, took from him, xii, 10, 13 ; with sufL 3rd pers. pi. ag. hyotukh, x, 1 ; f. sg. with sufL 3rd pers. sg. ag. hets u n, iii, 1, 4 ; v, 6 ; x, 11 ; ditto, with sufL 3rd pers. sg. dat. hets u nas, v, 6 ; pi. with sufL 3rd pers. pi. ag. hetsan, v, 7 ; ditto, with sufL 3rd pers. sg. gen. hetsanas, viii, 7 ; perf . part, f . pi. hetsamatsa, x, 14.
319
VOCABULARY
jay
hyor u , adj . upwards ; — khasun, to go upstairs, iii, 2, 9 ; -pahan
khasun, to go a short way up stream, xii, 6. hdz\ as a title of respect, holy, v, 9. huzilri nokar m. a personal servant, viii, 5. hazrath, a title of respect, saint ; hazrat-i- A dam, Saint Adam, iv, 2 ;
hazrat-i-N oh, Saint Noah, iv, 3 ; hazrat-i-Yisdh, Saint Jesus,
iv, 4 ; hazrat-i-Musdy, Saint Moses, iv, 5 ; hazrat-i- Yibrdhim,
Saint Abraham, iv, 6 ; hazrat-i-Yusuph, Saint Joseph,
vi, 8, 10, 14, etc. ; hazrat-i- Sulay man, Saint Solomon, xii, 17. judah, apart ; gaye judah, she went apart, she became separated,
vii, 16. judoyi, fern, separation, vii, 16. jah, a place, in gay yeg-jah, they went together, ii, 4 ; kheyev yekh-
jdh, (you) ate together, x, 12. Ci.jdy. jel, i.q.jel a d, quickly, vi, 16. jel a d or jel (q.v.), adv. quickly, xii, 15, 23, 4. jalwa, m. glory ; — dyun u , to give forth glory ; — dith, giving
forth glory, in all His glory (of God), vi, 7 ; with emph. y,
jaloy hdwun, he manifested glory, vi, 16. jaloy, see jalwa. jama, m. a coat, x, 9. jumala, m. entirety ; jumala dlam, (He who is the source of) the
whole world, God, i, 13. jdn, adj. good, vii, 27 ; xi, 17, 8. jenda, m. a flag ; — lagun, to set up a flag, to insist on a claim,
V, 11.
jenath, m. heaven ; sg. dat. jenatas (for jenatas-manz), xii, 19 ;
jenatas-manz, in heaven, xii, 20, 3, 4; sg. gen. m. jenatuk u ,
of heaven, xi, 13 ; xii, 21, 2 ; fern. pi. jenatace jaye, places of
heaven, iii, 7. janawar, m. a winged creature, a bird, ix, 1, 3, 5 ; pi. gen. jdndwaran-
hond u , viii, 1. jav, for Hindi jad, go ye, xi, 4. jawd, for Hindi jad, go ye, xi, 4. jewdb, m. an answer, reply, iii, 4 ; xii, 17. jay, f. a place (ci.jdh), ix, 6 ; xi, 12 ; sg. dat. panufiejaye, (seated)
in his own place, x, 5 ; aih jdye gav bunul”, there occurred an
jyclday HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 820
earthquake in that place, xii, 15 ; wdt u tath jdye, he arrived at that place, xiii, 15 ; wdt u jdye akis, he arrived at a certain place, ii, 8 ; viii, 7 (ter), 9 ; tsonukh akis jdye-manz, they led him into a certain place, iii, 7 ; jdye akis . . . jdye akis, in one place … in another place, i, 3, 4 ; pi. nom. jdye, iii, 7.
jydday, more ; kam yd jydday, (a hundred) less or more, ii, 12.
ke, see kydh, 1.
kabar, f . a grave, a tomb ; sg. dat. kabari wdlun, to cause to descend into a grave, to inter, iv, 7.
kbd, m. prison ; — karun, to imprison, v, 7, 9 (bis) ; x, 5, 12 ; — lagun, to become imprisoned, v, 8 ; vi, 1 1 ; kod-khdn (not -khdna), a prison, v, 8 ; pi. dat. -khanan, v, 7, 8.
kud u , see kur u .
kod 1 , m. a prisoner, a person imprisoned, v, 8 ; sg. dat. kodis, x, 5 (bis) ; ag. kod 1 , x, 5 ; voc. kodyau, x, 12 ; hato kodyau, x, 5 ; pi. nom. (and ace.) kod 1 , v, 8, 9 ; ag. kodyau, v, 7, vi, 11.
kadam, m. a step ; — dyun u , to set forth, x, 11, 12 ; — trdwun, to step forward, iv, 5.
kadun, or (iv, 2 ; viii, 3) karun, to extract, pull out, viii, 4, 11, 2 ; to drag forth (e.g. a person from his house), x, 13 ; to bring forth, bring out, lead forth, iii, 4, 8 (ter) ; xii, 1 ; to take out (of a receptacle), viii, 7, 10 ; xii, 17 (bis) ; to bring forth, produce, exhibit, x, 2, 12; xii, 15 ; to tear out or off, dislocate, viii, 7 ; to take off (from something to which the object is attached), viii, 10 ; to expel, banish, iv, 2 ; viii, 11 ; to take off clothes, v, 9 (bis) ; xii, 6, 7 ; to draw (a sword), viii, 13 ; x, 7 ; to pass a (period of time), viii, 3, 11 ; x, 11 ; xii, 4, 5, 11 ; to while away the time (on a journey), x, 1 ; kadith tshunun, to drive out, viii, 10 ; to take off, doff (clothes), x, 9.
fut. pass. part. sg. m. gatshi kadun, he should be expelled, viii, 11 ; conj. part, kadith, viii, 10 ; x, 9 ; xii, 6, 7. Impve. sg. 2 with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ace. kadun, iii, 8 ; fut. pi. 1, with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ace. kadon, x, 1 ; pi. 3 kadan, viii, 11 ; pres. masc. sg. 3 chuh kaddn, viii, 13 ; xii, 4, 11, 17 ; pi. 3 chih
321 VOCABULARY . khabar
kardn, viii, 3 ; chih kaddn, viii, 11 ; past sg. ra. kod u , xii, 15, 7 ; with suff. 3 pers. sg. ag. kodun, iii, 8 ; v, 9 ; viii, 7, 10, 3 ; with ditto and suff. 1 pers. sg. dat. kor u nam, iv, 2 ; with ditto and suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. kod u nas, viii, 10 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. kodukh, iii, 4 ; pi. kdd*, x, 2 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and 3rd pers. sg. gen. kddSnas, viii, 7 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. kddikh, viii, 4, 12 ; x, 12 ; xii, 1 ; f . sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. kud u fi, x, 7 ; xii, 5 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. kud u kh, x, 11.
kdh, f . the leather lace used by shoemakers for sewing together the parts of leather shoes or the like, used where English cobblers use thread, xi, 14.
keh, anything, something ; m. sg. nom. kdh, anyone, i, 2 ; vi, 10 xii, 22 ; kdh-ti, even anyone, vii, 23 ; kaisi, to anyone, iii, 3 by anyone, ii, 8 ; kosi, by anyone, v, 9 ; kSh, anything, i, 6 ii, 5 ; iv, 4, 6 ; v, 8 ; viii, 2 ; ix, 6 ; xi, 15 ; xii, 6, 7, 15 (bis) biye keh, something more, iii, 8 ; anything else, xii, 8 ; na keh, not at all, ii, 5 ; v, 5 (bis) ; xii, 2.
As adj . kdh kod 1 , any prisoner, v, 8 ; kdh-ti hosh, any sense at all, i, 5 ; keh 1 pron*, some old (prisoners), vi, 11 ; keh, any (inanimate thing), vi, 16 ; viii, 1 ; x, 1, 7 ; xii, 5 ; some women, xi, 7 ; keh kdld(h), some little time, v, 10 ; viii, 2 ; keh-ti, any (sound) at all, viii, 9.
ke-ho, see kydh 1.
kih, m. loose hair (from the head), combings, v, 4 (ter).
kdh, kdh, m. a mountain ; koh-i-tora, Mount Sinai, iv, 5 ; koha-kohai, on every mountain, ix, 2.
klidb, m. a dream, sg. dat. khdbas, vi, 14 ; abl. khdba, vi, 12 ; gen. khdbuk u tobir, the interpretation of a dream, vi, 14 ; khdb deshun, to see a dream, have a dream- vision, vi, 11 (bis), 2, 4, 5.
khub, adv. well, thoroughly, vi, 10.
khabar, f . information ; news, tidings, xi, 20 ; notice, care, heed, xii, 2 (ter) ; be-khabar, an untaught person, vii, 28 ; — anun u , to bring news, xii, 19, 20 (bis) ; (tas) cheh khabar, there is informa- tion (to him), (he) knows (all about it), iii, 3 ; there is heed (to him), (he) believes, (he) is under the impression (that), xii,
khabardar HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES 322
2 (ter) ; chya hhabar, is there news ? hence, (I) don’t know, how am (I) to know ? how can (I) know ? v, 7 ; xii, 20 ; hhabar din u , to give news, x, 14 ; las hhabar gaye, news went to him, information was given to him, iii, 1 ; hhabar heth yun u , to bring news, xii, 24 ; hhabar har, news when ? i.e. who knows when (such and such a thing happened) ? ii, 4 ; — nin”, to bring news or information, ii, 16 ; x, 7, 8; xii, 23 ; hhabardh, a piece of news, ii, 6.
hhabarddr, m. an informer, spy, scout, newsman; pi. ag. hhabarddrav, ii, 1,6; x, 7, 8 ; xii, 23.
hhobsurath, adj. beautiful, xii, 4, 5, 10 (bis), 5, 9.
hhod, a pit ; x, 13 ; sg. dat. hhodas, x, 13.
Khodd, m. God, vi, 5, 6, 7 ; x, 7 ; Khoddy, verily God, God alone, x, 8 : az Khoda, from God, vi, 10 ; bd-Khodd, one who believes in God, a true believer, xii, 20 ; wdda-y-Khodd, a promise of God, an oath by God, xii, 7, 15 (bis) ; hahh-i-Khoddy , the duty of God alone, i.e. a husband as sacred to the wife as God, xii, 15 ; sg. dat. Khoddy es, vii, 4 ; x, 5 ; ag. Khoddy en, xii, 15 ; gen. Khoddy e-sond u -chuy hasam, (I) adjure thee by God, xii, 7 ; voc. Khoddy e, God ! iv, 1 ; bar Khoddy 6, Great God ! v, 7 ; Khodd-Sob, God the Master, God, sg. dsit.-sdbas, x, 5 ; ag. -soban, iii, 8 (ter).
hhoj u nas, see hhdlun.
hhal, m. a threshing floor ; sg. dat. hhalas harun, to put (crops) on the threshing floor, ix, 9.
hhdlun, caus. of hhasun, to cause to mount, to take (upstairs), x, 7 ; to fix (on to a lathe), vii, 19 ; zima hhdlun, to cause responsibility to mount, to prove responsible, x, 12 ; impve. pi. 2, with sufL 3rd pers. sg. ace. hholyun, cause ye him to mount, x, 7 ; past. masc. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and 3rd pers. sg. dat. hh6l u nas, x, 12 ; fern, with sun\ 3rd pers. sg. ag. and 1st pers. sg. nom. hhojunas, vii, 19.
hhalas, adj. free ; — gatshun, to die, iii, 4.
hhalath, m. a robe of honour ; hhal a t-e-shohi, a royal robe of honour, a magnificent robe of honour, x, 4 (bis).
hhdm, adj. raw, unripe, green, vi, 15 ; of small value, cheap; hham posa, the pice formerly current in Kashmir, of small
323 VOCABULABY khrdv
value compared to the British pice worth about a farthing,
now becoming current ; vii, 25, 6. khumdr, m. intoxication ; languor of love, languishment ; pur u -
khumdr, full of languishment, one who intoxicates another
with love, v, 2. khan, a certain title, used as part of a proper name in Bahadur Khan
= Bahadur Khan, ii, 1 ; sg. dat. — Manas, ii, 12. khdna, m. a house, sg. dat. khdnas, vi, 4 ; kod-khdna, a prison,
sg. nom (m.c.) kod-khdn, vi, 10 ; pi. dat. kod-khdnan, v, 7, 8 ;
mahala-khdna, a palace, xii, 19. khen, m. food, xii, 16, 17. khon, f . the haunch ; sg. dat. khoni-keth, (canying) on the haimch,
xi, 13. khanun, to dig ; fut. pass. part. m. sg. gatshi dob khanun u , you must
dig a pit, xii, 6. khanandwun, to cause to be dug ; past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers.
sg. ag. khanandtvun, x, 13. Jchar, m. an ass ; iii, 8, 9 ; v, 7 (bis) ; sg. dat. khot u kharas, he
mounted the ass, iii, 8. khdr, m. a blacksmith ; sg. voc. khdra, ii, 12 ; vi, 17 ; pi. ag.
khdrav, xi, 17 ; Wahab Khar, or Wahb the Blacksmith, is the
name of the author of stories ii and vi. khdr (v, 5) or khdr (v, 9), m. the foot ; sg. dat. khdran, v, 9 ; shdnda
karun khdr, to go from the pillow to the foot of the bed, v, 5 ;
khdra karun shdnd, to go from the foot of the bed to the pillow,
v, 5. khdr, m. welfare ; divd-yi-khor, a prayer for welfare, a blessing, i, 3. kh6r u , a thing which weighs a khdr or kharwdr, i.e. an ass’s load ;
sg. dat. hatabdd i -khdris dray, they turned out (i.e. amounted)
to hundreds of kharwdrs, ix, 9. khar a c (viii, 10) or khar a j (xii, 4, etc.), m. expenditure ; expenses,
money to be spent for any purpose ; xii, 4 (bis), 5 (bis), 11,
20 ; khar a c gom, expenditure has occurred by me, I have
spent, viii, 10. khdrdth, m. alms, v, 9. khrdv, m. the clog, patten, or wooden soles worn by Kashmiris in
winter ; nom. (ace.) plur. khrdv, v, 9.
Y
khasa HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 324
khdsa, adj. peculiar, special ; personal, own ; choice, select, excellent, ii, 3 ; dukhtar-e-khdsa, thine own daughter, v, 11.
kh6s u , m. a kind of metal cup ; pi. nom. khos\ ii, 3.
Mash, m. a cut ; — dyun u , to cut, v, 4 (bis), 6.
khosh, adj. pleased, happy ; — gatshun, to become happy, to become pleased, viii, 1, 9 ; xii, 9 ; — gosay, I became pleased about thee, xi, 18 ; gos — , he became pleased with him, xii, 12 ; gdkh, — , he became pleased with them, viii, 14 ; gos — , they became pleasing to him, i.e. he loved them, viii, 11 ; yih pdtashehas — Jcari, that which will make the king pleased, whatever will please the king, xii, 3.
khashem, m. anger, wrath ; yimau amis phakiras — kor u , by them to that faqir wrath was made, i.e. they were made angry with the faqir, ii, 3.
khasun (1 p.p. khol u or khoth u ), to rise, arise ; to rise, come up (out of water), i, 6, 8 ; xii, 11, 2 ; to rise, go up, go upstairs, iii, 2, 9 ; x, 8 (bis) ; xii, 7 ; to get up on to (e.g. on to a bed, or a funeral pyre, governing dat., with or without peth), iii, 7 ; v, 5, 6, (bis) 9 ; x, 7 (bis) ; xii, 21, 4 ; to mount (a horse, etc., guris or guris-peth), ii, 6, 11 ; iii, 8 (quater) ; to ride (a horse), (gur u chus khasun u , he has a horse on which to ride), x, 3 ; carkas khuts u , she mounted on to the lathe, she was fixed on the lathe (for being turned), vii, 20 ; kali kali khasun, to go up stream, xii, 6 ; kalsi chuna khasan zima, the responsibility rises on no one, no one can be made responsible, or, as we should say, the responsibility falls on no one, iii, 3 ; kotyah khdtis mar, how many murders have risen for him, i.e. of how many murders is he guilty ! ix, 5 ; pdtashehas khot u zahar, poison arose to the king, i.e. he became enraged, viii, 7.
Fut. pass. part. sg. m. khasun u , x, 3 ; xii, 5 (gatshi khasun u , you must go up) ; impve. sg. 2 khas, iii, 8 (bis) ; fut. sg. 2 khasakh, v, 6 ; 3 with suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat. khasiy, xii, 11 (there will arise before you) ; pres. m. sg. 3 neg. chuna khasan, iii, 3 ; imperf . sg. m. 3 with surl 3rd pers. sg. dat. neg. 6sus-na khasan, i, 6 ; 1 past sg. m. 3 khot u , i, 8 ; ii, 11 iii, 7, 8 (bis), 9 ; v, 5, 6 ; viii, 7 ; x, 7, 8 ; xii, 12, 21, 4 khoth u , ii, 6 ; x, 7 ; pi. 1 khdt 1 , v, 9 (we, i.e. one m. and one f.)
325 VOCABULARY khyon”
3 khdt\ x, 8 ; with sufL 3rd pers. sg. dat. khdtis, ix, 5 ; f. sg.
3 khiits”, iii, 2 ; vii, 20 ; xii, 7. khdta, postpos. than ; ddn-handi khdta, (more beautiful) than the
two, xii, 19 ; gddafiice-handi khdta, (more beautiful) than
the first (girl), xii, 10. In ami khdta haway bdh, iii, 8, I will
show thee more than that, the word “ more “ is not expressed. khdt u , adj. false, base, counterf eit ; (of a jewel) flawed, xii, 3. khath, m. a letter, a document, xii, 22, 3 (ter) ; moV-sandi daskhata
khath, a letter signed by (my) father, xii, 21. kJiatun, to conceal ; conj. part. khatith, having concealed (sc.
yourself), secretly, xii, 6. khdtmia, f . a noble woman, a lady, x, 12 ; xii, 18, 9 (bis), 20, 5 ;
with suff. of indef. art. khdtuna akh, a certain lady, v, 11 ;
xii, 15 ; sg. dat. khdtuni, x, 7 (bis) ; xii, 15 ; ag. khotuni,
xii, 15 (quater), 8, 22 ; gen. khotuni-handis shikamas-manz
(x, 7) or khdtuni-shikamas-manz (x, 7), in the lady’s belly;
khdtuni-handi shikama-mafyza, from in the lady’s belly, x,
7 (bis). khotir, m. carnal desire, viii, 3. khawand, m. a master, a lord, viii, 10 (of a dog) ; a woman’s husband,
iii, 1, 2, 3, 4 ; v, 1, 8, 10, 1, 2 ; x, 5 (bis), 12 ; xi, 11 ; xii, 18 ;
sg. dat. khdwandas, iii, 4 ; v, 8, 10, 2 ; xi, 11 ; xii, 18 ;
khawandas nishin, (go) to (your) master, viii, 10 ; sg. gen.
fern, khdwanda-sunz”, iii, 2. kh6wur u , adj. left (not right) ; — atha, the left hand, viii, 7. khyon u , to eat ; to consume unlawfully, misappropriate, x, 2.
inf. obi. wath 1 kheni, they got down (in order) to eat, x, 5 ;
fut. pass. part. m. sg. tih cy6n u khyon u gatshi-na, you must
not eat that, xii, 16 ; pres. part, chuh hihith kheivan, he is
seated eating, xii, 4 ; impve. sg. 2, kheh, iii, 1 ; (dial.) khyuh,
x, 5 ; (dial.) khyo, x, 12 ; pol. sg. 2, with suff. 1st pers. sg.
dat. khetam, eat for my sake, iii, 1 ; fut. sg. 2, khezi, xii,
16 (bis), fut. sg. 1 khema, viii, 11 ; with suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat.
khemay, I will eat for thy sake, iii, 1 ; do. with neg. khemay-na,
I will not eat for thy sake, iii, 1 ; 2, with neg. interrog.
khekh-na, wilt thou not eat ? ii, 3 ; vi, 2 ; 3, kheyi, xii, 15.
khazmath HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 326
pres. m. sg. 3 chuh khewdn, xii, 6, 17 ; imperf. m. sg. 3,
with neg. khewdn 6s u -na, he used not to eat, vi, 16.
1 past m. sg. khyauv, x, 12 ; khev, ii, 2 ; with suff. 3rd
pers. sg. ag. khyon, vi, 16 (bis) ; x, 5 ; pi. (dial, for khyey)
khey, x, 2 ; f . sg. with suff. 2nd pers. pi. ag. (dial, for kheyewa)
kheyev, x, 12. khazmath (xii, 3) or khizmath (ii, 3), f . service ; guren-hunz^ khazmath
karakh, I will do service of horses for them, i.e. I will do groom’s
work, xii, 3. kdkad, m. paper, a piece of paper, xii, 11, 2, 5 (quinquies), 6, 7,
8 (bis), 22 ; — likhun, to write a paper, xii, 11 ; sg. dat.
kdlcadas, xii, 16, 7 ; cf. kakaz. kdkan, f . the wife of the eldest son in a Hindu family ; boy^kdkan,
an elder brother’s wife, v, 10. kokur, m. a fowl ; kokar-gdm, a fowl village, a village the speciality
of which is rearing fowls, xi, 8. kakaz, m. paper, viii, 10. Cf. kakad* kal, time ; with suff. indef . art. keh kola gav (v, 10) or keh kalah gav
(viii, 2), some short time passed ; warayah kalah gav, a very
long time passed, viii, 2 ; warayah kal, for a very long time,
viii, 2 ; sg. dat. wdraydhas kdlas, for (during) a long time,
iii, 1. Jcala, the head, iii, 1, 5, 9 ; kala tsatun, to behead, iii, 2 ; viii, 6 ;
abl. kala-kari 1 , in the direction of the head, at the head end
(of an animal), xi, 9 ; kala-peth* tshunun” woth, to leap over
(so and so’s) head, ii, 9. kol, f . a small river, a stream ; sg. dat. koli-manz, in the stream,
xii, 2 ; gaye koli akis peth, she went to the bank of a stream,
xii, 2 ; abl. koli koli khasun, to go up along the stream, to
go up stream, xii, 4 ; koli-manza, from in the stream, xii, 4. kdl u , adj. of or belonging to time ; yuts u -k6l u , of or belonging to
a long time ago, ii, 4. kul u , m. a tree ; abl. kuli-dadari-manz, in the tree-hole, in the
hole in the tree, ii, 10. kdlacen, adv. in the evening, at eventide, v, 5 ; viii, 3. kalam, m. a pen ; kalama sotin likhun, to write with a pen,
ix, 12.
327
VOCABULABY
kani
kuluph, m. a lock. — thdwun, to open a lock, to unlock a door,
iii, 8 (bis). kolay, f. a wife, iii, 4 ; v, 3, 5 ; viii, 3, 11 ; sg. ag. kdlayi, v, 9. tow 1, adj. less, deficient, iv, 4, 6; kamyd jydday, less or more,
more or less, ii, 12. kam 2, Mm, fojm?’, see kydh 1. &om”, f . a thing done, a deed : a business ; kom cheh pakawiin u ,
the business is one that marches, i.e. it involves marching,
xi, 1 1 ; in the stories, kiir u kom”, he, she, or they, did a deed,
is equivalent to the English, “ what do you think he, she,
or they did,” “ what did he do but,” ii, 5, 7 ; viii, 4 ;
x, 7 (bis), 12, 4 ; xii, 22 ; so, with suff. of indef. art. kur^n
(x, 2) or kur u (x, 3) kbm^dh. kombakh, m. help, aid, assistance, the reinforcement (of an army) ;
sg. dat. bardye kombakas, in order to help, by way of help,
as a reinforcement, xi, 7. kamyuk u , see kydh 1 lean, m. the ear ; — ihawun (ii, 7) or — thdwun (viii, 6, 8, 11 ; ix,
1, 4), to apply the ear, to lend the ear, to listen attentively ;
sg. dat. kanas kur u nas thaph, he seized him by the ear, iii, 9 ;
abl. kana-doli din” (poet.), to give ear-closing, to refuse to
listen, v, 2 ; kana ratith, holding (a goat) by the ear, iii, 5 ;
pi. dat. with emph. y, kananqy, vii, 11. kan 1 , postpos. signifying —
(a) direction, as in kala-kdn*, in the direction of the head, at the head end (of an animal), xi, 9 ; lati-kdn\ at the tail end, xi, 9.
(b) route, as in ddri-kdri 1 , (cast) out through the window, v, 4 (bis).
(c) direction from, as in yes-kdn { , from whom (it will escape), ii, 8.
Cf . kani, kun, kdn, and kin. kani, postpos. signifying —
(a) locality, as in bdna-kani, (he is standing) below, down- stairs, iii, 2 ; bontha-kani, in front, before (governing dat.), ii, 3 ; iii, 1 ; viii, 11 ; x, 5, 10, 2 ; xii, 4, 9, 12, 23 (bis) ; ath { -petha-kani, on the top of it verily, viii, 1.
Una HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 328
(b) direction towards, as in ora-Jcani, in that direction, v, 2.
(c) direction from, as in tdlawa-kani, (down) from the ceiling, viii, 6 ; osa-kani, issuing from the mouth; viii, 7.
(d) other miscellaneous relations as in thiir u -kani (v, 4) or thud u -kani (v, 4 bis), (turning) backwards (from there) ; pata-kani, afterwards, x, 1 ; kuni-kani, in any way, xii, 13 ; dmpa-kani, by means of beak-to-beak feeding, viii, 1 ; tami- peth x -kani, in addition to that, iii, 8.
Cf. kdn 1 , kun, kdn, and kin. kina, conj. or. Used to indicate an alternative in an interrogative
sentence, v, 7 ; viii, 3, 11 ; xii, 18, 9, 23. kona, adv. why not ? viii, 1 (why is there no chirping ?). kun, postpos. governing dat., meaning —
(a) towards, viii, 6, 11 ; x, 3, 5, 12 ; similarly d-kun, in that direction, xii, 23 ; mustdkh kun, enamoured of, yearning for, iii, 7 ; vii, 3 ; biye-kun, (he does not go) anywhere else, xii, 4.
(b) to (after verbs of saying, addressing, etc.), v, 2 ; vii, 4, 20, 6 ; ix, 1 ; x, 5 (bis) ; x, 12.
(c) in, at, bonth-kun, i, 8, (came) before (the king) ; w6l u sheharas and-kun, he arrived at the outskirts of the city, x, 5 ; andas-kun, at the end, xii, 6.
(d) other meanings, ndgas akiih kun, on one side of the spring, xii, 14 ; ase-kun hdwuth, thou showed st before us, vi, 5 ; path-kun, afterwards, iii, 5 ; v, 5 ; at the back (of a place), in the rear, v, 8.
(with gen.) ydra-sond u kun, (he set out) in the direction of
his friend’s abode, x, 11. Cf. kdn*, kani, kdn, and kin. kuni, adv. at all, in any respect, v, 6 ; viii, 1 (bis), 2, 9 ; xii, 1, 22 ;
anywhere, viii, 7 ; somewhere, viii, 7 ; kuni-kani, in any
way, xii, 13. kun u , num. adj., only one ; with emph. y, One only (of God), vi, 7 ;
vii, 2 ; x, 8 ; kunuy zon u , only one person, all alone, viii, 7 ;
fern. kunP-y zun u , xii, 15. konda, f . a potter’s kiln ; sg. abl. kondi wdlun, to put (unbaked pots)
into a lain for baking, xi, 11.
829 VOCABULARY kdra
kond u , m. a thorn, viii, 1 (bis).
kangan, f. a comb ; ches walan kangan, I am combing (my hair),
v, 4. kong-wor*, f . a saffron-garden or -field ; sg. dat. (for loc), kdng-wdri,
or (m.c.) kdng-wdri, v, 7. k a nun, to sell ; inf. abl. dv k a nani, he came (in order) to sell, xii, 3 ;
dye. k a nana (pass.), she was sold, vii, 26 ; fut. sg. 1 with suff.
3rd pers. sg. ace. Jc a nan, I will sell it, viii, 9 ; 2, with same
suff. md k a nalmn, I wonder if thou wilt sell it, viii, 9 ; pres.
sg. 3, with suff. 1st pers. sg. ace. chum k a ndn, he is selling me,
vii, 17. kentsdh (vii, 20) or (usually) kentshdh, indef. pron. something,
vii, 20, 6 ; x, 3 ; xii, 18 (bis) ; — karun, to do something,
esp. to do something malicious, xii, 5, 10, 3, 9 ; yih-kentshuh,
whatever, iii, 1, 8 (ter) ; v, 8. As adj. some, xii, 4, 19 (bis) ; any, xii, 19. kenz”, f . a kind of cup with a foot to it ; Musalman women eat
their rice out of it. Sg. dat. kenze, x, 3. kunz, f. a key, iii, 8 (bis). kdn, postpos. by means of ; ab-dawa-kdn, (enter) by means of
(i.e. through) the water-drain, v, 4. Cf. kdn 1 , kani, kin, and kun. kin (for kin*), postpos. in apor^kin, from that direction, v, 7.
Cf. kdn 1 , kani, kun, and kdn. kiln”, f . a stone ; sg. dat. kane-manz, in a stone, iv, 7 ; kane-kiin”,
punishment of death by stoning, lapidation, x, 13 ; abl.
kani-phol u , a pebble, xii, 15 (bis). kannekh, ? gender, the apparatus consisting of two ropes -attached
at the back of a Kashmiri saddle, to secure blankets, etc.,
xi, 9. kanuiv u , adj. made of stone ; m. pi. nom. kaniv 1 , v, 4. kuphdr, m. pi. infidels, non-Muslims (for kuffdr, Ar. pl f of kdfir),
iv, 3. kar, adv. when ? ii, 4.
kdr, m. an action, a deed, a work, xi, 2 ; pi. nom. Mr, v, 12 ; xi, 10. kara, m. a pea, pease, xii, 16 (ter), 7. kdra, in wdra-kdra, safe and sound, x, 8.
kor HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 330
kor, adv. where ? ii, 2.
kor u , m. a bracelet, xii, 11, 2, 3 (ter) ; rat a na-kor u , a bracelet of jewels, xii, 10, 1, 2, 4 (bis), 5, 8 ; kdr^han, f. a little bracelet, xii, 12 ; sg. dat. rqt a na-karis-soty, xii, 15 ; pi. nom. rat a na- kdr l } xii, 20.
Mr, or (v, 5, 12) kud u , f. a daughter, v, 7 (bis), 9 ; x, 1, 6, 7 (bis), 8 ; xii, 1 ; pdtashdh-kur u , (v, 2, 5, 8 (bis), 9 (ter), 10 ; xii, 1, 2) or pdtashdh-kud u (v, 5) ; or pdtasheh-kur (xii, 10, 3 (bis), 25), a king’s daughter, a princess ; sg. dat. kode, v, 12 ; kore, xii, 4, 5 ; pdtashdh-kore, v, 2, 9 (ter) ; xii, 2, 10, 13 ; pdtasheh- kore, xii, 10 ; kore-kyut u , for the daughter, v, 1 (bis) ; kore- soty, with the daughter, v, 10 ; pdtashdh-kdre-soty, with the princess, xii, 1 ; gen. kore-hond u , v, 2 ; pdtashdh-kore- hond u , v, 9 ; ag. kori, xii, 4, 5 ; pdtashdh-kori, v, 1 ; xii, 2 ; abl. kori-halamas manz, in the lap-cloth of the daughter, v, 4 ; voc. kur\ v, 2 ; kur { yey, v, 2 ; kdriy, xii, 15 (all addressed by an elder woman to a younger woman).
kdrddr, m. the Hindu overseer of a village, a government official whose duty it is to collect the Maharaja’s share of the grain ; sg. ag. kdrddran, ix, 1.
krqj u , f. a potter’s wife ; cf. krdl ; sg. ag. krdji, xi, 11.
krekh, f . an outcry ; — din u , to raise an outcry, to cry out, v, 7 ; xii, 7 ; — wothun”, an outcry to arise, iii, 3.
krdl, m. a potter ; cf. kroj u ; sg. ag. krdlan, xi, 10 ; voc. krdlau (addressed by a woman to her husband), xi, 11.
karun 1 ; to do, ii, 4, 11 (bis) ; iii, 8 ; v, 4, 5, 7 (bis), 12 ; viii, 1, 3, 4, 6 (bis), 8 (bis), 10 (bis), 1 (quater), 2 ; ix, 4 ; x, 3, 5, 8 (bis) ; xi, 2, 19 (bis) ; xii, 1 (quater), 3 (bis), 6, 15, 7, 20, 6 (bis) ; to make, i, 1, 3, 7 ; ii, 1 (bis), 2, 3 (bis), 4 (bis), 5, 10, 2 ; iii, 1, 4, 8 ; iv, 2, 3, 6 ; v, 2, 5 (bis), 6, 9, 10 ; vi, 9, 11 (bis) ; vii, 4, 6 (bis), 8, 15 (bis), 6, 24 (ter) ; viii, 1 (bis), 2 (ter), 3 (bis), 5, 7, 9 (bis), 11 (bis), 3 (quater) ; ix, 3, 4 (bis) ; x, 1, 3, 4, 5, 7 (bis), 8, 12 (bis) ; xi, 5, 8 (bis), 10 (bis), 7, 9 (bis) ; xii, 1, 4, 7, 15 (bis), 7, 8 (bis), 9 (bis), 20 (bis), 2 (bis), 3, 4, 5 ; to make something out of something else, to turn one thing into another, poshdkus kiir u n shekal yinsdn hish u , he made the shape of a man out of his clothes, he
331 VOCABULARY karun 1
folded them up to look like a man, x, 7 (bis) ; kdn’-phol” kor u nas, she (uttered a charm and) turned him into a pebble, xii, 15 ; to make another marriage, to take a second wife, (woriiz” zandna, or some such words, being understood), viii, 1 (bis), 2 ; khalas karun, to put (crops) on the threshing floor, ix, 9 ; karith dyun u ( = Hindi kar dend), to complete, finish, x, 12.
Nominal compounds are very commonly made with this verb. The following examples by no means pretend to form a complete list : dlav karun, to call out (to a person, dat.), x, 5 (bis), 12 (bis) ; xii, 7 ; ardm karun, to repose, rest, sleep, v, 9 ; band k., to tie up, x, 2 ; dlddr k., to do seeing, to see (gen. of obj.), iv, 5 ; driy kasam k., to swear, to take an oath, viii, 1 ; gane karane, to make into pieces, to cut flesh into gobbets, x, 7 ; gath karun”, (of a widow) to perform the sail ceremony, to become suttee, iii, 4 ; gawdy { karun”, to give evidence, x, 12 ; hawdla karun, to make over (to so and so, dat.) for safe custody, to put into so and so’s charge, v, 7, 12 (bis) ; viii, 4 ; x, 12 (quinquies) ; kod karun, to imprison, v, 7, 9 (bis) ; x, 5, 12 ; khosh karun, to please, gratify (dat. of person), xii, 3 ; khizmath (ii, 3) or khazniath (xii, 3) karun, to do service, to act as a servant ; kom” karun”, to do a deed (for the special meaning of this compound, see kom u ), ii, 5, 7 ; viii, 4 ; x, 2, 7 (bis), 12, 4 ; xii, 22 ; kentshah karun, to do something, esp. to do something malicious, xii, 5, 10, 3, 9 (bis) ; kashena-hand karun”, to do a little scratching, to scratch a person (at his request), xii, 16 ; kasam karun, to make oath, to swear, v, 9 ; viii, 1 ; katha karane, to utter words, to speak, say, iii, 1 ; iv, 5 ; xii, 23 ; to converse, x, 7 (ter) ; xii, 3 ; langup harun”, to put on a loin-cloth ; lar karun”, to run after, pursue (dat. of obj.), ii, 8 ; mdhar karun”, to seal (dat. of obj.), x, 3 (bis), 10; mtil karun, to fix a price, agree to a price, viii, 9 (bis), 10 ; putalen korun nakar, he prohibited idols, iv, 6 ; nds^yelh karun”, to give instructions, xii, 16 ; neih a r karun, to make preparations for a marriage, to marry (amis soty, him), viii, 2 ; xii, 15 ; nazar karun”, to look, x, 7, 8 (bis) ; xii, 23 ; poda karun, to create,
karun 1 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 332
iii, 8 (bis) ; xii, 7 ; pardd Jcarun, to veil, cover with a veil (dat. of obj.), vi, 4 ; pasand karun, to approve (ace. of obj.), v, 1 ; xii, 4 (bis) ; rdjy karun, to do ruling, to rule, x, 14 ; rawana karun, to dispatch, x, 3 ; maris karun reza, he cut the corpse to pieces, ii, 7 ; saldm karun”, to make a salaam, to bow, xii, 4, 5, 9, 12, 3, 6, 7 ; sara karun, to inquire into, test, prove the truth about, investigate concerning, viii, 1, 3 ; x, 2, 6 (ter), 14 ; saragl karun, id., viii, 7 (bis), 8, 10 ; x, 7 ; sran karun, to bathe, xii, 6 (bis), 7 (bis) ; thaph karun, to seize, lay hold of, grasp (dat. of obj.), iii, 8, 9 (bis) ; v, 6, 9 (bis) ; vi, 9 ; viii, 7, 9 ; xii, 11 ; tukara kardn 1 , to make pieces, to cut to pieces (dat. of obj.), viii, 6 ; tay karun, to do authority, to exercise sway, xi, 3 ; taydr karun, to make ready, to make and have ready, to make, xii, 22 ; tshopa karith, silently, in silence, xii, 4 ; wuchundh karun, to do a seeing, to take a glance at (dat. of obj.), viii, 3 ; wdriiz* zandna karun, to take a second wife, (of a man) to make a second marriage, viii, 11 ; zulm karun, to exercise tyranny, ix, 1 ; gur u zin karith, a horse ready saddled, iii, 8 ; zor karun, to make force, to show force, to insist, xii, 1 5 ; zdra-pdr karun, to make lamentations, to lament, ix, 1 ; to utter pious ejaculations, x, 5 (bis) ; to make earnest entreaties, ii, 3, 5 ; ziyaphuth karun, to make a feast, x, 11.
inf. tamis tog u -na karun, he did not know how to make, viii, 9 ; sg. abl. forming inf. of purpose, karani, viii, 4 ; x, 2 xii, 4, 6 (bis), 26 ; fut. pass. part. sg. m. sg. karun u , it is to be made, it must be made, xi, 8 ; gatshi karun u , viii, 2, 8 ; x, 3 xii, 3 ; gotsh u karun u , v, 7 ; wdti karun u , viii, 6, 8, 11 ; f. sg karun, it is to be done, please do, xii, 16 ; gatshi karun v, 9 ; viii, 7, 8, 10 ; x, 3 ; conj. part, karith, iii, 8 (bis) ; vi 9 (bis) ; viii, 11, 3 ; x, 7, 12 ; xi, 19 ; xii, 4, 23 ; zanakh karith, thou wilt know how to make, x, 12 ; in adjectival sense, zin karith, (a horse) ready saddled, iii, 8 ; chuh karith thaph, he holds, v, 6 ; viii, 7 ; irreg. conj. part. kdrHhan, xi, 10 ; freq. part, kar* kar 1 , vii, 24.
impve. sg. 2 kar, i, 7 ; ii, 12 ; v, 2 ; x, 8 ; xii, 17 ; neg. ma kar, xii, 7 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. gen. karus, viii, 9 ;
333
VOCABULARY
karun 1
with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ace. (irreg.) Jcaruhulch, make thou them, xii, 19 ; 3, with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. karinam, let her make for me, v, 9 ; pi. 2 kariv, viii, 11 ; xii, 17 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ace. karyukh, make ye them, viii, 4 : pol. impve. sg. 2 karta, xii, 4, 5, 10, 3, 9 ; pi. 2 with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. kdrHos, please make ye for him, ii, 10 ; impve. fut. kdr l zi, xii, 11 ; neg. kdrhi-na, viii, 1 (bis) ; xii, 6.
fut. sg. 1 kara, ii, 4 ; iv, 5 ; viii, 10 ; ix, 4 ; xii, 1 (bis), 3, 15, 20 ; with suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat. karay, ii, 3 ; xii, 1 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. and neg. karas-na, xii, 15 ; 2 karakh, xii, 1, 3 ; neg. karakh-na, viii, 13 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. dat. karahakh, thou wilt make to them, xii, 16 ; 3, kari, viii, 1 ; xi, 2, 19 ; xii, 3, 19 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. karem, ix, 4 ; pi. 1 karav, x, 1, 5 ; xi, 19 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. karos, ix, 1 ; 2 kariv, xii, 1 ; pres. subj. sg. 3 kari, viii, 6, 8, 11.
pres. m. sg. 3 karan, he (is) making, ii, 5 ; chuh kardn, viii, 12, 3 ; x, 14 ; xii, 24 ; karan chuh, x, 8 ; neg. chuna karan, viii, 2 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. gen. or dat. chum karan, vii, 15 (dat.), 24 (gen.) ; pi. 3 chih karan, viii, 3 ; xii, 3, 23 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. chis karan, ii, 3 ; x, 12 ; f. sg. 1, ches karan, vii, 15 ; 3 cheh karan, iii, 4 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg: dat. ches karan, v, 5 (bis) ; pi. 3 cheh karan, v, 12.
imperf. m. sg. 1, 6sus karan, x, 14 ; sg. 3 6s u karan, i, 1 ; pi. 3 66 karan, i, 3 ; karan os i , xi, 8 ; f . sg. 3 os u Jcaran, xii, 20 ; emph. os u y karan, vii, 16 ; pi. 3 dsa karan, xi, 19.
past m. sg. kor u , ii, 2, 3, 4 ; iii, 8 (bis) ; iv, 6 ; v, 9 ; viii, 1, 9, 10, 2 ; xi, 3 ; xii, 4, 7 (bis).
With suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat. koruy, x, 12 ; ag. koruth, v, 4, 5 ; viii, 3 ; with do. and suff. 1st pers. sg. nom. kor u thas, x, 12 ; with do. and suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. kor u tham, ii, 11.
With suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. korus, xii, 7 ; ag. korun, ii, 4, 7 ; iv, 6 ; v, 7 ; vi, 11 (bis) ; vii, 4, 6 (bis) ; viii, 2, 10 ; ix, 3 ; x, 3, 5, 7 ; xii, 18, 22 (ter) ; emph. kor u nay, iv, 3 ; and with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. kor u nam, ix, 4 ; and with suff. 3rd pers.
karun2 HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 334
sg. dat. ~kor u nas, v, 10 ; viii, 9 ; xii, 15 (ter) ; and with sufL 3rd pers. pi. dat. kor u nakh, vi, 4 ; viii, 3.
With sufT. 2nd pers. pi. ag. kor w wa, x, 12 (bis).
With sufT. 3rd pers. pi. ag. korukh, viii, 1 ; x, 5 (bis) ; xii, 7, 18 ; and with surl. 2nd pers. sg. dat. Jcor u Jiay, iv, 2 ; and with sufT. 3rd pers. sg. dat. kor u has, viii, 2 ; x, 5 ; and with sufL 3rd pers. pi. dat. kor u hakh, xi, 17.
pi. with sufT. 1st pers. sg. ag. kdrim, v, 9 ; ix, 9 ; with sufT. 2nd pers. sg. ag. kdrith, v, 7 ; with sufT. 3rd pers. sg. ag. kdrin, v, 7, 9 ; viii, 5 ; x, 2 ; and sufL 3rd pers. sg. gen. kdr { nas, viii, 6 ; and sufT. 3rd pers. pi. dat. kdr l nakh, x, 12.
f. sg. kur ti , ii, 1, 5, 7 ; viii, 3, 4, 11 ; x, 3, 5, 7 (ter), 8 (bis), 11, 2, 4 ; xii, 15, 9, 22, 3 ; with sufT. 1st pers. sg. dat. and neg. kilr u m-na, v, 9 ; with sufT. 3rd pers. sg. dat. kur^s, iii, 1, 9; and neg. kiir^sna, v, 1; ag. kiir^n, v, 12 (bis); vii, 8 ; viii, 11 ; x, 2, 7 (bis) ; xii, 12, 3, 7, 20, 3 ; and sufT. 3rd pers. sg. dat. kur u nas, iii, 4, 9 ; viii, 9 ; x, 3, 4 ; xii, 4, 5, 9, 16 ; with sufT. 2nd pers. pi. ag. kur u wa, x, 12 ; with sufT. 3rd pers. pi. ag. kiir^kh, ii, 8 ; and sufT. 3rd pers. sg. dat. kur u hay, xi, 5.
pi. kare, iii, 1 ; with sufT. 1st pers. sg. ag. and 2nd pers. pi. dat. (irreg.) karemav, x, 6 ; sufT. 2nd pers. sg. ag. kareth, x, 6 ; with sufT. 3rd pers. sg. ag. karen, x, 6, 7 (bis) ; and sufT. 1st pers. sg. dat. karenam, iv, 5 ; and with sufT. 3rd pers. sg. gen. karenas, x, 7 ; with sufT. 3rd pers. pi. ag. karekh, xi, 10 ; xii, 25.
perf. m.sg. chuh kor u mot u , x, 12 ; f. sg. with sufT. 3rd pers. sg. dat. for ag. chcy kur^muts* , x, 8.
plup. m. sg. kor u mot u , iii, 8 ; 6s u kor u mot u , ii, 1 ; kor u mot u 6s u , x, 7 ; with sufT. 2nd pers. sg. ag. and 3rd pers. sg. ace. for nom. 6s u ihan kor u mot u , thou hadst made him, x, 12 ; with sufT. 3rd pers. sg. dat. osus kor u mot u , ix, 1 ; with sufT. 3rd pers., pi. ag. dsukh kor u mot u , viii, 2 ; f. sg. kiir ii muts ii , viii, 1 ; with sufT. 3rd pers. sg. dat. os ti s kur^muts”, x, 10.
cond. past sg. 1, karaho, ii, 11 : v, 6 ; viii, 11 ,- x, 5 ; 3, karihe, v, 9 ; viii, 7, 13. karun 2, see kadun.
335 VOCABULARY kati
krund u , f. a basket, v, 9 ; kranjg ladun, to put into a basket, ‘v, 7.
karandwun, to cause to be made ; past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. karandwun, he caused (a mat) to be made (i.e. spread), xii, 24 ; f. sg. with same suff. as karanov u n, x, 13.
kaisi, kosi, see keh.
kus, kusa, kusuy, see kyah 1.
kosh u , a honeycomb ; pi. nom. kdsh\ ix, 5.
Kashmir (Hindi, not Kashmiri), Kashmir, xi, 4. The Kashmiri word is Kashir u . Cf . J:6shyur u .
kashun, to scratch ; inf. abl. kashena-hand kariin u , to do a little scratching, to scratch (somebody) a little, xii, 16, 7.
k6shyur u , m. (f. koshir”), an inhabitant of Kashir u , or Kashmir ; pi. nom. koshir 1 , xi, 6.
kasam or (xii, 2, kas a m), m. an oath ; a charm, an incantation ; Khoddye-sond u chuy kasam, there is an oath to thee of God, I adjure thee by God, xii, 7 ; — karun, to take an oath, to swear, v, 9 (bis) ; driy kasam karun, to take an oath, to swear, viii, 1 (bis), 2 ; — hdwun, to take an oath, swear by, v, 9 ; muslas dyut u kas a m, he uttered a charm over the skin (cf. shdph), xii, 22.
kdsun, to expel, i, 12 ; vi, 6 ; to shave (hair) ; mast kdsun, to shave (so and so, dat.), xii, 4 (bis), 5 (bis), 10 (ter), 3 (bis), 9.
inf. obi. (inf. of purpose) kdsani, xii, 4, 5, 19 ; fut. pass, part, with emph. y, muhim iagiy kdsunuy, poverty will be able to be expelled for thee, thou wilt know how to expel poverty, i, 12 ; conj. part, kosith, xii, 10, 3 ; must mdkaldic u nas kosith, he finished shaving him, xii, 5.
impve. sg. 2, kds, vi, 6 ; past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. (amis) kdsun mast, he shaved him, xii, 10, 3 ; with ditto, and suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. mast kds u nas, he shaved him, xii, 4 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. kdsus mast, shaved him, xii, 10.
kusur, m. a fault ; gom suy kusur, that very fault happened to me, i.e. that was my bad luck (for some fault of mine), vii, 13.
kdsawun u , one who expels, i, 11.
kati, adv. where ? (kdt 1 of the grammars), vii, 20 ; x, 12 (ter) ; xi, 17 ;
kot u HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES 336
from where ? whence ? (kati of the grammars), x, 4 ; xi, 17 ; xii, 4, 5, 11, 5 ; hati-petha, from where ? whence ? ii, 2.
kot u , adv. where ? xi, 5.
kot u , a son, esp. a clever son ; 6khun-kot u , the son of a doctor of divinity, xii, 25.
A;t^ u , pron. adj. how much ? pi. how many ? m. sg. nom. to M , vii, 22 ; kotdh, vii, 24 ; pi. nom. hut*, vii, 25 ; kaityah, ix, 5, 11 ; hbtydh, vii, 31 ; x, 7, 8 ; xii, 20 ; f. sg. nom. kots u , vii, 15 ; ag. kdtsa, i, 12 ; pi. nom. katsa, x, 6.
K^afr, f. a book ; sohib-i-kitdb, a master of books, a celebrated writer, x, 13.
kath, f. (this word is the equivalent of the Hindi bat), a word, an uttered word, ix, 7 ; xii, 9 ; a word, a statement, iv, 5 ; x, 4, 6 (many times), 14 ; a matter, circumstance, affair, iii, 5 ; xii, 1 ; a story, tale, narrative, v (title) ; vii, 1 ; viii, 1 ; x, 1 (many times), 2 (many times) ; katha-bdtha, pi. conversations, xii, 25 ; hatha-harane, to converse, iii, 1 ; x, 7 (ter) ; xii, 3 ; to say (such and such) words, xii, 23 ; hori sbty kath hariin”, to hold speech with the girl, i.e. to make improper overtures to her, xii, 1. In x, 1 ff., the point of the story consists in a misunderstanding of the word hath, one person of the company means “ a statement “, the others mean “ a tale “.
sg. nom. kath, v, 1 ; vii, 1 ; viii, 1 ; x, 6 (bis) ; xii, 1 (bis) ; gen. kathi-hond u , iii, 5 ; pi. nom. hatha, iii, 1 ; iv, 5 ; x, 1 (many times) ; 2 (many times), 4, 6 (many times), 7 (ter), 14 ; xii, 3, 23, 5 ; dat. kathan, x, 1 ; xii, 9 ; abl. kathan, ix, 7.
kaiho, see kyah 1
keth, postpos. governing dat. in, on ; athas keth, in the hand, ii, 7 ; v, 4 ; x, 7 ; xii, 22, 3 (bis) ; khoni-keth, on the haunch, xi, 13 ; rumali keth, in a kerchief, iii, 2.
ketha, adv. ; ketha-potti, how ? in what manner ? iii, 9 ; v, 8 ; viii, 5 ; x, 8 ; xii, 3, 24.
kotdh, see kut u .
kuth u , m. a room, viii, 3 ; with suff. of indef. art. kuth u ah, ix, 4 ; sg dat. kuthis, iii, 8 (bis) ; x, 7, 8 (bis) ; pi. nom. kulh 1 , vi, 3.
337
VOCABULARY
kydh 3
Jcatiko, adj. of or belonging to where ? ii, 2 (poet.). Cf. kati. katarun, to cut to pieces ; pres. m. sg. 3, chuh katardn, x, 7. kut a wdl, m. a chief of police, a kotwdl, v, 7, 9 (bis), 10 ; sg. ag. kut a wdlan, v, 7, 8, 9 ; kut a wdl-gdnas (sg. dat.), to the wretch of a police captain, v, 9 (see gdn). katawan, f . the wages of spinning ; — karun a , to earn money by
spinning, xi, 19. kaitydh, kotydh, see kut u . katsa, kdtsa, see kut u . kits”, see kyut u . kots u , see kut u . kuwa, adv. how ? v, 9.
kiy, in hargdh-kiy, if, viii, 7, 13. See hargdh. kyd, see kydh, 1 and 4. kydh 1 or kyd 1, interrog. pron. who ? what ?
As subst. an. m. sg. nom. kus, who ? xi, 2 ; xii, 1 ; kusuy, who verily ? xi, 19 ; ag. kdm\ by whom ? hi, 3 (bis) ; x, 12 ; pi. nom. kam, who ? xii, 1.
subst. inan. kyd, what ? vi, 5 ; kydh, what ? ii, 2, 4, 11 ; iii, 4 (quater), 8, 9 (bis) ; iv, 7 ; v, 9 (bis) ; vi, 15 ; vii, 20, 2, 4, 6, 30 ; viii, 1, 3, 6, 8, 9, 10 (ter), 1 (quater) ; ix, 4 (bis) ; x, 2, 5, 6, 8 ; xii, 1, 7, 20.
ke-ho, what, sir (colloquial, addressed by a woman to her husband), v, 4, 5 ; dat. kath ; poet, colloquial, kathb-kiV- (pots) for what ? xi, 11 ; abl. kami-bdpath, for what ? why ? on what account ? ix, 1 ; x, 12 ; kami-mokha, on what account ? x, 4 ; gen. kamyuk u , of what ? vi, 13, 4.
%aA sabab chuwa, what is your reason ? viii, 5 ; kydh gatshiy anun u nishdna, what is to be brought to thee as a token % xii, 21.
adj. f. inan. nom. kusa kusa, which (of several) ? x, 6 (bis). me kydh zulm chuh gomot u , (hear) what tyranny has happened to me, ix, 6.
an. masc. kus-tdn wopar, some one else, v, 4 ; inan. kydh-tdn takhsir, some fault of other, viii, 10. kydh 2, adv. why ? x, 14 (bis) ; how ? vii, 8, 27, 8. kydh 3, an expletive implying interrogation, vii, 27, 8.
kyahi HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES 338
kyah 4 or kya 2 (v, 9 ; xii, 23), an expletive common in the colloquial language, impossible to translate, but approximately equivalent to the English “ why ! “, “ of course,” “ certainly,’ , “ verily,” “ you see,” or something of the sort, v, 8, 9 (many times) ; viii, 1 ; ix, 10 ; x, 3 (ter), 12 ; xi, 18 ; xii, 15 (bis), 23 ; yifi kyah, “ here, in fact,” or “ here, you see,” x, 12 (bis) ; yit* kyah . . . at 1 kyah, here on the one hand you see . . . there on the other hand you see, viii, 13 ; ada-kyah, then of course, of course, certainly, viii, 11 ; xii, 4.
kyah 5, conj., or, iv, 7.
kyom u , m. a worm, xii, 3 (ter), 4.
kyut u , postpos. for. This, like the postpositions of the genitive, is adjectival, and agrees with the governing noun. Thus : m. sg. nom. bag zananan-kyut u , a garden for the women, ii, 1 ; guris-kyut u gasa, grass for the horse, x, 5 ; retas-kyut u kharj, expenditure for a month, xii, 4 ; tren retan-kyut u kharj, expenditure for three months, xii, 5, 11 ; tath-kyut u shestruw u panja, an iron claw for that, xii, 16 ; zyun u me-kyut u , firewood for me, xii, 24. With a special adverbial meaning indicating time, rath-kyut u , by night, iii, 1.
m. pi. nom. waslh patasheha-sanze kore-kit 1 , articles for the king’s daughter, v, 1 ; katho-kit 1 , (pots) for what ? xi, 11.
f. sg. nom. wqj u patashaha-sanze kore-kits u , a ring for the king’s daughter, v, 1 ; ziyaphath patishohiy en-kits”, a feast for the kingdoms, x, 11 ; gov” kits” jay, a place for the cow, xi, 12.
kyuth u , adv. how ? ii, 5.
kyazi, adv. why ? iii, 1 ; v, 8 ; viii, 1, 3, 11 ; ix, 1 ; xii, 4, 5 ; ti-kyazi, because, viii, 2.
la, mLa-makan, without a dwelling-place, an epithet of the Deity, vii, 29.
labun, to take ; fut. sg. 2, labakh, ii, 9 ; past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. lobun, ii, 10.
lach, m. a hundred thousand, a lakh ; lache-ndw u , m. He Who has a hundred thousand names, an epithet of the Deity, ii, 2.
lichen, see likhun.
ladun, to send, iv, 2 ; vii, 7 ; x, 3 (many times) ; xii, 15 ; to put
339 VOCABULARY lagun
or place (into or on a receptacle, such as a basket or tray), v, 7 ; viii, 4, 12 ; to fill (a cup with water, pyalas ah laduri), viii, 7 ; to place or impose (a burden), ii, 5 ; mati rah ladun, to impose a crime on the shoulder, to charge (a person, gen. or dat.) with a crime, v, 9.
fut. pass. part. m. sg. gatshem ladun u kentshah, you must send me something, xii, 15 ; impve. sg. 2, lad, xii, 15 ; fut. sg. 2, with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. and conditional suff. ladaham-ay, if thou wilt send to me, x, 3 ; past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. lodun, ii, 5 ; vii, 7 ; viii, 7 ; x, 3 ; ditto and with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. lod u nam, iv, 2 ; v, 9 ; xii, 15 ; f. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. liiz^n, x, 3 ; ditto and with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. luz^nas, x, 3 (bis) ; pi. with 3rd pers. sg. ag. lazan, v, 7 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. lazahh, viii, 4, 12.
ladun 1 and 2, see larun 1 and 2.
laddy\ f. fighting ; miliiv u kh ladoy 1 , fighting was joined by them, i.e. they began to quarrel, x, 1.
lagun, to be joined (to), connected (with) ; to be felt, experienced, (amar lagun, desire to be felt, v, 2 ; boche lagun a , hunger to be felt, vi, 16 ; tresh lagun u , thirst to be felt, viii, 7 ; in all these cases the person is put in the dat.) ; to come into existence (mang luj u , a demand was made, xi, 16) ; to occur, happen, become (rath lagun u , night to come on, viii, 9) ; to become liable to, to incur (Jcod lagun, to incur imprisonment, to be imprisoned, v, 8 ; vi, 11) ; to be experienced (gray lagun u , shaking to be experienced, to be unsteady, to be impermanent, ix, 12, dat. of pers. experiencing) ; to be attached (to), find oneself in a certain condition (lagun wobali, to find oneself in blameworthiness, to incur guilt, viii, 5) ; to be caught (walawashi lagun, to be caught in a net, v, 2) ; to arrive at (a place), viii, 5 ; xi, 5 ; (conversely), (of a place), to be reached, to be arrived at, xi, 5 ; (of a work) to be allotted (to so and so), viii, 5 ; to begin.
In the meaning “ to begin “, this verb is used with the oblique infinitive in -ni of another verb to form inceptive compounds. Thus, atsani lagun, to begin to enter, x, 7 ;
lagun HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES 340
nerani l. : to begin to issue, x, 7 ; phofani I., (of the dawn) to begin to break, v, 5, 7 ; xii, 2 ; wanani L, to begin to say, x, 1 ; wasani I., to begin to descend, viii, 6 ; wolharani L, to begin to wipe, viii, 6 ; wdtani I., to begin to arrive, viii, 6 ; yini I., to begin to come, x, 8. In all these cases, the verb lagun is in the past tense.
fut. sg. 2, lagakh, v, 2 ; with prohibitive neg. repeated as a suff. ma lagah-a-m, mayst thou not find thyself, v, 2 ; 3, lagi, with suff. 3rd pers. pi. dat. lagekh, ix. 12 ; pres. m. sg. 3, chuh lagan, viii, 5.
past m. sg. log u , v, 5, 7 ; vi, 11 ; viii, 6 (ter), 7 (bis), 8 ; xi, 5 ; xii, 2 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. and emph. y, log u m u y, v, 2 ; pi. lag 1 , x, 1 ; xi, 5 ; f. sg. lilj u , xi, 16 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. luj u s, vi, 16 ; viii, 7, 9 ; perf. m. pi. 2, chiwa lagt-mat 1 , viii, 5. cond. past sg. 1, lagaho, v, 8.
lagun, to apply ; to fix {jenda lagun), to fix a flag, set up a flag, insist on a claim, v, 11) ; to assume the character of (so and so), make oneself look like (so and so), dress oneself up as (so and so), disguise oneself as (so and so), i, 2 ; v, 9, 10, 1 (ter) ; x, 7, 12 (bis), 4 ; to cause to come into existence, to be carried on (log 1 mat 1 nagma, dances were being carried on, iii, 7).
conj. part, logith, i, 2 ; v, 11 ; x, 12 (bis) ; impve. sg. 2, lag, v, 9, 11 : past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. Idgun, v, 10, 1 (bis) ; x, 7 ; perf. m. pi. (auxiliary omitted), l^mat 1 , iii, 7 ; plup. m. sg. with suff. 1st pers. sg. ag. dsum l6g u mot u , x, 14.
lagar, adj. lean, thin ; f. pi. nom. lagar, vi, 15.
luh-luh, a meaningless refrain added in songs, v, 11 (four times).
lohlur u , f. longing, eager desire ; sg. abl. lohlari, vi, 3.
lej u , f. a cooking pot ; pi. nom. leje, xi, 10.
liij”, luj u s, see lagun.
UJch, f . indecent language, immoral proposals made to a woman : pi. dat. UJcan, viii, 3, 11.
lokh, m. pi. people ; pi. nom. ii, 11 ; dat. lokan, ii, 11 ; xi, 13. According to the Kasmirasabdamrta (II, i, 6Q), in standard Kashmiri this word is lulth, and retains the long u throughout all its cases.
841 VOCABULARY lar
likhun, to write ; impve. sg. 2, likh, xii, 15 ; fut. pi. 3, likhan, ix, 12 ; pres. m. sg. 3, chuh likhan, x, 13 ; f. sg. 3, likhan cheh, xii, 11 ; part. m. sg. lyukh u , xii, 15 ; with surf. 3rd pers. sg. ag. lyukhun, xii, 22 (bis) ; ditto and with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. lyukh u nas, xii, 15 (bis), 6 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. lyukhus, xii, 17 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. and 3rd pers. sg. dat. lyukh u has, xii, 17 ; f. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. lichen, viii, 10 ; perf . (auxiliary omitted) m. sg. lyukh u mot u , viii, 10 ; xii, 15, 23.
lakam, m. a bridle, xi, 9.
lokut u , adj. small ; lokut u hyuh u , the younger of one or more brothers, sg. ag. IdkH* hih\ xii, 1.
lal 1, m. a ruby, xii, 2 (quater), 3, 4 (many times), 6 ; sg. dat. tath lalas hyuh u , like that ruby, xii, 4 (bis) ; pi. nom lal, i, 9 ; x, 2 ; 5, 12 (ter) ; xii, 3, 5, 9 ; dat. lalan-peth, on the rubies, x, 5 ; gen. ldlan-hond u , xii, 5 (ter) ; abl. lalau, viii, 3, 11 ; lal-phardsh, m. a ruby-seller, a jeweller, xii, 3 ; loil- shendkh. m. a ruby-tester, a lapidary, xii, 4, 5, etc. ; sg. dat. lal-shendkas, xii, 4 (bis), 5, 6, 10, 1, 3, 5, 9 (several times), 22, 4, 5, gen. ldl-shendka-sond u , xii, 8, 25 ; ag. -shenakan, xii, 4 (bis), 7, 9, 10, 3, 22 (ter), 4, 5.
lal 2, f. spittle, saliva, viii, 7.
Ldlmal, N.P. f. xii, 8, 11 (bis), 4, 5 (indeclinable in composi- tion), 25.
Ldla-Malikh, N.P. m. ; sg. gen. Lala-Malikun u , iv, title ; dat. Ldla-Malikas, iv, 7.
lalawun, to caress ; to caress, in order to relieve pain, to soothe, fondle, stroke, v, 6 ; pres. m. sg. 3, chuh lalawan, v, 6.
lamun, to pull, drag ; pres. m. sg. 3, with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. chus lamdn, he is pulling him, viii, 9.
I6n u , m. fate ; lon^tsur, a fate-thief, a destroyer of good luck, vii, 12.
Landan, m. London ; sg. abl. Landana-petha, xi, 3.
langut 1 , i. a loin-cloth ; — karith, wearing only a loin-cloth, xii, 23.
lonun, to reap ; pres. sg. 3, chuh lonan, x, 5.
lar, f. the side (of the body) ; sg. abl. lari, vii, 18 ; lari-tala, from under the side (of Eve’s birth from Adam), vii, 7.
lar HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES 342
lar, f, running, pursuit ; running away, fleeing ; — karun”, to
pursue, ii, 8 ; lar tsdnun u , to pursue, ix, 2. lur u , f. a house ; dat. tare, vi, 3. larun 1 or (iii, 5 ; vi, 8) ladun 1, to run ; pata larun, to run after,
to pursue (ii, 9 ; vi, 8 ; xi, 18).
pres. part. Idrdn, vi, 8 ; viii, 6 ; xi, 12 ; pres. m. pi. 3,
chih Idrdn, ii, 9 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. dat. chikh Idrdn,
xi, 18 ; imperf. m. pi. 3, os i Idrdn, x, 5 ; 1 past m. pi. with
sufT. 3rd pers. sg. dat. loris, ii, 9 ; III past m. sg. Idrydv, ii, 10 ;
ladydv, iii, 5 ; f . sg. with sufT. 3rd pers. sg. dat. ladyeyes, vi, 8. larun 2 or ladun 2, to be brought into contact with, to touch (of
oil or other liquid dirtying a person) ; perf. ldryomot u
(Govind Kaul) or lddyomot u (Hatim), viii, 6 (amis zahar l. t
the poison has touched her). lashkar, f. an army, x, 11 ; sg. dat. lashJcari, ii, 7 ; x, 9, 13 ; lashkari-
manz, in the army, ii, 6, 8. lasun, to survive (a danger) ; fut. sg. 3, lasi, x, 7. lot u , adj. light, gentle ; IdP-pothK gently, xii, 5. lot u , the tail of an animal, v, 7 ; abl. lati-kdn 1 , in the direction of
the tail, towards the tail (and not towards the head), xi, 9. lath, f . a foot ; pi. dat. rotun latan tal, he held it under his feet,
i.e. he stood upon it, viii, 7. lath, f . an occasion, time, turn ; sg. dat. doyi lati, on two occasions,
twice, viii, 7 ; treyimi lati, on the third occasion, viii, 7. lit u r u , f. a saw ; abl. litri-soty, with (by means of) a saw, vii, 19. I6w u , m. in gdsa-low u , a bundle of grass, xi, 12. lyukh u , etc., see likhun. loyikh, adj. fit, worthy ; me loyikh, worthy of me, xii, 10, 9 ;
loyik-e-pdtashdh, worthy of a king, x, 4 ; loyik-i-wazir, worthy
of a vizier, xii, 10, 19 ; loyik-i-pdtashdh, worthy of a king,
xii, 19. Idyild, the Musalman creed, a corruption of the Arabic la ildha
illa-lldhu, there is no god, but the God, vi, 17. Idyun, to strike, hit, beat, iii, 1 (dat. of obj.), 2 (dat. of obj.), 9 (dat.
of obj.) ; ix, 8 ; x, 1 (amis Idyukh, they beat him, bhdve
prayoga) ; (shemsheri-hilnz u tsund u ldyun u , to strike a blow
with a sword, iii, 5, 6 ; thaph ddmdnas ldyun u , to strike a
343 VOCABULARY mach-fPr*
grasp to a skirt, to seize the skirt, v, 9; bandtikh layun, to aim and fire a gun, ii, 11 ; viii, 10) ; to east, to throw, i, 6, 7, 8 ; v, 3, 4 (ter), 5.
inf. clat. (inf. of purpose) layeni, ix, 8 ; fut. pass. part. m. pi. hech laydn 4 r%nz\ learn to throw balls, v, 3 ; impve. 2, lay, i, 7 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. layus, iii, 5 ; fut. sg. 3, layi, iii, 9 ; pres. m. sg. 3, laydn chuh, v, 4 ; imperf. m. sg. 3, 6s u laydn, i, 6.
I past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. Idyun, i, 8 ; iii, 1,2; ditto and suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. I6y u nas, viii, 10 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. Idyukh, x, 1 ; ditto and suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. I6y u has, ii, 11 ; pi. with sufT. 1st pers. sg. ag. and suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. loy i mas, v, 4 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. loyin, v, 4 ; f . sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. loy u n, viii, 6, ditto and suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. loy u nam, v, 9 ; ditto and suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. loy u nas, iii, 6.
Ill past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and 3rd pers. sg. dat. laydnas, he had thrown a long time ago to her, v, 5.
liiz u , see ladun.
ma or (poet, v, 2) may, prohibitive adv., used with impve. ma kar, do not make, xii, 7. Cf. ma 1.
ma 1, or (poet, v, 11) mov, prohibitive adv. With 2 sg. fut., in v, 2 it is repeated, under the form of m, as a suffix to the verb, md lagaham (lagakh+a+m, in which the a is a junction vowel), mayst thou not find thyself. It is also used as a negative m the apodosis of a conditional sentence, as in hargdh-ay wuchihe . . . md mdrihe, if he had seen … he would not have killed, viii, 10 (but cf. mdrihe-na, viii, 7) ; hargdh-kiy sara karihe . . . md diyihe hukum, if he had investigated, . . . he would not have given the order, viii, 13. Cf. ma and na.
md 2, or (poet, v, 9) mail, adv. indicating a question asked with hesitation, equivalent to “ I wonder if “, “ can it be possible that ? “ i, 2 ; v, 8, 9 ; vii, 20 ; viii, 9, 13 ; x, 5, 12 ; xii, 23.
me, see boh.
mobdrakh, adj. blessed ; — karun, to congratulate, x, 8.
mach-tHV , f. a honey-bee, ix, 1 (ter), 3, 4, 5 ; sg. ag. mdch-l a l a ri, ix, 1, 6.
macama HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 344
77iacama, m. N. of a certain dainty, a kind of rice pudding, cooked
with ghi and spices, and coloured, ii, 3. mad, m. pride, vii, 15.
modd, f. (Ar. mudda’d), meaning, object, vi, 7. modu, see mor u . mud u , see marun. moddn, m. an open field, plain, x, 1 (quater) ; with sufT. of
indef. art. gdsa-moddnd, a certain grass plain, x, 5 ; sg. dat.
moddnas, iii, 1 ; viii, 9 ; x, 1 ; xii, 20 ; pi. nom. (ace.) poshe-
moddn, the flower-meadows, xi, 3. modur u , adj. sweet, vii, 31 (wine) ; pi. abl. modaryiv kaihau, with
sweet words, ix, 7. mdh, see md 2. mahabath, m. affection, love ; sg. abl. mahabata-soty, through
affection, x, 4. mahkam, adj. made firm, firm, stable, strong, xi, 9 (of a rope) ;
strong, established, which cannot be abrogated, iv, 6 (of a
religion). mahala-khdn, or (xii, 19) -Jchdna, m. the private apartments of
a palace, the harem, viii, 3, 11 ; ddkhil-i-mahalak7idna, (of
a woman) brought into the harem, xii, 19. muhim, m. poverty, i, 11, 2 ; viii, 9 (bis) ; x, 3 ; sg. abl. muhima-
sotin, through (i.e. owing to) poverty, i, 4, 5 (bis) ; muhim-
zad, poverty stricken, x, 4. Mahmad, m. N.P. Muhammad, iv, 6 ; vii, 4. Mahmod, m. N.P. Mahmud ; — -i-Gaznavi, Mahmud of Ghaznl,
i, 1. mahanyuv u , m. a man, x, 4 ; pi. nom. mahaniv 1 , x, 1. mohar, f . a seal, x, 3, 10 ; xii, 22 ; N. of a certain coin, a gold
mohur ; mohar karufi?, to seal, x, 3 (bis), 10 ; mohara-dydr,
wealth of mohurs, much money, i, 9 ; mohar-hatas rosh u ,
a necklace worth a hundred mohurs, v, 10, 12. mdhrdj, m. (a Hindi word), the Maharaja of Kashmir, xi, 4. mah a ram, adj. familiar (with), intimately acquainted (with), ii, 4
(with a secret, dat.). moj ti , f. a mother, viii, 1, 3, 11 (bis) ; xii, 15 (quater), 8 ; sg.
dat. mdje, viii, 3 (bis) ; gen. mdje-Jwnd u , xii, 15 ; ag. mdji,
315 VOCABULARY mdl
v, 6 ; xii, 15, 8 ; voc. mdjiy, xii, 15 (bis) ; mdje-zamin,
mother- earth, ix, 9 ; wdra-moj”, a stepmother, viii, 1. mqjub, m. a reason ; amiy mojub, for this reason, viii, 6. mejer, m. a major (corr. of the English word), a superior officer,
e.g. a master-of-the-horse, x, 12, 13 ; sg. dat. mejeras, x, 5 (ter),
12 (bis) ; ag. mejeran, x, 12. mulcadam, m. a certain revenue official, the village headman, ix,
10 ; sg. ag. mukadaman, ix, 1. makh, m. an axe ; match dyun u , to apply, or wield, an axe (dat. of
obj.), vii, 14. moJch, m. the face ; molch ratun, to seize the face, gaze on the face,
v, 9 ; abl. mokha, on account of ; tami mokha, on that account,
viii, 9 ; kami mokJia, on what account, x, 4. malch a ra, m. coquetry ; makh a r-i-zan, a woman’s coquetry, woman’s
wiles, x, 13. mokalun, to be completed, finished, viii, 6, 8 ; to be released, to
escape, v, 8 ; vi, 10, 1 ; mohalan pay, a device for escape,
a way of salvation, ix, 11. inf. obi. abl. mokalan (poet, for mokalana), ix, 11 ; fut. sg. 3,
mokali, v, 8 ; vi, 10 ; 1 past m. pi. with emph. y, mokdliy,
vi, 11 ; 3 past m. sg. mokalydv, viii, 6, 8. mokaldtvun, to finish, to complete, vi, 16 ; ix, 6 ; x, 1 ; xii, 5 ;
to release, set free, v, 8.
waniih mokaldwun, to finish speaking, vi, 16 ; ix, 6 ;
kosith m., to finish shaving, xii, 5. fut. pass. part, f . sg. tagiye mokaldwun u , do you know how
to get her released ? v, 8 ; fut. pi. 1, with suff. 3rd pers. sg.
ace. mokaldwahun, we shall complete it, x, 1 ; 1 past m. sg.
mokaldiv u , vi, 16 ; ix, 6 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and 3rd
pers. sg. dat. mdkaldw u nas, he finished (shaving) him, xii, 5. makdn, m. a dwelling-place, see Id. mokta, m. a pearl ; pi. nom. with emph. y, ?noktay, pearls verily,
i, 9. This word is elsewhere usually spelt mokhta. mdl, m. goods, property, i, 9 ; iii, 1 ; viii, 9 (quater). mala, m. a Musalman priest, a Mnllah ; pi. dat. malan, vi, 13 mdl, m. the price (of anything), viii, 9 ; — karun, to fix the price,
viii, 9 (bis).
mol u HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 346
mdl u , m. a father, viii, 13 ; ivora-mdj u yd mdl u , a stepmother or (step)father, viii, 1 ; sg. dat. molis, xii, 4, 5, 10 (bis), 3 ; gen. mol i -sond u i xii, 19, 20 (bis), 1 (bis), 2, 4 ; ag. moV, v, 6.
Malikh, N.P. See Ldla-Malikh.
malakh, m. an angel ; pi. ag. malakav (for malakau), iv, 2.
mulkh, m. a country, district ; pi. dat. mulkan, i, 1.
rndPhdn*, f. a queen, esp. Queen Victoria of England ; sg. ag. mdPkdni, xi, 2.
milawun, to join, unite (transitive) ; 1 past f. sg. with sufi\ 3rd pers. pi. ag. mililv^kh ladoy i , righting was joined by them, they began to fight among themselves, x, 1.
mumot u , see marun.
man, f. the mind ; sg. abl. mani, vi, 6. This word is usually m., but here it is certainly feminine, with a fern. adj. (panane, for panani, m.c.) in agreement with it.
mane, m. meaning, purport, iii, 4, 5 ; vii, 27, 8 ; khdbas mane tsarun, to tell the meaning of a dream, vi, 14.
mang, f. a request ; — ladun u } to make a request, make a demand, xi, 16.
manga, see hang a ta manga.
mangun, to ask for, demand ; fut. pass. part. m. sg. mangun u , it is to be demanded, you must demand, xii, 18 ; with gatshi, xii, 13, 8 ; impve. sg. 2, mang, xii, 5, 10, 1 ; with sutT. 1st pers. sg. dat. mangum, ask from me, xii, 18 ; fut. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. and neg. nidrighes-na, you must not ask from her, xii, 18 ; indie, fut. sg. 1, with sufT. 2nd pers. sg. dat. mangay, I shall ask from thee, xii, 7 ; 2, with sutT. 3rd pers. sg. dat. mangahas, thou wilt demand from him, xii, 19 ; pres. m. sg. 3, with sufl. 1st pers. sg. dat. chum mangdn, he is asking from me, xii, 4, 5, 11, 4 ; pi. 3, with same sufl. chim mangdn, they are asking from me. xi, 14.
manganaivun, to send for, summon (by another) ; past m. sg. with sufl*. 3rd pers. sg. ag. mangandwun, vi, 16 ; pi. with sufL 3rd pers. pi. ag. and with emphatic suffix ay, gur 1 manganov^iay, they actually sent for horses, xi, 8.
manosh, m. a man, a human being, xii, 15 (bis) ; sg. dat. (for ace.) manoshes, xii, 15.
347 VOCABULARY manza
manz, adv. inside, xii, 11 (descend inside).
postpos. governing dat. in ; on (in special cases only) ; into.
in, ath-manz, in it, xii, 3, 15 ; attt-m., in it verily, viii, 1 ; xii, 2, 22 ; bdgas-m., in the garden, ii, 1. 7 ; chus manz, he is inside it, xii, 3 ; ddbas-m., in the pit, xii, 6, 7 ; dadari-m., in the hollow, ii, 10 ; dilas-m., in the heart, ii, 5 ; hdpatas-m., in the bear, ii, 11 ; janatas-m., in heaven, xii, 20, 3 ; kdli-m., in the stream, xii, 2 ; kane-m., in a stone, vi, 7 ; maris-m., in the body, ii, 6 ; patashbhl-m., in the kingdom, xii, 19 ; suras-m., in the ashes, xii, 23 ; totas-m., in the parrot, ii, 8 ; worHis-m., in the father-in-law’s house, x, 3 ; yes-m., in whom, ii, 9.
on, athas-m., (a bracelet) on the hand (arm), xii, 12 ; moddnas-m., on the plain, xii, 20 ; tokis-m., (jewels) on a tray, viii, 12 ; tath i -m., (a bracelet) on even it (sc. a hand), xii, 11.
into, (on to), amis-m., (put) into this (bear), ii, 4 ; bdgas-m. , (went, entered, arrived) into the garden, ii, 1 (bis) ; iii, 7 ; v, 4, 5, 6, 9 (bis) : dunUjdhas-m., (go) into the world, xii, 18 (bis) ; halamas-m., (throw, etc.) into the lap-skirt, v, 4 (bis), 5 ; hdpatas-m., (entered) into the bear, ii, 10 ; janatas-m., (arrive, etc.) into heaven, xii, 24 (bis) ; jdye-m., (enter) into a place, iii, 7 ; kuthis-m., (ascend) into the room, x, 7, 8 (bis) ; laskari-m., (go, etc.) into the army, ii, 6, 9 ; moddnas-m., (arrived) on to a plain, iii, 1 ; viii, 9 ; mad(r)is-m., (enter) into a body, ii, 5, 6, 7, 11 ; ndgas-m., (descend, throw) into a spring, iii, 5, 9 ; xii, 7, 12 ; ndras-m., (leap) into the fire, iii, 4 ; poshdkas-m., (entered) into the garment, x, 7 (bis) ; sheharas-m., (entered, arrived) into the city, v, 9, 11 ; x, 14 ; xii, 2 ; shikamas-m., (entered) into the belly, x, 7 (bis) ; tath { -m., (throw) into it verily, xii, 11 ; totas-m., (entered) into the parrot, ii, 5 ; wanas-m., (arrived) into a forest, ix, 1. manza, postpos. governing abl. from in ; ami-manza, from in it, xii, 4 ; bagala-m., from in (i.e. from imder) the armpit, viii, 7 ; cenda-m., from in (i.e. out of) the pocket, xii, 15 ; ddba-m., from in the pit, xii, 7 ; kdli-m., from in the stream, xii, 4, 6 ;
monzur HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 348
rakhi-m., (seized) from in (i.e. seized in and brought from) the field, x, 12 (bis) ; shehara-m., from in (i.e. from) the city, viii, 11 ; shikama-m., from in the belly, x, 7 (bis) ; sura-m., from in the ashes, xii, 23 ; satav-m., from in (i.e. from among) the seven, x, 12 ; wana-m., from in the forest, ix, 4 ; yemi-m., from in which, xii, 11.
monzur, approved, accepted, i, 12.
munazdth (= munazzat), pure (of God), vii, 1.
mine-miir u , f . a hind, ii, 8 ; dat. -mare, ii, 9 ; ag. -mari, ii, 9.
mar, m. killing, slaughter ; mam gatshun, to die a violent death, x, 7, 8, 13.
mor u , or (ii, 5, 9) mod u , m. the body of man or beast, ii, 5, 9, 10 (bis), 1 ; sg. dat. maris, ii, 7 ; maris-manz, ii, 6, 7, 11 ; madis-manz, ii, 5.
miir”, f . see mine-mur u .
mard, m. a man ; marda-zan, man or woman, vii, 23.
murdamdzbn, f. laughing and joking, amorous sport, x, 12. The word is a corruption of the Persian mardum azdri. In that language mardum azdr, a tormenter of men, is colloquially used to mean “ a lovely woman “. Hence mardum azdri would mean lit. “ the conduct of a man with a lovely woman “, i.e. “ amorous sport.”
marhabd, interj. welcome! hail! God bless you!; with sufT. of indef . art. JcdrHds marlwbdh, make ye a God bless you for him, wish him good luck, ii, 10.
mdraka (= ma’raka), m. an assembly; pi. dat. mdrakan, (in) the assemblies, vii, 23.
murkhas (= murakhkhas), dismissed, allowed to depart ; — karun, to dismiss (a court), viii, 11.
marun, irreg. to die ; conj. part, marith, having died, i.e. after death, iv, 7 ; marith gatshun (= Hindi mar j ana), to die, vi, 16.
fut. sg. 1, boy mara-y, if I shall die, viii, 1 (bis) ; 3, mari,
x, 7 ; xii, 19 ; imperf. 6s u mardn, he was dying, he used to
die, i.e. (in former times, if he did so) he always died, v, 9.
past sg. m. 3, mud u , ii, 3, 6 ; sg. f. 3, moye, viii, 2, 11.
perf . part. m. sg. mumot u , dead, ii, 3 (bis), 4 (bis), 10 ;
dat. kotydh warihy gamdt 1 mumatis, how many years have
349 VOCABULABY vias
passed for him dead, i.e. how many years it is since he died, xii, 20; pi. mumat*, viii, 1 ; perf. m. pi. 2>,chxhmumdt\ they have died, viii, 1 ; fut. perf. dsi mumot u , he is probably dead, x, 8 (bis).
cond. past sg. 3, marihe, viii, 7.
mdrun, to kill ; to strike, wound (v, 6).
inf. dat. mdranas, for killing, (a decision) to kill, ii, 7 ; abl. mdrana-bdjmth, (given) for killing, x, 12 ; dm mdrani, he came to kill me, viii. 13 ; fut. pass. part, gatshi mdrun u , he must be killed, x, 5 (bis), 12, 5 ; conj. part, morith trdwun (— Hindi mar ddlnd), to kill, slay, x, 8.
impve. pi. 2, with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ace. moryun, ii, 16 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ace. or dat. moryukh, viii, 4, 12, 3 ; indie, fut. sg. 1, with suff. 2nd pers. sg. ace. mdrath, ii, 11 ; 3, mare (m.c. for mdri), v, 7 ; with emph. y, mdriy, vi, 11 ; with suff. 2nd pers. pi. gen. yus mdriwa, he who among you will kill, ii, 7 ; pi. 3, with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ace. mdranakh, viii, 4. past m. sg. mdr u , iii, 3 (ter) ; vi, 11 ; neg. mdr u -na, ii, 8 ; with suff. 2nd pers. sg. ag. and 1st pers. sg. nom. md^thas, thou didst wound me, v, 6 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. morun, viii, 7, 10 (bis) ; x, 7 : with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. and 1st pers. sg. dat. mdr u ham, they killed him for me (dat. ethicus), iii, 3 ; pi. mor\ viii, 12 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. sg. morikh, viii. 4.
cond. past 1, with suff. 2nd pers. sg. ag. and neg. mdrahath-na ; 3, neg. ma mdrihe, he would not have killed, viii, 10 ; mdrihe-na, he would not have killed, viii, 7 ; both being in apodosis of a cond. sentence.
martsa-ivagun, m. red pepper ; martsa-wcigan ratshi-hand, a little red pepper, a small amount of red pepper, v, 6.
marj-ivatul, m. an executioner ; pi. nom. (for ace.) mdrawdtal, x, 12 ; dat. mdraivatalan, viii, 4 (bis), 11, 2, 3 ; x, 5 (bis), 12 : ag. mdrawdtalau, viii, 12 ; x, 12 ; Cf. wdtul.
Maraz, m. N. of the south-east end of the Valley of Kashmir ; Mardz-i-pargan, the Pargana, or fiscal division, of Maraz, xi, 5.
mas, m. wine, vii, 31.
Musa HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 350
Musd, Moses ; sg. ag. musdy, iv, 5.
mashhur, celebrated, renowned, xi, 3.
mashun, to be forgotten ; (with subj. in dat.) to forget ; conj. part, kath gayes mashith, he forgot the statement, x, 6 ; past part. m. sg. amis moth u , he forgot, v, 7 ; f. sg. 1 with sufT. 3rd pers. pi. dat. muth^kh, (love, fern.) was forgotten to them, they forgot (love), ix, 8.
mushtakh, enamoured (of), entranced (with), usually governing dat., iii, 1, 9 (bis) ; m. ath 1 tamdshes-kun, enamoured of that spectacle, iii, 7 ; m. tattf-soty, entranced with that also, iii, 8 ; pdnas u y-kun mushtakh, (God has) yearnings only for Him- self ; i.e. He alone is free from imperfections, and if He has yearnings, they can only be for Himself, as all things consist in Him, vii, 3 ; mushtakh gatshun, to become entranced, etc., iii, 1, 7, 8.
mashlyeth, f. a wish, vii, 7.
miskin, m. a beggar, one who is poverty-stricken, x, 10 ; pi. nom. miskin, ix, 11.
miskirii, f. poverty, beggary ; sg. gen. -hond u , x, 4 (bis).
musla, m. a piece of skin, xii, 18 (bis) ; dim. musla-han, f. a piece of skin, xii, 21 ; sg. dat. muslas, xii, 22.
mashhath, f . consultation ; — karun u , to consult together, viii, 3 ; xi, 19.
masnavi, f . a rhymed poem, vii, 30.
Misar, see Aziz-i-Misar.
mast, m. hair ; mast kdsun (personal obj. in dat.), to shave, xii, 4 (bis), 5 (bis), 10 (ter), 3 (bis), 9.
masHh, adj. plump, well-favoured (of cattle). This adjective is here inflected to agree with a fern, noun in dat. pi., mastan, vi, 15.
mot u , adj. mad, v, 2 ; subst. m. a mad man ; sg. dat. nemis matis siwah, except this madman, v, 9 ; ag. mat 1 , v, 9.
mot u , the space between the shoulders, the upper part of the back, sg. abl. mati, v, 9 ; xi, 10.
moth, m. death ; Death personified, hence sg. gen. f . motiin”, (a prison-house) of Death, ix, 4.
mathun, to rub ; conj . part, mathith, having rubbed (butter on
351 VOCABULARY
na
something), ix, 4 ; impve. sg. 2, math, rub (ashes on the body), v, 9.
motasut* (for mutasaddl), m. an accountant ; pi. nom. mdtasiit*, ix, 7.
matsh, f. the arm ; sg. abl. matshi, x, 5.
mdtsh, m. a contemptuous term used by demons or the like for a man ; sg. abl. m8tsha-bdy, f. the smell of a man, xii, 15.
mutsarun, to open ; — a door (viii, 3) ; — a letter (viii, 10 ; xii, 23) ; — the eyes (xii, 22) ; slna — , to open the bosom, to declare one’s inmost thoughts and sorrows (vii, 21).
conj. part, mutsarith, vii, 21 ; fut. sg. 1, with suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat. mutsaray, viii, 3 ; past sg. m. with sufL 3rd pers. sg. ag. mutsorun, viii, 10 ; xii, 23 ; f. pi. with same sufi\ mutsaren, xii, 22.
mewa, m. a fruit, xii, 21, 2.
mov, poet, for ma 1 (v, 11), q.v.
may, poet, for ma (v, 2), q.v.
moye, see marun.
myon u , possess, pron. my, i, 10 ; vii, 27, 8 ; x, 4 ; 5, 12 (bis), 4 ; xii, 15 ; with emph. y, mydnuy, vii, 9 ; m. sg. dat. myonis, xii, 19, 20 (bis), 1 ; abl. myani, i, 2 ; pi. nom. myon 1 , vii, 20 ; x, 5 ; xii, 15 (bis) ; dat. myanen, ii, 7 ; f. sg. nom. myon”, iii, 2, 4, 8, 9 ; v, 10 ; xii, 14 (bis), 5, 8 ; with emph. y, myon a y, x, 10.
myuth u , adj. sweet, pleasant, vi, 11 (of the interpretation of a dream).
maz, m. flesh, vii, 24 ; sg. dat. mazas, vii, 14.
mizman, m. a guest, vii, 4.
na, adv. neg. not. It is not used with the simple or with the polite impve. (see ma, ma 1), but is used as a prohibitive with the fut. imperative. In a direct statement it is usually suffixed to the verb, as in mdr u -na, did not kill, and if the verb has pronominal suffixes it follows them, as in marahaih-na, I should not have killed thee. Before it the suffix kh does not become h, as in chukh-na, not chihana, thou art not. It is used in this way. suffixed to a verb in i, 6 ; ii, 1, 4, 8, 9, 11 ; iii, 1, 2, 3 ; iv, 4, 6 ; v, 6 (ter), 9 (bis) ; vi, 10, 6 (bis) ; viii,
na HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES 352
I, 2, 3, 7 (ter), 9 (bis), 11 (bis), 3 ; x, 1 (ter), 4 (bis), 6, 7, 12, 4 ; xii, 2 (bis), 3, 7, 15 (bis), 6, 7, 22. With the fut. impve., we have ddp i zem-na, you must not say to me, v, 8 ; kdr l zi-na, you must not make, viii, 1 ; xii, 6 ; wds i zi-na, you must not descend, xii, 11 ; mdnghes-na, you must not demand from her, xii, 18.
It is also occasionally employed in other parts of the sentence, as in na rud u mot w , there was not remaining, i, 5 ; wuchun ati na Jchar, he did not see the ass there, iii, 9 ; wuchun ta mat na kuni, he saw that there was no property, viii, 9 ; uruchun ati na poshdkh, she saw that her clothes were not there, xii, 7. This is most common in subordinate clauses, as in yeli na bani, when it is not possible, x, 3 ; yesa na pdnas-soty cheh, (the woman) who is not with you, x, 6 ; yeli na yinsdn 6s u , when it was not a man, x, 7 ; yim na zanan, they who do not know, xi, 8.
It is sometimes used as a privative prefix, as in na-dsanas, for non-existence, x, 1, 6.
With emph. y, it becomes nay 1, as in sa nay keh ay em, she did not come at all to me, v, 5 ; ydr nay rozani ay, we did not come here to stay, ix, 6, 8, 10, 2 ; yith nay lagekh gray, so that they may not be at all shaken, ix, 12 ; bo-nay sara zah, I shall never remember, xi, 14 ; keh na/ chim bdzctn, they do not listen to me at all, xi, 15. This word should not be confused with nay 2, q.v.
na, negative interrogative suffix in dsi-nd, will there not be ? viii, 7 ; dye-nd, did there not come ? ix, 3 ; bani-nd, will there not be ? vi, 13 ; bozakh-nd, wilt thou not hear ? vi, 1, etc. ; khekh-nd, wilt thou nob eat ? ii, 3 ; vi, 2 ; chukh-nd parzandwdn, dost thou not recognize ? x, 12 ; tagem-nd, will it not be within my power ? i.e. of course it will be, x, 5 ; wada-nd, shall I not weep ? vii, 25 ; yikh-nd, wilt thou not come ? vi, 2 ; zdna-nd, shall I not know ? x, 12.
nau, i.q. na (poet.) ; nau kah-ti, no one at all, vii, 23 ; nau zdnav, we do not know, xi, 15.
nu, adv. neg. in nu chuh gatshdn pdtashehas, nu chuh gatshdn biye-kun, he goes neither to the king not does he go anywhere else, xii, 4.
353 VOCABULABY nokar
nebar, adv. outside, iii, 8 (ter) ; viii, 7 ; x, 7 ; postpos. shcharcs nebar, (he was taken) outside the city, x, 5.
nechi, see neth u .
necyuv u , m. a son, iii, 9 (bis) ; with sufT. of indef. art. zargar- necyuvdh, a goldsmith’s son, v, 2 ; sg. dat. (for ace.) neeivis, iii, 9; pi. nom. neciv 1 , viii, 11; xii, 1; dat. neciven-peth, on the sons, viii, 13 ; gen. neciven-hunz u , viii, 3, 11.
add, m. a call, a summons ; nod dyun u , to summon, i, 10 ; x, 12 ; xii, 17.
ndddn, m. a fool ; sg. dat. ndddnas, ii, 5 ; voc. nddana, xi, 11.
nag, a spring (of water) (usually looked upon as sacred, where it issues from a mountain side), xii, 6 ; sg. dat. ndgas, v, 9 ; xii, 6 ; ndgas-manz, (descended, etc.) into the spring, iii, 5, 9 ; xii, 7, 12 ; ndgas-peth, (went, etc.) up to, or on to the bank of, a stream (a common idiom), iii, 4 (bis), 5, 9 ; xii, 6 (bis), 11, 2, 4 ; ndgas akith kun, on one side of the spring, xii, 14.
sg. abl. kasam ndga-petha, an oath from by the stream, an oath made on the bank of the spring, calling the spring to witness, v, 9 ; voc. ndga, v, 9 ; pi. nom. nag, vi, 15 ; dat. (for ace.) ndgan, vi, 15.
nagma, m. a melody, song ; in Kashmiri, a dance of women ; pi. nom., id., iii, 7.
nigin, m. a jewel ; pi. nom. id., i, 9 ; ag. niginau, (a tray filled) with jewels, viii, 3, 11.
Noh, m. Noah, iv, 3.
nahith tshunun, to cancel, make void, xii, 4.
nakha, adv. near, ii, 9.
nokhta (xii, 19) or nokta (xii, 4), m. a point ; hence a particular on which one can condemn a person ; tamis rath-ta kentshah nokhta, seize some point (in) him, bring a charge of some fault against him, get up something against him, catch him tripping, xii, 19 ; so kar-ta kentshah noktdh (with suff. of indef. art.), xii, 4.
nakar, m. prohibition ; — karun, to prohibit (dat. of obj. pro- hibited), iv, 6.
nokar, m. a servant ; nokar behun, to sit down as a servant, to take
nokari HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 854
service, xii, 3 ; pi. nom. huzuri-nokar behdri 1 , to sit down as
personal servants, to be employed as such, viii, 5. nokari, f . service ; Icyah nokari karakh, what service wilt thou do ?
what employment dost thou want ? xii, 3 ; behiv me-nish
nokari, be employed (in) my service, take service with me,
viii, 5. nokta, see nokhta.
ndl 1, m. a horse-shoe ; pi. nom. ndl, xi, 17. ndl 2, m. the neck ; sg. dat. ndlas, vi, 9 ; abl. ndla, v, 9 ; viii, 10.
Cf. noP. ndla, f . pi. cries, lamentation ; nom. (ace.) ndla dine, to utter cries,
to lament, vii, 22, 3. ndle, postpos. (Hindi), with, xi, 4. noP, adv. on the neck (cf. ndl 2), viii, 10 (ter) ; — tshunun, to put
round the neck, viii, 10 ; amis 6s u poshdkh noP, he had
garments on his neck, i.e. he was wearing garments, x, 4 ;
poshdkh tshon u ami noP, she put the garment on her neck,
i.e. she dressed herself, xii, 7. nam, a nail (of the finger or toe) ; pi. nom. nam, v, 6. namun, to bow ; fut. sg. 3, nami, vi, 16 ; 2 past m. sg. 3, namyov,
vi, 16. nemis, see noih. ndmurdd, adj. unsuccessful ; in Kashmiri, without hope, without
expectation, i, 10. non u , adj. naked ; bare (of a sword), viii, 6 ; manifest, hence,
glorious, vi, 7 ; with emph. y, nonuy, vi, 7 ; f. sg. nom.
nun”, viii, 6. nun, m. salt ; sg. abl. nuna-ratshi-hand, a little salt, v, 6. (Elsewhere
the word is written nun.) nend a r, f . sleep ; — karun u , to sleep, v, 6 ; — pen”, sleep to fall,
v, 5, 7 ; — yin u , sleep to come, v, 6 (ter) ; yiyiy nend a r
sheh u j u , sleep will come to thee cold, i.e. thou wilt cease to be
sleepy ; but it also means “ cool sleep will come to thee “,
and is misunderstood by the hearer in this sense, v, 6 (bis). ningalun, to swallow ; pres. part, ningalan, vi, 15 (bis). nan-gar, m. a menial cultivator, xi, 10. nanun, to become manifest ; pres. m. sg. 3, chuh nandn, vii, 1.
855 VOCABULARY nish
naphts, m. the belly ; sg. dat. naphtsas, x, 3.
nar, m. a male ; (of a bird) a cock, viii, 1 ; sg. abl. naran, viii, 1.
nar, m. fire ; zinis nar dyun u , to set fire to the firewood, xii, 21, 2, 4 ; nar gomoV* tsheta, the fire (had) become extinguished, xii, 23 ; sg. dat. ndras-manz, (leap) into the fire, iii, 4 ; abl. ndra-han zolith, having kindled a little fire, iii, 1.
nur, m. light, brilliancy, glory ; sg. abl. nura, vii, 6.
nur*, f . the arm (from shoulder to wrist), xii, 15.
narm, adj. smooth, vii, 24.
nerun, irreg. to go forth, come forth, issue, emerge ; to issue, turn out, happen (as the result of something), vi, 11 ; to be issued (of an order), xi, 4 ; hatabod^khdris dray, they turned out (i.e. amoimted to) hundreds of kharwars, ix, 9 ; riiriih gatshun, to issue forth and be gone (Hindi nihil jdna), ii, 3 ; xii, 15 ; riirith yun u , to come forth (Hindi nikal ana), xii, 12.
inf. hyotun nerun, he began to go forth, ii, 3 ; log u nerani, began to issue, x, 7 ; conj. part, riirith, ii, 3 ; xii, 12, 5 ; pres. part, neran, viii, 7 ; impve. sg. 2, ner, ii, 9 ; pi. 1, nerav, xi, 12 ; 2, niriv, ii, 7 ; xii, 1 (bis) ; riiriv-sa, go ye forth, sirs, x, 9 ; indie, fut. pi. 1, nerav, xii, 18 ; imperf. neran, xii, 1 ; m. sg. 3, 6s u neran, viii, 1.
1 past m. sg. 3, drdv, ii, 8 ; iii, 1, 3, 4 (bis) ; v, 1, 4, 5, 6, 9 ; vi, 7, 11 ; viii, 9 (bis) ; x, 2, 3, 4 (bis), 5 (bis), 7 (bis), 9, 14 (bis) ; xi, 4, 13 ; xii, 4, 5 (bis), 10, 1, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 20, 3 ; with surT. 3rd pers. sg. dat. drds, issued from it, xii, 3 ; drds-na, did not issue from it, (if it does not) issue from it, xii, 3 ; pi. 3, dray, ix, 9 ; x, 11 ; f. sg. 3, draye, iii, 1, 2 ; v, 7 (bis) (draye bazar, she went forth to the bazaar), 9 ; with sufT. 3rd pers. sg. dat. drdyes, she issued from his (side), vii, 7.
nerawuri”, n. ag. one who goes forth ; as adv. as I go forth, v, 8.
?idsh, m. destruction, see ol l -ndsh, ix, 3.
nish, near, the equivalent of the Hindi pas, and governing the dative ; me-nish, near me, by me, viii, 5 ; forming datives of possession, tse-nish, in thy possession, x, 14 ; tdhe-nish, in your possession, x, 5, 12. After a verb of motion, and governing a noun signifying a person, it means “ to “. Thus :
▲ a
nishe 1 HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 356
okhun-zddas nish, (brought it) to the teacher’s son, xii, 2 ; bbyis-nish, (go) to the brother, v, 10 ; ldl-shendkas-n., (came) to the lapidary, xii, 25 ; me-n., (came) to me, xii, 22 ; mejeras-n., (brought him) to the master of the horse, x, 5 ; phakiras-n., (came) to the mendicant, iii, 2 ; pdtashdhas-n., (brought him) to the king, ii, 11 ; pdtdshehas-n., (came, etc.) to the king, viii, 5, 13 ; x, 1, 2, 3, 5 ; waziras-n., (came) to the Vizier, xii, 5, 10, 3 ; yiman-n., (she came) to these (persons), v, 8 ; ydras-n., (came) to the friend, x, 4, 11 ; zandni-n., (came) to the woman, xii, 4. Cf . nishe 1 and nishin.
nishe 1, i.q. nish, q.v. ; phakiras-nishe, (he was) near (i.e. with) the” mendicant, ii, 9 ; torka-chdnas-nishe, near (i.e. in the house of) the cabinet maker, vii, 20 ; me-nishe, in my possession, x, 14 ; governing dat. of person and following a verb of motion, me-nishe, (came) to me, xii, 22 ; phakiras-nishe, came to the mendicant, ii, 7 ; waziras-nishe, (he came) to the vizier, xii, 19 ; governing inan. noun, palangas-nishe, he came near the bed, x, 7 ; Cf . nish and nishin.
nishe 2, postpos. governing abl. ( = Hindi pds-se), from near, from ; khdba-nishe abtar, terrified from (i.e. at) the dream, vi,
12 ; tsakhi-nishe byonuy, distinct from (i.e. absolutely without) anger, vii, 2.
nishdna, m. a token (given as a sign of recognition), x, 8, 14 (bis) ; xii, 21.
nishin, postpos. governing dat, i.q. nish and nishe 1 ; phakiras- nishin, (he was) near (i.e. with) the mendicant, ii, 8 ; khdwandas-nishin, (go) to (your) master, viii, 10 ; pdtashdh- zddan-nishin, (came) to the princes, viii, 4. Cf. nish and nishe 1.
nasiyeth (xii, 16, 7) or nasiyeth, f. admonition, advice (xii, 1), instruction ; — karun u , to advise, give instruction, xii, 16 ; nasiyeth karay akh kath, I will give thee one piece of instruc- tion (xii, 1).
nata, conj. (if) not then, (if so and so does) not (happen) then, otherwise, v, 7.
not u , m. a jar, a pitcher, iii, 5 (ter), 9 ; doda-not u , a milk-jar, xi,
13 ; sg. dat. natis-peth, on the jar, iii, 5, 9.
357 VOCABULARY nyun u
neth see ndih.
ne f h a , f. a thumb-ring ; sg. abl. nechi, vi, 16.
ndih or neth, pronoun defective, said to be used mainly by villagers,
as the equivalent of yih 1, this. It has no nominative, and
neth is the inan. sg. dat. In declension it runs parallel to
ath, q.v. As a substantive we have m. pi. dat. (for ace.) ndman,
(look at) these, viii, 1. As adjective we have m. sg. dat. nemis matis siwdh,
excepting this madman, v, 9 ; nemis manoshes, to this man,
xii, 15 ; m. pi. nom. nam lal, these rubies, x, 5 ; f. pi. nom.
noma wolinje, these hearts, viii, 4 ; dat. ndman mdrawdtalan,
to these executioners, x, 12 ; ndman zanen, to these persons,
x, 12 ; ag. nomav tahalyav, by these grooms, x, 12. neth a r, m. a marriage-arrangement ; — karun, to make a marriage,
to marry (so and so, amis soty, xii, 15), viii, 2 (bis) ; xii, 15. notuwan, adj. feeble, i, 2. nav, card, nine ; pi. abl. nawav asmdnav-peth\ above the nine
heavens, iii, 8. nav, m. a name, ii, 1 ; xii, 4 (bis) ; amis chuh nav, her name is,
xii, 8 ; tath chuh nav, its name is, xii, 18. now u , adj. new, i, 11. n6w u , see Lache-ndw u , s.v. lach. nay 1, see na. nay 2, f . a reed-flute, vii, passim ; gen. m. naye-hond u , vii, 1 ;
f. naye-hiinz”, vii, 1. nayid, m. a barber, xi, 18 ; xii, 4 (bis), 5 (bis), 10 (bis), 3, 9 (bis),
22, 3, 4, 5 ; noyid-sabaJch, a barber-lesson, instruction in
barber’s work, v, 6 ; sg. ag. noyidan, xii, 19, 25. Cf. nayez*. nyun u , irreg. to take, v, 12 ; vi, 9 ; viii, 9 (ter), 11 ; x, 1, 5 (bis) ;
xi, 18 ; xii, 19, 25 ; to bring (news), ii, 1, 6 ; x, 7, 8 ; xii, 23 ;
ratith nyun u , to arrest, capture (a prisoner), v, 7, 9 ; x, 5 ;
tulith nyun u , to lift up and take away, to raise (a person from
a bed) and lead (him) away, iii, 7. impve. sg. 2, with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ace. nin, xii, 25 ; pi. 2,
with same suff., niyun, x, 5 ; indie, fut. pi. 1 nimav, xii, 19. 1 past m. sg. nyuv, viii, 9 ; nev, iii, 7 ; with suff. 3rd
nayistan HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES 358
pers. sg. ag. nyiln, vi, 9 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. nyilkh, x, 5 (bis) ; xi, 18 ; with ditto, and also suff. 3rd pers. sg. gen. nyuhas, viii, 9 ; pi. niy, v, 9 ; with suff. 2nd pers. sg. ag. riith, x, 1 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. nln, v, 7.
f. sg. niye, ii, 1, 6 ; x, 7, 8 ; xii, 23 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. niyen, v, 12 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. niyekh, viii, 11. plup. m. sg. 6s u nyumot u , viii, 9.
nayistan, m. a place where canes or reeds grow, a cane-brake, vii, 26, 7, 8 ; dat. nayistanas-kun, (saying) to the cane-brake, vii, 26 ; gen. m. nayistdnuk u , vii, 26 ; f . nayistanifc”, vii, 29.
nyawun, to cause to be taken, to cause to be taken away, to have dispatched ; 1 p.p. nydw u . In xi, 6, this is given a pleonastic suffix ku, forming nydw u -k u , of which the m. pi. nom. is nyov i -k i .
nay’ez u , f. a barber’s wife, xi, 19. Cf. noyid.
ndz, m. blandishment, coaxing ; pi. dat. nazan, ii, 7 (applied by a man to soldiers).
neza, m. a spear ; iron railings or the like round a garden, etc. (v, 4) ; pi. nom. neza, v, 4.
nazdikh, postpos. near; sdddgdras-n., (he arrived) near (i.e. came to) the merchant, viii, 10.
nizikh, adv. near, viii, 6 (bis) ; x, 4 ; gos n., he went near it, viii, 10 ; postpos. governing dat., near, badanas-n., (came) near the body, viii, 6 ; sheharas-n., (he came) near the city, x, 3.
nazar, f . look, regard, glance ; observation, inspection, watching ; — ches batsan-kun, his sight is (i.e. eyes are) directed towards the married pair, viii, 6 ; — chekh 6-kun, their eyes were directed thither, xii, 23 ; nazarah, a single glance ; nazardh karun”, to take one look at a person, viii, 11 ; nazar karun 1 to look at, observe, inspect, watch, ii, 1 ; x, 7, 8 (ter) ; xii, 23 dat. byuth u nazari, he sat for looking, he sat in watch, x, 7 nazari tdm^sanzi soty, owing to his looking at (me), vii, 13.
nazarbaz, m. a watcher, a watchman, a detective ; pi. ag. nazarbdzav, ii, 1 ; x, 7, 8 ; xii, 23.
piche (Hindi), adv. afterwards, xi, 4.
poda, adj . born, created ; manifest, manifested ; — karun, to
359 VOCABULARY pahdn
create, iii, 8 (ter) ; vii, 4, 6 (bis), 8 ; xii, 7 ; — gatshun, to become manifest, to become visible, to come into sight, ii, 1 ; iii, 8 ; x, 4, 5, 7 ; xii, 10.
pagdh, adv. to-morrow, iii, 4 ; vi, 16 ; on the following day, next day, vi, 16 ; xii, 10.
phahi in phaki dyun u , to impale, v, 10.
phaharawdv, m. a file, a rasp, v, 4.
phakh, m. an evil smell, a stink, ii, 4.
phakir, m. a religious mendicant, a faqir, i, 2 ; ii, 1, 2, 3 (bis), 9 ; iii, 1 ; x, 7 (many times), 8 (many times), 9, 12 (bis), 4 (bis) ; — lagun, to dress oneself as a faqir, pretend to be a faqir, x, 12 ; with suff. of indef. art. phakirdh, ii, 1 (bis) ; phakird akh, x, 7 ; sg. dat. phakiras, ii, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9 ; iii, 1, 2, 9 ; x, 8 (bis) ; ag. phakiran, iii, 1 ; x, 7, 8, 12 ; gen. phakira-sond u , x, 12 ; f . — siinz u , x, 8, 14 ; voc. phakira, ii, 3 ; x, 8 ; phakird, ii, 2 ; pi. dat. phakiran (for gen.), vi, 13 ; ag. phakirav, v, 8.
phakiri, f. the condition or state of a religious mendicant, faqir- hood, x, 14 ; sg. gen. phakiriye-hond u , x, 9.
phikir”, f . thought, consideration, reflection ; concern, solicitude, anxiety ; keh chena phikir u (xii, 5) or ketshdh chena phikir* (xii, 20), there is no anxiety, there is no reason to be anxious ; with suff. of indef. art. phikirdh kariin”, to do a thinking, to consider, reflect, xii, 19, 24 ; phikiri gatshun, to go into anxiety, to become anxious, viii, 10 ; xii, 4.
phal 1, m. a fruit*; pi. nom. phal, ix, 9.
phal 2, f. a small piece, a splinter ; pi. nom. (for ace.) phala, vii, 14.
phol u , m. a grain, hence any small round object, such as a pearl, etc. ; kani-phol u , a pebble, xii, 15 (bis).
pholun, to flower ; to break (of the dawn), iii, 3 ; v, 5, 7 ; viii, 9 ; xii, 2 (bis) ; inf. obi. phdlani logun, to begin to break, v, 5, 7 ; xii, 2 ; pres. m. sg. 3, chuh phdldn, xii, 2 ; past m. sg. 3, phql u , iii, 3 ; viii, 9.
pliamh, m. cotton- wool, viii, 6, 13.
pahdn, a dim. suff. drdv dur-pahdn, he went forth a little distance, x, 7 ; byuth u duri-pahdn, he sat down at a little distance, x, 7 ; khasun hyor u -pahdn, to go a little distance up-stream, xii, 6.
pahar HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES 360
pahar, m. a division of time consisting of three hours, an eighth part of a day, a watch, viii, 5 (bis), 6 (bis), 8 (bis), 10, 1, 3 ; rots u -hond u pahar, a watch of the night, iii, 1 ; sg. abl. patimi pahara, at the last watch (of the night), v, 8 ; pi. nom. pahar, viii, 5.
phardd, adv. to-morrow, on the morrow, vi, 11.
pharun, to cause loss, to be a plunderer or robber ; past m. sg. 3, phor u tas Yiblis, Satan caused loss to him, plundered him, ruined him, iv, 2.
pherun, to go round, wander about, i, 2 ; ii, 8 ; to return, go back ; to feel regret, be grieved, viii, 1, 7, 10 (bis), (all with dat. of subject) ; thud u -kani pherun, to turn oneself backwards, to turn the back (on a person), v, 4.
conj. part, phirith, having returned ; with or without pot u , very common in the meaning “ back again “, as in phirith yun u , to come back, return, ii, 3 ; v, 10 ; viii, 10 ; esp. to return home, go home, v, 1, 4 ; so phirith nerun (x, 14) or phirith pot u nerun (xii, 19), to go forth back again ; phirith wasun, to come down again (after going upstairs), iii, 9 ; with verbs of saying, it means “ in answer “ ; thus, phirith dapun, to say in answer, to reply, iii, 1, 8 ; v, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11 (bis) ; viii, 8 ; ix, 1 ; x, 1 (bis), 6, 10 ; xi, 15 ; xii, 3, 4, 5 (bis) ; so phirith wanun, to reply, v, 2, 4 ; wanun pot u phirith, id., x, 7 ; phirith ladun, to send (a message) in reply, x, 3 (bis) ; with wothun, to arise, we have wothus phirith, he up and replied to him, viii, 6 ; x, 2 ; wothus pot u phirith, id., x, 6 ; w5tsh”s phirith, she up and answered him, xii, 11. With gatshun, we have phirith gatshun, to go having turned away, i.e. to become hostile, iv, 3.
pres. m. sg. 3, chuh pheran, ii, 5 ; imperf . m. sg. 3, 6s u pheran, i, 2.
past m. sg. 3, phyur u , viii, 1 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. phyurus, viii, 7, 10 (bis).
phirun, to turn something round ; freq. part, phir 1 phir*, turning (me) round and round, vii, 18; conj. part, phirith tshunun, to turn upside down, iii, 5.
pharosh, m. a seller ; lal-pharosh, a ruby-seller, a jeweller, xii, 3.
361 VOCABULARY pdldduw*
Phorsat, m. N.P., Sir Douglas Forsyth, xi, 2.
phursath, f. leisure, freedom from duties, xii, 17.
paharawol u , m. a man who keeps a watch, a watchman, sentry ; sg. dat. -wolis, viii, 8.
phdrUjdd, m. a lamentation, cry for help or redress, complaint ; — dyun u , to lay a complaint, cry for redress, vii, 22 ; x, 2.
phdsh, m. abusive language reflecting on a woman’s chastity ;. me ma kar siras phdsh, do not accuse my secret (parts) of unchastity, do not disgrace me by letting me remain naked, xii, 7.
phatun, to be broken ; past f. sg. 3, phiit a , iii, 5 ; with suff. 2nd pers. pi. dat. phut ti wa, x, 12.
phufrun, to break (trans.) ; impve. pi. 2 with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ace. phut a ryun, xii, 3 ; past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. phufrukh, xii, 4 ; ditto and 3rd pers. sg. dat. phut°r u has, ii, 11.
photuwdh, m. a decree, order, ii, 7. This word has here the suff. of the indef. art. added.
phyur u , etc., see pherun.
pakh, f. a wing ; pi. nom. pakha, viii, 7.
pdkh, adj. pure, spotless, undefiled, virginal (of a woman), v, 10.
pokhta, adj. ripe ; as subst. pi. dat. (for ace.) pokhtan, vi, 15.
pakun, to walk, to go, to go along ; inf. hyotukh pakun, they began to go, x, 1 ; neg. conj . part, moddn chuh wune pakanay, the plain is still not having been walked, i.e. we have not yet passed over it, x, 1 ; pres. part, pakdn, going, i.e. as I go, v, 7 ; impve. pi. 2, pakiv-sa, go ye, sirs, x, 1 ; pres. m. sg. 3, chuh pakdn, iii, 11 ; pakdn chuh, viii, 7 ; xii, 7 ; pi. 3, chih pakdn, xii, 2 ; pakdn chih, x, 4 ; f . sg. 3, cheh pakdn, iii, 2 ; xii, 7 ; imperf. m. sg. 3, 6s u pakdn, v, 7 ; pi. 3, os* pakdn, x, 1.
palcandwun, to cause to go, to set on the march (xi, 14) ; to drive an animal (xi, 8) ; pres. (aux. omitted) m. pi. 3, pakanawdn, xi, 4 ; imperf. m. pi. 3, 6s i pakandwdn, xi, 8.
pakawun u , n. ag., f. sg. nom. pakawunP-, one who marches, xi, 11.
pal, m. a rock, xii, 14 (bis), 15 ; sg. dat. palas, xii, 15.
pdladuw u , adj. made of steel ; m. pi. nom. p5ldddv i , v, 4.
palun HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 362
pdlun, to protect ; saldmpdliin”, to make a bow, to salute reverently (xii, 16) ; conj. part, pblith, xii, 16.
palang, m. a bedstead, cot, bed, iii, 7 ; v, 5, 9 ; x, 7 ; sg. dat. palangas, v, 5, 6 (ter) ; viii, 13 (bis) ; x, 5, 7 (quater), 8 (bis), 12 (bis) ; palangas tur u , the tenon of the bedstead, x, 5, 12.
poldv, m. a dish made of rice boiled in soup, with flesh, spices, etc., vi, 2 ; pi. nom. polav, ii, 3.
pdm, f . a reproach ; pi. nom. me rozan pama, reproaches will remain (upon) me, i.e. I shall get a bad name, x, 3.
pan, m. the body, the human body, iii, 4 (ter) ; bala-pdn, a youthful body, a youthful condition, vii, 11, 5 ; sg. dat. panas, vii, 24, 5.
pdna, reflex, pron. self; myself, vii, 15; thyself, xii, 11,»25; himself, i, 1 ; ii, 5 ; vi, 4 ; vii, 1, 2, 3 ; x, 2, 7 (bis), 8 ; xii, 5, 12, 21, 4 ; herself, v, 9, 10, 1 ; vii, 1 ; xii, 7 ; oneself (indef.), x, 1, 6, ; themselves, iii, 8 ; viii, 3, 8 ; x, 12. This word is equivalent to the Hindi dp.
sg. nom. pdna, i, 1 ; v, 10, 1 ; x, 7 (bis), 8 ; xii, 7, 11, 21, 4 ; with emph. y, sg. nom. pdnay, vii, 1 ; pi. nom. pdnay, x, 12.
dat. (sg. unless otherwise stated), ii, 5 ; iii, 8 (pi.) ; v, 9 ; vi, 4 ; vii, 1, 2, 15 ; viii, 3 (pi.), 8 (pi.) ; x, 1, 6 ; xii, 5, 12, 25 (bis) ; with emph. y, pdnas^y, vii, 3 ; had panas ches kardn, I am making a limit for myself, i.e. I consider myself perfect, vii, 15. ag. sg. pdna, x, 2. gen. panun u , q.v., s.v.
The dat. panas is often used adverbially, to signify “ voluntarily “, “ of one’s own free will “, “ of one’s own accord “, vi, 4 ; vii, 2. Especially, with verbs of motion, it signifies “ to go of one’s own accord “, hence, simply, “ to go off”, “ start off “, as in panas gatshun, to go away on one’s own business, to go away, to go home, iii, 8; v, 9; viii, 3; panas nerun, to go forth on one’s own business, xii, 5; panas yun u , to set out home, xii, 12 ; so gay panas Kith 1 , they sat down free from duty, they rested after finishing their turn of duty,
363 VOCABULARY pdnawon
viii, 8 ; gay panas panas, they went away each on his own
business, or each to his own home, v, 9. pinhdn, adj. secret, hidden, concealed. panja, a claw, xii, 16, 7 ; sg. abl. panja-sotiy, only by using the
claw, xii, 16. panun u , poss. adj. reflex, (usually considered as the genitive of
pclna) own, the equivalent of the Hindi apnd. My own, iii, 1 ;
iv, 7 ; vii, 21 (bis), 2, 6 ; x, 12 ; xii, 22 ; thine own, ii, 9, 11 ;
iii, 2, 9 (bis) ; v, 1, 10 ; vi, 6 ; viii, 10 ; x, 1, 3, 8 (bis) ;
xii, 16, 25 ; his own, ii, 5, 7, 11 ; iii, 1, 3 (bis), 9 ; v, 1, 4 (bis),
5 (ter), 10, 2 ; viii, 3, 9 (bis), 10, 3 ; x, 5, 6, 9, 10, 3 (bis),
4 (ter) ; xii, 4 (quater), 5 (quater), 10, 1 (bis), 2, 3, 4, 7, 20, 2, 5 ; her own, iii, 2, 4 ; v, 5, 8, 9 (bis), 10 (bis), 2 ; vii, 20, 6; viii, 11 ; ix, 6; x, 3 (bis), 5; xii, 4, 5, 10, 3, 4, 5 (ter), 8; one’s own (indef.), x, 6 ; our own, x, 12 ; your own, x, 1 ; their own, v, 10 ; viii, 1, 5, 11 ; x, 5 ; xii, 18 ; panuri” panuri”, each his own, xi, 10.
m. sg. nom. panun u , ii, 5, 9, 11 ; iii, 1 (bis), 2, 3 (bis), 9 (ter) ; v, 1 (bis), 4, 5 (bis), 9, 10 ; vii, 21, 6 ; viii, 3, 5, 9 ; ix, 6 ; x, 5, 6, 8, 9 ; xii, 4 (bis), 5 (ter), 10, 1 (bis), 2, 3, 4,
5 (bis), 6, 7, 8 (bis), 20, 2 (bis), 5 ; with emph. y, panunuy, x, 1 ; dat. pananis, ii, 7 ; iii, 2, 4 ; v, 8, 10, 2 ; viii, 9, 10 ; x, 5, 12, 4 ; xii, 4, 5, 10, 3, 5, 8 ; abl. panani, v, 10 ; vii, 21, 2, 6 ; xii, 4, 5 ; pi. nom. pandn 1 , vii, 20 ; x, 14 ; pandn 1 pandn 1 , xi, 10 ; panin (m.c. for panda 1 ), iv, 7 ; dat. pananen, viii, 10, 3, 4.
f. sg. nom. panun u , v, 5 ; viii, 1, 11 (bis) ; x, 1, 3 (bis),
6, 8, 10, 3 ; xii, 14, 25 ; dat. panane, v, 4, 10, 2 ; x, 5 ; xii, 4 ;
ag. panani, v, 5 ; x, 12 ; abl. panani, x, 3, 13 ; panane (m.c.
for panani), vi, 6. pants, card, five ; hatha pants (f. pi. nom.) five statements, x, 1
(several times), 14 ; pants hatha, x, 6 ; ropayes pants hath,
five hundred rupees, viii, 10 (bis) ; x, 1, 2 (bis) ; pi. dat.
pantsan hathan, for five statements, x, 1 ; pdntsan zanen,
to the five men, x, 6. pontsyum u , ord. fifth, x, 1 ; f. sg. nom. pontsim”, x, 6 (bis). pdnawon or pdnaivun, adv. mutually ; pdnawon, viii, 1,2; xi, 19 ;
papun HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 364
xii, 25 ; pdnawun, x, 1. This word is equivalent to the Hindi
dpas-me. papun, to ripen ; conj. part, papith yun u , to become ripe, ix, 9. par, m. a foot ; pi. dat. paran, (we fall) at (his) feet, ix, 1. para, see zdra-pdra, s.v. zdr. pari, f. a fairy, xii, 7, 8, 11 (bis), 4, 20, 5 ; sg. ag. par*yi, xii, 15 ;
pi. nom. par ir ue, iii, 7, 8. pr, m. a saint, a spiritual guide or father, the head of a religious
order ; pi. dat. (for gen.) piran, vi, 13 ; ag. pirav, v, 8. pdr u , f . a hut ; dim. f . sg. nom. pdri-hand, a hovel, a small hut,
xii, 2. piir u , adj. full, in pur u -khumdr, full of languishment, v, 2. parda, m. a veil ; with suff. of indef . art. pardd kor u nakh, she put
a veil over them, she hid them under a veil, vi, 4. pargan, m. a certain fiscal division, a parish, a “ pargana “, xi, 5. pr6?i u , adj. old, of former times ; m. pi. nom. prori, vi, 11 ; viii, 5. parun, to read, xii, 18, 23 ; to read, study, viii, 3, 4 ; to recite
(a holy name, or a charm, etc.), vi, 17 (bis) ; vii, 4 ; xii,
1 (bis), pres. part, paran gatshun, to go reciting, i.e. to recite
continually, vi, 17 ; vii, 4 ; impve. sg. 2, par, vi, 17 ; indie.
fut. sg. 1, para, xii, 1 (bis) ; imperf. m. pi. 3, 6s l paran,
viii, 3, 4 ; past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. porun, xii,
23 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. porukh, xii, 18. pdrun, to prepare, make ready (a bed) ; conj. part, (in sense of
past part.) palang poriih, a bed prepared, iii, 7. porun, to put (a garment) on, x, 2, 9 ; to clothe (a person), v, 10 ;
past m. sg. with suff . 3rd pers. sg. purun, x, 2, 9 ; f . sg. with
same suff. por^n, v, 10 ; pilrith, having put on (a saddle to
a horse), xi, 9. prang, m. a bed, a couch ; wutsha-prang , a flying couch, = the magic
carpet of our fairy tales, xii, 18. prdrun, to wait for (a person), v, 6, 11 ; to watch (for an
opportunity), ii, 10 ; pres. part, prdrdn, v, 11 ; pres. m. sg. 3,
chuh prdran, v, 6 ; 2 past m. sg. 3, prarydv, ii, 10. prath, a distributive preposition, as in prath-doha, on each day,
every day, viii, 1 (bis).
365 VOCABULARY pata
pritshun, to ask ; 1 past m. sg. 3, with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag.
timan^y pryutshun, he asked them, xii, 1. partawa, m. the sound of a footstep, a footfall, xii, 15 (pyauv, fell). poravi, f. following ; hence (in Kashmiri) protection ; — kariin*,
to protect, i, 1. Parwardigdr, m. the Cherisher, the Provider, Providence, an epithet
of the Deity, i, 11. parzandwun, to recognize ; pres. m. sg. 2 neg. interrog. chukh-nd
parzandwdn, dost thou not recognize ? x, 12 ; past m. sg.
parzandw u , x, 5 ; xii, 2 ; with suff. 1 sg. nom. parzanowus,
1 was recognized, x, 12 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. parzandwun, viii, 9, 10; plup. f. sg. 3, 6s u parzandv u muts u , x, 5.
posa, m. N. of a small copper coin, a pice ; Jchdm posa, see khdm. pi. dat. posan, vii, 25, 26.
pesh, adv. and prep., in front, before ; gay pesh-e-pdtashdh, they went before the king, they were taken into the king’s presence, vi, 9 ; amis pesh anun, to bring before him, to cause him to experience (trouble), xii, 25.
posh, m. a flower ; poshe-gpnd u , a bunch of flowers, a nosegay, v, 4 (ter) ; poslie-moddn, a flower-meadow, a field of flowers, xi, 3 ; pdshe-thur u , a flower-shrub, ii, 3.
poshdkh, m. a robe, a garment, v, 9 (bis) ; x, 2 (bis), 4 (ter), 9 ; xii, 6 (bis), 7 (several times) ; — trdwun, to put off a garment, disrobe oneself ; sg. dat. ath poshdkas kur u n shekal yinsdn- hyuh u or ath poshdkas korun yinsdn-hyuh u , he made the garment into the shape of a man, x, 7 ; poshdkas-manz, (entered) into the garment, x, 7 ; am 1 kur^nas poshdkas thaph, he (the dog) caught hold of his coat, viii, 9.
peshkdr, m. a certain high official ; in vi, 11, a chief clerk.
pasand, adj. approved ; — karun, to approve of, v, 1 ; xii, 4 (bis).
pata, adv. after, afterwards, viii, 7 ; xi, 18 ; xii, 6, 25 ; with emph. y, patay y xii, 10 ; pata-kani, afterwards, x, 1 ; with verbs of motion, pata pata, (to go along) after, to follow, iii, 1,
2 ; viii, 9 ; xii, 7. Cf. brith bruh, s.v. bruh.
postpos. This governs the dative in the case of animate objects, and the ablative in the case of inanimate objects. It also governs pron. suffixes in the dative. Thus : —
pot u HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES 366
A. Animate dative, mine-mare pata lardn, running after the hind, ii, 9 ; yiman pata, after these (women came another), xii, 7.
B. Inanimate ablative, ami pata, after this, viii, 13 ; xii, 17 ; tami pata, after that, x, 12 ; xii, 16.
C. Governing suffixes, loris pata, they ran after her, ii, 9 ; pata ladyeyes, she ran after him, vi, 8 ; yimawa pata, I will come after you, I will follow you, xii, 1 ; pata chikh lardn, they are running after them, xi, 18.
pot u , backwards, back again ; — yun u , to come back, return, v, 1 ;
— pherun, id., xii, 19 ; — phirith, common as adv., back again,
in return, in reverse, esp. common with verbs of saying, to
say back again, to say in reply, x, 3, 6 (bis), 7.
put u , the yoimg of any animal or insect, esp. a dear child ; pi. dat.
poten, ix, 3 (young ones of a bee). path, adv. behind ; path rozun, to remain behind, remain over and above, xii, 23 ; path-kun, afterwards, iii, 5 ; v, 5 ; in the rear, v, 8.
prep, governing dat. path wanan, at the back of the forests, deep in the forest, vii, 10. peth, postpos. governing dat., on, upon, in various shades of meaning. Thus : —
on, upon, asmdnan peth, on the heavens, iv, 4 ; palangas- peth, (lying) on the bed, viii, 13 ; wodi-pUh, (carry) on the crown of the head, iii, 1 ; xi, 12, 6.
on to, upon, lalan-peth, (the hand fell) upon the rubies, x, 5 ; natis-peth, (put) upon the jar, iii, 5 ; cdrpdyi-peth, (sat down) upon the bed, x, 5, so ath-peth, (sat) on it, xii, 21 ; atfr-peth, on it verily, xii, 21 ; zunadabi-peth, (going forth) on to the roof-bungalow, viii, 1.
on to (with verbs of mounting, etc.), guris-peth, (mounted) the horse, ii, 11 ; ath 1 peth, (got up) on to it (a bed), iii, 7 ; so palangas peth, (got up) on to the bed, v, 5, 6 (bis), 9 (ath) ; x, 7 (bis) ; bathis-peth, (ascended) on to the bank of the river, xii, 7 ; atfc-peth, (ascended) on to it (a pyre), xii, 24.
down on to, bathis-peth, (put) down on the bank, xii, 6, 7.
With certain words it is used in the sense of “ to “ after
367 VOCABULARY pdth*
a verb o: motion. Thus addliits^-peth, (went) to the court of justice, v, 9 ; kdli-akis-peth, (went) to (the bank of; a stream, xii, 2 ; ndgas-peth, (arrived, etc.) at the spring, (went) to (the bank of) the spring, iii, 4, 5, 9 (bis) ; xii, 6, 11, 2, 4.
on, close by, ndgas-peth cheh, she is (i.e. lives) close by a spring, iii, 4.
It means “ in “ in khdwand thdwun deras-peth, she put her husband in a tent, v, 11.
It means “.on”, i.e. “with regard to”, “towards”, in agas-peth (infidelity) to a master, viii, 6, 8, 11 ; neciven-peth, (an order) concerning or against (his) sons, viii, 13.
Forming adv. ath i -peth, thereupon, xii, 7. petha, postpos. governing abl. from on, as in guri-petha, (fell) from on (his) horse, fell off his horse, ii, 6 ; guryau-petha, (dis- mounted) from (their) horses, xii, 2 ; Koh-i-Tora-petha, (commandments given) from on Mt. Sinai, iv, 5.
from (generally), as in kati-petha, where from ? whence ? ii, 2 ; Landana-petha, from London, xi, 3 ; sonar-ata-petha, (a cry raised) from (i.e. in) the goldsmiths’ market, v, 7.
In special cases it means simply “ on “, like peth, as in petha kilr u nas mohar, on it she put a seal, x, 3, in which petha governs the dat. pron. suS. as. Similarly x, 3 (again), and x, 10.
Another special meaning occurs in karin kasam ndga petha, let her make an oath from on (the bank of) (i.e. by) the spring, v, 9.
petha-kani, on the top of (it = ath% viii, 1. peth 1 , postpos. governing abl., on, above, in various shades of meaning. Thus : —
nawav asmdnav peth 1 , above the nine heavens, iii, 8.
kala-peth 1 , (leaped) over (his) head, ii, 9.
tami-pettt-kani, in addition to that, iii, 8. poth i or pothin, adv. used with other words to indicate manner. It may be added either to adjectives or to adverbs, and in the latter case is pleonastic. It converts adjectives into adverbs of manner, and when the adjective is declinable it is put, before poth\ into the case of the agent. Thus : —
pathar HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 368
Added to an adjective, loV-poth* (lpt u ), gently, xii, 5 ; pdz’-poth* (poz u ), really, truly, x, 6, 10.
Added to an adverb, ketha-poth 1 , how ? in what manner ? iii, 9 ; v, 8 ; viii, 5 ; x, 8 ; xii, 3, 24 ; tithay-pbth 1 , in that very manner, exactly so, xii, 23 ; yethay-poth* , in what very manner, exactly as, xii, 22 ; yithay-pothin, in this very manner, exactly thus, viii, 3.
We occasionally find this word added to the agent case of a substantive. Thus, from tsur u , theft, we have tsuri-potte, theft-like, i.e. secretly, xii, 6, 7, 17 ; so tsuri-pothin, iii, 1.
pathar, adv. on the flat ground ; hence, down, in phrases such as pathar wasun, to fall to the ground, ii, 3 ; pathar pyon u , id., ii, 11 ; pawun pathar, to throw down on the ground, iii, 9.
pathwor 1 , m. a village accountant, ix, 10.
putol u , an idol ; pi. dat. putalen, iv, 6 ; putal-khdna, an idol house, a temple or room in which idols are worshipped, sg. dat. -khdnas, vi, 4.
petarun, to be responsible for the carrying out of any work ; pyon u petarun, a load of responsibility to fall on a person, ii, 5.
pdtashah (xfTrnnf ) or P^asheh (xTRT^Tf ) a k^g- Tnis word is given with either of these spellings almost at random in the stories as written in the nagari character. I have followed them in this.
sg. nom. pdtashah, ii, 8, 10, 1 (bis) ; iii, 1 (ter), 2 (bis), 3, 4 (several times), 5, 6, 7 (ter), 8 ; v, 7, 9, 11 ; vi, 9, 10, 1, 2, 6 (quater) ; viii, 1 (bis), 2, 3 (bis), 6, 7 (ter), 8, 11 (ter), 2, 3 (quater), 4 (bis) ; x, 4, 10 (bis), 2 (bis), 4 (quater) ; xii, 3, 4, 9, 19 (bis), 20 (bis), 4 (bis), 5 ; -bay, a king’s wife, a queen, viii, 1 (bis), 2, 3 (quater), 4, 6 (bis), 11 (quater), 2 (bis), 3 (bis) ; -hud* (= -kur u , bel.), v, 5 ; -kur u , a king’s daughter, a princess, v, 2 (bis), 5, 8 (bis), 9 (several times), 10 ; xii, 1 (bis), 2 (ter). With suff. of indef. art. patashahd, viii, 1.
patasheh, ii, 5, 8, 9 ; xii, 5, 10, 1, 2, 3, 4 ; patasheh-kur”, a princess, xii, 10 (ter), 3 (ter), 5, 21, 5. With suff. of indef. art. pdtashehd akh, viii, 7, 11 ; patashehah, ii, 1.
sg. dat. patashdhas, iii, 3 ; viii, 1.
369 VOCABULARY pydla
pdtashehas, i, 8 ; ii, 1, 3 (bis), 4, 5, 11 ; iii, 1, 3, 5, 9 ;
v, 7 (bis), 9 (ter), 10, 1 ; vi, 16 ; viii, 1, 2, 5 (bis), 7 (bis), 13 ;
x, 1, 2, 10, 1, 2 (bis) ; xii, 1, 3 (ter), 4 (quater), 5 (ter), 9,
11, 2, 3, 8, 9 (bis), 20 (bis), 1, 2, 3. sg. ag. pdtashdhan, ii, 11 ; vi, 11 ; viii, 5. pdtashehan, i, 10 ; ii, 1, 4 (bis), 8 ; iii, 1, 8 (bis), 9 ; vi,
15 (bis) ; viii, 6, 11 (ter), 3 (bis) ; x, 2 (ter), 6 (bis), 7, 12 ;
xii, 4 (bis), 5, 11, 9, 21, 4.
sg. gen. patashaha-sond u , ii, 10; v, 10; vi, 11; sand*
(m. pi.), viii, 1, 13 ; -siinz”, v, 7 (bis) ; viii, 1 ; x, 14 ; -sanze,
v, 2, 4 ; -sanzi, v, 4 ; xii, 4. pdtasheha-sond u , xii, 1, 4 ; -sandis, ii, 5, 6, 7 ; v, 11 ;
xii, 22 ; -sandi, ii, 9 ; -sanden, viii, 1, 6 ; -sandyau, viii, 5 ;
-sum”, x, 5 ; xii, 1 ; -sanze, v, 1 (bis) ; xii, 4, 5 ; -sanzi, xii, 5. pdtashdhi, f. royalty, sovereignty, the state or condition of a king,
x, 2, 4, 9 ; a kingdom, x, 11 ; xii, 19 ; — karun u , to rule,
exercise sovereignty, viii, 12 ; x, 4 ; xii, 26 ; sg. loc. patashdhi-
manz, xii, 19 ; gen. -hond u poshdkh, a royal robe, x, 2, 9 ;
pi. dat. pdtashohiyen-kyut u , x, 11. pdtasheham, inter j. my king! your Majesty! ii, 4 ; v, 9 (bis);
viii, 2, 6 (bis), 7, 8 (bis), 10 (bis), 3 ; x, 2 (bis), 6, 12 (bis) ;
xii, 3 (bis), 19 (bis), 23. pdtashahzdda, m. a king’s son, a prince ; sg. dat. -zddas, viii, 5 ;
pi. nom. -zdda, viii, 3 (bis), 11 (ter) ; dat. -zddan, viii, 4 (bis),
11 (bis) ; gen. -zddan-hond u , viii, 4. patyum u , adj. last, final ; m. sg. abl. patimi pahara, at the last
watch (of the night), v, 8. pdwun, to cause to fall ; impve. sg. 2, with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ace.
pdwun patliar, cause him to fall down, iii, 9 ; fut. impve.
me pbvhi ydd, cause memory of me to fall, i.e. make (so and
so) remember me, vi, 11. pay, m. a clue (for discovering a thief, etc.), iii, 3. pay, m. a means ; mokalan pay, a means of salvation, ix, 11. pydday, m. a messenger ; the messenger of death, x, 12. pydla, m. a cup. viii, 7 ; dba-pydla, a water-cup, viii, 7 ; sg. dat.
lodun pydlas db, he filled the cup with water, viii, 7 ; pyalas
chuh ihaph kariih, he holds the cup, viii, 7.
pyon u HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 370
pyon u , to fall, vii, 19 ; x, 5 ; to fall, throw oneself down (before a person, in humility), ix, 1 ; to fall (into a place), to trespass (into a garden or the like), v, 7 (bis) ; to fall (of sound, on a person’s ears), xii, 15 ; to fall to a person’s lot, to happen to him, to be felt by him, vii, 30 (love) ; viii, 9 (bis) (poverty), 11 (pity) ; ix, 2 (calamity) ; x, 3 (adversity) ; to fall (of sleep), v, 5, 7 ; to fall (in a person’s way), to be encountered, vii, 12.
wasiih pyon u , to fall down (= Hindi gir parnd), ii, 3, 6 ; pyon u pathar, to fall to the ground, to fall down, ii, 11 ; bemdr pyon u , to fall sick, v, 1 ; pyon u petarun, a load of responsibility to fall (on a person, dat.), ii, 5 ; pyom wanun, it is fallen to me to speak, I shall have to speak, xii, 10 ; pyos ndv, a name fell to him, he was named (so and so), xii, 4 ; ydd pyon u , memory to fall to so and so, so and so to remember, iii, 5 ; vii, 20 ; xii, 15 ; amis dod u 6s u pemot u ydd, she remembered the pain, xii, 15 ; chits pewdn nayistdn ydd, she remembers the cane-brake, vii, 26.
impve. sg. 3, peyin, ix, 2 ; indie, fut. pi. 1, with suff. 3rd pres. sg. dat. pemos, ix, 1 ; pres. m. sg. 3, with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. chus pewdn, vii, 26 ; m. pi. 3, pewdn, vii, 20.
past m. sg. 3, pyauv, xii, 15 (bis) ; pev, ii, 3, 5, 6, 11 ; iii, 5 ; v, 1, 7 (bis) ; viii, 9 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. pyom, vii, 12 ; xii, 10 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. pyos, v, 6 ; viii, 11 ; x, 5 ; xii, 4 ; f. sg. 3, with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. peyem, vii, 19 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. peyes, v, 5 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. dat. peyekh, v, 7.
perf . m. sg. 3, chuh pemot u , x, 3 ; plup. m. sg. 3, 6s u pemot u , viii, 9 ; xii, 15 ; fut. subj. f. sg. 3, dsi pemiits u , vii, 30.
pydwal, adj. (of a woman), fresh from childbirth ; f. pi. pydwal, xi, 7.
poz, m. a hawk, falcon, vi, 16 (bis) ; viii, 7 (quater) ; sg. dat. (for ace.) poms, viii, 7.
poz u , adj. true, x, 8 ; with emph. y, as adv. pozuy, x, 6 (ter) ; m. sg. ag. pdz i -poth i , really, truly, x, 6, 10 ; see poth*.
pazun, to be proper = gatshun 1, and used in the same way, the future being used in the sense of the present.
371 VOCABULARY rasad
fut. sg. 3, interrog. yl pazya, is this proper ? is this right ? vi, 8.
racen, see ratun.
rud 1 , rud u , riid u ?not u , see rozun.
rah, m. a fault ; mati rah ladun, to impose a fault on (so and so’s) shoulder, to charge a person with a crime, v, 9.
rahaih (? gender) (=pers. rdhat), rest, repose, ease, tranquillity. kara rahath, I will make ease, I shall be at ease, ix, 4.
raje, m. a king (esp. a Hindu king) (the usual form of this word is raza, but in these stories it only occurs in Nos. x and xi, and, there, under the form raje), x, 7, 8, 14 (ter) ; sg. dat. rdjes, x, 7, 8 (bis), 14 ; ag. rdjen, x, 8 (bis), 14 ; gen. rdje- sunz u , the king’s (daughter), x, 7 (bis) ; voc. raje, xi, 2 (addressed by Queen Victoria to Sir Douglas Forsyth).
In composition we have voc. rdje-sa, Your Majesty ! x, 8 (bis) ; raje-sob (nom. sg.), His Majesty, x, 8 ; voc. rdje-sbba, Your Majesty ! x, 7 ; rdje-bikarmdjeih, King Vikramaditya, ag. -bikarmajetan, x, 8 ; gen. f . -bikarmdjetun”, x, 6.
rajy, m. ruling (as a king) ; — karun, to rule, x, 14.
rajezdda, a prince ; pi. nom. rajezdda, xi, 7.
rakh, f. a plain kept for the pasturage of the king’s cattle, x, 5 ; sg. dat. rakhi, x, 12 (bis).
rukhsath, m. permission to depart, leave of absence, conge ; — dyuri”, to give a person leave to depart, to dismiss, xii, 25 ; — hyon u , to take leave to depart, to take leave, xii, 10, 3.
rumdl, f. a handkerchief, kerchief, towel ; sg. dat. rumdli-keth, in a kerchief, iii, 2.
rinz\ see ryunz u .
rapat, m. a report (the English word) ; — dyun u , to make a report, v, 9.
ropay, m. a rupee ; ropaye-hath, a hundred rupees, viii, 9, 10 ; x, 6 ; ropayes tsor hath, four hundred rupees, x, 1, 2 ; rdpayes pants hath, five hundred rupees, viii, 10 (bis) ; x, 1, 2 (bis).
rasad, f. assembling of provisions, etc., xi, 5 ; share, portion, quota, proportionate division, xi, 10; — karun 11 , to collect supplies, xi, 5 ; — kdrHhan dn l hay nan-gar, menial cultivators were brought in (from the villages), (each village) providing its proportionate quota, xi, 10.
Bb
rosh u HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 372
rosh u , m. a necklace, v, 10, 12.
rost u (f. rutsh”), an adjectival suffix signifying “ without “ ; banana- • rost u , without what is fated, (no one) escapes from what is fated, vii, 23.
rath 1, m. night ; sg. dat. rotas, by night, x, 1, 6 ; xii, 4 ; rdtas- rdth, on this very night, x y 5, 12 ; sg. gen. m. pi. rdtak 1 , of last night, v, 9.
rath 2, f. night ; — aye, night came, x, 5 ; — bariin”, to pass the night, i, 10 ; — lagun u , night to come on, viii, 9 ; — kadiin*, to pass the night, x, 11 : xii, 5 ; — gaye add, the night went to completion, the night came to an end, x, 8 ; xii, 9, 12 ; with suff. of indef. art. rdthdh, xii, 5 ; sg. gen. rots^-hond” , iii, 1.
rath 3, adv. doh ta rath, day and night, i.e. always, continually, vii, 3 ; rdth-kyut u , by night. Cf . ratsas.
reth, m. a month, sg. dat. retas, pi. nom. reth, dat. retan, as in the following : retas-kyut u khar a j or retas khar a j, a month’s expenditure, salary for a month, xii, 4 ; tren retan-kyut u khar a j, salary for three months, xii, 5, 11 ; reth gav add, a month went to completion, a month came to an end, xii, 4 ; trih reth gay add, three months came to an end, xii, 11 ; trih reth gay, three months passed, xii, 6.
ratHi, adv. by night, viii, 9.
rqt a n, m. a jewel ; rat a na-kor u , a bracelet of jewels, xii, 10, 12, 14 (bis), 15 (bis), 18, 20.
ratun, to take hold of, grasp, seize, iii, 5 ; to seize, capture, ii, 11 ; to arrest (a prisoner), v, 7 (bis), 9 ; x, 5, 12 (bis) ; to take hold of, take, accept, viii, 3, 4 (bis) ; x, 3, 5, 8 ? , 12 ; goldm ratun, to engage as a servant, viii, 13 ; latan tal ratun, to hold under the feet, viii, 7 ; mokh ratun, to seize (so and so’s) face, to look intently at, v, 9 ; ketshdh nokhta ratun, to find some fault with (dat.), to get up some charge against, xii, 19 ; ydd ratun, to seize the memory, to keep on the memory, i, 7.
conj. part, ratith, ii, 11 ; iii, 5 ; v, 7, 9 (bis) ; x, 5 ; impve. sg. 2, rath, i, 7 ; viii, 4 ; pol. sg. 2, rathta, xii, 19 ; past sg. m. rot u , x, 5, 12 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. rotun, viii, 7 ; x, 3 ;
373 VOCABULARY sa 2
with sufl. 2nd pers. pi. ag. rot u wa, x, 12 ; pi. rat\ v, 7 ; viii,
13 ; f. sg. ruf, x, 8 ; with sufl. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and 3rd pers.
pi. abl. rut u nakh, viii, 3 ; pi. with sufl. 3rd pers. sg. ag. racen,
viii, 4 ; perf. m. sg. 3, chuh rot u mot u , x, 12. rdtun, to cause to be grasped, to cause to stick ; perf. part. m. sg.
rdt u mot u , viii, 1 (of a thorn). ratsh, f ., a very small amount of (anything) ; ratshi-han, v, 6 (bis),
or ratshi-hand, v, 6 (bis), id. rdtsas, adv. by night, viii, 5. Cf . rath, 3. rawdna, adj. dispatched, sent ; — karun, to dispatch, x, 3. riwun, to lament ; pres. f. sg. 1, ches riwdn, vii, 22. ray, f . belief, judgment, opinion ; thought, meditation, deliberation ;
an intention, viii, 11 ; — karun* , to consider, think, xii, 15. ryunz u , a ball (such as children play with) ; pi. nom. rinz*, v,
3 (bis), 4 (several times), 5. raz, f. a rope ; gdsa-raz, a grass rope, xi, 9. reza, m. a piece, a fragment ; — karun, to cut to fragments. rozun, to remain, continue, i, 5 ; ii, 9 ; vii, 18, 20 (bis), 3 ; x, 1,
6, 8 ; xii, 1, 15, 8 ; to wait a while, to wait, vii, 9 ; to abide,
continue in one place, ix, 6, 8, 10, 2 ; path rozun, to remain
behind, to remain over and above, to be all that is left, xii, 23 ;
pdma rdzan, reproaches will remain, i.e. (1) shall get a bad
name, x, 3.
inf. abl. beddr rozana-soty, by means of remaining awake,
x, 8 ; forming inf. of purpose, rozani ay, came in order to
stay, x, 6, 8, 10, 2 ; freq. part, ruz* ruz { , remaining con- tinually, vii, 18 ; pres. part, rdzan, vii, 23 ; perf. part.
rud u mot u , i, 5 ; xii, 23 ; impve. pol. pi. 2, ruz^v, vii, 9 ;
indie, fut. sg. 2 interrog. rozakha, xii, VS ; 3, rozi, x, 1, 6 ;
pi. 3, rdzan, x, 3 ; pres. f . sg. 3, with sufl. 3rd pers. pi. dat.
nakha rdzan chekh-na, she does not remain near them, ii, 9 ;
past m. sg. 3, rud u , xii, 1, 15 ; pi. 3, rud’, vii, 20 (bis). sa 1, see tih. sa 2, a vocative sufl., equivalent to our “ sir “ or “ sirs “.
Attached to : — (a) A noun, rdje-sa, Your Majesty ! x, 8 (bis). (6) Verbs, ansa, bring, sir, xii, 10 ; anukh-sa, bring them,
SO i
HATIATS SONGS AND STORIES 374
sir, x, 12 ; di-sa, give, sir, x, 8 ; gatsh-sa, go, sir, ii, 9 ; nin-sa, take her, sir, xii, 25 ; niriv-sa, go forth, sirs, x, 9 ; pakiv-sa, walk, sirs, x, 1 ; wan-sa, tell, sir, x, 1 (bis), 2 ; wanta-sa, please tell, sir, ii, 4 ; waniv-sa, say, sirs, x, 6.
(c) A conjunction, yina-sa, that not, sir, xii, 1.
(d) An interjection, hata-sa, 0, sirs, x, 5.
sob (= sahib), an honorific suffix; rdje-sbb, His Majesty, x, 8;
sg. voc. rdje-soba, Your Majesty ! x, 7 ; Khodd-Sob, God ;
sg. dat. Khodd-Sbbas, x, v ; ag. Khodd-Soban, iii, 8 (bis). sabab, m. a reason, cause, viii, 5. subuh, m. morning, dawn, x, 8 ; xii, 9 ; sub a han, adv. in the
morning, at dawn, x, 11 ; sub a hanas, id., xii, 12 ; sub a has, id.,
xii, 5. Subhdn, m. N.P., Sublmn, N. of the author of the 7th story in
this collection, — The Tale of the Reed-flute. sabakh, m. a lecture, lesson, reading ; sabakh dapun, to teach a
lesson, iv, 4 ; v, 5 ; — parun, to read a lesson, to study,
viii, 3, 4 ; sg. dat. sabakas, viii, 3 (bis), 11 ; sabakas dsun,
to be at a lesson, to be at school, viii, 11 ; ches-na tshun”-
muts u nbyid sabakas, I (fern.) was not taught a barber’s lesson,
I did not learn barber’s work, v, 6. Sbbir Tilaiv6n u , m. N.P., Sabir, the oilseller, N. of the author of the
11th story in this collection, — How Forsyth Sahib went to
conquer Yarkand. saddh, .m. a sound, viii, 9. soda, m. goods, wares, merchandise, viii, 9 ; marketing, bargaining,
acting as a merchant, iii, 1 ; v, 10 ; sg. dat. soddhas, iii, 1 ; v, 10. sodagar [iii, 3 (bis), 4] or soddgar [iii, 1 (ter), 3 ; v, 11 (bis) ; viii,
9 (bis), 10 (bis)], m. a merchant ; with suff. of indef. art.
sodagard, viii, 9 ; soddgard akh, viii, 9 ; sg. dat. soddgaras,
iii, 2 ; soddgaras, viii, 9, 10 ; ag. soddgaran, viii, 9, 10 ;
gen. soddgara-sond u , iii, 1 ; soddgdra-sond u , iii, 1 ; pi. gen.
soddgdran-hond u , viii, 9.
soddgar-bdy, f . a merchant’s wife, iii, 1 (bis), 2, 3 ; sg. dat.
-baye, iii, 1, 2. Sodurabal, m. N. of a place in Kashmir ; with emph. y, Sodurabalay,
only in Sodurabal, vii, 31.
375 VOCABULARY shthmar
soh, suh, see tih.
shech 1 , f. a message ; — ladun u , to send a message, x, 3 (ter).
sohib, m. a possessor, owner, lord, great man ; a European gentle- man, xi, 20 (referring to Sir Douglas Forsyth) ; a title of courtesy added to the name of a European gentleman, Phdrsat sohibun u (of Mr. Forsyth), xi, title ; God, iv, 4, 5 ; ix, 3 ; sohib-e dgdh, an intelligent master, i.e. a master of recondite learning, a profound magician, ii, 9 ; sohib-i-kitah, a master of books, a famous author, x, 13 ; sg. gen. Sohiba- sond u , of God, iv, 4, 5 ; Phdrsat sohiburi” (treated as part of a proper name), xi, fcitle ; sg. voc. Sohibo, God ! ix, 3. Bdr-Sohib, the Almighty, vii, 2, 3 ; ag. — Sohiban, vii, 5.
shubun, to shine ; to be beautiful, ii, 4, 5 ; vii, 10 ; to be beautiful, to be glorious, vii, 5 ; to be becoming, to suit, be worthy, be proper, xii, 4, 5.
pres. m. pi. 3, with suff. 3rd pers. sg. gen. chis shubdn, vii, 5 ; imperf. f. sg. 1, os u s shubdn, vii, 10 ; durative past conditional, dsihe shubdn, it would have been (i.e. it must have been, it probably was) beautiful, ii, 4 ; (I would see) how beautiful it was, ii, 5 ; past cond. sg. 3, shubiheh, xii, 4, 5.
shod”, m. news, intelligence, ii, 10.
shah, sheh 1, m. a king; shehan-shah, a king of kings, an emperor, i, 1 ; shdh-i-yilsuph, King Joseph, vi, 1 ; sg. ag. shehan, i, 7.
sheh 2, card. six. sheh zane, six females, xii, 6, 7 ; pi. dat. shea kbd-khdnan, for six prisons, v, 7 ; shen zanen, for (of) six females, xii, 6.
shohi, f . royalty ; khalH-e-shdhi, a robe of honour of royalty, a royal robe, x, 4 (ter).
shehul u 1, m. coolness, cold, i, 11.
shehul u 2, adj. cool ; (of sleep) cold, the reverse of deep, v, 6 ; f. sg. nom. yiyiy nend a r sheh u j u , sleep will come to thee cold, i.e. you will lose the desire to sleep, but it also means cool (refreshing) sleep will come to you, and is misunderstood by the hearer in this sense, v, 6 (bis).
shehmdr, m. a great snake, a huge poisonous python, viii, 6 (bis) ; 13 (bis) ; with suff. of indef. art. shehmdrd, viii, 7 ; sg. dat. shehmdras, viii, 6, 13 ; gen. shehmdra-sond u , viii, 6, 13 (bis).
shehar HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 376
shehar, m. a city, x, 9 ; a country, ii, 1 ; shehar-e-Yirdn, the land
of Persia, ii, 1 ; with sufT. of indef. art. shehard, v, 1.
sg. dat. sheharas, (went) to the city, x, 10 ; riizikh sheharas,
(arrived) near the city, x, 3 ; sheharas and-Jcun, (arrived) at
the outskirts of the city, x, 5 ; sheharas-kun, (went, etc.)
towards the city, set out for the city, x, 3, 5, 12 ; sheharas-
manz, in the city, v, 11 ; x, 14 ; into the city, v, 9 ; sheharas
akis-manz, (arrived) at a certain city, xii, 2 ; sheharas nebar,
(he was taken) outside the city, x, 5. gen. sheharakis, (to the king) of the city, xii, 3. abl. shehara dur, far from the city, viii, 11 ; shehara-
manza, from in the city, viii, 11 ; tsaliv yimi shehara, flee ye
from this city, xiii, 11. shdhzdda, a prince ; sg. dat. -zadas, viii, 13 ; pi. nom. -zdda, viii,
5, 11 (bis), 3. shalch, f . a branch ; shakha-bargau-soty, (beautiful) with the leaves
of (my) branches, vii, 10. shekh, m. anxiety ; — gafshun, anxiety to occur, anxiety to be felt,
v, 8 ; xii, 15. shekh a ts, m. a person, an individual ; with suff. of indef. art.
shekhtsd, x, 1 ; shekhtsdh akh, xii, 3 ; sg. dat. shekhtsas, x,
2 (bis) ; ag. shekhtsan, x, 2, 6. shekal, f . a form, shape ; poshdkas kur u n shekal yinsdn-hish ti , he
folded his clothes into the shape of a man, x, 7. shikam, m. the belly ; sg. dat. shikamas-manz, (entered) into (her)
belly, x, 7 (bis) ; abl. shika?na-manza, (issued) forth from (her)
belly, x, 7 (bis). shikar, m. hunting, sport, the chase ; sg. dat. shikaras, ii, 4, 8 ;
viii, 7. shikast, m. weakness, sickness ; sg. abl. shikasta-soty, owing to (his)
weak condition, v, 5. sholun, to shine, flame (of a lamp) ; pres. sg. m. sg. 3, sholan chuh,
vi, 6. sham, m. evening ; shaman-bog 1 , at about evening, at eventide,
v,5. shemdh, m. the flame of a lamp, vi, 6 ; viii, 13 ; x, 7 (bis). shumdr, f . counting, enumeration ; shumdr buz u , the counting was
377 VOCABULARY sakharun
heard, i.e. the roll-call was heard, the roll was called, xi, 16.
Cf. be-shumdr. shemsher, f. a sword, viii, 6, 13 ; x, 7 ; — kadun u , to draw a sword,
viii, 13 ; x, 7 ; — layun”, to give a blow with a sword, viii, 6 ;
— tuliin”, to raise a sword (in order to strike), ii, 7 ; iii, 9
(ter) ; x, 7 ; sg. dat. kilr u s thaph shemsheri, she seized the
sword, iii, 9 ; gen. shemsheri-hond u teg, the blade of a sword,
viii, 6, 13 ; shemsheri-hunz* tsund u t a blow of a sword, a
sword-cut, iii, 5, 6. sJidnd, m. a bed-pillow ; shdnd dyun u , to put (anything) under
one’s pillow, x, 7 ; khora ches kardn shdnd, she goes from the
foot of the bed to the pillow, v, 5 ; sg. abl. shdnda, v, 5. shortgun, to go to sleep; past m. sg. 3, shpng u , x, 7. The conj.
part, shongith, having gone to sleep, is used as an adjective,
meaning “ asleep “, viii, 7. shendkh, m. one who recognizes, in lal-shendkh, one who recognizes
rubies, a lapidary. See lal-shendkh, s.v. lal 1. shdph, m. a charm, spell, incantation ; amis shdph dyutun, she
pronounced a spell over him, xii, 15 ; shdph tul u nas, she took
the spell off him, xii, 15. Cf. kas a m. shdr, m. a poem, xi, title. shor, m. in shora-gdh, an outcry, vi, 12, 3. shur u , m. an infant, a child ; shur^bdshe, child-talk, infantine
babbling, v, 2. shrdkh, f. a knife, x, 13. sherikh, m. a sharer, partner, i, 10. sherun, to put in order, to arrange ; conj. part, shirith trdwun, to
make ready (for a person), x, 7 ; fut. pi. 1, sherav, xi, 12, 7. shranz, 1 m. a blacksmith’s tongs, xi, 16. shestruw u , adj. made of iron, xii, 16, 7 ; m. sg. abl. shestravi, xii, 16 ;
pi. nom. shestrdv’, v, 4 ; fern. sg. nom. shestriiv”, v, 4 ; abl.
shestravi, v, 4. Shetdn, m. Satan, iii, 8 ; sg. ag. Shetdnan, iii, 8. shotsh, m. purity, the condition of not being denied, hence (x, 3)
pure (i.e. undefiled) food. sakharun, to prepare to set out, make ready to depart. II past, m. pi. 3, sakharyey, xii, 18.
sak a th HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 378
sak a th, adj. hard, severe, vii, 13, 18.
sal, a feast, vi, 2 ; a wedding feast, v, 9 ; sg. dat. solas, v, 9 ;
vi, 2. sol, m. a stroll, ramble, walk, taking the air, excursion, with sufl.
of indef. of art. solah, ii, 2 ; sg. dat. solas, ii, 4, 8 ; iii, 1 ;
viii, 7. sul u , dawn ; suli, at dawn, xii, 23 ; soli-gare (m.c. for suli-gari),
at dawn time, v, 7. salah, m. advice, viii, 11 ; thaviv me-soty salah, make ye a con- sultation with me, i.e. have an understanding with me, have
an intrigue with me, viii, 3. salam, f. peace (in Arabic formulas), x, 14 ; xii, 26 ; a bow, saluta- tion ; a complimentary present, viii, 3 (bis), 11 ; — karun u ,
to make a bow, to salute, iii, 1 ; xii, 4, 5, 9, 12, 3, 6, 7, 20, 3 ;
— pdlun u , id., xii, 16 ; sg. dat. salami, viii, 3. sultan, m. a Sultan ; Sultdn-i-Mahmod-i-Gaznavi, Sultan Mahmiid
of Ghaznl, i, 1. salay, f. a spike, v, 4 ; sg. abl. salayi-soty, with, or by means of,
a spike, v, 4 (bis). Sulaymdn, m. N.P. Solomon, xii, 17. sama, m. heaven ; arz o samd, earth and heaven, vii, 26. sumb u , adj. ; adequate (for), sufficient (for) ; retas sumb u , (money)
sufficient for a month, xii, 4 ; m. pi. nom. lal tratis sumo 1 ,
rubies enough for a necklace, sufficient to make a necklace,
xii, 5. sgmb a run, to collect, bring together, amass ; fut. pass. part. m. sg.
cydn u gatshi sgmb a run u , you must collect, xii, 21 ; conj. part.
sgmb a rith, ix, 9 ; pres. m. pi. 3, chih somb a ran, xi, 7. sdmb^rawun, i.q. sgmb a run ; fut. pass. part. m. pi. gatshan
somb^rawan 1 , they must be collected, xii, 24 ; past m. sg.
sombar6w u , xii, 21,4; with surf. 2nd pers. sg. ag. somb a r6wuth,
xii, 24. samakhun, to meet a person, have an interview with, to encounter ;
past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. samokhukJt, xii, 25. saman, m. requisites, materials, appliances, vii, 5 ; xi, 9 ; pomp and circumstance, xi, 20 ; sdruy saman, the entire appliance, xi, 9 ; ba-s6ruy-samdn, with all pomp, xi, 20 ; pi. nom. saman, vii, 5.
379
VOCABULARY
sond*
samsdr, the world, iv, 1, etc.
son sdn
sg. dat. samsdras, for samsdras- manz, in the world, ix, 6. sdn, postpos. with ; gdta-sdn, with skill, skilfully, i, 6. sina, m. the bosom, vii, 21.
son, m. gold ; sg. gen. sona-sond u , made of gold ; m. pi. nom. sona-sdnd, v, 3, 4 (bis), 5 ; f . sg. sdna-siinz, v, 1 ; sdna-kan, an ear adorned with golden ears ; pi. dat. with emph. y, sdna- kananciy, vii, 11.
adj . deep ; — Jchash, a deep cut, v, 6.
possess, pron. our, x, 12 ; with emph. y, sonuy, viii, 13 ; f. sg. nom. son u , viii, 11 ; x, 5. sond u , postpos. of gen. Added
A. to masc. sg. animate nouns. goldma-sond u , of the servant, viii, 6 ; khoddye-sond u , of God, xii, 7 ; lal-shendka- sond u , of the lapidary, xii, 8, 25 ; mbl i -sond u , of the father, xii, 21, 2 ; phakira-sond u , of the faqlr, x, 12 ; pdtashdha- sond u t of the king, ii, 10 ; v, 10 ; vi, 11 ; pdtasheha-sond u , of the king, xii, 1, 4 ; soddgara-sond u , of the merchant, iii, 1 ; sdddgdra-sond u , id., iii, 1 ; Sohiba-sond u , of the Master (i.e. of God), iv, 4, 5 ; shehmdra-sond u , of the python, viii, 6, 13 ; sonara-sond u , of the goldsmith, v, 2 ; ydra-sond u , of the friend, x, 4, 11 ; Yusupha-sond u , of Joseph, vi, 10 ; zdn i -sond u , of the person, viii, 11.
hihara-sandis, of the father-in-law, x, 12 ; pdtasheha-sandis, of the king, ii, 5, 6, 7 ; v, 11 ; xii, 22.
mbli-sandi, of the father, xii, 21 ; patasheha-sandi, of the king, ii, 9 ; wazira-sandi, of the vizier, xii, 4, 5 .
pdtashaha-sdnd 1 , of the king, viii, 1, 13 ; sonara-sdnd* , of the goldsmith, v, 10. pdtasheha-sanden, of the king, viii, 1, 6. pdtasheha-sandyau, of the king, viii, 5. goldma-silnz u , of the servant, viii, 11 ; Jchdwanda-sunz”, of the husband, iii, 2 ; moP-sunz”, of the father, xii, 19, 20 (ter) ; phakira-siinz u , of the faqlr, x, 8, 14 ; pdtashdha- sunz u , of the king, v, 7 (bis) ; viii, 1 ; x, 14 ; pdtasheha- silnz ii , of the king, x, 5 ; xii, 1 ; rdje-sunz u , of the king, x, 7 (bis) ; sonara-siinz”, of the goldsmith, v, 1, 3, 10.
sangsdr HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 380
pdtashaha-sanze, of the king, v, 2, 4 ; pdtasheha-sanze, of the king, v, 1 (bis) ; xii, 4, 5.
pdtashaha-sanzi, of the king, v, 4 ; xii, 4 ; pdtasheha-sanzi, of the king, xii, 5 ; sonara-sanzi, of the goldsmith, v, 7, 9 (bis) ; ydra-sanzi, of the friend, x, 4.
B. Used with masc. sg. inan. noun, to indicate the material of which a thing is made, sona-sand*, made of gold, v, 3, 4 (bis), 5 ; sona-siinz”, id., v, 1.
C. With sg. an. pron. m. or f. dm i -sond u , of him, v, 3 ; viii, 6, 8, 10 ; of her, xii, 7.
drrf-sandi, of her, x, 5 ; tdm’-sandi, of him, i, 3 ; vii, 6. dmt-sunz, of him, iii, 4 ; xii, 4 ; dmt-sanzi, of her, xii, 15 ; tdm i -silnz ii , of her, xii, 15 ; nazari tdnf-sanzi-soty, owing to his seeing (me), vii, 13. sangsdr, m. lapidation, stoning (the punishment), viii, 8. Sonamarg, f . N. of a marg or mountain plateau in the Sind valley of Kashmir, celebrated for its flowery meads. It is a favourite camping ground for European visitors ; sg. dat. Sonamargi, at Sonamarg, xi, 3. sonar, m. a goldsmith, v, 1 (bis), 3, 5 (bis), 6, 7, 9, 10 (bis) ; sg. dat. sonaras, v, 9 ; gen. sdnara-sond u , v, 2 ; -sand 1 (m. pi. nom.), v, 10 ; -sunz (f. sg. nom.), v, 1, 3, 10 ; -sanzi (f. sg. ag.), v, 7, 9 (bis). sg. ag. irreg. sonar (for sonaran), v, 4. sonar-ath, the goldsmiths’ market, the goldsmiths’ quarter (of a town), v, 7. This word is more usually sonur or son a r. saniyds, m. a kind of Hindu ascetic, a Samnydsin, v, 10, 11 (quater) ; sg. dat. saniydsas, v, 12 ; voc. (poet.) saniydsu, v, 11. sapadun, sapanun, to become.
fut. sg. 2, sapadakh, vi, 11 ; interrog. sapadakha, iii, 2 ; 3, sapadi, vi, 16 ; past m. sg. 3, sapod u , iii, 7 ; sapod u saivar, he became mounted, he mounted (a horse), xii, 1 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. sapodum, there became to me (crushing), I became (crushed), vii, 13 ; f . sg. 2 with neg. suft\ sapuz u kh-na, thou didst not become, iii, 2 ; pi. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat.
381 VOCABULARY sarun
sapanes z a h hatha sara, two statements became tested for him, i.e. he had two statements tested, x, 4.
saphar, m. travelling, a journey, xii, 25 ; sg. dat. sapharas, x, 1, 6 (bis) ; gen. (poet, for sapharuk u ) sapharun u , xi, 3.
sapanes, see sapadun.
sar, m. the head ; sar tsatun, to behead, viii, 11.
sara 1, m. investigation, testing, x, 4 ; sara karun, to test, viii, 13 ; x, 2, 6 (ter), 14. In this phrase, the grammatical object is the thing tested, as in karen tsor katha (f. pi.) sara, he tested four statements (x, 6). Similarly sapanes z a h katha sara, two statements became tested for him, i.e. he had two statements tested (x, 4). Cf. saragi.
sara 2, see sarun.
sdr, an old word, now used in compounds such as sar gatshun, to be flooded, to be covered with a flood of water, iv, 3.
ser, adj. satisfied, contented, i, 3.
sir, m. a secret, a mystery, ii, 4 ; sir bdwun, to explain a secret, vii, 21 ; me ma kar siras phdsh, do not accuse my secret (parts) of unchastity, i.e. do not disgrace me by letting me remain naked, xii, 7.
sdr u , adj. all. This word is always used with emph. y; m. sg. nom. sdruy, iii, 1 ; v, 7, 9 ; xi, 9 ; xii, 19 ; bd sdruy sdmdn, with all pomp, xi, 20 ; pi. nom. soriy, iii, 4 ; v, 9 ; vi, 16.
sur, m. ashes, xii, 23 ; sur mathun, to rub ashes over one’s body (like a Hindu ascetic), v, 9 ; toka-sur, ashes of crushing, i.e. crushing into a powder like ashes, crushing to powder, vii, 13.
sg. dat. suras-manz, in the ashes, xii, 23 ; abl. sura-manza, from amid the ashes, xii, 23.
sarda, m. coolness, i, 11.
saragi, f. investigation, testing, viii, 7 (bis), 8, 10 ; x, 7. Cf. sara 1.
sreh, m. moisture ; with suff. of indef . art. aba-srehd, a water- moisture, a slight trickle of moisture, viii, 7.
srdn, m. bathing ; — karun, to bathe (oneself), xii, 6 (bis), 7 (bis) ; sg. dat. srdnas, v, 9.
sarun, to remember ; fut. sg. 1, sara, xi, 14.
sarun, to carry goods from one place to another, and there to
sar a ph HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES 382
collect them, to pile up ; conj. part, sorith, ix, 9 ; pres. part. sdrdn, xi, 10 ; pres. m. pi. 3, chih sdrdn, xi, 6.
sar a ph, m. a serpent, x, 13.
susurdray, f. a rustling sound, xii, 23.
suti, see tih.
sath, card, seven ; (preceding noun) sath kuth 1 , seven rooms, vi, 3 ; sath hel 1 , seven ears of corn, vi, 15 ; (following noun) nag sath. seven springs, vi, 15 ; gov u sath, seven cows, vi, 15 (fern.) ; lal sath, seven rubies, x, 2, 5, 12 (bis) ; doha lal sath sath, seven rubies each day, xii, 9.
pi. dat. satan kbd-khdnan, to seven prisons, v, 8 ; satan helm (for ace), seven ears of corn, vi, 15 ; satan gov u n (for ace.) seven cows (fern.), vi, 15 ; ndgan satan (for ace), seven springs, vi, 15 ; lalan satan petit, on the seven rubies, x, 5 ; abl. satav-manza, from among the seven, x, 12 ; satav zamlnav tdl\ below the seven worlds, iii, 8.
sath, m. a particular instant of time, a moment, vii, 8 ; with sun\ of indef. art. sdthdh, during a moment of time, for a short time, ii, 4 ; sdthd, id., vi, 3 ; vii, 9.
sg. abl. ami sata, at that time, iii, 6 ; xii, 4, 15 ; with emph. y, yemi sdtay, at what time verily, vii, 8.
soth, m. the season of spring ; sdta, in the spring time, ix, 7.
sethdh, adj. very much ; sethdh yinsdph, great pity, viii, 4. adv. very, very much, exceedingly. With adj. preceding the word qualified, as in viii, 1, 9 (bis) ; or following it as in khobsurath sethdh, very beautiful, xii, 4, 5 ; but sethdh khobsurath, xii, 10, 5 ; khota sethdh khobsurath, much more beautiful than, xii, 10. With a verb, sethdh gav khosh, became much pleased, viii, 11 ; xii, 9 ; so sethdh gokh khosh, viii, 14, but gos sethdh khosh, xii, 12 ; sethdh phyur u , they regretted extremely, viii, 1 ; phyurus sethdh, he regretted extremely, viii, 10.
sotin, postpos. i.q. soty, q.v. governing dat. ; me-sotin, (share) with me, i, 7.
Governing abl., with, by means of ; drdti-sotin, (cut) with a sickle, ix, 5 ; kalama-sotin, (write) with a pen, ix, 12 ; with, by means of, owing to ; muhima-sotin, owing to poverty, i, 4 (bis).
383 VOCABULARY soty
soty, adv. with, together with ; soty dyun u , to give with (a person), to give as a companion, vii, 5 ; x, 14 ; xii, 16 ; soty hyon u > to take (a person) with (one), to take as a companion, ii, 1 ; v, 6 ; soty tulun, to carry along (with one), xii, 2 ; soty -soty, continually in (one’s) company, vii, 5. postpos. governing dat. and abl.
A. Governing dat. with, together with, in various shades of meaning ; thus,
amis-soty, in company with her, v, 7 ; khdwanda^-soty, (burnt) together with her (dead) husband, iii, 4 ; kore-soty, (keep her) in (your) daughter’s society, v, 10 ; me-soty, in company with me, in my company, xii, 2 ; (come) with me, xii, 7 ; (go) with me, x, 9. We have it governing a pronominal suffix in the dat. in soty 6sus, (a falcon) was with him, viii, 7.
With, in the sense of consultation with, etc., me-soty (intrigue) with me, viii, 3 ; (sin ye) with me, viii, 11 ; pdtashdhzddan-soty, (sin) with the princes, viii, 11.
Together with, simultaneously with ; adamas-soty, (created) simultaneously with Adam, vii, 6.
Together with, along with ; karis-soty, (the arm was pulled off) together with the bracelet, xii, 15.
(a marriage) with (so and so) in amis-soty, xii, 15, 8.
(conversation) with (so and so), amis-soty, x, 7 (bis) ; kore- soty, xii, 1.
Special meanings are panas-soty, with oneself, under one’s own control, x, 1, 6 ; tath-soty mushtdkh, enamoured of that, iii, 8.
B. Governing abl., with, by means of ; ami-soty, (scratches) with it, xii, 17 ; bd^shi-soty, (dug) with (his) spear, viii, 7 ; litri-soty, (cut) with a saw, vii, 19 ; beddr rozana-soty (escaped) by keeping awake, x, 8 ; salayi-soty, (scratched) with a spike, v, 4 (bis) ; with emph. y,panja-sotiy, (a pleasant feeling arose) merely owing to (the application of) the (iron) claw, xii, 16 ; thapi-sotiy, merely by means of the grasp, xii, 12.
With, by means of, owing to ; ad a la soty, (contented) . owing to his justice, i, 3 ; asara-soty, owing to the result,
satyum u HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 384
vi, 16 ; bargau-soty, owing to the leaves, vii, 10 ; mahabata- sdty, owing to affection, x, 4 ; nazari-soty, owing to (his) seeing (me), vii, 13 ; shikasta-soty, (fell asleep) owing to weakness, v, 5 ; with emph. y, bochi sotiy, owing only to hunger, vi, 16.
satyum u , ord. seventh ; m. sg. dat. satimis, v, 7 ; f. sg. nom. satim u , xii, 7.
sawab, m. meed, reward (of good works, of faith, etc.), ix, 12.
siwdh, postpos. with the exception of, except, save ; nemis matis siwdh, with the exception of this madman, v, 9.
sawal, m. asking, questioning ; solicitation ; a petition, applica- tion ; — dyun u , to present or make a petition, x, 5.
sawdr, adj. mounted, riding (on) ; sawdr sapadun, to mount, ride, xii, 1.
say, soy, suy, see tih.
syod u , adj. straight ; as adv. yiniau syod u , straight in front of them, viii, 6, 13.
soylsth, m. a horse-attendant, a groom, syce, xii, 3, 4.
sozun, to send ; fut. pass. part. m. sg. nom. sozun u gaishi panuri” hhdwand, you must send your husband, v, 1 ; past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. silzun, x, 4.
ta 1, conj. and, i, 5 ; iii, 5 ; v, 4, 9, 12 ; et passim ; ta — biye, both . . . and, viii, 9.
ta 2, conj. introducing the apodosis of a conditional sentence, as in yi-y, ta tih Jcydh ? ti-y, ta yih Jcydh ? if this, then (ta) what (is) that ? if that, then (ta) what (is) this ? iii, 4 (bis), 9 ; so vii, 9 ; after yeli, when, yeli buz u , ta tsol u , when he heard, then he fled, ii, 7 ; yeli mdrun, ta ada phyurus, when he had killed (the dog), then afterwards he grieved, viii, 10.
ta 3, illative conjunction, hardly translatable, equivalent to the Hindi to. In the following passage translated “ verily “, but this is merely written for want of a better word, viii, 9.
ti, conj. also, viii, 5, 8 ; x, 10, 1, 2 ; xii, 10. Often used as an enclitic, as in ds { -ti, we also, xii, 1 ; me-ti, me also, vi, 11 ; ix, 1 ; xi, 14 ; su-ti, he also, ii, 4 ; ti-ti, that also, viii, 9 ; x, 6 (ter) ; ts a -ti, thou also, ix, 6 ; yi-ti, this one also, x, 8. and, xii, 17.
385 VOCABULARY tagun
even ; kdh-ti, any even, i, 5 ; anyone even, vii, 23 ; keh-ti, any at all, viii, 9.
ti . . . ti, both . . . and, iii, 8 ; x, 13 ; xii, 12 ; to-ti, nevertheless, x, 3.
ti, see tih.
to, in to-ti, nevertheless, x, 3.
tab, m. fever, v, 3, 10.
to¥, e.g. an humble servant, a subject ; with suff. of indef. art. tbVyah, f. (of a woman), xii, 18.
tobir, m. interpretation (of a dream), vi, 11, 4 (bis), 5 (bis), 6 ; — karun, to interpret, vi, 11, 16.
teg, m. the blade (of a sword) ; sg. dat. tegas, viii, 6, 13.
tagun, to be known how to be done, to be possible, used as a quasi- impersonal passive, to make potential compounds. It is generally used to indicate mental possibility, while hekun (which does not occur in these tales) indicates physical possibility. Its use with the infinitive or future passive participle will be clear from the following : —
fut. sg. 3, tagi, it will be possible ; with sufT. 1st pers. sg. dat. and interrog. neg. tagem-na, will it not be possible for me ? i.e. of course I can, of course I know how, x, 5 ; with sufL 2nd pers. sg. dat. muhim tagiy kasunuy, poverty would have been known how to be verily expelled for thee, thou wouldst have been able to expel poverty, i, 15 ; tse ma tagiy, I wonder if (ma) it will be possible for thee, I wonder if you know how (to make it right), x, 5 ; with the same suffix and the interrogative suffix tagiye mfikalavoiin”, will she be possible for thee to be released ? do you know how to release her ? v, 8 ; tagiye yih patashah-kur u bacawiiri*, can you save this princess ? v, 9.
past m. sg. amis tog u bozun dM u , to her the pain was possible to be understood, she could understand the pain, v, 3 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. and neg. togus-na (or tamis tog u -na) mol karun, to fix a price was not known how to him, i.e. he did not know how to fix a price, he could not fix a fair price, viii, 9 (bis), cond. past sg. 3, with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. tih yeli tagihem,
till
HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES
386
if that had been known how to me, i.e. if I had known how, v, 8. till, pron. he, she, it, that.
ANIMATE. Subst. Masc. sg. nom. suh, ii, 8, 11 (bis) ; v, 9 (bis), 10; viii, 7, 8 ; x, 1, 4, ]2 (quater) ; xii, 5, 19 (ter), 20. Used idiomatically in introducing the hero of a story, as suh pdtashehd dkh 6s u , that king one was, equivalent to “ once upon a time there was a king “, viii, 7 ; so viii, 9, 11 ; su-ti, he also, ii, 4 ; suy, he verily, i, 4, 8 ; iii, 3 (bis) ; v, 1 ; vi, 16 ; viii, 7, 9 ; x, 12 ; xii, 25 ; he only, he alone, vi, 6 ; vii, 29, 30 ; x, 1, 6.
dat. tas, to him, i, 5, 8 ; ii, 8 ; iv, 2 ; v, 7 ; vii, 1 ; viii, 6 (bis), 8, 11 (bis) ; tamis, ii, 7 ; viii, 9 (bis) ; iamis u y, to him verily, ii, 1 ; viii, 9 ; xii, 1.
ag. tarn 1 , by him, ii, 1 ; iv, 3, 4, 5, 6 ; x, 3, 12.
gen. (tdm i -sond u ) 1 his ; tdm^sandi, i, 3 ; vii, 6 ; -sanzi, vii, 13.
pi. nom. tim, they, v, 4 (bis), 8 ; viii, 3 (bis), 4 (bis), 11 ; x, 12 (bis) ; xi, 5 ; xii, 16 (ter) ; timqy, they verily, v, 9 ; viii, 4 ; tim-hay, they verily, ix, 8, 9, 10.
dat. timan, to them, them, viii, 1 ; xi, 8 ; xii, 16, 7 ; timan u y, to them verily, them verily, viii, 11 ; xii, 1.
ag. timau, by them, vi, 11 ; timav, x, 12.
gen. tihond u , their, xii, 16 ; tihanza, viii, 3, 11.
Fem. sg. nom. sa, she, v, 5 (bis), 9 ; viii, 11 ; x, 14 ; xii, 6, 10, 5, 9, 20, 5 ; soh, xii, 5 ; say, she verily, iii, 1, 4 ; xii, 14.
dat. tas, to her, xii, 2 (bis), 15 (bis), 25.
gen. (tasond u ), her, tasanden, ix, 3 ; (tdmt-sond”), tdm { - sunz”, xii, 15.
pi. nom. tima, they, them (ace.) (fem.), viii, 11; xi, 9; timay, them verily (fem.), x, 14.
dat. timan, to them (fem.), xii, 6 (bis), 7.
ag. timau, by them (fem.), xii, 7.
Adj. Masc. sg. nom. suh, that, ii, 8, 9 (bis) ; viii, 7 (bis), 10 (bis), 3 (bis) ; x, 12 (bis), 4 ; xii, 25, 6 ; suy, that very, xii, 19.
387 VOCABULARY tih
dat. tas, to that, that, ii, 7 ; vii, 4 ; viii, 7 ; x, 12 ; xii, 7, 20 ; tamis, to that, viii, 9 ; xii, 19.
pi. nom. tim, those, viii, 13.
dat. timan, to those, x, 6.
Fem. sg. nom. sa, that, x, 1, 6, 12 ; sdh, iii, 5.
dat. tamis, to that, iii, 9 ; xii, 10.
ag. tami, by that, x, 10.
pi. nom. tima, those, xii, 19.
INANIMATE. Subst. (m. or f.). sg. nom. tih, that, iii, 4 (bis), 9 ; viii, 3, 9, 11 ; x, 1 ; xii, 3 (bis), 7, 16, 9. As a correlative to a preceding relative, iii, 1, 8 (bis) ; v, 8 (bis) ; xii, 7, 20 ; ti-kydzi, because, viii, 2 ; ti-ti, that also, viii, 9 ; x, 6 (ter) ; tiy, that verily, vii, 1 (bis) ; iii, 9 ; fi, that verily, xi, 1 ; tiy, (for tih + ay), if that, iii, 4 (bis), 9.
dat. tath, for that, for it, ii, 1 ; v, 4 ; vii, 27, 8 ; viii, 6 ; x, 3 ; xii, 16, 8 ; tath 1 , to that verily, iii, 8 ; xii, 4, 11 (ter), 4.
ag. tdmiy, by that verily, iii, 1.
abl. tami pata, after that, x, 12 ; xii, 16 ; tami-peth 1 Jcani, in addition to that, iii, 8 ; tami-tdV, below it, xii, 14 ; tamiy, therefore, x, 14.
gen. tamyukuy, of it verily, vii, 12.
Adj. As an adjective the masculine and feminine forms are commonly used in the sg. nom., even when agreeing with inanimate nouns. In one case the inanimate form of the pronoun is used, viz. tih poshakh, that garment, xii, 6. Other examples are : —
Masc. sg. nom. suh, that, xii, 4 (ruby) (bis), 11 (bracelet), 4 (rock), 5 (pain) ; suy, that very, ii, 4 (magic power, corre- lative) ; vii, 8 (time), 13 (fault) ; ix, 11 (action).
dat. tath, to that, etc., ii, 1 (bis), 7 ; iii, 5 ; v, 6 ; xii, 4, 6 (bis), 11, 4, 5, 24 ; tath 1 , to that very, xii, 6 (bis), 14.
abl. tami, from that, etc., ii, 7 ; v, 5 ; viii, 9 ; x, 12 ; agreeing with inan. gen. masc. iii, 9 ; x, 10 (bis), 4.
pi. nom. tim, those, x, 12 (bis) ; timgy, those very, v, 5.
dat. timan, to those, xi, 6.
Fem. sg. nom. sa, that, viii, 7 (thirst) ; x, 10 (dish of food) ; sdh, xii, 20 (news) ; say, that very, ii, 6 (news) ; viii, 7
cc
toU HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 388
(story), 10 (id.), 3 (id.) ; ix, 4 (prison) ; xi, 5 (assembling) ; soy, vii, 16 (separation), dat. tathjdye, at that place, xii, 15.
abl. tami koli manza, from in that stream, xii, 4, 6 ; tamiy koli koli, along that very stream, xii, 6 ; tamiy wati, by that very road, xii, 14, 5. gen. tami kathi-hond u , of that story, iii, 5.
tohe, toll 1 , see ts a h.
thad or thar, f. the back ; sg. obi. thud u or ihiir* 1 (for thiir* 2, see s.v.) ; sg. abl. thiid^-kani (v, 4, bis), thiir^-kani (v, 4), (turning herself) backwards (from there).
thod u , adj. erect, upright, standing up, ii, 3 ; vii, 11 ; — wdthun, to stand up, ii, 5, 6 ; v, 6, 9 ; xii, 14, 5.
thaharun, to stay in expectation, to await, wait ; pres. f. sg. 1, neg. chus-na thahardn, I am not waiting, i.e. I am not going to stay here, I cannot stop here (on account of the evil smell), ii, 4.
tdhkhith (for tahqiq), adv. of a certainty, certainly, assuredly, x, 12 ; xi, 13 ; xii, 3.
tahol u , m. a groom, x, 5, 12 (quater).
tihond u , tihanza, see tih.
tuhond u , possessive pron. your, ii, 2 ; xii, 15. Cf. ts a h.
thihn”, f. fresh butter. With suff. of indef. art. thun u a, ix, 4.
thaph, f . a grasp with the hand ; sg. abl. thapi-sotiy, merely by means of the grasp, xii, 12.
— din”, to seize, take hold of, thaph dits u s, he seized it, viii, 7 ; dits u n ath thaph, he seized it, he grasped it, xii, 12 ; — kariin u , to take hold of ; kur^nas thaph, he took hold of her, iii, 4 ; hirH thaph shemsheri, he took hold of the sword, iii, 9 ; kanas kur u nas thaph, he took hold of him by the ear, iii, 9 ; kariin* gatshi thaph ddmdnas, you must seize hold of (her) skirt, v, 9 ; kur u s-na k~bsi ddtndnas thaph, no one has seized hold of (my) skirt, v, 9 ; dm* kurunas poshdkas thaph, he caught hold of him by his garment, viii, 9 ; tath 1 kdrhi thaph, you must take hold of it, xii, 11 ; thaph karith, having (previously) grasped, i.e. holding, iii, 8 (bis) (of holding the bridle of, or leading, a horse) ; athas chuh thaph karith, he is
389 VOCABULARY thawun
holding (his) hand, v, 6 ; nalas thaph karith, holding him by the neck, vi, 9 ; chuh thaph karith pyalas, he is holding the cup, viii, 7 ; — layiin*, i.q. — kariin”, v, 9 (poet.).
thur ti 1, see thad.
thiir” 2, f . a shrub ; poshe-thur a , a flower-shrub, ii, 3.
th6th u , adj. beloved, dear, vii, 4 ; i.q. t6th u , q.v.
thdvW, see thawun.
thawun or thawun (this verb is the equivalent of the Hindi rakhnd), to place, put, deposit, ii, 4 ; hi, 1, 5, 9 ; v, 11 ; vi, 5 ; viii, 7, 9, 11 ; ix, 4 ; x, 5, 10, 2 (quater) ; xii, 4, 9, 12, 5, 23 ; to keep, ii, 11 ; v, 10 ; xii, 25 ; to station (a person in a certain place), xi, 6 ; to appoint (a person to a post), akh boy u thdwun wazlr, he appointed one brother Vizier, viii, 14.
amandth thawun, to place as a deposit, to give in trust, x, 12 ; thdwun dabdvith, to press (into the ground), to hide in the ground, to bury, x, 3 ; thdwun darwaza, to open a door, viii, 4 (bis), 11 (bis), 2 ; thawun kuluph, to unlock, iii, 8 (bis) ; thdwun kan, to apply the ear, to give ear, attend, pay attention (to), listen (to), ii, 7 ; viii, 6, 8, 11 ; ix, 1, 4 ; thdviv me-sdty salah, keep an understanding with me, have an intrigue with me, viii, 3.
perf. part. m. sg. nom. thow u mot u , viii, 9. impve. sg. 2, thdv, iii, 8 (bis) ; viii, 4 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. thdwum, viii, 8, 11 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. gen. thawus, iii, 5, 9 ; pi. 2, thdviv, viii, 3 ; pol. sg. 2, thdvta, ix, 4 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. ihdvtam, viii, 6 ; ix, 1 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ace. thavtan, ii, 4 ; pi. 2, thdv’tav, ii, 7 ; fut. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ace. thdvhen, v, 10.
fut. and pres. subj. sg. 1, with suff. 2nd pers. sg. ace. wumdh
ihdwath, I may not now keep thee, ii, 11 ; with suff. 2nd pers.
sg. dat. thdway darwdza, I will open for thee the door, viii, 11.
pres. f. sg. 3, with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. and neg. ches-na
thdwdn, viii, 11.
past masc. sg. thow u , viii. 12 ; with suff. 2nd pers. sg. ag. thdwuth, vi, 5 ; x, 12 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. thdwun, v, 11 ; viii, 7, 14 ; x, 3 ; xii, 15 ; with same, and also with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. thow u nam, ix, 4 ; with same, and
tuj* HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 390
also with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. ih6iv u nas, iii, 1 ; xii, 4, 23 (bis) ;
with same, and also with suff. 3rd pers. pi. dat. thdw u nakh,
viii, 4, 9. pi. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and also with suff. 3rd pers.
sg. dat. thav i nas, xii, 9; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. thovikh, x, 12. fern, with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag., thov^n, xii, 25 ; with same, and also with sufT. 3rd pers.
sg. dat. thilv^nas, x, 5, 10 ; xii, 12 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi.
ag. thovikh, viii, 11. perf. m. sg. with suff. 2nd pers. pi. ag. chuwa ih6w u mot u ,
x, 12 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. chukh ih6w u mot u , x, 12 ;
pi. (without auxiliary) thovhndt 1 , x, 12.
Altogether irregular is the peculiar form thov^k 1 (xi, 6).
This is the m. pi. of the past thdw u , with a pleonastic suffix -k u
added. So that we get th6w u -Jc u , m. pi. nom. thov^-kK tuj u , tujyav, etc., see tulun.
tdk u , m. a tray ; sg. dat. tokis, viii, 4 ; tokis-manz, viii, 12. tokh, m. crushing ; sg. abl. toka-sur, ashes of crushing, crushing
into powder like ashes, crushing to powder, vii, 13. takhsir, m. a crime, a fault, viii, 10 ; x, 12. tukara, m. a piece, fragment ; pi. nom. tuk 9 ra karan 1 , to break or
cut into pieces, viii, 6 ; shehmdras chuh karan tuk a ra, he cuts
the python to pieces, viii, 13. ti-kyazi, see tih. talt adv. below ; tal wasun, to descend, ix, 6 ; postpos. governing
dat., below ; atfr-tal, below it verily, ii, 3 ; ddre-tal, under
the window, v, 4 ; latan-tal, under the feet, viii, 7 ; palangas-
tal, under the bed, viii, 6, 13 ; x, 7, 8. tola, postpos. governing abl. ; lari-tala, issued from under the side,
vii, 7. tdP, postpos. governing abl. ; satav zaminav tal 1 , below the seven
worlds, iii, 8 ; tami tap, below it, xii, 14. talau, interj. ! Ho ! v, 5 (addressed by a woman to her husband) ;
x, 1 (addressed by men to men). teli, adv. then, ii, 3 ; v, 5, 6 (bis) ; xii, 3. tolun, to weigh (something) ; inf. sg. obi. tolani ay, they came to
weigh, ix, 10.
391 VOCABULARY timav
tulun, to raise, take up, lift up, iii, 1, 2, 7 ; v, 4 ; x, 12 ; xii, 2, 4, , 6 (bis), 7, 9, 17 ; mdzas chum tuldn, he is raising bits of my
flesh, i.e. cutting bits out of me, vii, 14 ; nam tuldn’, to cut
(another’s) nails, to manicure, v, 6 ; shemsher tulun*, to raise,
i.e. to draw, a sword, ii, 7 ; iii, 9 ; x, 7 ; shdph tulun, to raise
(i.e. undo) a charm, xii, 15 ; tulun soty, to carry along with
one, xii, 2 ; wdth tulun”, to leap, ii, 9. fut. pass. part. m. sg. gatshi pdshdkh tulun u , you must take
up the garment, xii, 6 ; conj. part, tulith, iii, 7 ; pres. m.
sg. 3, tuldn chuh, xii, 17 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. gen. chum
tuldn, vii, 14 ; 1 past m. sg. tul u , iii, 1 ; with suff. 3rd pers.
sg. ag. tulun, iii, 2 ; xii, 2, 7 ; with ditto, and with suff.
3rd pers. sg. gen. tul u nas, xii, 15 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag.
tulukh, xii, 2 ; pi. tul\ xii, 9 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag.
tulin, x, 12 ; with ditto, and with suff. 3rd pers. sg. gen.
tuPnas, v, 6 ; f . sg. tuj”, ii, 9 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag.
tuj u n, ii, 7 ; iii, 9 ; v, 4 ; x, 7 ; 3 past m. sg. tujydv, xii, 6 ;
with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. tujydn, xii, 4. t a l u r u , f. a bee ; mdch-t a l u r u , a houey-bee, ix, 1, 3, 4, 5 ; sg. ag.
-t a l a ri, ix, 1, 6. tdlav, m. the ceiling of a room ; sg. abl. tdlawa-Jcani, down from the
ceiling, viii, 6. tilaw6ri u , m. an oil-seller, an oilman ; sg. voc. tilawdni, xi, 20. tarn, m. weariness (from walking, travelling, etc.) ; — dyun u , to
cause such weariness, vii, 17. tarn 1 , tami, tim, tima, timau, see tih. turn, you (Hindustani), xi, 4. tamdh, m. longing, longing desire, vii, 26. timan, see tih. tamis, see tih. tamdshe, m. an entertainment, exhibition, sight, show, spectacle ;
sg. dat. mushtdkh tamdshea-kun, enamoured of the spectacle,
iii, 7. tamaskhuri, f. jesting, joking. tdmath, adv. so long (of time) ; tdmath . . . ydmath, so long . . .
as, xi, 20. timav, tamiy, tdmiy, timay, timqy, see tih.
tan HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 392
tan, m. a limb of the body ; pi. nom. tan, viii, 7.
tdnana, tan a nana, tananay, meaningless words, introduced into a
verse, like our “ fol-de-riddle-i-do “, v, 12. tan, adv. and postpos. as far as, up to, as in ot u -tdn, up to there,
i.e. by that time, x, 4, 6 ; az-tdn, up to to-day, until to-day,
x, 7, 8 ; xii, 20 ; tser-tan, up to lateness, i.e. during a long time,
v, 6 ; yot u -tan, up to where, i.e. as soon as, xii, 6 ; yut u -
tdn, up to here, i.e. by this time, in the meantime, v, 7. Used as a suffix implying indefiniteness added to an
interrogative pronoun, as in kus-tdfi wopar, someone else,
v, 4 ; hjdh-tan takhsir some fault or other, viii, 10.
By itself, tan is used in the sense of yut u -tdn, abl., xi, 20 ;
xii, 1. tdph, m. sunshine, i, 11. tare, see tor”, tor 1, m. Mount Sinai ; sg. abl. tora-petha, from on Mount Sinai,
iv, 5. tor 2, adv. there, x, 3.
tora, adv. therefrom, thence, i, 6, 8 ; v, 4, 9 ; viii, 11 :
xii, 1, 11.
tur 1 , adv. there verily, even there, vii, 20 ; x, 3. tor”, f. delay; sg. abl. tare (m.c. for tdri), with delay, hence, as
adv. confusedly, v, 7. tur 1 , see tor 2.
tur”, f. an adze ; sg. abl. tori-dab, the blow of an adze, vii, 18. tur”, f. a tenon (in carpentry), x, 5, 12. tarbyeih, f. instruction, tuition, ii, 4, where the word is treated as
m. It is usually f. treh or trih, card, three ; trih, x, 1, 12 (as subst.) ; trih hatha, three
statements, x, 1 ; lot trih, three rubies, x, 12 ; trih reth, three
months, xii, 6, 11 ; zandna treh, three women, xii, 19 (ter) ;
tithiy treh, three times as much, xii, 24 ; pi. dat. tren retan-
Jcyut” Jchar a j, expenses for three months, xii, 5, 11 ; yiman
zananan tren, to these three women, x, 20. tdrJca-chdn, m. a carpenter, turner, cabinet maker, who is not a
village servant, but who works independently on his own
account ; sg. dat. -chdnas, vii, 17, 20.
393 VOCABULARY trawun
trom\ f. a copper dish, or tray, viii, 3 (bis), 11.
trom u ,i. i.q. tram*, iii, 1.
tdrun, to cause to pass over; bdj tdrun, to take tribute (from a
subordinate king, etc.), x, 10 ; xi, 2 ; zade patios tdrane, to
cause holes to pass over a person’s body, to bore holes in it,
vii, 25 ; pres. part, tdrdn, xi, 2 ; imperf . m. sg. 3, 6s u tdran,
xi, 2 ; past m. pi. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and 1st pers.
sg. gen. tor’nam, vii, 25. tiranddz, m. an archer, a bowman ; pi. nom. tiranddz, ii, 7 ; dat.
tiranddzan, ii, 7. trenaway, card, all three, the three, xii, 25. taraph, m. a direction ; pi. dat. as adv. taraphan, in all directions,
xi, 5. torlph, m. praise : toriph-e- Yusuph, praise of Joseph, vi, 17. trapun, to shut (a room, viii, 3), (a door, viii, 11) ; past m. sg.
with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and 3rd pers. sg. dat. trop u nas, she
shut (the door, — room) against him, viii, 3, 11. tresh, f. thirst ; — cen ti , to drink thirst, i.e. to drink water to allay
thirst, to drink water, viii, 7 (bis) ; — lagiin*, thirst to Ibe
felt, to become thirsty, viii, 7. trot u , m. a necklace, xii, 5 (ter) ; sg. dat. lal tratis sumo*, rubies
sufficient for a necklace. trawun, to let go, let loose ; to abandon, leave behind, ii, 10 ;
xi, 11 ; to emit, give forth, i, 5 (sighs) ; xi, 11 (light) ; to
cast, throw, v, 4 (many times) ; xii, 11, 2 ; to put off, doff
(garments), v, 9 ; x, 2. trawun dram, to take repose, iii, 3, 7 ; viii, 5 ; trawun
kadam, to put forth a step, to step forward, iv, 5 ; trawun
yUa, to let go free, to release, iii, 4 (bis) ; x, 5 (ter), 12. tshanun trovith, to let drop, throw down, xii, 16, 7 ; tshunun
trovith, to throw or dash down and cast away, ii, 5 ; viii,
7 (bis) trawun kadiih, to take off, doff (clothes), xii, 6 ; trawun
mbrith, to kill ( = Hindi mar ddlnd), x, 8 ; palang trawun
shirith, to make ready a bed, x, 7.
fut. pass. part, gatshi kdkad trdwun u , you must throw the
paper, xii, 11 ; conj. part, trovith, ii, 5 ; viii, 7 (bis) ; xii,
treyum” HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 394
16, 7 ; pres. part, trawan, xi, II; perf. part. sg. f. trov”-
muts u , x, 8. impve. sg. 2, trav, iii, 4 ; v, 9 ; pi. 2, trovyuv (for troviv),
x, 5 ; pol. pi. 2, trovHav, x, 5 ; fut. sg. 3, with suff. 2nd pers.
sg. dat. traviy, xii, 6 ; pres. m. sg. 3, chuh trawan, xii, 2 ;
imperf. m. sg. 3, 6s u trawan, i, 5.
past m. sg. trdw u , xii, 7 ; with emph. y, trdwuy, iv, 5 ;
with sufL 3rd pers. sg. ag. trdwun, ii, 10 ; iii, 3, 7 ; v, 4 (ter) ;
x, 2 ; xii, 12 ; with ditto, and sufL 1st pers. sg. dat. trdw u nam,
v, 4 (ter) ; with ditto, and suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat. trdw u nay,
v, 4 (ter) ; with sufL 3rd pers. pi. ag. trdwuhh, viii, 5 ; x, 5 ;
with ditto, and suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. trdw u has, x, 7, 12. past f. sg. with sufiF. 3rd pers. sg. ag. trov u n, iii, 4. treyum u , ord. third, viii, 8 ; m. sg. dat. treyimis, viii, 8.
f. sg. nom. treyim”, xii, 19 (bis) ; abl. treyimi lati, on the
third occasion, viii, 7. tas, tasond u , see tih. tasali, m. satisfaction; — as-na, satisfaction did not come to him,
he did not become satisfied, vi, 16. tat 1 , adv. there, in that place, ii, 1 ; v, 1, 7, 9 ; viii, 12. tati, adv. from there, thence, iv, 2 ; vii, 17 ; there, in that place
(for tat 1 ), iv, 7 ; v, 7 ; x, 5 ; xii, 4, 6, 14, 6 ; with emph. y,
tatiy, there verily, v, 9. tota, m. a parrot, ii, 4, 5 (bis), 6, 7 (bis), 8, 9, 11 ; sg. dat. Mas,
ii, 9 ; tdtas-manz, ii, 5, 8 ; ag. totan, ii, 7, 10. tot u , adv. there, in that place, v, 1 ; xii, 7, 16 ; from there, thence,
iii, 9. tath, tath*, see tih.
tdth u , adj. beloved, iv, 4 ; i.q. thdth u , q.v.
tithay, adv. ; tithay poth 1 , in that very manner, xii, 22. Cf. tyuth u . tdv, m. fever caused by starvation ; hence, exhaustion generally
as in sapharun u tdv, exhaustion of the journey, exhaustion
from long travel, xi, 13. tuwun, to close (the eyes) ; 2 past f . pi. tuvyeye ache, he closed his
eyes, xii, 22. tay 1, a pleonastic word put at the end of a line of verse, iv, 1 if. tay 2, m. authority ; — karun, to rule, xi, 3.
395 VOCABULARY tshanun
tiy, that verily ; if that ; see tih.
toyiphddr, m. an artizan ; pi. dat. -damn, xi, 16 (for genitive).
taydr, adj. ready, complete ; — karun, to make ready, to complete,
prepare, iv, 2 ; xii, 18, 22. tyut u , adv. so soon ; yiit u . . . tyut u , as soon as … so soon,
xii, 2. tyuth u , adj. such, of that kind ; m. pi. nom. with emph. y, tithiy treh, three times so many, xii, 24 ; f. pi. nom. titsha, such (women), xii, 19.
tyuth u (with emph. y, tyuihuy) is often used adverbially to mean “ so “, “ exactly so “, v, 6 ; viii, 7 ; xii, 12, 5. Cf. tithay. In viii, 7, it means “ at that very time “. tyulh u is correlative of yuih u , and tyuthuy of yuthuy. tse, see ts a h. tsoce, see tsdt*.
ts% thou, ii, 11 ; iii, 2 (fern.), 9 ; v, 3, 5, 7, 12 ; vi, 11 ; viii, 1 (bis), 3 (fern.), 6, 8, 10, 1 (fern, bis), 3 ; ix, 1 (bis) ; x, 1, 4, 5, 8, 12 ; xii, 1, 4 (bis), 5, 10, 3 (bis), 5 ; ts a -ti, thou also, ix, 6 ; ts a y, thou verily, i, 10 ; xii, 15.
sg. acc.-dat. tse, v, 10 ; vi, 11 ; viii, 3, 11 ; x, 5, 12 ; xii, 3, 7 (bis), 13, 8, 21 ; tse-nishe, in thy possession, x, 14. ag. tse, i, 12 (v.l.) ; ii, 11 (bis) ; xii, 20. gen. For this, the possessive pronoun cy6n u is used, q.v. pi. nom. toh*, viii, 3, 5 (ter), 13 ; xii, 1 (quater). acc.-dat. tohe-nish, in your possession, x, 5, 12. ag. tohe, x, 12.
gen. For this, the possessive pronoun tuhond u is used, q.v.
tshddun or tshddun, to seek for, search for ; imperf. f. sg. 1, with
sufT. 3rd pers. sg. ace. os u san tshdddn, I (fern.) was seeking for
him, xii, 15 ; 3 past m. sg. with suff. 1st pers. sg. ag. tsMjyam,
I searched (earth and heaven), vii, 26. Cf. tshdrun.
tshajydm, see tshddun.
tshanun or tshunun {tshanun is used only in villages), to cast, throw ; to put, place, viii, 6 ; x, 7 ; to put on (clothes), v, 9 (bis) ; x, 4 ; to apply (an ointment, medicine, etc.), v, 6 (bis) ; — not 1 , to put on the neck, tie on to the neck, viii, 10 ; to put on (clothes), xii, 7 ; — sahakas, to put to
khananawun HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES 396
a lesson, to teach, v, 6 ; woth tshuniin u , to throw a leap, to
leap, ii, 9 ; iii, 4 ; — kadith, to drive out, expel, viii, 10 ;
to doff clothes, x, 9 ; — nahiih, to cancel, xii, 4 ; — phirith,
to put upside down, iii, 5 ; — troviih, to let drop, throw down,
xii, 16, 7 ; to dash down and cast away, ii, 5 ; viii, 7 (bis) ;
— tsatiih, to tear to pieces, xii, 15.
fut. pass. part, f . sg. tshuniin”, iii, 4 ; perf . part, f . sg. neg.
chesna tshun^miits” sabakas, I have not been taught, v, 6. impve. sg. 2, tshun, iii, 5 ; v, 9 ; pol. sg. 2, tshun-ta, x, 4 ;
fut. tshari i zi, xii, 16. pres. m. sg. 3, tshanan chuh, xii, 17. past m. sg. tshon u , xii, 7 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag.
tshunun, ii, 5 ; v, 6, 9 (bis) ; viii, 6 ; x, 7, 9 ; with ditto, and
with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. tshun u nas, viii, 7 (bis) ; xii, 15 ;
with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. tshunukh, viii, 10 ; with ditto, and
with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. tshun u has, xii, 4 ; f. sg. with
suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. tshunun, ii, 9 ; viii, 10. past cond. sg. 1, tshunaho, v, 6. tshanandwun (village form for tshunanaimri), to cause to be cast ;
past pi. m. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. tshananovin, x, 13. tshopa, in tshopa karith, having made silence, in silence, xii, 4. tshdrun, a dialectic form of tshddun, q.v., to search for, seek ; pres.
m. pi. 3, tshdrdn chih, iii, 3 ; fut. pi. 1, tshdrav, xi, 17. tshela, adj. extinct ; ndr gomot u tsheta, the fire had become extinct,
xii, 23. tshdta, m. a stout stick, a club, iii, 1, 2. tshdwul, a he-goat, iii, 5 (ter). tshyot u , m. remains or leavings of food, orts, refuse, offal ; hence,
food which, as such, is considered to be defiled, x, 3, 12 (bis) ;
fern. tshet ti -han, a little waste food, x, 5. tsiij u , etc., see fsalun. tsakh, fern, rage ; sg. abl. tsakhi-hot u , m. full of rage, vii, 14 ; tsakhi-
nishe, from anger, vii, 2. tsalun, to flee, run away, ii, 7, 9 ; v, 5 ; vi, 8 (bis) ; viii, 4 (bis),
11 (bis), 3 ; ix, 1 (ter), 4 ; xii, 25 ; to escape by flight, ii, 8. pres. part, tsaldn, vi, 8 ; viii, 13 ; impve. pi. 2, tsaliv, viii,
4, 11 ; pres. subj. sg. 3, with irreg. suff. 2nd pers. pi. dat.
897
VOCABULARY
tsur
tsaliv, (I say) to you he may escape, ii, 8 ; imperf. m. sg. 3, 6s u tsaldn, xii, 25.
1 past, m. sg. 3, tsol u , ii, 7 ; vi, 8 ; pi. 3, tsdl { , viii, 4, 11 ; f . sg. 3, tsuj u , ii, 9 ; v, 5.
2 past, f. sg. 1, tsajyeyes, I (fern.) fled, ix, 4.
perf. f. sg. 3, cheh tsuj u muts u , ix, 1 ; 2, chekh tsuj^muts, ix, 1 ; pluperf. f. sg. 3, o’s” tsuj^muts , ix, 1.
tsamruiv u , adj. made of leather, leathern, xii, 16, 7.
tson, see tsor.
tsiind u , f . a blow, a stroke ; — ldyun u , to strike a blow (with a sword), iii, 5, 6.
tsdnun, to cause to enter ; to bring in ; past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. tsonukh, iii, 7 ; f . with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and 1st pers. sg. tson u nam lar, he caused pursuit to enter for me, i.e. he caused me to run away, ix, 2. Causal of atsun, q.v.
tsop u , m. a bite ; pi. nom. tsdp i hen*, to take bites, to bite repeatedly, x, 7.
tsop6r u , adv. on all four directions, on all sides, ii, 3, 5 ; (sopor*, id., xii, 21, 4.
tser, m. delay ; — gatshun, delay to occur (to a person), to be delayed, to be late, iii, 1 ; v, 9 ; tser-tdn, up to lateness, during a long time, v, 6.
tsir 1 , adv. late, iii, 1.
tsor, card, four, x, 12 (ter) ; gay tsor, they became four, viii, 5 ; following qualified noun, mahaniv* tsor, four men, x, 5 ; mdrawdtal tsor, four executioners, x, 12 ; neciv* tsor, four sons, xii, 1.
Preceding qualified noun, tsor doh, four days, xii, 23 ; tsor hath, four hundred, x, 1 (bis) ; tsor hatha (f.), four state- ments, x, 6 (ter) ; tsor pahar, four watches, viii, 5 ; tsor ydr, four friends, vii, 5 ; tsor zdn\ four persons, x, 1 (bis).
pi. dat. mdrawdtalan tson, to four executioners, x, 5 ; ts&n asmdnan-peth, on the four heavens, iv, 4 ; tsdn zanen, to the four persons, viii, 5 ; x, 5 (bis), 12. ag. tsdrav zanev, by four persons, x, 1, 2.
tsur, m. a thief, x, 12 (ter) ; xii, 1 ; lort-tsur, a fate-thief, a destroyer of good luck, vii, 12.
1sU+* HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 398
pi. nom. tsilr, viii, 9 ; xii, 1 ; ag. tsurav, iii, 3 (bis) ; tsurau,
viii, 9 (bis), fewr”, f . theft ; — kariin”, to do thieving, to be a professional
thief, xii, 1 ; sg. dat. gav tsuri (for tsure), he went to steal,
xii, 1 ; ag. tsuri-pdth 1 , like theft, secretly, xii, 6, 7, 17 ;
tsuri-pothin, id., iii, 1. tsrdl u , m. a police spy, a detective. In v, the word is used in the
sense of a police constable, pi. dat. tsrdlen, v, 7. tsdrun, to pick out, select ; past cond. sg. 3, mane tsdrihe (for tsdrihe),
he who might pick out (i.e. explain) the meaning, vi, 14. tsoratsh, (?) f., a leather-cutter (the tool), xi, 14. tsilryum u , ord. fourth ; m. sg. dat. tsurimis, viii, 11 (ter) ; ag. tsurim*,
xii, 1. tsot?, f. a loaf ; pi. nom. tsoce, v, 7 (bis), 8 (bis). tsdth, m. a pupil ; sg. dat. tsdtas bdhan hatan-hond u , (a leader) of
twelve hundred pupils, v, 1 . tsdtahdl, m. a school, viii, 4, 11 ; abl. -hdla, viii, 4. tsatun, to cut, to tear, tsatith tshanun, to tear (a paper) to pieces,
xii, 15 ; sar (or halo) tsatun, to behead, iii, 2 ; viii, 6, 11. fut. pass. part. m. sg. tas gatshi kala (or sar) tsatun u , his
head should be cut off, viii, 6, 11 ; pi. tim gatshan tsatdn 1 ,
they must be cut, v, 4 ; conj. part, tsatiih, xii, 15 ; fut. pi. 3,
with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. tsatanas, they will cut for him,
v, 7 ; do. interrog. tsatanasa, v, 7 ; past m. sg. tsot u , iii, 2 ;
pi. with sufT. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and 1st pers. sg. gen. tsdfnam,
ix, 5. wa, conj . used in the corrupt Arabic phrase, wa-saldm, wa-yihrdm, and
the peace, and the respect, a polite ending to a story, equivalent
to “ may peace and respect be upon the hearers “, x, 14. wobdl, f. a guilty condition, blameworthiness ; sg. dat. wobdli
(m.c. for wobdli), v, 2. wuchun, to see ; to look at, inspect, v, 5 ; vii, 18, 24 ; viii, 1, 3 ;
to watch, iii, 1 ; viii, 6, 9. inf. nom. with sufL of indef. art. wuchundJi hor u nahh, she
made a look at them, i.e. she looked at them, viii, 3 ; abl.
forming inf. of purpose, wuchani, in order to see, viii, 7. impve. pol. sg. 2, wuchta, ix, 4 ; x, 5 ; pi. 2, wuchHav,
399
VOCABULARY
wbdaM
viii, 1 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. ace. wuchHom, please inspect me,
vii, 24 ; indie, fut. sg. 2, wuchakh, iii, 8.
pres. m. sg. 1, chus wuchan, iii, 8 ; 2, Jcydh chukh wuclvdn,
what dost thou see ? iii, 8 ; 3, chuh wuchan, iii, 1, 4, 7, 8 ;
viii, 6, 9 ; xii, 4 ; wuchan chuh, iii, 7 ; xii, 19 ; with suff. 1st
pers. sg. ace. chum wuchan, vii, 18 ; imperf. m. sg. 3, 6s u
wuchan, iii, 1. past m. sg. wuch u , iii, 8 ; v, 9 ; xii, 15 ; with suff. 3rd pers.
sg. gen. wuchus chendas, (she) looked into his pocket, v, 5 ;
with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. wuchun, i, 4 ; ii, 1 ; iii, 8 (bis), 9 ;
v, 5, 7 (with two singular grammatical subjects — one fern.,
the other, the nearer, masc.) ; viii, 6, 7 (bis), 9 (bis), 10 ;
x, 5, 8 ; xii, 2, 7 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. wuchukh, ii, 4 ;
x, 8 ; xii, 1 ; aih blis wuchukh, they looked at that nest,
viii, 1 ; pi. wuch 1 , v, 4 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. ag. wuchim,
vi, 15 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. wuchin, v, 5 ; with suff.
3rd pers. pi. ag. wuchikh, v, 9 ; with ditto, and also suff.
3rd pers. pi. nom. wuch { hakh, they were seen by them,
viii, 1.
f . sg. wuch u , x, 3 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. wuchan, ii, 8 ;
iii, 4, 5 ; x, 5 ; xii, 15 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. wuchukh,
xii, 2 ; pi. with suff. 1st pers. sg. ag. wuchem, vi, 15.
past cond. sg. 1, wuchaha (for -ho, similarly the next),
I would see, i.e. I should like to see, viii, 10 ; with suff.
3rd pers. sg. ace. wuchahan, I should like to see it, ii, 5 ;
3, wuchihe, viii, 10. wad, f- crookedness, v, 1. wdda, m. (wa’da), a vow. With izafat, wdda-y-Khoda, a vow by
God ; waday-Khodd dyun u , to swear by God, to make a vow
in God’s name, xii, 7 (bis), 15 (bis). wod, f . the crown of the head ; sg. dat. wodi-peth, on the crown of
the head, iii, 1 ; xi, 12, 6. wdda, adv. from there, xii, 23. Cf. ora, s.v. dr. wadun, to lament, to weep ; fut. 1, neg. interrog. wadand, shall
I not weep ? vii, 25 ; pres. f. sg. 1, ches waddn, ix, 1 ; imperf.
f. sg. 3, 6s u ivadan, vii, 16 ; m. pi. 3, waddn ds\ xi, 5. wodane, erect, standing up, iii, 1, 8 ; viii, 6 ; — rozun, to remain
waday HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 400
standing, to stand, xii, 1 ; yih wuchuhh ati wodane, they saw
him standing there, xii, 1. waday, see wdda. Viginah, m. N. of a certain forest goddess ; Viginah Nag, a spring
sacred to her, v, 9 (ter). Wahab, m. a Musalman proper name, Wahb. Wahab-Khar, Wahb
the Blacksmith, N. of the author of stories ii and vi ; voc.
Wahab-Khara, ii, 12 ; vi, 17. vih, m. poison ; pyos wolinje vih, poison fell into his heart, i.e. he
became in an agony of pain, v, 6. w8h, adv. now, iii, 9 ; i.q. won, q.v. woj u , f. a finger-ring, v, 1 ; x, 8 (bis) ; xii, 14 (bis), 15. wakth, m. time ; sg. abl. ami wakta, at that time, vi, 16. wokawun, to draw forth, bring out ; conj. part, anun wokavith, to
draw out (e.g. from a store-room) and bring, vi, 16. wola, see yun u . ivolad, m. offspring, issue, progeny ; woldd-i-Adam, a descendant
of Adam, iv, 3. walaikum (borrowed from Arabic), and on you, xii, 26. Cf. wa. walun, to wrap round anything ; tegas walun phamb, to wrap
cotton wool round the blade (of a sword), viii, 6, 13 ; zdlas
walun, to wrap round in a net, to entangle in a net, ix, 7.
Inf. abl. forming pass, walana yun u , ix, 7 ; pres. m. sg. 3,
chuh waldn, viii, 13 ; past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag.
wolun, viii, 6. walun (causal of wasun), to cause to descend, to bring down, iii, 9 ;
vii, 17 (bis) ; x, 8 ; xi, 11 ; bon walun, id., viii, 1 ; basta
walun ti , to bring the skin down, to flay a person alive, viii, 6 ;
kabari walun, to cause to descend into a tomb, to bury (a
dead man), iv, 7 ; kangan walun”, to cause a comb to descend,
to comb the hair, v, 4. fut. pass. part. f. sg. ivalun”, viii, 6; conj. part, wolith,
vii, 17 ; n. ag. m. sg. nom. with emph. y, wdlawunuy,
immediately on bringing down, vii, 17; impve. sg. 2, with
suff. 3rd pers. sg. ace. walun, iii, 9 ; pi. 2, with same suff.
wdlyun ; indie, fut. pi. 1, wdlav, xi, 11 ; 3, with suff. 1st pers.
sg. ace. walanam, iv, 7 ; pres. f. sg. 1, ches waldn, v, 4 ; past
m. pi. with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. wdlikh, viii, 1.
401 VOCABULABY wanun
wdlinj”, f. the heart, x, 5 ; sg. dat. wolinje, v, 6 ; pi’, nom. wolinje,
viii, 3, 4 (ter), 11 (bis), 2. wdlanay, f . bringing down ; humiliation, humbling (a proud person),
vii, 15. wdlawosh*, f . a kind of net made of hair (will), for catching birds or
animals ; sg. dat. (in sense of loc.) -wdshi (poet, for wdshe),
v, 2. wumedwdr, adj. hopeful, i, 13. wumdh, a negative adv. signify “ now not “, as in wumdh thdwath,
now I may not keep thee, how can I keep thee now, ii, 11. wan, m. a forest, a wood ; sg. dat. wanas akis-manz, (she arrived) in
a certain forest, ix, 1 ; abl. wana-manza, from in the forest,
ix, 4 ; gen. wanuJc u , ix, 1, 3, 5 ; pi. dat. wanan, ix, 2 ; path
wanan, at the back of the woods, vii, 10. wan, m. a shop, i, 2 (bis) ; a shop, in the sense of a working place,
e.g. a blacksmith’s shop, xi, 17 ; abl. wdna-wdn, from shop
to shop, i, 2. won u , m. a thing said (properly past part, of wanun) ; wan 1 din 1 ,
to give sayings, to send messages, xi, 20. wanun, to say, speak, till ; wanun phirith, to say in reply, to answer,
v, 4 ; wanun pot u phirith, id., x, 7.
inf. pyom wanun, it fell to me to speak, I shall have to
speak, xii, 10 ; abl. lag 1 wanani, they began to say, x, 1 ;
conj. part, wanith, vi, 16 ; mdkalow u ami wanith, she finished
telling, ix, 6 ; perf . part. won u mot u , a thing said, iv, title ;
f. wun^muts”, vii, 30.
impve. sg. 2, wan, ix, 6 ; xi, 20 ; wan-sa, tell, sir, x, 1 (bis),
2 ; with sufL 1st pers. sg. dat. wanum, tell (say) to me, iii, 5 ;
vi, 15 (bis) ; pi. 2, waniv, kydh Jcariv, say ye what ye will do,
xii, 1 ; waniv-sa, say ye, sirs, x, 6 ; with sufL 1st pers. sg.
dat. wanyum, tell ye me, x, 6 ; pol. sg. 2, wanta, iii, 9 ; x,
1, 8 ; wanta-sa, say please, sir, ii, 4 ; pi. 2, wdn { tav, viii, 5 ;
x, 1. fut. sg. 1, wana, xii, 19 ; with sufT. 2nd pers. sg. dat.
wanay, I shall (would) say to (tell) thee, i, 12 (v.l.) ; viii,
6, 8, 11 ; ix, 4 ; x, 2 (bis) ; with sufT. 2nd pers. pi. dat.
wanamowa, (a village form), x, 1 (bis), 2 ; 3, wani, vii, 20, 6 ;
won HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 402
with suff. 2nd pers. |g. dat. waniy, iii, 4 ; pi. 3, wanan, x, 12.
pres. m. sg. 3, (without auxiliary) wanan, v, 2 (to, kuri) ; viii, 1 (bis), 11 ; ix, 1 ; wanan chuh, x, 6 ; with emph. y, chuy ivanan, i, 13 ; vii, 3 ; with sufL 3rd pers. sg. dat. chus wanan, viii, 7 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. dat. wanan chukh, x, 7 ; f. sg. 3, cheh wanan, vi, 2 ; vii, 1, 20, 6 ; wanan cheh, ix, 6 ; with emph. y, chey wanan, vii, 16 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. ches wanan, v, 2 ; wanan ches, v, 5.
past m. sg. won u , x, 12 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. ag. and 2nd pers. sg. dat. won u may, I said to thee, xii, 20 ; with suff. 2nd pers. sg. ag. and 3rd pers. pi. dat. won u thakh, thou saidst to them, x, 2 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. wonus, said to him, xii, 25 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. wonun, he said, viii, 11 ; neg. wonun-na, xii, 7 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and 3rd pers. sg. dat. won u nas, v, 4 ; pi. with suff. 1st pers. sg. ag. and 3rd pers. sg. dat. watfmay, iv, 1.
f . sg. with suff. 2nd pers. sg. ag. wunHh, x, 1 ; pi. with suff.
1st pers. sg. ag. and 2nd pers. pi. dat. wanemowa (a village
form), x, 1 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and 3rd pers. pi. dat.
wanenakh, x, 1 ; with suff. 2nd pers. pi. ag. wanewa, x, 6.
past cond. sg. 3, wanihe, vii, 24 (bis).
won, adv. now, v, 6 ; vii, 26 (bis) ; viii, 7. Cf. wdh.
wun, even now, now indeed, now, immediately, ii, 5 ; iii, 1, 2 ; v, 5, 6, 8 ; viii, 10, 1 ; ix, 4 (bis), 6 (bis), x, 5 (bis), 6, 7 ; xii, 6, 15, 8 (ter), 9 ; wurie, now and on, still, still more, x, 1 ; wunP-y, i.q. wun, viii, 7.
wopha, see be-wopha.
wophadori, f. loyalty, fidelity, faithfulness, ii, 2 (bis), 3, 4 (ter), 5, 6, 7, 10, 2.
wophoyl, see be-wophoyi.
wophir, adj. (m.c. for wophir), abundant, plentiful ; tobir Yusuphas chuh wophir, there is abundant interpretation to Joseph, i.e. he is full of interpretation, vi, 14.
wopar, adj. other ; kus-tan wopar, someone else, v, 4.
warn 1, adj. well, safe, in good condition ; wara-kara, safe and sound, x, 8.
403 VOCABULARY wasun
wdra 2, adv. well, thoroughly, properly, vii, 24.
vir, ? gend., a fine (in money) ; vir heth, bringing the money (to
pay a fine), v, 7. w’w* 1, f. a kind of small earthen pot ; pi. nom. ware, xi, 13. ww* 2, f. a garden, a field plot in which flowers (e.g. saffron) are
cultivated ; sg. abl. wdri and (m.c.) ware, in the (saffron-)
field, v, 7. vir*d, m. skilled practice ; hence, magic skill, magic power, ii, 3, 4. wwiddth, ? gend. an occurrence, incident ; kari amis kentshdh
woriddth, he will do some occurrence to him, i.e. he will devise
something against him, xii, 19. warihy, m. a year ; pi. nom. warihy, xii, 20. wora-moj*, f. a step-mother, viii, 1, 11 ; sg. dat. -mdje, viii, 11. wwa-necyuv u , a step-son ; pi. gen. -neciven-hond u , viii, 3. wartdwun, to deal out (to), distribute, apportion, dispense ; pres.
m. pi. 3, (chili) wartdwdn, xi, 7. wdraydh, adj. very much, excessive ; wdraydh Jcdl (viii, 2) or
— kdldh (viii, 2), or — kdlas (iii, 1), for (during) a very long
time. wwyuv u , m. the house of a man’s father-in-law, the house of a
wife’s father ; sg. dat. worivis-manz, x, 3. woruz, f . the second wife of a widower, — kariln, (of a widower)
to take a second wife, viii, 1, 11. (The word also means a
woman who has married a second time, after the death of her
first husband.) ves, f . a female friend, a female crony, xii, 14 ; sg. voc. vest, ix, 1 ;
vis^yiy, ix, 11. wals, f . the age (of a person) ; sg. dat. hath waisi gav, he went in
age a hundred (years), i.e. he lived for a himdred years,
ii, 12. wosh, m. a sigh, a groan ; pi. nom. 6s u trdwdn dh ta wosh, he was
emitting sighs and groans, i, 5. This word is more usually
written wosh. It is here probably altered to wdsh for the
sake of rhyme. wasun, to descend, go down, come down, iii, 2, 5, 9 (bis) ; v, 9 ;
vi, 16 (bis) ; viii, 6, 13 ; ix, 4, 6 ; x, 5 ; xii, 6, 7, 11 ; to
come down (in the sense of coming along), to descend (upon
Dd
wustdd HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 404
a place), v, 7 ; wasun bon, to descend, get down, viii, 4 ; xii, 14, 5 ; tal wasun, to go down below, ix, 6 ; wdth 1 guryau petha bon, they dismounted from the horses, xii, 2 ; wasith pyon u , to fall down, tumble down, ii, 3, 6 (= Hindi girparnd). inf. sg. obi. log u wasani, he began to descend, viii, 6 ; fut. pass. part, f . sg. cheh tal wasun” jay, there is a place to be descended below, i.e. there is a place to which one must (in the end) descend (sc. the grave), i.e. we must all die, ix, 6 ; conj. part, wasith, ii, 3, 6.
impve. pres. sg. 2, was, iii, 5, 9 ; pi. 2, wasiv, vi, 16 ; viii, 4 ; fut. wdshi, xii, 14 ; with neg. wds { zi-na, xii, 11 ; indie, frit sg. 3, with sufT. 2nd pers. sg. dat. wasiy, she will descend in thy presence, xii, 6.
pres. m. sg. 3, chuh wasdn, v, 7 ; wasdn chuh, viii, 13. past m. sg. 3, wotk u , iii, 9 ; xii, 15 : pi. 3, wdth 1 , vi, 16 ; x, 5 (m. and f. subject) ; xii, 3 (m. and f. subject) ; f. sg. 1, wiltsh^s, ix, 4 ; 3, wutsh”, iii, 2 ; xii, 7 ; with emph. y> wutsh a y, v, 9.
wustdd, m. a preceptor, tutor, teacher ; esp. the teacher from whom the reciter learnt the stories in this book. Very common in the phrase dapan wustdd, “ the teacher says,” as in ii, 1, 5, 9, 10, 2, et passim ; wustdddh, a certain teacher, i, 13.
wasth, m. an article, a thing ; pi. nom. (for ace.) wasih, v, 1.
vis { yiy, see ves.
wath, f. a way, a road, a path, v, 9 ; xii, 14 ; tath os u -na wath, there was no path into it, i.e. no one was allowed to enter it, ii, 1 ; sg. abl. wati, (going) by or along a road, v, 7 ; x, 1 ; xii, 14, 5 ; drav yara-sanzi wati, he went forth by the road of his friend, i.e. he took the road to his friend’s house, x, 4 ; ada-wati, on half the road, half-way, mid-way, vii, 20 ; har- wati, on every path, ii, 2 ; wati wati, along the road, vii, 17.
wath, m. joining, uniting, junction, repairing something broken ; wdth harun, to repair, join broken pieces, x, 12 (bis).
wdth, f . a leap, jump ; — tulun”, to leap, ii, 9 (bis) ; — tshunurC 1 , id. iii, 4.
woth u , see wasun.
wpth u , see wothun.
405 VOCABULARY watun
wuth, m. a camel ; abl. wwtha-bdr, m. pi. camel-loads, i, 9. wdthun, to arise, rise, ii, 3 ; iii, 1, 8 (bis) ; v, 6, 9 ; vi, 12, 3 ; xii,
3, 23 ; to arise (of some immaterial thing), to come into
existence, to happen, iii, 3 (an outcry) ; vi, 15 (a famine) ;
(with dat. of person), to rise in reply to a person, to up and
answer, viii, 11 ; xii, 20 ; phirith wdthun, having replied to rise,
to rise and answer, to up and answer, viii, 6 ; x, 2, 6 ; xii, 11 ;
wdthun thod u , to rise erect, to stand up, ii, 5, 6 ; v, 6, 9 ; xii,
14,5. conj. part, wothith, ii, 3 ; v, 6 ; impve. sg. 2, woth, iii, 8 (bis) ;
indie, fut. sg. 3, woihi, vi, 15 ; with sufT. 2nd pers. sg. dat.
wothiy thod u , (the rock) will stand up before thee, xii, 14. past m. sg. 3, woth u , ii, 5, 6 ; v, 9 ; vi, 12, 3 ; xii, 3, 15, 23 ;
with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. wgthus, he up and answered him,
viii, 6 ; x, 2, 6 ; xii, 21.
f. sg. 3, wotsh, iii, 1, 3 ; with sufL 3rd pers. sg. dat. wotshs,
she up and answered him, viii, 11 ; xii, 11, 20. cond. past sg. 3, neg. wothihe-na ihod u , he would not have
stood up, i.e. he would not have been able to stand up, v, 9. watharun, to spread out ; inf. sg. gen. watharunuk u musla, a skin
of spreading out, a leather mat, xii, 18 (bis) ; conj. part.
wathariih, xii, 21. watharun u , m. a mat, a carpet, xii, 24. woiharun, to wipe clean ; inf. obi. log u woiharani, he began to wipe
clean, viii, 6 ; imperf. m. sg. 3, 6s u wothardn, viii, 6, 13 (bis). wdt u j u , see watul. watul, m. a sweeper, a mihtar ; sg. ag. wdtdV, xi, 14 ; voc. (addressed
by his wife) wdtal-ganau, pimp of a mihtar, xi, 15 ; f.
wdt u j u , a mihtar’s wife, sg. dat. wdt a je, xi, 14 ; voc. wdt”j\
xi, 15. Cf. mdra-wdtul. wotamukh 1 , adv. upside down, v, 9. wdtun, to arrive, come to, come up to, reach, ii, 8 ; iii, 1 (ter),
2 (bis), 3 (ter), 4, 7, 9 ; v, 1, 4 (bis), 6, 7, 8, 9, 11 ; vii, 12, 29 ;
viii, 4, 5, 6, 7 (bis), 9, 10, 1 (bis) ; ix, 1 (bis) ; x, 2, 3, 4 (ter),
5 (bis), 6, 7 (bis), 9, 11, 4 (bis) ; xii, 1, 2, 4, 5 (ter), 8, 10 (ter),
1, 2 (bis), 3, 4, 5 (ter), 6, 7, 8 (ter), 9 (bis), 20, 2 (quater),
3, 4 (bis), 5 (bis) ; to arrive at (a person, dat.), get at (him),
watun HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES 406
circumvent (him), xii, 13 ; to be suitable, to be proper, to be convenable (in this sense, the fut. is used in the sense of the present, like gatshi, see gatshun 1) ; tse ta ase wdti-na, is not proper for thee and for us, viii, 3, 11 ; kyah wati karun u , what should be done ? viii, 6, 8, 11.
In the sense of “ arriving “ if the object is a person, it is usually put in the dative governed by nish, as in wot u lalshendkas-nish, he came to the lapidary, xii, 25 ; so me-nish, to me, xii, 22 (bis) ; waziras-nish, to the vizier, xii, 5, 10, 3, 9 ; ydras-nish, to (his) friend, x, 4, 11 ; zanani- nish, to the woman, xii, 4. Or it may be indicated by a pronominal suffix, as in wdtus, he came to him, xii, 10 ; wots u s, she came to her, ix, 1 ; xii, 15.
If the object is not a person it may remain simply in the nom. form of the ace. as in wdt u panun u shehar, he arrived at his own city, x, 9 ; wdt u gara, he reached the house, iii, 3 ; v, 1, 4 ; x, 4, 6, 14 ; xii, 1, 5, etc. ; or it may be put in the dative, as in w6t u tath jdye, he arrived at that place, xii, 15 ; or a postposition may be used, as in wdt u sheharas-kun, he arrived at the city, x, 5 ; or (with manz) chuh watan bdgas-manz, he arrives in a garden, iii, 7 ; so janatas-manz, in heaven, xii, 24 (bis) ; sheharas-manz, in the city, x, 14 ; xii, 2 ; wanas- manz, in a forest, ix, 1 ; or (with peth) wdt u ndgas peth, he arrived at the spring, iii, 4 ; xii, 12. It will be observed that the word shehar, a city, may be used either by itself or with Jcun or with manz.
inf. bbl. log u wdtani, he began to arrive, viii, 6 ; fut. past part. m. sg. nom. gotsh u wdtun u , v, 7 ; gatshi wdtun u , xii, 22 (bis) ; perf. part. m. sg. nom. wdt u mot u , xii, 22 ; conj. part. wotith, vii, 12 ; xii, 18.
fut. sg. 1, wdta, xii, 24 ; 2, wdtalch, xii, 16, 24 ; 3, wati, iii, 9 ; viii, 6, 8, 11 ; xii, 15 ; neg. wdti-na, viii, 3, 11 ; pres. m. sg. 2 neg. chukh-na watan, xii, 13 ; 3, chuh watan, iii, 7.
past m. sg. 3, w6t u , ii, 8 ; iii, 1 (bis), 3, 4 ; v, 1, 4 (bis), 6 ; viii, 4, 7 (bis), 9, 10, 1 (bis) ; x, 3, 4 (bis), 5 (bis), 6, 7 (bis), 9, 11, 4 (bis) ; xii, 1, 4, 5 (ter), 10 (bis), 1, 2 (bis), 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9 (bis), 20, 2, 3, 5 (bis) ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. ivdtus,
407 VOCABULABY wazir
xii, 10 ; pi. wot 1 , iii, 1 (m. and f. subject) ; v, 9 (ditto), 11 ; viii, 5 ; x, 2, 4 ; xii, 2 (m. and f. subject), 8 (ditto), 18 (ditto).
f . sg. 3, wots u , iii, 2 (bis), 3 ; v, 8 ; ix, 1 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. wots^s, ix, 1 ; xii, 15. fut. perf . m. sg. 3, dsi wdt u mot u , vii, 29. 3 past m. sg. 3, wdtsdv, iii, 3.
wdtandivun, to cause to arrive ; fut. pi. 3, wdtandwan, v, 9 ; past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. wdtandwun, iii, 9 ; viii, 9 (bis) ; f. sg. with same suff. wdtandwan, v, 10.
wdtawun u , n. ag. of wdtun, one who arrives, with emph. y, as adv. wdtawunuy, immediately on arriving, xii, 15.
wots u , see wdtun.
wotsh u , see wothun.
wutsh u , see ivasun.
wutsha-prang , m. a flying couch, equivalent to the flying carpet of English fairy-tales, xii, 18.
wots u s, wdtsdv, see wdtun.
wawun, to sow ; past m. pi. with suff. 1st pers. sg. ag. wdwim, ix, 9.
vyur u , m. flower-nectar ; with sufl. of indef . art. vyur u dh, a little nectar, a drop of nectar, ix, 2.
wdz, m. a sermon (Musalman) ; pi. nom. (for ace.) wdz, xii, 1.
viz, f. a time, a season ; abl. harda-vizi, in the autumn season, ix, 8.
wuzun, to awake, be awakened, aroused ; past f . sg. 3, wuz u , viii, 11 ; with sufl. 3rd pers. sg. dat. wuz*s, viii, 11. In both cases of an evil desire.
wazir, m. a prime-minister, a vizier, ii, 1, 6 (bis), 11 (ter) ; viii, 4, 11, 4 ; xii, 1, 2 (quater), 4, 5, 10 (bis), 3, 9 (bis), 22, 3, 4, 5 (ter), 6 ; sg. dat. waziras, ii, 4 (bis), 5 (bis) ; viii, 11 ; xii, 4, 5, 5 (nish), 10 (nish), 3 (nish), 9, 9 (nish) ; ag. waziran, ii, 4, 5 (bis), 7 ; viii, 1, 4, 12 ; xii, 1, 19, 25 ; gen. wazira- sandi gari, in the vizier’s house, xii, 4, 5 ; voc. ay wazira (addressed by a subordinate), xii, 4 ; wazira (ditto), xii, 13 ; ha wazira (ditto), xii, 19 ; ha wazira (ditto), xii, 10 ; ha wazlro (addressed by a superior), ii, 4 ; pi. nom. wazir, viii, 1, 2 ; dat. waziran, viii, 4 ; ag. wazirau, vi, 16 ; viii, 2.
waziri HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES 408
wazlrl, f . the post or office of a vizier, viziership, xii, 26.
y (izdfat), see e, i, y.
yd, conjunct, or, ii, 12 ; viii, 1 ; yd … yd, either … or, x, 3, 7 ; xii, 9.
yi 1 (izdfat), see e, i, y.
yi 2, yi, see yih 1.
Yiblis, m. Iblis, Satan, the Devil, iv, 2.
Yibrdhim, Abraham (the Patriarch), iv, 6.
ydd, m. memory, remembrance ; ydd-i-Aldh, memory of God, i, 7 ; nds^yeth ydd heth, keeping the advice in mind, xii, 17 ; ydd pdwun, to cause memory to fall, to cause to be remembered, (dat. of obj. remembered), vi, 11 ; ydd pyon u , memory to fall, remembrance to come (to so and so), iii, 5 ; vii, 20 ; xii, 15 ; amis ddd u 6s u pemot u ydd, to her the pain has fallen (as) memory, i.e. she bore in mind the pain, xii, 15 ; chus pewdn nayistdn ydd, the canebrake falls to her as a memory, she remembers the canebrake, vii, 26.
yed, f. the belly ; with suff. of indef. art. yedah, ix, 7.
yidam, m. (corruption of the Sanskrit idam), this (world), vii, 6.
yufrkdh, m. an ‘Idgdh, the common outside a town where Musulmans celebrate the ‘Id services (put by an anachronism in Joseph’s time), vi, 16 (bis).
yeg-jah, see yekh-jdh.
yih 1, pron. demonstr. this ; (referring to a person or thing near by, or just referred to), he, she, it. See noth or neih.
ANIMATE. Subst. Masc. sg. nom. yih, this (referring to a male), xii, 2 (bis), 15 ; he, ii, 9, 11 ; iii, 7, 8 ; v, 5 ; viii, 6, 13 ; x, 1, 2, 5 (bis), 6, 12 (bis) ; xii, 1, 3 (quater), 6, 15, 24, and others ; yuh (for yih u ), he, xii, 5 ; yuh, this, ii, 9 ; x, 12 ; with emph. y, yihuy, he verily, x, 7 ; xii, 15 ; yohay, him verily (nom. form of ace), x, 8 ; yuhuy, x, 1 ; yi-ti, this one also, x, 8.
pi. nom. yim, they (masc), ii, 3 ; viii, 1, 3, 13 ; x, 1 (bis) ; xii, 2, 3, 23 ; they (one masc. and one fern.), xii, 18.
dat. yiman, to them (masc), vii, 24 ; viii, 1, 3, 11 ; x, 12 (bis) ; xii, 21 ; to them (masc. and fern.), v, 8 ; in sense of
409 VOCABULARY yih 1
gen., of them, viii, 1, 4, 11, 12 ; with emph. y, yiman u y, to them verily, vii, 20 ; viii, 13.
ag.-abl. yimau, by them, ii, 3 ; viii, 1, 3, 5 ; xii, 1 (bis), 17 (bis), 22 ; yimav, v, 8 ; viii, 11 ; x, 6, 12 ; yimov, x, 1 ; with emph. y, yimav^y syod u , in front of them verily, viii, 6 (m. and f.).
gen. (f. nom.) yihilnz”, of these (birds, masc), viii, 1.
Fem. sg. nom. yih, this (referring to a female), v, 10 (ter), 12 ; x, 8 ; xii, 25 ; she, ii, 8 ; iii, 4 ; v, 6, 10 (ter) ; viii, 3 ; xii, 4 (ter), 15, 20 ; with emph. y, yihay, she verily, xii, 20.
pi. dat. yiman pata, after them, xii, 7.
ag. with emph. y, yimav^y, by them verily, iii, 7.
Adj. Masc. sg. nom. yih, this, ii, 8, 9 ; iii, 3, 4 ; v, 5, 10, 1 ; viii, 6 (bis), 7, 9 (ter), 10, 3 (bis) ; ix, 4 (bis) ; x, 5, 7 (bis), 8, 10 (bis), 3, 4 ; xii, 1, 3, 4 (ter), 7, 10 (ter), 3 (bis), 5 (bis), 8, 21 (ter), 2, 4, 5, and others ; yiih, in yus yiih wazir 6s u , he who was this vizier, ii, 11.
dat. yimis, to this, iii, 8 ; x, 5.
ag. yim\ by this, x, 2, 12.
pi. nom. yim, these, v, 9 ; viii, 1 (m. and f .), 3 (bis), 5 (bis), 11 (quater).
dat. yiman, to these, ii, 11 ; vii, 24 ; viii, 1, 3, 4, 11 (bis) ; x, 5.
ag. yimau, by these, v, 7 ; viii, 3, 9 ; yimav, iii, 1 ; x, 1, 5 ; x r 12 (bis).
Fem. sg. nom. yih, this, iii, 1 ; v, 7, 8, 9, 10 ; viii, 1 ; ix, 1, 4 ; x, 7 ; xii, 1, 2, 4 (bis), 5, 6, 7, 13, 5, 8, 20, 5, and perhaps others.
pi. nom. yima, these, iii, 8.
dat. yiman, to these, xii, 11, 4, 9, 20.
INANIMATE. Subst. Masc. sg. nom. yih, this, iii, 4 (bis), 8, 9 (bis) ; vi, 16 ; viii, 7, 11 ; x, 4, 5 (bis), 7, 12 ; xii, 4 (bis), 16, 23, and others ; it, viii, 7 ; with emph. y, yl, this indeed, vi, 8 ; yihuy, this verily, viii, 10 (bis) ; yiy, this very thing, viii, 1 ; this verily, ii, 5 ; yiy, this verily, vii, 24 ; iii, 9 ; with conj. ay, if, yiy, if this, iii, 4 (bis), 9.
dat. yiih, to this, v, 1, 6 ; viii, 9 ; xii, 21.
yih 2 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 410
pi. nom. yim, these (referring to masc. inan. things), x, 2, 12 ; yima (referring to fern. inan. things), viii, 4.
Adj. sg. nom. yih, this, ii, 3, 10 (bis) ; v, 6 ; viii, 1, 5,
7 (bis), 9, 10, 3 ; x, 1, 4 (bis), 5 ; xii, 7, 11, 2, 5 (bis), 7 (bis), 8, 22, 3 (bis), 5, and others ; with emph. y, yihoy, verily this, v, 10 ; yuhay, this very, xi, 2.
dat. yith, to this, iii, 5, 8 (bis), 9 ; v, 9 ; x, 5, 12.
abl. yimi, from this, viii, 4, 11.
pi. nom. yim, these (masc. things), v, 12 ; x, 12 ; xii, 6 ; yima, these (fern, things), v, 8 ; viii, 4 ; x, 1, 2, 6 ; with emph. y, yimay (fern.), these very, xii, 3, 23.
dab. yiman, to these, x, 5.
It will be observed that when emph. y is added to yih, the word takes several varying forms. As occurring in these tales they are as follows : yihuy (an. m. and inan.), yihay (an. f.), yihoy (inan.), yuhuy (an. m.), yohay (an. m.), yuhay (inan.), yiy (inan.), yiy (inan.), y% (inan.). yih 2, pron. rel. who, which, what. In construction, the antecedent clause as a rule contains a demonstrative or other pronoun as correlative, but in the following cases there is no correlative pronoun : —
(a) Eelative clause preceding antecedent clause, ii, 9 ; xi, 3, 8.
(b) Antecedent clause preceding relative clause, v, 7. When there is a correlative pronoun it is most usually
some form of the demonstrative pronoun tih, q.v., as in — (a) Eelative clause preceding antecedent clause, ii, 4, 7,
8 (bis), 11 ; iii, 1, 8 (ter) ; v, 8, 9 ; vi, 16 ; vii, 1, 29 ; viii, 6, 8, 9, 11 ; ix, 9 ; x, 1 (bis), 6, 12 (bis) ; xi, 1 ; xii, 3, 7 (bis), 20, 2.
(6) Antecedent clause preceding relative clause, ii, 7 ; v, 5 ; vii, 8, 29, 30 ; x, 1, 6, 10, 2 ; xii, 4, 7, 11, 5, 25.
Or the correlative pronoun may be some form of yih 1, as in (in every case the antecedent clause preceding), x, 5 ; xii, 20, 5.
Or it may be some form of the pronoun ath, as in (antecedent clause in each case preceding), ii, 9 ; vi, 14 ; x, 7.
411 VOCABULARY yih 2
In vi, 14, the antecedent is the genitive of the interrogative pronoun kydh, i.e. kamyuk u , of what ?
Sometimes the correlative pronoun is used twice, once immediately after the relative, and again in the antecedent clause, which in this, case follows the relative clause. The repeated correlative is not necessarily the same as the one after the relative pronoun. Thus, yus suh iota 6s u , yuh 6s u phakiras nishe, who he (i.e. he who) was the parrot, he was with the faqir, ii, 9 ; so yus yiih wazir 6s u , suh chuh hdpatas- manz, he who was the vizier, he is (now) in the bear, ii, 11 ; yus yih pdtashdha-sond u mor u 6s u , yih trdwun, that which was the body of the king, that he abandoned, ii, 10 ; yesa yih Ldlmdl Pan os u , tas dyutun rukhsath, she who was the Fairy Lalmal, to her he gave leave to depart, xii, 25 ; yesa yih fata uil u n zinith, sa thov u n panas, she whom he had won and after- wards brought home, her he kept for himself, xii, 25.
Like the demonstrative pronouns, the relative pronoun has animate and inanimate forms, and either of these may be substantival or adjectival. But in some cases in which we should look upon the relative as a substantive it is treated as an adjective. This is specially the case when the antecedent correlative is an adjective. In such a case the relative, even if not in direct agreement with a noun, also takes the adjectival form. Thus, suh lal, yus tujydn, xii, 4, that ruby which she had taken up. Here we have the in- animate adjectival form yus, because the antecedent correlative, suh, is an adjective. The inanimate substantival form would be yih. Similarly, yih panun u saphar, yus noyidan 6s u pesh on u rrwt u , this (yih) his suffering, which he experienced at the hands of the barber, xii, 25.
The following forms of this pronoun occur in these tales : —
ANIMATE. Subst. Masc. sg. nom. yus, ii, 7 (bis), 8, 11 ; v, 9 ; vi, 14 ; vii, 29 ; x, 1, 6, 12 (bis) ; yus-akhdh, whoever, viii, 6, 8, 11.
dat. yes, ii, 8, 9 ; vi, 16 ; vii, 1, 29, 30.
ag. yem i , xii, 7.
pi. nom. yim, ii, 9 ; xi, 8.
yuh HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 412
ag. yimav, xi, 3.
Fem. sg. nom. yesa, x, 6 ; xii, 20, 5. dat. yes, xii, 15.
Adj. Masc. sg. nom. yus, ii, 9, 11 ; x, 12 ; xii, 25. Fem. sg. nom. yesa, x, 1 ; xii, 25.
INANIMATE. Subst. sg. nom. yih, v, 7 ; viii, 9 ; x, 1 ; xii, 6, 7 (bis), 20 ; with emph. y, yiy, what verily, xi, 1 ; yih-kentshdh, whatever, iii, 1, 8 (ter) ; v, 8. dat. yeth, x, 7, 10. abl. yemi, xii, 11. pi. nom. (masc.) yim, v, 5 ; x, 5. Adj. sg. nom. yus, ii, 4, 10 ; vi, 14 ; xii, 4, 25. abl. yemi sdtay, at what time verily, vii, 8. pi. nom. (masc.) yim, ix, 9. yuh, yuh, see yih 1. yihunz”, see yih 1.
yihay, yihoy, yihuy, yohay, yuhay, yuhuy, see yih 1. yikh, see yun u . yekh-jdh, adv. in one place, (of two persons) together, x, 12 ; yeg-
jdh, id., ii, 4. yikrdm, in wa-saldm wa-yikrdm, inter j. (may) both the peace and
respect (be on you) (corrupt Arabic), x, 14. yel, m. pulling (with the arms), restraint ; abl. yela trdwun, to release from restraint, to let a person go, iii, 4 (bis) ; x, 5 (ter), 12. yeli, relative adv. when, at what time, ii, 3, 7 (bis) ; iii, 8 ; iv, 7 ; v, 5, 6 (bis), 9 ; vi, 11 ; vii, 19 (ter), 26 ; viii, 6, 7, 10 ; ix, 5, 7 ; x, 1, 3 (ter), 4 (bis), 5, 7 ; xi, 1 ; xii, 1, 15 (bis), 6, 8, 22. In v, 8, “ when “ is used in the sense of “ if “. yem 1 , yemi, see yih 2. yim 1, yima, yimau, yim 1 , yimi, see yih 1. yim 2, see yih 2. yimaho, see yun u .
yimdmath, ? gender, the office of a leader of prayers in a mosque, boh kara yimdmath, I shall act as prayer-leader in a mosque, I shall adopt the profession of such a leader, xii, 1. yiman, yiman^y, yimis, see yih 1.
418 VOCABULARY yun u
yamath, adv. as long as, tdmath . . . yamath, so long … as, xi, 20.
yimav 1, yimdv, yimav u y, see yih 1.
yimav 2, see yih 2.
yimawa, see yun u .
yimay, see yih 1.
yimoy, see yim”.
#ina, conj. that not. kmy akh hath, yina-sa kath karakh, I say to thee one word, viz. that, sir, you will not make conversation, i.e. I tell you one thing, — do not converse, xii, 1.
yini, see yun u .
yun u , to come, i, 8 ; ii, 2, 3, 12 ; iii, 1 (bis), 3, 4 (bis) ; v, 5 (quin- quies), 6 (bis,) 7, 9 (bis), 10, 1 ; vi, 2 (bis), 15, 6 (bis) ; viii, 2, 3 (bis), 6 (bis), 7 (ter), 8, 9, 11 (ter), 3 (ter) ; ix, 1, 3, 6, 7, 8 (bis), 12 ; x, 1, 3 (bis), 4, 5, 6, 7, 12 (quinquies), 4 ; xi, 20 ; xii, 1, 3 (bis), 4 (quater), 5 (ter), 6 (bis), 7 (quinquies), 10, 2, 3 (bis), 4, 5 (bis), 6, 20, 3 (bis), 4.
dv armdn, longing came (to the king), i.e. he felt longing, iii, 9 ; bdgan 1 yun u , to come by (one’s) share, to obtain on ‘s » share allotted by fate, to receive one’s fated portion, ix, 4 ; bruha yun u , to come in front, to be seen in front of a person, to come into sight, x, 1 ; boy yin”, a smell to come, a smell to be perceived, xii, 15 ; gar a panun u yun u , to come to one’s own house, to go home, v, 10 (bis) ; xii, 5, 13 ; Idrdn yun u , to come running, viii, 6 ; nend a r yin u , sleep to come, v, 6 (bis) ; dv tsurimis zdn i -sond u pahar, the watch of the fourth man came, i.e. it was now the time for him to go on watch, viii, 11 ; phakh chus yiwdn, a stink comes from it, i.e. it stinks, ii, 4 ; rath dye, night came, x, 5 ; subuh log u yini, morning began to come, x, 8 ; so subuh dv, morning came, xii, 9 ; tasali ds-na, satisfaction did not come to him, i.e. he was not satisfied, vi, 16 ; dye zabdn, speech came, i.e. she became able to speak, ix, 1.
With conj. parts, we have heth yun u , having taken to come, i.e. to bring, to take with one (Hindi le and), iii, 1 ; viii, 6 ; xii, 2, 5, 11, 2 ; ninth yun u , to come forth, xii, 12 ; phiriih yun u , to come back, to return, v, 1, 4, 10 (bis).
yun u HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 414
With the abl. of the infinitive of another verb yun u forms a passive, as in k a nana yun u , to be sold, vii, 26 ; walana yun u , to become wrapped up, ix, 7. The passive of bozun, to hear, bozana yun u , means (1) (potentially) to be visible, xii, 22 ; or (2) to be considered as such and such, to appear to be such and such, viii, 5 ; x, 4 (bis) ; or (3) to be known, recognized, as such and such, xii, 3.
inf. me na bani yun u , to come will not be possible for me, i.e. I shall not be able to come, x, 3 ; tse gatshi yun u , thou must come, xii, 7 ; tuhond u gatshi yun u , you must come, xii, 15 ; abl. subuh log u yini, morning began to come, x, 8 ; fut. pass. part. f. hets u nas yin u nend a r, sleep began to come to him, v, 6 ; perf. part. m. sg. dmot u , come (H. dyd hud), viii, 6.
impve. sg. 2 (irreg.) wola, v, 5 ; x, 5, 12 ; pol. sg. 2, yita, with emph. y, yitay, ix, 1 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. yitam, please come to me, vi, 2.
fut. sg. 1, yima, with suff. 2nd pers. pi. dat. yimawa, I will come to you, xii, 1 ; 2, with neg. interrog. yikh-nd, wilt thou not come ? vi, 2 ; 3, yiyi, xii, 16 ; with suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat. yiyiy, will come to thee, v, 6 (bis) ; xii, 6 ; pi. 1, yimav, with suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat. yimoy, we shall come to thee, v, 10 ; 3, yin, with suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat. yinay, they will come before thee, xii, 6.
pres. m. sg. 3, chuh yiwdn, xii, 3 ; yiwdn chuh, v, 5 ; xii, 4 ; neg. yiwdn chuna, xii, 22 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. abl. chus yiwdn, is coming from it, ii, 4 ; pi. 2, chiwa yiwdn, viii, 5 ; f. sg. 3, cheh yiwdn, xii, 15 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. and neg. ches-na yiwdn, v, 6 ; imperf . f . pi. 3 (auxiliary omitted) yiwdn, vi, 15.
1 past m. sg. 1, as, x, 12 ; 2 (with vocative suff. 5) akho, ii, 2 ; 3, dv, i, 8 ; ii, 3, 12 ; iii, 1, 9 ; v, 1, 4, 9, 10 ; vi, 16 (bis) ; viii, 3, 6 (ter), 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 (bis), 3 ; x, 6, 7, 12, 20 ; xii, 3, 4 (ter), 5 (quinquies), 7 (bis), 9, 10, 11, 2 (bis), 3 (ter), 4, 20, 3, 4 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. dm, viii, 13 ; with suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat. 6y, x, 4 ; xii, 3 ; irreg. with neg. interrog. dy-nd, did there not come to thee ? ix, 3 ; with suff. 3rd pers.
416 VOCABULARY yora 2
sg. dat. as, viii, 7 (bis) ; x, 4 ; with neg. ds-na, vi, 16 ; x, 4 ; with suft\ 3rd pers. pi. dat. dkh, x, 1 (bis).
pi. 1, ay, v, 9 (m. and f.) ; x, 6, 7, 8, 12 ; 3, ay, viii, 2, 11, 3 ; ix, 7, 8 ; with sufE. 1st pers. sg. dat. am, viii, 3, 11.
fern. sg. 1, ayes, ix, 4 ; 2, ayekh, iii, 1 ; 3, dye, iii, 4 (bis) ; v, 5, 7, 10 ; vii, 26 ; ix, 1 ; x, 5, 12 ; xii, 2, 7 ; with neg. dye-na, v, 6 ; with neg. interrog, ix, 3 ; with surT. 1st pers. sg. dat. dyem, v, 5 ; pi. 3, aye, xii, 7.
3 past m. sg. 3, dydv, with suft\ 1st pers. sg. dat. dyam, iii, 3.
perf. m. sg. 3, dmot u (without auxiliary), v, 11 ; chuh amot u , x, 12, 4 ; f . sg. 3, with sufE. 2nd pers. sg. dat. chey dmiits u , v, 5 ; plup. m. sg. 3, with sufE. 1st pers. sg. dat. bsum dmot u , iii, 1 ; fut. perf. m. sg. 3, ma dsi dmot u , I wonder if he has come, xii, 23.
cond. past sg. 1, yimaho, x, 3. yengur, charcoal, pi. nom. yengar, xi, 17. yinsdn, m. a human being, a man, x, 7 ; xii, 7 ; -hyuh u , like a
human being, x, 7 (bis) ; fern. -hish u , x, 7. yinsaph, m. compassion, — gos (viii, 4) or dilas yinsaph pyos (viii,
11), he felt compassion. yinay, see yun u . ydn, adv. as soon as, xii, 15. yin u , see yun u .
yenew6l u , m. the bridegroom’s party in a marriage festival ; hence, a marriage festival (from the bride’s point of view), xii, 15 ; — karun, to hold a marriage festival, xii, 17, 18. yipor 1 , adv. in this direction, v, 4. Cf. apor 1 . ydr, m. a friend, iv, 4 ; x, 1, 4, 6 ; sg. dat. yarns, x, 4, 11 ; ag. ydran, x, 4 (bis), 11 ; gen. ydra-sond u , x, 4, 11 ; yara-sanzi wati, on the friend’s road, on the road to (his) friend, x, 4 ; voc. ydr a, friend, vi, 1, etc. ; x, 4 (bis) ; pi. nom. ydr, iv, 7 ; v, 9 ; vii, 5. ydr, adv. here, in this place, ii, 2 ; viii, 5 ; ix, 6, 8, 10, 2 ; x, 4. yora 1, adv. hence, from this place, v, 8.
yora 2, rel. adv. whence, from what place (with torn as correlative), i, 6.
yur* HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 416
yiir 1 , adv. emph. form of yor, even here, hither ; diyiv yur 1 , give
ye (them) even here, produce them, x, 12 ; wolinj u gatshes
yur 1 anun”, bring his heart here (hither), x, 5 ; an kdkad
yur 1 , bring the paper here (hither), xii, 15 ; cy6n u gatshi
wdtun u yur 1 ‘, you must come here (hither), xii, 23 ; sg. gen.
yurt-hond” wola, come here ! v, 5. YdrJcand, m. the town of Yarkand, in Central Asia, xi, 1, etc. yiran, f. an anvil, xi, 16. Yiran, m. Iran, Persia, ii, 1. yes, yesa, yus, see yih 2. Yisdh, m. Jesus, iv, 4. Yusuph, m. Yusuf, Joseph, vi, 1, etc. ; sg. dat. yusuphas, vi, 14, 16 ;
ag. yusuphan, vi, 15 (bis) ; gen. yusupha-sond u , vi, 10. yeti, adv. where, in the place which, viii, 11 ; x, 7. yit 1 , adv. here, xii, 18 ; yiV-kydh . . . aV-kydh, here you see on
the one hand . . . there you see on the other hand, viii, 13 ;
yitf-kydh . . . yitf-kyah, here you see . . . and here you see,
x, 12. yiti, adv. from here, hence, v, 5, 8 ; here, v, 8 ; sg. gen. yityuk u ,
m. sg. dat. yitikis pdtashehas-nishe, to the king of this place,
x, 1. yi-ti, see yih 1. yot u , adv. where ; yot u -tdn, up to which place, i.e. until, as soon as,
xii, 6. Cf. yotdfi. yut u 1, adj. this much, with emph. y, yutuy, xi, 20. This word is
usually spelt yut u . yut u 2, adv. yut u -tdn, up to here, i.e. in the meantime, v, 7. Cf.
yutdn. yut u , adv. yut u . . . tyut u , as soon as … so soon, xii, 2. yelh, see yih 2. yiih, see yih 1.
yith-nay, conj. so that not, in order that not, ix, 12. yetha, adv. how, in the manner which ; with emph. y, yethay poth 1 ,
in what very manner, exactly as, xii, 2. yitha, adv. thus, in this manner ; with emph. y, yithay pothin, in
this very manner, viii, 3. yuth u , adj. and adv. as, of what kind, xii, 24 (correlative tyuth u ) ;
417 VOCAB ULABY z a h
with emph. y, yuthuy, as verily, even as, exactly as (correl.
tyuthuy), v, 6 ; xii, 12, 5 ; even as, at the very time that, viii, 7
(correl. tyuthuy). yitam, see yun u .
yotdn, adv. until, (contraction of yot u -tdn, see yot u ), v, 10. yutdn, adv. in the meantime, (contraction of yut u -tan, see yut u ),
v, 5. yitay, see yun u .
yetdt 1 , adv. where, in the place where, xii, 6. yutuy, see yut u 1.
yuts u , adj. much, very, yiits u -k6l u , for a long time, ii, 4. yiwan, see yun u . yiy 1, 2/^?/, see yih 1. yiy 2, see yih 2. y»yi, yiywy, see yun u . zabdn, f . tongue, speech, language ; — kariln u , to say a thing ;
hence, to promise, x, 8 ; — dye, speech came (to it), it became
able to speak (of a bee), ix, 1 ; sg. abl. zabdn”, by word of
mouth, xii, 16. zab a r, adj. superior, excellent, vii, 8, 28 ; — gav, it became excellent,
as an interj. all right ! xii, 15. zace, see zut u . zdda, m. at end of compound, a son ; dkhun-zdda, the son of a
religious teacher, xii, 2 ; sg. dat. okhun-zddas, xii, 2 ; pdtashdh-
zdda, a king’s son, a prince, sg. dat. -zddas, viii, 5 ; pi. nom.
-zdda, viii, 3 (bis), 11 (ter) ; dat. -zadan, viii, 4 (bis) 11 (bis) ;
gen. -zddan-hond u , viii, 4 ; shdh-zdda, a prince ; sg. dat.
-zddas, viii, 13 ; pi. nom. -zdda, viii, 5, 11 (bis), 3. zod u , m. a hole ; f. ziid” (pi. nom. zade), a small hole, vii, 25. zid, m. hatred; amis 6s u zid Yusujpha-sond u , he hated Joseph, vi, 10. zdgun, to watch for, to be wide awake and on the alert ; imperf .
m. sg. 3, with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. dsus dagdy zdgdn dddkhah,
disloyalty, (like) a petitioner, was watching in him, ii, 5. z a h, card, two, viii, 8, 11 ; following noun qualified, bace z a h, two
young ones, viii, 1 ; bmf-bdrdn 1 z a h, two brothers, viii, 5 ;
bots u z a h, the two members of a family, husband and wife,
v, 9, 10 ; viii, 1 ; gabar z a h, two sons, viii, 1 ; gul* z a h, the two
zah HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 418
fore-arms, v, 9 ; goldm z a h, two servants, viii, 5 ; gur 1 z a h, two horses, xii, 1 ; hurt* z a h, two dogs, viii, 4, 12 (bis), 3 ; hod 1 z a h, two prisoners, v, 9 ; lot chis z a h, he has two rubies, xii, 3 ; neciv* z a h, two sons, viii, 11 ; pdtashah-zdda z a h, two princes, viii, 3 (bis), 11 ; rinz 1 z a h, two balls, v, 3, 4 (bis), 5 ; shdh-zdda z a h, two princes, viii, 11 ; wblinje z a h, two hearts, viii, 3, 4 (ter), 11, 2 ; yim z a h, these two, viii, 5.
Preceding noun qualified, z a h hod 1 , two prisoners, v, 8 ; z a h hatha, two statements, x, 1, 4.
sg. abl. doyi lati, on two occasions, viii, 7. pi. dat. don, viii, 11 ; following noun qualified, bdyen don, to the two brothers, xii, 15 ; pdtashdh-zddan don, to the two princes, viii, 11 ; yiman don pdtashohiyen kits”, for the kingdoms of these two, x, 11 ; zandnan don, to two women, xii, 11,4; preceding qualified noun, don bdtsan, to the husband and wife (see hots” z a h, ab.), viii, 1, 6.
pi. gen. pdtashdh-zddan don-hanza, of the two princes, viii, 4 ; yiman don-handi-khota, than these two, xii, 19.
pi. ag. baranyau doyau, by the two brothers, viii, 3 ; hodyau doyav, by the two prisoners, v, 7 ; yimav doyav, by these two, iii, 1 ; x, 5 ; doyau bdtsau, by the husband and wife, viii, 2, 5.
zah, adv. ever, at any time ; na zah, never, xi, 14.
zahar, m. poison, viii, 6, 7, 13 (bis) ; pdtashehas khot u zahar, poison rose to the king, i.e. he became enraged, viii, 7.
z a l, m. scratching (with the nails) ; with sufT. of indef. art. zHd-z a ld, a continuous scratching, xii, 17.
zal, m. a net ; with suff. of indef. art. zdldh layun, to cast a net (to catch fishes), i, 6,7, 8; sg. dat. zdlas, i, 6 ; zdlas walana yun u , to be caught in a net, ix, 7.
Zalikhd, f . N.P. Zulaikha (the wife of Potiphar, in the story of Joseph), vi, 1, etc.
zalil, adj . brought low, humbled, i, 4.
zulm, m. tyranny ; — karun, to do tyranny, ix, 1 ; me chuh zulm gomot u , tyranny has been done to me, ix, 1 (bis), 6.
zdlun, to set on fire, to kindle, to burn ; conj. part, zolith, iii, 1 ; fut. sg. 1, zdla, iii, 4 (bis) ; past m. sg. z6l u , iii, 4 ; with sufT. 3rd pers. pi. ag. zdlukh, ii, 12 ; iii, 4.
419 VOCABULABY zanana
zima, m. responsibility ; zima karun, to make a responsibility ; tson zanen kdrin zima tsor pahar, four watches were made a responsibility to the four men, i.e. each was put in charge of a watch, viii, 5 ; zima hyon u , to take responsibility, i.e. to confess, admit, yih ches-na hewdn zima keh, she does not admit anything, xii, 15 ; zima khdlun, to cause a responsibility, to mount ; khdl u nas zima takhsir, he caused the responsibility (for) the crime to mount on him, i.e. he proved him guilty, x, 12 ; zima khasun responsibility to mount ; kalsi chuna khasan zima, on no one does the responsibility mount, i.e. no one could be proved guilty, iii, 3.
zomba, m. a Yak ; pi. nom. zdmba, xi, 6.
zamin, f. earth, land, ix, 9 ; the world, land, as opposed to the sky, iii, 8 ; sg. dat. maje-zamini, in mother earth, ix, 9 ; pi. abl. satav zaminav tap, below the seven worlds, iii, 8.
zan, f . a woman ; marda-zan, man or woman, vii, 23 ; mqkh a r-i-zan, the coquetry of a woman, x, 13.
zan, f. knowledge, understanding, vii, 29 ; gor-zan, adj. ignorant, vii, 27 ; xi, 5.
zm, m. a saddle ; gur u zin karith, a horse ready saddled, iii, 8 ; pi. nom. zace-zin, rag-saddles, saddles made of rags, xi, 9.
zon u , m. a man, a male person ; kunuy zon u , only one person ; gav kunuy zon u , he went alone ; sg. gen. zdn^sond^*, viii, 11 ; pi. nom. zan 1 , x, 1 ; dat. zanen, viii, 5 ; x, 5, 6, 12 (bis) ; ag. zanev, x, 1, 2. Cf. ziin”.
zun, f . moonlight ; zuna-dab, f . a kind of roof-bungalow, or small erection on the roof of a house, in which people sit to enjoy the moonlight ; sg. dat. -dabi, -jpeth, on the roof-bungalow, viii, 1.
zinda, adj. living, alive, ii, 3 ; with emph. y, zinday, x, 8 (bis).
zang, f. the leg, ii, 11.
zanana, f. a woman ; ii, 1 ; iii, 4 (ter), 5, 9 (ter) ; v, 5 (bis), 11, 2 ; viii, 11 ; x, 1, 5 (several times), 6 ; xi, 7 ; xii, 4 (several times), 5 (ter), 6, 10, 1, 4, 9 (ter), 20 ; a wife, iii, 1 ; v, 1, 4, 7, 9, 10 ; x, 5, 12, 3.
sg. nom. iii, 1, 5 ; v, 1, 10 ; viii, 11 ; x, 1, 5, 6, 13 ; xii, 4 (bis), 5 (bis), 6 ; with suff. of indef. art. zanana, x, 5 ; xii,
zdnun HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 420
4, 10 ; zandndh, iii, 4 ; zandnd akh, x, 5 ; sg. dat. zandni, iii, 4, 9 ; v, 4 ; x, 5 ; xii, 4 ; ag. zandni, iii, 4, 9 (bis) ; v, 5 (bis), 7, 9, 11 ; x, 5, 12 ; xii, 4, 5 ; gen. zandni-handis, x, 5; pi. nom. zandna, xii, 19 (ter) ; with emph. y, zandnay, only women, v, 12 ; dat. zandnan, ii, 1 ; xi, 7 ; xii, 11, 4, 20.
zdnun, to know ; to know how, x, 12 ; xi, 8, 15 ; impve. sg. 2, zdn, i, 12 ; ts a h zdn ta yih zdn, (a woman addressing a man and a woman) do thou (the man) know, and do this x woman (i.e. thou, this woman) know, v, 9 ; fut. (often in sense of pres.) kuwa zdna, how do I know, v, 9 ; with neg. interrog. zdna-nd, do I not know ? i.e. of course I know, x, 12 ; 2, zdnakh kariih, thou wilt know how to make, x, 12 ; 3, zdni, vi, 14 ; vii, 27, 8, 9, 30 ; pi. 1, ds i na zdnav, we do not know how (sc. to work), xi, 15 ; 3, yim na zdnan, who do not know how (sc. to make a certain sound), xi, 8.
zenun, to conquer (xi, title) ; to win (x, 1, 6, 7) ; zendn anun, to conquer (a country), xi, 1, 2, etc. ; zinith anun, to capture (a person), xii, 25 ; inf. obi. (inf. of purpose) zenani, xi, title ; conj. part, zinith, xii, 25 ; pres. part, zendn, xi, 1, 2, etc. ; fut. sg. 3, zeni, x, 1, 6 ; pi. 3, zenan, x, 7.
zinis, see zyun u .
ziin u , f. a female person, a woman, xii, 7, 15 ; pi. nom. zane, xii, 6, 7 ; dat. zanen zeth”, the eldest of the females, xii, 6. Cf. zon u , of which this is the fern.
zdr, a prayer, supplication (made in misery or sorrow), i, 13 ; pi. nom. zdr, iv, 1 ; zdra-pdr, m. ejaculatory prayers, ix, 1 ; x, 5 (bis) ; zdra-pdra, m. entreaty, coaxing request, ii, 3, 5.
zdr, m. force ; — karun, to use (moral) force, to insist, viii, 2 ; xii, 15.
zir u , f. a push, shove, nudge ; — din”, to push, etc., x, 7 (bis).
zargar, m. a goldsmith ; zargar-necyuvdh, a young goldsmith, v, 2.
zdra-pdr, zdra-pdra, see zdr.
zordwdr, adj. powerful, mighty, xi, 2.
zurydth (for zurriyat), f. progeny, offspring ; hence, the offspring of God, the whole world, vii, 8.
zdsanuy, a word used by Hatim in i, 12, but the meaning of which
421 VOCABULABY zyuth u
is unknown to him ; he gives it as part of the traditional
text, a variant reading is fee dsunuy. ziif, f . a rag ; sg. dat. zace-zin, rag-saddles, saddles made of rags,
xi, 9. zdth, f. a race, tribe, caste ; dewa-zdth, of demon race, xii, 16. zeth u , see zyuth u . zlth 1 , see zyuth u . zuv, m. the soul, ii, 4. zyun u , m. firewood, ii, 12 ; xi, 7 ; xii, 20, 1, 4 (bis) ; sg. dat. zinis,
xii, 21, 2, 4. ziydphath, f . a feast, a dinner-party, x, 4, 11 ; a dish of food brought
as a present, a present of dainty food, x, 5 (bis), 10 ; with
sufT. of indef . art. ziydphathd, x, 5. zyuth u , adj. old, elder, eldest ; m. the head or superior of a guild
of artizans, v, 1 ; m. sg. dat. zithis-hihis, to the elder (of two
brothers) (cf . hyuh u ), viii, 5 ; f . sg. nom. zeth u , the eldest
(sister), xii, 6. zyuth u , adj. long ; m. pi. nom. zith 1 atha damn*, to stretch out the
arms, vii, 25.
APPENDIX I
INDEX OF WORDS IN SIR AUREL STEIN’S TEXT,
SHOWING THE CORRESPONDING WORDS IN GOVINDA
KAULA’S TEXT
Figures between marks of parenthesis indicate the number of times, when there are more than one, that a word occurs in the passage to which reference is made. The word “ caret “ indicates that the word referred to does not occur in Govinda KauUis text. The order of words is the same as that employed in the Vocabulary.
a (e), x, 4.
a (i), xi, 4.
ai (ay), x, 3 ; xii, 4.
ai (ay), viii, 11.
ai (ay), viii, 6, 8.
5* (fy), v, 9.
au (caret), vii, 13.
du (dv), i, 8 ; ii, 3, 12 ; iii, 1, 9; v, 1, 4, 9, 10; vi, 16 (2) ; viii, 3, 6 (3), 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 (2), 3; x, 6, 7, 12; xi, 20 ; xii, 3, 4 (3), 5 (5), 7 (2), 9, 10, 1, 2, 3 (3), 4, 20, 3, 4.
i (e), vi, 17 ; x, 4 (2).
i (i), x, 13 ; xii, 10, 5, 7, 9 (3).
o (6), vii, 26.
db (db), v, 4 (4) ; viii, 7 (2).
db* (aba), viii, 7 (2) ; x, 5.
ibrdhim (yibrahim), iv, 6.
abas (abas), viii, 7.
dbtqr (abtar), vi, 12.
ach (ache), xii, 22.
achqn (achen), v, 11.
ad (ada), vii, 20.
adr (ada), viii, 10.
adq (ada), v, 6, 9 (2) ; viii, 3, 10, ‘ 1, 3 ; x, 2, 7 ; xii, 3, 4.
ad e (ada), iii, 1.
ode (ada), v, 8.
ada (add), x, 8 ; xii, 4, 9, 11, 2.
adq (ora), xii, 12.
Idgdh (yuV-kdh), vi, 16 (2).
qdalat (addluts^), v, 9.
adql (ad a la), i, 3.
ddam (ddam), iv, 2, 3 ; vii, 6, 7.
dd*mas (ddamas), vii, 6.
idam (yidam), vii, 6.
afsqrqs (apsaras), x, 12.
age (age), xi, 4.
dga (dgdh), ii, 9.
agar (agar), viii, 13.
dgur (dgur), viii, 7.
dgqs (dgas), viii, 6, 8, 11.
dgqye (dgayi), y, 7.
ah (ah), i, 5 ; iv, 3.
ah a dai (ah a day), i, 2.
ahmqd (ahmad), i, 13.
ahengdrqn (dhan-gdrdn), xi, 16.
a& (aM), ii, 1 ; v, 1, 9, 11 ;
vi, 15 ; viii, 7, 9, 11, 4 ;
x, 5, 7, 8 ; xii, 1 (3), 3 (2). ak (caret), viii, 7. ok 1 (aki), v, 1 ; viii, 3. ok 1 (dk { ), viii, 1 ; x, 12 ; xii, 1.
aki
HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES
424
aki (aki), ii, 8 ; iii, 1 ; v, 1 ;
viii, 1, 3, 7, 11. ak (dkh), x, 1 (2). akh (akh), i, 4 ; xii, 10, 5,
9,21. aklna (akhah), v, 7 ; viii, 6, 8, 11. dkhu (dkho), ii, 2. dkhun (dkhun), xii, 1, 2 (2). dkhun (dkhun), xii, 25. okun (6-kuri), xii, 23. ikrdm (yikrdm), x, 14. a^s (akis), i, 3, 4 ; ii, 8 ; iii,
1 (2), 7 ; v, 6 10, 1 ; viii,
5, 7 (3), 9 (2) ; ix, 1 ; xii, 2. akis (akis), iii, 4, 7 ; xii, 2. a%^ (akith), xii, 14. a&<^ (uk”y), xii, 15. a&o?/ (okuy), xii, 13. afau (akw), x, 5 (2), 12 (2) ;
xii, 7, 15. dl (6l u ), viii, 1. alii (alii), i, 4. alia (aldh), i, 7. ilM (aldh), ii, 12 (2). iWaA, see la illdh, vi, 17. alam (alam), i, 13 ; iv, 3. dVndsh (oP-nash), ix, 3. dlis (olis), viii, 1. al vida (alviddh), vii, 16. am 1 (ami), v, 1 (2), 4, 5, 6 (2), 9,
11, 6 (2) ; viii, 1 (2) ; x, 12 ; • xii, 2, 3, 4 (3), 5 (2), 7 (3). am 1 (am*), v, 4 (2) ; vi, 14 ;” viii,
7, 9 (2). am 1 (dmiy), v, 9. am 1 kuy (amyuk u ), vi, 15. am 1 sund (asond u ), viii, 9. am 1 suy (amis u y), viii, 7. ami (ami), iii, 9 ; v, 4, 5, 11 ;
viii, 13 ; ix, 1 ; x, 3. ami (amiy), viii, 1, 6, 10 ; ix, 1. ami suy (amis^y), v, 7,
am 1 (ami), ii, 5, 9 ; iii, 1, 2, 4 (2),
6, 8, 9 ; xii, 7, 12.
am f (dm*’), ii, 4, 7 (2), 8 ; iii, 1 (2), 9 ; v, 4, 7, 8 ; viii, 1, 8, 10 ; x, 1 (2), 2, 5 (3), 6, 7 (2), 8, 12 ; xii, 4, 7 (2), 10.
am* 5a?/ (amis u y), iii, 4, 8.
a?w* sm?/ (amis u y), ii, 8.
ami (ami), ix, 6 ; x, 3.
ami suy (amisuy), x, 10.
dm (dm), viii, 3, 11, 3.
aV (ami), xii, 15.
a^ (dm*), xii, 17, 25.
a l mi (ami), xii, 15 (8), 7 (2), 8, 20.
a*mi suy (amisuy), xii, 15.
am (ami), iii, 1.
a*‘m** (dm 1 ), xii, 15, 8, 22, 5.
a l mi (ami), xii, 18, 22, 3.
a*mi sund (dm i -sond u ), xii, 7.
d l mi (dm 1 ), xi, 11.
amob (amob u ), xi, 18.
amdnat (amdnath), x, 12 (2).
dmpa (dmpa), viii, 1.
amd> (amdr), v, 2.
amis (amis), viii, 6 ; ix, 1 (2), 4 ; xii, 4, 5.
amis (ami), x, 5.
amis (amis), ii, 1, 3, 4 (2), 5 (3), 9 (2), 10 ; iii, 1 (2), 2 (4), 8 (3), 9 ; v, 2 (2), 3 (3), 7 (2), 8, 9 (3), 10 (2), vi, 10 ; vii, 20 (2) ; viii, 3, 5 (2), 6 (3),
7, 8, 9, 10 (5), 1 (2), 3 (5) ; ix, 6 ; x, 1 (2), 2 (2), 3 (2), 4 (4), 5 (6), 7 (8), 8 (3), 11, 2 (3) ; xii, 2, 3 (2), 4 (4), 5 (4), 6,
8 (2), 10 (4). amis (caret), x, 7. amis suy (amis), viii, 11.
a l mis (amis), xii, 15 (3), 7, 8 (2),
9 (3), 25.
421
INDEX TO SIR AUEEL STEIN’S TEXT
ase
a’mis (amis), xii, 9, 11, 2, 3 (5),
5 (3), 9 (2), 21, 2 (2), 4, 5. qm>sund (dm i -sond u ), viii, 6. qmisandi (dm i -sandi) ) x, 5. amisund (dm i -sond u ), v, 3 ; viii,
8, 10. qmisqnz (dmt-siinz”), iii, 4. qmisunz (dm i -sunz ii ), xii, 4. atmisqnzi (dm i -sanzi), xii, 15. amw£ (amot u ), iii, 1 ; v, 11 ; viii,
6 ; x, 12, 4 ; xii, 23. dmuts (amuts u ), v, 5. qm y (dm 1 ), ii, 5. qm v uk (amyuk u ), iii, 4. qmyuk (amyuk u ), iii, 4. a { m v uk (amyuk u ), xii, 17. an (aw), iii, 5, 9 (2) ; xii, 15. ana (ana), x, 5 ; xii, 4, 5, 11. am mot 1 (d^mat 1 ), v, 8.
ana (ona), v, 4 (2).
dne (ona), v, 4.
and (and), x, 5.
andar (andar), i, 13 ; iii, 8 (4).
andas (andas), xii, 6.
qnhas (on u has), vi, 16.
aw&a (ankah), ii, 2, 3, 4 (3), 5, 6,
7, 10, 2. cm&a (ankah), ii, 2. am& (dnikh), v, 9 ; viii, 1 ; x, 12. emw& (anukh), x, 12. am’& (dnikh), x, 12. am£& (onukh), ii, 11, 2 ; vi, 16 ;
x, 12. wnn/j (onukh), vi, 15. on mw^ (on u mot u ), xii, 25. anan (anan), x, 12 ; xii, 19. anqnai (ananay), xii, 16. anqni (anani), x, 5. awcm (anon), xi, 1, 2. anwn (anun), iii, 9. amm (anun u ), v, 4 ; xii, 21 (3). qnun (anun), iii, 5.
anww (onun), iii, 5 ; viii, 9 (2) ;
xii, 4. anqn v (anun* 1 ), x, 5. awe% (anun u ), xii, 19, 20 (2). ansa (an sa), xii, 10. insaf (yinsaph), viii, 11. msan (yinsan), x, 7 (3). am’Z (anith), iii, 1 ; xii, 4 (2). a%ai (amy), viii, 4. a%6 /ias (anehas), vi, 16. a% (an), x, 5, 12. qn y hai (dn l hay), xi, 10. qnyik (un^kh), ii, 8. any ilk (anyukh), x, 12. any am (anam), ix, 2. qnyum (anyum), vi, 16 (2). anyen (iln^n), xii, 25. an?/m (un^n), x, 10. anythas (unHhas), xii, 11. apaV (apor 1 ), v, 7. apqtr* (apor 1 ), v, 4. ajrnz (apoz u ), v, 9. a> (a>), ix, 3 ; x, 12. dY (6>a), v, 2. dV (or”), xi, 14. dra (ora), v, 8. are (ora), v, 4, 9. d u re (ora), v, 2. aram (aram), iii, 3, 7 ; v, 9 ;
viii, 5. arman (armdn), iii, 9. aramas (aramas), viii, 13. Iran (ylran), ii, 1. arzo (arz 6), vii, 26. as 1 (ase), vi, 5 ; viii, 1, 3. as 1 (as 1 ), v, 10 ; viii, 3. asi (ase), viii, 11 ; x, 2, 12 (2) ;
xii, 17. as 1 (ds { ), xii, 1. as (as), viii, 7 ; x, 4, 12. as (6s u ), viii, 9. ase (asa), xi, 7 (2).
as
IIATIWS SONGS AND STORIES
426
as* (dsi), vii, 29, 30 ; viii, 6.
as* (ds { ), viii, 1, 4 ; xi, 5.
dsi (dsi), i, 2 ; viii, 7 ; x, 1,
. 8 ( 2 K dsi he (dsihe), ii, 4.
aV (as*), xii, 19.
a i s i (dsi), xii, 23.
as* (os { ), v, 9 ; x, 1.
as (as), vi, 16 ; viii, 7.
as (os*), vi, 11 ; viii, 3 (2), 5, 11 (2) ; x, 5 ; xii, 1.
as (os*), ii, 1 ; v, 1, 10 ; vii, 7, 16 ; viii, 1 ; ix, 1 ; x, 5 (3), 7 ; xii, 4, 15, 20 (2), 5.
as (6s u ), i, 4, 5, 6 ; ii, 1 (2), 4, 5 (2), 7, 8, 9 (3), 10 (2), 11 (2) ; iii, 1 (2) ; v, 1 (2), 2, 7, 9 (2) ; vi, 10 (2), 4 ; vii, 8 ; viii, 1 (2), 6, 7 (2), 9 (5), 11, 3 (3) ; x, 4, 7 (2), 10, 2 (2) ; xii, 15 (2), 25 (2).
as (dsus), v, 2.
as, see bud* as, xii, 1.
as na (6s u na), xii, 2.
as na (ds-na), vi, 16.
as na (6s u na), vi, 16.
as nas (6s u nas), v, 6.
as suy (os u y), vii, 16.
dsa (dsa), iii, 7.
dsa (dsa), x, 14 ; xi, 19.
as* (ds { ), i, 3 ; viii, 1, 11 ; xi, 8.
dsi (dsiy), xii, 11.
as 1 ndv (ash g ndv), x, 6.
ds u (dsa), viii, 7.
ds u (6s u ), i, 1, 2.
isd (yisdh), iv, 4.
os (6s u ), xii, 15.
dsihe (dsihe), ii, 5.
ashkq (qsh g ka), vii, 30.
qshik (qsh e kh), v, 2 (2).
qshkun (qsh g kun u ), v, 10.
ashkanye (qsWkane), v, 2.
as^* new (dsh e ndv), x, 1.
dshndu (dsh^ndv), x, 10.
asfos (os”s), xii, 9.
asa& (dsakh), i, 3.
dsw& (dsukh), viii, 2.
6sw& (dsukh), xii, 15.
askun (ash s kun u ), v, 3.
as l kya (as 1 kydh), v, 9.
asaZ (as a Z), ii, 8, 11.
as/ (as a Z), xii, 16.
asld malaikum (asldmataikum),
xii, 26. dsim (dsim), viii, 13. dsum (dsum), iii, 1 ; vii, 11, 5 ;
x, 14. asmdn (asmdn), ii, 6. asmdnau (asmdnav), iii, 8. as^mdnqn (asmdnan), iv, 4. dsmut (6s u mot u ), v, 1, 4. qs i nau (as* nau), xi, 15. ds^na (ds-na), x, 4. dsqn* (dsdn 1 ), xii, 5. dsun (dsun), xii, 10 (2). dsun (dsun u ), xii, 4 (2), 5, 13 (3). dsan(ds u san), xii, 15. asanas (asanas), x, 1 (2), 10. ds i nas (asanas), x, 6 (2). asar (asar), vi, 16. asr ? (asara), vi, 16. asis (osi’s), x, 5. dsus (dsus), i, 6 ; ii, 5 ; viii,
7, 9 ; ix, 1 ; x, 14. dsus (os^s), iii, 1 ; vii, 10 (2) ;
ix, 2 ; x, 10. ustdd (wustdd), ii, 1. ostan (6s u than), x, 12. dsyu (os^a), x, 12. at (ath), ii, 5, 7 (2) ; iii, 9 ; v,
6 (4) ; viii, 7 (3) ; x, 3, 5 (2),
7 (5), 8, 10, 2, 3 ; xii, 2, 3, 17.
at (caret), x, 7, 8.
427 INDEX TO SIR AUBEL STEIN’S TEXT
az
at, see fsdvat, v, 5.
ata (atha), vii, 25 ; x, 5 (3) ;
’ xii, 2. ata (ata), v, 7. at 1 (aii), ii, 8, 10 ; iii, 1, 7 (2),
8 (2), 9 ; v, 4, 5 (2), 6, 7 (2),
9 (2); vi, 5, 11; viii, 7, 9; x, 5 (2), 7, 14 ; xii, 1, 2, 7.
at 1 (at 1 ), viii, 4, 13 ; x, 8.
at 1 (ot u ), x, 14.
at 1 (ath), ii, 4 ; v, 4, 9, 11, 4 ;
viii, 1, 10. at* (ath 1 ), ii, 3 ; iii, 7, 9 ; v, 5 ;
vi, 15, 6 ; vii, 26 ; viii, 1 (3),
7 ; xii, 2, 7. at 1 (athi), viii, 11 ; xi, 18. at 1 (atiy), ii, 10, 1 ; iii, 1 ; x, 13. at (ath), iii, 4. at* (ati), iii, 4, 7 (2). at* (ath), x, 7.
at* (ath), i, 13 ; iii, 7 ; x, 1, 5. o$’ (atiy), x, 3, 5. a^ (ath), xii, 22. a£i (orfi), ii, 1 ; xii, 17, 8, 9. ati (at), xii, 19, 20. qt (ath), xii, 21. qt (ath*), xii, 21, 4 (2). ot (ot u ), v, 4 ; x, 5. ut (ot u ), v, 9. ath (ath), xii, 7, 12 (3), 5 (3), 20,
2 (3), 3 (2). atha (atha), viii, 7 (2) ; xii, 12. atho (atha), xii, 11. atih (atiy), x, 5. ath (ot u ), xii, 18, 25. ath (6th), iii, 5. ath* (othi), iii, 4. aW (athi), xii, 15. a*$i (a£fo), xii, 15. ithai (yuthay), viii, 3. nth (oi u ), xii, 15. athan (athan), v, 6.
a^Aas (athas), x, 7 ; xii, 12, 22,
3(2). atkyd (ath 1 Jcyah), v, 8. qtdny (otdny), xii, 23. qtqr^th^r 1 ), vii, 19. atas (athas), ii, 7 ; v, 4, 6. afc (afc£), iii, 8 (2). atsqni (atsani), x, 7. afewrc (atezm”), v, 4. ats a vunuy (atsawunuy), v, 8. atsayo (atsayo), v, 7. ottdny (ot u -tdh), x, 4. otHdny (ot u -tdn), x, 6. ato£ w (ataty), viii, 7. aZ v e (ata), x, 7. a* v (at), x, 11. a v (a#), x, 5. atuy (otuy), iii, 3, 4. a** (a^’j, xii, 12. otuy (otuy), ix, 1. ay (dv), xii, 12. % (%)» y iii> 2, 11, 3 ; ix, 6,
7 (2), 8, 9, 10, 1. ayq (dye), iii, 4. aye (aye), iii, 4 ; v, 10 ; x, 5 ;
xii, 7. ayi (aye), vii, 26 ; ix, 1 ; xii, 2, 7. ay£ (aye), x, 12. ay (6y), x, 4. dy (6y), xii, 3. aya& (dyekh), iii, 1. aya7 6a> (aydlbdr), ix, 2. ayam (ay dm), iii, 3. ayem. (dyem), v, 5. aywa (ay -no), ix, 3. dyinq (aye-na), v, 6. ayas (ayes), ix, 4. ayes (dyes), v, 5. ayiye (aye yiA), v, 7. az (az), ii, 9 ; iii, 1 ; vi, 10 ;
viii, 1 ; x, 7, 8 ; xii, 5, 10,
4, 9 (2), 20 (3).
azich
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
428
azich (azic*), x, 14.
qzhda (qj a ddh), x, 7 (3).
qzhdqhas (qj a ddhas), x, 7.
azal (azal), vii, 12.
azql {azal), ix, 6.
aziza (azTz-i), vi, 10, 2 (2), 4.
az^z (oziz), ix, 11.
6a (6a), xi, 20.
bai (bay), viii, 1, 2, 3.
fow (bdye), viii, 4.
6ai (%), iii, 1 (2), 2, 3.
6ai (boy 1 ), iv, 7 ; viii, 5.
be (beh), xi, 2.
bo (boh), ii, 5, 11 ; iii, 1, 4 (2), 8 ; v, 5, 6 ; vii, 20, 5 ; viii, 6, 10, 1 (2) ; ix, 1 ; x, 2 (2), 3, 5, 12 ; xii, 1 (6), 3 (2), 4, 5, 7, 11 (2), 5 (3), 9 (20), 20, 3.
bou (bdio u ), ii, 4.
bu(boh), viii, 3, 8, 11 (2) ; ix, 4 ; x, 5, 7 ; xii, 1, 18, 24.
beb a hd (bebaha), xii, 3.
be bahd (bebaha), xii, 4.
bebaha (bebaha), xii, 4.
baban (baban), vi, 13.
bebindrr (bebi andar), xii, 17.
bebindqtr 1 (bebi andar u y), xii, 16.
bache (bace), viii, 1.
bo che (bochi), vi, 16.
boche (boche), vi, 16.
bachok (bacyokh), x, 8.
bachdviny (bacawufi”), v, 9.
budai (buday), ix, 1, 3, 6.
bud* (bod 1 ), ix, 9.
bud (bud”), x, 5.
bud (bod u ), xii, 14.
badal (badal), i, 9 ; vii, 12 ; xii, 16.
badanqs (badanas), viii, 6 (2).
badqnas (badanas), viii, 13.
bedar (bedar), vi, 12.
bedar (bedar), iii, 7 ; viii, 6, 8, 9, 13 ; x, 1, 6, 8.
bud 1 as (budyos), xii, 1.
bqdis (badis), viii, 13.
bag (bag), ii, 1.
bqSg* (bog 1 ), v, 5.
begd (begdh), vi, 2.
baguk u (bdguk u ), iii, 9.
bagHq (bagala), viii, 7.
bdgen 1 (bdgdn*), ix, 4.
fragre remai (bog a remay), v, 7.
bdg°ren (bog a ren), v, 8.
bdg a ranye (bog a rane), v, 8.
fracas (bdgas), ii, 1 (2) ; iii, 9 ;
v, 4, 5, 6, 9 (2). bdgas (bdgas), ii, 1, 7 ; iii, 7. bdgvdn (bdgwan), xi, 13. 6aM, see 6e 6aM, xii, 4. fcefo (behi), vi, 16. 6eAe (beha), xii, 3. fo’Aw (behiv), viii, 5. bah°dur (bqh a dur), ii, 1. bqh a dilr (bqh a dur), ii, 12. 2>afom (bahan), v, 1. foAaw (behdn), xii, 4. 6aMr (bahar), i, 11. 6o7ia se (6oA hasa), ii, 11. boh°sq (boh hasa), x, 1. 2>eM (bihith), x, 5. fo/b’£ (bihith), x, 5 ; xii, 4. bihith (bihith), xii, 5. 6eA to?n (behtam), vi, 3. fo’A zi (bettzi), xii, 6. 6a^ (6a/), xi, 2. &a/a (6a?’), x, 10. &w;e (buje), x, 5. bdjtvat (bof-bath), i, 7. bakcdyish (bakh a coyish), ii, 7. 6e Jchabar (be-khabar), vii, 28. bd-khudd (bd-khodd), xii, 20. bakhshayish (bakh a coyish), xii, 3. bakhtdvdr (baktdivdr), viii, 9. 6aMr (bakdr), x, 6. Mai (balqy), vii, 31.
429
INDEX TO SIR AUBEL STEIN’S TEXT
bat-
balai (baldy), ix, 2 ; x, 7.
bal* (bald), vii, 15.
balq (bdla), vii, 11.
bqHi, see vu bqHi, v, 2.
bulbul (bulbul), ii, 3 (2).
bulbula (bulbuldh), ii, 3.
bolbdsh (bolbdsh”), viii, 1 (3).
balki (baPki), viii, 10.
balti (baltl), xi, 4.
baldyq (baldyd), x, 8.
bdl v k’(bdle), v, 11.
bimdr (bemdr), v, 1, 3, 10.
bimdr (bemdr), v, 8.
6<m, see ?m/a 6<m, ii, 4.
banq (bani), vii, 1.
bandu (banydv), vi, 16.
6am (bani), x, 3.
6ma (blndh), ii, 2.
fom (6<m), viii, 1, 4 ; xii, 2, 14,
5(2). bun® (bona), iii, 2. bunai (bo-nay), xi, 14. 6a^ (band), viii, 3 ; x, 2. fomde (banda), i, 12, 3. bdnd { hdl (bod^ial), ix, 4. banduk (bandilkh), ii, 11 ; viii,
10. banduk baz (bandukbdz), ii, 7. 6ara# (bag), xii, 1. banana (banana), vii, 23. banan (banan), viii, 7. banina (bani-nd), vi, 13. 6cm£ (bonth), i, 8. 6ow£ ? (bontha), ii, 3 ; iii, 1 ; viii,
11; x, 5, 10, 2; xii, 12,
23 (2). bonta (bdntha), xii, 4, 9. 6e warn (benawdh), vii, 7. bandvun (bandwun), viii, 14. banyau (baniw), ii, 7. banyau (banydv), xii, 1. bqnye (bene), iii, 4.
6e%e (bene), iii, 9 ; x, 3 (4),
‘10 (2). 6e%e (beni), x, 3 (2), 10. bunyul (bunul u ), xii, 15. ban v dm (banyom), vii, 22. 6apa£ (bdpath), ii, 5 ; ix, 1 (2) ;
x,12(2). 6a rai (bardye), xi, 7. 6ar (6ar), viii, 3 (2). bar (bar), see mebar, ix, 11. 6an (6dr), ix, 11. bar (bar), i, 9 ; v, 7 ; vii, 2, 3, 5. bar, see a?/a7 6ar, ix, 2. 6araw (bdrav), xi, 17. 6aVi (6an), xi, 13. 66r (bdr u ), ii, 5. 6ro {broh), xi, 4. bro-bro (bruh-bruh), iii, 1, 2 ;
viii, 9. barabqr (bardbar), iii, 9. burgau (bargau), vii, 10. 6roA (6mA), xi, 6 ; xii, 7 (2). broho (bruha), x, 1. 6ar?& (bur u kh), viii, 3. 6ara& (bur^kh), ix, 7. barqm (bar a m), vii, 24. 6aran (bar an 1 ), viii, 5. borun (borun), viii, 7. burun (borun), viii, 7. 6row£ (bronth), x, 5. bdr?nyau (bdranyau), viii, 3. barshq (bdr^shi), viii, 7. 6an£ (barith), i, 10. barVen (bariten), vi, 15. 6are y (baray), ii, 3. 6ws (bus u ), xii, 17. 6asAe (bdshe), v, 2. 6e shumdr (be-shumdr), xii, 20. beshumdr (be-shumdr), xii, 21, 4. bismilla (bismilld), xii, 17. 6asfo (basta), viii, 6. bat*\bata), iii, 1.
bata
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
430
bata (bata), iii, 1 (3) ; vi, 16 (2) ;
x, 3. bat 1 (bith { ), xi, 6. bat (buth u ), x, 5 (2) ; xii, 2. bdthq (batha), xii, 25. bqkhis (bathis), xii, 6, 7 (2). b’eth y (bitfr), viii, 5. batta (bata), xi, 18. buttq (bota), xi, 6 (2). battqhqn (bata-han), x, 5. buttqnis (botanis), xi, 4. 6oF 6 ‘ (6o^), iii, 4. batsau (batsau), viii, 2, 5. bats (bote*), v, 9; viii, 13; x,
14. bats (bdts), v, 10. batsan (batsan), x, 14. batsan (batsan), viii, 1. bdtsen (batsan), viii, 6, 10. bavq ha (bawaho), vii, 21. bdvun (bdwun), ii, 4. bevophd (be-wophd), x, 13. bevophdi (bewophoyi), viii, 6. be vuphai (bewophoyi), viii, 11. framr (batvar), viii, 13. be vastu (bewasta), v, 11. 6a?/ (biye), iii, 4. 6a?/ (fea?/), viii, 11 (2) ; ix, 1,
6 (2). bay a (bayi), viii, 11. bay 6 (baye), iii, 2. fcaye (baye), iii, 1 ; viii, 1, 3, ‘ 6 (2), 11, 2, 3 ; ix, 1, 4, 6 ;
xi, 12. baye (bayi), viii, 1, 3 ; ix, 1 (2). bay (boy*), v, 10 ; xi, 6 ; xii, 15. bey (biye), vi, 16. beye (biye), ii, 3 (3), 7 ; iii, 5 (2),
8, 9 (2) ; v, 3, 4 (8), 5, 6 (2),
7, 8, 9 (2), 10, 1 ; vi, 15 (2) ;
viii, 6, 7 (2), 9, 11 ; x, 1 (2),
2, 3, 6, 7 (4) ; xii, 1 (2), 4,
5 (2), 10, 3 (3), 8, 20, 1, 2 (4),
3, 4 (2), 5 (2). bey (biy% xii, 1 (2). boy (bdy u ), viii, 14. boy (bdy u ), viii, 14. - buy (boy), viii, 1 (2) ; x, 10, 2, 4 ;
xii, 15. biya ban (biyaban), ii, 4. b v ek (byekh), viii, 1. b v ek (bydkh), xii, 10, 9. b v ek (bekh), xii, 10. byak (bydkh), viii, 9, 14 ; x, 1 ;
xii, 4, 13 (3), 4. byek (bekh), xii, 3. bdyen (bdyen), xii, 15. beyen (biyen), viii, 9. 6fyim (byon u ), vi, 4 (2). 6 w iift (byon u ), vii, 14 (2). b v iinuy (byonuy), vii, 2. fraz/is (boyis), v, 10 ; x, 3. beyes (biyis), xii, 23. fee?/is (biyis), vi, 11. foyas (biyis), viii, 5. foyis (biyis), viii, 13. fo/aZ, see torn fo/a£, ii, 4. byut (byuth u ), x, 7 (2) ; xii, 4. byut (byuth u ), viii, 4 ; x, 5. b y eih l (bith*), viii, 8 ; xii, 2. byoth (byuth u ), xii, 26 (2). byoth (bydth u ), xii, 21. fo/w£A (byuth u ), xii, 7. b y uthus (byuthus), vi, 16. fraz, see bqnduk bdz, ii, 7. bdzau, see nazar (nazqr) bdzau,
ii, 1; x, 7, 8; xii,’ 23. 6oz (66z), ii, 2 (2), 3, 4 (3), 5, 6,
7, 10, 2 ; ix, 6. bdz (buz”), ii, 7 ; iii, 1 ; v, 7 ;
x, 4 ; xii, 19. bdz (buz”), xi, 16. bdzi gar (bdztydr), iv, 1, 2, 3, 4,
5, 6, 7.
431
INDEX TO SIB AUBEL STEIN’S TEXT chem
bozak (bozakh), vi, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7. bozdn (bozdn), xi, 1.
bozana (bozana), x, 4 (2) ; xii, 22. bdz°ne (bozana), viii, 5. bozan (bozan), xi, 20. bozana (bozana), xii, 3. bozan (bozan), vi, 10 ; viii, 1, 2 ;
xi, 15. bozun (bozun), v, 3. bozun (bozun u ), xii, 7. bozun (buzun), ii, 1, 10. bazar (bazar), v, 7. &03WS (buz u nas), ii, 5. 602^ (buzith), vii, 27, 8. bdzuth (buzuth), xii, 20. 6oz torn (boztam), iv, 1. 6oz to (buz^tav), vii, 9. c/*a (chya), v, 7. c^a (chrvd), xii, 19, 20. cAa (cheh), x, 14 ; xii, 2. cAa (chya), vi, 7. cto (chey), iii, 4 ; v, 5, 10 (3) ;
vii, 16 ; viii, 4 ; xii, 14 (2). che (cheh), iii, 2, 3 (2), 4 (2) ; v,
3, 12; vii, 1,2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 10,
1, 3, 4, 8, 9, 20 (2), 2, 3, 6 (2),
7, 8, 9 (2), 30 (2), 1 ; viii, 1 (2), 7, 10, 3 (2) ; ix, 1 (2), 6 (2) ; x, 5, 6, 7, 10 ; xi, 11 ; xii, 2, 4, 5, 7 (2), 10 (3), 1 (2), 5 (2), 8, 9 (5), 23.
che (chih), ii, 9 ; iii, 3 (2) ; v,
8, 10; viii, 1,3, 11, 3; x, 6, 14 ; xi, 6, 7 ; xii, 1, 3, 23.
che (chuh), iii, 7 ; v, 4.
che (chey), x, 8.
che (chya), xii, 20.
che, see bo che, vi, 16.
chi (chih), viii, 1 ; x, 4 ; xii, 16.
chi (chey), v, 1.
chi (chiy), viii, 3.
chi (chuy), iv, 3 ; vii, 2, 3 ; xii, 7.
chi (chih), vii, 30.
chi (chuy), vii, 2.
cho, see su cho, v, 7.
c^w (cheh), x, 5.
c^w (chih), x, 1 ; xii, 2.
dm (cfcuA), ii, 1, 4, 5, 6 (2), 8, 11 ; iii, 1 (4), 2 (2), 4, 7 (3), 8 (2) ; iv, 1 ; v, 1 (2), 3 (2), 5, 6 (3), 7, 8 ; vi, 6, 7, 14 ; vii, 1, 27 ; viii, 1, 5, 6 (2), 7 (2), 8 (2), 9 (2), 10 (2), 1, 2, 3 (5) ; ix,
1 (2), 6 (2), 11 ; x, 1 (3), 3, 4, 5 (4), 6 (2), 7 (4), 8 (5), 10,
2 (6), 3, 4 (4) ; xi, 2, 13 ; xii, 2 (4), 3 (4), 4 (8), 6, 7, 8, 10, 1 (2), 4, 5 (4), 7 (4), 8, 9 (3), 20, 3, 4.
chu (chiiva), viii, 5 (2) ; x, 5 (3) ;
xii, 1. chu (chuwa), v, 8 ; viii, 5 ; x, 12. chu (chuy), iii, 4. chuh (chuh), xi, 8. chak (chekh), viii, 3, 11 ; ix, 1 ;
xii, 13, 23. chek (chekh), ii, 9. chuk (chikh), xi, 10, 8. chuk (chukh), iii, 8 ; viii, 2 ;
x, 1, 7, 12(5), 4; xii, 1, 4,
5, 17. chuka (chukh), i, 10. chuka (chukha), xii, 7 (2). chakla (cakla), ix, 10 (2). chuk na (chukhna), v, 5 ; xii, 13. chale (chela), vii, 14. chalqha (chalaho), x, 5. chdldn (cdldn), xi, 4. chdldnq (cdldn), viii, 10. cholun (cholun), x, 5. chulun (cholun), xii, 2. chqm (chem), v, 10. chem (chem), ix, 4.
chim
HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES
432
chim (chim), vi, 3 (2) ; x, 12 ;
ad, 14, 5. chum (chum), v, 8, 10 ; vi, 5 ;
vii, 14, 5, 7, 8 (2), 24 (2), 6 ;
x, 12 ; xii, 4, 5, 7, 11,
4, 20. chum? (chum), vii, 14. chum u (chum), vii, 17. chanq (chena), xii, 5. chdn (chdn), xi, 18. chq na (chena), xii, 20. che na (chena), x, 7. che na (chena), xii, 2. chena (chena), x, 6 ; xii, 19. che ne (chena), x, 14. ch*dn (cyoh ii ), v, 9. chdn (cyon u ), v, 9 (2) ; xii, 6. cAw na (chuna), iii, 3. cAim (cyon u ), viii, 7 (2). cAw na (chuna), iv, 4, 6 ; viii, 2 ;
xii, 2, 22. chandq (cenda), xii, 15. chandqs (cendas), v, 5 ; xii, 15. cAw ra&& (chundkh), viii, 1. cAan v (chdn ii ), xi, 19. chdn v e (cyane), vi, 3. cAow y (c?/^ tt ), xii, 20, 2, 3. cAawy (chyon ii ), x, 10. chonuy (cydnuy), v, 9. cAom/ (cydn u ), xii, 18. chan v en (cydnen), viii, 11. cAar &as (carkas), vii, 19. charkas (carkas), vii, 20. cAas (ches), xii, 4, 5, 6, 18. cAas (chis), vii, 5. c^as, see khurachas, v, 5. c^asa (chesa), viii, 3, 11. c#e sa (chesna), v, 6. cto (cAes), v, 2, 3, 4, 5 (2), 6, 11 ;
vii, 11, 5, 22 (2) ; viii, 3, 6,
7, 11 (2) ; ix, 1, 6 ; xi, 9 ;
xii, 4, 6 10, 4 (2), 5.
che sai (chesay), ix, 1, 3.
chesai (chesay), ix, 6.
chis (chis), ii, 3 (2) ; xii, 3, 9.
chus (chis), x, 1 (2), 12.
chus (chus), ii, 4 (2), 11 ; iii, 4, 8 ;
v, 4, 6, 11 (3); vii, 26;
viii, 3, 7, 8, 9 (3), 10, 1 (2) ;
x, 3, 4 (2), 8 (4), 10 (2), 2,
4 (3) ; xii, 1, 3 (7), 5 (2),
10 (2), 3 (3), 9 (2), 20, 3. chus, see yichus, v, 5. chusai (chusay), v, 11. chas na (chesna), xii, 15. chus-na, see kahchus na, vi, 10. chesna (chesna), x, 4. chit (cith 1 ), viii, 10 (2). chetal (cheh tal), ix, 6. chu vai (chiway), xii, 15. chu voi (chiway), xii, 15. chavan (chawan), xi, 3. chavun (chawun), ix, 6. chi y (chuy), ii, 11. ch v q (chih), x, 6. c^ w a (chya), x, 10. c/i^aw (chewa), x, 1. cAaz/ (chey), x, 8. cAa^ (chey), iii, 8. cAw/ (chiy), v, 4. cA% (chey), xii, 6. cAiy (chuy), ii, 2 ; v, 10 ; vi, 14 :
vii, 31 ; viii, 13 ; x, 4 :
xii, 14. chiyai (cheyey), ix, 6. cM?/ (chiy), x, 12. ch v um (chim), x, 5. chyum (chim), x, 12. cA^aw (chdn), x, 5, 12. cA^aw* (cyon u ), viii, 11. ch y enq (chena), xii, 17. cA^ow (cydn u ), x, 14 ; xii, 16. cA%w (cy6n u ), viii, 7. chayen (ceyen), viii, 7.
433
INDEX TO SIB AUBEL STEIN’S TEXT duMy
ch v dnqs (chdnas), vii, 17, 20. ch v dnis (cydnis), v, 9 (2). ch v qn v (cydn”), viii, 3. ch v dnye (cydne), x, 12. ch v dnyen (cydnen), viii, 3. ch v utq (chiv ta), vii, 9. ch v avdn (cewdri), vi, 15 ; vii, 31 ;
xii, 6. ch v auvna (chewana), x, 1. ch v aye h v e (ceyihe), viii, 7. chiz (ciz), xii, 19. ceshmq (ceshma), i, 3. city (chuy), i, 13. da (dah), v, 6. do (doh), xii, 23. dii (d u h), v, 11. dab (dab), vii, 18. dafo, see zv/n? dabi, viii, 1. dob (dob), xii, 6. do&? (doba), xii, 7. dob^hqnq (doba-hand), viii, 7. do&os (dobas), xii, 6, 7. dqbdvit (dabovith), x, 3. da&za 7ie& (ddp { zihekh), xi, 15. <2a&2i /*e& (ddphihekh), xi, 15. dqbzik (ddp i zekh), v, 7. dactfnq (dachini), viii, 7. dad (ddd u ), ix, 6. c^’de (dddi), vii, 22. oW ? (doda), iii, 4. dod (dod”), v, 3, 6, 7 ; vii, 1 (2),
21 ; xii, 15 (2). dud (dod u ), xii, 25. dud® (doda), ii, 3. dudq (doda), xi, 13 (2). dad kha (dddkhdh), ii, 5. dod^mdf (doda-mdje), v, 2. dod^mqj (doda-mdj”), v, 2. dod^mqj (doda-mdji), v, 2. dadew (ddden), vi, 14. dad ? n (dadari), ii, 10. dwZar (dlddr), iv, 5.
da^’s (dodis), v, 6 (2).
da i d ve Mai (dod i laday), vii, 9.
da^ai (dagdy), ii, 5 ; viii, 8.
de#a (dega), vi, 16.
dagdy e (dagdy), ii, 5.
da^ay (dagdy), ii, 11.
eM (do^), iii, 5 ; v, 11.
doh (doha), viii, 3.
doha (doha), viii, 11 (2) ; xii,
4(2). doha (doha), viii, 3 (2) ; xii, 1,
11(2). ‘ doha (doha), viii, 3, 7, 11. doh (doha), iii, 1. doho (doha), ii, 7, 8 ; v, 1 (2), 5 ;
viii, 1 (3) ; x, 12 ; xii, 9. dohuch (dohuc”), x, 10, 4. dohuk (dohuk u ), x, 10. dohas (dohas), xii, 4. duh? (doh 1 ), iii, 4. daje (diij u ), xi, 18. da/ (wuz u ), viii, 11. dujdn (dujdn), xi, 7. daj^s (wuz u s), viii, 11. di& (dikh), viii, 11. ddkhHi (ddkhiUi), xii, 19. aaMe ndvdn (dakhandwdn), xi,
16. dukhtare (dukhtar-e), v, 11. dokht a rdt (doh ta rath), vii, 3. da&as (dakds), xi, 6. da*Zi (do7T), v, 2. di7 (diQ, ii, 5 ; v, 7. doili (doli), v, 9. dalil (caret), vii, 20. dalil (dalil), viii, 7, 10, 1, 3 ; x,
1(4). dalilq (dalild), x, 1. dalila (dalild), viii, 8, 11 ; x, 1. dalilq (dalild), viii, 6. dale muy (ddlomuy), xi, 14. duleny (dulan*), xii, 23.
dilas
HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES
434
dilas (dilas), i, 7 ; ii, 5 ; viii, 11 ;
xii, 15 (2). dlldsa (dildsa), ix, 7. dim (dim), iii, 1 ; v, 11 (2) ; viii,
3, 4 ; xii, 7, 15, 8. dimai (dimay), v, 6, 11 ; xii,
4,7. dimau (dimav), ii, 8. dimoi (dimoy), x, 1. dumbij (dombij u ), xi, 9. dim 9 ha (dimahb), vii, 23. dim 9 hak (dimahakh), vii, 20. daman, see muka daman, ix, 1. ddmdnas (ddmdnas), v, 9 (3). ddna (ddndh), viii, 1. ddna, see nd ddna, xi, 11. dan (don), xii, 22 (2), 3 (2). dina (dini), ix, 7. dm ((foV), x, 1. diHn 1 (din-i), iv, 6. dow (don), viii, 1, 4, 6, 11 (2) ;
x, 11 ; xii, 11, 4, 5. dand (danda), v, 11. danda (danda), v, 11. don handi (dob-handi), xii, 19. duWhas (dun^ydhas), xii, 18. donan (d a ndn), x, 7. ddnqs, see wa ddnas, ii, 5. dow” ww (donaway), x, 5. donovai (donaway), xi, 12. don u vai (donaway), x, 13. dunuvai (donaway), x, 4. dm* (dm*), x, 2. dm?/ (din”), xii, 3. duny i lias (dutfydhas), xii, 18. daj? (daph), xii, 4 (2). dapai (dapay), v, 5. dapai (dapay), iii, 4. dap (dapi), x, 1. dap (dapi), v, 9. dop (dop u ), v, 9 ; viii, 1, 13 ;
x, 2, 8 ; xii, 5, 19.
dop u (do^ tt ), ii, 4 ; xi, 12. dup (dop u ), xi, 2, 14 ; xii, 4. dw^ (do^ M ), xi, 11. dop hak (dop u hakh), x, 12. dophak (dop u hakh), viii, 1. dop ham (dop u ham), v, 8. dophas (dop u has), x, 5, 6. dop has (dop u has), v, 8 ; x, 8„
12 ; xii, 1. dop u has (dop u has), iii, 8 (2) ;:
viii, 3, 4 (2), 5 ; x, 1, 2, 7,.
12 ; xii, 1, 17, 23. daphas (dop u has), viii, 11. dop«& (dopukh), ii, 1 ; v, 7 ;
viii, 1, 2 ; x, 1 ; xii, 18. dop u mau (dopum a wa), x, 12. dopum (dop u wam), x, 12. dap 9 nai (dapanay), xii, 16. dapan (dapan), ii, 1, 2 ; iii, 2,
3, 4 (4), 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 (2) ; iv, 1 ; v, 1, 3, 4, 5 (2), 6, 7, 8, 9 (2), 11 (4), 2, 6 (5) ; vii, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1, 3, 4,
8, 9, 20, 2, 3, 4, 6 (2), 7, 8,
9, 30, 1 ; viii, 1 (2), 3 (2),
4, 5, (2), 6, 8 (2), 9 (2) ; viii, 10, 1, 2 ; ix, 1 (2), 4„ 6 (2) ; x, 1 (4), 2, 3, 4 (2),.
5, 7, 8 (5), 10 (3), 2 (5), 3,
4 (4), 8 ; xii, 3 (6), 4 (2),.
5 (3), 6 (2), 7, 8, 9, 10 (4). 1 (2), 3 (3), 4 (2), 5, 8, 9 (2), 20 (4), 2, 4, 5, 6.
dapan (caret), xii, 22.
dapan (dapan), ii, 3, 5, 12 ; viii,lL
dopan (dapan), ii, 9, 10 ; iii, 3 ;
viii, 11. .dapun (dapun), v, 8. dopun (dopun), ii, 7, 9, 11 ; iii,.
9 ; v, 6, 8, 9, 10 ; viii, 3, 4,
6, 9, 10, 3 ; x, 2, 5 (3) ; xii, 13, 9, 21 (2).
4 Hi
INDEX TO SIR AUBEL STEIN’S TEXT ddsas
dopun (caret), viii, 10.
dopun (dapun u ), v, 9.
dop u nai (dop u nay), x, 12.
dop u nak (dop u nakh), viii, 1 ; x, 1.
dop u nak (dop u nakh), v, 8 ; vi, 16 (3) ; viii, 4 (3), 5 (2), 10, 1 ; x, 1 (2), 5 (2), 6 (2), 12 (2) ; xii, 1 (2).
dopu nak (dop u nakh), ii, 6.
dopunak (dop u nakh), ii, 8 ; v, 8.
dqpqnam (dapanam), ii, 11.
dopu nam (dop u nam), iv, 4.
dop u nas (dop u nas), v, 4 ; viii, 7
dop u nas (dop u nas), iii, 1 (3) 2, 5 (4), 8 (4), 9 (3) ; v, 1, 4 (2), 5, 6 (3), 8, 9 (4), 12 vi, 5, 8, 14, 5 (4) ; viii, 3 (2) 6, 8, 9 (3), 10, 1 (5); ix 1 (2), 4 ; x, 6 (2), 10 ; xii, 1 4 (6), 5 (2), 7 (3), 10, 1, 5 (7) 6 (3), 8 (3), 20, 1, 2, 4, 5.
dop u nqs (dop u nas), iii, 4.
dopunas (dop u nas), iii, 1, 4, 5
v, 5 ; -viii, 11.
dopunqs (dop u nas), ii, 9, 11 :
iii, 4. dapas (dapas), xii, 19. dapus (dapus), xii, 20. dopus (dopus), v, 1 ; xii, 1 (4). dopusq (dopus), i, 7. dqtpty (dapiy), xii, 18. dapyau (dapydv), xii, 24. dopuy (dopuy), xii, 15. dap y am (dapyam), ix, 4. dap v dmak (dapydmakh), xi, 15. dap^zim (ddp { zem), v, 8 (2). dar (dar), ii, 5. dqr (dar), ii, 4. ddrau, see kabar dar an, ii, 6. ddrau, see khabqr ddrau, x, 7, 8. ddhi, (ddri), v, 4. dqr (dor 1 ), ix, 11 (2).
dqSri (dare), v, 4 (2).
dqtri (ddri), v, 4.
ddWi, sec vuph d&ri, ii, 12.
dd^ri, see vupha d&ri, ii, 5, 6, 7, 10.
dqSri, see vupha dq^ri, ii, 2.
dqiri, see vupha ddiri, ii, 3, 4 (3).
rfain, see vupha ddiri, ii, 2.
dwr (dur), viii, 11 (2) ; x, 7.
dwn (duri), vii, 18 ; x, 7.
draw (drdv), ii, 8 ; iii, 1, 3, 4 (2) ; v, 1, 4, 5, 6, 9 ; vi, 7 ; viii, 9 (2) ; x, 2, 3, 4 (2), 5 (2), 7 (2), 9, 14 (2) ; xi, 4, 13 ; xii, 4, 5 (2), 10, 1, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 20, 3.
dqrbdr (durbar), viii, 11.
dard (dard), ix, 8.
drag (drag), vi, 15.
drdk (drdkh), vi, 11.
duran (duran), vii, 11.
dqtri nam (do^nam), vii, 25.
deras (deras), v, 11.
derqs (deras), viii, 9.
drds (dras), xii, 3 (2).
drot (drdt u ), x, 5.
drdtis (drdti), ix, 5.
darvdza (darwdza), viii, 4 (2).
dqrvazq (darwdza), viii, 11 (3), 2.
dray (dray), ix, 9.
<7ra>? (drdye), iii, 1, 2 ; v, 7 (2), 9.
drqy (dray), x, 11.
dn?/ (driy), viii, 1 (2), 2.
drdyas (drdyes), vii, 7.
(fo’sa (di-sa), x, 8.
fca (di’s), xii, 4.
deshdn (deshdn), vi, 12.
deshun (deshun u ), xii, 22.
deshit (dishith), v, 2.
daskatq (daskhata), xii, 21.
daskaih (daskhaih), xii, 22.
dasas (ddsas), v, 4 (2).
Ff
dit
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
436
dit (dith), vi, 7 ; x, 12.
ddth, see va l r v ddth, xii, 19.
dithai (ditay), v, 2.
dithin (ditin), x, 2.
dithas (dits^s), viii, 7.
cfo’tam (ditam), x, 5.
dtto’m (ditim), x, 12 (2).
ditfmak (diVmakh), ix, 11.
ditfnas (ditin), vii, 5.
ditinas (diPnas), x, 14.
<ftfr ((ftfe*), vi, 16.
<fe? has (dits u has), x, 5.
dtfedb (dits u kh), iii, 8.
dfo’feaw (ditsH), x, 7 (2).
ditsan (dits u ri), x, 7.
(&6mw (ditsan), xii, 7, 12.
ditsqnas (dits u nas), v, 9 ; x, 8.
d^Zta (cfo’to), v, 9 ; x, 4.
<ft&» (^*), xi, 17.
dava (dawdh), v, 6.
dava (dawa), vi, 14.
dava (dawdh), v, 6 (3).
dava (dawa), v, 4.
tt (dawdh), v, 11.
davahan (dawahan), v, 6.
rfiwm (diwan), v, 11 ; vii, 11, 4,
7, 8, 22 ; x, 14 ; xii, 4, 14,
7 (2), 23. (fo°?/ M (dwd-yi), i, 3. da?/e (daye), iv, 1. t%a (fe/*)> vii, 2. c%i£ (diyiv), xii, 21. <%w (diyiv), x, 12. doi/aw (doyav), iii, 1 ; v, 7 ; viii,
2, 3, 5 ; x, 5. doye (<%i), viii, 7. <% (<%), vi, 6. eft/aw (dev), xii, 7. <%eAe (diyihe), viii, 13. dtyum (diyum), vi, 16. duyamis (doyimis), viii, 6. <ft/im (dyun u ), x, 6.
<fo/ar (dyar), i, 9 ; x, 1, 6. dtotf (d?/w* tt ), v, 9 ; x, 2. d?/wZ (dyut u ), viii, 11, 2. dyu* (dyuth u ), vi, 11 (2). (fyw£ (dyuth u ), vi, 15 ; x, 12. dyuih (dyut u ), xii, 22 (2). d y ilthuk (dyutukh), xii, 24. dyuthum (dyuthum), vi, 15 (2). d y iithun (dyutun), xii, 25. dyiith u nas (dyut u nas), xii, 22. dyuthut (dyuthuth), vi, 15. d y utuk (dyutukh), v, 10. d y iituk (dyutukh), xii, 17. dyutuk (dyutukh), x, 5. tfo/6£ www (dyuth u may), xi, 1. dy1it u mau (dyutum a wa), x, 12. dyuflmut (dyut u mot u ), viii, 1. dyutmut (dyut u mot u ), v, 6 ; viii, 1. dyutmut (dyuth u mot u ), vi, 14. d y iltniat (diVmat 1 ), x, 12. dyutmut (dyut u mot u ), x, 12. dHtamqty (diVmdt*), x, 12. d y utun (dyutun), v, 4. d y utun (dyutun), x, 5. dyutun (dyutun), v, 4 ; viii, 4, 7. dyutun (dyutun), x, 9, 11, 2, 3,
5(2). dyut^nak (dyut u nakh), x, 5. dyutanak (dyut u nakh), ii, 7. dyut u nak (dyut u nakh), xii, 17. d y ut u nas (dyut u nas), xii, 16. dyutunas (dyut u nas), v, 6. dyutanas (dyut u nas), x, 6. dyutanas (dyut u nas), i, 9. dyut u nas (dyut u nas), xii, 5, 7 (2),.
11. dyut u nas (dyut u nas), xii, 15, 6. dyutanay (dyutun u y), ii, 7. dyutus (dyutus), i, 10 ; xii, 4. dyav^zath (deva-zdth), xii, 16. <%i?/ (diyiy), xii, 14. daz, see ^raw daz, ii, 7.
437
INDEX TO SIB AUBEL STEIN’S TEXT
ga l li
dizi (dizi), v, 7.
ddzakas (ddzakas), xii, 19, 20.
dazdn (dazdn), viii, 13 ; x, 7.
dazdn 1 (dazdn 1 ), x, 7.
ddzqn, see tiran ddzqn, ii, 7.
dlz v ek (dizikh), xii, 16.
fakir a (phakir a), x, 7.
fakir (phakir), i, 2 ; ii, 1, 2, 3 (2), 9; iii, 1 ; x, 7 (5), 8 (6), 9, 12 (3), 4 (2).
faklra (phaklrdh), ii, 1 (2).
faklra (phaklra), ii, 3 ; x, 8.
fakirau (phaklrav), v, 8.
fakiri (phaklriye), x, 9.
fakiri (phakirl), x, 14.
faklro (phakird), ii, 2.
filflr (phikir”), xii, 20.
fikrra (phikirdh), xii, 19, 24.
faklran (phaklran), vi, 13 ; x, 12.
faklran (phaklran), iii, 1 ; x, 7 ‘(2), 8.
fakiras (phaklras), iii, 9.
fakir as (phaklras), x, 8.
faklrqs (phaklras), ii, 3, 4, 7, 8 ; iii, 1, 2 ; x, 8
faklrqsund (phakir a- sond u ), x, 12.
faklrqsqnz (phakir a- sum”), x, 8.
faklrqsunz (phakir a- silnz”), x, 14.
forsat (phorsat), xi, 2.
fursath (phursath), xii, 17.
#a (gdh), vi, 12.
#a, see har ga, viii, 7.
#a (gdh), vi, 13.
#a, see har ga, xii, 3.
0<w (gay), ii, 1, 4 ; iii, 5 ; vi, 9, 16 ; viii, 3 (3), 4, 5, 8, 11 (2), 2, 3 ; x, 1 ; xi, 3 ; xii, 6, 11, 23.
gau (gav), ii, 3 (3), 6, 7, 12; iii, 1, 8, 9 (3) ; v, 5, 9, 10 (2), 1 ; vi, 6, 12, 6 ; viii, 2 (2), 3 (2), 6, 7 (2), 9 (2), 10 (3),
1 (2), 3 ; x, 4, 7 (3), 10 ; xi, 18 ; xii, 1, 4 (4), 7, 9 (2), 10,
2 (2), 3, 5 (3), 8. gau (gov”), xi, 12. gau, see sq^gau, iv, 3. gau (gav), ii, 1.
gau (gov”), xi, 12.
gdu (gav), v, 5 ; vi, 16.
gau (gav), ii, 1.
gau (gov”), vi, 15.
goi (gay), v, 9.
gab (gob), iii, 6 (2).
gab*r (gabar), xii, 15.
gabqr (gabar), viii, 1, 3.
gddq (gdda), i, 9.
gddq (gdda), i, 8.
gud a (gdda), viii, 3.
gud* (gdda), xii, 15.
guda (gdda), xi, 5.
gude (gdda), iv, 2 ; v, 9.
gudun (godun), v, 10, 2.
guda l ny (gddan), iii, 1.
gudenH (gddaniy), viii, 10.
gudeny (gddan), x, 12 ; xi, 2.
gudeny (gddan), xi, 3, 10.
gudeny (gddaniy), x, 3 ; xii, 6.
gudenyi (gddaniy), xii, 4.
gudenyl (gddaniy), x, 10.
<7W(fe nyechi hqndi (gddanice-
handi), xii, 10. gudenyuk (gddanyuk”), viii, 13. $W nyukuy (gddanukuy), viii, 5. gud°run (gudarun), viii, 5. gud?ryau (gudariv), v, 9 (2). </adoi yiye (gadoyiye), x, 2. (7a& (#aA), vi, 2 ; xii, 2. goham (goham), x, 4. #MsA (gwdsh), viii, 9. gqj^nas (gdj u nas), vii, 19. </a& (gdkh), iii, 9 ; viii, 13, 4. #<JZ (groQ, ix, 4. gaHi (gali), xii, 24.
gcfl*
HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES
438
gaH* (gdV), xii, 25.
guP (guV), v, 9.
gulam (golam), viii, 5, 6 (6), 8, 11
(2), 3 (2). gulaman (goldman), vi, 14 ; viii,
11. gulaman (goldman), viii, 7, 8. gulamas (golamas), viii, 11. guldmasund (golama-sond u ), viii, 6 . guldmasanz (golama-sunz u ), viii,
11.” gdlmut (g6l u mot u ), ii, 11. #afom (galun u ), xii, 19. <7<u ma (gayemay), vii, 12. ^dm (gom), iii, 1 ; v, 7 ; vii, 12, 3 ;
viii, 9, 10. gommut (gamot u ), i, 4. gdman (gdman), xi, 8. gurnard yiy (gum-royi), vii, 12. gomus (gamot u ), v, 10. gamut 1 (gamdt 1 ), v, 9. ^mw« (gomot u ), ix, 1 (2), 6 (2) ;
xii, 4, 23. gomut (gamot u ), ii, 4 ; iii, 1 ;
viii, 1 ; x, 7. gomut (gomot u ), v, 2 (2), 5. gamat y (gamdt 1 ), x, 7, 8. gamuV (gamat 1 ), xii, 20. gamuts (gamuts), xii, 10. ganau (gdnau), xi, 15. <7w?ia (gonah), viii, 11 (2). #<mi (gand), x, 3. gremd (gand 1 ), v, 9. #awd^ (gand 1 ), xi, 9. #?md (#fod tt ), v, 4 (3). gand^maty 1 (gand i mat i ), x, 5. gandin (gdndin), x, 2 (2). gundun (gondun), v, 10, 2. gund^nas (gond u nas), v, 11. gandit (gandith), iii, 8. (jraftrf* zyes (gdnd { zes), v, 6. <7<mas (ganas), v, 9 ; ix, 2.
ganas (ganas), v, 9.
#aw v ^ (gane), viii, 13.
<7aifo/e (gane), x, 7.
$w^aF (gopoV), v, 10 (2), 1 (2).
gwpaPe (gopale), v, 11.
#ar (flfar), v, 3.
#ar (gara), iii, 1, 9 ; v, 9, 10 ;
xii, 8. #ar? (£ara), iii, 2, 3 (2) ; v, 1,
5 (2), 10 (2) ; xii, 19, 22. gara (gara), v, 4, 10 ; x, 4, 6, 7,
14 ; xii, 1, 4 (2), 5 (3), 10,
1 (2), 2, 3, 4, 8 (2), 20, 2, 5. gar 1 (gar 1 ), v, 4. gar* (gari), v, 10. gar, see nan gar, xi, 10. gar (gor), xi, 5. gar, see bdzi gar, iv, 1, 2, 3, 4,
5, 6, 7. gaWi (gari), iii, 1 ; x, 5 ; xii,
4 (2), 5 (2). ga l ri (gor), vii, 27. gur (gur 1 ), xi, 6. gur (gur u ), iii, 8 ; x, 3. gur\ (gur 1 ), xi, 8 ; xii, 1. gur 1 (guri), ii, 6. #wr (gur 1 ), xi, 12. <7wr (gur u ), xi, 13. <jrwr 6a?/e (gur^-baye), xi, 12. gar dan (gar dan), ii, 8. #arra (garam), i, 11. #ar<m (gar an), xi, 6. garan (gaddn), v, 1. #ara navan (garandwan), xi, 17. #aras (garas), ix, 4 (2). ^m (guris), ii, 6, 11 ; iii, 8 (2) ;
x, 5. #ros£ (gryust u ), ix, 4. #res£ &a?/ (gristf-bay), ix, 1. #resZ 6a?/e (grist 1 -bay i), ix, 1. (7resZ ? 6% (grist i -bay), ix, 6 (2). #resZ ? 6%e (grist 1 -bay i), ix, 1.
439
INDEX TO SIR AUBEL STEIN’S TEXT
ha
grest” baye (grist 1 -baye), ix, 6.
gresta baye (grist 1 -baye), ix, 1, 4.
grest garas (grist 1 -garas), ix, 4.
gresta garas (grist 1 -garas), ix, 4.
gresVen (gresten), ix, 7.
gar v e (gdre), v, 7.
gray (gray), ix, 12.
graye (graye), vii, 11.
gur v au (guryau), xii, 2.
gur v en-hqnz (guren-hunz*), xii, 3.
(jrar ze (garza), vii, 26.
garzanas (gorzanas), ii, 1.
#as (0ds), iv, 3.
gasa (gasa), x, 5 (3) ; xi, 6, 9 (2).
gase (gasa), xi, 7.
(jasw (gasa), xi, 12.
#as (gos), viii, 11.
#as (#os), v, 4.
^ra5 (^os), v, 5 ; x, 10.
gos (gos), iii, 4, 8 ; viii, 4, 10 ; x, 12, 4 ; xii, 12.
gdsai (gosay), xi, 18.
gash (gash), iii, 3 ; v, 5, 7.
gash (gwash), xii, 2 (2).
gosdny (gusdn u ), v, 9.
gat (gath), iii, 4.
(/afo (gata), i, 6.
gatij {gdfy), v, 3, 10.
</w^a (gutHa), vii, 12.
#a% (gafP), viii, 1 (2).
#afe (gatsh), iii, 5 ; vi, 17 ; viii, 10 ; xi, 2 ; xii, 4, 5, 11 (2), 4,20.
gatsq (gatshi), xii, 11, 22, 3.
gatsau (gatshav), viii, 3 ; xii, 18.
gatse (gatshi), v, 1, 4 (2), 8, 9 (2) ; viii, 2, 8, 10, 1 ; x, 3, 5 (2), 12 ; xii, 4 (2), 5, 6 (4), 10 (2), 3 (2), 5 (2), 9, 20 (3), 2.
gatse (gatshiy), xii, 7, 13.
gatse (gatshi), viii, 7, 8.
gats* (gatsh), ii, 9.
<jrafci (gatshi), viii, 6, 11. #afcw (gatshu), xi, 11. #ofc (gotsh u ), v, 7. #wfe (gotsh u ), v, 7 ; xii, 19. gatsak (gatshakh), v, 5, 6 ; xii, 18. gats°nq gatshi-na), xii, 16. gats^nai (gatshanay), xii, 5. gatsan (gatshan), v, 4, 8 ; xi, 12. gatsan (gatshan), iii, 6 ; v, 1 ;
viii, 1 (3) ; x, 5 ; xii, 4 (3),
19, 23. gatsun (gatshun u ), v, 9, 10 ; xii,
6, 24. gatse nam (gatshanam), x, 1, 2. gatsqs (gatshes), xii, 18. gatses (gatshes), v, 9. gats tq (gatshta), xi, 1. gatsi v (gatshiy), xii, 5. gats v u (gatshiv), x, 7, 8. gatsiy (gatshiy), xii, 7, 21 (3). gatsiye (gatshiye), xii, 13. gatsyu (gatshiv), vii, 4. gats v em (gatshem), x, 3, 6 ; xii,
3 (2), 7. gats v es (gatshes), x, 3. gatsyes (gatshes), x, 5. garni (gawdy 1 ), x, 12. gdvun (gov u n), vi, 15. gayau (gayav), xii, 15. gay 6 (gaye), iii, 1, 4.
gaye (gaye), iii, 1, 9 ; v, 9, 10, 1 ;
viii, 11 ; x, 1, 14 (2) ; x, 8 ;
xii, 2, 9, 10, 2, 3. 9 a V e {gaye), iii, 8. g y m (Me), xi, 10. gayem (gayem), ix, 4. gayqs (gayes), x, 6. gaznavi (gaznavi), i, 1. guzran (guzaran), xi, 19. ha (ha), xii, 19. ha, see 6at?a Aa, vii, 21.
ha
HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES
440
ha, see hav* ha, vii, 21.
ha, see dim? ha, vii, 23.
M, see hare ha, ii, 11.
M, see vuch 9, ha, viii, 10.
ha, see yetsanq ha, v, 6.
M (M), ii, 2, 3, 4 ; x, 4 ; xi, 3 ;
xii, 10. hai (hay), v, 4 (4) ; ix, 7, 8, 9,
10 ; xi, 14, 6, 9. hai, see kur hai, iv, 2. M, see muthai, v, 2. tat (Mv), v, 4 (2) ; xi, 11. hau (hdv), xii, 14. he, see asi M, ii, 4. hi (hih 1 ), xii, 1. ho (hau), ii, 10. M, see k v qho, v, 5. M, see kyqho, v, 4. Ao, see yi Mi, xii, 20. ho (ho), ii, 3.
habjoshi (hab-jushi), xii, 22. McA (hech), v, 3. Md ? (Md), vii, 15. hihis (hihis), viii, 5, 13. hak, see dim” hak, vii, 20. M&, see dop hak, x, 12. M&, see kar? hak, xii, 16. M&, see kur hak, xi, 17. hak, see wcA M&, viii, 1. hak, see tfa&za M&, xi, 15. hek, see aa&zi hek, xi, 15. /m&, see kar u huk, xii, 19. /m&* (hoW), vi, 15. htfkhi (hakh-i), xii, 15. hakim (hakim), vi, 14. hakima (hakimd), vi, 13. hukqm (hukum), viii, 12. hukum (hukum), ii, 7 ; viii, 4 ;
x, 9, 13 ; xii, 7. huk u mq (hukm-i), xi, 4. /m&m (hukum), viii, 11, 3 ; x, 5. hekqmati (hekmat-i), i, 11.
hekqmats (hekmiits”), i, 12.
MZ ? (kla), xii, 17.
MZ (MZ), vii, 9 ; ix, 4 (2) ; xi, 17.
Ml (MP), vi, 15.
halam (halam), ix, 11 (2).
haP mas (halamas), v, 4.
haPmas (halamas), v, 5.
halamas (halamas), v, 4.
Mew (helen), vi, 15.
km, see dop ham, v, 8.
hamai, see Zade hamai, x, 3.
Mm, see £>m Mm, vii, 10.
himai, (hemay), v, 11.
hamud (hamud), vii, 4.
Mm nishin (hamnishin), vii,
20 (2). Mm nishman (hamnishinan), vii,
24. Mm nishman (hamnishinan), vii,
21. hamsai (hamsaye), x, 5. Mm saye (hamsaye), x, 12. /ma (hand), see pdr v ehna, xii, 2. A ? na, see rafee A”na, v, 6 (2). th”na (hand), xii, 17 (2). han (han), iii, 1 ; x, 5 ; xii, 21. hana (hand), x, 3, 5. han (han), x, 5. han, see rats a hqn, v, 6. han, see rafra Mn, v, 6. Mna (hand), xii, 16. Mna (hand), x, 5. Mna (hand), viii, 7. Mm (Mm), viii, 6 (2). hdunai (hdw u nay), v, 4 (2). Mn (Mn), xii, 13. Aoni (hun 1 ), viii, 4. /km, see mukHdvq hun, x, 1. Awn (Awn’), viii, 12 (2). hun (hun u ), viii, 9 (6), 10 (4). hunq (hun 1 ), viii, 13. handi (handi), x, 7.
441
INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN’S TEXT hitsun
hand* (hand 1 ), v, 6.
handi (handi), x, 7 ; xii, 10, 9.
hund (hond u ), iii, 1, 5 ; v, 1, 2, 5,
9 ; vii, 1 ; viii, 1, 3, 9 ; x,
2 (2), 4 (2), 9 (2) ; xii, 5 (3),
15. handis (handis), v, 4 ; viii, 6 (3),
13 (2) ; x, 3 (2), 5, 7, 10. hangqt? manga (hanga-ta-manga),
iii, 6. hdu nak (hdw u nakh), xii, 18. haunam (hdw u nam), v, 4. hunis (hunis), viii, 9, 10 (3). hanza (hanza), viii, 11. hqnz (hunz u ), iii, 5, 6 ; viii, 11 ;
x, 3 ; xii, 3. hanza (hanza), viii, 4. hanza (hanza), viii, 3, 4. hanza (hanzah), i, 4. hunz (hunz u ), viii, 3. hunz (caret), xii, 6. hdpat (hapath), ix, 2. haput (haputh), ii, 10, 1 (3), 2. hapqtan (hapatan), ix, 4. hapqtas (hapatas), ii, 10, 1. Mr (Mr), ii, 2. Mrde (har a da), ix, 8. Mr #a (hargah), viii, 7. Mr #d (hargah), xii, 3. hargd (hargah), xii, 3. Mrgw to/ (hargah-ay), viii, 10. har°gak y ey (hargah-kiy), viii, 13. Mn Mn (Mr* Mr), xi, 8. harik (har&W), ii, 3. Jbron (haran), vii, 24 ; xii, 9 (2). hr v au (h a ryov), x, 12. h°reyek (h a reyekh), x, 5. h”sq (hasa), x, 1. M se (hasa), ii, 11. Ms, see anye has, vi, 16. has, see do^p Ms, v, 8 ; x, 8, 12 ;
xii, 1.
has, see dits? has, x, 5.
has, see &wr has, viii, 2.
Ms, see manga has, xii, 19.
Ms, see nyu has, viii, 9.
Ms, see tray, has, x, 12.
Ms, see tsun has, xii, 4.
Msa (hasa), vi, 11.
Msa (hasa), x, 1 (6), 4 (2), 8 ;
xii, 1 (2), 5, 10. hasa, see tsahasq, v, 7. Mse (hasa), x, 1 (2). Ms (Ms), xii, 20. ^sA (hish u ), x, 7. Aos^ (hdsh), i, 5. hushar (hushyar), v, 5 (3). Ms* (MsP), vi, 16 (2). host” (host u ), vi, 16. hat (hath), i, 8 ; ii, 12 ; viii, 9,
10(2); x, 1 (4), 2 (3), 6. hat, see muslq hat, xi, 19. hat (hath), viii, 10. hatq (hata), x, 5. hatai (hatay), xii, 15. hato (hato), x, 5. M£ (heth), iii, 1 ; v, 7. ^ (heth), i, 8. M£ (Mp), v, 7. fori (Mi u ), vii, 14. hatq bud 1 (hata-bdd { ), ix, 9. hathas (hatas), v, 10. hatan (hatan), v, 1. Mfos (hatas), i, 9 ; v, 12. Mta’s (hatis), viii, 1. M fed (hdtsha), vi, 9. Mfe (Mfe u ), xii, 12 (2). huts (hots u ), xii, 15. hetsqmatsq (hetsamatsa), x, 14. hitsan (hetsan), v, 7. hitsan (hetsan), x, 11. Aifean (M^), v, 4. hitsan (hetsan), iii, 4. hitsun (hets u n), v, 6.
hitsanas
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
442
hitsanas (hets u nas), v, 6.
hitsanas (hetsanas), viii, 7.
hats v uk (hatsyuk u ), xii, 15.
ham (hawdh), vii, 7.
M (hdway), iii, 8.
Mm (havi), v, 9.
Aav ? Aa (hdwaho), vii, 21.
havdla (hawala), viii, 4.
havala (hawala), v, 7, 10 (2), 2 ;
x,12(4), 22. havale (hawala), x, 12. havale (hawala), v, 12. havdlq v (hawdla-y), x, 7. Aavww (hdwun), vi, 16 ; xii, 15. Aovww (hdwun), ii, 3. hdv^nam (hdwanan), iv, 7. Acmms (hdwus), v, 4. AavwZ (hdwuth), vi, 5. havtam (havtam), v, 9. havdye (hawd-yi), ii, 6. A6 (AeA), xi, 12. A v e, see cA^aye A v e, viii, 7. h v e, see &an A v e, viii, 7. An* (A?/wA u ), x, 7 (2) ; xii, 4. hay (hay), v, 7. to/, see hargq hay, viii, 10. Aa?/, see yi hay, viii, 10. hyu (hyuh u ), viii, 7 ; xii, 4 (2). h v qhqrq (hihara), x, 12. A y ww (hyon u ), xii, 5. A y ww (yun u ), xii, 7. A%r (hyor u ), xii, 6. A?/w> (hyor u ), iii, 2, 9. to (MA), iii, 2 ; v, 1 (2), 7 ;
viii, 3 (2), 4, 6, 9, 10, 2 ; x, 5,
12 ; xi, 13, 4, 6, 8 ; xii, 2, 4,
5, 7. A*^A (Acta), xii, 9, 11, 2 (2), 8,
22 (2), 3 (4), 4, 5. A»e*A (heth), xii, 12. h v uthuy (yuthuy), xii, 12. h v utuk (hyotukh), x, 1.
Altera (hets u n), iii, 1.
h v iitun (hyotun), viii, 7 (3).
hyiitun (hyotun), ii, 1, 3.
h v utus (hyotus), xii, 10, 3.
h v evdn (hewdn), x, 7 ; xii, 15.
Aaz*, see ydhaz 1 , v, 9.
hazuri (huzuri), viii, 5.
AazraJ (hazrat-i), vi, 8.
hazrqV- (hazrat-i), iv, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
hazrqH* (hazrat-i), xii, 17.
AazreZ (hazrat-i), vi, 15.
hazret 1 (hazrat-i), vi, 10.
Aazretf (hazrat-i), vi, 14.
ja (jaA), ii, 4.
ja(jah), x, 12.
jai (jdye), viii, 7.
jjai 0%), ix, 6.
jao (jdv), xi, 4.
jao (jaw 5), xi, 4.
jaw, see Zw jdu, xii, 6.
jaZ (je/) vi, 16.
jalU (jel a d), xii, 15, 23, 4.
jal^va (jalwa), vi, 7.
jam, see tsdn v jam, vii, 26.
jumqlq (jumala), i, 13.
jaw (jaw)> vii, 27 ; xi, 17, 8.
jaw, see tu jan xii, 4.
jm, see tuh jin, iii, 9.
jande (jenda), v, 11.
janqtqch (jenatace), iii, 7.
janHuk (jenatuk u ), xi, 13.
jaw? Jw&A (jenatuk u ), xii, 21, 2.
janHas (jenatas), xii, 24.
jaw 9 £as (jenatas), xii, 19, 23, 4.
janatas (jenatas), xii, 20.
jdn^var (janawar), ix, 3.
jdnqvdr (janawar), ix, 1, 5.
janavdran (jdnawaran), viii, 1.
josA£ (jushl), xii, 22.
javdb (jewab), iii, 4 ; xii, 17.
i<% (W)» xi > 12 -
ja>? (jdye), i, 4 ; viii, 7.
443 INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN’S TEXT khobsurat
jdy e (jaye), iii, 7.
jaye (jaye), i, 3 ; ii, 8 ; iii, 7 ;
viii, 7, 9 ; x, 5 ; xii, 15 (2). ka (kdh), xi, 14. kq, see roz kq, xii, 18. kq, see taslikq, vi, 16. kdb (khdb), ‘vi, 11, 2, 4, 5.
Cf. kdv. kdbuk (khdbuk u ), vi, 14 (2). kdb^nish (khdba-nishe), vi, 12. kab”rq (kabari), iv, 7. &a&ar (khabar), ii, 1, 4 ; iii, 1, 3 ;
v, 7. kabara (khabardh), ii, 6. &a&ar ddrau (khabarddrav), ii, 6. kabarddrau (khabarddrav), ii, 1. M£ws (khdbas), vi, 14. kochuk, see tot kochuk, ii, 2. Md (Md), v, 7, 8, 9. teZ (kod), v, 7 ; vi, 11 ; x, 5. had (kefc), vi, 11. Wd (kod), x, 12. Ara’cZ (hod), x, 5 (3). fca’d (kod), v, 8 (2). Md (kod), v, 9. &o(Z (kore), v, 2. &wda (khoda), iii, 8 (3). &wZ ( W), xii, 10 (3), 1 (2), 2 (2),
3 (3), 4. &woa (khoda), vi, 5, 6, 7, 10. kud (kud”), v, 5. ifcud (fair*), v, 2, 5, 7 (2), 8 (2),
9 (4), 10 ; xii, 10, 3. kud 1 (kod 1 ), v, 9. kud 1 (kur 1 ), v, 2. kqWhen (kdr^han), xii, 12. kq i dik (kddikh), x, 12. &o<Ztt& (kud u kh), x, 11. &ad Maw (kod-khdn), vi, 10. kddkhdnen (kod-khdnan), v, 8. kadam (kadam), x, 11, 2. kadam (kadam), iv, 5.
kaddn (kaddn), viii, 13 ; xii, 4,
11,7. ‘ taZm (kudyri), x, 7. kqdun (kadun u ), viii, 11. kqdun (kud^n), xii, 5. kodun (kodun), iii, 8 ; viii, 10 ;
’ x, 13. ‘ kudun (kodun), v, 9 (2). kudis (kore), v, 10. fopfe (kodis), x, 5 (2). kodyau (kodyau), v, 7. kd { dyau (kodyau), vi, 11 ; x, 5,
12. koddyu (khoddyo), v, 7. &od v e (kori), xii, 5. ^o^ e (kori), v, 4. &a#” (&6n), v, 1. &o^e (kore), v, 9 (2) ; xii, 4. &dd w i (kore), v, 1, 2 ; xii, 1,
‘10(2), 3. &od^ (kori), xii, 4. A^da^e (kore), v, 1. kuddye (khoddye), iv, 1. M y e (&dae), v, 12. fcud’e (A:ore), v, 9 (2). kud v i (koriy), xii, 15. kudye (ku^yey), v, 2. MA (kdh), i, 2 ; vii, 23 ; xii, 22. kih (kih), v, 4 (3). koh? (koha), ix, 2. Ma, see dad kha, ii, 5. khub (khub), vi, 17. Ma6?r (khabar), xii, 20, 3. khabar (khabar), vii, 28 ; xii, 19. khabar (khabar), x, 7, 8, 14 ; xi,
20 ; xii, 2 (3), 20 (2), 4. khabar ddrau (khabarddrav), x,
7,’ 8. khabarddrau (khabarddrav), xii,
23. khdb surat (khobsurath), xii, 4. khobsurat (khobsurath,) xii, 15.
khob surat
HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES
444
khob surat (khobsurath), xii, 5. khobsurat (khobsurath), xii, 10 (2). khobsurath (khobsurath), xii, 19. kahchus na (kah chus-na), vi, 10. khod (khod), x, 13. khuda (khoda), x, 5, 7 ; xii, 7 (2),
15 (2), 20. khuda (Midday), x, 8. khudai (khoday), xii, 15. khud (kitr”), xii, 13. khudas (khodas), x, 13. khudayen (khodayen), xii, 15. khudayas (khodayes), vii, 4 ; x, 5. khudayesund (khodaye-sond u ), xii,
7. khqtfnas (khdj u nas), vii, 19. khal a kan (lashkari), ii, 6. khalds (khalas), iii, 4. khqHyun (khalyun), x, 7. Mam (kham), vii, 25, 6. khumba khas (kombakas), xi, 7. Man (khan), ii, 1 ; vi, 10. Man (khana), xii, 19. khdnen, see kadkhanen, v, 8. khanun (khanun u ), xii, 6. khanendvun (khanandwun), x, 13. khanas (khanas), vi, 4. Mar (Mar), iii, 8, 9. Mwr (khor), v, 5. khurachqs (khora dies), v, 5. Mar? (khar a j), xii, 4 (2), 5 (2),
11. Mar; (khar a c), viii, 10. Mar^’ (khar a j), xii, 20. kharas (kharas), iii, 8. khqris (khoris), ix, 9. kharat (khorath), v, 9. Mas (khas), iii, 8 (2). Mas, see khumba khas, xi, 7. Mas£ (khasiy), xii, 11. Mas (khasa), v, 11. Mas 9 (khasa), ii, 3.
MwsA (khosh), viii, 1, 11, 4 ; xi,
18 ; xii, 3, 9, 12. khush (khosh), viii, 9. khasihb (khos i ho), ii, 3. khashim (khashem), ii, 3. khash 9 na h^na (khashena-hana),
xii, i7. khasak (khasakh), v, 6. khasam (kasam), xii, 7. khismat (khizmath), ii, 3. khasan (khasan), i, 6 ; iii, 3. khasun (khasun u ), x, 3 ; xii, 6. khasqni (kasani), xii, 4, 5. khasun (kdsun), xii, 13. khosun (kdsun), xii, 10. khds^nas (kds u nas), xii, 4. khdsus (kdsus), xii, 10. khasit (kosith), xii, 5, 10. kh&sith (kosith), xii, 13. MM (MA ^), i, 5. Map (Map), v, 9. MoZa (khota), xii, 10. Mo£” (Mor), iii, 8. Mn£ (MoP), ii, 11 (2) ; viii, 7 ;
x, 7, 8 ; xii, 12. khut (khoth u ), ii, 6 ; x, 7. khut (khot u ), xii, 21. khut (khqt u ), xii, 3. khutq (khota), xii, 19. MaiA (khath), xii, 21, 2, 3 (3). khuth (khot u ), xii, 24. khuth (kot u ), xii, 25. khdtunq (khdtuna), xii, 19. khdtuni (khdtuni), xii, 15. khdtuni (khdtuni), xii, 15 (2), 8. khdtun (khdtuna), x, 12 ; xii, 18,
20,5. khdtunq (khdtuna), xii, 15, 9. khdtuni (khdtuni), x, 7 (3). khdtuni (khdtuni), x, 7 (3) ; xii,
khd tunl (khdtuni), xii, 22.
445 INDEX TO SIB AUREL STEIN’S TEXT kan*
khdtir (khdtir), viii, 3.
khutas (khot u tas), i, 8.
khats (khuts u ), iii, 2.
khdvand (khdwand), x, 5 (2), 12.
khdv°ndas (khdwandas), xii, 18.
khdvqndas (khdwandas), xi, 11.
khdvur (kh6wur u ), viii, 7.
kh y au (khyo), x, 12.
kh v e (kentshdh), xii, 20.
kheyau (kheyev), x, 12.
kheye (kheyi), xii, 15.
khyau (khyuh), x, 5.
khyau (khyauv), x, 12.
khyau (khev), ii, 2.
khye (keh), xii, 18.
&%£ (kentshdh), xii, 18.
&oA y e (koh-i), iv, 5.
&oM?/ (kohai), ix, 2.
kh v ema (khema), viii, 11.
khydn (khyon), x, 5.
&%en (khen), xii, 16, 7.
khyeni (kheni), x, 5.
khyun (khyon u ), xii, 16.
M%* (kyut u ), x, 5.
M v a^ (MA), xii, 23 (2).
kh v qtha (ketha), xii, 24.
khyqth (keth), xii, 22.
khyuth (kyut u ), xii, 16.
M v £ &a (kentshdh), xii, 19.
khyetsa (kentshdh), xii, 19.
jfc%e fca (kentshdh), xii, 18, 9 (2).
khyavdn (khewdn), xii, 4, 17.
khyevdn (khewdn), xii, 6.
kh v aiy (khey), x, 2.
khyezi (khezi), xii, 16 (2).
kakqd (kdkad), xii, 22.
M (kdkad), xii, 11 (2), 2 (3),
5 (5), 6, 7, 8 (2). kdkad (kdkaz), viii, 10. kdkadas (kakadas), xii, 16, 7. &wM, see sam? kukh, xii, 25. kdkin v (kdJcan), v, 10.
&w£ar (kukar), xi, 8.
M ? (kala), iii, 1, 5 ; xi, 9.
&aZa (kala), ii, 9.
Me (kala), iii, 2, 9 ; viii, 6.
kdl (kdl), viii, 2.
Ma (kala), v, 10.
Ma (kdldh), viii, 2 (2).
M (M u ), ii, 4.
&aZai (kolay), iii, 4 ; v, 3 ; viii,
3, 11. M* (kuli), ii, 10. kdlrchen (kdlacen), v, 5. kalqma (kalama), ix, 12. kolnas (kh6l u nas), x, 12. Mwp (kuluph), iii, 8. Mas (khalas), ix, 9. M^ (khal a t-e), x, 4 (2). M y e (Mi), xii, 2 (2), 4, 6 (2). kulye (koli), xii, 6. km (kam), ii, 12 ; iv, 4, 6 ; xii, 1. kam, see maA to, xi, 9. kami (kami), ix, 1 ; x, 4, 12. kam (khdm), vi, 15. kdma (komPdh), x, 2, 3. kqm i (kam 1 ), iii, 3 (2) ; x, 12. kam (kom*), x, 7 (2), 12, 4 ; xi,
11. Mww (kdm u ), xii, 22. A;dm (kom ii ), ii, 5, 7 ; viii, 4. kum, see vdlai kum, xii, 26. kumdr (khumdr), v, 2. kam v uk (kamyuk u ), vi, 13, 4. to (Axrn), ii, 7 ; viii, 6, 8, 11 ;
ix, 1, 4. kan (kiln””), x, 13. Mia (kana), iii, 5. Aane (Mia), v, 2. Mie (kani), v, 2 ; viii, 1, 6. Jean (Jeani), ii, 3 ; iii, 1, 2, 8 ;
v, 4 (3) ; viii, 11 ; x, 1, 5. kan* (Jean), v, 4. Jean 1 (kan 1 ), v, 4 (2).
han %
HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES
446
Jean* (kin), v, 7.
Jcani (kani), viii, 1 ; x, 12 ;
xii, 4. kdn, see mahalq kdn, viii, 11. kqn 1 (kani), viii, 7. &<m* (&dw*), ii, 8 ; xi, 9. ka l ni (kani), x, 10 ; xii, 9, 12,
23 (2). fa (kind), viii, 11 ; xii, 18,
9,20. kona (kun), vi, 5. &owe (kona), viii, 1. , &ww (kun), i, 8 ; iii, 5, 7 ; v,
2 ; vii, 3, 4, 20, 6 ; viii, 6,
11 ; ix, 1 ; x, 3, 5 (4), 11,
2 (2) ; xii, 4, 6, 14. &ww, see patkun, v, 5, 8. kunq (kuni), viii, 7. &ww* (kuni), viii, 1 (2), 2. kuni (kuni), v, 6 ; viii, 7, 9 ; xii,
1, 22. kondq (kondi), xi, 11. kund (kond u ), viii, 1 (2). kangqn v (kangan), v, 4. kung^var 1 (kong-wari), v, 7. kungVvar y e (kong-ware), v, 7. kqn^han (k a nahan), viii, 9. kun i kq i n y (kuni-kani), xii, 13. kqnanq (k a nana), vii, 26. kanqni (k a nani), xii, 3. kqnan (k a nan), viii, 9. kqnan (k a nan), vii, 17. kanan (khanan), v, 7. kanqnuy (kananqy), vii, 11. kanas (kanas), iii, 9. kanas (khanas), ii, 12. kanye (kane), vi, 7. &ara/e (kani), xii, 15. &<m w (Mn), xi, 9. &aw v (kani), xii, 13. A:wn v a (khoni), xi, 13. ku*niy (kun ti y), xii, 15.
&wnw/ (kunuy), vi, 7 ; vii, 2 ;
viii, 7 ; x, 8. kanyek (kannekh), xi, 9. fomz (fomz), iii, 8 (2). &a%e (kane), x, 13. fomi/e (&emi), xii, 15. ken v tsa (kentshah), iii, 8. ken y tsa (kentshah), iii, 8. kanyev i (kaniv), v, 4. kuphar (kuphar), iv, 3. &ar (to), ii, 4 ; v, 2 ; x, 8 ; xii,
7, 17. kar (khar), v, 7 (2). karai (karay), xii, 1. karau (karav), x, 1, 5 ; xi, 19. kare (kara), ii, 4 ; iv, 5 ; viii, 10 ;
ix, 4 ; xii, 1 (2), 3, 15, 6 (2),
7, 20. kar (kar), v, 12 ; xi, 2, 10. kar (khor), i, 3. kar (caret), xii, 1. kara (khara), vi, 17. karau (kharav), xi, 17. kare (kara), x, 8. kare (khara), ii, 12. kar (kar), ii, 12. kar (kdr% vii, 24 (2). kar (kor u ), ii, 4.
&ar (kur u ), ii, 1, 5, 7 ; viii, 3, 4, ‘ 11 ; x, 3, 5, 7 (2) ; x, 7, 8 (2),
11, 2, 4 ; xii, 15, 9, 22. kqru (kur^wa), x, 12. ka { ri (kare), iii, 1. to’n (kari), viii, 8, 11 ; xi, 2 ;
xii, 3. ka l re (kari), viii, 6. AaVe (kari), viii, 1. &aV (to-), xii, 20. kqY (kiir), xii, 23. &a*n (kari), xi, 19 (2). jfcor (kor), ii, 2. &wr (M”), xii, 15, 7.
447 INDEX TO SIB AUREL STEINS TEXT katrin
kur (kor u ), ii 3; iii, 8 (2);
iv, 6 ; v, 9 ; viii, 1 ; x, 12 ;
xi, 3 ; xii, 4, 7 (2), 14, 5, 8. kur 1 (kor u ), viii, 9, 10. kuri, see tamas kuri, x, 5. kuru (kor u wa), x, 12. kuru (kor u wa), x, 12. kur (kur*), x, 1, 6, 7 (2), 8;
xii, 1 (2), 2, 25. krdu (khrdv), v, 9. kdrddran (kdrddran), ix, 1. karqha (karaho), v, 6 ; viii, 11 ;
x, 5. kare ha (karaho), ii, 11. karehe (karihe), v, 9. karhai (kur u hay), xi, 5. kur hai (kor u hay), iv, 2. karihe (karihe), viii, 13. &ar ? Aa& (karahakh), xii, 16. &ar M tofc (karuhukh), xii, 19. &wr Aa& (kor u hakh), xi, 17. kurhas (kor u has), x, 5. &wr /ias (kor u has), viii, 2. &an /^e (karihe), viii, 7. &ra?e (krdji), xi, 11. &ra& (krekh), iii, 3. &re& (krekh), v, 7. &ara& (karakh), viii, 13 ; xii,
1,3. &m& (kddikh), viii, 4. &an& (kdrikh), v, 7. &arw& (korukh), xii, 18. &am& (kiir u kh), ii, 8. &an£& (karyukh), viii, 4. ka l rik (kddikh), viii, 12 ; xii, 1. &aWb (karekh), xi, 10. koruk (korukh), x, 5. kuruk (kodukh), iii, 4. kuruk (korukh), viii, 1 ; x, 5 ;
xii, 7. ka l rikh (karekh), xii, 25. &reM (krekh), xii* 7.
krdlan (krdlan), xi, 10. krdlau (kralau), xi, 11. &anm (kdrim), v, 9. karimau (karemav), x, 6. karme (kar me), i, 7. kqrum (kiir u m), v, 9. ka l rim (kdrim), ix, 9. kairim (karem), ix, 4. kurme (kor u me), ii, 2. kurmut (kor u mot u ), ii, 1 ; iii, 8 ;
viii, 2 ; ix, 1 ; x, 7, 12 (2). karmuts (kur^miits*), x, 8, 10. kurmuts (kur u muts u ), viii, 1. karani (karani), x, 2 ; xii, 26 (2). kardn (kardn), i, 1, 3 ; ii, 3, 5 ;
iii, 4; v, 5 (2), 12; vii,
15 (2), 6, 24 ; viii, 2, 3, 12, 3 ;
x, 8, 12, 4 (2) ; xi, 8, 19 ;
xii, 3, 20, 3, 4. kardn (kaddn), viii, 11. karqn (kadan), viii, 11. karqn (kur u n), v, 12 (2). karani (karani), xii, 4. karani (karani), xii, 6 (2). karun (kadun), iii, 8. karun (karun), viii, 9. karun (karun u ), v, 7 ; viii, 2, 6,
8 (2), 11 ; x, 3 ; xi, 8 ; xii, 3. karun (kur u n), xii, 12. kariin (kur^n), xii, 17. karnq (karani), viii, 4. karqn (kiir u n), viii, 11. kqrin (kdrin), v, 7, 9 ; viii, 5. karun (korun), v, 7 ; xii, 18,
’ 22 (3). karun (kur u n), vii, 8 ; x, 7 ;
xii, 13, 20. kaWin (karen), x, 6, 7. kaWin (kdrin), x, 2. ka { rin (kiir ti n), x, 2. kq’rin (karen), x, 7. &aVm (kur*n), xii, 23.
korun
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
448
korun (kodun), iii, 8.
korun (korun), ii, 7 ; x, 3, 5, 7.
korun (kiir u n), x, 7.
kurqn (khoran), v, 9.
kurun (kodun), viii, 7.
kurun (korun), ii, 4 ; iv, 6 ; vi,
11 (2) ; vii, 4, 6 (2) ; viii,
2, 10 ; ix, 3. k”rqnd (krund u ), v, 9. kranj 6 (kranje), v, 7. kq l rinak (kdr^nakh), x, 12. kurnak (kor u nakh), vi, 4 ; viii, 3. kqrnam (karinam), v, 9. &an warn (karenam), iv, 5. &wr nam (kor u nam), ix, 4. &wr M mw (kor u nam), iv, 2. kar^nas (kurqnas), x, 3. karinas (kd^nas), viii, 6. &ar nas (kurqnas), viii, 9. kqr a nas (kurqnas), iii, 9. kqr^nas (kurqnas), xii, 4, 9. kqr^nqs (kilr u nas), iii, 4. kqrnas (kur u nas), xii, 5. kaSrinas (karenas), x, 7. kurunas (kor u nas), xii, 15. kurunas (kiir u nas), xii, 16. kurqnas (kor u nas), viii, 9. kurqnas (kod u nas), viii, 10. kurnas (kor u nas), v, 10 ; xii, 15. kurqnas (kor u nas), xii, 15. kiirunas (kiirunas), x, 4. karanavun (karandwun), xii, 24. ftar naviny (karanov^n), x, 13. karin v (karun u ), v, 9 ; viii, 10. koron v (kadon), x, 1. to wa?/* (kor u nay), iv, 3. Icareny (kariin”), x, 3 ; xii, 16. kariny (karun u ), viii, 7, 8. torn* (karas), xii, 15. &aros (karos), ix, 1. torn (karus), viii, 9. km (kur^s), iii, 1, 9.
&a*m (karis), xii, 15.
&wrws (korus), xii, 7.
&arws wa (kiir u sna), v, 1.
&arfo (karta), xii, 5, 10, 3.
&arte (karta), xii, 4.
&anY (kariih), v, 6.
&an£ (kariih), vi, 9 (2).
&arw£ (koruth), v, 4, 5.
&a*n£ (kadith), viii, 10.
fcaViY (kareth), x, 6.
k’n’i (karith), iii, 8 (2) ; viii, 13
x, 7. fcaViJ (kadith), x, 9. A»Vi£ (karith), iii, 8 ; viii, 7, 11 ;
x, 12 (2) ; xi, 19. &tmf£ (koruth), viii, 3. &ar ZAe (karta), xii, 19. ka { rith (kadith), xii, 6, 7. ka { rith (karith), xii, 4. kq l rith (karith), xii, 23. tor ZAas (kor u thas), x, 12. & ? r torn (kiXrHham), ii, 11. kcfrtqn (kdrHhan), xi, 10. kr* 2ds (kdrHos), ii, 10. &are v (karay), ii, 3. &aV v (&ad*’), x, 2. &aV% (kariv), viii, 11 ; xii, 1,
17. &or v e (kori), xii, 2. Ajor^e (kore), xii, 5. ^or^t (kore), xii, 2. torn?/ (koruy), x, 12. kqrHnas (ka&nas), viii, 7. &aVzi (kdrhi), xii, 11. kar l zqnq (kdrhi-na), viii, 1 (2). &aV zma (ka^zi-na), xii, 6. &as, see c^ar &as, vii, 19. Ms (kas), vi, 6. &<m (kSsi), v, 9. &a^ (kalsi), ii, 8. M*‘st (kalsi), iii, 3. to, see 2/e£i to, x, 1.
449
INDEX TO SIB AUREL STEIN’S TEXT
k v e
kus (kus), xi, 2 ; xii, 1. kusa (kusa), x, 6 (2). kash (khash), v, 4, 6. kash 9 (kdsh i ), ix, 5. kashmir (kashmir), xi, 4. &asA wa (kashena), xii, 16. kashir 1 (koshir 1 ), xi, 6. kas”m (kas a m), xii, 22. kasam (kasam), v, 9 (3). &asm (kasam), viii, 1 (2), 2. kismat (khazmath), xii, 3. kcLs^ni (kasani), xii, 19. kas^nuy (kasunuy), i, 12. towr (kusur), vii, 13. kustany (kus-tari), v, 4. kas u vun (kasawun u ), i, 11. fom«/ (kusuy), xi, 19. to (kath), xii, 1 (2). toa (katha), iii, 1. kat^kati), xi, 17 (2). toi (toi), x, 12 (3). to* (Jb&O, vii, 25. to^i (toi), xii, 5, 11, 5. kqHi (kati), xii, 4. kit (kit% xi, 11.
i# (K^j, v, i.
to (to u ), xi, 5.
kbta (kotah), vii, 24.
kut (khot u ), iii, 8, 9 ; v, 5, 6.
kut (kuth u ), viii, 3.
kuta (khota), iii, 8.
kut 1 (kuth*), vi, 3.
kilt (kut u ), vii, 22.
HZafr (kitab), x, 13.
kath (kath), x, 6 (2).
katha (katha), x, 4 ; xii, 23.
kathe (katha), iv, 5 ; x, 1 (6) ;
2 (4), 6 (5), 7 (3), 14 ; xii, 3,
25. kathau (kathau), ix, 7. to/m (katho), xi, II. to&a (kuth u ah), ix, 4.
kathen (kathan), x, 1 ; xii, 9.
kuthis (kuthis), x, 7.
toi kochuk (katiko chukh), ii, 2.
kotuna (khdtuna), v, 11.
kat e ran (kataran), x, 7.
tow (khdtis), ix, 5.
tois (kuthis), iii, 8 (2) ; x, 8.
tois (kuthis), x, 8.
kqHith (khatith), xii, 6.
kutval (kut a wal), v, 7, 9.
to*vaZ (kufwal ‘ v 9 (3), 10.
kotvalqn (kut a walan), v, 7.
kutvalen (kut a walan), v, 8, 9.
toa ray (katawan), xi, 19.
to*e (tot), vii, 20.
to y i (kati), x, 4.
to* v (&to*’)> x, 8.
kqH v a (kotyah), xii, 20.
to Z w a (kotyah), ix, 11.
toye (toi), ii, 2.
kaHya (kotyah), vii, 31 ; ix, 5 ;
” x, 7, 8. kaVehund (kathi-hond u ), iii, 5. katse (katsa), x, 6. kats? (katsa), i, 12. &afc (khiits*), vii, 20 ; xii, 7. Mfe (kots u ), vii, 15. te (A»fe fi ), v, 1 ; x, 11 ; xi, 12. ketsa (kentshah), iii, 8. kav (khab), vi, 11. Cf. kdb. kuv? (kuwa), v, 9. kdvand (khdwand), iii, 1, 3 ; v,
1, 8, 11. kavandas (khawandas), v, 10, 2. kavandas (khawandas), iii, 4 ;
v, 8. kavandas (khawandas), viii, 10. kavandqsunz (khawanda-sunz*),
iii, 2. & w a (kyah), viii, 10. & v e (MeA), iii, 1. £ v e (Uh), v, 5 ; x, 1.
m
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
450
tee (keh), iv, 4, 6 ; v, 5, 8, 10 ; viii, 1, 9 ; x, 7 ; xi, 15; xii, 5, 15.
kya (Jcyd), vi, 5.
kya (kydh), ii, 2, 11 ; iii, 4 (4), 8, 9 (2) ; iv, 7 (2) ; v, 9 (5) vi, 15 ; vii, 8, 20, 2, 4, 6 viii, 1 (2), 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10 (2) 1 (5), 3 (2) ; ix, 4 (2), 6 x, 2, 3 (2), 5, 6, 10, 2 (3), 4 xi, 17, 8 ; xii, 3, 4, 15, 20, 1.
Jcya, see as*kya, v, 9.
kyd (Jcyd), v, 9 ; xii, 23.
kyd (kydh), ii, 4 ; v, 9 ; x, 3 ; xii, 15.
kyd, see at x kyd, v, 8.
kyd, see ti kyd zi, viii, 2.
kya (keh), i, 6.
kye (kih), ii, 5 ; iii, 8 ; viii; 2 ; ix, 6 ; xi, 7 ; xii, 2, 6, 7, 15.
kuy, see am* kuy, vi, 15.
kuy, see tarn* kuy, vii, 12.
k v aho (ke-ho), v, 5.
kyah (kydh), vii, 27 (2), 8 (2), 30 ; viii, 10 ; x, 8, 14 ; xii, 1, 7.
kyaho (ke-ho), v, 4.
kyek (kyekh), ii, 3.
k v eknd (khekh-nd), vi, 2.
k y emai (khemay), iii, 1.
%wm (kyom u ), xii, 3 (4), 4.
k v emdy (khemay), iii, 1.
fo/on (khyori), vi, 16 (2).
Kw rat (kina), viii, 3.
k v inna (kina), v, 7.
k y entsa (kentshdh), iii, 1.
kyenzi (kenze), x. 3.
& y eZ (&&A), iii, 2 ; v, 4 ; x, 7 ; xi, 13.
k v eta (ketha), iii, 9.
k v etq (ketha), viii, 5 ; x, 8.
kHta (ketha), v, 8.
k v ut (kyut u ), xii, 11.
fo/ata (ketha), xii, 3.
%e£ (MA), ii, 7.
%wZ (kyut u ), ii, 1 ; iii, 1 ; xii,
4, 5. %w£ (kyuth u ), ii, 5. & v e torn (khetam), iii, 1. %wZA (kyut u ), xii, 24. & v efca (kentsah), vii, 20. ^efea (kentshdh), v, 8 ; x, 3. & v lfca (kentshdh), vii, 26 ; xii, 10. kyetsa (kentshdh), xii, 4, 13. &z/e fea (kentshdh), xii, 5. k v avdn (khewdn), vi, 16. & w e?/ (A%), viii, 13. %ei/ (fay), viii, 7. fo/a 26 (kydzi), viii, 1. %azi (kydzi), iii, 1 ; v, 8 ; viii,
11 ; ix, 1. kyd zi (kydzi), xii, 4, 5. kydh 1 ‘ (kydzi), viii, 3. % (I6w u ), xi, 12. Za6a& (labakh), ii, 9. Zo&tm (loburi), ii, 10. ZacAe (lache), ii, 2. fo’cAm (lichen), viii, 10. Zadai, see da*d ve ladai, vii, 9. Zad (Zad), xii, 15. Za$w (laddy 1 ), x, 1. Me hamai (ladaham-ay), x, 3. Zacfam (ladun u ), x, 3. Www (hdun), vii, 7 ; viii, 7 ;
x, 3. ludun (loduri), ii, 5. Idddn (lardri), x, 5. ludnam (lod u nam), v, 9. lud a nam (lod u nam), iv, 2. lud^nam (lod u nam), xii, 15. Wdyau (ladydv), iii, 5. ldd v omut (lddyomot u ), viii, 6. Iddeyes (ladyeyes), vi, 8. Za<7* (Zagr*), xi, 5.
451 INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN’S TEXT lashka*ri
lag (lag), v, 9.
lag* (lag*), x, 1.
log (log-), viii, 6 (3) ; x, 7 (2), 8.
log (I6g u ), v, 11.
lug (log u ), v, 5, 7 ; vi, 11 ; xi,
5 ; xii, 2. lagaha (lagaho), v, 8. lag^ham (lagaham), v, 2. lagak (lagakh), v, 2. lagik (lagekh), ix, 12. log^mai (log u m u y), v, 2. lagimna (gatshem-na), xii, 22. lqg i mat i (lag^mdt), viii, 5. Zd# u mut (ldg u mot u ), x, 14. Iqgimaf (ldgmdt*), iii, 7. fa^an (lagan), viii, 5. Z%wn (Idgun), x, 7. ZtN/wft (Idgun), v, 10, 1. Za#ar (lagar), vi, 15. Za^’Z (logith), i, 2 ; v, 11 ; x,
12 (2).
to? (%’) xi> 16.
fajfo’s (luj u s), vi, 16 ; viii, 7, 9.
Idk, see maulah, v, 11.
Za*&i (loyik-i), xii, 10.
Z6& (lokh), ii, 11.
feM (Zi£/i), xii, 15.
lekhan (UJchan), x, 13 ; xii, 11.
UJchan (likhan), ix, 12.
likhun (lyukhun), xii, 22 (2).
lakam (lakam), xi, 9.
Ze&aw (lekan), viii, 3.
Zo&aw (lokan), ii, 11 ; xi, 13.
Zoto (Zo£<T), xii, 1.
lal (lal), viii, 7 ; x, 5, 12 (3) ;
xii, 2 (4), 3 (2), 4 (9), 6,
9 (4). lal* (lal), i, 9. lala (lala), iv, 7. lalau (lalau), viii, 3, 11. Zofo (luh-luh), v, 11. ZoZo (luh-luh), v, 11 (3).
Za i7Za^ (layild), vi, 17.
ZaZ maZ (lalmal), xii, 8, 11 (2),
4, 5, 25. lalan hund (lalan-hond u ), xii,
5(3). lal pharosh (lal-pharosh), xii, 3. lalan (lalan), x, 5. Id larichim (Idhlari chim), vi, 3. lalas (lalas), xii, 4 (2). lal shindk (lal-shendkh), xii, 13. lal shindk (lal-shendkh), xii, 4
(4), 5 (3), 7 (2), 10, 1, 3, 4, 5,
etc. lal shindkan (lal-shendkan), xii,
4 (2), 7, 9, 10, 3, 22 (3),
4,5. lal shindkas (Idl-sMndkas), xii,
4 (2), 5, 6, 10, 1, 3, 5, 9 (5),
22, 4, 5. lal shindkasund (lal-shendka-
sond u ), xii, 8, 25. lal 9 sat (lal sath), x, 2. lalqvan (lalawan), v, 6. Za niakan (Id-makan), vii, 29. laman (laman), viii, 9. Zam (Z6V), vii, 12. landana (landana), xi, 3. longuth* (langut), xii, 23. Zoram (lonan), x, 5. Zar (Zar), ii, 8 ; ix, 2. lqr* (lari), vii, 7, 18. larichim, see Zo larichim, vi, 3. larichim (lare chim), vi, 3. Zaran (lardn), ii. 9 ; vi, 8 ; viii,
6 ; xi, 12, 8. laris (loris), ii, 9. Wryau (laryav), ii, 10 (2). lasa (lasi), x, 7. lashkar (lashkar), x, 11. lashkqrq (lashkari), ii, 7. lashkar* (lashkari), ii, 8. lashka*ri (lashkari), x, 9, 13.
lat*
HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES
452
lat 1 (lati), viii, 7 (2). lati (lati), xi, 9. lot (hV 1 ), v, 7. luH* (lot 1 ), xii, 5. latan (latan), viii, 7. litri (litri), vii, 19. lay (lay), i, 7. laye (layi), iii, 9. I6yhas (I6y u has), ii, 11. i^e/a (%’e), xi, 10. IdyVJcq (loyik-e), x, 4. layak (loyikh), xii, 10, 9. layiki (loyik-i), xii, 19 (2). Idyuk (Idyukh), x, 1. » (lyukh u ), xii, 15. Pukhmut (lyukh u mot u ), xii, 15, 23. lyukhmut (lyukh u mot u ), viii, 10. Pukh^nas (lyukh u nas), xii, 15 (2). Pukhunas (lyukh u nas), xii, 16. Pukhas (lyukh u has), xii, 17. Pukhas (lyukhus), xii, 17. Pekan (lekan), viii, 11. Iqy^mas (loy i mas), v, 4. Za?/cm (layan), i, 6 ; v, 4 (2). Zaym (layan 1 ), v, 3. Za^’n (loyin), v, 4. layine (layeni), ix, 8. Za?/m (loyiri), viii, 6. Za?/im (Idyun), iii, 1, 2. Z%im (Idyun), i, 8. layinam (loy^nam), v, 9. lay anas (lay anas), v, 5. lay^nas (I6y u nas), viii, 10. Wyinas (loy u nas), iii, 6. Z%ws (layus), iii, 5. ZazaA; (lazakh),. viii, 4, 12. Zaz<m (lazan), v, 7. Zazww (luz u n), x, 3. laz^nas (luz u nas), x, 3. lazqnas (luz u nas), x, 3. ma (ma), viii, 10 ; x, 5, 12 ; xii, 23.
ma, see mafma, v, 9.
ma (ma), i, 2 ; v, 2, 8 ; vii, 20 ;
viii, 9, 13 (2). ma (na), viii, 7. ma (ma), xii, 7. wet (me), v, 9 ; viii, 3 ; x, 8. ma, see #ai ma, vii, 12. mai (may), v, 2. mai, see (fo/oJ mai, xi, 1. me (me), i, 7 ; ii, 2 (2) ; v, 8, 11 ;
vi, 15 ; vii, 11, 3, 5 ; viii,
5, 11 (2) ; x, 1, 3 (3), 12 (4),
4 ; xii, 5. mebar (me bar 1 ), ix, 11. mubdrak (mobdrakh), x, 8. mdch tulari (mdch-t a l a ri), ix, 6. mdch tular (mtich-tHV), ix, 1 (3),
3, 4.* mdch tulari (mdch-t a l a ri), ix, 1. macdmq (macdma), ii, 3. mad 9 (mad), vii, 15. mod (mud u ), ii, 3. mod (mdr u ), vi, 11. muda (modd), vi, 7. mud (mod u ), ii, 5, 9. mud (mor u ), ii, 10 (2), 1. mud (mud u ), ii, 6. mdddn (modan), xi, 3. ma { ddn (modan), x, 1. maiddn (modan), x, 1 (3). maiddna (moddnd), x, 5. maidanas (moddnas), viii, 9; x, 1. maiddnqs (moddnas), iii, 1. m&ddnas (moddnas), xii, 20. mudur (modur u ), vii, 31. mudr v au (modaryiv), ix, 7. modis (madis), ii, 5. mahabat (mahabata), x, 4. ma^ &am (mahkam), xi, 9. mahkam (mahkam), iv, 6. mahalq (mahala), xii, 19. mahHqkhan (mahalakhan), viii, 3.
458
INDEX TO SIB AUBEL STEIN’S TEXT momut
mahala kdn (mahalakhdn), viii,
11. mohim (muhim), x, 3. muhim (muhim), i, 11, 2 ; viii, 9. mahamad (mahmad), iv, 6. mahmud 1 (mahmod-i), i, 1. muhimma (muhima), i, 4, 5 (2). muhammad (mahmad), vii, 4. mohim zad (muhimzad), x, 4. mahnyiu (mahaniv*), x, 1. mahnyu (mahanyuv u ), x, 4. mohra (mohara), i, 9. moh a ra (mohara), v, 12. mohara (mohara), v, 10. mohqr (mohar), x, 3 (3), 10. mohur (mohar), x, 10 ; xii, 22. mah a rdj (mdhrdj), xi, 4. mqh a ram (mah a ram), ii, 4. muht^ v (moktay), i, 9. muh v im (muhim), viii, 9. maje (mdje), viii, 3 ; ix, 9. mo/e (mdji), xii, 18. maj^maje), v, 2 ; viii, 11. mdjij^mdje), viii, 3. mdjij(mdji), v, 6. majljijnaji), v, 2. majl(moj u ), v,\2 ; viii, 1 (2) ;
’ xii, 15 (2). •• ma i y& (mdji), xii, 15. ma l ji (mdjiy), xii, 15. mo; (mdj u ), viii, 3, 11 (2) ;
xii, 15 (2), 8. mojub (mojub), viii, 6. maje /mna5 (mdje-hond u ), xii, 15. mej’ar (mejer), x, 12, 3. mejqran (mejeran), x, 12. mejqras (mejeras), x, 12 (2). mejeras (mejeras), x, 5 (3). mqtjiy (mdjiy), xii, 15. ma& (makh), vii, 14. mukadam (mukadam), ix, 10. mw&a daman (mukadaman), ix, 1.
mukhq (mdkha), x, 4. mukhe (mdkha), viii, 9. makhri (mqkh a r-i), x, 13. moklai (mdkdliy), vi, 11. moklau (mdkaldw u ), vi, 16 ; ix, 6. moHi (mokali), v, 8. mwA;^ (mdkali), vi, 10. muklan (mdkalan), ix, 11. mukHdu nas (mokal6w u nas),
xii, 5. muklan (mdkalan), ix, 11. mukHdva hun (mdkaldwahun),
x, 1.’ mokaldvany (mdkaldwun u ), v, 8. mukHyau (mokalydv), viii, 6, 8. makdn (makdn), vii, 29. mokrqtit (mokh raiith), v, 9. mat (mdl), iii, 1 ; viii, 9 (4). mdl, see lal mdl, xii, 8, 11 (2),
4, 5, 25. ma7 ? (ma7), i, 9. mqH (mbV), v, 6. mo7 (m6Z u ), viii, 1. mul (mdl), viii, 9 (3), 10. maPkau (malakav), iv, 2. mauldk (mov lag), v, 11. malaikum, see as£a malaikum,
xii, 26. mulken (mulkan), i, 1. malkdnye (mdVkdni), xi, 2. maVkas (malikas), iv, 7. malan (malan), vi, 13. ma’fo’s (molis), xii, 5, 10 (2), 3. m&Vsandi (mbV-sandi), xii, 21. mqWsund (mbV-sond”), xii, 21, 2. mdHisqnz (mbV-siinz), xii, 24. mdW-sunz (mbV-siinz), xii, 20. mdHisunz (mbV-sunz*), xii, 19, 20. miVvuk (miluv^kh), x, 1. mdHyis (molis), xii, 4. momut (mumot u ), ii, 3 (2), 4 (2),
10 ; x, 8 (2).
momHis
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
454
momHis (mumatis), xii, 20.
momuts (mumuts u ), viii, 1.
moimuV (mumdt i ), viii, 1 (2).
mane (mani), vi, 6.
mane (mane), vii, 27, 8.
ma l ni (mane), iii, 5.
mang (mang), xii, 5, 10, 1.
manga (manga), iii, 6.
mangai (mangay), xii, 7.
manga has (mangahas), xii, 19.
mangHqj (mang liij”), xi, 16.
mangum (mangum), xii, 18.
m% e mar (mine-mur u ), ii, 8.
mangan (mangan), xi, 14 ; xii, 4, 5, 11, 4.
mangun (mangun u ), xii, 13, 8 (2).
manga natfhai (manganov^hay), xi, 8.
mange ndvun (mangandwun), vi, 16.
ming ve mqri (mine-mare), ii, 9.
ming ve mqri (mine-mari), ii, 9.
mentis (myonis), xii, 20 (2).
manosh (manosh), xii, 15 (2).
manoshas (manoshes), xii, 15.
mantsq (mOtsa), xii, 15.
matnye (mane), iii, 4.
manye (mane), vi, 14.
men v (my on 1 ), vii, 20.
ma^g^zqs (mangles), xii, 18.
wans; (mcmz), ii, 1 (3), 4, 5 (3), 6 (2), 7 (2), 8 (2), 9, 10 (2), 1 (2) ; iii, 1, 4, 5, 7 (2), 9 ; v, 4 (3), 5 (2), 6, 9 (3), 11; vi, 7; viii, 1, 9, 12; ix, 1; x, 3, 7 (5), 8 (2), 14; xii, 2 (3), 3 (2), 6, 7 (2), 11 (3), 2 (2), 5, 8 (2), 9, 20 (2), 2, 3 (2), 4 (2).
manza (manza), viii, 7, 11 ; ix’, 4; x, 7 (2), 12 (3); xii, 4 (2), 6, 7, 11, 5, 23.
manzur (mdnzur), i, 12.
mun* zat (munazaih), vii, 3.
meny (myon”), iii, 2, 8, 9.
mar (mar), ix, 5.
mar a, see s^aA mara, viii, 7.
mam (mara), viii, 13 ; x, 8.
mar (mur u ), ii, 8.
marai (maray), viii, 1 (2).
mare (mara), x, 7.
mare (mare), v, 7.
man (mare), ii, 9.
man (mari), x, 7.
man, see ming ye mari, ii, 9.
wio’n (mari), xii, 19. ;
maVi, see tsim&ri, vi, 11.
mor (m^ u ), viii, 13.
mor (mdr u ), ii, 8 ; iii, 3 (3).
mardq (marda), vii, 23.
murad (murad), i, 10.
murde mazatry (murdamazor 1 ),
x, 12. margq, see son 9 margq, xi, 3. marine (marihe), viii, 7. mqrihe (marihe), viii, 10. marhaba (marhabah), ii, 10. morham (mdr u ham), iii, 3. marshal (mdrahath), ii, 11. marih v e (marihe), viii, 7. mqraj (maraz-i), xi, 5. murkhas (murkhas), viii, 11. mdr^kan (marakan), vii, 23. mar an (maran), v, 9. marqnq (marana), x, 12. marqni (mdrani), viii, 13. marun (mdrun u ), x, 5 (2), 12, 5. mdrun (mdrun), viii, 10 (2). morun (mdrun), viii, 7 ; x, 7. mdrenak (maranakh), viii, 4. marqnas (mar anas), ii, 7. marqs, see sAaA mar as, viii, 6. mam (maris), ii, 6, 7 (2), 11. mara£ (marath), ii, 11.
455 INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN’S TEXT
mye
mqrit (marith), iv, 7 ; vi, 16. mcprit (morith), x, 8. mor thas (morHhas), v, 6. martsevangan (martsawdgan), v, 6. mdravdtHau (mdrawdtaiau), viii,
12. mdrqvdtal (mdrawdtal), x, 12. mdrqvdtqlau (mdrawdtaiau), x, 12. maravdtHan (mdrawdtalan), viii,
11. mdr^vdtalan (mdrawdtalan), viii,
5(2). mdrevdtHan (mdrawdtalan), x, 12. mare vdtHan (mdrawdtalan), viii,
4. mdrevdtalan (mdrawdtalan), viii,
4. mq l r v (mor*), viii, 12. ma’ryu (mdriwa), ii, 7. mdr v uk (moryukh), viii, 12, 3. md l ryuk (moryukh), viii, 4. mxprijun (moryun), ii, 11. mas (mas), vii, 31. mas, see hal? mas, v, 4. musdi (musdy), iv, 5. mdVi talari (mdch-t a l a re), Title
of ix. maushiir (mashhur), xi, 3. mqshit (mashith), x, 6. mashiyat (mashiyeth), vii, 7. mushtdk (mushtdhh), iii, 1, 7, 8,
9 (2) ; vii, 3. miskln (miskln), ix, 11 ; x, 10. miskirii (miskini), x, 4 (2). musla (musla), xii, 18. musHq (musla), xii, 18. musfchan (musla-han), xii, 21.
muslahat (mqslahath), viii, 3. mws/a Aa< (mqslahath), xi, 19. musHas (muslas), xii, 22. masnavl (masnavi), vii, 30. misar (misar), vi, 10, 2 (2). misren (misar an), vi, 14. masZ (masO, xii, 4 (2), 5 (2), 10
(3), 3 (2), 9. < mast (mastan), vi, 15. mat (math), v, 9. mat 1 ‘ (mat 1 ), v, 9. mat 1 (mati), xi, 10. mat 1 (me-ti), vi, 11. mot 1 , see ani mot 1 , v, 8. mut (moth u ), v, 7. mw£, see Za# u mut, x, 14. mw£, see thdu mot, viii, 9. mwZA, see on muth, xii, 25. muthai (mot u hay), v, 2. motuk (muth u kh), ix, 8. mapma (mati mdh), v, 9. mbteny (mdtun u ) } ix, 4. mato’s (matis), v, 9. mata’Z (mathith), ix, 4. ma&a (matshi), x, 5. mwfe, see parzq ndu muts, x, 5. mwfe, see fraw muts, x, 8. mwfc, see tsunye muts, v, 6. muts^rai (mutsaray), viii, 3. muts?rin (mutsaren), xii, 22. muts^run (mutsorun), viii, 10 ;
xii, 23. mutsrit (mutsarith), vii, 21. mut^sqHh (mdtasilt 1 ), ix, 7. mats y e (matshi), x, 2. mov, see vanye mov, x, 1. m v e (me), iii, 4, 9 ; ix, 1 (2), 4, 6 ;
x, 4, 5 (2), 9, 12 (2), 4;
xi, 1 ; xii, 2, 4, 6, 7 (2), 10
(3), 3, 5 (2), 9, 20, 2 (3), 4 (3). mye (me), v, 10. mye (myon 1 ), xii, 15.
mye
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
456
mye (mydn”), v, 10. moye (moye), viii, 2, 11. muy, see dale muy, xi, 14. m y egatse (me gatshi), xii, 4. m v en (mydn 1 ), x, 5 ; xii, 15. m v en (myon u ), iii, 4 ; xii, 14. myani (myani), i, 2. mydn (my6n u ), vii, 27, 8. myen (mydn a ), xii, 14, 8. mydn (my6n u ), i, 10 ; x, 4, 5,
12 (2), 4, 5. myanen (myanen), ii, 7. m v enis (myonis), xii, 19. m v e i nis (myonis), xii, 21. m v enish (me-nish), viii, 5. wm/o ww/ (mydnuy), vii, 9. m v eny (mydn*), xii, 15. myenyiy (mydnuy), x, 10. m v e^ (me-ti), xi, 14. ?m/w£ (myuth u ), vi, 11. m v eva (mewa), xii, 21, 2. moz (maz), vii, 24. mez^mdn (mizmdn), vii, 4. mdzaWy, see mwrde mdzdWy, x,
12. mazas (mdzas), vii, 14. wa (wa), ii, 8 ; iii, 1, 9 ; v, 6, 8 ;
vi, 10 ; viii, 1, 2, 3, 7, 11 (2),
3 ; x, 1 (3), 4, 6 (2), 7, 12 ;
xii, 2, 7 (2), 18. na (nd), vi, 2, 13 ; viii, 7 ;
ix, 3 ; x, 5, 12. na, see h v in na, viii, 3. na (na), i, 5, 6 ; ii, 1, 4, 5, 9, 11 ; ‘ iii, 2, 3 ; v, 5, 9 ; vi, 16 (2) ;
viii, 1 (2), 2, 7, 9 (4) ; x,
1, 3, 4, 6, 7 ; xi, 8 ; xii,
2 (3), 3, 5, 6, 11, 3, 5 (2), 6,
7, 9, 20, 2 (2). na, see dyinq, v, 6. wa, see chu na, iv, 4, 6 ; viii, 2 ;
xii, 2, 22. ‘
na, see chuk na, v, 5 ; xii, 13. na, see &ams wa, v, 1. na, see &asA wa, xii, 16. na, see vutehenq, v, 9. wa (wa), i, 10 ; ii, 3 ; vi, 1, 2 (2), 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 ; x, 12. na, see mde wa, vii, 25. nd, see ^>arze nd vun, viii, 10. na* (nay), vii, 2, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1, 3, 4, 8, 9, 20, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 30, 1 ; ix, 6, 12 ; xi, 14, 5. nai, see sanai, v, 5. wai, see tana nai, v, 12. wai, see tim? nai, xii, 1. nai, see <rau nai, v, 4. nai, see va7e nai, vii, 15. nai (nay), vii, 3. nau (nau), vii, 23 ; xi, 15. ndu (ndv), xii, 4 (2), 18. waw, see parzq nau, xii, 2. watt (now u ), ii, 2. waw, see parzq ndu, x, 5. watt, see parzq ndu muts, x, 5. ndu, see ^arze waw vun, viii, 9.
we (wa), x, 14.
ne, see vwcA* ne, viii, 7.
wo, see vote no vun^, viii, 9.
ndu (now u ), i, 11.
ww (wu), xii, 4 (2).
ww (woA), iv, 3.
nebar (nebar), x, 5.
nebqr (nebar), iii, 8 (3) ; v, 9 ; viii, 7 ; x, 7.
nqch, see wayis Jaw nqch, vii, 29.
nechiv (neciv*), viii, 11 ; xii, 1.
nichuva (necyuvdh), v, 2.
nech*vin (neciven), viii, 3.
nechevin (neciven), viii, 11, 3.
wad (wad), i, 10 ; x, 12 ; xii, 17.
nd ddnq (ndddna), xi, 11.
wa ddnqs (ndddnas), ii, 5.
457
INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN 1 S TEXT
nas
nag (nag), vi, 15 ; xii, 6.
ndge (naga), v, 9 (2).
nagmq (nagma), iii, 7.
ndgan (ndgan), vi, 15.
nigin (nigiri), i, 9.
niginau (niginau), viii, 3, 11.
ndgas (ndgas), iii, 9 (2) ; v, 9 ;
xii, 6 (3), 11, 2 (2), 4 (2). ndgas (ndgas), iii, 4 (2), 5 (2) ;
xii, 7. wafo’Z (nahith), xii, 4. wa&, see chu nak, viii, 1. na£, see dop u nak, viii, 1 ; x, 1. nak, see dojtra na&, ii, 6. wa/c, see Mw nak, xii, 18. wa&, see vanye nak, x, 1. waM ? (nakha), ii, 9. nukhta (noktdh), xii, 4. nukhta (nokhta), xii, 19. naMr (nakar), iv, 6. naukar (nokar), viii, 5. naukri (nokari), xii, 3. naukar (nokar), xii, 3. ndk°ri (nokari), viii, 5. wa£ (no7), xi, 17. rcaZ (nol*), viii, 10 (3). ndl? (ndla), vii, 22. na7a (ndla), v, 9 ; vii, 23 ; viii,
10. ndle (ndle), xi, 4. na7’ (noZ), viii, 10. nalas (nalas), vi, 9. ndl v (noP), x, 4. na l V (nbl 1 ), xii, 7. nam (nam), v, 6. nam, see dopu nam, iv, 4. nam, see dqtri nam, vii, 25. nam, seegatse nam, x, 1, 2. nam, see A:a*>i nam, iv, 5. nam, see &w nam, ix, 4. nam, see kur u nam, iv, 2. nam, see tq { ri nam, vii 25
nam, see fcany nam, ix, 2.
nam, see vafe nam, iv, 7.
nam* (nami), vi, 16.
nom (nto), x, 5.
noma (ndma), viii, 4.
nomau (ndmav), x, 12.
noman (ndman), viii, 1 ; x, 12
(2). nqmis (7iemis), v, 9. nam v au (namyov), vi, 16. nnna (nuna), v, 6. nindqr (nend a r), v, 5, 6 (4), 7. ning a ldn (ningaldn), vi, 15 (2). nan aar (nan-gar), xi, 10. nandn (nanan), vii, 1. nunnuy (nonuy), vi, 7. nmsa (m’w sa), xii, 25. nanyi (nun u ), viii, 6. winy {win), v, 7. naptsas (naphtsas), x, 3. na> (nar), xii, 21, 2, 3, 4. ner (ner), ii, 9.
neraw (nerav), xi, 12 ; xii, 18. neru (riiriv), x, 9. nur (nur u ), xii, 15. na> ? (nura), vii, 6. ndr^hqn (ndra-han), iii, 1. narqm (narm), vii, 24. naran (naran), viii, 1. n&rini (nerani), x, 7. neran (nerdn), xii, 1. neran (nerdn), viii, 1, 7. nernn (nerun), ii, 3. naras (naras), iii, 4. nm< (nirith), ii, 3. ne*rith (nirith), xii, 12, 5. neravun (nerawun u ), v, 8. ner v w (nin’o), xii, 1. nert/tZ (wotd), xii, 1. ne { ryu (niriv), ii, 7. nas, see as nas, v, 6. nas, see aVp u nas, v, 4 ; viii, 7.
nas
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
458
nas, see kar nas, viii, 9.
nas, see mukHdu nas, xii, 5.
nas, see than nas, xii, 9.
nas, see thdu nas, xii, 4, 12.
nash (nash), ix, 3.
m’sA (nish), ii, 11 ; iii, 2 ; v, 8, 10; viii, 5, 13 ; x, 1, 2, 4, 5 (2), 11, 2 ; xii, 2, 3, 4, 5 (2), 10, 3, 9, 22 (2), 5.
nish (nishe), ii, 7 ; x, 14.
msA, see kab a nish, vi, 12.
m’sA, see m v enish, viii, 5.
m’aAi (nishe), vii, 2, 20 ; x, 7, 14.
nishan (nishin), viii, 4.
nishana (nishdna), x, 8, 14 (2) ; xii,’ 21.
nishin (nishin), viii, 10.
nishin (nishin), vii, 20 (2).
nishinan (nishinan), vii, 24.
nishinan (nishinan), vii, 21.
m’scw (nishin), ii, 8.
nasiyat (nasiyeth), xii, 1.
na i s i yat (nasiyeth), xii, 16.
na l siyat (nasiyeth), xii, 17.
ntrt (rcoP), iii, 5 (3), 9 ; xi, 13.
nether (neth a r), xii, 15.
nqtis (natis), iii, 5, 9.
natatas (nata tas), v, 7.
not u vdn (ndtuwdn), i, 2.
mwa, see &e warn, vii, 7.
navau (nawav), iii, 8.
nav (wav), ii, 1 ; xii, 8.
nav, see as* nav, x, 6.
nav*hai, see manga ndtfhai, xi, 8.
navan, see daMe navan, xi, 16.
navan, see <jrara navan, xi, 17.
navim, see mange ndwun, iv, 16.
naviny, see to* naviny, x, 13.
m/w (we?;), iii, 7.
wyw (nyuv), viii, 9.
nay (wm/), vii, 1.
nay*, see &wr nay’, iv, 3.
na?/e (naye), vii, 1.
wa?/e (way), vii, 31.
?m/ (niy), v, 9.
my (niye), ii, 1.
my 6 (niye), ii, 6.
wiye (niye), x, 7, 8 ; xii, 23.
wwy, see m?/d nwy, vii, 9.
n y ech?, see wra n y ech? vin, viii, 3.
n v eche (nechi), vi, 16.
n v echu (necyuv u ), iii, 9 (2).
nyeche (nechi), vi, 16.
nyechi, see ywie nyechi handi,
xii, 10. n y ech a vis (necivis), iii, 9. nayiaJ (noyid), v, 6 ; xi, 18 ;
xii, 4 (2), 5 (2), 10 (2),
3, 9 (2), 22, 3, 4, 5. ndyidan (ndyidan), xii, 25. na { ydan (ndyidan), xii, 19. nyu has (nyuhas), viii, 9. nyuk (nyukh), x, 5 (2) ; xi, 18. niy ok (niyekh), viii, 11. nyukuy, see gud nyukuy, viii, 5. n y emau (nimav), xii, 19. n y emis (nemis), xii, 15. nyumut (nyumot u ), viii, 9. m/im (nyun), vi, 9. niyun (niyun), x, 5. niyanta (niyen ta), v, 12. wa^’s Jaw (nayistan), vii, 27, 8. nayis Jaww& (nayistanuk u ), vii, 26. wayts Jaw wac^ (nayistaniic”),
vii, 29. nayis Janas (nayistdnas), vii, 26. naze’s Jan v (nayistan), vii, 26. w v i£ (mJ/i), x, 1. ft v #ar (neih a r), viii, 2 (2). n v avik (nyovik 1 ), xi, 6. w v aza (neza), v, 4. ndyiz(ndyez u ), xi, 19. n y azik (nizikh), x, 3, 4.
459 INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN’S TEXT pddshahan
n v ezik (riizikh), viii, 6.
n v ezlk (riizikh), viii, 6.
nazdik (nazdikh), viii, 10.
nazdik (riizikh), viii, 10.
nezik (nizekh), viii, 6.
nazan (ndzan), ii, 7.
naz a ri (nazari), vii, 13.
naz*r (nazar), xii, 23.
nazari (nazari), x, 7.
nazar (nazar), ii, 1 ; viii, 6.
nazar (nazardh), viii, 11.
nazar (nazar), x, 7, 8 (3) ; xii, 23.
naz*r bdzau (nazarbazav), xii, 23.
nazar bdzau (nazar-bdzav), ii, 1.
nazar bdzau (nazarbazav), x, 7, 8.
pai (pay), iii, 3.
^ncAe (piche), xi, 4.
2>ada (poda), iii, 8.
2?ad ? (poda), vii, 4, 8.
2?ada (poda), vii, 6 (2).
2?a<fa (poda), iii, 8 (3).
2?ada (poda), ii, 1.
^a’dta (poda), x, 4, 5, 7 ; xii, 7, 10.
paduk (porukh), xii, 18.
paddn (paran), viii, 3.
padun (poruri), xii, 23.
padshah (pdtashdh), iii, 4 (3), 5, 8 ; vi, 16 ; viii, 3, 11 (2), 12, 3, 4 (2) ; x, 10 (2), 2 ; xii, 4, 9, 24, 5.
padshah (patasheh), xii, 5 (2), 10 (4), 1, 3 (4), 4, 21, 5.
padshah* (pdtashdha), viii, 1.
pddshaha (pdtasheha), ii, 7; v, 11.
pddshaha (pdtasheha), viii, 6.
pddshaha (pdtasheha), viii, 7, 11.
padshah (pdtashdh), ii, 8, 10, 1 ; iii, 1 (4), 2 (2), 3, 4 (2), 6, 7 (3), 8 ; v, 1, 2, (2), 5 (2), 7, 8 (2), 9, (8), 10, 1 ; vi, 9, 10, 1, 2, 6 (3) ; viii, 1 (5),
2(2), 3 (6), 4, 6 (2), 7 (3), 8, 11
(5), 2, 3 ; x, 4, 12, 4 (4) ;
xii, 1 (2), 2 (3), 3, 19 (2),
20 (2), 4. padshah (pdtashdha), v, 1 ; vi,
11 ; viii, 6. padshah (patasheh), ii, 5, 8, 9 ;
xii, 12. padshah (pdtashehdh), ii, 1. padshah* (pdtasheha), ii, 5. pddshaha (pdtashdha), v, 10. pddshahi (patashdhi), viii, 12. padshdhi (patashdhi), viii, 4 ;
x, 4, 9, 14 ; xii, 19. pdd a shdh (pdtashdh), ii, 11. pad* shah (pdtashdh), viii, 13 (2). padshdh (patasheh), ii, 5. pddshaha (pdtasheha), viii, 5. pddshdha (pdtashdha), viii, 13. padshdhi (patashdhi), xii, 26. padshah bdye (pdtashah-baye),
viii, 13. pddshdhihund (pdtashohi-hond u ),
x, 2. pddshaham (pdtasheham), v, 9 (2) ;
viii, 2, 6, 7, 8 (3), 10 ; x,
2 (2), 12 (2); xii, 3 (2),
19 (2), 23. pddshaham (pdtasheham), ii, 4 ;
viii, 11 (2), 3 (2) ; x, 6. pddshahan (jpdtashehari), x, 2 ;
xii, 4, 11, 9, 24. pddshahan (pdtasheham), viii, 6. pddshahan (patashahan), ii, 11 ;
vi, li. pddshahan (pdtashehan), ii, 4, 8 ;
iii, 1, 8 (2), 9 ; vi, 15 (2) ;
viii, 5, 6, 13; x, 2 (2);
xii, 5, 21. pddshahan (caret), viii, 7. pddshahan (pdtashehan), viii, 11 ;
xii, 4.
pddshahan HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
460
pddshahan (pdtashehan), ii, 1, 4 ;
viii, 11(2), 3; x, 6 (3), 7, 12. pddshahan (pdtashehan), i, 10. pddshahas (pdtashehas), iii, 9 ;
v, 7 (2), 9 (2) ; x, 2 ; xii,
4 (4), 5 (3), 9, 11, 2, 3, 8, 9,
(2), 20 (2), 1, 2. pddshahas (pdtasheha), ii, 6. pddshahas (pdtashdhas), ii, 11 ;
viii, 1. pddshahas (pdtashehas), ii, 3 (2),
4, 5 ; iii, 1, 3, 5 ; v, 9, 10 ;
vi, 16; viii, 1, 2, 5 (2), 7
(2), 13 ; x, 1, 10, 1, 2 (2) ;
xii, 3 (3), 23. padshahis (pdtashehas), v, 11. pddshahas (pdtashehas), xii, 1. pddshahas (pdtashdhas), iii, 3. pddshahas (pdtashehas), ii, 1. pddshahas (pdtashehas), i, 8. pddshdh sund (pdtashdha-sond u ),
vi, 11. pddshahasandi (pdtasheha-sandi),
ii, 9.’ pddshahq sund (patasheha-sond u ),
xii, 1. pddshahasund (pdtasheha-sond u ),
xii, 4. pddshdh a sund (pdtashdha-sond u ),
ii, 10. pddshahrsandis (pdtasheha-
sandis), xii, 22. pddshahas sqndyan (pdtasheha-
sanderi), viii, 1. pddshahasanzi (pdtashdha-
sanzi), v, 4. pddshaha sanzi (pdtasheha-
sanze), xii, 4. pddshahqsanz (pdtasheha- siinz”),
xii, 1. pddshahq sanzi (patasheha-sanzi),
xii, 5.
pddshahq sanzi (pdtasheha-
sanze), xii, 5. pddshahq sanzi (pdtasheha-
sanzi), xii, 4. pddshahasunz (pdtasheha-sihnz”),
x, 5, 14. pddshdh sanz (pdtashdha-sunz u ),
v, 7. pddshdhasanz (pdtashdha-siinz”),
v, 7. pddshahasanzi (pdtashdha-
sanze), v, 2, 4. pddshahas sanzi (pdtasheha-
sanze), v, 1. pddshahiyqn (pdtashohiyen), x,ll. pddshah zdda (pdtashdhzdda), viii,
11. pddshdh zdda {pdtashdhzdda),
viii, 11 (2). pddshahzddqn (pdtashdhzddan),
viii, 4, 11. pddshdh zddan (pdtashdhzddan),
viii, 4 (2),’ 11, (2). pddshdh zddqs (pdtashdhzddas),
viii, 5. W? (^aA), iii, 4. 2?a#a (pagdh), vi, 16 (2) ; xii, 10. phahi (phahi), v, 10. 2?foi& (phakh), ii, 4. phikri (phikiri), viii, 10 ; xii, 4. phikir (phikir u ), xii, 5. 2?M (phal), ix, 9. 2?M ? (phala), vii, 14. 2>M (pfcoZ”), xii, 15 (2). phul (phgl u ), iii, 3 ; viii, 9. pholdn (pholdri), xii, 2. phulen 1 (pholani), v, 5. pholen 1 (pholani), v, 7. phuleni (pholam), xii, 2. phamb (phamb), viii, 6. pahan (pahdn), x, 7 ; xii, 6. pahqn (pahdn), x, 7. ,
461 INDEX TO SIB AUBEL STEIN’S TEXT panun
phir 1 (phir*), vii, 18 (2).
pahar (pahar), iii, 1 ; viii, 6 (2), 8.
pahar (pahar), viii, 5 (2), 8,
io, 3.
paharq (pahara), v, 8. pherdn (pherdn), i, 2 ; ii, 5. pharosh (pharosh), xii, 3. pherit (phirith), ix, 1 ; x, 1 (2),
2, 3 (2), 6 (2), 7, 10 ; xi, 15 ;
xii, 4, 5. pherit (caret), xi, 15. phirit (phirith), iii, 5. phirit (phirith), ii, 3 ; iii, 1, 8, 9 ;
iv,3;v,l,2,4(5),5, 6,8, 10,
1 (2) ; viii, 6, 8, 10 ; x, 14 ;
xii, 3. phirit (caret), x, 5. pherith (phirith), xii, 5, 11. phtfrith (phirith), xii, 19. phurtas (phor u tas), iv, 2. pahre vdv (phaharawdv), v, 4. pahara vdlis (paharawolis), viii, 8. pharydd (phdr { ydd), vii, 22. pherydd (phdr { ydd), x, 2. phash (phash), xii, 7. phot (pot u ), x, 6. phut (pot u ), x, 3 (2), 6, 7. 2?/b£ (^Mr), x, 5 (2). phutu (phuf”wa), x, 12. phut^rhas (phut°r u has), ii, 11. phutfruk (phut°rukh), xii, 4. 2?Awfa r v un (phut a ryun), xii, 3. ^o£w va (photuwdh), ii, 7. ph v urus (phyurus), viii, 10 (2). _2?a&a (pakha), viii, 7. 2?a& (pdkh), v, 10. pukhtan (pokhtan), vi, 15. pakdn (pakdn), iii, 1, 2 ; v, 7 (2) ;
viii, 7 ; x, 1, 4 ; xii, 2, 7 (2). pakun (pakun), x, 1. pakenai (pakanay), x, 1. pak?ndvdn (pakandwan), xi, 8, 14.
pakrvany (pakawun u ), xi, 11. pakyu (pakiv), x, 1. 2?a£ (paZ), xii, 14 (2), 5. poldu (poldv), vi, 2. ^m&m (poldv), ii, 3. polddev v (pdldddv 1 ), v, 4. palang (palaiig), v, 9 ; x, 7. palahg (palang), v, 5. palang (palang), iii, 7. palangas (cdrpdyi), x, 5. palangas (palangas), v, 6 ; viii,
6; x, 5 (2), 7 (4), 8 (2), 12 (3). palangas (palangas), v, 5, 6. palangas (palangas), viii, 13 (2). 2?afos (palas), xii, 15. paHith (polith), xii, 16. 2?ama (pdma), x, 3. 2>am& (phamb), viii, 13. _^6m (pandn 1 ), xi, 10. jp<m tpan), iii, 4 (3) ; vii, 11. ^<m” (pdna), xii, 11. 2?awa (pdna), v, 10. ^araw (pdnas), vii, 2. 2?<mat (pdnay), vii, 1 ; x, 12. 2>eme (pdna), i, 1 ; v, 11 ; x, 2,
7 (2), 8 ; xii, 7, 21, 4. 2»w ham (pinhdn), vii, 10. jxm/e (panja), xii, 16 (2). jt?a%6 (panja), xii, 17. panqne (panani), vii, 22, 6. panan 1 (panani), v, 10. panani (panani), xii, 4. panani (panane), x, 5. panen (pandn { ), vii, 20. panen (panun u ), v, 10 ; x, 6. panen (paniln u ), v, 5. panen* (panun*), viii, 11. paneni (panani), xii, 5. panun (panun u ), ii, 5, 9, 11
iii, 1 (2), 2, 3 (2), 9 (3)
v, 1 (2), 4, 5 (2), 9 (2), 10 .
vii, 26 ; viii, 3, 5, 9 ; ix,
panenen
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
462
6 ; x, 5, 8, 9 ; xii, 4 (2), 5
(3), 10, 1 (2), 2, 3, 4, 5 (2), 6,
7, 8, 20, 2 (2), 5. panenen (pananen), viii, 10. paneneny (pananen), x, 14. panqnqs (pananis), viii, 9. panqnis (pananis), ii, 7, 11 ;
iii, 2, 4 ; v, 8, 10, 2 ; viii,
10 ; x, 5 ; xii, 4, 5, 10, 3, 5, 8. panenis (pananis), x, 12, 4. panqn v e (panane), v, 10. panen v (paniin”), viii, 1, 11. panen v e (panani), v, 5 ; x, 12. paneny (pandn% x, 14 ; xi, 10. paneny (paniln u ), x, 1, 3 (2),
6, 8, 13 ; xii, 14, 25. panenye (panane), v, 4, 12 ; x,
3 ; xii, 4. panenye (panane), vi, 6. panenye (panani), x, 13. paniny (paniin”), x, 10. panenuy (panunuy), x, 1. panunuy (panunuy), vii, 21 (2). panen v en (pananen), viii, 13. 2?<mas (panas), v, 9 (2) ; vi, 4 ;
vii, 24, 5 ; x, 6 ; xii, 5, 25. panas (panas), ii, 5 ; iii, 8 ;
vii, 1, 15 (2); viii, 3, 8;
xii, 12, 25. panes (panas), v, 9 ; x, 1. pane suy (panas ti y), vii, 3. pants (pants), x, 1 (5), 2 (6), 6, 14. pdntsim (pontsim ii ), x, 6. pantsen (pdntsan), x, 1, 6. pants v um (pontsyum u ), x, 1. pqnts v um (pontsim u ), x, 6. pawe vaW (panawon), xii, 25. pane m” (panawon), viii, 2. pawe t>cm?/ (panawon), viii, 1. panevdny (panawon), xi, 19. panevany (panawiin), x, 1. pane veiny (panawon), viii, 3.
pan v en (panin), iv, 7.
panz (pants), viii, 10 (2).
papiJ (papith), ix, 9.
pra (para), xii, 1 (2).
par (para), ii, 3, 5.
2>ar, see zara par, x, 5 (2).
paV (pari), xii, 25.
2?a*n (pan), xii, 8, 11 (2), 4, 20.
pepr 1 , see feo paV, xii, 24.
pq l ri, see so pq l ri, xii, 21.
_praw (pirav), v, 8.
pwr (p7r tt ), v, 2.
parda (parda), vi, 4.
paraa (pharda), vi, 11.
pargan (pargan), xi, 5.
par an (par an), ix, 1.
par an (paran), vi, 17 ; vii, 4 ;
viii, 4. pqrqn (pdr u ri), v, 10. pmm (piran), vi, 13. porun (purun), x, 2. purun (purun), x, 9. prcm# (prang), xii, 18. pran w (pron), viii, 5. prdny (prdn% vi, 11. praran (praran), v, 6, 11. prqhyau (praryav), ii, 10. jora£ (prath), viii, 1 (2). pa f n’Z (porith), iii, 7. 2>an’£ (piirith), xi, 9. par to ? (partawa), xii, 15. prutsun (pryutshun), xii, 1. pdravi (poravl), i, 1. parvardigar (parwardigar), i, 11. parvahab (par wahab), vi, 17. pq*riye (par { yi), xii, 15. pq l riye (par l ye), iii, 7, 8. par v ehna (pari-hana), xii, 2. parza wau (parzandw u ), xii, 2. par2^ mit (parzan6w u ), x, 5. parza wdw mwfe (parzanov u - muts”), x, 5.
463 INDEX TO SIB AUBEL STEIN’S TEXT pyete
parze nd win (parzandumn), viii,
10. parze ndii vun (parzandwun),
viii, 9. parzendvdn (parzandwdn), x, 12. parzqndvus (parzandivus), x, 12. pash (khash), v, 4. pesh (pesh), xii, 25. peshe (pesh-e), vi, 9. posha (poshe), xi, 3. posh” (poshe), ii, 3. poshe (poshe), v, 4 (3). poshak (poshdkh), v, 9 (2) ; x,
2 (2), 4 (3), 9 ; xii, 6 (2),
7(5). pushdkas (jposhdkas), viii, 9 ; x,
7(4). peshkdr (peshkdr), vi, 11. pqsan (pbsari), vii, 26. pqsan (posan), vii, 25. pasand (pasand), v, 1 ; xii, 4. pasqnd (pasand), xii, 4. 2?a2 (path), vii, 10. ^ ? (pata), vi, 8 ; viii, 7. 2?ata (pata), ii, 9 (2) ; iii, 1 (2),
2 (2) ; viii, 9 (2), 13 ; x, 1,
12 (2) ; xi, 18 (2) ; xii, 1, 6,
7 (3), 16, 7, 25. patai (patay), xii, 10. pqH 1 (pottt), v, 8. petq (petha), ii, 2. put (pot u ), v, 1. path (path), xii, 23. pqHh 1 (pdth { ), xii, 6, 17. pqHh 1 (pbW), xii, 5, 22. puth (pot u ), xii, 19. pathin (pothin), viii, 3. pathar (pathar), iii, 9. pqHh y (pbW), x, 6 ; xii, 3, 7. #a^ v (poi#) iii, 9 ; xii, 22, 4. patkun (path-kun), v, 5, 8. pat* kun (path-kun), iii, 5.
putal (putal), vi, 4. putalin (putalen), iv, 6. j?a£m (pothin), iii, 1. pata-pata (pata-pata), iii, 1 (2),
2 (2)’; viii, 9 ; xii, 7. 2?ator (pathar), ii, 3. ^afar (pathar), ii, 11. pitarun (petarun), ii, 5. pafvdr 1 (pathwor 1 ), ix, 10. 2>a ; ‘£ v ($»&’)] viii, 5 ; x, 8. ^?a% (poth 1 ), x, 10. paVqmi (patimi), v, 8. pbVen (poten), ix, 3. pdvun (pdwun), iii, 9. pd { vzi (pbv l zi), vi, 11. #yai* (^ev), ii, 3, 5, 6, 11 ; iii, 5 ;
v, 1, 7 (2) ; viii, 9. pyau (pyauv), xii, 15 (2). pay (pay), ix, 11. pydday (pydday), ii, 12. joyaZa (pyala), viii, 7 (2). pydlqs (pydlas), viii, 7 (2). ^P2/om (pyom), xii, 10. pyom 1 (pyom me), vii, 12. peyem (peyem), vii, 19. pHmbs (pembs), ix, 1. p v umut (pemot u ), x, 3. pyqmut (pemot u ), xii, 15. pyiimut (pemot u ), viii, 9. pHmats (pemuts), vii, 30. £> v wr (phyur u ), viii, 1. p v ilrus (phyurus), viii, 7. 2> v os (pyos), x, 5. ^yds tPyos), xii, 4. pyos (pyos), v, 6 ; viii, 11. ^ (p>^), iii, 4 (2), 5. 2> v e£i (^M Zi), iii, 8. p v et (peth), iii, 5, 7. pyet (peth), iii, 1. pyet (peth 1 ), ii, 9. pyet (peth), ii, 11. ^yete (petha), ii, 6.
p v eth
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
464
p v eih (peth), x, 5. p v ethq (petha), x, 3, 10. p v eth (peih), iii, 9 (2) ; iv, 4 ; V; 5, 6 (2), 9 (2), 11 ; viii,
I, 6, 8, 11, 3 (2) ; x, 5, 7 (2) ; xi, 12, 6 ; xii, 2, 6 (2), 7 (3),
II, 2, 3, 4, 21 (2), 4 (2). p v eth (petha), viii, 1. p v eth (pe’th% iii, 8.
p y ethq {petha), iv, 5 ; v, 7, 9 ;
x, 3 ; xi, 3 ; xii, 2. pydvHq (pydwal), xi, 7. p v evdn (pewdn), vii, 20. p y ivdn (pewdn), vii, 26. p v eyak (peyekh), v, 7. pHyen (peyin), ix, 2. p v eyes (peyes), v, 5.
2> v ez (fras), viii, 9.
pqz (pdz 1 ), x, 10.
pqz 1 (pdz 1 ), x, 6.
pdz (pdz), vi, 16 (2) ; viii,
’ 7 (4). puz (poz u ), x, 8. 2?azws (pozas), viii, 7. j9az?/a (pazyd), vi, 8. 2?wzim/ (pozuy), x, 6 (3). ra (raA), v, 9. rai (rdye), xi, 7. rau, see somfr 9 raw, xii, 24. ru, see feaw rw, xii, 16. rachen (racen), viii, 4. rod 1 (rutt), vii, 20(2). rwa’ (rud u ), xii, 1, 15. rod^mut (rud a mot u ), xii, 23. rild^mut (rud u mot u ), i, 5. raAaJ (rahath), ix, 4. raj (rdjiy), x, 14. raja (ra^), x, 7 (3), 8 (5), 14 (3). rdje (rdje), x, 1, 6 ; xi, 2. rajaw (rdjen), x, 8 (2), 14. rajas (rdjes), x, 7, 8, 14.
rajas (rdjes), x, 8.
rdjqsqnz (rdje-sunz u ), x, 7.
rdjqsunz (rdje-silnz u ), x, 7.
raja zaaa (rdjezdda), x, 7, 8.
raM (rakh), x, 5.
raM^ (rakhi), x, 12.
rukhsat (rukhsaih), xii, 10, 3.
rukhsath (rukhsaih), xii, 25.
rakh v e (rakhi), x, 12.
remai, see 6a^e remai, v, 7.
rumdli (rumdli), iii, 2.
rawz (riwz’), v, 3, 4 (2).
rniz (rw’), v, 4 (2), 5.
rmz (rmz*), v, 3.
rupia (ropaye), viii, 9, 10.
rupias (ropayes), viii, 10 ; x,
1 (2), 2 (3). rupias (rdpayes), viii, 10. rapqt (rapat), v, 9. rupyq (ropaye), x, 6. rarai, see sus 9 rdrai, xii, 23. rwsA (rosh u ), v, 10, 2. rasa (rasad), xi, 5, 10. rustfnau (rost u nau), vii, 23. raZ (rath), i, 7 ; viii, 4. rai (rfiV 8 ), x, 8. rat (rath), i, 10 ; iii, 1 ; viii, 9 ;
x, 5 (2), 8, 11, 2 (2). rat, see dokht a rdt, vii, 3. rat 1 (rdt% v, 7. roi (ro£ u ), x, 12. rit (reth), xii, 4, 6. rw£ (ro£”), x, 5. rutu (rot u wa), x, 12. ra^ (rath), xii, 9. raYAa (rdthdh), xii, 5. rothunq (rqt a na), xii, 20. rothunq (rqt a na), xii, 18. ra^A Za (rathta), xii, 19. ra£i& (rdtdk 1 ), v, 9. ra£ ? Zi (rdtHi), viii, 9. rotfmut (rdt u mot u ), viii, 1.
465 INDEX TO SIB AUBEL STEIN’S TEXT sauddgar
rutmut (rot u mot u ), x, 12.
ritan (retan), xii, 5, 11.
rotun (rotun), x, 3.
rotun 9, (rqt a na), xii, 14.
rutun (rotun), viii, 7.
rutun* (rqt a na), xii, 10 (2), 1.
rutuna (rat a na), xii, 10, 2, 4,
5 (2). ‘ rutfnak (rut u nakh), viii, 3. rdtas (rdtas), x, 5, 12. rdtqs (rdtas), x, 1, 6 ; xii, 4. ritas (retas), xii, 4. ritasumb (retas sumb u ), xii, 4. rqtit (ratith), ii, 11 ; iii, 5 ; x, 5. rqtit (ratith), v, 7, 9. rata’Z, see mokrqtit, v, 9. r^f* (m^), viii’,’ 13. rats (rots”), iii, 1. rats a hqn (ratshi), v, 6. ratsq hqn (ratshi-han), v, 6. ratse h?na (ratshi hand), v, 6. ratseh^na (ratshi-hand), v, 6. rdtsqs (rdtsas), viii, 5. revdnq (rawdna), x, 3. nwim (riwdn), vii, 22. ray (my), viii, 11 ; xii, 15. r v un, see phuta r v un, xii, 3. r v eth (reth), xii, 11. raz (raz), xi, 9. reza (reza), ii, 7. roz (rwz), vii, 18. rbz 1 (ruz 1 ), vii, 18. rozi (rozi), x, 1, 6. roz kq (rbzakha), xii, 18. rozan (rozan), x, 3. rozqnq (rozana), x, 8. rozan (rozan), ii, 9 ; vii, 23. rozan 1 (rozani), ix, 6. roz to (ruzHav), vii, 9. 5a (sa), ii, 9 ; v, 5, 9 ; viii, 7, 11 ;
x, 1, 2, 10 ; xii, 10. sa, see che sa, v, 6.
«a (sa), ii, 4 ; x, 1 (2), 5, 6 (2), ‘ 8 (3), 9, 12 (2), 4 ; xii, 1, 6, 10, 5, 9, 20, 5 (2). sq (soh), iii, 5 ; xii, 5. sai (say), xi, 5. sai (soy), vii, 16. sai, see che sai, ix, 1, 3. sai (say), iii, 4 ; ix, 4. se (sa), x, 1. se, see boha se, ii, 11. so (suh), x, 4. su (suh), ii, 8 (2), 9, 11 (2) ; v,
9 (2), 10 ; viii, 7 (4), 8, 9,
10 (2), 1, 3 (2) ; x, 1, 12 (6), 4; xii, 4 (2), 5, 11, 4, 5, 9 (3), 20, 5, 6.
su (soh), xii, 20.
su (suy), viii, 9.
su (ts a h), v, 5.
sa&a (sbba), x, 7.
sa& (56*6), x, 8.
subu (subuh), x, 8 ; xii, 9.
sabab (sabab), viii, 5.
subhdn (subhdn), vii, 31.
subahanas (sub a hanas), xii, 12.
subhas (sub a has), xii, 5.
sabak (sabakh), iv, 4 , v, 5 ;
viii, 3, 4. sabakas (sabakas), v, 6 ; viii,
3(2). sabakas (sabakas), viii, 11 (3). sa6a?i (soban), iii, 8 (3). suban (sub a han), x, 11. safrir (sbbir), xi, 20. 5a6a6- (sbbas) t x, 5. swcAe (fedc£), v, 8 (2). su cho (tsdce), v, 7. .saaaw (saddh), viii, 9. soaa (soda), viii, 9. sauddgar (sbddgdr), iii, 1 (2). sauddgar (sbddgar), iii, 1 (4),
2 (2), 3 (4), 4.
saudagar HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
466
saudagar (sddagar), v, 11. sauddgqrq (sodagara), iii, 1. sodagqr (sddagar), viii, 9. sddagar (caret), viii, 9. sddagar (sddagar), v, 11 ; viii,
9, 10 (2). sddagar 9 (sodagara), viii, 9. sodagara (sodagara), viii, 9. sddagaran (sddagaran), viii, 10. sddagar an (sddagaran), viii, 9 (2). sauddgdrqs (sodagaras), iii, 2. sauddgdrqs (sodagaras), viii, 9. sodagaras (sodagaras), viii, 10. sauddgarasund (sdddgdra-sond u ),
iii, 1. sddahas (sddahas), v, 10. sddahqs (sddahas), iii, 1. swaar Mat (sddurabalqy), vii, 31. sa/, see ?/m sa/, viii, 4. safar (saphar), xii, 25. safarun (sapharun u ), xi, 13. sapras (sapharas), x, 1. safqras (sapharas), x, 6. s/ie (sheh), xii, 6, 7. saAz’6 (sohib), vii, 2, 3 ; xi, 20. saM>* (sdhib-e), ii, 9. sa/wfo* (sdhib-i), x, 13. sahibd (sbhibd), ix, 3. shdban (shuban), vii, 5, 10. shuban (shuban), ii, 4, 5. sahiban (sohiban), vii, 5. sahib* sund (sbhiba-sond u ), iv, 4,5. sAecA^ (sMc/^), x, 3 (3). sM (s/od u ), ii, 10. shahi (shah-i), vi, 1. shdhi (shdhi), x, 4 (2). shqhij (shehY)> v, 6 (2). shuhul (shehul u ), i, 11. shahmar (shehmar), viii, 6 (2). sAa/i mam (shehmar a), viii, 7. shahmar (shehmara), viii, 6. shahmdrq (shehmara), viii, 13 (2).
shahmar (shehmar), viii, 13 (2). sAaA marqs (shehmaras), viii, 6. shqhmdrqs (shehmaras), viii, 13. shqhqn (shehan), i, 7. shahqnshah (shehan- shah), i, 1. shahra (shehara), viii, 11. shahrq (shehara), viii, 4. shahar (shehar), ii, 1 ; x, 9. shehra (sheharah), v, 1. sAeAn (shehar-e), ii, 1. sheherq (shehara), viii, 11. sheharqkis (sheharakis), xii, 3. shahras (sheharas), xii, 2. shah*ras (sheharas), x, 3 (2), 5 (2),
12. shahqras (sheharas), x, 10. sheharas (sheharas), x, 14. sheharas (sheharas), v, 9, 11 ;
x, 5. shahtsa (shekhtsd), x, 1. sh a hzddq (shdhzada), viii, 5. shahzdda (shdhzada), viii, 11 (2),
3. shahzddqs (shdhzddas), viii, 13. sAa& (shekh), v, 8. sM& ? (shdkh), vii, 10; s^o& (shekh), xii, 15. shakhtsqn (shekhtsan), x, 2, 6. shakhtsas (shekhtsas), x, 2 (2). shakql (shekal), x, 7. shikma (shikama), x, 7. shikrmq (shikama), x, 7. shikmas (shikamas), x, 7 (2). shikdrqs (shikdras), ii, 4, 8 ;
viii, 7. shikasta (shikasta), v, 5. shdlan (shdldn), vi, 6. shamd (shemdh), vi, 6 ; x, 7 (2). shqmd (shemdh), viii, 13. shaman (shaman), v, 5. shumdr (shumdr) xi, 16 ; xii,
467
INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN’S TEXT
sun a
shamsher (shemsher), ii, 7 ; iii, 9 (2) ; viii, 6 (2), 13 (2) ; x, 7 (3).
shamsher 1 (shemsheri), iii, 9 ; viii, 6, 13.
shamseri (shemsheri), iii, 5.
shen (shen), v, 7 ; xii, 6.
shdnd (shdnd), v, 5 ; x, 7.
shdndq (shdnda), v, 5.
shung (shong u ), x, 7.
shungit (shongith), viii, 7.
shindk (shendkh), xii, 4 (4), 5 (3), 7 (2), 10, 1, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 20 (2), 1, 2 (2), 3 (3), 4, 6.
shindkan (shendkan), xii, 4 (2),
7, 9, 10, 3, 22 (2), 4, 5. shindkas (shendkas), xii, 4 (2),
5 (2), 6, 10 (2), 1, 3 (2), 5, 9 (4), 22, 4, 5. shindkasund (shendka-sond u ), xii,
8, 25.
sherau (sherav), xi, 12, 7. sMn (shur*), v, 2. s^ora #a (shora-gdh), vi, 12. shorqgd (shora-gdh), vi, 13. sAra& (shrdkh), x, 13. $Am& (sherikh), i, 10. shrdnz (shranz), xi, 16. sAm£ (sh’irith), x, 7. shasftro ^shestruw u ), xii, 16, 7. shast^ro (shestriiv”), v, 4. shastrev 1 (shestrdv 1 ), v, 4. shast^rvi (shestravi), xii, 16. shetdn (shetdn), iii, 8. shetdnqn (shetdnan), iii, 8. shWrqvi (shestravi), v, 4. sM& (shotsh), x, 3. s&op (shdph), xii, 15 (2). shuybehe (shubiheh), xii, 4. shuybihe (shubiheh), xii, 5. sa& (sak a th), vii, 18. sakhme (sak a th me), vii, 13.
sakhr v ai (sakharyey), xii, 18.
sakhtsa (shekhtsdh), xii, 3.
saZa (saldh), viii, 3, 11.
safoi (salay), v, 4.
so7a (soldh), ii, 2.
saZa (sa?i), xii, 23.
sa£^ (sofo), v, 7.
saZam (saldm), iii, 1 ; viii, 3, 11 ;
xii, 4, 5, 9, 12, 3, 6 (2), 7, 20,
3,6. salami (salami), viii, 3. sqldmq (saldm), x, 14. sulaimdn (sulaymdn), xii, 17. saZas (sdlas), v, 9 ; vi, 2. saks (solas), ii, 4 ; iii, 1 ; viii, 7. sd/as (solas), ii, 8. sultan 1 (sultdn-i), i, 1. salqyq (salayi), v, 4 (2). sama (samd), vii, 26. samo (sumb 1 ), xii, 5. swmfr (sumb u ), xii, 4. som6 ? raw (sgmb a rdw u ), xii, 24. somb”rau (sgmb a r6w u ), xii, 21. somb^run (sgmb a run u ), xii, 20 (2). sumb-rdn (somb a rdn), xi, 7. sumbrit (spmb a rith), ix, 9. somb*rdva i n i (sd}rib a rdwdn i ), xii,
24. sdmb?rdvuth (somb a r6umth), xii,
24. sam ? &aM (samokhukh), xii, 25. sdmdn (sdmdn), vii, 5 ; xi, 9, 20. samsheri (shemsheri), iii, 6. samsar (samsar), iv, 1, 2, 3, 4,
5, 6, 7. samsdras (samsdras), ix, 6. sana i (sa wa?/), v, 5. sem (son), i, 6. sm ? (sma), vii, 21. son (son u ), x, 12. saw (son”), v, 6. sana (caret), ii, 8.
Hh
sune
HATIMS SONGS AND STORIES
468
sune (sona), vii, 11.
sand 1 (sand 1 ), viii, 13.
sand 1 , see sunasand* , v, 3.
sand 1 , see sunasand*, v, 4, 5.
sandi (sandi), vii, 6 ; xii, 21.
sandi (sand 1 ), v, 4.
sandi, see sunqsandi, v, 4.
sandi, see sunarsandi, v, 10.
sawd (sand 1 ), viii, 1.
5awc?i (sandi), i, 3 ; ii, 9 ; x, 5 ;
xii, 4, 5. stmd (sond u ), ii, 10 ; iii, 1 (2) ;
v, 10 ; vi, 10, 1 ; viii, 6 (3),
8, 9, 10, 3 (2) ; x, 4, 11, 2 ;
xii, 1, 4, 7 (2), 8, 21, 2, 5. sund (caret), viii, 8. sund, see qmisund, v, 3. sund, see sahib* sund, iv, 4, 5. simd, see sunqrsund, v, 2. sqndin (sanden), viii, 6. sandis (sandis), v, 11. sqndis (sandis), ii, 5, 6, 7 ; x, 12 ;
xii, 22. sandyau (sandyau), viii, 5. sandy an (sanden), viii, 1. sa?w7 sar (sangsar), viii, 8. son ? margq (sonamargi), xi, 3. sqnnyas (saniyas), v, 10. swmr (sonar), v, 1 (2), 3, 4, 5 (2),
6, 7 (2), 9, 10 (2). sunqras (sonaras), v, 9. sunarsandi (sonara-sdnd 1 ), v, 10. sunqrsund (sonara-sond u ), v, 2. sunar sanzi (sonara-sanzi), v,
9 (2). stmar scmz (sonara-sunz u ), v, 1. sunar sanz (sonara-sunz”), v, 3,
io.’
sunar sqnzq (sonara-sanzi), v, 7. sunasand 1 (sona-sdnd*), v, 3. sunasand 1 (sona-sdnd 1 ), v, 4, 5. sunqsandi (sona-sdnd 1 ), v, 4.
sunqsqnz (sdna-sunz u ), v, 1. sowto (sdta), ix, 7. somw/ (sdnuy), viii, 13. sqnyas (saniyas), v, 11 (4). sqnyas* (saniyasu), v, 11. sqnyasas (saniyasas), v, 12. sa?m (sanze), xii, 4. sanzi (sanzi), v, 9 (2) ; vii, 13 ;
xii, 5. sanz (sunz*), iii, 4 ; v, 7 ; viii,
11 ; x, 7, 8 ; xii, 1, 24. sanz (caret), ii, 8. sanz, see rdjasqnz, x, 7. sanz, see swwar sanz v 1. sanz, see sunar sanz, v, 3, 10. sawz, see sunqsqnz, v, 1. sanz, see pddshahasqnz, v, 7. sqnzq, see sunar sqnzq, v, 7. sanzi (sanze), v, 1 ; xii, 5. sanzi (sanzi), x, 4 ; xii, 4, 15. sanzi, see pddshahqs sanzi, v, 1. sanzi, see padshahasanzi, v, 4. sanzi, see padshahasanzi, v, 2, 4. swnz (sunz u ), iii, 2 ; x, 5, 7,
14 (2) ; xii, 4, 19, 20 (2). simz, see rdjqsunz, x, 7. swnz (sunz u ), title of V. sqnziiy (sunz u ), xii, 15. san v (son”), viii, 11. san?/ (son u ), x, 5. sapqd 1 (sapadi), vi, 16. sapud (sapod u ), iii, 7 ; xii, 1. sap dak* (sapadakha), iii, 2. sapadqk (sapadakh), vi, 11. sqpqnum (sapodum), vii, 13. sapnyes (sapanes), x, 4. so 2?an (tsopor 1 ), xii, 21. sap*zqk (sapilz u kh), iii, 2. sar (sar), viii, 11. sar (sard), x, 2, 4, 6, 14. sar ? (sard), viii, 13. sare (sard), x, 6 (2).
469
INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN’S TEXT
suy
sdr (sdr), viii, 8.
sq l re (soriy), vi, 16.
scpri (soriy), iii, 4 ; v, 9.
sera (sara), xi, 14.
ser (ser), i, 3.
sir (sir), vii, 21.
soirq (sdruy), xi, 9.
sd { ri (sdruy), xi, 20.
silr (sur), v, 9 ; vii, 13 ; xii, 23.
sura (sura), xii, 23.
sards (sarda), i, 11.
sargi (saragi), viii, 7.
sar<jrl (saragi), viii, 8, 10 ; x, 7.
sqr l gau (sdr 1 gav), iv, 3.
sargeh (saragi), viii, 7.
sreAa (srehd), viii, 7.
sraw (srdn), xii, 6 (2), 7 (2).
5amw (sdrdn), xi, 6, 10.
srdnas (srdnas), v, 9.
sarp (sar a ph), x, 13.
sTras (siras), xii, 7.
slras (siras), ii, 4.
swras (siiras), xii, 23.
saW (sorith), ix, 9.
swraZ, see khobsurat, xii, 15.
swra£, see Mao swra£, xii, 4 ;
Mo6 sural, xii, 5 ; JchobsUrat,
xii, 10 (2). surath, see khob-surath, xii, 19. sarw?/ (sdruy), iii, 1. sarwy (sdruy), v, 7, 9 ; xii, 19. sws ? ra/m (susardray), xii, 23. sa£ (sa^), vi, 3, 15 (3) ; x, 2, 5,
12 ( 2 >- sato (safaw), iii, 8 ; x, 12.
sat* (sdta), iii, 6.
sdtq (sdthd), vii, 9.
salt (soty), ii, 1 ; iii, 4.
se*a (sethdh), viii, 1 (2), 4, 9 (2),
10, 1, 4.
se/a (sethdh), xii, 4.
swZ* (swZi), ii, 4.
sa^ (sa^), xii, 9 (4).
sath (sath), vii, 8.
sdtha (sdthd), vi, 3.
sdtha (sathdh), ii, 4.
«a^a (sdta), xii, 4, 15.
sdthai (sdtay), vii, 8.
sa*^ (soty), v, 4 (2), 5, 6, 7, 10 ;
vi, 16; vii, 5 (3), 6, 19;
viii, 7 (2), 11 (2) ; x, 1, 4,
6, 7 (2), 8, 9, 14; xii, 1, 2 (2).
sa^/i* (soty), vii, 10, 3 ; viii, 3 ;
xii, 15 (2), 6, 7, 8. aW (sotiy), xii, 16. sa^i (sotiy), vi, 16. sa^M (sotiy), xii, 12. se^M (sethdh), xii, 5, 9, 15. se^a (sithdh), xii, 10 (2), 2. saW (soft/), iii, 8 ; xii, 7. sqtim? (satim u ), xii, 7. safcm (satan), v, 8 ; vi, 15 (3). safam (satan), x, 5. sewYm (sotin), i, 4. 6a%n (sotin), ix, 5, 12. sai’Zm (sotin), i, 5 (2), 7. sd7 v (soft/), i, 3. satyqmis (satimis), v, 7. siw (siwdh), v, 9. sam6 (sawdb), ix, 12. sava7 (sawdl), x, 5. savar (sawar), xii, 1. say (say), viii, 13 ; xii, 14. say, see am say, iii, 4, 8. sa?/e, see ham sdye, x, 12. say (say), ii, 6 ; iii, 1 ; viii,
7, 10.
suy (suy), i, 4, 8 ; ii, 4 ; iii, 3 (2) ;
v, i ; vi, 6, 16 ; vii, 8, 13 ;
viii, 1, 7 ; ix, 11 ; x, 1, 6,
12 ; xii, 19, 25. suy, see am* suy, viii, 7. suy, see ami suy, x, 10.
suy
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
470
suy, see a i mi suy, xii, 15.
suy, see amis suy, viii, 11.
suy, see as suy, vii, 16.
suy, see pane suy, vii, 3.
suy, see am^ 5%, v, 7.
5%, see am’ 5%, ii, 8.
suy, see torn* siiy, viii, 9 (2) ;
xii, 1. s y ud (syod u ), viii, 13. syud (syod u ), viii, 6. sqyist (soyisth), xii, 3, 4. suyyas (suy yes), vii, 30. suyyus (suy yus), vii, 29. sozun (sozun u ), v, 1. sozm (suzuri), x, 4. Z°, see dokht a rdt, vii, 3. ^ (to), xii, 15. t°, see hangqt 9 , iii, 6. to (to), viii, 11. to (to), ii, 7 ; iii, 4 (4), 5, 9 (2) ;
v, 4 (2), 9, 12 ; vi, 16 (2) ;
vii, 2, 9, 12, 20 ; viii, 3, 4,
9 (2), 10 (3), 3 ; ix, 10, 1 ;
x, 7, 8 ; xi, 9, 14, 9 ; xii, 1,
5, 6, 7 (2), 22, 5 (2). to, see gats tq, xi, 1. to, see niyantq, v, 12. to, see rath tq, xii, 19. to, see than tq, ix, 4. to, see vuch tq, ix, 4 ; x, 5. tai (tay), xi, 3. tai, see yi tai, ix, 1. tai (tay), iv, 1, 2, 3 (2), 4 (2),
5 (2), 6 (2), 7 (2). te (to), xi, 7. ti (ti), vii, 23 ; viii, 5, 9 (2) ; ix,
1, 6 ; x, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2, 3 (2) ;
xi, 14 ; xii, 1, 10, 2 (2), 7. ti (tih), iii, 1, 4 (2), 8 (2), 9 (2) ;
v, 8 (2); viii, 3, 9, 11;
x, 1 ; xii, 3 (2), 6, 7 (2), 16,
9, 20.
ti (tiy), iii, 9.
ti, see tqHti, iii, 8.
ti, see 2> tf eta’, iii, 8.
ti, see yi ti, x, 8.
JT (%), vii, 1.
f, see ma£*, vi, 11.
ttibir (tdbir), vi, 11 (3), 4 (2),
5 (2), 6. tq ( bya (to&yah), xii, 18. tad (thud), v, 4. £od ? (torn), xii, 11. t&fqdarqn (toyiphdaran) , xi, 16. to#i (tagiy), i, 12. to#i (tagiy), x, 5. fop (to# M ), v, 3. tagimna (tagem-na), x, 5. tog u nq (tog u -na), viii, 9. fogws (togus), viii, 9. to# v e (tagiye), v, 8. tag ye (tagiye), v, 9. iag v ehqm (tagihem), v, 8. Mw (thav), iii, 8 (2) ; viii, 4. <Mm (£av), xi, 13. thdu (th6w u ), viii, 12. zAe, see Jcar the, xii, 19. tih (ti), xi, 1. to/**’ (tdh), xii, 1 (3). toAi (tohe), x, 5, 12 (2). tuh (toh% viii, 3, 5 (3). tuh 1 (toJi 1 ), xii, 1. thud (thod u ), ii, 3, 5, 6 ; v, 6. 9 ;
vii, 11 ; xii, 14, 5. tuhjin (tuj a n), iii, 9. thai (tai), viii, 6, 7, 13. tqhql (tahdl 1 ), x, 12. toAaZ* (tahdl/), x, 12. to,W (toM*), x, 5, 12. tqhqlyau (tahalyav), x, 12. thaumut (th6w u mot u ), x, 12. thdu mut (thow u mot u ), viii, 9. thaumut (thdw u mot u ), x, 12. tihund (tihond u ), xii, 16.
471
INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN’S TEXT tamd
tuhund (luhond u ), ii, 2 ; xii, 15. thaunam (lhdw u nam), ix, 4. thaunas (thow u nas) , xii, 23 (2). thaunas (thuv^nas), x, 5, 10. thay, nas (thaunas), xii, 9. than nas (thow u nas), xii, 4. thau nas (lhiiv u nas), xii, 12. thdunas {thow u nas), iii, 1. thanya (thiln u a), ix, 4. fa Aawza (tihanza), viii, 11. to Acmza (tihanza), viii, 3. ^aj9 (thaph), iii, 9 (2). $Aap (thapi), xii, 12. fAajoA (thaph), xii, 11, 2. tah^ran (thaharan), ii, 4. fAas, see &wr f/?as, x, 12. thas, see mor £/as, v, 6. toAsIr (takhsir), viii, 10 ; x, 12. fM?/ fa (thavta), ix, 4. *Wa (for), xii, 17. thautam (thavtam), ix, 1. thavai (thaway), viii, 11. thavik (thovik 1 ), xi, 6. thavik (thovikh), x, 12. thdvulc (thov u kh), viii, 11. thavum (thawum), viii, 8. thavan (thawan), viii, 11. thdvun (thdwuri), v, 11 ; viii, 7,
14 ; x, 3 ; xii, 15, 25. thavnak (th6w u nakh), viii, 4. thdvus (thawus), iii, 5, 9. thavat (thawath), ii, 11. thdvut (thowuth), vi, 5 ; x, 12. thav tarn (thavtam), viii, 6. thdv u lan (thavtan), ii, 4. tha l vyu (thoviv), viii, 3. thaivzin (thovhen), v, 10. toA** (foAe), x, 5, 6. ft/./** (tdh { ), viii, 13. thaymak (thov^mdt), x, 12. % (fcf*), ii, 9. iujan (tujyav), xii, 6.
lu/ero (tuj u n), v, 4 ; x, 7.
tujan (tujyan), xii, 4.
tujy e n (tuj u n), ii, 7.
fo^ (tftfra), vii, 13.
fwM, seejan? tukh, xii, 21, 2.
faMlf (tahkhith), x, 12.
fw&ra (tuk a ra), viii, 6, 13.
£a’Hs (tokis), viii, 4.
faHs (tokis), viii, 12.
fa&7f (tahkhith), xi, 13 ; xii, 3.
to” kyd zi (ti-kyazi), viii, 2.
tal (tal), ii, 3 ; v, 4 ; ix, 6 ; x,
7, 8 (2). faZa (faZa), vii, 7. talau (talau), v, 5 ; x, 1. WP (tdl { ), xii, 14. feZa (teli), xii, 3. tell (teli), v, 5, 6 (2). til 1 (teli), ii, 3. tul (tul u ), iii, 1. tuluk (tulukh), xii, 2. tolani (tolani), ix, 10. fw/aw (tulan), vii, 14 ; xii, 17. tulin (tulin), x, 12. fwZtm (tulun), iii, 2 ; xii, 2, 7. tulun (tulun u ), xii, 6. tulinas (tuPnas), v, 6. tul u nas (tul u nas), xii, 15. fwZar (W), ix, 1 (3), 3, 4. fwfon (t a l a ri), ix, 1, 6. fa’/to’ (tdP ti), iii, 8. fwfo’f (tulith), iii, 7. fa£ ? va (talawa), viii, 6. tilavanye (tilawani), xi, 20. *mZ v (to^’)> xii, 9. tarn (tarn), vii, 17. tarn,’ see oeA fam, vi, 3. tarn, see 602 torn, iv, 1. tarn, see & v e tarn, iii, 1. torn, see fMv tarn, viii, 6. fam, see tsik°r tarn, ii, 11. fawm (tamdh), vii, 26.
tarn
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
472
torn* (tami), ii, 7 ; iii, 9 ; v, 5 ;
x, 12 (2), 4 ; xii, 4. tarn 1 (tamiy), x, 14. tami (tami), viii, 9 ; x, 10 (3), 2 ;
xii, 6. tami (tamiy), xii, 6. tarn* (tami), iii, 5, 8. tarn 1 (tarn 1 ), i, 3 ; ii, 1 ; iv, 3, 4,
5, 6 ; vii, 13 ; x, 3, 12. tarn 1 (tamiy), iii, 1. to’m* (tamiy), xii, 14. ta l mi (tami), xii, 16. ta x mi (tamiy), xii, 15. tq l mi (tami), xii, 14. tim (tim), v, 4 (2), 8 ; viii, 3, 4,
11, 3 ; x, 12 (4) ; xi, 5 ; xii,
16 (3). tim 9 (tima), xi, 19 ; xii, 19. timq (tima), viii, 11. timai (timay), x, 14. timai (timqy), v, 5, 9 ; viii, 4. timau (timau), vi, 11 ; xii, 7. timau (timav), x, 12. tim* (tim), viii, 3. torn, see vuch torn, vii, 24. turn (turn), xi, 4. tim hai (tim-hay), ix, 8, 9. tim hay (tim-hay), ix, 10. torn* kuy (tamyukuy), vii, 12. timan (timan), viii, 1 ; xi, 6, 8 ;
xii, 6 (2), 7, 16, 7. timan (timan), x, 6. tim* nai (timan^y), xii, 1. timanai (timan^y), viii, 11. tomis (tamis), ii, 7 ; iii, 9 ; viii,
9 (2) ; xii, 10. ta x mis (tamis), xii, 19. tamashas (tamashes), iii, 7. tamis kuri (tamaskhuri), x, 5. tqm i sandi (tdm i -sandi), vii, 6. ta x misqnzuy (tdm i -sunz iX ), xii, 15. tqm x suy (tamis li y), ii, 1.
torn* 5% (tamis u y), viii, 9 (2) ;
xii, 1. tdmat (tamath), xi, 20. tim v (tim), viii, 4. ton (tan), viii, 7. Zcm, see nqyis tan, vii, 27, 8. tan, see na^’s ton nacA, vii, 29. turn, see Ma turn, xii, 22. tanuk, see wayis tanuk, vii, 26. towa raw (tananai), v, 12. tannana (tan a nana), v, 12. tannqnq (tdnana), v, 12. tinandn (tiy nanan), vii, 1. tonas, see nayis &mas, vii, 26. Z<m v , see nqyis tdn y , vii, 26. Zany, see kustdny, v, 4. ton?/* (tan), xi, 20. Ja% (toil), v, 6 ; viii, 10 ; x, 4, 6,
7, 8 ; xii, 1, 6, 20. tdny, see yutdny, v, 7 ; ?/a
tdny, v, 10. Zap (too), v, 3, 10. to^> (thaph), iii, 4, 8 (2) ; v, 6,
9 (3) ; vi, 9 ; viii, 7 (2), 9. tap (tdph), i, 11. frw (Zrav), iii, 4 ; v, 9. tre \treh), xii, 19 (3), 24. tre (trih), x, 1, 5, 12 (2) ; xii, 6,
11. tar (thiir”), v, 4. tor {tvr*) t x, 5 (2), 12. tare (tare), v, 7. tor (thud u ), v, 4. Zor ? (torn), i, 8.
£ora (Zora), i, 6 ; viii, 11 ; xii, 1. tore (tora), v, 4, 9. tor 1 (tor), x, 3. tor 1 ‘ (tur 1 ), x, 3. to x ri (tori), vii, 18. tfara (tora), iv, 5. Jari (Jar*), vii, 20. tur (thiir% ii, 3.
473
INDEX TO SIB AUREL STEIN’S TEXT
tut
tqrq byat (tarbyeth), ii, 4. tqtrif-i (toriph-e), vi, 17. tarfan (taraphan), xi, 5. trail has (tr6w u has), x, 12. turke (torka), vii, 17, 20. tram (trdm), viii, 11. trail muts (trov ti muts u ), x, 8. tram (trdm 1 ), viii, 3 (2). trdm (tram ti ), iii, 1. trdunai (trdiv u nay), v, 4 (2). trdu nai (trow u nay), v, 4. tren (tren), xii, 5, 11, 20. twran (tar an), x, 10 ; xi, 2. firan daz (tirandaz), ii, 7. iirqn dazqn (tirandazan), ii, 7. fa l n warn {tor 1 nam), vii, 25. traunam (trow u nam), v, 4. traunam (trdw u nam), v, 4. traunam (tr6w u nam), v, 4. /rm ? vai (trenaway), xii, 25. trop u nas (trop u nas), viii, 3. trup^nas (trop u nas), viii, 11. /ras (tresh), viii, 7. frM (*res&), viii, 7 (2). £m£ (frof), xii, 5 (3). £ra£is (tratis), xii, 5. £rdy (Zrchtf”), xii, 7. trdvhas (trdw u has), x, 7. trdvuk (trowukh), viii, 5 ; x, 5. travan (trawan), i, 5 ; xi, 11 ;
xii, 2. travun (trdivun), v, 4. travun (trov u n), iii, 4. travun (trowun), iii, 3. travun (trawun u ), xii, 11. travun (trdwun), ii, 10 ; iii, 7 ;
v, 4 (2) ; x, 2 ; xii, 12 (2). trq l vit (trovith), viii, 7 (4). trdvit (trovith), ii, 5. trqvHoh (trovHav), x, 5. tr&vith (trovith), xii, 17. trafvith (trovith), xii, 16.
trqvyii (trovyuv), x, 5. 2raw?/ (traviy), xii, 6. trdvuy (trdwuy), iv, 5. triyim (treyim*), xii, 19 (2). treyimi (treyimi), viii, 7. treyimi (treyam u ), viii, 8. treyimis (treyimis), viii, 8. fas (fas), ii, 7, 8 ; vii, 1, 4 ; viii,
6 (2), 7, 8, 11 (2); x, 12;
xii, 2 (2), 7, 15 (2), 20, 5. fas, seesaw? fas, xii, 19, 23, 4. fas, see natatas, v, 7. fas, see phurtas, iv, 2. £os, see &ar* tds, ii, 10. fas ? Zi (tasali), xii, 16. taslikq (tasali keh), vi, 16. faswa (fas wa), i, 5. tasqnden (tasanden), ix, 3. tat \tath), ii, 1 (2), 7 ; iii, 5 ; v, 4,
6 ; vii, 27, 8 ; viii, 6 ; x, 3 ;
xii, 4, 6, 16, 24. tat (tath 1 ), iii, 8. tat 1 (tati), iv, 2, 7 ; v, 7 ; vii,
17 ; xii, 4. tat 1 (tat 1 ), ii, 1 ; v, 1, 9. tat* (tatiy), v, 9. tat 1 (tat% v, 7 ; viii, 12. tat* (tath% xii, 4. taH* (tath% xii, 14 (2). taH 1 (tath% xii, 6. fafyi (tati), xii, 14. fa^ (fa£i), xii, 6. taH* (tath 1 ), xii, 11 (3). tqH 1 (tath 1 ), xii, 6 (2). faT, see ?/e tqH 1 , xii, 6. titi(ti-ti), viii, 9; x, 6(3). fa* (far), v, 1. tot (th6th u ), iv, 4 ; vii, 4. iota ‘(tota), ii, 5, 7 (2), 8, 9, 11. dr (tota), ii, 4, 6. 2dfo« (tota), ii, 5. Jw£ (fa”), iii, 9 ; xii, 16.
tath
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
474
tath (tath), xii, 6, 11, 4, 5 (2), 8.
tithai (tithay), xii, 22.
tith’ (tithiy), xii, 24.
tithuy (tyuthuy), v, 6.
tiiihuy (tyuthuy), xii, 15.
£oto (totan), ii, 7.
tfofcm (totan), ii, 10.
Jofos (totas), ii, 8.
Zotas (totas), ii, 5, 9.
fo’tea (titsha), xii, 19.
to^ (ta^), x, 5.
to^ (foZA), ii, 1.
totH (to-ti), x, 3.
ta^ v (tath’), xii, 6.
taw ? , see par tav°, xii, 15.
£ou, see van’ toy, viii, 5.
tuy, see 602 to, vii, 9.
tuy, see ro2 l to, vii, 9.
to, see iwc& tuy, viii, 1.
tavum (thawum), viii, 11.
tavosh (ta wosh), i, 5.
taivtau (thdv’tav), ii, 7.
tofy (tuvyeye), xii, 22.
£ w a, see Am Z v a, ix, 11.
t v e (ti), viii, 8.
Vi (ti), x, 3.
Zay (tay), iv, 2.
^egras (tegas), viii, 6, 13.
foiyaV (tayar), iv, 2 ; xii, 18, 22.
ft/uJ (tyut u ), xii, 2.
Vuthuy (tyuthuy), viii, 7.
tyutuy (tyuthuy), xii, 12.
^e*/ (%), iii, 4 (2), 9.
tsa (caret), xii, 18.
tsa, see khye tsa, xii, 18, 19 (2).
tsa, see kh v e tsa, xii, 19.
tea, see kye tsa, xii, 5.
tsa (tse), viii, 3 ; xii, 7, 13, 8, 21.
tea (ts a h), ii, 11 ; iii, 2, 9 ; v, 3 ; vi, 11 ; viii, 1 (2). 3, 6, 8, 10, 1 (2), 3 ; ix, 1 (2) ; x, 1, 4, 5, 8, 12 ; xii, 4, 5, 10, 3 (2), 5.
tsa, see ha tsa, vi, 9.
tsai (tsay), v, 9.
| tsau (tsav), ii, 1, 5,^7, | _10, 1 ; |
‘iii, 8 (2) ; x, 7 (2). tse (tse), v, 10 ; xii, 3, 7. tsi (ts a h), xii, 4. tsu (ts a h), v, 12 ; xii, 1. tsuche (tsoce), v, 7. tsahasa (ts a h hasa), v, 7. tsaj (tsiij u ), v, 5. tsajmats (tsiij il muts ii ), ix, 1 (2). tsqjamqts (tsuj u muts u ), ix, 1. tsajes (tsajyeyes), ix, 4. tea^y (tew;’”), ii, 9. tsakh’ (tsakhi), vii, 14. tsakhu (tsakho), ii, 2. tsakh v e (tsakhi), vii, 2. fci& ? r tarn (tse kurHham), ii, 11. tsul (tsol u ), ii, 7 ; vi, 8. tsalau (tsaliv), ii, 8. tsalan (tsaldn), vi, 8 ; viii, 13 ;
xii, 25. tsal v u (tsaliv), viii, 11. tsal v (tsdP), viii, 4. 11. tsql v u (tsaliv), viii, 4. teima (tee ma), x, 5. tsam^ru (tsamruw u ), xii, 17. team nt (tsamruw u ), xii, 16. tsimd’ri (tse mariy), vi, 11. tsun (tshon u ), xii, 7. tsun (tson), iv, 4 ; viii, 5 ; x,
5 (2), 12. tsuan (tson), x, 12. fetm (tshun), iii, 5 ; v, 9. teim^ (tsund u ), iii, 5, 6. teawa ha, see yetsanq ha, v, 6. teim /*as (tshun u has), xii, 4. tsdnuk (tsonukh), iii, 7. tsunuk (tshunukh), viii, 10. ts^ndn (tshanan), xii, 17. tsunun (tshunun), ii, 5 ; v, 6,
9 (2) ; viii, 6 ; x, 7, 9.
475 INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN’S TEXT vuch* ha
tsun^nas (tshun u nas), xii, 15. tsununas (tshun u nas), viii, 7 (2). tsununqs (tsfam u nas), viii, 7 (2). tsqnqndvin (ishananovin), x, 13. tsqneny (tshuniin”), iii, 4. tsunthq (tshunta), x, 4. tsan v jam (tshdjyam), vii, 26. tsunye muts (tshurfimuts”), v, §. feany warn (tson u nam), ix, 2. tsin v an (tshun^n), viii, 10. tsinyen (tshun u n), ii, 9. tsqn^zi (tshdtfzi), xii, 16. feo£> ? (tshopa), xii, 4. fro jwV (tsopor), xii, 24. feopor (tsop6r u ), xi, 3, 5. fea^ v (tsdp), x, 7. feamw (tsharav), xi, 17. feer (feer), iii, 1 ; v, 6, 9. feoraw (tsorav), x, 2. fear (fear), vii, 5 ; viii, 5 (2) ; x,
1 (4), 2, 5, 6 (3), 12 (4) ;
xii, 1, 23. tsorau (tsorav), x, 1. tsur (tsur), vii, 12 ; viii, 9 ; x,
12 (3) ; xii, 1 (2). tsur (tsur”), xii, 1. tsurau (tsurau), viii, 9 (2). tsurau (tsurav), iii, 3 (2). tsuri (tsuri), iii, 1 ; xii, 1. tsu { r { (tsuri), xii, 7. fewV* (tsuri), xii, 6. tsu l ri (tsuri), xii, 17. tsarike (tsarihe), vi, 14. tsralin (tsralen), v, 7. feoWm (tsurim 1 ), xii, 1. tsurimis (tsurimis), viii, 11 (2). fearaw (tsharan), iii, 3. fearaw (tshddan), xii, 15. tsorastq (tsoratsh), xi, 14. felr v (fetr), iii, 1. fea^ (fe a -4 ix, 6. feeta (tsheta), xii, 23.
fedY (feor), iii, 2. feo^ (ts’hota), iii, 1, 2. fewi (tshyot u ), x, 12. tsatahal (tsatahal), viii, 4. tsatahal (tsatahal), viii, 11. tsatahal* (tsatahala), viii, 4. tsethan (tsheth han), x, 5. tsateri (tsatdn { ), v, 4. feato (tsatun u ), viii, 6, 11. tsetfnam (tsdtfnam), ix, 5. tsatanas (tsatanas), v, 7. tsatan a sa (tsatanasa), v, 7. featos (tsdtas), v, 1. tsqHith (tsatiih), xii, 15. feaw (feav), ii, 5. feawZ (tshdwul), iii, 5 (3). feam£ (feai> a£A), v, 5. fe^e (fee), x, 12, 4 ; xii, 20. tsye (fee), ii, 11. fe% (ts a y), i, 10 ; xii, 15. ts v eta (fee to), viii, 11. ts v ut (tshyot u ), x, 12. ts v ut (tshyotu), x, 3. va, see photu va, ii, 7. va, see tdl* va, viii, 6. vai, see c^w vai, xii, 15. vai, see aow 9 vai, x, 5. vai, see <nw ? vai, xii, 25. vat, see yalq vai, vi, 16. vo (wun), v, 5 ; ix, 6. voi, see c^w vol, xii, 15. vw (wa), x, 14 (2). vu (won), v, 6 ; vii, 26. vu (wun), ix, 6 ; xii, 6. vu (wun), xii, 18. vu bqHi (wobdli), v, 2. vuch (dyuth u ), viii, 10. vuch (wuch), xii, 15. vwc& (wuch 1 ), v, 4. vwc^ (wuch u ), iii, 8 ; v, 9. v?/c^ (wuch”), x, 3. vwc^ ? Aa (wuchaha), viii, 10.
vuch”he
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
476
vuch^he (wuchihe), viii, 10. vuch hak (wuctthakh), viii, 1. vuchak (wuchakh), iii, 8. vuchuk (wuchikh), v, 9. vuchuk (wuchukh), viii, 1 ; x, 8 ;
xii, 1. vuchuk (wuchakh), xii, 2. vuchan (wuchdn), iii, 1 (2), 4,
7 (2), 8 (3) ; vii, 18 ; viii,
6, 9 ; xii, 4, 19. vuchan (wuchiri), v, 5. vuchan (wuchiri), x, 5. vuchin (wuchan), iii, 4, 5 ; xii, 15. vuch u n (wuchun), iii, 8. vuchun (wuchem), vi, 15. vuchun (wuchim), vi, 15. vuchun (wuchun), iii, 8, 9 ; v, 5,
7 ; viii, 6, 7 (2), 9 (2), 10 ;
x, 5, 8 ; xii, 2, 7. vuchuna (wuchundh), viii, 3. vwcA* we (wuchani), viii, 7. vucehan (wuchahan), ii, 5. vuchus (ivuchus), v, 5 (2). vuchus {won chus), vii, 26. twcA to (wuchta), ix, 4 ; x, 5. m«c^ £om (wuchHom), vii, 24. m*c7i tow (wuchHav), viii, 1. VMCW& (wuchukh), ii, 4. vwctm (wuchun), ii, 8. vucun (wuchun), ii, 1. vucun” (wuchun), i, 4. wwfai (wdday), xii, 7 (2), 15 (2). vwfa, see ai w’da, vii, 16. vad (wad), v, 1. voda (ora), xii, 4. ^ocfa (woda), xii, 23. wzcZaw (waddn), vii, 16 ; ix, 1 ;
xi, 5. vade na (wadand), vii, 25. vudanye (wodane), iii, 1 ; viii, 6. vudanye (ivodane), xii, 1. vudanye (wodane), iii, 8.
vudanye (wodane), xii, 1.
vo^e (wodi), xi, 16.
VMe£ v e (wodi), xi, 12.
vocfo/e (wodi), iii, 1.
vignya (vig l ndh), v, 9 (3).
w>A (wo/?), iii, 9.
vahab (wahab), ii, 12.
vahab, see parvahab, vi, 17.
wy (woj”), x, 8.
wx; (woj u ), x, 8 ; xii, 14 (2), 5.
«a/ v (woj u ), v, 1.
vikarmdjitan (bikarmdjetan), x, 8.
vikarmajitun (bikarmdjetun u ), x,
7, 14. vikarnmjiteny (bikarindjetun”), x,
1, 6. wita (wakta), vi, 16. vokrvit (wokavith), vi, 16. mfow (wdlav), xi, 11. wf£, see ?/em/i vaZ, xii, 15. wZo (wold), x, 12. vwZa (ivola), v, 5 ; x, 5. vulddi (woldd-i), iv, 3. mZi& (wolikh), viii, 1. vaZat fcwm (wdlaikum), xii, 26. vafcm (waldn), viii, 13. m&m (waldn), v, 4. vafctfi (wdlun), iii, 9. valena (wdlana), ix, 7. vate raw (wdlany), vii, 15. wtfom (wolun), viii, 6. vdlinja (wolinje), viii, 11 (2). vdlinje (wolinje), viii, 3. vdlinje (wolinj”), x, 5. vdlinja (wolinje), viii, 12. vdlinje (wolinje), viii, 4 (3). vdlinj 1 (wolinje), v, 6. mfe warn (wdlanam), iv, 7. vdlqny (wdlun u ), viii, 6. wfos, see pah^ra vdlis, viii, 8. vafo’£ (wolith), vii, 17. mZe vunuy (wdlawunuy), vii, 17.
477 INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN’S TEXT vupha
vale vaslie (wdlawdshi), v, 2.
valyun (wdlyun), x, 8.
vuma (ivumdh), ii, 11.
vumedvdr (vumedwdr), i, 13.
van (wan), ix, 6 ; x, 1 ; xi, 20.
vana (wana), ix, 4.
vanai (wanay), viii, 11 ; ix, 4 ;
x, 2 (2). vanai (wanay), viii, 6, 8. vane (wana), xii, 19. vane (wani), vii, 20, 6. vane (waniy), iii, 4. van (wan), xi, 17. iw^n, see j3ane vqtn 1 , xii, 25. ww, see vara n v ecti vin, viii, 3. vun (wun), viii, 10 ; x, 7. van (won u ), x, 12. van, see parze nd vun, viii, 10. vun, see ^arze mf^ vun, viii, 9. van, see vdte no vun, viii, 9. wnahe (wanihe), vii, 24 (2). vanuk (wanuk u ), ix, 1, 3. vunmai (won u may), xii, 20. vanemau (ivanamowa), x, 1. vanemo u (wanamowa), x, 2. van u mai (wanhnay), iv, 1. vanum (ivanum), iii, 5 ; vi,
15 (2). vanemo v (ivanamowa), x, 1. vanan (wanan), vii, 10. vanqn (wanan), x, 12. vanan (wanan), ix, 2. vanan (wanan), i, 13 ; v, 2 (2),
5; vii, 1, 16, 20, 6, 31;
viii, 1(2), 7,11; ix, 1,6(2);
x, 6, 7. vanan (caret), xi, 15. vaneni (wanani), x, 1. vanun (wanun), xii, 10. vunun (wonun), viii, 11 ; xii, 7. vununas (won u nas), v, 4. vanse (wan-sa), x, 1.
van°sq (wan-sa), x, 2.
vanas (wanas), ix, 1.
vqtnsi (waisi\ ii, 12.
vonas (wonas), xii, 25.
van£a (wanta), ii, 4 ; x, 1.
vante (wanta), iii, 9 ; x, 8.
vanHo (wdnHav), x, 1.
vam£ (waniih), vi, 16 ; ix, 6.
vanfo (ivutha), i, 9.
vunthak (won u thakh), x, 2.
van* Zov (wdnHav), viii, 5.
vdn a vdn (wana-wan), i, 2.
van y au (wanewa), x, 6.
van v (war^), vii, 20.
van?/, see katq vqny, xi, 19.
vqnyu (waniv), x, 6.
van y , see pane vdn v , viii, 2.
van?/, see pane vdny, viii, 1.
vony (wun), v, 8.
vnn v (wun), ii, 5 ; viii, 11 ; ix, 4.
vun v ai (wun u y), viii, 7.
van?/ (won), viii, 7.
van?/ (wun), ix, 4.
vana ?/e?/ (wanay ey), i, 12.
vanyu (waniv), xii, 1.
va%, see ^ane van?/, viii, 3.
vony (wun), xii, 15.
van?/ (wun), iii, 1, 2 ; v, 6 ; x,
5 (2), 6 ; xii, 18 (2), 9. vunye (wune), x, 1. vunuy, see vale vunuy, vii, 17. vunuy, see va7 ? vunuy, xii, 15. vqn y um (wanyum), x, 6. vun v muts (ivunPmuts*), vii, 30. van?/e mov (wanemowa), x, 1. vanye na& (wanenakh), x, 1. vanyit (wiinHh), x, 1. vuphdl (wophoyi), viii, 11. va^ aaVi (wdphdddri), ii, 12. vupha dd’ri (wdphdddri), ii, 5, 6,
7, 10. vupha dqWl (wdphdddri), ii, 2.
miphaddirl HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
478
vupha ddiri (wophddori), ii, 2, 3,
4(3)! vapliir (wophir), vi, 14. vupar (wopar), v, 4. vdre (warn), vii, 24. vdre hare (wdra-kdra), x, 8. vdri (ware), xi, 13. vq l ri (warihy), xii, 20. vir (vir), v, 7. mr^ (vir l d) } ii, 3, 4. ^wr^ (wurdi), vi, 16. vurudz (woruz u ), viii, 1, 11. «w mo; (woramoj”), viii, 1. vur^noj (wdramoj u ), viii, 11. flwra rnaj’ (ivoramdje), viii, 11. twra n v echr vin (woraneciven),
viii, 3. “ vartavdn (wartdwdn), xi, 7. vqr^vis (wdr^vis), x, 3. mn/a (wdraydh), viii, 2. wya (wdraydh), viii, 2. va’r* da7& (woriddth), xii, 19. vdryahqs (ivdrayahas), iii, 1. t?m («), ix, 1. vis (ves), xii, 14. vdshe, see t>a7e t>as/ie, v, 2. ?;6sA (wosh), i, 5. vasan 1 (wasun u ), ix, 6. vasqni (wasani), viii, 6. wzs<m (wasdn), v, 7 ; viii, 13. ms£ (wasth), v, 1. wmY (wasith), ii, 3, 6. t’asZw, see be vdstu, v, 11. vustad (ivustdd), vii, 26. vustdd (wustdd), ii, 5, 9, 10, 2 ;
iii, 2, 4, 5, 7, 9 ; v, 1, 4, 5, 6,
7,8,9,11,2; vi,16; vii, 24 ;
viii, 1, 10, 2 ; ix, 1 ; x, 1, 2,
3, 10, 3 ; xii, 4, 8, 9, 20, 2,
5, 6. vustddq (wustdddh), i, 13. vas y u (wasiv), vi, 16.
vasyu (wasiv), viii, 4.
visydi (vis l yiy), ix, 11.
vasiy (wasiy), xii, 6.
msyatf (was yiYA), iii, 9.
vasyqt (ivas yith), iii, 5.
vats 1 zinq (wdshi-na), xii, 11.
vat (wath), ii, 1 ; v, 9.
txtf* (wato’), v, 7 ; vii, 17 (2) ; x, 1, 4.
vat 1 (wath 1 ), x, 5.
vdte (ivdta), xii, 24.
vat* (wdti), viii, 3, 6, 11 (2).
vat 1 (wot 1 ), v, 9 ; viii, 5 ; x, 2.
vat 1 (wot 1 ), iii, 1 ; xii, 2.
vat (wot u ), xii, 18.
vat 1 (wot 1 ), v, 11.
wty (wati), ii, 2.
mYi (wati), xii, 14, 5.
tw^ (wati), xii, 15.
f>o# (woY**), x, 4 ; xii, 8.
vtiW (wot 1 ), xii, 18. •
vot (wot u ), ii, 8 ; iii, 1 (2), 3, 4 ; v, 1, 4 (2), 6 ; viii, 4, 7, 9, 10, 1 (2) ; x, 4 (2), 5 (2), 6, 7 (2), 9, 11, 4 (2) ; xii, 1, 5 (2), 10 (2), 1, 2 (2), 3, 9 (2), 20, 2, 5 (2).
vot 1 (wath*), vi, 16.
vot* (woth u ), xii, 3.
vot 1 (iv6t u ), viii, 7 ; x, 3 ; xii, 4,5.
vut (woth u ), iii, 9.
vut (ivoth), iii, 8 (2).
vut (woth u ), ii, 5, 6 ; v, 9 ; vi, 12,3.
vut (woth), iii, 4.
va£ (waiA), x, 12 (2).
vot (w6th u ), xii, 14.
vut (woth), ii, 9 (2).
vath (wath), xii, 14.
voth (woth u ), xii, 23.
voth (wdt u ), xii, 15, 17.
479 INDEX TO SIB AUREL STEIN’S TEXT
ya
vuth (woth u ), xii, 15. vuth (woth u ), xii, 15. vuthi (wothi), vi, 15. vuHhi (wothiy), xii, 14. vutehenq (wothihe-na), v, 9. vutherqni (wotharani), viii, 6. vutherdn (wothardn), viii, 6, 13. vuthqrdn v (wothardn), viii, 13. vothus (wothus), xii, 21. vuthus (wothus), viii, 6. vuthit (yjothith), v, 6. vatoj (wat^f), xi, 15. va£y (caret), xi, 15. vdtujq (wdt a je), xi, 14. vdtak (wdtakh), xii, 16, 24. vdtql (watal), xi, 15. wztoZ* (watal 1 ), xi, 14. vdFlan (wdtalan), viii, 4. vdt^lqn (wdtalan), viii, 4. vutamak 1 (wotamukh 1 ), v, 9. vot u mut (wdt u mot u ), vii, 29. vot u muth (w6t u mot u ), xii, 22. vdtqne (wdtani), viii, 6. wzfrlm (wdtdn), iii, 7 ; xii, 13. mftm (wdtun u ), v, 7 ; xii, 22 (2), 3. vafe wo mm (wdtanowun), viii, 9. vatqndvun (wdtandwun), iii, 9. vdt 9 ndvan (wdtandwan), v, 9. vatqndvun (watanbwun), viii, 9. vatqndvun (wdtanowun), v, 10. vaFrun (watharun u ), xii, 24. vat”ranuk (watharanuk u ), xii, 18
vatq l rith (watharith), xii, 21.
w>£ws (wothus), x, 2, 6.
vo7ws (wdtus), xii, 10.
wfta’£ (wotith), vii, 12.
w/taZ (wothith), ii, 3.
vdHith (wotith), xii, 18.
vo£ 9 vunuy (wdtawunuy), xii, 15.
m^ y (wdth { ), xii, 2.
m£ v e (wa£i), vii, 20.
m^ ve (wdti), iii, 9 ; viii, 8.
vdtsau (wdtsdv), iii, 3.
wfe (titffc*), iii, 2 (2), 3 ; ix, 1.
vats (wots u ), v, 8.
vwfe (wotsh u ), iii, 1, 3.
mjfe (wutsh u ), iii, 2 ; xii, 7.
vuts^prang (wutsha-jrrang), xii, 18.
mfeas (wutsh u s), ix, 4.
m&ws (wots u s), ix, 1.
vdtsus (wots u s), xii, 15.
iwfeas (wotsh u s), xii, 20.
vutsus (wbtsh u s), viii, 11 ; xii, 11.
vatsqyqs (wiitsh u y), v, 9.
vav, see £>a^re vav, v, 4.
vavim (wdwim), ix, 9.
v v e (vih), v, 6.
vmz/, see yim? vuy, iii, 7 ; viii, 6.
vaz (wdz), xii, 1.
vize (to), ix, 8.
vazir (wazir), ii, 1, 6 (2), 11 (3) ;
viii, 1, 2, 4, 11, 4 ; xii, 1,
2 (4), 4, 5, 10 (2), 3, 9 (2),
22, 3, 4, 5 (3), 6. vazir? (wazira), xii, 10. vazirq (wazira), xii, 4, 13, 9. vazirau (wazirau), vi, 16. vazirau (wazirau), viii, 2. mzm (waziri), xii, 26. vaziro (wazir 6), ii, 4. vaziran (waziran), xii, 1, 19, 25. vazirqn (waziran), ii, 4 (2), 5 (2),
7*; viii, 1,4, 12. vaziras (waziras), xii, 5 (2), 10,
3, 9, (2). vaziras (waziras), ii, 4 (2), 5 (2) ;
viii, 11 ; xii, 4. vazirqsqndi (wazira-sandi), x, 4 ;
xii, 5. vqz l zq (wdshi), xii, 14. ya (yd), ii, 12. yd (yd), x, 3 (2), 7 (2) ; viii, 1 ;
xii, 9 (2).
ye HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES 480
ye (yih), v, 5. yele (yela), x, 12.
ye, see ayiye, v, 7. t/eZ* (yeli), ii, 7 (2).
yi (yl), vi, 8. i/eZi (yefo), ii, 3 ; iii, 8 ; iv, 7 ;
yi (yih), ii, 3, 8 (2), 9, 10 (2), 1 ; v, 5, 6 (2), 8, 9 ; vi, 11 ; vii,
iii, 1 (2), 3, 4 (4), 7, 8 (5), 19 (2), 20, 6 ; viii, 6, 7, 10 ;
9 (2) ; v, 5 (2), 6 (3), 7, 8 (2), ix, 5, 7 ; x, 1, 3 (3), 4 (2),
9, 10 (7), 11, 2 ; vi, 16 ; 5 ; xii, 1, 15 (2), 6, 8 (2), 22.
viii, 1 (2), 3, 5, 6 (3), 7 (5), yil 9 (yela), iii, 4.
9 (5), 10 (2), 1, 3 (4) ; ix, 1, yile (yela), iii, 4.
4 (3) ; x, 1 (2), 2, 4 (5), yelina (yeli na), x, 7.
5 (10), 6, 7 (5), 8 (2), 10 (3), yala vai (jeloy), vi, 16.
2 (5), 3, 4 ; xii, 1 (3), 2 (6), yam 1 (yemi), vii, 8.
3 (6), 4 (10), 5, 6 (2), 7 (5), yami (yimi), viii, 11.
10 (5), 1, 2 (3), 3 (3), 5 (8), 6, yem* (yim*), x, 12. 7 (2), 8 (3), 20 (3), 1 (3), 2 (2), yemi (yimi), viii, 4. 3 (4), 4 (2), 5 (4). ye { mi (yemi), xii, 11.
yi (yuh), xii, 5. yim (yih), x, 1.
yi (yuh), ii, 11. yim (yem 1 ), xii, 7.
yi (yit% viii, 13. yim (yim), ii, 9 ; v, 5, 9 (2), 12 ;
yi (yiy), xi, 1. viii, 1 (3), 3 (3), 5 (2), 11 (4),
yil (yuh), x, 12. 3 ; ix, 9 ; x, 1 (2), 2, 5, 12 (2) ;
yibHis (yiblls), iv, 2. xii, 2, 3, 6, 18, 23.
yichus (yih chus), v, 5. yim (yim 1 ), x, 2.
yad (yad), iii, 5 ; vi, 11 ; vii, 20, yim (caret), x, 2.
6 ; xii, 15 (2), 7. yima (yima), iii, 8. yddi (ydd-i), i, 7. yim 9 (yima), viii, 4 (2).
yeg (yeg), % 4. xjima (yima), v, 8 ; x, 1, 2, 6.
yahoi (yihoy), v, 10. yimai (yimay), xii, 3, 23.
yih (yiy), iii, 9. yimau (timav), x, 12.
yi hoi (yihai), xii, 20. yimau (yimau), ii, 3; viii, 1, 3
yohoi (yihuy), x, 7. (2), 5, 9 ; xii, 1 (2), 17 (2), 22.
yohoi (yohay), x, 8. yimau (yimav), iii, 1 ; v, 7, 8 ;
yohoi (yuhay), xi, 2. viii, 11 ; x, 1, 5, 6, 12 (2) ;
yuhoi (yihuy), xii, 15 (2). xi, 3.
yihna (yikh-na), vi, 2. yimau (yimov), x, 1.
yihas (yihunz^), viii, 1. yimau (yimawa), xii, 1.
yi hay (yihuy), viii, 10. yimchis (yim chis), ii, 3.
yohay (yihuy), viii, 10. yimqha (yimaho), x, 3.
yuhay (yuhuy), v, 1. yimdmat (yimamath), xii, 1.
yahaz 1 (ha hdz 1 ), v, 9. yimna (yim na), xi, 8.
yek (yekh), x, 12. yiman (yiman), ii, 11 ; v, 8 ;
2/eZa (2/efa), x, 5 (3). vii, 24 (2) ; viii, 1 (3), 3 (2),
481 INDEX TO SIR AUBEL STEIN’S TEXT yitha
4 (2), 11 (3) ; x, 5, 11, 2 (2) ;
xii, 7, 11, 4, 9, 20, 1. yiman (yiman), viii, 11, 2 ; x, 5. yimqniy (yiman u y), viii, 13. yim?nuy (yimaniy), vii, 20. yqmis (yimis), x, 5. yemis (yimis), iii, 8. ydmat (ydmath), xi, 20. yim” vuy (yimav u y), iii, 7 ; viii, 6. yimoy (yimoy), v, 10. yina (yina), xii, 1. yinai (yinay), xii, 6. yini (yini), x, 8. yiln (yun u ), x, 3 ; xii, 15. yingar (yengar), xi, 17. yin sdf (yinsdph), viii, 4. yinsdn (yinsdn), x, 7 ; xii, 7. ymy (yin u ), v, 6. yony (yaw), xii, 15. yenyi vol (yenew6l u ), xii, 15. yeny^ol (yenewdl u ), xii, 18. yenyivdl (yenew6l u ), xii, 17. yip&r 1 (yipor 1 ), v, 4. ?/a> (ya>), iv, 4, 7 ; vii, 5 ; x, 1,
4,6. ydr (ydra), x, 4. ydr 9 (ydr), v, 9. ya>? (ydra), vi, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9, 10, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7. t/ara (ydra), x, 4. yera (yedah), ix, 7. ydr (ydr), ii, 2 ; viii, 5 ; ix, 6 ;
x, 4. ydra (ydra), i, 6 ; v, 8. f/wr* (yur 1 ), x, 5. ywr* (yur { ), v, 5. ywra (vyur u dh), ix, 2. ydrkand (ydrkand), xi, 1, 2 (2),
3 (2), 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1, 2,
3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 20. ydrqn (ydran), x, 4 (2), 11. yiran (yiran), xi, 16.
ydras (ydras), x, 11.
yams (ydras), x, 4.
ydrqsund (ydra-sond u ), x, 4, 11.
ydrisqnzi (ydra-sanzi), x, 4.
ywr v (ywr*), x, 12 ; xii, 23.
yury (yur*), xii, 15.
yas (yes), ii, 8, 9 ; vi, 16 ; vii,
1, 29, 30 ; xii, 15. yasq (yesa), xii, 20. yesq (yesa), x, 1 ; xii, 25 (2). yis (yus), xii, 4. yisu (yih suh), x, 1. yus (yus), ii, 4, 7 (2), 8, 9, 10,
1 (2) ; v, 9 ; vi, 14 (2) ; vii,
29 ; viii, 6, 8 ; x, 1, 12 (3) ;
xii, 4, 25. yus (yus), viii, 11 ; x, 6 ; xii, 25. yusuf (yusuph), vi, 1, 8. yusuf (yusuph), vi, 8, 10, 1, 4,
5, 6 (2), 7. yusuf 9 (yusupha), vi, 10. yusuf an (yusuphan), vi, 15 (2), 6. yusuf as (yusuphas), vi, 16. yusufas (yusuphas), vi, 14. yqsinq (yesa na), x, 6. yaZ (yeth), x, 7, 10. ya£ (y^&), iii, 8 ; v, 1, 9 ; viii, 9 ;
x, 5, 12. yat, see vasyat, iii, 9. yqt (yith), iii, 5. yat, see zur yat, vii, 8. ya£*’ (yeti),x, 7. ye£ (y^A), iii, 8. yet 1 (yeti), viii, 11. yet 1 (yit 1 ), xii, 18. yeta (yiti), v, 8 (2). yi tai (yitay), ix, 1. yi li (yi-ti), x, 8. ytf (yiti), v, 5. yw£ (yut u ), xii, 2. ya£A (yith), xii, 21. ytYAa (yetha), xii, 22.
yilth
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOEIES
482
yuth (yuth u ), xii, 24.
yitthuy (yuthuy), v, 6 ; viii, 7 ;
xii, 15. yeti kis (yitikis), x, 1. yitam (yitam), vi, 2. yiftnai (yith-nay), ix, 12. yutany (yut u -tdh), v, 7. yutany (yutdn), v, 5. 2/w £a% (yotdn), v, 10. 2/e to’i* (yetdt 1 ), xii, 6. yuttdny (yot u -tdn), xii, 6. yflrt* ##)> x, 12. ye’fy (jfOO, x, 12. ^tefti^ (yutuy), xi, 20. 2/i’fe ? (yiits”), ii, 4. yetsana ha (yiih tshunaho), v, 6. paw (yiwdn), ii, 4 ; v, 5, 6 ;
vi, 15 ; viii, 5 ; xii, 3, 4, 15,
22. yivdn (caret), vi, 15. yi y (yiy), ii, 5. yey (yiy), iii, 4 (2), 9. yey, see wma yey, i, 12.
yy (yy)» viii , i-
yiy (yiy), vii, 24.
yiy (caret), xii, 13.
yiy, see gumPra yiy, vii, 12.
y»y« (w)> xii > 16 -
yiye, see yaefoi yiye, x, 2.
W (W!f). xii > 6 - za (zdh), xi, 14.
za (z a h), viii, 11 (7), 2 (3), 3 (3) ;
x, 4 ; xii, 1, 3. ze (zi), viii, 1. ze (z a h), v, 3, 4 (2), 5, 8, 9 (3),
10 ; viii, 1, 3 (3), 4 (4), 5
(2), 7, 8; x,l. ze, see gar ze, vii, 26. ze, see kyd ze, viii, 1. zi, see bih zi, xii, 6.
zi, see kyd zi, xii, 4, 5.
zi, see fo’ %a zi, viii, 2.
zw (zm>), ii, 4.
za&aw (zabdn), ix, 1 ; x, 8.
zabdny (zabdn 11 ), xii, 16.
za&ar (zabar), vii, 8.
za6 ? r (zabar), xii, 15.
za&ar (zabar), vii, 28.
zacAe (zace), xi, 9.
zad (zad), x, 4.
za<fe (zade), vii, 25.
zada (zdda), viii, 11 (3) ; xii, 2.
zada, see pddshdh zdda, viii,
ii (2).
zac^a, see raja zada, x, 7, 8.
za^e (zdda), viii, 3 (2).
z^ (zz’a’), vi, 10.
zddqn (zddan), viii, 4 (2), 11 (2).
zddas (zddas), xii, 2.
zaaas (zddas), viii, 5.
zia/aZ (ziydphath), x, 4, 5, 10,
1,2. “ zia/aZ (ziydphathd), x, 5. zdyaw (zdgdn), ii, 5. zhudd (juddh), vii, 16. zhudM (judoyi), vii, 16. zhdday (jydday), ii, 12. zhdnia (jama), x, 9. zaAar (zahar), viii, 7 (2), 13 (2). zeAar (zahar), viii, 6. zd7a (zala), iii, 4 (2). za7a (zdldh), i, 7, 8. zaTa (zdldh), i, 6. zoZ (zdZ M ), iii, 4. zaZw& (zolukh), iii, 4. zafo^ (zdlukh), ii, 12. zalikhd (zalikhd), vi, 8 (2). zulikhd (zalikhd), vi, 1. ziZfa (z a Za), xii, 17 (2). za^ (zalil), i, 4. zu£m (zulm), ix, 1 (3), 6. zdTas (zdlas), i, 6.
483 INDEX TO SIR AUBEL STEIN’S TEXT zHthis
zdlqs (zdlas), ix, 7.
zdlit (zoliih), iii, 1.
zima (zima), viii, 5.
zima (zima), iii, 3 ; x, 12 ; xii, 15.
zumbq (zomba), xi, 6.
zeminau (zaminav), iii, 8.
zemini (zamini), ix, 9.
zan (zan), i, 12 ; vii, 23 ; x, 13.
zan* (zan 1 ), x, 1.
zan (zan), v, 12 (2) ; vii, 27, 9 ;
xi, 5. zana (zana), v, 9. zana (zani), vii, 29. zdnau (zdnav), xi, 15. zdne (zani), vi, 14 ; vii, 27, 8,
30. za l ni (zeni), x, 1. zinq, see kq i r i zinq, xii, 6. zinq, see vq i s i zinq, xii, 11. zin (zin), iii, 8 ; xi, 9. zun (zon u ), viii, 7. ziln (zyun u ), xii, 20 (2), 1. zindq (zinda), ii, 3. zindai (zinday), x, 8 (2). zun” dabi (zunadabi), viii, 1. zang (zang), ii, 11. zdnak (zdnakh), x, 12. zandna (zandna), iii, 1 ; xii, 19. zqndnq (zandna), iii, 5 ; v, 1, 10 ;
viii, 11 ; x, 1, 5, 6, 13 ; xii,
4 (2), 5 (2), 6, 19 (2). zandna (zandna), x, 5 (2) ; xii,
4, “10. zandna (zandni), iii, 4 (2), 9 (3) ; ‘ v, 4, 5 (2), 7, 9, 11 ; x, 5 (3),
12; xii, 4(2), 5. zqndnq (zandndh), iii, 4. zqndnai (zandnay), v, 12. zdnan (zdnan), xi, 8. zanen (zanen), viii, 5 ; x, 6,
12 (2).
zdnena (zdna-nd), x, 12. zendn (zendn), xi, 1, 2. zqndnan (zandnan), xii, 11. zqndnqn (zandnan), ii, 1 ; xi, 7 ;
xii’, 14, 20. zinas (zinis), xii, 24. zinis (zinis), xii, 21, 2. zany (zun””), xii, 15. za l n v (zun”), xii, 7. za { n v e (zane), xii, 6. zaifa/e (zane), xii, 7. zq l nyau (zanev), x, 1, 2. zan v en (zanen), x, 5. zanyen (zanen), xii, 6. zar (zar), i, 13 ; iv, 1. zdr* (zdra), ii, 5. zdrq (zdra), ii, 3. zer (zir”), x, 7. zor (zor), viii, 2 ; xii, 15. zargqr (zargar), v, 2. zdr^pdr (zdrapdr), ix, 1. zara par (zdrapdr), x, 5 (2). zordvdr (zordwdr), xi, 2. zw ydt (zurydth), vii, 8. zds°nuy (zdsanuy), i, 12. zaZ, see mun* zdt, vii, 3. z^’ (zitW), vii, 25. za£A (za^), xii, 16. zith (z&th u ), xii, 6. zH (z a h), viii, 5. z v qni (zeni), x, 6. z v im (zyun u ), xii, 24 (2). zyww (zyun u ), ii, 12. z y enan (zenan), x, 7. z v imte (zyun u ta), xi, 7. z y eniih (zinith), xii, 25. z v er (zSr), x, 7. zyes, see gand i zyes, v, 6. zyut (zyuth u ), v, 1. z v i7Ais (zithis), viii, 5.
APPENDIX II
INDEX OF WORDS IN GOVINDA KAULA’S TEXT,
ARRANGED IN THE ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS,
SHOWING THE CORRESPONDING WORDS IN SIR AUREL
STEIN’S TEXT.
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
Words ending in a
dega ndga
dega. ndge.
aba
db 9 .
hanga-ta-manga
hangqt 9 manga.
doba
dob*.
ha
ha.
zomba
zumbq.
beha
behe.
soba
sdbq.
ddha
doh, doha, dohq,
ada
ad*, ada, ade, ad e .
doh°, doho.
ada
ad.
wuchaha
vuch 9 ha.
doda
dud^, dudq, dod 9 .
pdtashdha
padshah 9 ,
gdda
gdda, gdda.
pddshdh,
gdda
gud a , gud 9 , guda,
pddshdhq,
gude.
pdd 9 shdhq.
banda
bande.
pdtasheha
pddshaha,
cenda
chandq.
pddshahq,
danda
dand, danda.
pddshdh 9 ,
shanda
shanda.
pdd 9 shahq,
jenda
jande.
pddshaliqs.
zinda
zindq.
koha
koh 9 .
poda
pddq, pad 9 , pqda,
sapadakha
sap 9 dak 9 .
pqda, p&dq,
chukha
chukq.
Jidda.
shakha
shdk 9 .
har a da
harde.
mdkha
mukhq, mukhe.
marda
marda.
nakha
nakh 9 .
sarda
sarde.
pakha
pakq.
woda
vodq.
rozakha
roz kq.
zdda
zddq, zdde.
yusuplia
yusuf 9 .
shahzada
shahzada,
bruJia
broho.
sh a hzddq.
atha
athq, atlio, atq.
pdtashdhzdda
pddshah zddq,
bdtha
bdthq.
pddshdh zddq.
katha
katha, kathe,
rajezdda
raja zddq.
katq.
kttha
HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES
486
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
ketha
kh v qthq, k v eta,
ceshma
ceshma.
k v etq, kHta,
jama
zhdmq.
kyatq.
shikama
shikma, shik^mq.
bdntha
bont 9 , bontq.
kalama
kalama.
petha
p v eth, p v ethq,
noma
noma.
p v ethq, petq,
pdma
pdmq.
pyete.
tima
tim”, timq.
yeiha
yiiha.
yima
yima, yim 9 , yima
wMha
vuntq.
zima
zima, zima.
titsha
titsq.
na
ma, na, na, ne.
panja
panje, panje.
ana
ana.
qsh g ka
ashkq.
bna
ana, cine.
tdrka
turke.
bdna
bun 9 .
tdka
tofr,
ndddna
na ddnq.
bdla
bdl 9 , bdla.
landana
landana.
ad a la
adql.
tog u -na
tog u nq.
bagala
bagHa.
chena
chq na, che na,
hala
hal*. ‘
che na, che ne,
chela
chale.
chanq, chena,
mahala
mahala.
ch v enq.
phala
phal*. ‘
chuna
chu na, chu nq.
tsdtahdla
IsaPhal*.
wdthihe-na
vutehenq.
kala
kal 9 , kale, kala.
khdna
khan.
cakla
chaklq.
chukhna
chuk nq.
lata
Idlq.
kashena
kash na.
jumala
jumqlq.
nishdna
nishdna.
ndla
ndl 9 , ndla.
gatshi-na
gats°nq.
musla
muslq, musHq.
kana
kana, kane.
tola
tola.
kina
kina, k v in na,
wola
volo, vulq.
k v inna.
hawdla
havdla, havdlq,
kdna
kone.
havdle, havdle.
wdlana
valenq.
yela
yela, yele, yil?,
yeli na
yelina.
yile.
gatshem-na
lagimnq.
pydla
pydla.
yim na
yimnq.
zdla
zdla.
nuna
nuna.
ma
ma.
banana
banana.
mamma
macdmq.
k a nana
kqnanq.
nagma
nagma.
tan a nana
tannana.
khema
kh v ema.
tdnana
tdnnqnq.
muhima
muhimma.
zandna
zandna, zqndnq.
487
INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS
ta
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
pdna mdrana
pan*, pdnq, pane, mdrqnq.
kara kdra
kare. kdre.
6s u na ds-na
as na. ds?nq.
phakira wdra-kdra
fakirq. vdre kdre.
sina
sin*.
tuk a ra
tukrq.
sona
sune.
mdra
mdra, mare.
chesna
chesna, chqs na,
shehmdra
shahmdr?,
che sa.
shahmdrq.
kah chus-na
kahchus na.
nura
nur?.
kur^sna
kqrus na.
para
para.
tas na
tasnq.
para
par.
yesa na khdtuna
yqsinq. khdtuna, khdtun.
sara
sar, sar?, sare, sera.
rqt a na
rothunq, rothunq,
sura
sura.
rotunq, rutun?,
asara
asr?.
rutunq.
torn
tod?, tor?, torq,
wana
vanq, vane.
tore, turq.
chewana
ch v auvna.
wdra
vdre.
rawdna
revdnq.
ydra
ydr, yar?, ydra.
dye-na
dyinq.
yora
yora.
yina
yina.
zdra
zdr?, zdra.
zdna
zdna.
wazira
vazir?, vazirq.
bozana
boz?nq, bdzqnq,
sa
sa, sa, se.
boz?ne.
dsa
dse, dsa, dsa.
kdrhi-na
karhqnq, kq { r {
dsa
ds u .
zinq.
di-sa
disq.
rbzana wds i zi-na
rozqnq vq i s i zinq.
gdsa hasa
gdsa, gase, gdsu. ha se, h?sq, hasa,
tshopa
dmpa
ora
tsop?
dmpa.
ddq, dr, drq, are,
chesa bdh hasa
hasq, hase. chqsq. boh?sq, boha se.
d u re, vodq.
ts a h hasa
tsahasq.
gara
soddgara
hihara
gar, gar?, gara.
sauctdgqrq.
h v qhqrq.
khdsa
kusa
dildsa
khds, khds*.
kusa.
dildsa.
shehara
shah?ra, shah?rq,
an sa
ansa.
sheherq.
nin sa
ninsq.
khdra
karq, kdre.
tsatanasa
tsatan a sq.
mdhara
mohrq, moh a rq,
wan-sa
vanse, van?sq.
pahara
moh?rq. pahara.
yesa ta
yasq, yesa. t?, ta, ta, te.
ata
HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES
488
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
ata
ata.
dawa
davq.
hata
bat”, hata, battq.
chewa
ch v au.
bota
buttq.
chiwa
chu.
mahabata
mahabat.
chuwa
chu.
dita
dittq.
kuwa
kuv”.
gdta
gdtq.
jalwa
jaPva.
hata
hata.
tdlawa
tal* va.
wuchta
vuch tq.
mewa
m v eva.
khota
hutq, khotq,
wanamowa
vanemau,
khutq.
vanemo u ,
nokhta
nukhtq.
vanemo v .
daskhata
daskatq.
wanemowa
vanye mov.
rathta
rath tq.
dopum a wa
dop u mau.
tsheta
tsetq.
dyutum a wa
dyut u mau.
tshota
tsof.
yimawa
yimau.
gatshta
gats tq.
wanewa
van v au.
wakta
vaktq.
kor u wa
kuru, kurit.
tshunta
tsunthq.
kiir u wa
kqru.
wanta
vantq, vante.
mdriwa
mqtryu.
niyen ta
niyantq.
os { wa
dsyu.
zyun u ta
z y unte.
phut u wa
phutu.
fata
pat”, patq.
rot u wa
rutu.
pata-pata
patq-patq
partawa
par tav?.
Jcarta
kartq, karte,
neza
n v qzq.
kar the.
hanza
hanzq, hanza,
sdta
sat?, sdthq.
hqnzq.
sdta
sontq.
tihanza
tq hanzq,
basta
basta.
ti hqnzq.
shihasta
shikasta.
manza
manzq.
bewdsta
be vdstu.
reza
rezq.
tota
tota, tota, tot u ,
garza
gar ze.
totu.
darwdza
darvdza, dqrvdzq.
tseta
ts y eta.
chiv ta
ch v utq.
Words ending in a
thdvta
thdu tq.
ba
ba.
wdta
vdte.
add
dda.
Jcatsa
katse.
khodd
kudd, kudd,
Jcdtsa
kdts*.
khudd.
motsa
mdntsq.
bd-khodd
bd-khudd.
hetsamatsa
hetsamatsa.
modd
mudd.
wa
vu.
pardd
parda.
489
INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS
tsurau
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
phardd
parda.
khotund
khdtunq, kotuna
soda
soda.
dy-nd
dyna.
ha
ha.
thun ti d
thanyd.
bebahd
be bahd, beb a hd,
soddgdrd
soddgdr”,
bebahd.
soddgarq.
dohd
doha.
phakira
fakirq.
pdtashehd
pddshaha.
shehmdrd
shah mdra.
zalikhd
zalikhd, zulikhd.
shekhtsd
shahtsa.
be-wophd
bevophd.
dawd
davd.
srehd
sreha.
chwa
cha.
ziydphathd
zidfat.
yd
ya, yd.
sdthd
sdtha, sdtq.
chya
cha, cha, che,
hdtshd
ha tsd.
ch v d.
kdld
kdla.
kyd
kya, kyd.
dalila
dalilq, dalila,
Cf. kyah.
dalila.
baldyd
baldyq.
bismilld
bismilla.
pazyd
pazyd.
gutHd
Idyild
z a ld
gutHd. Id illdh. zilla.
Words ending in ai kohai kohdy. yihai yi hoi.
ma hakimd
ma, ma. hakima.
tandnai
tana nai.
samd
samd.
Words ending in au
tsemd
tsima.
bargau
burgau.
na
na, na.
hau
ho.
mbddnd
maiddna.
kathau
kathau.
wadand
vade na.
lalau
lalau.
hand
h*nd, hana, hqna,
kralau
kralau.
hand, hqna,
talau
talau.
hna.
mdrawdtalau
mdrqvdtqlau,
doba-hand
dob^hqnq.
mdrqvdtHau.
khekh-nd
k v eknd.
timau
timau.
yikh-nd
yihna.
yimau
yimau.
ratshi-hand
ratseh^na,
Cf. yimav.
raise h°na.
nau
nau.
khashena-hand
khash^nq h°nd.
ganau
ganau.
pdri-hand
pdr v ehna.
nigmau
niglnau.
tagem-nd
tagimna.
as* nau
qs l nau.
bani-nd
banina.
rost u nau
rust^nau.
zdna-nd
zdnend.
tsurau
tsurau.
zandnd
zandna.
Cf. tsurav.
wazirau
HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES
490
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
wazirau
vazirau, vazirau.
kranje
kranj e . /
batsau
batsau.
raje
raja, raje.
doyau
doyau.
wat a je
vatujq.
kodyau
kqfdyau, kqdyau.
loyik-e
lay^kq.
sandyau
sandyau.
me
ma, me, m v e,
baranyau
baranyau.
mye.
guryau
gur y au.
sak a th me
sakhme.
pyom me
pyom 1 .
Words ending in e
kar me
karme.
e
a, i.
kor u me
kurme.
sohib-e
sahib 1 .
bene
bqnye, benye.
bace
bache.
wodahe
vudanye,
jenatace
janqtqch.
vudanye,
tsoce
su cho, suche,
vudanye,
tsuche.
vudanye.
zace
zache.
gane
gan v i, ganye.
kode
kud v e.
kane
kanye, kanye.
Cf. kore.
qsh e kane
ashkanye.
zade
zade.
mane
mane, matni,
ache
qch.
mdnye,
boche
boche.
matnye.
lache
lache
panane
panqni,
toriph-e
tqhif-i.
panqn v e,
tsarihe
tsarihe.
panenye.
bdshe
bdshe.
bog a rane
bag a ranye.
khaba-nishe
kab°nish.
wune
vunye.
nishe
nish, nishi.
cyane
chdn y e, ch y anye.
pesh-e
peshe.
zane
za^e, zanye.
poshe
posha, posh?,
dare
da l ri.
poshe.
shehar-e
shehri.
tohe
tohi, tohH.
kare
ka l ri.
aje
ajq.
kore
kod 1 , kudis,
buje
buje.
kod v e, kod v i,
geje
g v m-
kud v e, kodye,
leje
l v ejq.
kb~r v e, kor v i.
maje
maje, maj 1 , mdji.
Cf. kode.
doda-mdje
dod°mdj i .
mare
mqri.
woramaje
vurq maj 1 .
mine-mare
ming ve mqri.
wolinje
vdlinjq, valinje,
ware
vdri.
valinjq, valinje,
ase
as*, asi.
valinj 1 .
khal a t-e
kalni.
491
INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS
hih*
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
tse
tsq, tse, ts v e, tsye.
wuchihe
vuch^he.
dye
dyq, dye, dyi,
wanihe
vanqhe.
dyx.
karihe
karehe, ka x rihe,
bdye
bai, bdy e , baye.
kari h v e.
biye
bay 1 , bey, beye.
marine
marih v e.
pdtashdhbdye
pddshah bdye.
marine
mcirihe, mdriJie.
gur l -bdye
gur bdye.
dsihe
dsi he, dsihe.
grist l -bdye
grist” bdye,
ceyihe
ch v aye h v e.
grestq bdye.
diyihe
diyehe.
daye
daye.
bale
bdVe.
khoddye
kuddye.
ndle
ndle.
gaye
gay e , gaye, gay 6 .
gopdle
gupdVe.
tagiye
tag v e, tag l ye.
panane
panenye.
gatshiye
gatsiye.
gdre
gdr v e.
jdye
jai, jdyq, jdy e ,
mare
mare.
jdye.
tare
tare.
moye
moye.
dukhtar-e
dukhtare.
naye
naye.
kong-wdre
kung°vdr v e.
niye
niy, niy e , niye.
gaye
gay e -
ropaye rdye
rupia, rup % yq. rai.
Words ending in *
bardye
ba rai.
sumb*
sumb.
drdye
drdye.
bod 1
bud 1 .
grdye
grdye.
hata-bod 1 ‘
hatq bud 1 .
phakiriye fakiri.
kdd i
ka x r v .
par x ye
pq l riye.
ko’d 1
kq x d, kq x d x , kud 1
hamsdye
hamsai, ham
gdnd i
gand 1 , gandi.
sdye.
hand 1
hand*.
gadoyiye
gadoi yiye.
sand*
sand 1 , sandi,
tuvyeye
tuv x y.
sand.
kenze
kyenzi.
sana-sdnd*
sunasand*,
same
sanzi, sanzi.
sunqsand*,
pdtashdha-sanze
pddshdhasqnzi.
sunqsandi.
pdtasheha-sanze
pddshahq sanzi,
sdnara-sdnd 1
sunqrsandi.
pddshahq sanzi,
rud*
rod*.
pddshahqs
bog 1
My.
sanzi.
w
lag\ lag 1 .
sheen*
shech v .
Words ending in e
wuch*
vuch.
age
age.
ddh*
duh v .
fUehe
piche.
hih*
hi.
kill*
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
492
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
keh*
kqd.
tsdl*
tsqV.
hokh*
huk*.
dm*
am, am, am,
wotamukh*
vutamak*.
qm, qm v .
hash 4
kash”.
dm*
q*mi.
ath*
at, at, at, at,
kdm*
kqm*.
qt v ,a*V.
trom*
tram, trqm v .
dth*
at*.
tsurim*
tsorim.
toh*
toh, tuh, tuh,
tarn*
tqm*.
tuh v .
yem*
yim.
bith*
beth v , b v eth*,
yim*
yim, yem*.
bat*.
din*
din*, din v .
cith*
chit.
bdgdn*
bdgen*.
kuth*
kut*.
hun*
hun, hunq, hdni,
peth*
p v eth, pyet.
kdn*
kan, kqn t kqn v .
poth*
pqHh, pqth*,
Ion*
lq*ni.
pqH, pdth v ,
duldn*
duleny.
pqth v , pqty,
pandn*
pan, panen,
pq*V.
paneny.
tath*
tat, tat, tat*,
bdrdn*
barqn.
tqH*, to, 1 ?.
pron*
prdny, prdn v .
wdth*
vat 1 , vot*, vat v .
dsdn*
dsqn*.
zith*
Zlt*.
tsatdn*
tsaten*.
wat’j 1
vdtaj.
wan*
vqn v .
dk*
ok*.
8dmb a rdwdn*
sombvrdvtfn*.
hardk*
harik.
laydn*
Idyin.
raidk*
raiik.
myon*
men v , mye,
thovik*
thdvik.
m v en.
nyovik*
n v dvik.
zdn*
zan*.
gal*
gql.
dazon*
dazdn*.
gul*
gul*.
tsdp*
tsqp v .
Ml*
Ml.
bar*
bar, bari.
tahdl*
tqhql, tqhql*,
mi bar*
mebar.
’ tqhqi v . ‘
dor*
dqr.
mol*
mq*l.
gar*
gar*.
nbl*
ndl, ndl*, ndl v ,
gur*
gur, gur*.
nq*l v .
gur*
gur.
gdpol*
gupdl*.
phir*
phir*.
tdi*
tal.
hdr* hdr*
hqri hqri.
tul*
tu*l v .
ihuf 4
shuri.
gdtH*
gdtily.
koshir*
kdshir*.
wdtdl*
vdtal*.
kdr*
kqr, kqr.
5
493
INDEX IN ORDEB OF FINAL LETTERS pftdti
KAULA
wr
RKU
fc#o\
KAULA
■mmmm 4
STUN
■mV
m&r*.
mmmmmf*
ndttjpy,
CjmV
<.T,i\l : r, wpQnr*
/. ..-,, .-.
MM%Mr\
MMJMf
so jwVt, t» yoV.
mmimv**.
m**
IfijtfV.
!*•
1* ^
tm*
for*, fiirt.
l%<
| £ %. |
:<>.r-‘
B*»
i*<
(i MM
1 . •
MMMtM^
‘.Kir .
fatty 1
m^mI
yfir*
yitr> f&r 9 , afiir,
f”*V
«•*£.
3f>
lift*
ygj^tB*
mmmmmmmV
mturde maz&ry.
rMVr*
re&w, rmr, rl«c
it*
OS, as, oV.
M*
MM, mm*
fit*
oV , ^ as, aV.
-:.:•
ro:. r . : s .
<*
ol, aft, of*.
A*
AM
Wards ending in t
/(ru^Mf
kmgi?th\
%
ft k
few
«y*/wp.
MMMfWl
am’tfaok
*»v
•> , &»;
mmnV*
«#.
Htl*
ip*.
mm
?
(&W
blot
wttN
mMK
UK 1
fart*
ma&mojrf-t
MMMNM^
m*
■Ml 1 ,
ImmV
mmmTi, Aanii
mMSm*
%J%AmM Mrvf##^j %
kmtmmm]
dtmhamii*
j*m&
y%mmHM*i yttifHJf ,
l(MMh
1ag*m&
Im/mmI*,
I&mK
ldMM>
lifmit
igMjMMft
Mmi
mmm^minK
mtt’ndr
MWil#,
1 \Tu M R c 1 1 - >’. hmK
” i~. \ “ . ‘ > : “ “
jmwit
a*imot\
mot^MmiK
rmVl’&indL
iifmit
L - MMMVMMMl
rtw’^mrf*
mmmmmK.
tdm^-sand*
{(im^nnmKi
thovhrnit*
mm mm
KtlClfO^SMMn
tt::7r:*: ‘’.,::.
t*f
raf, ra*f».
sapath
$apq&*
M&MnW
tmrf*«lW.
«*di
i\i\ cu..:\
fdf
tol*, taf\
«otf><\
y*jf
jeta’k
y*M
j ^»^« i •
’ *#
fw. «jK, wff\
sfaamHtrai
MM%MWWk
««, «#•;
mi
^’■.f’.
art**
3f» *< a***
| :. | .;,, |
6or**
Oc-77.
ftfell
n%MMj nmimWi
InmV
niWi&t imqAi,
ihdh-t
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
494
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
shdh-i
shdhi.
nami
nam 1 .
kbh-i
koh v e.
tami
tarn 1 , tami, tgm 1 ,
hakh-i
ha l khi.
ta l mi, tqtmi.
rahhi
rakhi, rakh v e.
patimi
paVqmi.
tsakhi
tsakh 1 , tsakh v e.
yemi
yam 1 , ye*mi.
bar l shi
barshg.
yimi
yqmi, yemi.
wdlawdshi
vale vdshe.
treyimi
treyimi.
athi
aHW, aHhi, at 1 .
bani
bang, bani.
othi
ath\
dini
ding.
wothi
vuihi.
din-i
din*.
gatshi
gatsg, gatse,
hani
hani.
gatse, gatsi.
dachini
dach { ng.
me gatshi
m v egatse.
wucJiani
vuch* ne.
matshi
matsq, mats v e.
kheni
khyeni.
ratshi
rats a hgn.
khoni
kun v g.
mdji
mdje, mdji,
kani
kane, kan*, kani,
mgj, md^ji.
kgn { , ka*ni,
doda-mdji
dod^maj.
kg l n v .
krdji
kraje.
kuni-kani
kun i kg i n v .
aki
ak\ aki.
kuni
kung, kuni,
baVki
balki.
kun 1 .
loyik-i
Wki, layiki.
pholani
pholen*, phuleni,
doli
doili.
phulen 1 .
gali
gaHi.
tolani
tolani.
dokhil-i
ddkhHi.
mani
mane.
koli
kul v e, kulye.
zamini
zemini.
kuli
kul\
anani
angni.
mokali
mokli, mukli.
k a nani
kangni.
rumdli
rumdli.
panani
pangne, pangn 1 ^
soli
sulli.
pangni,
suli
sulg.
paneni.
teli
tela, teli, til\
wanani
vaneni.
rdtHi
rdtHi.
zandni
zgngng, zgndnq
yeli
yell, yeV.
wotharani
vuthergni.
ami
am 1 , ami, am 1 ,
karani
karng, karani,
ami, a l m l ,
kargni,
a l mi, flW,
karg l ni.
g*mi, amis.
mdrani
mdrgni.
kami
kami.
nerani
nghini.
hukm-i
huk u mq.
kdsani
kdsani, khdsgni.
salami
salami.
wasani
vasani
495
INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS hazrat-i
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
khdtuni
khdtuni,
lashkari
lashkqrq,
klidtuni,
lashkqr*,
khdtuni,
lashkq { ri,
khd tuni,
khal a kan.
khdtuni.
lari
WrK
sultdn-i
sultan 1 .
t a l a ri
tulqri.
atsani
atsani.
mdch-t a l a ri
mdch-tulari,
wdtani
vatqne.
mdch-tulqri,
wani
vane.
mdsh-tulqri.
yini
yini.
mari
mqri, mqWi.
layeni
Idyine.
mine-mari
ming ve mqri.
mydni
mydni.
tori
to { ri.
zdni
zdnq, zdne.
litri
lit?ri.
zeni
za*ni, z v dni.
tsuri
tsuri, fewV,
rozani
rozqn 1 .
fcwV, tsu { ri.
beni
benye.
kdng-wdri
kung^vdr*.
kani
kanye, kanye.
nazari
naz a ri, nazari.
mdPkdni
malkdnye.
dsi
ds i , dsi, 5V.
panani
panen v e,
kaisi
ka i sl, kcfsi.
panenye.
kbsi
kdsi.
tilawdni
tilavdnye.
lasi
lasq.
dapi
dapi, dapi.
waisi
v&nsi.
ihapi
tha*pi.
ti
tt, t v e, Vi.
bdri
bdWi.
ati
at 1 , at 1 , aHi, aVe
kabari
kab^rq.
bdti
bot v \
ddri
dd l ri, dq f ri.
k&h ti
kahti.
duri
duri.
peth* ti
p v eti.
dadari
dadari.
kati
kat 1 , kati, kaHi,
gari
gar 1 , ga*ri.
kqHi, kat v e,
guri
gur 1 .
kaVi, katye.
mqkh a r-i
makhri.
lati
lot*, lati.
shemsheri
shamsher* \
tdV ti
tdHti. ‘
shamseri,
mati
mat\
samsheri.
me-ti
mat 1 , m v eti.
kari
ka*re, ka { re,
hekmai-i
kekqmati.
katri, kq { ri.
drdti
drdtis.
kori
kod ve , kod y e,
hazrat-i
hazrat, hazrqt*,
kdd ve ,
hazrqH*,
kd’dH,
hazret,
kdr v e.
hazret* ,
phikiri
phikri.
hazret.
suti
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
496
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
suti
sut*.
rozi
rozi.
tali
tat, tati, tat,
kdr*zi
kq*rzi.
tat v .
mardz-i
mqrdj.
ti-ti
titi.
wds*zi
vqz*zq.
to-ti
toVi.
vizi
vize.
ts a -ti
tsqti.
pov*zi
pq*vzi.
wati
vat, vaH, va*ti,
kydzi
kydzi, kyd ze,
vat v e.
kyd zi, kyd*z i ,
wdti
vat, vdt*, vdt ve .
ti-kydzi
ti kyd zi.
yeti
yqt, yet.
aziz-i
aziza, aziza.
yi-ti
yi ti.
yiti
yeti, yit*.
Words ending in 1
hdvi
hd%vi.
wurdl
vurdi.
shestravi
shast?rvi,
saragl
sargi, sargi,
shWrqvi.
sargeh.
bdyi
bdyq, baye.
shohl
shdhi.
gnst*-bdyi
grest baye,
pdtashdhi
pddshdhi,
grest 9 baye.
pddshdhi,
doyi
doye.
pdd 9 shahi.
dgayi
agqye.
jushi
joshi.
kheyi
klieye.
hab-jushi
habjoshi.
layi
laye.
wobdli
vu bq*l%.
salayi
salqyq.
doll
dq*li.
cdrpdyi
palangas.
tasali
tasUi.
par*yi
pq*riye.
miskirii
miskini.
dwd-yi
dv°y u .
wophddori
vuph dq*ri,
hawd-yi
havdye.
vupha dq*ri,
yiyi
yiye.
vuphd dq*ri,
zi
ze.
vupha dqiri.
dizi
dizi.
tamaskhurl
tamis kuri.
beh*zi
bih zi.
phakirl
fakiri.
khezi
khyezi.
nokari
naukri, nokari.
tshdn*zi
tsqn^zi.
pari
pqr, pq*ri.
sanzi
sanzi, sanzi.
huzuri
hazilri.
pdtashaha-sanzi
pddshahasqnzi.
waziri
vaziri.
pdtaslieha-sanzi
padshahq sanzi,
vesi
vesi.
padshahq sanzi
tl
tih.
dmt-sanzi
a*misqnzi.
balti
balti.
sonara-sanzi
sunqr sanzi,
masnavi
masnavi.
sunqrsqnzq.
gaznavi
gaznavi.
ydra-sanzi
yarisqnzi.
poravi
pdravi.
497
INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS
tog u
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
tfi
yi.
bod u
bud.
juddyl
zhudai.
dod u
dud.
wdphoyi
vuphdl.
d6d u
dad, dod.
be-wdphoyl
bevophdi.
shod”
shod.
bewophoyi
be vuphdl,.
thod u
thud.
gum-royi
gurnard yiy.
kod u
kur.
mod u
mud.
Word ending in 6
mud u
mod, mud.
ke-ho
k v qho, kyqho.
ggnd u
gund.
hond u
hund.
Words ending in 6
pdtashohi-hond u
pddshdhihund.
6
0.
kathi-hond u
kafehund.
sohibo
sahib 6.
mdje-hond u
mdje hund.
ho
ho.
ldlan-hond u
Idlan hund.
khos 1 ho
khqsiho.
tihond u
tihund.
dkho
dkhu.
tuhond u
tuhund.
tsdkho
tsdkhu.
kond u
kund.
katho
kathu.
sond u
sund.
phakiro
fakiro.
asond u
am* sund.
waziro
vaziro.
sohiba-sond u
sdhib^sund.
hato
hato.
pdtashdha-sond u
pddshdh a sund.
jdwo
jdo.
pdtasheha-sond”
pddshahq sund,
khoddyd
koddyu.
pddshahqsund
khyo
kh v au.
shendka-sond u
shindkqsund.
atsayo
atsayo.
mbl i -sond u
nupVsund.
arz 6
arzo.
dmt-sond”
qm*sund, qmisund,
Words ending in o
a’mi sund.
lagaho
lagaha.
goldma-sond”
guldmqsund.
chalaho
chqlqha.
soddgara-sond”
sauddgdrqsund.
dimaho
dim? ha.
phakira-sond u
fakirqsund.
yimaho
yimqha.
sonara-sond u
sunqrsund.
yith tshunaho
yetsanq ha.
ydra-sond u
ydrqsund.
karaho
kare ha, karqha.
khoddye-sond”
khuddyesund.
bdwaho
bdvq ha.
sapod”
sapud.
hdwaho
hdv* ha.
rud u
rud.
syod u
syud, s v ud.
Words ending in M
log”
log, lug.
am6b u
amob.
I6g«
log.
sumb u
sumb.
shdng u
shung.
retas sumb u
ritasumb.
‘tog”
tug.
ivuch u
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
498
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
wuch u
vuch.
kdl u
kol.
lyukh u
Pukh.
mol u
mbl, mor.
rosh u
rush.
bunul u
bunyiil.
buih u
but.
tul u
tut.
khoih u
khut.
boP
tsul.
thdth u
tot. Cf. tdjh*.
yenewdP
yenyi vdl,
‘kuth u
kut.
yenyivol,
moth u
mut.
yenyh’dl.
td’th u
tot. Cf. thotli u .
zdl u
zol.
woth u
vut, vuih.
kyom u
kyum.
woth u
vot 1 , vut, voth,
treyum u
treyimi.
vuih.
pontsyum u
pdnts v um.
yuth u
yuth.
kadun u
kqdun.
byuth u
byiit, byut,
ladun u
ladun.
byoth, byoth,
mangun u
mangun.
byuth.
hun u
hun.
dyuth u
dyut, dyut,
deshun u
deshun.
dyuth u , vuch.
tshon u
tsun.
kyuth u
kyut.
gatshu?i u
gatsun.
myuth u
myut.
qsh 6 kun u
qshkun, qskun.
zyuth u
zyut.
galun u
galun.
gotsh u
gots, guts.
tulun u
tulun.
hyuh u
h v u, hyu.
anun u
anun.
khdbuk u
kdbuk.
khanuri”
khanun.
bdguk u
bdguk u .
panun u
panen, panun.
dohuk u
dohuk.
dapun u
dopun.
watharanuk u
vat^ranuk.
spmb a run u
somb^run.
nayistdnuk u
nayis tdnuk.
sapharun u
safarun.
wanuk u
vanuk.
watharun u
vat^run.
jenatuk u
janHuk, jan*
karun u
karun.
tukh.
mdrun u
mdrun.
amyuk u
am* kuy, qm v uk,
sdn u
son.
qmyuk,
sqn u
sun.
a { m y uk.
dsun u
dsun.
kamyuk u
kam v uk.
khasun u
khasun.
godanyuk u
gudenyuk.
bikarmdjetun u
vikarmdjitun.
hatsyuk u
hats y uk.
tsatun u
tsatun.
6l u
dl.
wdtun u
vdtun.
phol u
phul.
atsun u
atsun.
phql u
phul.
won u
vun.
shehul u
shuhul.
nerawun u
neravun.
499
INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS
host’
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
trdivun u
trdvun.
khdt u
khut.
kdsawun u
kds u vun.
kot u
kot.’
yun u
h v un, yiin.
kot u
khuth.
byon u
b v iin, b l yun.
kUt u
kut’.
cyon u
chun, ch v un.
lot”
lot.
cydn u
chon, chon v ,
amot u
dmut.
chony, ch v 6n.
rud u mot u
rdd°mut,
dyun u
dyun.
rud”mut.
hyon u
h v un.
gamot u
gommut, gomus,
Jchyon u
khyun.
gomut.
mydn u
mydn, mydn.
gomot”
gamut, gomut.
zyun u
ziin, z v iin, zyiin.
ldg u mot u
ldg u mut.
zon u
zun.
dyuth u mot u
dyutmut.
bozun u
bbzun.
lyukh u mot u
Pukhmut,
sozun u
sozun.
lyukhmut.
gus6n u
gosony.
g6l u mot u
gdlmut.
dop u
dop, dop u , dup,
mumot u
momut.
dup”.
on u mot u
on muth.
bdr u
bor.
pemot u
p v umut, pyamut
modur u
mudur.
pyiimut.
gur u
gur.
kor u mot u
kurmut.
gur u
gur.
6s u mot u
dsmut.
phor u
phurtas.
rot u mot u
rutmut.
kor u
kud, kar, kur,
r6t u mot u
rotfmut.
kur\
wdt u mot u
vot u mut,
mor u
mud.
vot u muth.
m6r u
mod, mor.
dyut u mot u
dyutmut,
pur u
piir.
dyutmut,
tsopdr u
tsopdr.
dyiit^mut.
khdwur u
khdvur.
thow u mot u
thdu mut.
hyor u
h v ur, hyiir.
thow u mot u
thdumut,
phyur u
p v ur.
thdumut.
6s u
as, as, ds u , os.
lddydmot u
ldd v omut.
bus u
bus.
nyumot u
nyumut.
ot u
al\ ot, ut, qth,
not”
nut.
uth.
pot u
phot, phut, put,
hot u
hut.
puth.
hot u
hot.
rot u
rot, rut.
khot u
khot u , khut,
drd’t”
drot.
khut, khulh,
trot”
trut.
hut.
host”
lwst, host”.
Kk
gryust 1
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
500
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
gryust u
grost.
krund*
k?rqnd.
tot u
ihuth, tot, tut.
tsiind*
tsund.
tsot u
tsot.
wuch*
vuch.
wd’t u
vat, vot, vol 1 ,
bolbosh*
bdlbdsh.
vot, voth.
hish*
hish.
yut u
yut.
zeth*
zith.
dijut u
d v ut, dyut, dyutli.
wdtsh*
vuts.
kyut u
kh v ut, khyuth,
wiitsh*
vuts.
k v ut, kyut,
dombij*
dumbij.
kyuth.
duj*
daje.
tshyot u
tsut, ts v ut, ts v ut.
shehj
shqhij.
tydt u
tyut.
liij*
Iqj.
hots u
hots, huts.
mang liij u
mangHqj.
bdw u
bou.
moj*
mqj, moj.
thdw u
thdu.
doda-mqj*
dodrmqj.
I6w u
lau.
woramoj*
vur mqj,
mokaldw u
moklau.
vur°moj.
ndw u
ndu, ndu.
wolinj*
valinje.
parzandw u
parzq ndu,
tuj*
tuj.
parzq ndu.
gaff
gatij.
sgmb a rdw u
somtyrau,
tsuj u
&«/. teqijy.
somb* rau.
woj*
vaj, vqj k vaj v .
tsamruw u
tsam ru, tsamPru.
kom*
kdm, kdma, kom.
trdw u
trov.
trbm*
trom.
shestruw u
shast^ro.
satim*
sqtim v .
necyuv u
n v echu.
pontsim*
pdntsim,
mahanyuv u
mahnyu.
pqnts v um.
Uy u
boy, boy.
treyim*
triyim.
buz u
boz.
don*
dan.
pgz u
puz.
zabbn*
zqbdny.
apoz u
apuz.
din*
diny.
chon*
chan v .
Words ending in *
kiln*
kan.
dohiic*
dohuch.
walun*
valqny.
nayistanuc*
nay is tan nqch.
nun*
nanyi.
azic*
azich.
anun*
anqn y , aneviy.
bud*
bud.
tshunun*
tsqneny.
thud*
tad, tor.
paniln*
panen, paneri 1 ,
’ Cf . ihiir*.
panen v ,
kud*
kud. See also
paneny,
kur*.
paniny.
501 INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS pltakira-sunz*
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
kariin*
karin v , kareny,
amuts*
dmuts.
kariny.
gamuts*
gamuts.
son*
san v , sqSny.
tsujmuts
tsqjmqts,
wasiin*
vasan 1 .
tsqjqmqts.
bikarmdjetiin*
vikarmajiteny .
hekmiits*
hekqmats.
motun*
moteny.
mumuts*
momuts.
bacdwiin*
bacMviny.
tshunmuts
tsunye muts.
pakawiin*
pakPvany.
wunmuts
vun v muts.
mdkalawun*
mokaldvany.
pemiits*
pHmats.
yin*
yiny.
kiirmuts
kqrmuts,
cyoh*
ch { dn, chPan 1 ,
kurmuts.
ch y qn v .
par zanov* muts*
parzq ndu muts.
chyon*
chdny.
trbvmuts
trau muts.
myon*
mye, meny, m v en,
rots*
rats.
my en, m v eny.
wots*
vats, vats.
ziin*
zany, za { n v .
yiits*
yits*.
or*
dr.
gov*
gau, gau, gau.
Mr*
tar, tur.
shestriiv*
shast-ro.
’ Cf. thud*.
buz*
boz.
qthr
qtqr.
hiinz*
hqnz, hunz.
kur*
kild, kur, khud.
guren-hiinz*
gur v en-hqnz.
See also kild*.
yihiinz*
yihas.
kiir*
kqr, kqtr 1 .
siinz*
sqnz, sunz,
phikir*
fik?r, phikir.
sqnziiy, siinz.
Plr
tulqr.
khdwanda- siinz*
kavandqsunz.
mach-Hr
mdch tulqr.
patashaha-siinz*
padshah sqnz,
milr*
mar.
padshdhasqnz.
mine-milr*
ming e mar.
patasheha-siinz*
padshahqsqnz,
niir*
nur.
■pddshahqsunz.
tur*
tar.
raje-sunz*
rajqsqnz,
tsur*
tsur.
rajqsunz.
zir*
zer, z v er.
mbV-silnz*
mqH—sunz,
os*
as.
mqHisqnz,
phut*
phut.
mqHisunz.
rUt*
rat.
dm^sunz*
qmisqnz,
lots”
bats, bats.
qmisunz.
dits*
dits.
goldma-siinz*
guldmqsqnz.
khuts*
khats, kqts.
tdm^-siinz*
ta’misqnziiy.
kits*
kits.
sdna-siinz*
sunqsqnz.
kots*
kdts.
phakira-siinz*
faklrqsqnz,
adaliits*
qddlat.
fakirqsunz.
sd7iara~siinz u
BATIM’S SO
KAULA
STEIN
sonara-sunz”
sunqr sqnz,
sunqrsqnz.
w6ruz u
vurudz.
wuz^
dqj.
ndyez u
ndyiz.
Words ending in u
gatshu
gatsu.
nu
nu.
Word ending in u
saniydsu
sqnyas?.
Words ending in b
db
db.
sabab
sabab.
dab
dab.
dob
dob.
gob khdb
gab. kab, kdv.
khub
khub.
sbhib
sahib.
wahab
vahab.
par wahab
mojub
phamb
sob
parvahab. mojub.
phamb, pamb. sab.
tab kitdb
tap. kitdb.
jewdb sawdb
javdb. savdb.
Word ending in c
khar a c
Jcharj.
Words ending in d or d
had
had*.
khod
khod.
kdd
kdd, kdd, kdd, kq l d.
kdkad
kdkad, kakqd.
lad
lad.
T D STOBIES 5C
KAULA
STEIN
jel a d mad
jaM. mad?.
hamud
hamud.
ahmad
ahmqd.
mahmad
mahamad,
muhammad.
ndd
ndd.
and
and.
band
band.
gand shdnd
gand. shdnd.
ydrkand
pasand
khdwand
ydrkand. pasand, pasand khdvand,
kdvand.
dard
dard.
murdd
murdd.
vir*d
vir*d.
rasad
rasat.
wustdd
ustdd, vustad,
vustdd.
wad
vad.
ydd
noyid
phdr*yad
zad
ydd.
ndyid.
pharydd,
pherydd. zad.
zid
zid.
muhimzad
mohim zad.
Words ending in g
bag
bag
lag
mov lag
bag. bang, lag. mauldk.
nag palang
nag.
palang, palang, palang.
mang
mang.
prang wutsha-prang
prang, vuts^prang.
503
INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS nazdikh
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
zang
zang.
sheh
she.
drag
drag.
shehan-shdh
shdhqnshdh.
ytg
yeg-
pdtashdh
pddshah, pddshdh,
Words ending in h
pdd°shdh.
ah
ah.
pdtasheh
pddshah,
beh
be.
pddshdh,
boh
bo, bu.
pdd°shdh.
marhabdh
marhaba.
kuth u dh
kutha.
subuh
subu.
rathdh
rdtha.
hech
hech.
sdthdh
sdtha.
wuch
vuch.
setJidh
seta, seta, sethd,
dah
da.
setha.
doh
do, doh.
kenfshah
kh v i kh v e tsa,
d*h
dil.
khye, khye tsa,
judah
zhudd.
khyetsa, ken v tsa,
qj a ddh
azhda.
ken v tsd, ketsd,
saddh
sadau.
k v entsa, k v etsa,
wustdddh
vustadq.
k v etsd, k v etsa,
alviddh
al vida.
k v etsd, kye tsa,
yeddh
yera.
kyetsa.
gah
ga, ga, gah.
jah
ja> ft.
dgdh
aga.
akh
ak, akh.
begdh
bega.
dkh
dk.
pagdh
pag?, paga.
hah
ka.
hargdh
har ga, har ga,
kah
kah.
harga.
keh
khye, k v e, k v e,
shdra-gdh
shora ga,
kygZ, kye.
shorqga.
kih
kih.
heh
h v e.
bekh
b v ek, byek.
shubiheh
shuybehe,
labakh
labak.
shilybihe.
sabakh
sabak.
cheh
shq, che, chu.
dikh
dik.
chih
che, chi, chu,
kddikh
kq^dik, karik,
ch v q.
ka’rik.
chih
chi.
kud u kh
kaduk.
chuh
che, chu, chuh.
kodukh
kuruk.
pdtashehdh
padshdh.
bandukh
bqnduk.
kheh
k v e.
sapadakh
sapadqk.
akhah
akha.
ytd*kdh
Idgdh.
dadkhah
dad kha.
nazdikh
nazdik.
gokh
HATIATS SONGS AND STOBIES
504
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
gokh
gdk.
chunakh
chu nak.
lagakh
lagak.
ishunukh
tsunuk.
lagekh
lagik.
shendkh
shinak.
chekh
chak, chek.
dop u nakh
dop u nak,
chikh
chuk.
dop u nak,
chukh
chuk, chukq.
dopu nak,
wuchakh
vuchak.
dopunak.
wuchikh
vuchuk.
kdr { nakh
kq i rinak.
wuchukh
vuchuk, vucuk.
kor u )iakh
kurnak.
wuchakh
vuchuk.
mdranakh
mdrenak.
wucfchakh
vuch hak.
rut u nakh
ruPnak.
katiko chukh
kati kochuk.
dyut u nakh
dyut?nak,
khekh
kyek.
dyutqnak,
samokhukh
sam? kukh.
dyiit u nak.
dimahakh
dim 9, hak.
tsdnukh
tsdnuk.
phakh
phak.
how u nakh
hdu nak.
dop u hakh
dop hak, dophak.
thow u nakh
thdvnak.
karahakh
kar* hak.
zanakh
zdnak.
kor u hakh
kur hak.
un u kh
qnyik.
karuhukh
kar u huk.
kannekh
kanyek.
shekh
shak, shok.
wanenakh
vanye nak.
qsh s kh
qshik.
pd’kh
pdk.
poshdkh
poshdk.
dopukh
dopuk.
milth^kh
motuk.
rakh
rakh.
won u ihakh
vunthak.
bilr^kh
bar?k, bqrqk.
gatshakh
gatsak.
mobdrakh
mubdrak.
daphihekh
dabzq hek,
drdkh
drak.
dabzi hek.
shrdkh
shrdk.
likh
lekh.
sherikh
sherik.
lokh
lok.
krekh
krqk, krek,
tasali keh
taslikq.
krekh.
tulukh
tuluk.
karakh
karak.
wolikh
valik.
karekh
kqhik, ka { rikh,
zdlukh
zdluk, zdluk.
kdrikh
kqrik.
makh
mak.
korukh
kqruk, koruk,
ditfmakh
dit^mak.
kuruk.
dapydmakh
dap v dmak.
kur^kh
kqruk.
ankdh
anka, ankd.
porukh
paduk.
dnikh
anik, qnik.
phut°rukh
phutfruk.
anukh
anuk.
dsakh
dsak.
onukh
qnuk, unuk.
dsukh
dsuk, dsuk.
505
INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS
phdsh
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
khasakh
khasak.
sbldh
sdlq.
mushtdkh
mushtdk.
zdldh
zdlq, zdld.
wdtakh
vdtak.
shemdh
shamd, shqmd.
dyutukh
d v uthuk,
kom*dh
kdma.
d v utuk,
tamdh
tamd.
d v utuk,
mati mdh
maVma.
dyutuk.
wumdh
vuma.
hyotukh
h v utuk.
noh
nu.
dits^kh
ditsuk.
bindh
bind.
thovikh
thdvik.
ddndh
ddnq.
thov u kh,
thdvuk.
gondh
guna .
mililv^kh
7nil e vuk.
wuchundh
vuchuna.
trdwukh
trdvuk.
zandndh
zqndnq.
yekh
yek.
vig { ndh
vignya.
dyekh
dyak.
daph
dap.
bydkh
b y ek, bydk.
thaph
tap, thap, thaph
byekh
b y ek.
shdph
simp.
bacydkh
bachok.
kuluph
kulup.
loyikh
Idyak.
sar a ph
sqrp.
Idynkh
Idyuk.
yinsdph
insdf, yin sdf.
nyukh
nyuk.
yusuph
yusuf, yusuf.
anyukh
qnyuk.
tdph
tap.
niyekh
niyak.
rah
ra.
peyekh
p v eyak.
brdh
bro.
h a reyekh
hHeyek.
bruh
broh.
karyukh
kqruk.
khabardh
kabara.
moryukh
mdr v uk,
bruh-bruh
bro-bro.
nwSryuk.
shehardh
shehra.
bozakh
bozak.
phakirdh
fakira.
dizikh
diz y ek.
phikirdh fik?ra.
lazakh
lazak.
treh
tre.
nlzikh
n y qzik, n y ezik,
trih
tre.
n y ezik, nazdik,
vyur u dh
yura.
nezik.
nazardh
nazar.
dap i zekh
dqbzik.
sdh
sq, su.
sapuz^kh
sap^zqk.
suh
so, su.
qldh
alia, allqh.
gash
gash.
bulbuldh
bulbula.
hdsh
hdsh.
luh-luh
lolo, lolo.
khash
kash, pash.
kdldh
kdla.
khdsh
khush, khush.
saldh
said.
phdsh
phdsh.
yih suh
HATIATS SONGS AND STORIES
506
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
yih suh
yisu.
rahath
rahat.
ndsh
ndsh.
mdrahath
mdr^hat.
nish
nish.
dishith
deshit.
bV-ndsh
dVndsh.
mashith
mqshit.
mandsh
mandsh.
mathith
matit.
me-nish
m v enish.
wothith
vuthit, vutit.
fish
pesh.
dyuthuth
dyuthut.
phardsh
pharosh.
kath
kat, kath.
tresh
trqs, tresh.
keth
k v et, kyet,
wdsh
vdsh.
kh v qth,
gwdsh
ghdsh, gash.
khyqth.
ta wdsh
tavosh.
akith
q l kiih.
ylsdh
isd.
kotdh
kdta.
bakh a coyish
bakcdyish,
noktdh
nukhta.
bakhshdyish.
sakHh
sak.
ath
at, at 1 , at, at 1 ,
polith
pqHith.
qH l , ath.
tulith
tulit.
oth
ath.
wolith
vdlit.
tih
ti.
zolith
zdlit.
bojt-bath
bajHat.
math
mat.
dith
dit.
yimdmath
yimdmat.
kadith
ka { rit, kqWit,
tdmath
tdmat.
kahith.
ydmath
ydmat.
gandith
gandit.
khazmath
kismat.
woriddth
va { r v ddth.
khizmath
khismat.
gath
gat.
nith
nHt.
logith
lagit.
anith
qnit.
shongith
shungit.
bbnth
bdnt.
hath
hat, hat.
amdnath
amdnat.
heth
het, hit, hitsqn,
bronth
bront.
h v et, h v eth,
wanith
vanit.
h v eth.
zinith
z v enith.
bihith
behit, bihit,
wunHh
vanyit.
bihith.
path
pat, path.
khath
khath.
peth
p v et, p v et, pyet,
tdhkhlth
tdkhit, tdkit.
pyet, p v eth,
daskhath
daskath.
p v eth.
mqslahath
muslq hat,
bdpath
bapat.
muslahat.
hdpath
hdpat.
nahith
nqhit.
hdputh
haput.
ziyaphath
zidfat.
papith
papit.
507
INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS
gabh
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
rath
rat, rath.
wasith
vasit.
reth
rit, r v eth.
soyisth
sqyist.
rath
rat.
tath
tat, tath, tqt v .
barith
barit.
khatith
kqHith.
sdmb a rith
sumbrit.
ratith
rqtit, rqtit.
khordth
Marat.
mdkh ratith
mokrqtit.
phirith
phirit.
tsatith
tsqHith.
phirith
pherit, phirit,
wotith
vdtit, vqHith.
pherith,
dabovith
dqbdvit.
phirith.
wath
vat, vath.
shlrith
sherit.
wath
vat.
watharith
vatqtrith.
woth
vut.
kareth
ka l rit.
wdth
vut, vut.
karith
karit, kqrit,
hdwuth
hdvut.
katrit, ka { rit,
thdwath
thdvat.
katrith, kaWith.
thdvuth
thdvut.
koruth
kqrut, kurut.
wokavith
vokrvit.
marith
mqrit.
sgmb a rowuth
somb^rdvuth.
marath
mdrat.
trovith
trdvit, trqlvit,
morith
mtprit.
trqlvith,
nirith
nerit, ne l rith.
trd l vith.
prath
prat.
tsdv aih
tsdvat.
porith
paint.
yeth
yat.
purith
paint.
yith
yat, yqt, yet,
sorith
saint.
yath.
surath
stlrath.
tarbyeth
tqrq byat.
khobsurath
khdb sural,
mashiyeth
mashiyat.
khobsurat,
zurydth
zur yat.
khdb surat,
nasiyeth
nasiyat.
khobsurat,
ndshjeth
naWyat,
khob-surath.
nasiyat.
mutsarith
muts^rit.
was yith
vasyat, vasyqt.
doh ta rath
dokht a rdt.
zdth
zdth.
sath
sat, sath.
buzith
bdzit.
sath
sath.
buzuth
bozuth.
rukhsath
rukhsat,
munazdth
muri* zdt.
rukhsath.
deva-zdth
dyav*zath.
kosith
khdsit, khqlsith.
ts a h
su, tsa, tsq, tsi,
lal sath
ldl*sat.
tsu.
phursath
fursath.
atsh
ats.
wasth
vast.
gatsh
gats, gats*.
shotsh
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
508
KAULA
STEIN
shotsh
shuts.
shekhtsdh
sakhtsa.
kentsdh
k y etsa.
tsoratsh
tsorastq.
vih
v y e.
wdh
voh.
dawdh
dava, davd.
ddwdh
davd.
hawdh
havd.
benawdh
be nam.
siwdh
siva.
photuwdh
photu va.
necyuvdh
nichuva.
yih
ye, yi, yim, yiy.
yuh
yi.
yuh
yi, yii.
tbVydh
Wbya.
khyuh
khyau.
dth 1 kydh
aVkyd.
kydh
k v q, kya, kyd,
kyah. Cf . kyd.
as* kydh
as { kya.
wdraydh
vdrya, vdryq.
kotydh
kqi t v a, kqH y a,
kdHya.
dye yih
dyiye.
z a h
zq, ze, z v i.
zdh
za.
hdnzdh
hdnzq.
Words ending in j
bdj
bdj 9 , bdjq.
khar a j
kharj, kharaj.
mdhrdj
mah a rdj.
Words ending in I
bulbul
bulbul.
dil
dil.
badal
badal.
gdl
gal.
hdl
hdl.
bod^hdl
bdndfkdl.
KAULA
STEIN
phal tsdtahdl
phal.
tsat 9 hdl, tsdtahdl.
jel kdl
jal. kdl.
shekal
shakql.
lal
lal, lal 9 , lal.
alii
alii.
dalil
dalil.
zalil
zalil.
mdl
mdl, mdl 9 .
mdl
mul.
lalmdl
lal mdl.
ndl
ndl.
pal as a l
pal. asl, asal.
tal
tal, thai.
cheh tal
chetal.
putal wdtal
putal. vdtql.
mdrawdtal
mdrqvdtal.
tshdwul
tsdvul.
sawdl
savdl.
kut a wdl
kutvdl, kut 9 vdl.
pydwal azal
pydvHq. azal, azal.
Words ending in m
dm
dm.
dim
dim.
ddam
ddam.
kadam
kadam, kadam.
mukadam
mukadam.
sapodum yldam
sqpqnum. idam.
gom
gom.
mangum chem
mangum. chqm, chem.
chim
chim, chum.
chum
ch v um, chyum chum, chum 9 , chum u .
509
INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS wuch’tftn
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
lare chim
larichim.
wdlanam
vale nam.
lohlari chim
Id larichim.
tson u nam
tsdny nam.
wuchem
vuchun.
dapanam
dqpqnam.
wucliim
vuchun
dop u nam
dopu nam.
goham
goham.
dbr’nam
dq’ri nam.
lagaham
lagaham.
harenam
ka’ri nam.
tagihem
tag v ehqm.
karinam
kqrnam.
pdtasheham
pddshahqm,
kor u nam
kur nam,
pddshqhqm,
kur u nam.
pddshahqn.
tbYnam
tq ( ri nam.
khdm
khdm, kdm.
tsaVnam
tseVnam.
muhim
?nohim, muhim,
wanum
vanum.
muh v im.
hdwanam
hdv°nam.
dop u ham
dop ham.
hdw u nam
haunam.
y Ibrahim
ibrdhim.
th6w u nam
thdunam.
mor u ham
morham.
trdw u nam
traunam,
khashem
khashim.
trdunam,
dyuthum
dyuthum.
trdunam.
kurHham
k?r tarn.
loy u nam
Iqyinam.
tse kurHham
tsik^r tarn.
andm
anyam.
gatshem
gats v em.
ardm
ardm.
kam
kam.
bar a m
baram.
hakim
hakim.
garam
garm.
hukum
hukqm, hukm,
mah a ram
mqh a ram.
hukum.
karem
kairim.
mahkam
mah kam,
kdrim
karim, kairim
mahkam.
kur u m
kqriim.
Idkam
Idkam.
yikrdm
ikram.
asldmalaikum
asld malaikum.
narm
narqm.
wdlaikum
vdlai kum.
kasam
kasm, khasam,
dlam
dlam.
kasam.
goldm
guldm.
kas a m
kas*m.
halam
halam.
asim
asim.
saldm
saldm, sqldmq.
6sum
dsum.
zulm
zulm.
tarn
tain.
nam
nam.
tim
tim, tim’, tim v .
nom
nom.
turn
turn.
lod u nam
lud a nam,
ditam
ditam.
lud°nam,
ditim
ditim.
ludnam.
behtam
beh tarn.
gatshanam
gatse nam.
wuchHom
vuch tdm.
kh&tam
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
510
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
khetam
k v e tarn.
kadan
karan.
hdvtam
hdvtam.
kaddn
kaddn karan.
thdvtam
thdutam, thdv
kadon
koron v .
tarn.
kadun
karun.
yitam
yitam.
kodun
kodun, kudun,
boztam
boz tarn.
korun, kurun.
thdwum
thdvum, tavum.
kiid u n
kqdin, kadun.
dop u wam
dopum.
lodun
lodun, ludun.
wdwim
vavim.
moddn
mdddn, ma i ddn,
yim
yim.
maiddn.
dydm
dydm.
gdndin
gandm.
dyem
dyem.
gondun
gundun.
diyum
diyum.
sanden
sqndin,
gayem
gayem.
sqndyan.
tshdjydm
tsdn y jd7n.
pdtasheha-sanden
pddshahas
anyum
anyum.
sqndyan.
banyom
ban v dm.
tasanden
tasanden.
wanyum
vqn v um.
gardan
gardan.
pybm
pyom.
waddn
vaddn.
peyem
peyem.
noyidan
ndyidan,
dapydm
dap v dm.
nd l ydan.
dap i zem
dap^zim.
zddan
zddan.
pdtashahzddan
pddshdh zddan,
Words ending in n
padshdhzddqn.
an
an.
lagan
lagan.
bon
bun.
Idgun
Idgun, Idgun.
bdban
bdban.
ndgan
ndgan.
shubdn
shobdn, shubdn.
nigin
nigln.
sohiban
sdhiban.
mangan
mangan.
lobun
lobun.
pargan
pargan.
sbban
sdban.
martsawtigan
martsevdngan.
biydbdn
biyd ban.
zdgdn
zdgdn.
zabdn
zabdn.
han
han, han, hen.
Jcdlaeen
hdlrchen.
bahan
bahan.
racen
rachen.
behdn
bihdn.
don
don.
subhdn
subhdn.
ddden
ddden.
sub a han
suban.
gaddn
gardn.
chdn
chdn, ch v dn.
godun
gudun.
achen
achan.
tshdddn
tsdrdn.
lichen
lichin.
Cf. tshdrdn.
wuchdn
vuchdn.
511
INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS
tsratin
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
wuchin
vuchdn.
pothin
pdthin, pqtin.
wuchin
vuchqn, vuchin,
kdrHhan
kq’rtqn.
vucun.
6s u than
dstan.
wuchun
vuch u n, vuchun,
tshun
tsiin.
vucun, vucun 9 .
gatshan
gatsan.
wuchahan
vucehan.
gatshdn
gatsdn, gatsun.
shehan
shqhqn.
pryutshun
priitsun.
pdtashdhan
pddshahqn.
dawdhan
davdhan.
pdtashehan
pdd i shqhqn,
mdkaldwahun
muk a ldvq hun.
pddshahan,
jam
jdn.
pddshqhan,
dujdn
dujdn.
pddshahqn,
rdjen
rdjqn.
pddshahqn.
tuj ti n
tuhjin, tujen,
ratshi-han
ratsq han.
tujy e n.
khan
khan.
kan
kan.
khen
khyen.
kun
kona, kun.
okhun
dkhun, dkhun.
o-kun
dkun.
kod-khdn
kqd khan.
path-kun
pat 9 kun,
likhan
likhan.
patkun.
likhan
lekhdn.
lekan
lekan, Pekan.
mahalakhdn
mahalq kan,
lokan
lokan.
mahHqkhdn.
mulkan
mulken.
lyukhun
likhun.
makdn
makdn.
musla-han
musPhan.
la-makdn
Id makdn.
k a nahan
kqn 9 han.
shendkan
shindkan.
pinhdn
pin ham.
pakdn
pakdn.
pahdn
pahan, pahqn.
pakun
pakun.
taraphan
tarfan.
mdrakan
mdr 9 kan.
yusuphan
yusufan.
miskin
miskin.
kdr l -han
kq i d i hen.
caldn
chdldn
ndra-han
ndr 9 hqn.
chdlunq.
shen
shen.
ningaldn
ning a ldn.
deshdn
deshdn.
helen
helen.
nishin
nishqn, nishin,
cholun
cholun, clmlun
nisqn.
pholdn
pholdn.
nishin
nishin.
sholdn
shdlan.
hamnishin
ham nishin.
mokalan
muklan.
athan
athan.
lalan
lalqn.
bata-han
battqhqn.
malan
malan.
tsheth han
tsethan.
krdlan
krdhn.
kathan
kathen.
tsrdUn
tsrdUn.
tuldn
HATIM’S SONGS AND STOBIES
512
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
tuldn
tuldn.
kod-khdnan
kddkhdnen.
tulin
iulin.
nishman
nishman,
tulun
tulun.
nishman.
putalen
putalin.
hamnishinan
ham nishman,
wdtalan
vdtHan, vdtHan.
ham nishman
mdrawdtalan
mdr°vdtqlan,
tshandn
ts°ndn.
mdr^vdlelan,
tshunun
tsunun.
mdrqvdtHan,
k a nan
kanan.
mare vdtHan,
k a ndn
kandn.
mare vdtHan,
asmdnan
as^mdnqn.
mdrevdtHan,
londn
londn.
mdrevdtqlan.
nandn
nandn.
tsaldn
tsaldn.
pananen
panenen,
waldn
valdn.
paneneny,
wdldn
vdldn.
panen v en.
wdlun
vdlun.
tiy nandn
tmandn.
wolun
vulun.
zandnan
zandnan,
kut a wdlan
kotvdlqn,
zandnan.
kutvdlen.
panin
pan y en.
mukadaman
mukq daman.
shetdnan
shetdnan.
gdman
gdman.
wanan
vanan, vanqn,
shaman
shaman.
vanan.
lamdn
lamdn.
ivandn
vanan.
goldman
guldman,
wanun
vanun.
guldmqn.
wonun
vunun.
ndman
noman.
cydnen
chdn y en,
armdn
armdn.
ch v dnyen.
asmdn
asmdn.
mydnen
mydnen.
sdmdn
sdmdn.
zdnan
zdnan.
timan
timan, timqn.
zanen
zanen, zan v en.
yiman
yiman, yiman.
zenan
z y enan.
sulaymdn
sulaimdn.
zendn
zendn.
mizmdn
mez^mdn.
un u n
anyen, qnyin.
nm
winy.
tshun u n
tsin v an, tsinyen.
andn
andn.
zanen
zanyen.
anon
anon.
pan
pan.
anun
anun, anun.
dapdn
dapdn, dapdn,
onun
anun.
dopdn.
bandn
bandn.
dapun
dapun.
d a ndn
dondn.
dopun
dopun.
khdnan
kdnan.
borun
borun, burun.
513 INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS
sutin
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
somb a rdn
sumb”rdn.
por u n
paran.
duran
duran.
purun
porun, purun.
gudarun
gudarun.
prdrdn
prdrdn.
toyiphddran
t&fqddrqn.
srdn
srdn.
kdrddran
kdrddran.
sdran
sdran.
garan
garan.
misaran
misren.
bog a ren
bdg?ren.
tren
tren.
soddgdran
soddgarqn,
idrdn
tdrdn.
soddgdran.
katardn
kat e rdn.
dhan-gdrdn
ahengarqn.
petarun
pitarun.
hardn
hardn.
mutsaren
muts^rin.
khoran
kurqn.
mutsorun
mutsorun.
pherdn
pherdn.
jdndivaran
janavdran.
thahardn
tahrrdn.
ydran
yarqn.
wothardn
vutherdn,
yiran
yiran.
vuthqrdn v .
yiran
Iran.
tshardn
tsdrdn.
guzardn
guzrdn.
Cf. tshdddn.
waziran
vaziran, vazirqn.
mejeran
mejqran.
sdn
sdn.
kardn
kardn.
asun
dsun.
karen
kahin, kqhin.
khasdn
khasdn.
kdrin
kqrin, ka^rin.
kdsun
khdsun, khosun.
karun
karun.
yinsdn
insdn, yinsdn.
korun
karun, korun,
posan
pqsan, pqsqn.
kurun.
6s ti san
dsan.
kur u 7t
karqn, karun,
icasdn
vasdn.
karun, karqn,
tan
tan.
karun, ka { rin,
ditin
dith in, dit?nas.
kqhin, korun.
hatan
hatan.
phaklran
fakiran,
pdkhtan
pukhtan.
fakirqn.
shetdn
shetdn.
Idrdn
ladan, Idrdn.
bikarmdjetan
vikarmdjitan.
mardn
mardn.
latan
latan.
morun
mdrun, morun.
poten
pot 1 ‘
naran
naran.
hdpatan
hdpatan.
nerdn
nerdn, nerdn.
retan
ritan.
nerun
nerun.
rotun
rotun, rutun.
paran
paran.
bariten
barVen.
pardn
paddn, pardn.
satan
satan, satqn.
piran
piran.
sot in.
porun
pqdun.
sa it in.
mas tan
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
514
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
mastan
mast.
bandwun
bandvun.
gresten
gresVen.
mangandwun
mange ndvun.
nayistdn
nqyis tan,
dakhandwdn
dakhe ndvdn.
nay is tdn v .
pakandwdn
pak^ndvdn.
totan
totan, totan.
khanandwun
khanendvun.
wdtdn
vdtdn.
tshananovin
tsqnqndvin.
ihdvtan
thdvHan.
garandwdn
garq ndvdn.
dyutun
d v uihun, d v utun,
karandwun
karandvun.
d y utun, dyutun,
karandv u n
kar naviny.
dyutun.
wdtandwan
vdtrndvan.
hyotun
h v utun, hyutun.
wdtandwun
vdte no vun,
tsdn
tsun, tsuan.
vdt^ndvun,
bdtsan
bdtsan, bdtsan,
vatqndvun.
bdtsen.
wdtanow u n
vdtqndvun.
dits u n
ditsan, ditsqn,
wdna-wdn
vdn a van.
ditsun.
farzandwdn
parzenavdn.
hetsan
hitsan.
parzan6wun
parze nd vun,
hlts u n
hitsan, hitsan,
parze ndu vun,
hitsun, h v eten.
pdwun
pdvun.
shekhtsan
shakhtsqn.
pewdn
p v evdn, p v ivan.
pantsan
pdntsen.
riwdn
rivdn.
wan
van.
trdwdn
trdvdn.
wan
van.
trdwun
trdvun, trqvun,
bdwun
bdvun.
trdvun.
cewdn
ch v avdn.
trdvun
trqvun.
neciven
nech^vin,
ndtuwdn
not u vdn.
nechevin.
wartdwdn
vartdvan.
woraneciven
vurq n y ech 9 vin.
yiwdn
yivdn.
diwdn
divan.
bdyen
bdyen.
gov u n
gdvun.
biyen
beyen.
bdgwan
bdgvdn.
ceyen
chayen.
hewdn
h v evdn.
khoddyen
khuddyen.
hdwun
hdvun, hovun.
pdtashohiyen
pddshaliiyqn.
chdwdn
chdvdn.
klfiyon
khydn, kydn.
chawun
chdvun.
tujydn
tu jan.
khewdn
Jchyavdn,
laydn
Idydn.
Jchyevdn,
loyin
Idyin.
k v avdn.
loy u n
Iqyin.
ihdwan
thdvdn.
Idyun
Idyun, Idyun.
thdwun
thdvun.
khdlyun
khqHyun.
lalawdn
lalqvdn.
wdlyun
vdlyun.
515
INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS sodagar
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
nyun
nyun.
pdnawon
pane vqtn 1 ,
niijun
niyun.
pane vdn v ,
peyin
pHyen.
pane vdny,
moryun
nuVryun.
pdnevdfiy,
phufryun
phutq r v un.
pane vdny.
zan
zan.
pdnawun
pdnevdny.
zdn
zdn.
katawan
katq vqny.
zin
zin.
ydn
ydny.
bdzan
bdzan.
Words ending in r
bdzan
bozdn, bdzan.
m
bdzun
bdzun.
ar
bar
ar. bar.
buzun
bdzun.
~hnv
bar.
gab?r, gabar.
kabar, khabar,
khabar,
khabar.
dazdn
tiranddzan
lazan
luz u n
dazdn. tiran ddzqn. lazan. lazun.
gabar khabar
ndzan
ndzan.
be-khabar
be khabar.
rdzan
rdzan.
aydlbdr
ayal bar.
rdzan
rdzan.
nebar
nebar, nebar.
suzun
sdzun.
bardbar
bardbar.
ihov i zen
thdivzin.
darbdr
darbdr.
Words ending in n
sbbir
sdbir.
an
any.
tbbir
tipbir.
gddan
guda*ny, gudeny,
zabar
zabar, zab*r,
gudeny.
zabqr.
kangan
kangqn v .
dar
dar, dqr.
kan
kan\
diir
dur.
kin
kan*.
beddr
beddr, beddr.
kdkan
kdkin y .
diddr
diddr.
tan
tdny e , tdny.
bqh a dur
bahPdur,
kus-tdn
kustdny.
bqh a dur.
ot u -tdn
ottdny, ot u tdny.
andar
andar.
yot u -tdn
yuttdny.
bebi andar
bebind 9 r,
yut u -tdn
yutdny.
nend a r
nindqr.
yotdn
yu tdny.
gar
gar.
yutdn
yutdny.
gar
gar.
won
vu, vuny.
gdr
gar, gqtri.
wun
vo, vu, vu, vun,
agar
agar.
vony, vun v ,
dgur
dgur.
vuny, vony,
parwardigdr
parvardigdr.
vuny.
sodagar
sauddgqr.
Ll
soddgar
HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES
516
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
soddgar
saudagar,
khumdr
kumdr.
saudagar,
shehmdr
shahmdr,
soddgar,
shahmdr.
soddgar.
shumdr
shumdr.
lagar
lagar.
be-shumdr
be shumdr,
nan-gar
nan gar.
beshumdr.
yengar
yingar.
kashmir
kashmir.
zargar
zargar.
nar
nar.
bdz*gdr
bdzi gar.
ner
ner.
har
har.
sonar
sunar.
bahdr
bahdr.
zdrapdr
zdrapdr,
shehar
shahar.
zdrq par.
mashhur
maushur.
wopar
vupar.
khar
khar, kar.
sar
sar.
khor
khur.
asar
asar.
Ichor
kar.
sar
sar.
mohar
mohar, mohur.
ser
ser.
pahar
pahar, pahqr.
sir
sir.
kuphdr
kuphdr.
sur
sur.
saphar
safar.
sangsdr
sang sar.
wophir
vdphlr.
takhsir
tahsir.
shemsher
shamsher.
kusur
kosur.
neth a r
nether, n v etar.
misar
misar.
pathar
pathar, patar,
samsar
samsar.
patar.
tor
tor 1 .
zahar
zahar, zehar.
abtar
dbtqr.
mejer
mejqr.
khotir
khdtir.
Tear
kar, kar.
tser
tser.
har
kar.
tsor
tsor.
kor
kor.
tsitr
tsur.
bakar
bakar.
vir
vir.
phakir
fakir.
bdwar
bdvar.
lashkar
lashkar.
wumedwar
vumedvdr.
peshkar
peshkar.
jdndwdr
jdn”vdr,
kukar
kukar.
jdnqvdr.
nakar
nakar.
sawdr
savdr.
nokar
nauJcar, ndukar.
baktdwdr
bakhtdvdr.
lar
lar.
zordwdr
zordvdr.
mar
mar.
ydr
ydr, ydr 9 .
amar
amar.
ydr
ydr.
bemdr
bimdr y bimdr.
dydr
dydr.
517
INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS kor u has
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
hushydr
hushdr.
palangas
palangas,
taydr
taiydr.
palqnga8 t
zdr
zdr.
palangas.
zor
zor.
tegas
Vegas.
bazar
bazar.
togus
togus.
nazar
naz ? r, nazar,
hes
has.
nazar.
sub a has
subhas.
mdnzur
mdnzur.
ches
chqs, ches.
ivazir
vazir.
chis
chqs, chis, chus.
chus
chus.
Words ending in s
yih chus
yichus.
as
as, as.
yim chis
yimchis.
abas
abas.
wdn chus
vuchus.
dobas
dobas.
khora ches
khurachqs.
khdbas
kdbus.
wuchus
vuchus.
sobas
sdbqs.
dohas
dohas.
dis
disq.
qj a ddhas
qzhdqhas.
badis
badis.
sodahas
sodahas,
dbdis
dq l dis.
sodahas.
khodas
khudas.
mangahas
manga has.
hodis
kq?dis.
hihis
hihis.
kdkadas
kdkadas.
lyukh u has
Piikhas.
madis
modis.
patashdhas
pddshahqs,
andas
andas.
pddshahqs.
cendas
chandas.
pdtashehas
pddshalias,
handis
handis.
pddshahqs,
sandis
sandis, sandis.
pddshahqs,
fdtasheha- sandis
pddshah” sandis.
pddsJtqhas,
khdwandas
khdv^ndas,
pddshahis,
khdvqndas,
pdd’shdhqs.
kdvandas,
khas
khas.
kdvandas,
murkhas
murkhas.
kdvandas.
lyukhus
Piikhas.
zadas
zadas, zadas.
on u has
qnJia-s.
shdhzddas
shahzddqs.
tshun u has
isun has.
pdtashdhzddas
pddshdh zadas.
amhas
anye lias.
90s
gas, gos.
dop u has
dop has, dophas,
90s
gas, gas, gas.
duphas,
dgas
dgas.
dop u has.
bagas
bagas, bagas.
yusuphas
yusufas, yiisufas
ndgas
ndgas, ndgas.
kor u has
kurhas, kur has.
phufr v has
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
518
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
phut°r u has
phut?rhas.
tokis
t&kis, tqkis.
tamdshes
tamdshqs.
yitikis
yeti kis.
manoshes
manoshas.
dozakas
dozakas.
athas
athas, atas.
olis
dlis.
bathis
bqHhis.
yiblis
yibUis.
kuthis
kuthis, kutis,
dilas
dilas.
kutis.
khalas
kolas.
unHhas
anythas.
khalds
khalds.
kor u thas
kur (has.
lalas
lalas.
m6r u thas
mor thas.
mblis
mqHis, mqHyis.
wdthus
vothus, vuthus,
ndlas
ndlas.
votus.
palas
palas.
byuthus
b v uthus.
pydlas
pydlas.
zithis
zHthis.
sdlas
sdlas.
dits u has
dits? has.
solas
sdlas, sdlas.
gatshes
gatsqs, gatses,
muslas
musHas.
gats v es, gatsyes.
paliarawblis
pah?rq vdlis.
%votsh a s
vutsqs, vutsus.
zdlas
zdlas, zdlas.
ivutsh^s
vatsds.
mas
mas.
trdw u has
trdu has,
amis
amis, amis,
trdvhas.
amis suy,
I6y u has
loy^has.
a*mis, qtmis.
nyilhas
nyii lias.
ddamas
ddamas.
durtyahas
duny^ias,
pemos
pHmos.
duWhas.
shikamas
shikmas.
wdraydhas
vdryahqs.
goldmas
guldmqs.
lilj ti s
lajis.
halamas
haP mas,
rdjes
rajas, rajas.
halamas,
kas
kas.
halamas.
kus
kus.
nemis
nqmis, n v emis.
akis
akis, qkis.
ardmas
ardmas.
kombakas
khumba khas.
tsurimis
tsurimis.
sabakas
sabakas,
tamis
tqm 1 suy, tamis,
sabakas.
ta l mis.
ddkas
ddkas.
satimis
satyqmis.
pdshdkas
poshdkas,
yimis
yqmis, yemis.
pushdkas.
doyimis
duyqmis.
malikas
maPkas.
loyfmas
tdy^mas.
shendkas
shindkas.
treyimis
treyimis.
carkas
char kas, charkas.
badanas
badanas,
sheharakis
sheharakis.
badanas.
519
INDEX IN OBDEB OF FINAL LETTEBS loy\as
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
kadSnas
kqr v inas.
kurnas,
kod u nas
kurqnas.
kurqnas.
moddnas
maiddnas,
kur u nas
kqr nas, kar 9 nas,
maiddnqs,
kqr a nas,
m&ddnas.
kqranas,
ndddnas
nd ddnas.
kqr^nqs,
gond u nas
gund^nas.
kqrnas,
gdnas
gdnas, gdnqs.
kurqnas,
hunis
hunis.
kurqnas.
sub a hanas
subahanas.
nmranas
mdrqnas.
chdnas
ch v dnqs.
srdnas
srdnas.
Jchdnas
khdnas, kanas.
asanas
asanas, as^ias.
lyukh u nas
Puklftnas,
6s u nas
as nas.
Pukhunas.
kds u nas
khds?nas.
gdj u nas
gdj^nas.
botanis
buttqnis.
khqj u nas
khqfnas.
ditfnas
ditinas.
kanas
kanas.
nayistdnas
nqyis tdnqs.
khdl u nas
kolnas.
tsatanas
tsatanas.
tuV-nas
tulinas.
dyut u nas
dyuth u nas,
tul u nas
tul u nas.
d v iU u nas,
ddmdnas
ddmdnas.
dyutunas,
tshun u nas
tsun^nas,
dyutqnas,
tsununas,
dyutqnqs,
tsununqs.
dyut u nas,
pananis
panqnqs,
dyiit u nas.
pananis,
ditsiinas
ditsqnas.
panenis.
hetsanas
hitsqnas.
won u nas
vununas.
hetsanas
hitsanas.
pdnas
pdnai, pdnas,
wanas
vanas.
pdnqs, panes.
wonus
vonus.
dop u nas
dop u nas,
thdv i nas
than nas.
dop u nas,
thow u nas
thdunas.
dop u nqs,
thdw u nas
thdunas,
dopunas,
than nas.
dopunqs.
thuv^nas
thdunas,
trop u nas
trop u nas,
thdu nas.
trup?nas.
mdkaldw u nas
mukHdu nas.
karenas
ka { rinas.
cydnis
ch v dnis.
kdr { nas
karinas.
layanas
layanas.
kor u nas
kurqnas,
I6y u nas
layanas.
kurqnas,
ldy u nas
Wyinas.
myonis
HAT IMS SONGS AND STOBIES
520
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
myonis
me l nis, m v enis,
shehmdras
shah mdrqs,
m v e i nis.
shqhmarqs.
zinis
zinas, zinis.
ndras
ndras.
buz u nas
bozus.
sonaras
sunqras.
gorzdnas
gdrzdnas.
siras
siras, siras.
luz u nas
laz”nas,
suras
suras.
lazanas.
samsdras
samsdras.
sapanes
sap^nyes.
apsaras
afsqrqs.
dapas
dapas.
ydras
ydras, ydras.
dapus
dapus.
phyurus
ph v urus.
dopus
dopus, dopusa.
p v urus.
drds
drds.
waziras
vaziras, vazirqs,
deras
deras, deras.
6sus
as, dsus.
garas
garqs.
osis
dsis.
guris
guris.
os u s
qshis, dsus.
soddgaras
sauddgdras.
ddsas
ddsas.
soddgdras
sauddgdras,
kdsus
khosus.
soddgdras.
saniydsas
sqnydsas.
grist’-garas
grest garqs,
tas
tas.
grestq garqs.
hatas
hathas, hatas.
sheharas
shahras,
hatis
hatis.
shah^ras,
khdtis
kqtis.
shahqras,
matis
mqtis.
sheharas,
mumatis
momHis.
sheharas.
natis
natis.
kharas
kharas.
jenatas
jan® tas,
, khoris
khqris.
janHas,
sapharas
sapras,
janatas.
safqras.
hdpatas
hdpatas.
mejeras
mejqras, mejeras.
rdtas
rdtas, rdtas.
karas
karas.
retas
ritas.
karis
ka { ris.
kdrHos
kqr 1 tos.
kards
kards.
tratis
tratis.
karus
karus.
totas
totas, totas.
korus
kurus.
khot u tas
khutas.
kur u s
kqris.
nata tas
natatas.
phakiras
fakiras, fakiras,
tsdtas
tsatqs.
fakiras.
wdtus
votus.
shikdras
shikdras.
dyutus
dyutus.
loris
Idris.
hyotus
h v utus.
maris
maris.
dits u s
dithas.
521
INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS
wantv
KAULA
STEIN
Word ending in ts
naphtsas
naptsas.
KAULA
STEIN
wots^s
vdtsus, vdtsus.
pants
pants, pdnz.
tsas
p v ez.
shekhtsas
shakhtsas.
Words ending in v
rdtsas
rdtsas.
av
av, du.
ves
vis.
dev
dyau.
necivis
n v ech a vis.
gav
gau, gau, gdu,
hdwus
hdvus.
gdu.
thdwus
thdvus.
safgav
sqr l gau.
arzandwus
parzqndvus.
hav
hau.
wor { vis
vqr^vis.
hdv
hau.
yes
yas.
behiv
bihu.
yus
yis, yus, yus.
khev
khydu.
dyes
dyas, dyes.
thdv
ihdu.
biyis
beyes, beyis,
gatshav
gatsau.
biyqs.
gatshiv
gats v u, gatsyu.
boyis
bayis.
jdv
jdo.
budyos
bud 1 as.
malakav
maVkau.
khoddyes
khuddyqs.
pakiv
pakyu.
gayes
gayqs.
dlav
dlau.
layus
layus.
poldv
poldu, puldu.
saniyds
sqnnyds,
tsaliv
tsalau, tsal v u,
sqnyds, sanyds.
tsqPu.
pyos
p v os, pyds, pyos.
wdlav
vdlau.
peyes
p v eyes.
dimav
dimau.
ropayes
rupias, rupiqs.
nimav
n v emau.
drdyes
drqyas.
nomav
nomau.
ladyeyes
Iddeyes.
karemav
karimau.
tsajyeyes
tsajes.
timav
timau, yimau.
suy yes
suyyas.
yimav
yimau.
suy yus
suyyus.
Cf . yimau.
gdndhes
gand 1 zyes.
yimov
yimau.
mdng’zes
mq i n v g ( *zqs.
ndv
ndu, ndv.
mdzas
mdzas.
nev
nyu.
pozas
pqzus.
baniv
banyau.
wuz”s
dqjis.
dsh*ndv
dshndu, dshtndv,
Words ending in t or t
as* ndv.
mast
mast.
asmdnav
asmdnau.
rapat
rapat.
zamvnav
zeminau.
phorsat forsat.
waniv
vqnyu, vanyu.
zan&v
HATIM’S SONGS AND STORIES
522
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
zanev
za l nyau.
ladydv
Wdyau.
zdnav
zdnau.
gaydv
gayau.
pev
pyau.
khyauv
khyau.
bdrav
bdrau.
kheyev
kheyau.
drdv
drdu.
tujydv
tu jdu.
gudariv
gud 9 ryau.
tahalyav
tqhqlyau.
khabarddrav
Jcabar ddrau,
mdkalydv
mukHyau.
kabarddrau,
namyov
nam v au.
khabar ddrau,
nyuv
nyu.
khdbarddrau.
banydv
banydu.
khdrav
kdrau.
banyov
bandu.
sherav
sherau.
pyauv
pyau.
tshdrav
tsdrau.
dapydv
dapyau.
khrdv
krdu.
modaryiv
mudr v au.
karav
karau.
h a ryov
h*r v au.
kariv
ka { r v u.
larydv
Wryau.
phakirav fakirau.
prdrydv
pra { ryau.
nerav
nerau.
trdvyuv
trdvyu.
riiriv
neru, ner v u,
zuv
zu.
neryu, nPryu.
bdzav
bdzau.
pxrav
pirau.
nazarbdzav
naz?r bdzau,
trdv
trdu.
nazar bdzau,
tsorav
tsorau, tsdrau.
tsurav
tsurau.
Words ending in y
Cf. tsurau.
ay
ai.
wasiv
vas y u, vasyu.
ay
ai, ay.
tdv
ihdu.
vy
ai, ai.
vucWtav
vuch tuv.
6y
ay, ay.
wdnHav
vanHo, van 1 tdv.
bay
bai, bdi, bay.
satav
satau.
boy
buy.
tsdv
tsdu, tsdv.
grisV-bdy
grest bay,
wdtsdv
vdtsau.
grest? bay.
thdvHav
taivtau.
doy
duy.
trovHav
travHoh.
buday
budai.
buzHav
boz tuv.
ah a day
ah a dai.
ruzHav
roz* tuv.
khoddy
khudd, khudai.
thoviv
tha^vyu.
dodHaday
daW 6 ladai.
nawav
navau.
zinday
zindai.
phaharawdv
pahre vdv.
wdday
vddai.
diyiv
diyu, diyu.
jydday
zhdday.
ddyav
doyau.
pydday
pydday.
523
INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS qay’may
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA STEIN
gay
gai, goi.
jay jaijay.
dagay
dagai, dagaye,
mdjiy ma^ji, mqtjiy.
dagay.
rajy raj.
mangay
mangai.
kiy k v ey, kyey.
tagiy
tagi, tagi.
okuy akoy.
hay
hai.
iikPy okay.
hay
hay.
hargah-kiy har*gak v ey.
chey
chai, che, chi,
gddanukuy gud nyukuy.
chqy, chqy,
tamyukuy tarn 1 kuy.
chiy.
lay lay.
chiy
chi, chiy, chiiy.
balay balai.
chuy
chi, chi, chu,
balqy balai.
chi v , chiy,
sddurabalqy sudqr balai.
ciiy.
jeloy yalq vai.
hargah-ay
harga hay.
kdlay kulai.
khey
kh v aiy.
mdkdliy moklai.
tim-hay
tim hai, tim hay.
salay salai.
atfhay
qn v hai.
hawala-y havalq v .
kor u hay
kur hai.
may mai.
kur u hay
kqrhai.
amiy ami.
warihy
vqtri.
dmiy am*.
mot u hay
muthai.
dimay dimai.
tithay
tiihai.
dimoy dimoi.
tithiy
Mh\
log u m ii y log^mai.
wdthiy
vuHhi.
hemay ‘ himai.
yiihay
ithai.
ladaham-ay lade hamai.
yuihuy
h v uthuy,
khemay k v emai,
yuthuy.
k v emay.
tyuthuy
tithay, tuthuy,
dyuth u may dyot mai.
Vuthuy,
ddlomuy dale muy.
tyutuy.
warimay van u mai.
gatshiy
gatse, gatsi v ,
won u may vunmai.
gatsiy.
bog a remay bdge remai.
wiitsh u y
vatsqyqs.
tamiy tarn*, tami,
manganov^hay
manga nav^ai.
trim*, Utfmi.
yihoy
yqhoi.
tamiy tarn*.
yihuy
yohoi, yi hay,
timay timai.
yohdy, yilhoi.
timqy timai.
yohay
yohoi.
yimay yimai.
yuhay
yohoi.
yimoy yimoy.
yuhuy
yuhay.
gay i mqy gai ma.
nay
EATIMS SONGS AND STORIES
624
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
nay
nai, nai, nay,
aney
anyai.
ndye.
gddaniy
gudenH, gudefiy,
niy
niy.
gudenyi,
bo-nay
bunai.
gudenyi.
yith-nay
yit”nai.
kun u y
ku { niy.
gatshanay
gats^nai.
otdny
qtdny.
kunuy
kunuy.
wun ti y
vun v ai.
pakanay
pakenai.
mydnuy
myenyiy.
wdlanay
vale nai.
pay
pai.
timan^y
tim? nai,
pay
pay.
timqnai.
dapay
dapai,
yiman^y
yimrnuy,
dapai.
yimqniy.
dapiy
dq i p i y.
ananay
anqnai.
dopuy
dopuy.
kananqy
kanqnuy.
ray
ray.
nonuy
nunnuy.
baray
bare v .
panunuy
panenuy,
dray
dray, dray.
panunuy.
driy
driy.
zaldnay
zqnanai.
bebi andar u y
bebindq 1 ^.
zandnay
zqnanai.
gray
gray.
pdnay
pdnai.
karay
karai, kare v .
dapanay
dap^nai.
koruy
kuruy.
dop u nay
dop u nai.
koriy
kud v i.
kor u nay
kur nay*.
maray
marai.
sa nay
sqnai.
tse mdriy
tsimqtri.
s6nuy
sonuy.
susardray
sus* rdrai.
kdsunuy
kasunuy.
soruy
sqruy, sdruy,
zdsanuy
zasanuy.
so^ri, soirq.
dyutun ti y
dyutanay.
soriy
sq { re, scpri.
wanay
vanai, vandi.
mutsaray
muts^rai.
waniy
vane.
say
sai, say, say, sai.
how u nay
haunai, hdunai.
soy
sai.
wdlawunuy
vale vunuy.
suy
su, suy.
tr6w u nay
trdu nai,
dsiy
dsi.
trdunai.
os ti y
as suy.
mtawunuy
vat* vunuy.
gosay
gdsai.
atsawunuy
ats a vunuy.
khasiy
khasi.
yinay
yinai.
chesay
che sai, chesai.
byonuy
bHlnuy.
chusay
chusai.
cydnuy
chonuy.
kusuy
kusuy.
mydnuy
myo nuy.
musdy
musdi.
525
INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS
oziz
KAULA
STEIN
KAULA
STEIN
amis u y
am* suy, ami siiy,
ddnaway
don* vai, don u vai,
am* say,
donovai,
am* siiy,
dunuvai.
ami suy,
trenaway
trin 9, vai.
a*mi suy.
traviy
traviy.
tamis^y
tarn 1 suy,
trdivuy
trdvuy.
tqm i suy.
yiy
yi, yih, yi\
panas^y
pane suy.
yey> yiy-
wasiy
vasty.
yfy
yiy-
tay
tai, tqi, tqy.
diyiy
diyiy.
tiy
ti, t%, t v ey.
cheyey
chiyai.
atiy
at 1 , atih.
wanayey
vanq yey.
dtiy
qt\
sakharyey
sakhr v ai.
otuy
qtuy, otuy.
kur { yey
kudye.
ditay
dithai.
vis*yiy
visyqi.
hatay
hatai.
yiyiy
yeyiy, yiyiy,
moktay
muht* y .
p v eyiy.
patay
patai.
pozuy
puzuy.
sdtay
sathai.
soty
sqit, saHh, sqHh,
Words ending in z
’ sqHh*, sqHh v ,
az
az.
sqt v .
boz
boz.
sbtiy
sqHh 1 , sqHhi,
bandukbdz
bqnduk bdz.
sqHhi.
ciz
chiz.
tatiy
tat*’.
tiranddz
tiran ddz.
ataty
atqt v .
kdkaz
kdkad.
yitay
yi tai.
mdz
mdz.
yutuy
yiituy.
kunz
kunz.
ts a y
tsiiy.
manz
manz.
(say
tsdi.
shranz
shranz.
hdway
hdvai.
pbz
pqz.
chiway
chu vai, chu voi.
raz
raz.
ihdway
ihdvai.
waz
vdz.
yimav^y
yim? vuy.
oziz
azxz.
527
ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA
PAGE
xxix, last line of text. For “ Wahab “, read “ Wahb “.
110,1 11. Read gbr-zanas.
151,1.15. Read dukhtar-e-khasa.
271, 1. 17. For thowun, read thov tt n.
308, 1. 25. Read gresten.
313, 1. 5. For “viii, 4, 10, 1”, read “ viii, 4, 10”, and in line 10, for “ v, 4.”, read “ v, 4 ; viii, 11 “.
449, col. b, 1. 19. For ha* t v a, read kai t”a.
450, col. b, 1. 6. For khetam, read khetam.
466, col. b, 1. 17 from foot. For shakh, read sltdkha.
University of Toronto library
DO NOT
REMOVE
THE
CARD
FROM
THIS
Acme Library Card Pocket
Under Pat M Ref . IwAtx File”
Made by LIBRARY BUREAU
i